Add files from /home/DONE/41258.zip

10 files changed, 30396 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/41258-8.txt b/41258-8.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8d7c466
--- /dev/null
+++ b/41258-8.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,9562 @@
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of The Life and Labours of the Rev. Samuel
+Marsden, by Samuel Marsden
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: The Life and Labours of the Rev. Samuel Marsden
+
+Author: Samuel Marsden
+
+Editor: J. B. Marsden
+
+Release Date: November 2, 2012 [EBook #41258]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK LIFE, LABOURS, REV. SAMUEL MARSDEN ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Pat McCoy, Steven Gibbs and the Online
+Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+  MEMOIRS
+
+  OF
+
+  _The Life and Labours_
+
+  OF THE
+
+  REV. SAMUEL MARSDEN,
+
+  OF PARAMATTA,
+
+  SENIOR CHAPLAIN OF NEW SOUTH WALES;
+
+  AND OF HIS EARLY CONNEXION WITH THE MISSIONS
+  TO NEW ZEALAND AND TAHITI.
+
+  EDITED BY THE
+
+  REV. J. B. MARSDEN, M.A.,
+
+  AUTHOR OF "THE HISTORY OF THE EARLY AND LATER PURITANS," ETC. ETC.
+
+
+  LONDON:
+  THE RELIGIOUS TRACT SOCIETY;
+  56, PATERNOSTER ROW; 65, ST. PAUL'S CHURCHYARD;
+  AND 164, PICCADILLY:
+  AND SOLD BY THE BOOKSELLERS.
+
+
+
+
+INTRODUCTORY NOTE.
+
+
+The Editor would make his kind acknowledgments to the Church Missionary
+and London Missionary Societies for the free use of the hitherto
+unpublished correspondence of Mr. Samuel Marsden in their hands; and to
+J. S. Nicholas, Esq., who accompanied Mr. Marsden on his first visit to
+New Zealand, for the use of a valuable manuscript account of his
+residence in New South Wales, containing much information respecting Mr.
+Marsden. He has also had before him a manuscript life of Mr. Marsden by
+Lieut. Sadleir of Paramatta, from which several extracts are made. And
+lastly, he would acknowledge the courtesy of those surviving friends who
+have placed in his hands Mr. Marsden's autograph letters to themselves
+or deceased members of their families. From these several sources the
+work has been chiefly compiled.
+
+The Editor may be permitted to add, that the similarity of his name
+having led to the general conclusion (which however is incorrect) that
+he was related to Mr. Samuel Marsden, he has been repeatedly urged to
+publish his life. At length this request being renewed by the Religious
+Tract Society, into whose hands some valuable papers and documents had
+fallen, he was induced to comply with their wishes, under the conviction
+that the facts and incidents, as well as the moral grandeur, of Mr.
+Marsden's life, were too important to be suffered to lie any longer in
+comparative obscurity. There are ample materials for a much larger
+volume; but of course the Editor has been obliged to select what
+appeared to be most suitable for general usefulness.
+
+
+
+
+CONTENTS.
+                                                                  PAGE
+
+  Introductory Note                                                iii
+
+  CHAPTER I.
+      Early life of Mr. Samuel Marsden--His appointment to New
+      South Wales--Voyage, and arrival in the Colony                 1
+
+  CHAPTER II.
+      Discovery and early History of New South Wales--Becomes a
+      Penal Settlement--Its state, moral and religions, on Mr.
+      Marsden's arrival                                             11
+
+  CHAPTER III.
+      Mr. Marsden appointed to the Magistracy--Objections to
+      this considered--Cultivates Land--Charge of Secularity
+      considered--His connexion with the London Missionary
+      Society, and care of its Polynesian Mission--Revisits
+      England in 1807                                               26
+
+  Distant view of Sydney (_Engraving_)                              27
+
+  CHAPTER IV.
+      Various measures devised for the benefit of New South
+      Wales--The establishment of Missions in New
+      Zealand--Friendship with Dr. Mason Good                       47
+
+  CHAPTER V.
+      Return to the Colony--Duaterra--His strange Adventures--Mr.
+      Marsden's Labours in New South Wales--Aborigines--Their
+      Habits--Plans for their Civilization                          63
+
+  CHAPTER VI.
+      Mr. Marsden's Correspondence with the London Missionary
+      Society--Buys the brig Active--His First Voyage to New
+      Zealand--Journal of Events                                    85
+
+  CHAPTER VII.
+      Death of Duaterra--Trials of Mr. Marsden in the
+      Colony--Libel of Philo-free--Letter to the Rev. George
+      Burder--To Dr. Mason Good--Sympathy of his Friends in
+      England--Congratulations of the 46th Regiment, and Mr. M's
+      acknowledgment--Letters of Lord Gambier, Rev. C. Simeon,
+      and Mrs. Fry                                                 108
+
+  CHAPTER VIII.
+      Tooi and Teterree--Mr. Marsden's Second Voyage to New
+      Zealand--Progress of the Gospel there--Shunghie--His
+      ferocity--Mr. Marsden returns to New South Wales--Third
+      Voyage to New Zealand--Malicious charges brought against
+      him in his absence--A Commission of Inquiry--Its
+      result--Letters, etc.--Approbation of the Government         129
+
+  The Bay of Islands, New Zealand (_Engraving_)                    133
+
+  CHAPTER IX.
+      Fourth Visit to New Zealand--Trials and Successes of the
+      various Missions--Shipwreck and Danger of Mr. Marsden and
+      the Rev. S. Leigh--Returns home--Letter to Avison Terry,
+      Esq.                                                         167
+
+  CHAPTER X.
+      Aborigines--South Sea Mission--Fresh Slanders on Mr.
+      Marsden's character--His Pamphlet in self-defence--Letter
+      of Messrs. Bennett and Tyerman--Libels and Action at
+      Law--Verdict--Case of Ring--Pastoral Letters of Mr. Marsden:
+      To a Lady; On the Divinity of Christ--Fifth Voyage to New
+      Zealand--Letters, etc.                                       184
+
+  CHAPTER XI.
+      Death of Dr. Mason Good--Malicious charges brought against
+      Mr. Marsden and confuted--Sixth Voyage to New Zealand--
+      Frightful state of the Island--Battle of the Maories--Their
+      Cannibalism--Progress of the Mission--Mr. Marsden's
+      return--Death of Mrs. Marsden--Anticipation of his own
+      decease                                                      212
+
+  CHAPTER XII.
+      State of New South Wales--The Aborigines--Cruelties
+      practised upon them--Attempts to civilize and convert
+      them--They fail--Mr. Marsden's Seventh Visit to New
+      Zealand--His Daughter's Journal--Affection of the
+      Natives--Progress of the Mission--Danger from European
+      vices--Returns in H. M. S. Rattlesnake to Sydney             232
+
+  Paramatta Church (_Engraving_)                                   233
+
+  CHAPTER XIII.
+      Mr. Marsden's ministerial pursuits and journeys--Love
+      of the Country and of Patriarchal story--His Old Age--Its
+      mental features--Anecdotes--Love of Children--Bishop
+      Broughton--His reverence for Mr. Marsden's character--Mr.
+      Marsden's views of Death, etc.--His Habits of Prayer--His
+      Illness and Death                                            260
+
+  CHAPTER XIV.
+    Character of Mr. Marsden--His Life and Labours                 280
+
+  APPENDIX I.
+
+      Progress of the Gospel and of Civilization in New Zealand,
+      since Mr. Marsden's Decease                                  295
+
+  APPENDIX II.
+
+      State and Prospects of the Protestant Mission at Tahiti,
+      under the French Protectorate                                311
+
+
+
+
+LIFE
+
+OF
+
+THE REVEREND SAMUEL MARSDEN.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER I.
+
+    Early Life of Mr. Samuel Marsden--His appointment to New South
+    Wales--Voyage, and arrival in the Colony.
+
+
+Samuel Marsden, whose life is sketched in the following pages, was not
+ennobled by birth or rank, nor was he greatly distinguished by splendid
+talents. Yet he was, in the true sense, a great man; and he was an
+instance, one of the most striking of modern times, of the vast results
+which may be accomplished when an honest heart, a clear head, and a
+resolute mind and purpose, are directed, under the influence of the
+grace of God, to the attainment of a noble object. While he lived he
+shared the usual lot of those whose large philanthropy outruns the
+narrow policy of those around them. His motives were seldom understood,
+and in consequence he was thwarted and maligned. Nor was it till death
+had removed him from the scene that either the grandeur of his projects
+or the depth of his self-denying, unobtrusive piety was generally
+appreciated. At length, however, his character has begun to be revered.
+It is perceived that he was, at least, a far-sighted man; and that in
+his own labours he was laying the foundations for the successes of
+thousands; while in the church of Christ he is had in reverence as the
+Apostle of New Zealand--a title of high distinction, yet by no means
+misapplied to one who, in the simplicity of his faith as well as in zeal
+and self-denying labours, was truly an apostolic man.
+
+Of his early life the memorials are but scanty. His father was a
+tradesman at Horsforth, a village in the neighbourhood of Leeds; and
+both his parents are known in the traditions of his family as having
+been persons of integrity and piety, attached to the ministry of the
+Wesleyan Methodists. He was born on the 28th of July, 1764, and after
+receiving the elements of learning at a village school, was placed in
+the free grammar-school of Hull, of which the celebrated Dr. Joseph
+Milner, the ecclesiastical historian, and brother to the no less eminent
+Dr. Isaac Milner, dean of Carlisle, was then head master. Here he was on
+the same form with Dr. Dealtry, the late rector of Clapham and
+chancellor of Winchester. Of his early youth little more is known; for
+his modesty, rather than any sentiment of false shame, to which indeed
+his whole nature was opposed, seldom permitted him to speak of himself,
+or to dwell upon the adventures or incidents of his early life. He was
+removed from school to take his share in his father's business; but he
+now had higher thoughts, and longed to be a minister of Christ. That he
+was a young man of more than ordinary promise is at once evident from
+the fact, that he was adopted by the Elland Society and placed at St.
+John's college, Cambridge, to study for the ministry of the church of
+England.
+
+The Elland Society, so called from the parish in which its meetings are
+held, is an institution to which the cause of evangelical truth in the
+church of England has been much indebted for the last sixty or seventy
+years. It is simply an association of pious members of the church of
+England, who assist young men of enlightened zeal and suitable talents
+with the means of obtaining an education with a view to the Christian
+ministry. In its early days, the funds were supplied by Thornton,
+Simeon, Wilberforce, and others like minded with themselves; and the
+society was managed by a few devoted clergymen of Yorkshire and the
+neighbouring counties; amongst whom were Venn of Huddersfield and Joseph
+Milner. To this society Samuel Marsden was introduced by his friend the
+Reverend Mr. Whittaker, a neighbouring clergyman; and not without some
+apprehensions, it is said, on the part of the latter, lest his simple
+and unassuming manner should create a prejudice against him. Such
+anxieties were superfluous. The Milners themselves had fought their way
+to eminence from the weaver's loom, and well knew how to distinguish
+real worth, however unpretending. The piety, the manly sense, and the
+modest bearing of the candidate, at once won the confidence of the
+examiners; and he was sent to college at their expense.
+
+Of his college life we are not aware that any memorials have been
+preserved. He was, no doubt, a diligent student; and from the warm
+friendship which grew up between himself and Mr. Simeon in after life,
+we may infer that he profited from his ministry. He had not yet
+completed his studies or taken his degree, when, to his great surprise,
+an offer was made to him by the government, of a chaplaincy in what was
+then designated "His Majesty's territory of New South Wales." That a
+post of such importance should have been offered, unsolicited, to a
+student hitherto quite unknown, is supposed to have been owing to the
+influence of Mr. Wilberforce. He had already secured the appointment of
+more than one pious chaplain to the colony, and from its commencement
+had always been anxious to promote its moral and religious welfare. At
+first, Mr. Marsden declined the tempting offer; for such it undoubtedly
+was to a young man in his circumstances, although no human sagacity
+could then foresee its vast importance. He was naturally anxious to
+complete his studies, and he had a deep and unaffected sense of his own
+incompetence, while yet so young and inexperienced. The offer, however,
+was repeated and pressed upon him, when he modestly replied, that he was
+"sensible of the importance of the post--so sensible, indeed, that he
+hardly dared to accept it upon any terms, but if no more proper person
+could be found, he would consent to undertake it." The choice reflects,
+no doubt, great credit upon the sagacity and spiritual discernment of
+those who made it. "Young as he was," says one who knew him well in
+after life, Dr. Mason Good, "he was remarkable for a firmness of
+principle, an intrepidity of spirit, a suavity of manner, a strong
+judgment, and above all, a mind stored with knowledge and deeply
+impressed with religious truth, which promised the happiest results."
+
+He was accordingly appointed as second chaplain to the settlement in New
+South Wales, by a royal commission, bearing date 1st January, 1793. He
+was ordained shortly afterwards, and proceeded at once to Hull, from
+whence he was to take his passage in a convict transport, the only
+conveyance, at that period, for the far distant colony; a banishment of
+half a world. On the 21st of April, he was married to Miss Elizabeth
+Tristan, in whom, for upwards of thirty years, he found not only an
+affectionate and faithful wife, but a companion singularly qualified to
+share his labours and lighten his toils. Disinterested and generous as
+he was, even to a fault, it was to her admirable management that not
+only his domestic comfort, but even his means of assisting others so
+profusely, was owing in no small degree. While at Hull, an incident
+occurred which shows to what an extent, even thus early in life, he
+possessed the art of gaining the respect and warm affection of those who
+knew him however slightly. While waiting for the sailing of the ship, he
+was frequently asked to officiate in various churches. One Sunday
+morning, when he was just about to enter the pulpit, a signal-gun was
+heard; his ship was about to sail, and it was of course impossible for
+him to preach. Taking his bride under his arm, he immediately left the
+church and walked down to the beach; but he was attended by the whole
+congregation, who, as if by one movement, followed in a body. From the
+boat into which he stepped he gave his parting benedictions, which they
+returned with fervent prayers, and tender farewells. He now found
+himself in a new world. What contrast could indeed be greater, or more
+distressing? The calm, though vigorous pursuits of Cambridge, and the
+pious circle of warm Christian friends, were at once exchanged for the
+society of felons, and the doubly irksome confinement of a convict-ship.
+From his journal, which has been fortunately preserved, we make the
+following extracts, omitting much which our space does not permit us to
+insert.
+
+    "_Sunday, 28th August, 1793._--This morning we weighed anchor, with
+    a fair wind, and have sailed well all the day. How different this
+    sabbath to what I have been accustomed to! Once I could meet the
+    people of God, and assemble with them in the house of prayer; but
+    now am deprived of this valuable privilege; and instead of living
+    among those who love and serve the Lord Jesus, spending the
+    sabbath in prayer and praise, I hear nothing but oaths and
+    blasphemies. Lord, keep me in the midst of them, and grant that I
+    may neither in word or deed countenance their wicked practices."
+
+It was not till the 30th of September that the fleet in which his ship
+sailed finally left Cork. The war with France was then raging, and her
+fleets were still formidable; so that our merchantmen only ventured to
+put to sea in considerable numbers, and under the convoy of a ship of
+war.
+
+    "_Cork, 30th September._--This morning the signal was given by the
+    commodore for all the ships under his convoy to weigh anchor and
+    prepare for sea. About nine o'clock the whole fleet was under
+    sail, which consisted of about forty ships. The wind was very
+    fair, so that we were quickly in the main ocean. I was soon
+    affected by the motion of the vessel; this rendered me quite unfit
+    for any religious duties. Oh! how miserable must their state be
+    who have all their religion to seek when sickness and death come
+    upon them. Lord, grant that this may never be my case.
+
+    "_Monday, 23rd October._--I have this day been reading a portion
+    of Dr. Dodd's 'Prison Thoughts.' What an awful instance of human
+    infirmity is here! What need of humility in every situation, but
+    more especially in the ministerial office! How needful the
+    apostle's caution, 'Let him that thinketh he standeth take heed
+    lest he fall.'"
+
+The two following entries will be read with pain. The mercantile marine
+of England is still capable of great improvement in matters of religion,
+but we hope the instances are few in which the commander of a first rate
+merchant vessel would follow the examples they record.
+
+    "_Sunday, 29th September._--How different is this sabbath from
+    those I have formerly known, when I could meet with the great
+    congregation! I long for those means and privileges again. 'Oh,
+    when shall I come and appear before God?' Yet it is a great
+    consolation to me to believe that I am in the way of my duty. I
+    requested the captain to-day to give me permission to perform
+    divine service to the ship's company; he rather hesitated, _said
+    he had never seen a religious sailor_, but at length promised to
+    have service the following Sunday.
+
+    "_Sunday, 6th October._--The last sabbath the captain promised me
+    I should have liberty to perform divine service to-day, but to my
+    great mortification, he now declines. How unwilling are the
+    unconverted to hear anything of divine truth!"
+
+But Mr. Marsden was not one of those who are discouraged by a first
+repulse. The next Sunday relates his triumph, and, from this time,
+divine service, whenever the weather allowed, was statedly performed,
+though the captain was a grossly immoral man, and Mr. M. was constantly
+subject to annoyance.
+
+    "_Sunday, 13th._--I arose this morning with a great desire to
+    preach to the ship's company, yet did not know how I should be
+    able to accomplish my wish. We were now four ships in company. Our
+    captain had invited the captains belonging to the other three to
+    dine with us to-day. As soon as they came on board I mentioned my
+    design to one of them, who immediately complied with my wish, and
+    said he would mention it to our captain, which he did, and
+    preparations were made for me to preach. I read part of the church
+    prayers, and afterwards preached from the 3rd chapter of St John,
+    the 14th and 15th verses: 'As Moses lifted up the serpent in the
+    wilderness,' etc. The sailors stood on the main deck, I and the
+    four captains upon the quarter-deck; they were attentive, and the
+    good effects were apparent during the remainder of the day.
+
+    "_Thursday, 12th December._--I have been reading of the success of
+    Mr. Brainerd among the Indians. How the Lord owned and blessed his
+    labours to the conversion of the heathen! Nothing is too hard for
+    the Lord. This gives me encouragement under my present difficult
+    undertaking. The same power can also effect a change upon those
+    hardened ungodly sinners to whom I am about to carry the words of
+    eternal life.
+
+    "_January 1st, 1794._--A new year. I wish this day to renew my
+    covenant with God, and to give myself up to his service more than
+    ever I have done heretofore. May my little love be increased, my
+    weak faith strengthened, and hope confirmed."
+
+In this humble yet trustful spirit, Mr. Marsden entered his new field of
+labour. On board the ship there were a number of convicts, whose daring
+wickedness--in which, indeed, they were countenanced by the whole
+conduct of the captain and his crew--grieved his righteous soul from day
+to day; while at the same time it prepared him, in some measure, for
+scenes amidst which his life was to be spent. "I am surrounded," he
+says, "with evil-disposed persons, thieves, adulterers, and blasphemers.
+May God keep me from evil, that I may not be tainted by the evil
+practices of those amongst whom I live." His last sermon was preached,
+"notwithstanding the unwillingness there was in all on board to hear the
+word of God," from the vision of dry bones (Ezekiel xxvxii.) "I found
+some liberty, and afterwards more comfort in my own soul. I wish to be
+found faithful at last, and to give up my account with joy to God." To
+add to his anxieties, Mrs. Marsden was confined on shipboard, in stormy
+weather, and under circumstances peculiarly distressing, "though both
+the mother and daughter did well." But the same day the scene
+brightened; the perils and privations of the voyage were drawing to a
+close, and they were in sight of their future home--that magnificent
+Australia--destined hereafter to assume, perhaps, a foremost place among
+the nations of the earth, though scarcely known to Europe when Mr.
+Marsden first stepped upon its shores; and valued only by the British
+government as a settlement for the refuse of our jails. He thus gives
+utterance to the feelings of a grateful heart:--
+
+    "_March 2nd._--I shall ever retain a grateful sense of the mercies
+    received this day, and the deliverances wrought. The Lord is good,
+    and a stronghold in the day of trouble, and knows them that fear
+    him.... As soon as I had the opportunity to go upon deck, I had
+    the happiness again to behold the land: it was a very pleasing
+    sight, as we had not seen it since the 3rd of December. We came up
+    with the Cape about noon."
+
+In a few days, Mr. Marsden had taken up his abode in the "barracks" of
+Paramatta, a few miles from Port Jackson, and entered upon his arduous
+and toilsome duties as chaplain to the colony. His first Sunday in
+Australia is thus described:--"Saw several persons at work as I went
+along, to whom I spoke, and warned them of the evil of sabbath-breaking.
+My mind was deeply affected with the wickedness I beheld going on. I
+spoke from the 6th chapter of Revelation.--'Behold the great day of his
+wrath is come; and who shall be able to stand?' As I was returning home,
+a young man followed me into the wood, and told me how he was distressed
+for the salvation of his soul. He seemed to manifest the strongest marks
+of contrition, and to be truly awakened to a sense of his danger. I hope
+the Lord will have many souls in this place." He had, for a short time,
+a single associate, in the Rev. Mr. Johnson, the senior chaplain, a good
+and useful minister, but unequal to the difficulties peculiar to his
+situation. This gentleman soon relinquished his appointment, and
+returned to England. And thus Mr. Marsden was left alone with a charge
+which might have appalled the stoutest heart, and under which even his
+would have given way, had he not learned to cast himself for help on One
+who comforted the apostle, under circumstances of the keenest suffering,
+with the assurance, "My grace is sufficient for thee." On that grace our
+missionary chaplain trusted; and he found it all-sufficient.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER II.
+
+    Discovery and early History of New South Wales--Becomes a Penal
+    Settlement--Its state, moral and religious, on Mr. Marsden's
+    arrival.
+
+
+The colony in which Mr. Marsden was now entering on his labours, and on
+which he was to leave the impression both of his holy zeal, and his
+far-sighted practical wisdom, is one of whose history our readers may
+naturally wish to have some account. We shall therefore suspend our
+narrative for a few pages, and lay before them a brief sketch of the
+earlier days of the great Australian colony.
+
+Europeans are indebted for their first knowledge of the existence of the
+vast country which now bears the name of Australia, to the enterprise of
+Spain and Holland, when these nations were at the head of the world's
+commerce, two centuries and a half ago. In 1607, Luis de Torres, who was
+sent out by the Spanish government on a voyage of discovery, passed
+through the straits which still bear his name, and which separate New
+Guinea from the greater continent of Australia; but he was not aware of
+its vast extent, and merely concluded that the coasts along which he
+sailed were those of a group of islands. Just about the same time, the
+Dutch explored the eastern shores of what has since been termed the Gulf
+of Carpentaria; and their knowledge of Australia was extended by
+subsequent voyagers, of whom the chief was Abel Tasman. In 1642, he
+discovered Van Diemen's Land, which was long supposed to be a part of
+the great continent named by the Dutch New Holland--the Australia of
+modern times. Known as Tasmania, Van Diemen's Land now immortalizes the
+great sea-captain. But these discoveries led to no immediate results of
+importance; and for upwards of a century New Holland was laid down, in
+charts and maps, as a region whose coasts were not defined, and whose
+interior was utterly unknown. Early in the reign of George the Third a
+noble spirit of enterprise animated the British government. Voyages of
+discovery were undertaken in the Southern Seas, under Captains Wallace,
+Carteret, and others; and at length the celebrated Captain Cook may be
+said to have retrieved a new world from romance and fable, and to have
+made it over to England and to the best interests of mankind.
+
+On the evening of the 19th of April, 1770, unknown land was descried
+from the mast-head of the "Resolute," of which Cook was the commander.
+The rugged coast of a vast continent seemed to extend far beyond the
+sweep of the telescope; and as the sun went down, the vessel, after
+soundings, dropped her anchor within a spacious bay. The smoke of
+distant fires told that the land was not without inhabitants; and it was
+determined, if possible, to open a communication with them. In the
+morning, a boat was rowed on shore, and the first Englishman set his
+foot upon Australia. A forest extended to the beach, and dipped its
+branches into the sea; while an abundant variety of beautiful flowering
+shrubs delighted the eye; and from this circumstance "Botany Bay"
+received its European name. A dismal solitude prevailed; for the
+natives, one or two of whom had been observed crouching behind the
+rocks, fled in terror to the woods as the boat approached. After
+spending a few hours on shore in search of water and fresh vegetables,
+and in the vain attempt to communicate with the savages, the boat
+returned at night. The bay was found to abound with fish; and the
+sailors were glad to relieve the weary monotony of their many months at
+sea, as well as to provide an agreeable change from their diet of salt
+meat and mouldy biscuits, in fishing both with nets and lines. Fish too
+was a wholesome diet for the sick; and at this period, even in the navy,
+sickness, especially from the scurvy, almost invariably attended a long
+voyage.
+
+The natives, seeing the men thus employed, discovered in our sailors
+some tastes common to themselves, and at length ventured towards the
+fishermen in a couple of light canoes. After paddling about for some
+time in evident suspense, they ventured to approach the boat, then came
+still nearer and shouted, and having caught a few beads which were
+thrown out to them, immediately retired. Gaining courage from the
+peaceful conduct of our sailors, who were instructed to continue their
+fishing without any attempt to follow them, the natives soon returned
+with a canoe laden with fine fish, which they readily bartered for such
+trifles as the boat was provided with. They were invited, by signs, to
+come on board the ship lying in the offing, which they soon ventured to
+do in considerable numbers. At first, they seemed harmless, scarcely
+understanding the use of the various novelties on ship board, and not
+much surprised by them; and honest, until the sight of ten or twelve
+fine turtle crawling on the deck proved too great a temptation. First,
+by signs they begged for some of these, and then, not succeeding, made a
+childish attempt to carry them off by force. They set little value on
+the beads and baubles which generally have so great a charm for savages.
+Nothing tempted them to barter but turtle or iron tools and nails,
+neither of which could well be spared. On shore it was found almost
+impossible to approach them; such was the distrust and dismay with which
+they evidently regarded the intrusion of their strange visitors. On
+further acquaintance the savages were discovered to be a singularly
+helpless and timid race. Their country appeared to be very thinly
+peopled, and that chiefly along the coast, for fish were plentiful and
+wild animals were few. Of the latter, the largest was scarcely bigger
+than a greyhound, and the first sight of it caused great amazement to
+the sailors, one of whom rushed into the tent which had been pitched on
+the shore for the use of the sick, declaring, with horror depicted on
+his countenance, that he had seen an evil spirit. He described it as
+having assumed the colour of a mouse with two fore-paws, but that it sat
+upon its hind quarters "like a Christian." An animal answering this
+description was soon after shot, and the flesh, when roasted, proved
+excellent food; it was called by the natives the kangaroo, and had
+hitherto been quite unknown to Europeans. There were no beasts of prey;
+unless wild dogs deserved that title, but the long grass concealed vast
+numbers of snakes and scorpions. At night, the forests were disturbed by
+the hideous flight of huge bats; by day, they echoed to the whooping of
+cockatoos and the screaming of innumerable parrots. Crows and a few wild
+pigeons were occasionally seen, and the rocks abounded with wild fowl,
+while now and then an eagle might be seen soaring far above. Such were
+the first impressions which Englishmen received, from their great
+voyager, of that vast continent.
+
+On the return of Captain Cook, the accounts he brought home of New South
+Wales suggested to the government the idea of making it a vast
+prison-house for convicted felons, who had now become a sore burden, as
+well as a cause of grave uneasiness, to this country. Its distance and
+its solitude recommended it to their choice. It would effectually rid
+the mother country of a dangerous class--this was the argument of the
+selfish; and it would afford the lost the opportunity of starting afresh
+in life--this was the hope of the few benevolent and humane who cared
+for the welfare of convicted felons. No one thought of the future
+grandeur of Australia. None wrote or spoke at present of our duties to
+the aboriginal savages, or probably wasted a thought on the subject of
+their conversion.
+
+In 1778, Botany Bay was selected by Sir Joseph Banks, who had sailed
+with Captain Cook as a naturalist and scientific observer, as a most
+eligible site for a penal settlement. But the project was no sooner
+broached than it had to encounter the most determined opposition from
+the public, to most of whom it seemed no doubt utterly chimerical and
+absurd. The "Gentleman's Magazine," the great organ of literature and
+science at that time, led the van. At first the editors affected to
+treat the scheme as an extravagant hoax; afterwards they tell their
+readers "with what alarm they read in the public prints that so wild a
+project was actually to be carried into execution." However, "it could
+never be countenanced by any professional man after a moment's
+reflection. Not only the distance, but the utter impossibility of
+carrying a number of male and female felons across the line, without
+the ravages of putrid disorders sweeping them off by the score, must for
+ever render such a plan abortive. The rains, the heats, tempests,
+tornados, and mountainous seas to be encountered, were enough to deter
+the most reckless of human life from such a hazardous enterprise. If any
+such desperadoes could be found, they ventured to foretell that their
+fate would for ever be a warning to others not to repeat the attempt."
+The subject was not suffered to rest; a few months afterwards SYLVANUS
+URBAN--for under this name the editors of that able journal have for
+upwards of a century disguised themselves--returned to the charge. "The
+ostensible design of the projector," they say, "to prepare a settlement
+for the reception of felons on the most barren, least inhabited, and
+worst cultivated country in the southern hemisphere, was beyond belief."
+Moreover, "Botany Bay was beyond the reach of succour or assistance from
+any European settlement."
+
+Then again the lavish expense of such an establishment was another
+serious objection. "It was said that it was to consist of a
+post-captain, a governor, with a salary of 500_l._ a-year, a master, and
+commander. A lieutenant-governor, with 300_l._ a-year, four captains,
+twelve subalterns, twelve sergeants, and one hundred and sixty rank and
+file from the marines; a surgeon, chaplain, and quartermaster. The whole
+equipment, army, navy, and felons, were to be supplied with two years'
+provisions, and all sorts of implements for the culture of the earth,
+and hunting and fishing. Some slight buildings were to be run up until a
+proper fort and a town could be erected. If such a report could be true,
+the expense would equal that of an expedition to the South Seas against
+an enemy." If such extravagance were repeated with every freight of
+felons, "it would furthermore extinguish all hope of paying off the
+national debt."
+
+We leave the reader to smile while he muses on the short-sightedness
+even of wise men, and the strange fluctuations of human opinion. The
+government persevered in spite of these prophetic warnings; which
+probably represented the general state of feeling on the subject among
+educated men in England, with whom, in those days, _Sylvanus_ was no
+mean authority. Accordingly, in March 1787, eleven sail, consisting of
+the frigate Sirius, an armed tender, three store-ships, and six
+transports, assembled at Portsmouth, having on board five hundred and
+sixty-five male, and one hundred and ninety-two female convicts, under
+Captain Arthur Phillip, an experienced officer, who was appointed
+governor of the new colony. The fleet set sail from the Mother Bank, on
+the 13th of May, 1787, and after a tedious voyage of eight months, the
+whole convoy arrived safely in Botany Bay in the middle of January,
+1788. But Captain Cook's description of the country surrounding the Bay
+was found far too flattering--the harbour being exposed to tempestuous
+gales, which often rolled a heavy sea upon the beach, while the land was
+deformed with swamps and barren sand banks. On pressing forward to a
+neighbouring creek, marked by Captain Cook as a mere boat harbour,
+Governor Phillip had the satisfaction to find one of the finest havens
+in the world, in which a thousand sail of the line might ride in safety.
+It was then called Port Jackson. The different coves of this harbour
+were examined with all possible expedition, and the preference was given
+to one which had the finest spring of water, and in which ships might
+anchor so close to the shore that, at a very small expense, quays could
+be constructed where the largest vessels might unload. This cove is
+about half a mile in length, and about a quarter of a mile across at the
+entrance. In honour of Lord Sydney, the governor distinguished it by the
+name of Sydney Cove. On the twenty-sixth of February, 1788, the British
+colours were displayed on these shores; the plan of an encampment, the
+first rude outline of the metropolitan city of SYDNEY, was formed. The
+spot chosen was at the head of the cove, near a stream of fresh water,
+which stole silently along by a thick wood now the site of crowded
+streets, the stillness of which for the first time since the creation
+was then broken by the rude sound of the labourer's axe, and the hum of
+busy men. The anniversary of this great event has for some years been a
+festival in New South Wales. Governor Phillip landed with a thousand and
+thirty souls; his live stock consisted of six head of horned cattle and
+seven horses. The town and district of Sydney has now a population of
+three hundred thousand souls; every year the increase is enormous; and
+the ratio of each year's increase exceeds the last.
+
+These figures, however, make but a feeble impression upon us at a
+distance. The colonists feel a warmth of enthusiasm such as only the
+sight of the marvellous contrast can create. We copy the following
+extract from the Sydney Herald on one of these anniversaries--"the
+nativity of the city of Sydney and of the colony of New South Wales."
+
+"When we compare the town and the country as they are now with what they
+were then, we may well be proud of British enterprise, and of the local
+resources which it has so rapidly and triumphantly developed. How
+forcibly are we reminded of the miraculous transformation foretold by
+the inspired son of Amoz--'The wilderness and the solitary place shall
+be glad for them, and the desert shall rejoice and blossom as the rose.'
+Let the imagination attempt this day to realize the enchanting contrast.
+As we look upon the noble ships riding in our harbour, and the steamers,
+yachts, wherries, and boats innumerable, gliding to and fro amid the
+joyous excitements of the regatta, let us picture the three humble boats
+which, this day fifty-seven years,[A] were slowly creeping up the
+unknown waters of Port Jackson, in quest of a sure resting-place for our
+first predecessors. As we cast our eye over the elegant buildings which
+now skirt our shores on either side, and over the crowds of well-dressed
+men, women and children, who are keeping holiday on this our national
+festival, let us think of the dense woods which then frowned on Governor
+Phillip, of the profound silence that reigned around him, of the awful
+sense of solitude with which he and his little band must have been
+impressed, and of the exultation they would have felt could they have
+foreseen that, within so brief a term, the wilderness they were
+approaching would have become 'replenished' with a teeming population,
+and have been 'subdued' to the beauty and affluence of civilized life."
+
+    [A] This was published in 1845.
+
+But the dark side of this romantic picture must not be withheld. The
+infant colony was chiefly composed of the worst class of felons; they
+were the days of barbarous justice even in England, and it would often
+be difficult to say why some convicts were sentenced to transportation,
+while others for lighter causes were punished with death. There was, at
+that time, a fearful indifference to human life in our penal code.
+Punishment was its sole object; amendment was seldom if ever
+contemplated. Amongst the convicts there was every shade of crime, but
+scarcely any corresponding gradation of punishment. The truth is, true
+religion was at its lowest ebb, and pure philanthropy, in consequence,
+all but unknown; a formal, heartless religion prevailed; and, as one of
+its fruits, a stern and iron code of law. The convict-ship, which has
+now become a reformatory school, was rivalled in its horrors only by the
+slave-ship; indeed if the physical suffering was greater in the latter,
+in moral torture and mental defilement the hold of the convict-ship had,
+beyond all doubt, the bad pre-eminence.
+
+The prisoners consisted of the most abandoned persons of all nations;
+British, Dutch, and Portuguese sailors, the polite swindler, and the
+audacious highwayman, with their female accomplices. They were shipped
+off in chains; during the passage outward a detachment of soldiers was
+constantly on guard; and the voyage was seldom accomplished without
+bloodshed. The secret plots, in which the prisoners were continually
+engaged, broke out into open mutiny whenever circumstances offered a
+chance of success; for this purpose a storm, a leak, or a feigned
+sickness, was readily taken advantage of. When signs of such
+disturbances showed themselves, the ringleaders were seized and tried in
+a summary way by court martial; but the sailors often refused to enforce
+the sentence, so that it became necessary to compel obedience with
+loaded muskets.
+
+The hold of a convict-ship presented a melancholy picture of human
+depravity. In the course of the voyage most of the felons survived the
+sense of shame: the sounds of ribaldry and boisterous mirth, mingled
+with catches from the popular songs of the day, issued unceasingly from
+the prisoners' deck; this uproar was ever and anon increased by more
+riotous disturbances, blows and bloodshed followed; and occasionally the
+monotony of the voyage was broken by mock trials among the prisoners, to
+show that even in the most profligate and abandoned the principle of
+justice was not altogether destroyed. When a prisoner committed an
+offence against his fellows, a judge was appointed, advocates were
+assigned to the prosecutor and the accused, a jury was sworn to try
+according to the evidence, witnesses were examined, and the prisoner,
+being found guilty, was sentenced to an immediate and brutal punishment.
+
+From such elements the society of New South Wales was formed. Most of
+the convicts, after a short servitude, obtained tickets-of-leave, and
+settled upon the parcels of land allotted to them by government; and by
+the improvement of such opportunities they easily drew a subsistence
+from the soil; others devoted themselves to the care of cattle; while
+many more, as the colony increased, betook themselves to trade, by which
+means large fortunes were frequently acquired. Many of the convicts in
+the course of a few years contrived to amass great wealth, which was
+expended in the extension, or improvement of their property. The results
+of such industry were to be seen in the cleared inclosures, the neat
+orchard, and the trim garden that here and there surrounded a well-built
+brick-house. Even here honest labour seems to have been crowned with
+success.
+
+Free settlers were at present few in number, and the convict on his
+plot of land had many advantages over them. From acquaintance with the
+climate and the modes of cultivation best suited to the soil, as well as
+the easiest method of carrying on agricultural operations, he had
+learned to avoid many fruitless experiments. He understood the habits
+and character of the servants who assisted him, for the labourers were
+all of them felons; and he himself had probably shared the same cell,
+and worked in the same gang. He understood their principles of action;
+and they were infected with his prejudices. They lived together, ate at
+the same board and slept under the same roof. Thus a good understanding
+was maintained between them by his connivance with their follies or
+their vices. The men themselves always preferred a master who had been a
+prisoner to a free settler of stricter virtue, and a disposition less
+akin to their own; and for such an one they would make extraordinary
+exertions, of great importance at seed time and harvest, which a better
+master could not obtain at any cost.
+
+A brotherhood and close fellowship, the fruit of old associations,
+sprang up among the convict population. Many considered themselves as
+martyrs to the vengeance rather than the justice of the law; others,
+transported for political offences, regarded themselves in the light of
+patriots. In short a unity of interest cemented them; and each newly
+arrived convict ship was heartily welcomed. When it anchored in the
+harbour boats swarmed around it, the decks were crowded, the new comers
+were loaded with presents of fresh bread and other luxuries. They were
+pressed with eager inquiries after absent friends, the comrades they had
+left in English jails. They were greeted with the heartiness of old
+companions, and without reluctance exchanged the close confinement of
+the convict ship for the fellowship of their old acquaintance on shore.
+The colony at this time abounded with Irish who had shared in the
+rebellion of 1798, and who generally brought with them a fair knowledge
+of agriculture without very industrious habits. They attached little
+turpitude to their offences, considering themselves rather as sacrificed
+to the cause of freedom. Indeed it is well ascertained that some of them
+had been banished without even the formality of a trial, some without
+any specific sentence as to the term of their transportation, victims to
+the angry spirit of the times. They are described as, for the most part,
+conducting themselves with great propriety in the hope of one day
+regaining their freedom, and being restored to their long absent
+friends. Such men as these proved excellent colonists, and successful
+settlers.
+
+The criminal history of the colony in its first years discloses a
+dreadful list of both crimes and punishments. Small bodies of the
+convicts occasionally broke loose, fled to the woods, and there, setting
+all restraints at defiance, became reckless and ferocious. The dread of
+punishment did not restrain them from robbery, murder, and the most
+appalling crimes. The risks were well calculated, for the chances of
+conviction were few, and punishment was uncertain. If they were
+detected, a convict, being dead in law, could not be summoned as a
+witness. The jury would probably be composed of men who had been sharers
+in crimes of equal magnitude, perhaps old associates. The prisoners
+would be defended by convict attorneys, a nefarious class with which the
+colonial courts were filled. Ineffectual attempts were made to exclude
+these men, but the influence they had been suffered already to attain,
+made this impracticable. Amongst the most notorious of them was one who
+obtained a large practice by dint of his ingenuity, and managed the most
+important business in the colony. He had been some years previously
+sentenced to transportation for life, for forging a will. He had
+resorted to the ingenious device of putting a _fly_ into the mouth of a
+dead man, and then guiding his hand to trace his signature to the
+writing; and, upon the trial, he swore, with audacious assurance, that
+he saw the testator sign the will while _life_ was in him. In passing
+sentence, the late Lord Ellenborough took the opportunity of
+congratulating the profession on getting rid of such a pest.
+
+The records of the court are scarcely less painful than the history of
+the criminals themselves. The punishments adjudged were frightfully
+severe. If they did not reclaim the prisoner, they must have hardened
+him beyond recovery, if indeed they did not in many instances torture
+him to death. The men thus punished were already convicts it is true,
+and more than usual severity may have been justified. But no penal code
+emanating from a people professing the name of Christ may inflict savage
+and barbarous penalties. They recoil with disgrace upon the legislation
+which exacts them, and a whole nation is degraded in the person of its
+own malefactors; while God's displeasure is evident both in the increase
+and audacity of criminals on the one hand, and in the loss of humane and
+virtuous sentiments throughout the community on the other. We have taken
+three cases as a specimen of the method in which justice was dealt out
+to criminals in the early days of the colony in New South Wales.
+
+"John Allen, stealing in dwelling-house to the value of forty shillings.
+Publicly whipped, hundred lashes, confined in solitary cell at Paramatta
+on bread and water for six months, and hard labour at Newcastle three
+years."
+
+"Michael Hoare and James Gilchrist, feloniously and burglariously
+breaking and entering Schoolhouse at Kissing Point, and stealing from
+there divers articles of property. Twelve months solitary confinement at
+Paramatta, two years hard labour in jail gang, then transported for life
+to Newcastle."
+
+"John Hale, Robert Holton, and Peter Allen, killing a bullock with
+intent to steal the carcase. Solitary confinement on bread and water for
+three years in Paramatta jail, afterwards two years labour in jail gang
+there, and afterwards transportation for life to Newcastle."[B]
+
+    [B] See Wentworth's Colony of New South Wales, second edition, 1820.
+
+Such was the sphere of Mr. Marsden's labours, such the difficulties with
+which he had to contend, and the system, too, which, as a magistrate, he
+was even called upon to administer. A more hopeless task could scarcely
+have been undertaken; but he set himself vigorously to work, looking to
+the Strong One for strength, and the fruit was "seen after many days."
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER III.
+
+    Mr. Marsden appointed to the Magistracy--Objections to this
+    considered--Cultivates Land--Charge of Secularity considered--His
+    connexion with the London Missionary Society, and care of its
+    Polynesian Mission--Revisits England in 1807.
+
+
+The retirement of the senior chaplain left Mr. Marsden in sole charge of
+the spiritual concerns of the infant colony. He had now to officiate at
+the three settlements of Sydney, Paramatta, and Hawkesbury without
+assistance. The nature of the population, consisting as it did of a mass
+of criminals, rendered his ministerial labours peculiarly distressing.
+The state of morals was utterly depraved; oaths and ribaldry, and
+audacious lying were universal; marriage, and the sacred ties of
+domestic life, were almost unknown, and those who, from their station,
+should have set an example to the convicts and settlers, encouraged sin
+in others by the effrontery of their own transgressions. Under
+discouragement such as would have subdued the spirit of most men, did
+he, for the long period of fourteen years, continue at his post; cheered
+it is true with occasional gleams of success, but upon the whole rather
+a witness against abounding vice, than, at present, a successful
+evangelist. Nor were domestic trials wanting to complete that process of
+salutary discipline by which "the great Shepherd of the sheep" was
+preparing his servant for other and wider scenes of labour, and for
+triumphs greater than the church in these later days had known. His
+firstborn son, a lovely and promising child scarcely two years old,
+was thrown from its mother's arms by a sudden jerk of the gig in which
+they were seated, and killed upon the spot. It would be impossible to
+describe the agonized feelings of the mother under such a bereavement,
+nor were the sorrows of the father less profound. He received the
+tidings, together with the body of his lifeless boy, we are told, with
+"calm, and even dignified submission," for "he was a man who said little
+though he felt much." A second stroke, still more painful, was to
+follow. Mrs. Marsden, determined not to hazard the safety of another
+child, left her babe at home in charge of a domestic while she drove
+out. But her very precaution was the occasion of his death: the little
+creature strayed into the kitchen unobserved, fell backwards into a pan
+of boiling water, and its death followed soon after. Thus early in his
+ministerial career the iron entered his own soul, and taught him that
+sympathy for the wounded spirit which marked his character through life.
+
+[Illustration: DISTANT VIEW OF SYDNEY.]
+
+But from these scenes of private suffering we must turn aside. The
+public life and ministerial labours of Mr. Marsden require our
+attention; and as we enter upon the review of them we must notice two
+circumstances which from the very outset of his career exposed him to
+frequent suspicion and obloquy, both in the colony and at home, and
+formed in fact the chief materials, so to speak, out of which his
+opponents wove the calumnies with which they harassed the greater
+portion of his life.
+
+He had scarcely arrived at his post when he was appointed a colonial
+magistrate. Under ordinary circumstances, we should condemn in the
+strongest manner the union of functions so obviously incompatible as
+those of the Christian minister and the civil judge. To use the words of
+a great living authority on judicial questions, a late lord
+chancellor,[C] "it is the union of two noble offices to the detriment of
+both." Yet it seems in the case before us, that the office was forced
+upon Mr. Marsden, not as a complimentary distinction, but as one of the
+stern duties of his position as a colonial chaplain, who was bound to
+maintain the authority of the law amidst a population of lawless and
+dangerous men. Port Jackson, or Botany Bay as it was generally called,
+was then and long afterwards merely a penal settlement. The governor was
+absolute, and the discipline he enforced was, perhaps of necessity,
+harsh and rigid. Resistance to the law and its administrators was of
+daily occurrence; life and property were always insecure, and even armed
+rebellion sometimes broke out. If the government thought it necessary,
+for the safety of this extraordinary community, to select a minister of
+the gospel to fill the office of a magistrate, he had no alternative but
+to submit, or else to resign his chaplaincy and return home. Mr. Marsden
+chose to remain; moved by the hope of being able to infuse something of
+the spirit of the gospel into the administration of justice, and to
+introduce far higher principles than those which he saw prevailing
+amongst the magistrates themselves. In both of these objects he
+succeeded to an eminent extent, though not till after the lapse of
+years, and a remonstrance carried by himself in person to the government
+at home. Justice was dealt even to the greatest criminals more fairly,
+and the bench of magistrates grew at length ashamed, in the presence of
+the chaplain of Paramatta, of its own hitherto unabashed licentiousness.
+But the cost was great. He was involved in secular business from day to
+day, and that often of the most painful kind. His equal-handed justice
+made him a host of personal enemies in those whose vices he punished;
+and, still more, in those whose corrupt and partial administration of
+the law was rebuked by the example of his integrity. In the share he was
+obliged to take in the civil affairs of the colony differences of
+opinion would naturally arise, and angry feelings would, as usual
+follow. Of course he was not free from human infirmity, his own temper
+was sometimes disturbed. Thus for years, especially during his early
+residence in New South Wales, he was in frequent collision with the
+magistrates, and occasionally even with the governor. Again and again he
+would have resigned his commission, but was not allowed to do so;
+meanwhile his mind was often distracted and his character maligned. To
+these trials we shall be obliged to refer as we trace his steps through
+life; but we mean to do so as seldom as we can, for the subject is
+painful, and, since few men can ever be placed in his circumstances, to
+most of us unprofitable.
+
+    [C] Lord Brougham.
+
+Another point on which Mr. Marsden's conduct has been severely, and yet
+most unjustly blamed, is that he was engaged in the cultivation of a
+considerable tract of land. Avarice and secularity were roundly charged
+upon him in consequence; for it was his painful lot through life to be
+incessantly accused not only of failings of which he was quite
+guiltless, but of those which were the most opposite to his real
+character. A more purely disinterested and unselfish man perhaps never
+lived. One who under the constant disturbance of every kind of business
+and employment, still "walked" more "humbly with his God," is not often
+to be found. Yet the cry once raised against him was never hushed; until
+at length, having rung in his ears through life, as a warning to him, no
+doubt, even in his brightest moments of success, that he should "cease
+from man," it was suddenly put to shame at last and buried with him in
+his grave.
+
+The circumstances were these: When he arrived in the colony, in the
+beginning of 1794, it was yet but six years old. The cultivation of land
+had scarcely begun; it was therefore dependent on supplies of food from
+home, and was often reduced to the brink of famine. One cask of meat was
+all that the king's stores contained when Mr. Marsden first landed on
+those shores from which the produce of the most magnificent flocks and
+herds the world has ever pastured was afterwards to be shipped. Governor
+Phillip, as we have seen, had laid the foundation of the colony amid
+scenes of difficulty and trial which it is fearful to contemplate. In
+September, 1795, Captain Hunter arrived, and following in the steps of
+his predecessor, exerted himself in clearing land and bringing it under
+cultivation. To effect this he made a grant to every officer, civil and
+military, of one hundred acres, and allowed each thirteen convicts as
+servants to assist in bringing it into order. Mr. Marsden availed
+himself of the grant, and his farm soon exhibited those marks of
+superior management which might have been looked for by all who were
+acquainted with the energy of his character and his love of rural
+pursuits. Where land was to be had on such easy terms, it was not to be
+desired or expected that he should be limited to the original grant. He
+soon possessed an estate of several hundred acres--the model farm of
+New South Wales;--and, let it not be forgotten, the source from whence
+those supplies were drawn which fed the infant missions of the Southern
+Seas, while at the same time they helped their generous owner to support
+many a benevolent institution in his own parish and neighbourhood. Years
+afterwards he was induced to print a pamphlet in justification of his
+conduct in this as well as other particulars on which it was assailed;
+and as we copy an extract from it, our feeling is one of shame and
+sorrow that it should ever have been required. He says, "I did not
+consider myself in the same situation, in a temporal point of view, in
+this colony as a clergyman in England. My situation at that period would
+bear no such comparison. A clergyman in England lives in the very bosom
+of his friends; his comforts and conveniences are all within his reach,
+and he has nothing to do but to feed his flock. On the contrary, I
+entered a country which was in a state of nature, and was obliged to
+plant and sow or starve. It was not from inclination that my colleague
+and I took the axe, the spade, and the hoe: we could not, from our
+situation, help ourselves by any other means, and we thought it no
+disgrace to labour. St. Paul's own hands ministered to his necessities
+in a cultivated nation, and our hands ministered to our wants in an
+uncultivated one. If this be cast upon me as a shame and a reproach, I
+cheerfully bear it, for the remembrance never gives me any cause of
+reproach or remorse." Monsieur Perron, a commander sent out by the
+French government to search for the unfortunate La Perouse (who had
+recently perished in an exploratory voyage to the islands of the South
+Pacific), visited Mr. Marsden's farm in 1802, and records, with the
+generous admiration his countrymen have never withheld from English
+enterprise and industry, his astonishment and delight. "No longer," he
+exclaims, "than eight years ago, the whole of this spot was covered with
+immense and useless forests; what pains, what exertions must have been
+employed! These roads, these pastures, these fields, these harvests,
+these orchards, these flocks, the work of eight years!" And his
+admiration of the scene was not greater than his reverence for its
+owner, "who," he adds, "while he thus laboured in his various important
+avocations was not unmindful of the interests of others. He generously
+interfered in behalf of the poorer settlers in their distresses,
+established schools for their children, and often relieved their
+necessities; and to the unhappy culprits, whom the justice of their
+offended country had banished from their native soil, he administered
+alternately exhortation and comfort."
+
+Indeed, it would be no easy task to enumerate all the schemes of social,
+moral, and spiritual enterprise upon which Mr. Marsden was now employed,
+and into all of which he appears to have thrown a force and energy which
+is generally reserved, even by the zealous philanthropist, for some one
+favoured project. Thus the state of the female convicts, at a very early
+period, especially attracted his attention. Their forlorn condition,
+their frightful immoralities--the almost necessary consequence of the
+gross neglect which exposed them to temptation, or rather thrust them
+into sin--pressed heavily upon him, and formed the subject of many
+solemn remonstrances, first to the authorities abroad, and when these
+were unheeded, to the government at home. The wrongs of the aborigines,
+their heathenism, and their savage state, with all its attendant
+miseries and hopeless prospects in eternity, sank into his heart; and
+under his care a school arose at Paramatta for their children. The
+scheme, as we shall explain hereafter, was not successful; but at least
+it will be admitted "he did well that it was in" his "heart." He was
+often consulted by the successive governors on questions of difficulty
+and importance, and gave his advice with respect, but at the same time
+with honest courage. Amusing anecdotes are told of some of their
+interviews. A misunderstanding had occurred between Governor King and
+himself, which did not, however, prevent the governor from asking his
+advice. Mr. Marsden was allowed to make his own terms, which were that
+he should consider Governor King as a private individual, and as such
+address him. Much to his credit, the governor consented. Mr. Marsden
+then locked the door, and in plain and forcible terms explained to
+_Captain_ King the faults, as he conceived, of _Governor_ King's
+administration. They separated on the most friendly terms; and if we
+admire the courage of the chaplain, we must not overlook the
+self-command and forbearance of the governor. With a dash of
+eccentricity the affair was honourable to both parties.
+
+Another instance of Mr. Marsden's ready tact and self-possession may be
+mentioned. Governor King, who possessed, by virtue of his office, the
+most absolute power, was not only eccentric but somewhat choleric. On
+one occasion, when Mr. Marsden was present, a violent dispute arose
+between the governor and the commissary-general. Mr. Marsden not being
+at liberty to leave the room, retired to a window, determined not to be
+a witness of the coming storm. The governor, in his heat, pushed or
+collared the commissary, who in return, pushed or struck the governor.
+His excellency, indignant at the insult, called to the chaplain, "Do you
+see that, sir!" "Indeed, sir," replied Mr. M., "_I see_ nothing,"
+--dwelling with jocular emphasis on the word see. Thus good
+humour was immediately restored, and the grave and even treasonable
+offence of striking the representative of the sovereign was forgotten.
+These trifling circumstances are worth relating, not only in
+illustration of Mr. Marsden's character, but of the history of the
+earlier days of the colony.
+
+But graver duties had already devolved upon him. Amongst the unpublished
+manuscripts of the London Missionary Society, there is one document of
+singular interest, in connexion with the name of Samuel Marsden. It is a
+memorandum of seventeen folio pages on the state and prospects of their
+missions to Tahiti and the islands in the South Seas, dated "Paramatta,
+30th January, 1801," and "read before the committee" in London--such was
+the slow, uncertain communication fifty years ago with a colony now
+brought within sixty days' sail of England--"on the 19th of April,
+1802." Foremost in the literature of another generation will stand those
+treasures which slumber, for the most part unvalued and undisturbed, on
+the shelves of our missionary houses. For men will surely one day
+inquire, with an interest similar to that with which we read of the
+conversion of Britain in the dim light of Ingulphus and the Saxon
+Chronicle, or the venerable Bede, how distant islands were first
+evangelized, and through what sorrows, errors, and reverses, the first
+missionary fought his way to victory in continents and islands of the
+southern hemisphere. And of these, the document which now lies before
+us will be esteemed as inferior to none in calm and practical wisdom, in
+piety, or in ardent zeal tempered with discretion.
+
+The circumstances which called it forth were these. The Tahitian
+mission, the first great effort of the London Missionary Society, and
+indeed the first Protestant mission, with perhaps one exception,[D] to
+savage tribes, had hitherto disappointed the sanguine expectations of
+its promoters. We trust we shall not be thought to make a display of
+that cheap wisdom which consists in blaming the failures of which the
+causes were not seen until the catastrophe had occurred, if we say that,
+great and truly magnificent as the project was, it carried within itself
+the elements of its own humiliation. The faith and zeal of its founders
+were beyond all human praise; but in the wisdom which results from
+experience, they were of course deficient. "To attempt great things, and
+to expect great things," was their motto; but they did not appreciate
+the difficulties of the enterprise; nor did they duly estimate the depth
+of the depravity of the savage heart and mind. Dr. Haweis, a London
+clergyman of great piety and note in those days, preached before the
+Society when the first missionary ship, the Duff, was about to sail. He
+described to his delighted audience the romantic beauty and grandeur of
+the islands which lie like emeralds upon the calm bosom of the Southern
+Ocean, and anticipated their immediate conversion as soon as they should
+hear the first glad tidings of the gospel. The ship sailed from the
+Tower wharf, with flags flying and banners streaming, as if returning
+from a triumph, amidst the cheers of the spectators. Amongst the crowd
+there stood a venerable minister of Christ, leaning upon the arm of one
+who still survives--himself a veteran in the service of his Lord. As
+they turned slowly away from the exciting scene, the aged minister
+mournfully exclaimed, "I am afraid it will not succeed: there is too
+much of man in it." His words were prophetic; for nearly twenty years no
+success followed, but one sweeping tide of disappointment and
+disaster;[E] till, at length, when, humbled and dejected, about the year
+1814, the missionaries, as well as the Society at home, in despair had
+almost resolved to abandon the station, the work of God appeared in the
+conversion of the king of Tahiti; and with a rapidity to be compared
+only to the long, cheerless, period in which they had "laboured in vain,
+and spent their strength for nought," the missionaries beheld not only
+Tahiti, but the adjacent islands transformed into Christian lands.
+
+    [D] That of the Moravians to Labrador. The Wesleyans had a mission
+    in the West Indies, and the Society for the Propagation of the
+    Gospel had long had the care of the Danish missions at Malabar. But
+    none of these were missions, in the strict sense, among savages.
+
+    [E] This anecdote we relate on the authority of the younger
+    minister, from whom we received it. The elder one was the Rev.
+    Samuel Bradburn, the friend and associate of Wesley.--EDITOR.
+
+It was in the midst of these disasters that Mr. Marsden was consulted,
+and wrote the memorandum to which we have referred. If in some places he
+seems to lay too great stress upon what may appear to the reader
+prudential considerations of inferior importance, let us remind him that
+on these very points the missionaries had betrayed their weakness. Their
+own quarrels and even the gross misconduct of some few amongst them,
+were not less painful to the church at home than their want of success.
+
+We make a few extracts:
+
+    "... The first and principal object for the consideration of the
+    directors is to select men properly qualified for the mission;
+    unless persons equal to the task are sent out nothing can be done.
+    It may be asked, who are proper persons, and what are the
+    requisite qualifications? To the question I would reply in general
+    terms. A missionary should be a man of real sound piety, and well
+    acquainted with the depravity of the human heart, as well as
+    experimental religion; he should not be a novice; he should not
+    only be a good man in the strictest sense of the word, but also
+    well informed, not taken from the dregs of the common people, but
+    possessed of some education, and liberal sentiments. He should
+    rather be of a lively active turn of mind than gloomy and heavy. A
+    gloomy ignorant clown will be disgusting even to savages, and
+    excite their contempt. The more easy and affable a missionary is
+    in his address, the more easily will he obtain the confidence and
+    good opinion of the heathen.
+
+    "In my opinion a man of a melancholy habit is altogether
+    unqualified for a missionary; he will never be able to sustain the
+    hardships attending his situation, nay, he will magnify his
+    dangers and difficulties and make them greater than what in
+    reality they may be. A missionary, were I to define his character,
+    should be a pious good man, should be well acquainted with
+    mankind, should possess some education, should be easy in address,
+    and of an active turn. Some of the missionaries who have come to
+    this colony, are the opposite character to the above. They are
+    totally ignorant of mankind, they possess no education, they are
+    clowns in their manners. If the directors are determined to
+    establish a mission in these Islands there is another object to be
+    attended to; they must send out a sufficient body and furnish
+    them with the means of self-defence. Unless the missionaries are
+    able to protect themselves from the violence of the natives, they
+    will be in constant danger of being cut off by them. Their lives,
+    if unprotected by their own strength, will hang sometimes perhaps
+    upon the fate of a single battle between two contending chiefs.
+    Can any idea be more distressing than for the lives of a few
+    defenceless missionaries to depend upon the sudden whim or turn of
+    an enraged savage, without the means of self-defence? See them
+    driven, in order to escape the savage fury of the natives, into
+    holes and caverns of the rocks, suffering every hardship that
+    nature can bear from hunger, toil, and anxiety, without so much as
+    the prospect of relief in time of danger from Europe, or
+    accomplishing in the smallest degree the object of the mission.
+    Yet this must and will be the case, unless the missionaries are
+    furnished with the means of self-defence, and are able to convince
+    the natives of their superiority in point of skill and
+    protection."
+
+Many will condemn this counsel. Nor do we feel bound to justify it to
+the letter. A reasonable degree of caution in avoiding danger, and under
+great emergency in preparing measures for self-defence, may be allowed
+even to the missionary. Yet experience shows that his safety chiefly
+lies in cultivating and exhibiting the spirit of Him who "suffered the
+just for the unjust," and "when led as a lamb to the slaughter, yet
+opened not his mouth."
+
+Various prudential hints follow, on marriage and other delicate
+subjects. The reader will smile to learn that fifty years ago it was a
+question at missionary boards whether married men were not disqualified
+for missionary work. It was argued that their wives would be exposed to
+ill-usage from the natives, and that they themselves would be diverted
+by the anxieties or the comforts of home from their proper calling. Mr.
+Marsden combats both of these objections. "It appears to me that a
+married woman, coming along with her husband in the mission, would have
+no extraordinary dangers to apprehend from the natives, and would, if a
+prudent woman, prove the greatest comfort and protection to her husband,
+sweeten his toils and sustain his burdens." Beyond this even Mr.
+Marsden's views did not yet extend. The time had not yet come when
+experience should drive the friends of missions, in the failure of many
+a plausible theory, to fall back simply on the New Testament, not merely
+for their principles, for this they did, but for the best and safest
+precedents in missionary work. They forgot how large a share of the
+honours of the primitive church in its labours for Christ belong to the
+weaker sex. That a missionary's wife might be no less, nay in some
+instances far more, successful than her husband was a thought not yet
+entertained in missionary counsels. They did not foresee that the
+instruction of the native woman, and the Christian education of the
+heathen child, would soon become the special province of the
+missionary's wife. Mrs. Wilson had not yet arisen "a mother in Israel,"
+nor Mrs. Judson, nor others whose fame is only less in missionary
+annals, because their work has been carried on in places less
+interesting, or at least less open to the world's gaze, than Calcutta
+and Burmah. Nor can we give more than a hesitating and partial consent
+to some of the following observations:
+
+    "Civilization must pave the way for the conversion of the
+    heathen. As the natives in these islands are totally unconnected
+    with the commercial world, however friendly disposed they may be
+    towards strangers, they are, nevertheless, in a state of gross
+    ignorance and barbarity. They must, from their social situation,
+    their great distance from the civilized part of the world, be less
+    prepared to receive the gospel than the Esquimaux on the coast of
+    Labrador or the negroes in the West Indian Islands, and other
+    parts of the heathen world where the Moravians in general send
+    their missionaries. The heathens in these islands are, in the
+    strictest sense, in a state of nature. Hence it becomes the
+    indispensable duty of the missionaries to use every means for
+    their civilization, and not to imagine they are already prepared
+    to receive the blessings of Divine revelation."
+
+True, they were not prepared. But here we are at variance alike with Dr.
+Haweis on the one hand, and Mr. Marsden on the other. "The preparation
+of the heart," the wise man tells us, "is from the Lord;" and this is a
+kind of preparation which civilization will not supply. It is easy, as
+we have said, to find fault with men who, whatever their mistakes,
+deserve the veneration of the church. Let it be borne in mind that of
+savage life, its horrors, its ferocity, its cannibalism, England then
+knew but little. Had they been favoured with the experience we now
+possess, they would have felt more deeply how impotent a weapon is
+civilization to hew down the strongholds of Satan in a heathen land;
+their failures perhaps would have been fewer, and their successes more
+speedy if not more complete. A true Christian missionary, amongst
+savages, must be of necessity a civilizer. His own pure and quiet
+homestead, adorned with the arts of life, his cultivated garden, his
+neatly fenced paddock, the corn-field which soon follows, and then the
+mill--all these, and, we may say, all the habits and circumstances of
+his life, directly tend to civilize; and thus the process of outward
+reformation goes on amongst the surrounding tribes, while the spiritual
+seed is being sown in the native heart. And it will sometimes happen
+that native tribes are civilized before they are converted, simply
+because the carnal mind rejects the spiritual lesson, while selfishness,
+or the mere love of imitation, (equally powerful in the breast of
+children and of savages) induces them readily to adopt European habits.
+But after all we question whether the native heathen thus outwardly
+changed is one whit more likely to embrace the gospel than before.
+
+There is, however, much truth in the following remarks; they show a
+thoughtful mind, and they prove too, if we are not mistaken, that the
+gospel of Jesus Christ has lost nothing of its pristine force after the
+lapse of eighteen centuries; for the Christian missions of our own day
+have triumphed amidst some difficulties against which even the apostles
+had not to contend. "The conduct of the apostles cannot exactly apply as
+a guide to the missionaries in these islands; St. Paul was sent to
+preach a crucified Jesus, not to savage, but to civilized heathens; to
+Greece and Rome, to nations noted for their politeness of manners and
+human learning, the inhabitants both of Greece and Rome had obtained the
+highest degree of civilization, they were"--intellectually, of course,
+Mr. Marsden must be understood to mean--"prepared for the reception of
+the gospel; their philosophers had for ages been making diligent
+inquiries after the true God; they had erected altars and the most
+magnificent temples for the worship of some superior being whom they
+knew not. This is not the case with the natives of these islands.... It
+is unnecessary for me to contrast the situations of the primitive
+apostles and the present missionaries, and to point out their vast
+difference. Sacred and profane history will furnish the missionaries
+with this information, provided they will study their records."
+
+Mr. Marsden continued to be through life the confidential adviser of the
+London Missionary Society, and the warm friend and, as they passed to
+and fro upon their voyages, the kind host of their missionaries.
+
+His character was now established. The colony was rapidly increasing in
+importance; and yet no change had been made in its government, which was
+still committed to the absolute direction of a single mind, that of the
+colonial governor. He too was a military officer, and not always one of
+high position and large capacity, or even of the purest morals; for by
+such men the governorship of his Majesty's territory in New South Wales
+would have then been disdained. Mr. Marsden had done much, but much more
+remained to be accomplished. There were mischiefs that lay far beyond
+his reach, and spurned control. On the first establishment of the colony
+all the military officers were forbidden to take their wives with
+them--the governor and chaplains were the only exceptions--and there is
+one instance of a lady whose love to her husband led her to steal across
+the ocean in the disguise of a sailor, who was actually sent home again
+by Governor Phillip without being permitted to land. Our readers may
+anticipate the consequences which followed in an almost universal
+licentiousness. The most abandoned females often appeared fearlessly
+before the magistrates, well knowing that they would have impunity even
+for the greatest crimes; and male offenders used their influence to
+obtain a judgment in their favour. Expostulation, remonstrance, and
+entreaty Mr. Marsden had tried in vain. "Of all existing spots in New
+South Wales the court of judicature at Sydney," it was publicly
+affirmed, "was the most iniquitous and abandoned;" and at length a
+rebellious spirit broke out, and the authority of the governor, even in
+his military capacity, was at an end. The efforts of the faithful
+chaplain were now thwarted at the fountain head, and his life was not
+unfrequently in danger. Mr. Marsden's sagacity fastened the conviction
+on his mind that a crisis was at hand, which could only be averted by
+the interference of the government at home. He therefore asked for, and
+obtained, permission to revisit England. His fears were just; he had
+already assisted in quelling one rebellion, and another of a more
+serious nature broke out soon after he embarked, which drove the
+governor from the colony, and ended in his recall, and the establishment
+of a new order of things. The spiritual fruit of Mr. Marsden's labours
+had not yet been great, but already the foundations had been laid for
+extensive usefulness. On the eve of his departure, he was presented with
+a gratifying address, bearing the signatures of three hundred and two
+persons, "the holders of landed estates, public offices, and other
+principal inhabitants of the large and extensive settlements of
+Hawkesbury, Nepean, and Portland-Head, and adjacent parts of New South
+Wales," conveying "their grateful thanks for his pious, humane, and
+exemplary conduct throughout this whole colony, in the various and
+arduous situations held by him as a minister of the gospel,
+superintendent magistrate, inspector of public, orphan, and charity
+schools, and in other offices." They thank him too for "his attention
+and cares in the improvement of stock, agriculture, and in all other
+beneficial and useful arts, for the general good of the colony, and for
+his unremitting exertions for its prosperity," and conclude thus:--"Your
+sanctity, philanthropy, and disinterestedness of character, will ever
+remain an example to future ministers; and that God, whom we serve, may
+pour down his blessings upon you and yours to the latest posterity, is
+the sincere prayer of those who sign this address."
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IV.
+
+    Various measures devised for the benefit of New South Wales--The
+    establishment of Missions in New Zealand--Friendship with Dr.
+    Mason Good.
+
+
+Mr. Marsden returned home in His Majesty's ship Buffalo, after an
+absence of fourteen years. On the voyage he had one of those
+hair-breadth deliverances in which devout Christians recognise the hand
+of God. The Buffalo was leaky when she sailed, and a heavy gale
+threatening, it was proposed that the passengers should quit the ship
+and take refuge in a stauncher vessel which formed one of the fleet. Mr.
+Marsden objected, Mrs. Marsden being unwilling to leave Mrs. King, the
+wife of Governor King, who was returning in the same vessel, and who was
+at the time an invalid. In the night, the expected storm came on. In the
+morning, the eyes of all on board the crazy Buffalo were strained in
+vain to discover their companion. She was never heard of more, and no
+doubt had foundered in the hurricane.
+
+On his arrival in London he waited on the under secretary of state to
+report his return, and learned from him that his worst fears had been
+realized, and that the colony was already in a state of open
+insurrection, headed by the "New South Wales Corps," who were leagued
+with several of the wealthier traders. The insurrection was, however,
+suppressed, and Lieut.-colonel Macquarie was sent out with his regiment
+to assume the government. Lord Castlereagh, the colonial minister, was
+quick to perceive the value of such an adviser on the affairs of
+Australia as Mr. Marsden, and encouraged him to lay before the
+government a full statement of his views. Seldom has it happened to a
+private individual to be charged with weightier or more various affairs,
+never perhaps with schemes involving more magnificent results. As the
+obscure chaplain from Botany Bay paced the Strand, from the colonial
+office at Whitehall to the chambers in the city where a few pious men
+were laying plans for Christian missions in the southern hemisphere, he
+was in fact charged with projects upon which not only the civilization,
+but the eternal welfare, of future nations were suspended. Nor was he
+unconscious of the greatness of the task. With a total absence of
+romance or enthusiasm--for his mind was wanting in the imaginative
+faculty on which enthusiasm feeds--he was yet fully alive to the
+possible consequences of his visit to his native shores, and intensely
+interested in his work. He aimed at nothing less than to see Australia a
+great country; and, with a yet firmer faith, he expected the conversion
+of the cannibal tribes of New Zealand and the Society Islands; and this
+at a time when even statesmen had only learned to think of New South
+Wales as a national prison, and when the conversion of New Zealanders
+was regarded as a hopeless task, even by the majority of Christian men,
+and treated by the world with indifference or scorn. In fact, during
+this short visit he may be said to have planned, perhaps unconsciously,
+the labours of his whole life, and to have laid the foundation for all
+the good of which he was to be the instrument.
+
+Let us first turn to the efforts he made for the settlements in New
+South Wales. The improvement of the convict population was his primary
+object, and his more immediate duty. He had observed that by far the
+greater number of reformed criminals consisted of those who had
+intermarried, or whose wives had been able to purchase their passage
+over, and he suggested that those of the convicts' wives who chose to do
+so should be permitted to accompany their husbands even at the public
+expense. This was refused, and it was almost the only point upon which
+his representations failed; but, as a compromise, the wives of the
+officers and soldiers were permitted to accompany their husbands, and
+not less than three hundred immediately went with a single regiment. To
+encourage honesty and industry he recommended not only remission of the
+sentence to the well conducted convict, but a grant of land to a certain
+extent; with which the government complied. But he had no weak and
+foolish sympathy with crime, and long after the period at which we are
+now writing, he continued to incur the hatred of a certain class by
+protesting, as he never ceased to do, against the monstrous impropriety
+of placing men, however wealthy, who had themselves been convicts, on
+the magisterial bench. Amongst the convicts he had observed that the
+greater number were acquainted with some branch of mechanics or
+manufactures; at present, they were unemployed, or occupied in labour
+for which they were unfit, and which was therefore irksome to themselves
+and of no advantage to the colony. He therefore suggested that one or
+two practical mechanics with small salaries, and one or two general
+manufacturers, should be sent out to instruct the convicts. But here a
+serious obstacle presented itself; for this was the age of commercial
+prohibitions, and it was objected that the manufacturers of the mother
+country would be injured by such a step. Mr. Marsden met the objection
+at once. If the government would but accede to the proposal, "he would
+undertake that the enormous expense at which the country was for
+clothing the convicts should entirely cease within a certain period."
+The wool of the government flocks and the flesh of the wild cattle was
+already sufficient to provide both food and raiment for the convicts
+without any expense to the parent state, and all he prayed for was, the
+opportunity of turning those advantages to the best account. These
+requests were granted, and on the same night, and at his own cost, he
+set off by the mail for Warwickshire and Yorkshire in search of four
+artisans and manufacturers, who were soon upon their way to the scene of
+their future operations.
+
+The vast importance of Australia as the source on which the English
+manufacturer must at some future day depend for his supplies of wool,
+had already occupied his thoughts. He found that within three years his
+own stock without any care on his part, (for his farm was entirely
+managed in his absence by a trusty bailiff who had been a convict,) had
+upon an average been doubled in number and value. With the energy which
+was natural to him, he carried some of his own wool to Leeds, where he
+had it manufactured, and he had the satisfaction to learn that it was
+considered equal, if not superior, to that of Saxony or France. His
+private letters abound with intimations that ere long Australia must
+become the great wool-producing country to which the English
+manufacturer would look. He was introduced to king George the Third, and
+took the liberty, through Sir Joseph Banks, of praying for a couple of
+Merino sheep, His Majesty's property, to improve the breed; and his last
+letter from England, dated from the Cowes Roads, mentions their
+reception on board. We anticipate a little, but must quote the letter,
+were it only to let the reader see how possible it is to be at once
+diligent in business and fervent in spirit. "We are this moment getting
+under weigh, and soon expect to be upon the ocean. I have received a
+present of five Spanish sheep from the king's flock, which are all on
+board; if I am so fortunate as to get them out they will be a most
+valuable acquisition to the colony. I leave England with much
+satisfaction, having obtained so fully the object of my mission. It is
+the good hand of our God that hath done these things for us. I have the
+prospect of getting another pious minister. I am writing to him on the
+subject this morning, and I hope he will soon follow us.... On Sunday I
+stood on the long boat and preached from Ezekiel xviii. 27: 'When the
+wicked man turneth away,' etc. It was a solemn time, many of the
+convicts were affected. We sang the Hundredth Psalm in the midst of a
+large fleet. The number of souls on board is more than four hundred. God
+may be gracious to some of them; though exiled from their country and
+friends, they may cry unto him in a foreign land, when they come like
+the Jews of old to hang their harps upon the willows, and weep when they
+remember Zion, or rather when they remember England."[F]
+
+    [F] To Avison Terry, Esq., Hull.
+
+The spiritual wants of the colony were not forgotten. He induced the
+government to send out three additional clergymen and three
+schoolmasters; and happily the selection was intrusted to his own
+judgment. A disciple in the school of Venn and Milner, he knew that the
+ordinances of the church, though administered by a moral and virtuous
+man, or by a zealous philanthropist, were not enough. He sought for men
+who were "renewed in the spirit of their minds;" who uttered no mere
+words of course when they said at their ordination that they "believed
+themselves moved thereto by the Holy Ghost." But here again his task was
+difficult; clergymen of such a stamp were but few; the spirit of
+missionary enterprise was almost unfelt; and, to say the truth, there
+was a missionary field at home, dark and barbarous, and far too wide for
+the few such labourers of this class whom the Lord had yet "sent forth
+into his harvest." Mr. Marsden, however, nothing daunted, went from
+parish to parish till he met with two admirable men, the Rev. Mr. Cowper
+and the Rev. Robert Cartwright, who, with their families, accompanied
+him on his return. His choice was eminently successful. In a short
+account of Mr. Marsden, published in Australia in 1844, they are spoken
+of as still living, pious and exemplary clergymen, the fathers of
+families occupying some of the most important posts in the colony, and,
+"notwithstanding their advancing years and increasing infirmities," it
+is added, "there are few young men in the colony so zealous in preaching
+the gospel, and in promoting the interests of the church of England."
+The schoolmasters too, we believe, did honour to his choice. He had
+already established two public free-schools for children of both sexes,
+and he was now able to impart the elements of a pious education, and to
+train them in habits of industry and virtue. Into all these plans the
+archbishop of Canterbury cordially entered, and wisely and liberally
+left it to the able founder to select his agents and associates.
+
+Mr. Marsden likewise urged upon the home administration the necessity of
+a female Penitentiary; and obtained a promise that a building should be
+provided. That he was deeply alive to the importance of an institution
+of this kind, is manifest in his own description of the state of the
+female prisoners in the earlier years of the colony, and the deplorable
+picture he draws of their immorality and wretchedness. "When I returned
+to England in 1807," he says, "there were upwards of fourteen hundred
+women in the colony; more than one thousand were unmarried, and nearly
+all convicts: many of them were exposed to the most dangerous
+temptations, privations and sufferings; and no suitable asylum had been
+provided for the female convicts since the establishment of the colony.
+On my arrival in London in 1808, I drew up two memorials on their
+behalf, stating how much they suffered from want of a proper barrack--a
+building for their reception. One of these memorials I presented to the
+under secretary of state, and the other to his grace the archbishop of
+Canterbury. They both expressed their readiness to promote the object."
+Years, however, passed before the consent of the colonial governor could
+be gained; and Mr. Marsden's benevolent exertions on behalf of these
+outcast women were for some time frustrated.
+
+The variety of his engagements at this time was equal to their
+importance. He had returned home charged with an almost infinite
+multiplicity of business. He was the agent of almost every poor person
+in the colony who had, or thought he had, important business at home.
+Penny-postages lay in the same dim future with electric telegraphs and
+steam-frigates, and he was often burdened with letters from Ireland and
+other remote parts (so wrote a friend, who published at the time a
+sketch of his proceedings in the "Eclectic Review,") the postage of
+which, for a single day, has amounted to a guinea; which he cheerfully
+paid, from the feeling that, although many of these letters were of no
+use whatever, they were written with a good intention, and under a
+belief that they were of real value. He had already been saluted, like
+the Roman generals of old, with the title of common father of his
+adopted country; and one of his last acts before he quitted England, was
+to procure, by public contributions and donations of books, "what he
+called a lending library" (so writes the reviewer,[G] and the expression
+seems to have amused him from its novelty), "consisting of books on
+religion, morals, mechanics, agriculture, and general history, to be
+lent out under his own control and that of his colleagues, to soldiers,
+free settlers, convicts, and others who had time to read." In this, too,
+he succeeded, and took over with him a library of the value of between
+three and four hundred pounds.
+
+    [G] Eclectic Review, vol. v. pp. 988-995.
+
+It was during this two-years'-visit to his native land, that Mr. Marsden
+laid the foundation of the Church of England mission to New Zealand. In
+its consequences, civil and religious, this has already proved one of
+the most extraordinary and most successful of those achievements, which
+are the glory of the churches in these later times. This was the great
+enterprise of his life: he is known already, and will be remembered
+while the church on earth endures, as the apostle of New Zealand. Not
+that we claim for him the exclusive honour of being the only one
+although we believe he was, in point of time, the first who began, about
+this period, to project a mission to New Zealand. The Wesleyans were
+early in the same field. The Rev. Samuel Leigh, a man whose history and
+natural character bore a marked resemblance to those of Mr. Marsden, was
+the pioneer of Methodism, and proved himself a worthy herald of the
+cross amongst the New Zealanders. A warm friendship existed between the
+two. On his passage homewards he was a guest at Paramatta; and no tinge
+of jealousy ever appears to have shaded their intercourse, each
+rejoicing in the triumphs of the other. Still, Mr. Marsden's position
+afforded him peculiar facilities, and having once undertaken it, the
+superintendence of the New Zealand mission became, without design on his
+part, the great business of his life.
+
+He had formed a high, we do not think an exaggerated, estimate of the
+Maori or New Zealand tribes. "They are a noble race," he writes to his
+friend John Terry, Esq., of Hull, "vastly superior in understanding to
+anything you can imagine in a savage nation." This was before the
+mission was begun. But he did not speak merely from hearsay: several of
+their chieftains and enterprising warriors had visited Australia, and
+they ever found a welcome at the hospitable parsonage at Paramatta.
+Sometimes, it is true, they were but awkward guests, as the following
+anecdote will show; which we present to the reader, as it has been
+kindly furnished to us, in the words of one of Mr. Marsden's daughters.
+"My father had sometimes as many as thirty New Zealanders staying at the
+parsonage. He possessed extraordinary influence over them. On one
+occasion, a young lad, the nephew of a chief, died, and his uncle
+immediately made preparations to sacrifice a slave to attend his spirit
+into the other world. Mr. M. was from home at the moment, and his family
+were only able to preserve the life of the young New Zealander by
+hiding him in one of the rooms. Mr. M. no sooner returned and reasoned
+with the chief, than he consented to spare his life. No further attempt
+was made upon it, though the uncle frequently deplored that his nephew
+had no attendant in the next world, and seemed afraid to return to New
+Zealand, lest the father of the young man should reproach him for having
+given up this, to them, important point."
+
+The Church Missionary Society, which had now been established about
+seven years, seemed fully disposed to co-operate with him; and at their
+request he drew up a memorial on the subject of a New Zealand mission,
+not less important than that we have already mentioned, to the London
+Missionary Society, on the subject of their Polynesian missions. He
+still lays great stress upon the necessity of civilization going first
+as the pioneer of the gospel; "commerce and the arts having a natural
+tendency to inculcate industrious and moral habits, open a way for the
+introduction of the gospel, and lay the foundation for its continuance
+when once received" "... Nothing, in my opinion, can pave the way for
+the introduction of the gospel but civilization." ... "The
+missionaries," he thought, "might employ a certain portion of their time
+in manual labour, and that this neither would nor ought to prevent them
+from constantly endeavouring to instruct the natives in the great
+doctrines of the gospel." ... "The arts and religion should go together.
+I do not mean a native should learn to build a hut or make an axe before
+he should be told anything of man's fall and redemption, but that these
+grand subjects should be introduced at every favourable opportunity,
+while the natives are learning any of the simple arts." He adds that
+"four qualifications are absolutely necessary for a missionary--piety,
+industry, prudence, and patience. Without sound piety, nothing can be
+expected. A man must feel a lively interest in the eternal welfare of
+the heathen to spur him on to the discharge of his duty." On the three
+other qualifications, he enlarges with great wisdom and practical good
+sense; but the paper has been frequently printed, and we must not
+transfer it to these pages.
+
+It is no dishonour done to Mr. Marsden if we say that, in mature
+spiritual wisdom, the venerable men who had founded the Church
+Missionary Society, and still managed its affairs, were at this time his
+superiors. Strange indeed it would have been had the case been
+otherwise. They listened gratefully and with deep respect to the opinion
+of one so well entitled to advise; they determined on the mission, and
+they gave a high proof of their confidence, both in the practical wisdom
+and sterling piety of their friend, in consulting him in the choice of
+their first agents. But they did not adopt his views with regard to the
+importance of civilization as the necessary pioneer to the gospel. So
+long ago as the year 1815, they thought it necessary to publish a
+statement of the principles upon which their mission was established.
+"It has been stated," they say, "that the mission was originally
+established, and for a long time systematically conducted, on the
+principle of first civilizing and then christianizing the natives. This
+is wholly a mistake. The agents employed in establishing the mission
+were laymen, because clergymen could not be had; and the instructions
+given to them necessarily correspond with their lay character. The
+foremost object of the mission has, from the first, been to bring the
+natives, by the use of all suitable means, under the saving influences
+of the grace of the gospel, adding indeed the communication to them of
+such useful arts and knowledge as might improve their social condition."
+The committee's instructions to their first agents in the mission
+abundantly sustain these assertions. Mr. William Hall and Mr. John King
+were the two single-hearted laymen to whom, in the providence of God,
+the distinguished honour was committed of first making known the gospel
+in New Zealand. They bore with them these instructions, ere they
+embarked in the same vessel in which their friend and guide Mr. Marsden
+himself returned to Australia:--"Ever bear in mind that the only object
+of the Society, in sending you to New Zealand, is to introduce the
+knowledge of Christ among the natives, and in order to this, the arts of
+civilized life."
+
+Then after directing Messrs. Hall and King "to respect the sabbath day,"
+to "establish family worship," at any favourable opportunity to
+"converse with the natives on the great subject of religion," and to
+"instruct their children in the knowledge of Christianity," the
+instructions add--"Thus in your religious conduct you must observe the
+sabbath and keep it holy, attend regularly to family worship, talk to
+the natives about religion when you walk by the way, when you labour in
+the field, and on all occasions when you can gain their attention, and
+lay yourselves out for the education of the young."
+
+Mr. Thomas Kendall followed; a third layman, for no ordained clergyman
+of the church of England could yet be found. The same instructions were
+repeated, and in December, 1815, when the Rev. John Butler, their first
+clerical missionary, entered on his labours in New Zealand, he and his
+companions were exhorted thus--"The committee would observe that they
+wish, in all the missions of the Society, that the missionaries should
+give their time as much as possible, and wholly if practicable, first to
+the acquisition of the native language, and then to the constant and
+faithful preaching to the natives." It is subsequently added--"Do not
+mistake civilization for conversion. Do not imagine when heathens are
+raised in intellect, in the knowledge of the arts and outward decencies,
+above their fellow-countrymen, that they are Christians, and therefore
+rest content as if your proper work were accomplished. Our great aim is
+far higher; it is to make them children of God and heirs of his glory.
+Let this be your desire, and prayer, and labour among them. And while
+you rejoice in communicating every other good, think little or nothing
+done till you see those who were dead in trespasses and sins, quickened
+together with Christ." These passages fully exhibit the views of the
+committee of this evangelical Society with regard, not only to the New
+Zealand, but to all their other missions. Nor do they stand alone; every
+missionary association, taught in many instances by bitter
+disappointment, has long since discovered that the arts and sciences do
+not prepare the way of the Lord amongst the heathen abroad; just as they
+leave unsanctified our civilized heathendom at home.
+
+But we must return from our digression, which its great importance must
+excuse.
+
+Before he left England, Mr. Marsden formed or renewed an acquaintance
+with many great and good men, Mr. Wilberforce, Sir George Grey, the Rev.
+Daniel Wilson, late Bishop of Calcutta, the Rev. Charles Simeon, the
+Rev. Josiah Pratt, Dr. Olinthus Gregory, and others whose names are dear
+to the church of Christ. But we must particularly notice the friendship
+which he formed with Dr. Mason Good as productive of the highest
+blessings to his friend, and of much advantage to himself.
+
+The life of this excellent and accomplished person was published by Dr.
+Olinthus Gregory, soon after his death, in 1828. He tells us that Dr.
+Mason Good, when he became acquainted with Mr. Marsden, had long
+professed Socinian principles, but of these had recently begun to doubt,
+while he had not yet embraced the gospel of Christ so as to derive
+either comfort or strength from it. He was anxious and inquiring; his
+father had been an orthodox dissenting minister, and he himself a
+constant student and indeed a critical expositor of the Bible. He had
+published a translation of the book of Job, with notes, and also a
+translation of Solomon's Song of Songs. He saw in the latter a sublime
+and mystic allegory, and in the former a poem, than which nothing can be
+purer in its morality, nothing sublimer in its philosophy, nothing more
+majestic in its creed. He had given beautiful translations of many of
+the Psalms; but with all this he had not yet perceived that Christ is
+the great theme of the Old Testament, nor did he understand the
+salvation of which "David in the Psalms, and all the prophets," as well
+as Job the patriarch "did speak." His introduction to Mr. Marsden, in
+such a state of mind, was surely providential. He saw, and wondered at,
+his self-denial; he admired the true sublimity of his humble,
+unassuming, but unquestionable and active piety. "The first time I saw
+Mr. Marsden," says his biographer, "was in January, 1808; he had just
+returned from Hull, and had travelled nearly the whole journey on the
+outside of a coach in a heavy fall of snow, being unable to secure an
+inside place. He seemed scarcely conscious of the inclemency of the
+season, and declared that he felt no inconvenience from the journey. He
+had accomplished his object, and that was enough. And what was that
+object, which could raise him above the exhaustion of fatigue and the
+sense of severe cold? He had engaged a rope-maker who was willing, at
+his (Mr. Marsden's) own expense, to go and teach his art to the New
+Zealanders." So writes Dr. Olinthus Gregory.
+
+As a philosopher who loved to trace phenomena to their causes, Dr. Mason
+Good endeavoured to ascertain the principles from which these
+unremitting exertions sprang; and, as he often assured his friend, Dr.
+Gregory, he could trace them only to the elevating influence of Divine
+grace. He could find no other clue; and he often repeated the wish that
+his own motives were as pure, and his own conduct as exemplary as those
+of Mr. Marsden. Thus light broke in, and at length he received the
+gospel "as a little child," and began to adorn it by his conduct. For
+several years he was an efficient member of the committee of the Bible
+Society, and of that of the Church Missionary Society. To the latter
+especially he devoted himself with the utmost activity and ardour, and
+at his death, which occurred in 1827, the committee transmitted to Mrs.
+Good a resolution expressive of the very high value they set on his
+services, and of the heavy loss they were conscious they sustained by
+that event. The resolution was accompanied by a letter of cordial
+sympathy from the pen of the Rev. Edward Bickersteth, the secretary.
+When dying he was, heard, without any suggestion or leading remark from
+those around him, to repeat with quivering lips the text, "All the
+promises of God in him (Christ Jesus) are Yea, and in him Amen." "What
+words," said he, "for a dying man to rest upon!"[H]
+
+    [H] See Life of Dr. Mason Good, by Dr. Olinthus Gregory.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER V.
+
+    Return to the Colony--Duaterra--His strange adventures--Mr.
+    Marsden's Labours in New South Wales--Aborigines--Their
+    Habits--Plans for their Civilization.
+
+
+Mr. Marsden took what proved to be his last leave of his native land in
+August 1809. Resolute as he was, and nerved for danger, a shade of
+depression passed across him. "The ship, I understand," he writes to
+Mrs. Mason Good, "is nearly ready. This land in which we live is
+polluted, and cannot, on account of sin, give rest to any of its
+inhabitants. Those who have (sought) and still do seek their happiness
+in anything it can give, will meet nothing but disappointment, vexation,
+and sorrow. If we have only a common share of human happiness, we cannot
+have or hope for more." A few weeks afterwards he addresses the same
+Christian lady thus:--
+
+                                           "Cambridge, August 1, 1809.
+
+    "Yesterday I assisted my much esteemed friend, Mr. Simeon, but
+    here I shall have no continuing city. The signal will soon be
+    given, the anchor weighed, and the sails spread, and the ship
+    compelled to enter the mighty ocean to seek for distant lands. I
+    was determined to take another peep at Cambridge, though conscious
+    I could but enjoy those beautiful scenes for a moment. In a few
+    days we shall set off for Portsmouth. All this turning and
+    wheeling about from place, to place, and from nation to nation, I
+    trust is our right way to the heavenly Canaan. I am happy in the
+    conclusion, to inform you that I have got all my business settled
+    in London much to my satisfaction, both with government and in
+    other respects. The object of my mission has been answered, far
+    beyond my expectations. I believe that God has gracious designs
+    towards New South Wales, and that his gospel will take root there,
+    and spread amongst the heathen nations to the glory of his grace.
+
+      "I have the honour to be, dear madam,
+        "Yours, in every Christian bond,
+          "SAMUEL MARSDEN."
+
+His prayers and devout aspirations for New Zealand had been heard on
+high, and "the way of the Lord" was "preparing" in a manner far beyond
+his expectations, ardent as they seem. The ship Ann, in which he sailed,
+by order of the government, for New South Wales, carried with her one
+whom Providence had raised up to act a part, only less important than
+his own, in the conversion of that benighted land.
+
+The ship had been some time at sea before Mr. Marsden observed on the
+forecastle, amongst the common sailors, a man whose darker skin and
+wretched appearance awakened his sympathy. He was wrapped in an old
+great coat, very sick and weak, had a violent cough, accompanied with
+profuse bleeding. He was much dejected, and appeared as though a few
+days would close his life. This was Duaterra, a New Zealand chieftain,
+whose story, as related by Mr. Marsden himself, is almost too strange
+for fiction. And as "this young chief became," as he tells us, "one of
+the principal instruments in preparing the way for the introduction of
+the arts of civilization and the knowledge of Christianity into his
+native country," a brief sketch of his marvellous adventures will not be
+out of place.
+
+When the existence of New Zealand was yet scarcely known to Europeans,
+it was occasionally visited by a South Sea whaler distressed for
+provisions, or in want of water. One of these, the Argo, put into the
+Bay of Islands in 1805, and Duaterra, fired with the spirit of
+adventure, embarked on board with two of his companions. The Argo
+remained on the New Zealand coast for above five months, and then sailed
+for Port Jackson, the modern Sydney of Australia, Duaterra sailing with
+her. She then went to fish on the coast of New Holland for six months,
+again returning to Port Jackson. Duaterra had been six months on board,
+working in general as a common sailor, and passionately fond of this
+roving life. He then experienced that unkindness and foul play of which
+the New Zealander has always had sad reason to complain. He was left on
+shore without a friend and without the slightest remuneration.
+
+He now shipped himself on board the Albion whaler, Captain Richardson,
+whose name deserves honourable mention; he behaved very kindly to
+Duaterra, repaid him for his services in various European articles, and
+after six months cruising on the fisheries, put him on shore in the Bay
+of Islands, where his tribe dwelt. Here he remained six months, when the
+Santa Anna anchored in the bay, on her way to Norfolk Island and other
+islets of the South Sea in quest of seal skins. The restless Duaterra
+again embarked; he was put on shore on Norfolk Island at the head of a
+party of fourteen sailors, provided with a very scanty supply of water,
+bread, and salt provisions, to kill seals, while the ship sailed,
+intending to be absent but a short time, to procure potatoes and pork in
+New Zealand. On her return she was blown off the coast in a storm, and
+did not make the land for a month. The sealing party were now in the
+greatest distress, and accustomed as he was to hardship, Duaterra often
+spoke of the extreme suffering which he and his party had endured,
+while, for upwards of three months, they existed on a desert island with
+no other food than seals and sea fowls, and no water except when a
+shower of rain happened to fall. Three of his companions, two Europeans
+and one Tahitian, died under these distresses.
+
+At length the Santa Anna returned, having procured a valuable cargo of
+seal skins, and prepared to take her departure homewards. Duaterra had
+now an opportunity of gratifying an ardent desire he had for some time
+entertained of visiting that remote country from which so many vast
+ships were sent, and to see with his own eyes the great chief of so
+wonderful a people. He willingly risked the voyage, as a common sailor,
+to visit England and see king George. The Santa Anna arrived in the
+river Thames about July 1809, and Duaterra now requested that the
+captain would make good his promise, and indulge him with at least a
+sight of the king. Again he had a sad proof of the perfidiousness of
+Europeans. Sometimes he was told that no one was allowed to see king
+George; sometimes that his house could not be found. This distressed him
+exceedingly; he saw little of London, was ill-used, and seldom permitted
+to go on shore. In about fifteen days, the vessel had discharged her
+cargo, when the captain told him that he should put him on board the
+Ann, which had been taken up by government to convey convicts to New
+South Wales. The Ann had already dropped down to Gravesend, and Duaterra
+asked the master of the Santa Anna for some wages and clothing. He
+refused to give him any, telling him that the owners at Port Jackson
+would pay him in two muskets for his services on his arrival there; but
+even these he never received.
+
+Mr. Marsden was at this time in London, quite ignorant of the fact that
+the son of a New Zealand chief, in circumstances so pitiable, lay on
+board a South Sea whaler near London bridge. Their first meeting was on
+board the Ann, as we have stated, when she had been some days at sea.
+His sympathies were at once roused, and his indignation too; for it was
+always ill for the oppressor when he fell within the power of his stern
+rebuke. "I inquired," he says, "of the master where he met with him, and
+also of Duaterra what had brought him to England, and how he came to be
+so wretched and miserable. He told me that the hardships and wrongs
+which he had endured on board the Santa Anna were exceedingly great, and
+that the English sailors had beaten him very much, which was the cause
+of his spitting blood, and that the master had defrauded him of all his
+wages, and prevented his seeing the king. I should have been very happy,
+if there had been time, to call the master of the Santa Anna to account
+for his conduct, but it was too late. I endeavoured to soothe his
+afflictions, and assured him that he should be protected from insults,
+and that his wants should be supplied."
+
+By the kindness of those on board, Duaterra recovered, and was ever
+after truly grateful for the attention shown him. On their arrival at
+Sydney, Mr. Marsden took him into his house for six months, during which
+time he applied himself to agriculture; he then wished to return home,
+and embarked for New Zealand; but further perils and adventures were in
+prospect, and we shall have occasion to advert to them hereafter. For
+the present we leave him on his voyage to his island home.
+
+The Ann touched on her passage out at Rio Janeiro, and Mr. Marsden spent
+a short time on shore, where his active mind, already, one would
+suppose, burthened with cares and projects, discovered a new field of
+labour. The ignorance and superstition of a popish city stirred his
+spirit, like that of Paul at Athens. He wrote home to entreat the Church
+Missionary Society, if possible, to send them teachers; but this lay not
+within their province. From a letter of Sir George Grey's, addressed to
+himself, it appears that he had interested some members of the English
+government upon the subject, and that while at Rio he had been active in
+distributing the Scriptures.
+
+But he was now to resume his labours in Australia, where he arrived in
+safety, fondly calculating upon a long season of peaceful toil in his
+heavenly Master's service. His mind was occupied with various projects,
+both for the good of the colony and of the heathen round about. His own
+letters, simply and hastily thrown off in all the confidence of
+friendship, will show how eagerly he plunged, and with what a total
+absence of selfish considerations, into the work before him:
+
+    "To John Terry, Esq.                 "Paramatta, October 26, 1810.
+
+    "DEAR SIR.--I received your kind and affectionate letter, also a
+    bottle of wheat, with the Hull papers, from your brother; for all
+    of which I feel much indebted. We had a very fine passage, and I
+    found my affairs much better than I had any reason to expect. The
+    revolution had caused much distress to many families, and the
+    settlement has been thrown much back by this event. My wishes for
+    the general welfare of the colony have been more successful than I
+    expected they would be. The rising generation are now under
+    education in almost all parts of the country. The Catholic priests
+    have all left us, so that we have now the whole field to
+    ourselves. I trust much good will be done; some amongst us are
+    turning to the Lord. Our churches are well attended, which is
+    promising and encouraging to us. My colleagues are men of piety
+    and four of the schoolmasters. This will become a great country in
+    time, it is much favoured in its soil and climate. I am very
+    anxious for the instruction of the New Zealanders; they are a
+    noble race, vastly superior in understanding to anything you can
+    imagine a savage nation could attain. Mr. Hall, who was in Hull,
+    and came out with us with an intention to proceed to New Zealand
+    as a missionary, has not yet proceeded, in consequence of a
+    melancholy difference between the natives of that island and the
+    crew of a ship called the 'Boyd.' The ship was burnt, and all the
+    crew murdered; our people, it appears, were the first aggressors,
+    and dearly paid for their conduct towards the natives by the loss
+    of their lives and ship. I do not think that this awful event will
+    prevent the establishment of a mission at New Zealand. Time must
+    be allowed for the difference to be made up, and for confidence to
+    be restored. I wrote a letter to Mr. Hardcastle, and another to
+    Rev. J. Pratt, Secretary to the Society for Missions to Africa and
+    the East, and have pointed out to them the necessity of having a
+    ship constantly employed in visiting the islands in the South
+    Seas, for the convenience, safety, and protection of the
+    missionaries, either at Otaheite and New Zealand, or at any other
+    island upon which they may reside....
+
+      "Your's respectfully,
+        "(Signed) SAMUEL MARSDEN."
+
+Great projects are not to be accomplished without many disappointments.
+The first attempt is seldom the successful one. In spiritual things,
+this may be regarded as the established rule, or law, in accordance to
+which the Head of the church controls while he purifies his servants'
+zeal. They are made to feel their weakness. Where they expect honour
+they meet with opposition, perhaps with scorn. Their favourite plans are
+those which bring, for a time, the least success and the greatest
+anxiety. Thus they are taught the great lesson of their own weakness,
+and the only less important one of the insignificance of others in whom
+they trusted. And thus, too, in the painful but salutary school of
+adversity, they learn that the highest wisdom is, after all, simply to
+accept the cross of Christ, and to cast themselves on the unerring
+guidance of the Holy Spirit; and, in a word, "to cease from man."
+
+The new governor, General Macquarie, had arrived out a few months before
+Mr. Marsden. He was an able commander, and had the good of the colony
+much at heart; and he had a task of no little difficulty to perform, in
+reducing what was still a penal colony, just recovering from a state of
+insurrection, into order and obedience. His powers were great; he
+considered them absolute. Mr. Marsden, too, was justly tenacious of
+public morality and virtue, and still more so of the spiritual
+independence of the ministerial character. It seems that the rights of
+the governor on the one side, and those of the ministers of religion on
+the other, had not been accurately defined by the government at home,
+and thus a collision between two minds so firm and so resolute as those
+of the governor and Mr. Marsden, was inevitable. Occasions of difference
+soon arose; the governor anxious, we doubt not, to raise their character
+and elevate their position, with a view to the future welfare of the
+colony, placed several of the convicts on the magisterial bench, treated
+them with respect, and even invited them to his table. With these men,
+Mr. Marsden refused, as a magistrate, to act, or to meet them in society
+on equal terms. Some of them were notoriously persons of a bad and
+vicious life; while none of them, he thought, could, without gross
+impropriety, punish others judicially for the infraction of that law
+which they themselves had broken. He would gladly have resigned his
+magisterial office, but the governor knew the worth of his services, and
+refused to accept his resignation, which was repeatedly tendered. The
+new magistrates were of course offended, and became his bitter foes; and
+some of them harassed him for twenty years with slanders and libellous
+insults, until at length an appeal to the laws of his country vindicated
+his reputation and silenced his opponents. Differences of opinion may
+exist as to the wisdom of Governor Macquarie's conduct in these civil
+affairs, and many will perhaps justify his proceedings; but every
+right-minded man will condemn without hesitation the attempts which he
+made to lord it over the consciences of the established clergy and other
+Christian ministers in the colony, in the discharge of their purely
+ministerial work. He wished to dictate even to the pulpit. Mr. Marsden
+relates that he once sent for him to the Government-house, and commanded
+him to produce the manuscript of a sermon which he had preached nearly a
+year before: he did so; when the governor severely commented upon it,
+and returned it with the remark that one sentence, which it is more than
+probable he did not understand, was "almost downright blasphemy." The
+junior clergy were of course still more exposed to the same despotic
+interference. The governor wished to prescribe the hymns they should
+sing, as well as the doctrines they should teach; and he repeatedly
+insisted on their giving out, during divine service, secular notices of
+so improper a character, that the military officers in attendance
+expressed their disgust. Happy it was for the colony of New South Wales
+that he met with an opponent firm and fearless, and at the same time
+sound in the faith, such as the senior chaplain. On him menaces and
+flattery were lost. The governor, at one time, even threatened him with
+a court-martial; nor was the threat altogether an empty one, for he
+actually brought one of the junior chaplains, Mr. Vale, before a
+court-martial, and had him dismissed the colony. These are painful
+facts, and such as, at this distance of time, we should gladly pass over
+in silence; but, in that case, what could the reader know of the trials
+through which Mr. Marsden passed?
+
+Yet amidst all these distractions his letters testify that he possessed
+his soul in peace, and that "no root of bitterness, troubled" him. He
+speaks with respect of the governor, gives him credit for good
+intentions, and acknowledges the many benefits he conferred upon the
+colony; and when at length he was on the eve of returning home,
+Governor Macquarie himself bore testimony to the piety, integrity, and
+invaluable services of the only man who had dared patiently yet firmly
+to contend with him during a long course of years.
+
+The records of ministerial life offer little variety, but to pious minds
+they are not without interest. Mr. Marsden rose early, generally at four
+o'clock during the summer; and the morning hours were spent in his
+study. To a Christian minister a few hours of retirement in the morning
+are indispensable, or the mind is distracted and the day is lost. Very
+early rising is a question of health and constitution as well as of
+conscience, and we lay no burden upon those who cannot practise it. To
+those who can, the habit is invaluable. Three friends of Mr. Marsden
+present us with different examples in this matter. Simeon's twenty
+volumes of Horæ Homilicæ, or outlines of sermons, were all written
+between five and eight o'clock in the morning. Thomas Scott, the
+commentator, seldom had more than three hours a-day in his study and
+those three were early ones. Wilberforce on the other hand laments that
+he could do nothing till he had had his "full dose of sleep." Those who
+cannot rise early may still make the day long by turning to account the
+fragments of time and vacant half-hours which are so recklessly
+permitted by most men, especially strong men, to run to waste.
+
+In the early days of the colony, Mr. Marsden used to officiate in the
+morning at St. Philip's, Sydney. Roads were bad and conveyances scarce,
+and he often walked a distance of fifteen miles to Paramatta, where he
+conducted another service and preached again. His preaching is described
+as very plain, full of good sense and manly thought, and treating
+chiefly of the great foundation truths of the gospel. Man a lost sinner
+and needing conversion, Christ an Almighty Saviour pardoning sin, the
+Holy Ghost an all-sufficient sanctifier, guide, and comforter, carrying
+on the work of grace within the soul. Those who came to hear a great
+preacher went away disappointed; those who came to pass a listless hour
+were sometimes grievously disturbed. The authenticity of the following
+anecdote has been assured to us by Mr. Marsden's surviving friends.
+
+He was one day walking by the banks of the river, when a convict as he
+passed plunged into the water. Mr. Marsden threw off his coat, and in an
+instant plunged in after him and endeavoured to bring the man to land.
+He contrived however to get Mr. Marsden's head under the water, and a
+desperate struggle for life ensued between them; till Mr. Marsden, being
+the stronger of the two, not only succeeded in getting safe to shore but
+in dragging the man with him. The poor fellow, struck with remorse,
+confessed his intention. He had resolved to have his revenge on the
+senior chaplain, whose offence was that he had preached a sermon which
+had stung him to the quick; and he believed, as a sinner exasperated by
+the reflection of his own vices does frequently believe, that the
+preacher had meant to hold him up to the scorn of the congregation. He
+knew too that the sight of a drowning fellow-creature would draw out the
+instant help of one who never knew what fear was in the discharge of
+duty; and he threw himself into the stream confident of drowning Mr.
+Marsden, and then of making good his own escape. He became very
+penitent, was a useful member of society, and greatly attached to his
+deliverer, who afterwards took him into his own service, where he
+remained for some years. We cannot give a more painful illustration of
+the malignity with which he was pursued, than to state that the current
+version of this story in the colony was, that the convict had been
+unjustly punished by Mr. Marsden as a magistrate, and took this method
+of revenge.
+
+He made the most, too, of his opportunities. At a time when there were
+very few churches or clergymen, and the settlers were widely scattered
+over large tracts, he frequently made an itinerating ministerial visit
+amongst them. He was everywhere received with the greatest cordiality
+and respect. On arriving at a farm, a man on horseback was immediately
+dispatched to all the neighbours within ten or twelve miles to collect
+them for public worship. The settlers gladly availed themselves of these
+opportunities, and assembled, in numbers varying from sixty to eighty,
+when Divine service was conducted in a vacant barn or under the shade of
+a verandah. The next day, he proceeded twenty or twenty-five miles
+further on in the wilds, and again collected a congregation. These tours
+would often extend over ten days or a fortnight, and were repeated as
+his more settled duties permitted. Thus his name became a household
+word, pronounced with love and gratitude far beyond the limits of his
+parish, or even of the colony; and probably he found some of his most
+willing hearers amongst those to whom he thus carried in their solitude
+the glad tidings of a salvation which when offered to them week by week
+at home they had neglected or despised.
+
+Yet his duties as principal chaplain were not neglected. From a general
+government order, dated September, 1810, it appears that amongst them
+were those of an overseer, or chief pastor of the church. "The assistant
+chaplains are directed to consider themselves at all times under the
+immediate control and superintendence of the principal chaplain, and are
+to make such occasional reports to him respecting their clerical duties
+as he may think proper to require or call for." A high tribute to his
+worth under the circumstances in which he was placed by his opposition
+to the governor. The chaplains frequently sought his protection against
+arbitrary power, and he willingly fought their battles and his own in
+defence of liberty of conscience and the right of conducting God's
+worship undisturbed. His connexion with his clerical brethren seems to
+have been uniformly happy, and the same remark is true of the
+missionaries of various denominations, not a few in number, who, during
+a period of twenty years, were virtually under his control. He had
+undoubtedly the rare power of governing others in a very high degree,
+and it was done noiselessly and with a gentle hand; for the men who
+govern well seldom obtrude their authority in an offensive manner, or
+worry those they should control with a petty interference. He had the
+same kind of influence, and probably from the same cause, over the very
+horses in his carriage. He used, in driving from Sydney to Paramatta, to
+throw the reins behind the dash-board, take up his book, and leave them
+to themselves, his maxim being "that the horse that could not keep
+itself up was not worth driving." One of the pair was almost
+unmanageable in other hands, but it was remarked that "Captain" always
+conducted himself well when his master drove, and never had an
+accident.
+
+Amongst his strictly pastoral cares, two schools for orphans had a
+foremost place. A female orphan school was first proposed, and Mr.
+Marsden undertook the direction of the work, and became treasurer to the
+institution. From its formation in 1800 to the year 1821, two hundred
+children were admitted. It may be a question whether the children of
+living parents, however ignorant or even dissolute they may be, should
+be totally withdrawn from parental sympathies. The presence of a child
+may restrain, and its artless remonstrances are often known to touch, a
+vicious father or mother whom no other influence can reach; and Dr.
+Guthrie's recent experiment in Edinburgh seems to show us that the best
+method of Christianizing both child and parent is to instruct the former
+well by day, and to send him home at night a little missionary to his
+parents, where other teaching would be scorned. But in the case of
+orphans no such questions occur, and we must look upon an orphan school
+with unmixed satisfaction. A male orphan school followed in due course,
+in which the boys were instructed in some trade and then apprenticed. In
+both schools the moral and religious training was the chief
+consideration; yet Mr. Marsden's connexion with them was attributed by
+his enemies to a sordid motive, and even those in power, who should have
+known him better, gave public currency to these injurious reports.
+
+The fact was that when the institutions were founded the treasurer was
+allowed a small per centage upon the receipts, as a clerical fee or
+stipend; this he allowed to accumulate until he resigned the office,
+when he presented the whole sum to the institution. The committee
+absolutely refusing to accept it, he purchased cattle from the
+government to the full amount, and made a present of them to the orphan
+schools. Soon after his return from England it became necessary to erect
+new schools. The work was long and tedious, and owing to the want of
+labour in the colony, and the idle and drunken habits of the labourers,
+nearly ten years elapsed before they were completed, and the work too
+was often at a stand for want of funds. These, however, Mr.
+Marsden--whom no pecuniary obstacles could daunt--supplied, in a great
+measure, out of his own purse, till his advances amounted to nearly
+900_l._; and his disinterested conduct in the end occasioned him very
+considerable loss. To the latest period he never ceased to take the
+warmest interest in the prosperity of these institutions.
+
+"I am sure," says his daughter, "my father's parish was not neglected.
+He was well known to all his parishioners, as he was in the habit of
+constantly calling upon them. He was very attentive to the sick, whether
+at their own homes or at the government hospital. He also took great
+interest in the education of the young. It was through his
+instrumentality that many schools were established. His Sunday school,
+at the time of which I speak, was in a more efficient state than any I
+have since seen; but this my brother-in-law, the Rev. T. Hassell, had a
+great deal to do with, as he was then acting as my father's curate. The
+factory for the reception of female convicts was built entirely by his
+suggestion, and to their religious and moral improvement he devoted a
+good deal of his time. It was principally owing to his endeavours to get
+this and other institutions in good order that much of his discomfort
+with his fellow-magistrates and government officers arose."
+
+The aborigines of Australia were, even when the colony was first
+settled, comparatively few in number; and in painful conformity with
+universal experience, they have wasted away before the white man, and
+will probably disappear in time from the face of the earth. If the New
+Zealander stands highest in the scale of savage nature, the native
+Australian occupies perhaps the lowest place. So low, indeed, was their
+intellect rated, that when the phrenological system of Drs. Gall and
+Spurzheim began to occupy attention, some forty years ago, the skulls of
+several of them were sent over to England to be submitted to the
+manipulations of its professors, with a view of ascertaining whether the
+Creator had not thrust into existence a whole race of idiots--men who
+had neither reason to guide them on the one hand, nor well-developed
+instinct on the other. They are supposed to be a mixture of the Malay
+and negro races, but they have nothing of the muscular strength of the
+negro, nor of his mental pliancy, and both in body and mind are far
+below the pure Malay. In the infancy of the colony they rambled into the
+town of Port Jackson in a state of nudity, and when blankets were
+presented to them they were thrown aside as an incumbrance. They seemed
+to have no wants beyond those which the dart or spear--never out of
+their hands--could instantly supply. Their food was the opossum, but
+when this was not to be found they were by no means delicate; grubs,
+snakes, putrid whales, and even vermin were eagerly devoured, though
+fish and oysters were preferred. They are a nomad or wandering people,
+always moving from place to place in search of food, or from the mere
+love of change. During the winter, they erect a hut, resembling a
+beehive, of rude wicker-work besmeared with clay; but in general a mere
+hurdle, such as we use in England for penning sheep, placed to windward
+in the ground, is all their shelter; under this they lie with a fire
+kindled in the front of it. Our English stragglers have made themselves
+well acquainted with their habits, frequently living amongst them for
+weeks together in the bush. These all agree in admiration of the skill
+with which they throw the dart, which seldom misses, even from a child's
+hand, to strike its prey. They are peaceable and inoffensive to
+strangers, and kind to their "gins," or wives, and to their children,
+unless their savage natures are aroused, when they become horribly
+brutal and vindictive. Few savage tribes have been found whose ideas on
+religion are less distinct. They believe in a good spirit, _Royan_, and
+a bad one, _Potoyan_; but like all savages--like all men, we may say,
+either savage or civilized, who know not God--they dread the evil spirit
+far more than they love the good one. They offer no prayer, and have no
+worship or sacrifices. Civil government is unknown; authority in the
+tribe depends on personal strength or cunning. A wandering life with
+abundance of provisions, amongst their native woods, shores, and
+mountains, is the sum of all the little happiness they know or seek.
+
+Some efforts were made in the early period of the colony on their
+behalf. A district near Port Jackson was assigned them, and they were
+encouraged to reside in it; but it was very soon deserted. The roving
+habits of the aborigines made any settled residence irksome; and their
+wants were so few that they would neither engage in trade, nor submit to
+labour for the sake of wages. It retained the name of the Black Town for
+many years; but the black men have long since deserted it. Governor
+Macquarie, after consulting with Mr. Marsden, then attempted a farm,
+and, in connexion with it, a kind of reformatory school at Paramatta,
+where they were to be civilized and cured of their migratory habits, and
+instructed in the Christian religion. Mr. Marsden took a warm interest
+in the scheme, as he did in everything that concerned the welfare of the
+aborigines. Still it failed; for it was founded, as experience has
+shown, upon wrong principles. Mr. Marsden, however, is not to be blamed
+for this; since Governor Macquarie, having now conceived a violent
+prejudice against him, omitted his name from the committee of
+management, although the institution was placed in his own parish,
+introducing those of two junior chaplains; and it was not till the
+governor's retirement that he took an active part in its affairs. But
+the character of the institution was then fixed, and its approaching
+failure was evident.
+
+Two faults were interwoven with it, either of which must have proved
+fatal. In the first place, the attempt to confine a nomad, wandering
+tribe within the precincts of a farm, or to bring them to endure, except
+it had been by force, the discipline of lads in an English workhouse,
+was upon the very face of it absurd. These, we must remember, were the
+early days of English philanthropy amongst wild black men. She had yet
+to make her blunders and learn her first lessons. Why should a nomad
+race be settled upon the workhouse plan, or even confined to an English
+farm? Why should they not rather be encouraged to dwell in tents, carry
+civilization with them into their own woods and mountains, and, roam,
+free and fearless, over those vast regions which God had given them to
+possess, until at last they themselves shall wish to adopt the settled
+habits of European Christians? A roving life in the wilderness is not
+of necessity an idle or a barbarous one. Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob were
+highly civilized, and eminently devout. "Arabians" and "dwellers in
+Mesopotamia," wanderers of the desert, heard the word with gladness, and
+received the Holy Ghost upon the day of Pentecost. But we do not read
+that they were required to live in cities, and abandon the
+long-cherished wilderness, with all its solemn associations and grand
+delights. And we have not so mean an opinion of Christianity as to
+believe that it can thrive only in towns well paved and lighted, or in
+farms neatly fenced and artificially cultivated. The true missionary
+must track the wandering savage into the desert, and there make himself
+his guide and friend; and teach him that the gospel of Jesus Christ is
+indeed of God, inasmuch as it is fitted, as no human contrivance can be
+fitted, for man, whatever his outward circumstances or his mode of life;
+that it knows no difference between the dweller in the tent, and in
+"cities, tall and fenced up to heaven." "Barbarian, Scythian, bond or
+free," are all alike welcome to its blessings; and we can see no good
+reason why there should not be Christian tribes in the wilderness, as
+there were patriarchal churches in the plains of the Euphrates, long
+before the law was given on Mount Sinai.
+
+The other mistake was the same which has tainted other missions in their
+infancy, and to which we have made some allusion. It was thought
+necessary to prepare the savage mind for Christianity, by the
+preliminary discipline of a civilizing process. This is inverting the
+order in which God proceeds: "The entrance of thy word giveth light."
+When the voice of God speaks within, and not before, the demoniac quits
+"his dwelling amongst the tombs;" no longer "tears off his raiment" like
+a brute beast, unconscious of shame; ceases to be "exceeding fierce,"
+and is now found "sitting at the feet of Jesus, clothed, and in his
+right mind." A few efforts upon this, the right evangelical principle as
+we conceive, have been made from time to time amongst these degraded
+aborigines; but the success has not been great. A wide field still
+remains, thinly peopled and spiritually uncultivated. If these lines
+should be read by our Christian friends in Australia, to them we would
+venture to commend the glorious enterprise. Let there be one colony at
+least in which the aborigines shall share the intruder's prosperity. Let
+the vast centre of the Australian continent one day rejoice in its
+thronging tribes of Christian aborigines.
+
+Mr. Marsden's view of the native character may be gathered from the
+following statement, which he published in self-defence when charged
+with indifference as to their conversion. "More than twenty years ago, a
+native lived with me at Paramatta, and for a while I thought I could
+make something of him; but at length he got tired, and no inducement
+could prevail upon him to continue in my house; he took to the bush
+again, where he has continued ever since. One of my colleagues, the Rev.
+R. Johnstone, took two native girls into his house, for the express
+purpose of educating them; they were fed and clothed like Europeans; but
+in a short time they went into the woods again. Another native, named
+Daniel, was taken when a boy into the family of Mrs. C.; he was taken to
+England; mixed there with the best society, and could speak English
+well; but on his return from England he reverted to his former wild
+pursuits." In reply to the inquiries made by Mr. Marsden, who once met
+Daniel after he returned to his savage state, he said; "The natives
+universally prefer a free and independent life, with all its privations,
+to the least restraint." Without multiplying instances quoted by Mr.
+Marsden, the trial he made with an infant shows that his heart was not
+unfriendly towards these people. "One of my boys, whom I attempted to
+civilize, was taken from its mother's breast, and brought up with my own
+children for twelve years; but he retained his instinctive taste for
+native food; and he wanted that attachment to me and my family that we
+had just reason to look for; and always seemed deficient in those
+feelings of affection which are the very bonds of social life." This boy
+ran away at Rio from Mr. Marsden, when returning from England in 1810,
+but was brought back to the colony by Captain Piper; and died in the
+Sydney hospital, exhibiting Christian faith and penitence. "I mentioned
+to the governor," he adds, "some of these circumstances, but not with
+any view to create difficulties; so far from it, that I informed him
+that I was authorized by the Church Missionary Society to assist any
+plan with pecuniary aid, that was likely to benefit the natives of the
+colony." A mission was in fact set on foot by this Society; but from
+various causes, it failed, and was abandoned.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VI.
+
+    Mr. Marsden's correspondence with the London Missionary
+    Society--Buys the brig Active--His first Voyage to New
+    Zealand--Journal of Events.
+
+
+Richard Baxter, after describing his ministerial labours at
+Kidderminster in preaching and visiting from house to house, has these
+remarkable words: "But all these, my labours, even preaching and
+preparing for it, were but my recreations, and, as it were, the work of
+my spare hours; for my writings were my chiefest daily labour." Mr.
+Marsden had his recreations, too. Amidst the anxieties of his colonial
+chaplaincy he found or made opportunities to conduct a work which of
+itself would have been sufficient to exhaust the energies and to
+immortalize the memory of any other man. We devote this chapter to a
+short, and, of necessity, imperfect sketch of these his _recreations_ in
+the missionary field.
+
+On his return from England in 1810, he found disastrous tidings of the
+Tahitian mission awaiting his arrival. Disheartened by their utter want
+of success, divided amongst themselves, distracted with fears of danger
+from the natives, several of the missionaries had fled from their posts,
+and taken refuge in New South Wales. The work appeared to be on the eve
+of ruin, and it was owing in no small measure to the firmness and wise
+conduct of Mr. Marsden that it was not, for a time at least, abandoned.
+"Sooner," he exclaims, in one of his letters to the Society at home,
+"than _that_ shall be the case, I will give up my chaplaincy, and go
+myself and live at Otaheite." Yet it was no easy task to inspire others
+with his own courage, or to impart his hopeful spirit to a desponding
+band of men. He felt the difficulty, and acted towards them in the most
+considerate manner. Instead of at once insisting on their return, he
+received them into his family, where it is scarcely necessary to say
+they were treated with that patriarchal hospitality for which the
+parsonage of Paramatta was famed. When a few months had passed, and
+their spirits were cheered and their health restored, the question of
+their return to Tahiti was introduced and quietly discussed. Their kind
+and pious host had never for an instant doubted of their ultimate
+success. We have perused numerous letters addressed by him to the London
+Missionary Society, and to various friends in England; but in not one of
+them is the shadow of a doubt expressed as to the triumph of the gospel
+in Tahiti and the Society Islands; and we may extend the remark to the
+New Zealand mission, as shown by his correspondence with the Church
+Missionary Society a few years later. About this period a reaction had
+taken place in England amongst religious people. The fond hopes they had
+unwisely entertained of seeing vast results wherever the gospel was
+introduced among the heathen and upon the first proclamation of it, had
+been grievously disturbed; and now the tide ran in the opposite
+direction. Nothing appears to have given Mr. Marsden more uneasiness
+than the general lukewarmness of the church of Christ at home, and their
+despondency as to the success of missions. He speaks of his "anxious
+days and sleepless nights." But his own courage never failed; and this
+high undoubting faith, it is beautiful to observe, rests always on the
+same foundation. It was not, much as he respected them, his confidence
+either in the Societies at home, or in their missionaries abroad, but
+simply in the promises of God, in the power of the gospel, and in the
+unchanging love of Christ for his "inheritance" among the heathen. Thus
+the missionaries were induced to return to their deserted posts; and not
+only so, but to resume their work in a higher spirit of faith and
+cheerfulness. It was not long before hopeful signs broke out, and within
+ten years Pomare the sovereign became a Christian king, and the island
+of Tahiti a Christian land.
+
+The distance of these missions from Australia, and the difficulty of
+communicating with them, suggested to Mr. Marsden the advantage of
+employing a vessel entirely on missionary service. When his mind was
+once made up he lost no time; the consent of the Societies in England
+could not all at once be gained; so he resolved, at his own cost, to
+purchase a missionary ship, the first probably that ever floated on the
+deep, and bought the Active, a brig of a hundred tons burden, for the
+service of the two great missions on which his heart was fixed. The
+following letter, addressed to the Rev. George Burder, though written
+two years later, is introduced here to complete our summary of the
+re-establishment of the Tahitian mission:
+
+                                             "Paramatta, June 9, 1815.
+
+    "REV. AND DEAR SIR,--I received a short letter from you by the
+    late arrivals, and found you had not got any very interesting
+    accounts from the brethren at Otaheite. The last account I had
+    from them, they were going on exceedingly well, and the Lord was
+    owning and blessing their labours. You will hear I lately visited
+    New Zealand, and also my views of that island. Finding that the
+    Societies in London could not make up their minds, neither as a
+    body nor as individuals, to send out a vessel, I at last
+    determined to purchase one for the purpose on my own account. The
+    various expenses attending it have created me some little
+    pecuniary difficulties; but they are only known to myself, and not
+    such as will be attended with any serious consequence. I hope in a
+    little time I shall be able to surmount them; whether I shall keep
+    the vessel in my own hands or not, I am not certain as yet. I
+    cannot do it without some assistance at the first; if I could, I
+    certainly would not trouble any of my friends. The vessel has been
+    twice at New Zealand, and is gone a third time. When she returns I
+    intend her to visit the brethren at Otaheite. It is my intention
+    that she should sail in August next to Otaheite. The brethren
+    there have been labouring hard to build a vessel for themselves,
+    which is almost completed. I have agreed to take a share with them
+    in her. During the time the brethren have been building their
+    vessel, the work of the Lord appears to have prospered very much,
+    far beyond all expectation."
+
+He adds, "I estimate the expenses of the vessel at 1500_l._ per annum,
+and I think, if I am not mistaken in my views, that her returns will not
+be less than 1000_l._ per annum, and perhaps more. I may venture to say
+I should not call on the two Societies for more than the sum I have
+stated, namely, 500_l._ per annum from this time. I will not demand
+anything if the returns cover the expenses for the use of the vessel."
+These returns were to be obtained by "freighting the Active with the
+produce of the industry of the natives, and trading with them in
+return." This would "stimulate their exertions, correct their vagrant
+minds, and enrich them with the comforts and conveniences of civil
+life." The letter closes with suggesting yet another mission; for the
+large heart of the writer saw in the approaching triumph of the gospel
+in his favourite missions only a call to fresh exertions. Even as Paul,
+when he had "fully preached from Jerusalem round about unto Illyricum,"
+sighed after fresh labours, and still remoter conquests for his Lord. "I
+wish to mention to you that it would be a great object if the Society
+would turn their thoughts a little to the Friendly Islands. New Zealand
+being on one side, and the Society Islands on the other, with labourers
+now upon them, the Friendly Islands ought not to be left destitute.
+These islands are very populous, and as the London Missionary Society
+first began the work there, I think they should renew their attempt. I
+cannot recommend any establishment upon any of the islands in the South
+Seas, unless commerce is more or less attended to, in order to call
+forth the industry of the natives. Provided the Society as a body will
+not consent to have anything to do with commerce, I see no reason why a
+few pious friends might not, who wish to aid the missionary cause. You
+cannot form a nation without commerce and the civil arts. A person of
+information who is well acquainted with the Friendly Islands informed me
+that the labour of a hundred thousand men might be brought into action
+upon these islands in producing sugar, cordage, cotton, etc.... A
+hundred thousand men will never form themselves into any regular
+society, and enjoy the productions of their country without commerce.
+Should the Society have any doubts upon the point, let them authorize an
+inquiry into the state of these islands, when there is an opportunity
+to examine them, and a report of their inhabitants and their productions
+laid out before them." Mr. Marsden then describes the openings at New
+Zealand, and concludes a long letter thus: "I have stated my sentiments
+with great haste. You will excuse the hasty scrawl. I can assure you my
+sincere wish and prayer to the great Head of the church is that all may
+prosper that love him. I am, dear sir, yours affectionately,
+S. MARSDEN."
+
+A postscript adds:--
+
+    "Since writing this letter, I have determined to keep the Active
+    in my own hands."
+
+Let us now turn to the New Zealand mission, which occupied, from this
+time, so large a portion of Mr. Marsden's public life.
+
+We have mentioned the designation of two laymen, Messrs. Hall and King,
+for this mission by the Church Missionary Society in 1808. They sailed
+from England, with Mr. Marsden, in 1810, and were soon after followed by
+Mr. Kendall, and the three assembled at New South Wales, intending to
+sail thence without delay for the scene of their future work. But here
+fresh difficulties arose. Mr. Marsden's intention was to accompany them,
+and in person to meet the first dangers, and lay, as it were, the first
+stone. But this the new governor absolutely forbade. To him, and in fact
+to most men in his circumstances, the whole scheme seemed utterly
+preposterous. The idea of converting the savages of New Zealand was the
+chimera of a pious enthusiast--a good and useful man in his way, but one
+who was not to be allowed thus idly to squander the lives of others, to
+say nothing of his own. Nor in truth were the governor's objections
+altogether without foundation. The last news from New Zealand was that
+an English ship, the Boyd, had been seized and burned by the cannibals
+in the Bay of Islands, and every soul on board, seventy in all, killed
+and eaten. The report was true, save only that, out of the whole of the
+ship's company, two women and a boy had been spared to live in slavery
+with the savages. A New Zealand chief had sailed on board, as it
+afterwards appeared, and had been treated with brutal indignities
+similar to those which Duaterra suffered from the captain of the Santa
+Anna. He smothered his resentment, and, waiting the return of the Boyd
+to the Bay of Islands, summoned his tribe, who, on various pretences,
+crowded the deck of the ship, and at a given signal rushed upon the
+crew, dispatched them with their clubs and hatchets, and then gorged
+themselves and their followers on the horrible repast. All then that Mr.
+Marsden could obtain at present was permission to charter a vessel, if a
+captain could be found sufficiently courageous to risk his life and ship
+in such an enterprise, and to send out the three missionaries as
+pioneers; with a reluctant promise from the governor that if on the
+ship's return, all had turned out well, he should not be hindered from
+following. For some time no such adventurous captain could be found. At
+length, for the sum of 600_l._ for a single voyage, an offer was made,
+but Mr. Marsden looked upon the sum as far too much; and this, with
+other considerations, induced him to purchase his own missionary brig,
+the Active, in which Messrs. Hall and Kendall finally set sail for the
+Bay of Islands. They carried a message to Duaterra, entreating him to
+receive them kindly, and inviting him, too, to return with them to
+Paramatta, bringing along with him two or three friendly chiefs.
+
+Duaterra, after his visit to Mr. Marsden, on his way from England, had
+again suffered great hardships from the perfidy of the master of the
+Frederick, with whom he had embarked from New South Wales under an
+express engagement to be set on shore at the Bay of Islands, where his
+tribe dwelt. He was carried to Norfolk Island, and there left; and, to
+aggravate his wrongs and sorrows, the vessel passed within two miles of
+his own shores and in sight of his long lost home. He was defrauded too
+of his share of the oil he had procured with his companions, worth
+100_l_. A whaler found him on Norfolk Island, almost naked and in the
+last stage of want, and brought him once more to Australia and to his
+friend and patron Mr. Marsden. A short stay sufficed; he sailed again
+from Sydney, and soon found himself, to his great joy, amongst his
+friends in New Zealand. On the arrival of the Active with its
+missionaries--the first messengers of Christ who landed on its
+shores--he was there to greet them, and to repay, a thousandfold, the
+kindness of his friend the minister of Paramatta, in the welcome he
+secured for these defenceless strangers. They carried with them too a
+present which, trifling as it may seem, was not without its share of
+influence in the great work; the story is suggestive, and may serve a
+higher purpose than merely to amuse the reader.
+
+Duaterra had been provided by Mr. Marsden with a supply of wheat for
+sowing on his return to New Zealand. No such thing as a field of grain
+of any kind had yet waved its golden ears on that fertile soil. To this
+accomplished savage the honour belongs of first introducing agriculture
+into an island destined, within forty years, to rival the best farms of
+England both in the value of its crops and the variety of its produce.
+The neighbouring chiefs and their tribes viewed with wonder first the
+green ears and then the growing corn. The wild potato, the fern, and a
+few other roots were the only produce of the earth they were yet
+acquainted with, and when Duaterra assured them that his field of wheat
+was to yield the flour out of which the bread and biscuits they had
+tasted on English ships were made, they tore up several plants,
+expecting to find something resembling their own potato at the root.
+That the ears themselves should furnish the materials for a loaf was not
+to be believed. Duaterra meant to impose upon them, or else he had been
+duped himself, but they were not to be cajoled with the tales of a
+traveller. The field was reaped and the corn threshed out, when Duaterra
+was mortified with the discovery that he was not provided with a mill.
+He made several attempts to grind his corn with the help of a
+coffee-mill borrowed from a trading-ship, but without success; and now,
+like the inventor of steam navigation, and other benefactors of their
+species nearer home, he was laughed at for his simplicity. It is strange
+that the ancient Roman _quern_, a hollow stone in which the grain was
+pounded, the rudest form in fact of the pestle and mortar, should not
+have occurred to him; but the total want of invention is an invariable
+characteristic of savage nature. At length the Active brought the
+important present of a hand-mill for grinding corn. Duaterra's friends
+assembled to watch the experiment, still incredulous of the promised
+result; but when the meal began to stream out beneath the machine their
+astonishment was unbounded; and when a cake was produced, hastily baked
+in a frying-pan, they shouted and danced for joy, Duaterra was now to
+be trusted when he told them that the missionaries were good men. And
+thus the first favourable impression was made upon the savage Maories,
+whose race was in the next generation to become a civilized and
+Christian people.
+
+Messrs Hall and Kendall, having introduced themselves and their mission
+in New Zealand, now, in obedience to their instructions, returned to
+Sydney accompanied by Duaterra and six other chiefs, amongst whom was
+Duaterra's uncle the famous Shunghie, or Hongi, the most powerful of New
+Zealand chieftains; such was the confidence which Mr. Marsden's name,
+together with the good conduct of the missionaries, had now inspired.
+The Active reached New South Wales on the 22nd of August, 1814. Nothing
+could exceed the joy which Mr. Marsden experienced on the successful
+termination of the voyage, and being filled with an earnest desire to
+promote the dissemination of the gospel amongst the New Zealanders, and
+having obtained the governor's permission, he determined to accompany
+the missionaries on their return to the Bay of Islands. To his friend,
+Avison Terry, Esq., he wrote just before he sailed, Oct. 7, 1814--"It is
+my intention to visit New Zealand and see what can be done to promote
+the eternal welfare of the inhabitants of that island. I have now
+several of the chiefs living with me at Paramatta. They are as noble a
+race of men as are to be met with in any part of the world. I trust I
+shall be able, in some measure, to put a stop to those dreadful murders
+which have been committed upon the island for some years past, both by
+the Europeans and the natives. They are a much injured people,
+notwithstanding all that has been advanced against them. The time is
+now come, in my opinion, for them to be favoured with the everlasting
+gospel; and I trust to hear the joyful sound in those dark and dreary
+regions of sin and spiritual bondage. I have long had the most ardent
+wish to visit these poor heathen, but have never till the present time
+obtained permission. I have submitted my views to the Church Missionary
+Society, and solicited their aid. The expense of establishing a mission
+here will at first be very considerable." ... [Here he mentions his
+purchase of the Active, etc.] "Should the Society approve of my views,
+no doubt they will give their support, but if they cannot enter into
+them in the manner I do, I cannot expect that assistance from them which
+may be required. My own means will enable me to set the mission on foot
+in the first instance, and I have little doubt but it will succeed."
+Zeal such as this, tempered with discretion and guided by the "wisdom
+which cometh from above," in answer to many believing prayers, could
+scarcely fail of its sure reward.
+
+On the 19th of November, 1814, he embarked on his great mission, with a
+motley crew, such as (except perhaps on some other missionary ship) has
+seldom sailed in one small vessel--savages and Christian teachers and
+enterprising mechanics, their wives and children, besides cattle and
+horses. Of this strangely assorted company he gives the following
+description: "The number of persons on board the Active, including women
+and children, was thirty-five; the master, his wife and son, Messrs.
+Kendall, Hall, and King, with their wives and children, eight New
+Zealanders, (including Duaterra and his uncle the great warrior Shunghie
+or Hongi) two Otaheitans, and four Europeans belonging to the vessel,
+besides Mr. John Lydiard Nicholas and myself; there were also two
+sawyers, one smith, and a runaway convict whom we afterwards found on
+board, a horse and two mares, one bull and two cows, with a few sheep
+and poultry. The bull and cows have been presented by Governor Macquarie
+from his Majesty's herd." On the 15th December, they were in sight of
+land; the next day, the chiefs were sent on shore, and a friendly
+communication was at once opened with the natives. But even before they
+had landed "a canoe came alongside the Active, with plenty of fish, and
+shortly afterwards a chief followed from the shore, who immediately came
+on board." Mr. Marsden's fame, as the friend of the New Zealanders, had
+arrived before him. "I told them my name, with which they were all well
+acquainted.... We were now quite free from all fear, as the natives
+seemed desirous to show us attention by every possible means in their
+power." The Active dropped her anchor a few days after at Wangaroa, near
+the Bay of Islands, the scene of the massacre of the Boyd's crew, and
+there amongst the very cannibals by whose hands their countrymen had
+fallen so recently the first Christian mission to New Zealand was
+opened. A fierce and unholy revenge had been taken, in the murder of
+Tippahee, a native chieftain, and all his family, by an English crew who
+had visited Wangaroa after the Boyd's destruction, and Tippahee, as Mr.
+Marsden always maintained, suffered unjustly, having had no share in the
+dreadful massacre. But thus it was; and amongst a people so exasperated
+did these servants of the most high God venture forth as the heralds of
+the gospel. Seldom since the words of the prophet were first uttered
+have they had, in reference to missionaries, a more significant, or a
+more correct appropriation than they now received. "How beautiful upon
+the mountains are the feet of him that bringeth good tidings, that
+publisheth peace; that bringeth good tidings of good, that publisheth
+salvation."
+
+Mr. Marsden's journal of this his first visit to New Zealand is a
+document of singular interest, and when published at the time in
+England, it made a deep impression. It is written in plain and forcible
+language, and is characterized by that vein of good sense and practical
+wisdom which so distinguished him. There is no display of his own
+sufferings, trials and privations, no affectation of laboured and
+studied expression, no highly coloured and partial representation of the
+savage condition of the natives. All his aim is to lay the truth before
+the Society and the friends of missions, and in doing so he has written
+with a degree of accuracy and honest feeling, which while they inform
+the understanding at once reach the heart. From this unpretending
+record, a few selections will be laid before the reader. And here, too,
+we would, once for all, acknowledge our obligations to his "companion in
+travel," J. L. Nicholas, Esq., to whose manuscript journal of the visit
+to New Zealand, as well indeed as for other communications of great
+interest on the subject of Mr. Marsden's life and labours, we shall be
+much indebted through the future pages of our work.
+
+Duaterra and Shunghie had often told of the bloody war, arising out of
+the affair of the Boyd, that was raging, while they were at Paramatta,
+between the people of Wangaroa (the tribe of Tippahee) and the
+inhabitants of the Bay of Islands, who were their own friends and
+followers; the Wangaroans accusing the people of the Bay of Islands of
+having conspired with the English in the murder of Tippahee. When the
+Active arrived, several desperate battles had been fought, and the war
+was likely to continue.
+
+Mr. Marsden was determined to establish peace amongst these contending
+tribes. He was known already as the friend of Duaterra and Shunghie; he
+now felt that he must convince the other party of his good intentions.
+He did not come amongst them as an ally of either, but as the friend of
+both; he resolved therefore to pass some time with the Wangaroans; and
+with a degree of intrepidity truly astonishing even in him, not only
+ventured on shore, but actually passed the night, accompanied by his
+friend Mr. Nicholas alone, with the very savages who had killed and
+eaten his countrymen. After a supper of fish and potatoes in the camp of
+Shunghie, they walked over to the hostile camp distant about a mile.
+They received the two white strangers very cordially. "We sat down
+amongst them, and the chiefs surrounded us." Mr. Marsden then introduced
+the subject of his embassy, explained the object of the missionaries in
+coming to live amongst them, and showed how much peace would conduce in
+every way to the welfare of all parties. A chief, to whom the Europeans
+gave the name of George, acted as interpreter; he had sailed on board an
+English ship, and spoke English well. Mr. Marsden tells us how the first
+night was passed: "As the evening advanced the people began to retire to
+rest in different groups. About eleven o'clock Mr. Nicholas and I
+wrapped ourselves in our great coats, and prepared for rest. George
+directed me to lie by his side. His wife and child lay on the right
+hand, and Mr. Nicholas close by. The night was clear; the stars shone
+bright, and the sea in our front was smooth; around us were innumerable
+spears stuck upright in the ground, and groups of natives lying in all
+directions, like a flock of sheep upon the grass, as there were neither
+tents nor huts to cover them. I viewed our present situation with
+sensations and feelings that I cannot express, surrounded by cannibals
+who had massacred and devoured our countrymen. I wondered much at the
+mysteries of providence, and how these things could be. Never did I
+behold the blessed advantage of civilization in a more grateful light
+than now. I did not sleep much during the night. My mind was too
+seriously occupied by the present scene, and the new and strange ideas
+it naturally excited. About three in the morning I rose and walked about
+the camp, surveying the different groups of natives. When the morning
+light returned we beheld men, women, and children, asleep in all
+directions like the beasts of the field. I had ordered the boat to come
+on shore for us at daylight; and soon after Duaterra arrived in the
+camp."
+
+In the morning he gave an invitation to the chiefs to breakfast on board
+the Active, which they readily accepted. "At first I entertained doubts
+whether the chiefs would trust themselves with us or not, on account of
+the Boyd, lest we should detain them when we had them in our power; but
+they showed no signs of fear, and went on board with apparent
+confidence. The axes, billhooks, prints, etc., I intended to give them
+were all got ready after breakfast; the chiefs were seated in the cabin
+in great form to receive the presents, I sat on the one side, and they
+on the other side of the table; Duaterra stood and handed me each
+article separately that I was to give them. Messrs. Kendall, Hall, and
+King, with the master of the Active and his son, were all one after the
+other introduced to the chiefs. The chiefs were at the same time
+informed what duty each of the three persons were appointed to do. Mr.
+Kendall to instruct their children, Mr. Hall to build houses, boats,
+etc., Mr. King to make fishing lines, and Mr. Hanson to command the
+Active, which would be employed in bringing axes and such things as were
+wanted from Sydney, to enable them to cultivate their lands and improve
+their country. When these ceremonies were over, I expressed my hope that
+they would have no more wars, but from that time would be reconciled to
+each other. Duaterra, Shunghie, and Koro Koro shook hands with the
+chiefs of Wangaroa, and saluted each other as a token of reconciliation
+by joining their noses together. I was much gratified to see these men
+at amity once more."
+
+The chieftains now took their leave, much pleased with the attention of
+Mr. Marsden, and still more so with his presents; and they promised for
+the future to protect the missionaries and never to injure the European
+traders. Some of the presents excited no little wonder; no New
+Zealander, except the few who like Duaterra had been on foreign travel,
+had ever seen either cows or horses, for the largest quadruped yet
+naturalized in the island was the pig, and even that had been introduced
+but recently. Duaterra had often told his wondering countrymen of the
+horse and its rider, and in return was always laughed at; but when the
+horses were now landed and Mr. Marsden actually mounted one of them,
+they stood in crowds and gazed in mute astonishment. These traits of
+infant civilization are not without their use to those who may hereafter
+be cast among barbarous tribes, or may attempt their improvement.
+
+The first Sunday on which the one true God was worshipped in New Zealand
+since the creation, will be for ever memorable in her annals. It was
+also Christmas-day, the 25th of December, 1815, "a day much to be
+remembered." Mr. Marsden thus describes it: "Duaterra passed the
+remaining part of the previous day in preparing for the sabbath. He
+inclosed about half an acre of land with a fence, erected a pulpit and
+reading desk in the centre, and covered the whole either with black
+native cloth or some duck which he had brought with him from Port
+Jackson. He also procured some bottoms of old canoes, and fixed them up
+as seats on each side of the pulpit, for the Europeans to sit upon;
+intending to have divine service performed there the next day. These
+preparations he made of his own accord; and in the evening informed me
+that everything was ready for divine service. I was much pleased with
+this singular mark of his attention. The reading-desk was about three
+feet from the ground, and the pulpit about six feet. The black cloth
+covered the top of the pulpit, and hung over the sides; the bottom of
+the pulpit, as well as the reading-desk, was part of a canoe. The whole
+was becoming, and had a solemn appearance. He had also erected a
+flagstaff on the highest hill in the village, which had a very
+commanding view.
+
+"On Sunday morning, when I was upon deck, I saw the English flag flying,
+which was a pleasing sight in New Zealand. I considered it as the signal
+and the dawn of civilization, liberty and religion, in that dark and
+benighted land. I never viewed the British colours with more
+gratification; and flattered myself they would never be removed, till
+the natives of that island enjoyed all the happiness of British
+subjects.
+
+"About ten o'clock we prepared to go ashore, to publish for the first
+time the glad tidings of the gospel. I was under no apprehension for the
+safety of the vessel; and, therefore, ordered all on board to go on
+shore to attend divine service, except the master and one man. When we
+landed, we found Koro Koro, Duaterra, and Shunghie, dressed in
+regimentals, which Governor Macquarie had given them, with their men
+drawn up, ready to be marched into the inclosure to attend divine
+service. They had their swords by their sides, and switches in their
+hands. We entered the inclosure, and were placed on the seats on each
+side of the pulpit. Koro Koro marched his men, and placed them on my
+right hand, in the rear of the Europeans: and Duaterra placed his men on
+the left. The inhabitants of the town, with the women and children, and
+a number of other chiefs, formed a circle round the whole. A very solemn
+silence prevailed--the sight was truly impressive. I rose up and began
+the service with singing the Old Hundredth Psalm; and felt my very soul
+melt within me when I viewed my congregation, and considered the state
+they were in. After reading the service, during which the natives stood
+up and sat down at the signals given by Koro Koro's switch, which was
+regulated by the movements of the Europeans, it being Christmas day, I
+preached from the second chapter of St. Luke's gospel and tenth verse,
+'Behold, I bring you glad tidings of great joy," etc. The natives told
+Duaterra that they could not understand what I meant. He replied, that
+they were not to mind that now, for they would understand by-and-by; and
+that he would explain my meaning as far as he could. When I had done
+preaching, he informed them what I had been talking about. Duaterra was
+very much pleased that he had been able to make all the necessary
+preparations for the performance of divine worship in so short a time,
+and we felt much obliged to him for his attention. He was extremely
+anxious to convince us that he would do everything in his power, and
+that the good of his country was his principal consideration.
+
+"In this manner, the gospel has been introduced into New Zealand; and I
+fervently pray that the glory of it may never depart from its
+inhabitants till time shall be no more."
+
+The confidence of the natives in Mr. Marsden was now unbounded, and
+scarcely less was the confidence he reposed in them; and he resolved
+upon a short coasting voyage, with the view of exploring their different
+harbours, and making arrangements for the future extension of the
+mission. Many of the chiefs and warriors, led by Duaterra, wished to
+sail with him, and without the slightest misgiving, twenty-eight
+savages, fully armed after the fashion of their country, were invited on
+board the Active, manned as she was by only seven Europeans. "I do not
+believe," Mr. Nicholas observes, "that a similar instance can be shown
+of such unlimited confidence placed in a race of savages known to be
+cannibals. We are wholly in their power, and what is there to hinder
+them from abusing it? Next to the overruling providence of God, there is
+nothing but the character of the ship, which seems to have something
+almost sacred in their eyes, and the influence of Mr. Marsden's name,
+which acts as a talisman amongst them. They feel convinced that he is
+sacrificing his own ease and comfort to promote their welfare."
+
+Their leave of absence having nearly expired, Mr. Marsden and his
+companions were now obliged to prepare for their voyage homeward. They
+had laid the foundations of a great work--how great, none of them could
+tell. But they were full of faith in God, while, as patriots, they
+exulted in the prospect of extending the renown of dear old England. Mr.
+Marsden, in his conversations with the natives, explained to them the
+nature of our government, and the form of trial by jury; he discoursed
+with them upon the evils of polygamy, and showed his marked abhorrence
+of their darling vices--theft and lying. A chisel being lost from the
+Active a boat was sent on shore, manned by Duaterra and other
+chieftains, to demand restitution; the culprit was not found, nor the
+implement restored; but a whole village was aroused from its slumbers at
+midnight, and the inhabitants literally trembled with fear of the
+consequences when they saw the angry chieftains, though no harm was
+permitted to ensue. An example of high integrity was always set. Mr.
+Marsden might, for instance, have obtained land, or timber, or, in
+short, whatever he required in exchange for ammunition and muskets; but
+he sternly interdicted the sale or barter of these articles upon any
+terms whatever, and to this resolution he always adhered. Again and
+again does he express his determination, as well in this its earliest
+stage as in later periods of the mission, rather to abandon the whole
+work, which was far dearer to him than life itself, than to suffer it to
+be tainted by what he considered so nefarious a barter. "I further told
+them," he says, "that the smith should make axes or hoes, or any other
+tools they wanted; but that he was on no account to repair any pistols
+or muskets, or make any warlike instruments, no not even for the
+greatest chiefs upon the island." And he "took an opportunity, upon all
+occasions, to impress upon their minds the horrors their cannibalism
+excited; how much their nation was disgraced by it, and dreaded on this
+account."
+
+One thing still remained to be done. The missionaries possessed no land,
+and were liable, after his departure, to be removed or driven out at the
+mere caprice of the tribes amongst whom they settled. He therefore
+determined, if possible, to purchase for them a small estate. It
+consisted of about two hundred acres; and the first plot of ground to
+which England can lay claim in New Zealand was formally made over in a
+deed, of which Mr. Nicholas has fortunately preserved a transcript. It
+was executed in the presence of a number of chiefs, who were assembled
+to take leave of the Active on the day before she sailed, and ran as
+follows:--
+
+    "Know all men to whom these presents shall come, that I, Anodee O
+    Gunna, king of Rangheehoo, in the island of New Zealand, have, in
+    consideration of twelve axes to me in hand now paid and delivered
+    by the Reverend Samuel Marsden of Paramatta, in the territory of
+    New South Wales, given, granted, bargained, and sold; and by this
+    present instrument do give, grant, bargain, and sell unto the
+    committee of the Church Missionary Society for Africa and the
+    East, instituted in London, in the kingdom of Great Britain, and
+    to their heirs and successors, all that piece and parcel of land
+    situate in the district of Hoshee, in the island of New Zealand,
+    bounded on the south side by the bay of Lippouna and the town of
+    Rangheehoo, on the north side by a creek of fresh water, and on
+    the west by a public road into the interior, together with all
+    the rights, members, privileges, and appurtenances thereto
+    belonging; to have and to hold to the aforesaid committee of the
+    Church Missionary Society for Africa and the East, instituted in
+    London, in the kingdom of Great Britain, their heirs, successors,
+    and assigns, for ever, clear and freed from all taxes, charges,
+    impositions, and contributions whatsoever, as and for their own
+    absolute and proper estate for ever.
+
+    "In testimony whereof I have to these presents, thus done and
+    given, set my hand at Hoshee, in the island of New Zealand, this
+    twenty-fourth day of February, in the year of Christ, one thousand
+    eight hundred and fifteen.
+
+    (Signatures to the grant.) "THOMAS KENDALL.
+                               "J. L. NICHOLAS."
+
+To this was affixed a complete drawing of the "amoco," or tattooing of
+Gunna's face, done by Shunghie, on one side of which he set his mark.
+
+We need scarcely remind the reader how closely this transaction
+resembles the famous contract of William Penn with the native Indians,
+by which he became possessed of Pennsylvania. Much and justly as Penn
+has been admired, Mr. Marsden's conduct is even more worthy of respect.
+Penn sought to found a colony, to place himself at its head, and to
+associate his own name with it through generations to come. The chaplain
+of Paramatta had not even these motives of honest and laudable ambition;
+he sought nothing for himself, nothing for his country, nothing even for
+the church of which he was a member, and which he warmly loved. His one
+aim was to evangelize New Zealand; to bring a nation of cannibals from
+darkness into the marvellous light of the gospel, and from the power of
+Satan unto God. His own name appears on the instrument only as the agent
+or representative of a missionary society in whom the property was
+vested; and yet at the time the purchase was made he was uncertain
+whether the bare expenses of his voyage, or even the cost and charges of
+his vessel, would ever be repaid to him. He sought neither wealth, nor
+honour, nor preferment, but acted with a simple aim to the glory of God.
+The memorial of such a name can never perish amongst men; and should it
+be forgotten, still his record is on high.
+
+Mr. Marsden returned from his first voyage to New Zealand accompanied by
+no less than ten chiefs, and landed at Sydney on the 23rd of March,
+1815. He and Mr. Nicholas immediately presented themselves to the
+governor, who "congratulated them on their safe return," from what, in
+common with all the colony, he regarded as a most perilous and rash
+adventure.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VII.
+
+    Death of Duaterra--Trials of Mr. Marsden in the Colony--Libel of
+    Philo-free--Letter to Rev. George Burder--To Dr. Mason
+    Good--Sympathy of his Friends in England--Congratulations of the
+    46th Regiment, and Mr. Marsden's acknowledgment--Letters of Lord
+    Gambier, Rev. C. Simeon, and Mrs. Fry.
+
+
+It was not to be expected that a career of unbroken success and easy
+triumph should crown the infant mission in New Zealand. Reverses and
+delays were to be looked for; they were in the nature of the work
+itself; and for such trials Mr. Marsden was prepared. But he had
+scarcely arrived at Paramatta before he was involved in sharper
+conflicts. No doubt they were a part of God's discipline of love: for if
+Paul required "a thorn in the flesh" lest he "should be exalted above
+measure," meaner disciples may surely expect to meet with stern rebuffs,
+in their career of usefulness and honour; and they will even learn to
+accept them with a thankful and a joyous heart.
+
+The first discouragement was the death of Duaterra. Mr. Marsden had left
+him sick; and four days after his departure he expired, surrounded by
+his heathen countrymen, from whose superstitions, even to the last, he
+was by no means free. "He appeared at this awful moment," Mr. Marsden
+writes, describing his last interview, "not to know what to do. He
+wished me to pray with him, which I did; but the superstitions of his
+country had evidently a strong hold upon his mind; the priest was always
+with him, night and day. Duaterra seemed at a loss where to repose his
+afflicted mind; his views of the gospel were not sufficiently clear to
+remove his superstitions; and at the same time he was happy to hear what
+I had to say to him. What horrors do these poor people suffer when they
+come to die!" His favourite wife, Dahoo, was inconsolable; and while
+Shunghie and his near relatives cut themselves with knives till the
+blood gushed out, she sought and found an opportunity to put a period to
+her own life by hanging herself, at a short distance from the body of
+her husband. None of the natives, not even her relatives, appeared
+shocked or surprised. "Her mother," Mr. Kendall wrote, "wept while she
+was composing the limbs of her daughter; but she applauded her
+resolution, and the sacrifice which she had made for the man she so
+tenderly loved. Her father observed her corpse without any apparent
+concern. I could not discover a tear at the time it was brought before
+him. Two of her brothers smiled on the occasion, and said, 'it was a
+good thing at New Zealand.' It is common for women to act thus when
+their husbands die; they think that they then go to them." Mr. Marsden,
+for a time, was almost overwhelmed. "I could not but view Duaterra, as
+he lay dying, with wonder and astonishment; and could scarcely bring
+myself to believe that the Divine Goodness would remove from the earth a
+man whose life appeared of such infinite importance to his country,
+which was just emerging from barbarism and superstition. No doubt but he
+had done his work and finished his appointed course, though I fondly
+imagined he had only just begun his race. He was in the prime and vigour
+of manhood: I judge his age to be about twenty-eight years. In
+reflecting on this awful and mysterious event, I am led to exclaim, with
+the apostle of the Gentiles, 'Oh the depth of the riches both of the
+wisdom and knowledge of God! how unsearchable are his judgments, and his
+ways past finding out!'"
+
+He was indeed a noble specimen of human nature in its savage state. His
+character was cast in the mould of heroes: at the very period of his
+death, after ten years of as much privation, danger, and hardship as
+nature could well bear, his courage was unsubdued, and his patriotism
+and enterprise unabated. He told Mr. Marsden with an air of triumph, "I
+have now introduced the cultivation of wheat into New Zealand; New
+Zealand will become a great country; in two years more I shall be able
+to export wheat to Port Jackson, in exchange for hoes, axes, spades, tea
+and sugar." He had made arrangements for farming on a large scale, and
+had formed his plan for building a new town, with regular streets, after
+the European mode, on a beautiful situation which commanded a view of
+the harbour and the adjacent country. "I accompanied him to the spot,"
+says Mr. M.; "we examined the ground fixed on for the town, and the
+situation where the church was to stand." Had he lived he would have
+been the Ulysses of his Ithaca--perhaps its Alfred; and nothing in his
+whole life gives us a juster idea of Mr. Marsden's sagacity and keen
+perception than the fact of his singling out Duaterra, a sick and
+apparently dying common sailor on shipboard, and training him to be a
+powerful instrument, in God's hands, for the civilization of New
+Zealand.
+
+Other trials followed the death of Duaterra. Fresh wars broke out. One
+hostile tribe encamped in sight of the mission premises, and, no longer
+restrained by Mr. Marsden's presence, threatened, not indeed to expel
+the missionaries, but to kill and eat them. For months together the
+affrighted band kept watch night and day; their children were laid to
+sleep in their cots dressed, to be ready for instant flight, and the
+boat was always kept afloat, with its oars and sail in readiness. The
+storm blew over, and they remained stedfast at their posts. Soon
+afterwards, the Wesleyan Methodists established their important and
+successful mission in the island, and the missionaries gained strength
+from each other in society and mutual counsel. The first Wesleyan
+missionary, the Rev. Samuel Leigh, was well known at Paramatta, and Mr.
+Marsden viewed his labours with thankfulness and hope; but the reports
+which reached him from time to time of the difficulties to which the
+missions were exposed still added much to his anxieties.
+
+And now a series of persecutions began, which, while they never cowed
+his brave spirit, harassed and disturbed him more than those who were
+acquainted only with the outward features of his strong, dauntless
+character would have readily believed. It is greatly to his honour that
+all the sufferings to which he was exposed--newspaper libels, official
+misrepresentations, and personal abuse--arose immediately out of his
+endeavours to raise the morals of the colony, and to protect the unhappy
+women who came out as convicts, and were at that time exposed by most
+iniquitous neglect to still further degradation.
+
+Just before his departure for New Zealand, he had addressed an official
+letter to the governor, calling his attention to the present state of
+Paramatta and its neighbourhood, as far as it related to its public
+morals and police, and especially with regard to the female convicts, of
+whom upwards of one hundred and fifty, besides seventy children, were
+employed in a government factory there, and whose condition, as far as
+we can venture to describe it, may be gathered from the following
+passage. The scene is painful; it is the dark side of our colonial
+history; but those who will not listen to these recitals can know but
+little of the obligations which society is under to such men as Howard
+and Samuel Marsden, or to heroic women, such as Mrs. Fry. In his letter
+to the governor he says:
+
+    "The number of women employed at the factory is one hundred and
+    fifty; they have seventy children. There is not any room in the
+    factory that can be called a bed-room for these women and children.
+    There are only two rooms, and these are both occupied as
+    workshops; they are over the jail, and are about eighty feet long
+    and twenty wide. In these rooms there are forty-six women daily
+    employed, twenty spinning wool upon the common wheel, and
+    twenty-six carding. There are also in them the warping-machine,
+    etc., belonging to the factory. These rooms are crowded all the
+    day, and at night such women sleep in them as are confined for
+    recent offences, amongst the wheels, wool, and cards, and a few
+    others, who have no means whatever of procuring a better abode.
+    The average number of women who sleep in the factory is about
+    thirty in the whole. Many of these women have little, and some no
+    bedding; they all sleep on the floor. There is not a candle or
+    bedstead belonging to the factory. I do not deem it either safe or
+    prudent that even thirty women should sleep in the factory, which
+    has been crowded all day with working people; the air must be bad
+    and contagious. Were the magistrate to compel even half the number
+    of women, with their children, to sleep in the factory which
+    belong to it, they could not exist. Not less than one hundred and
+    twenty women are at large in the night to sleep where they can."
+
+He urges upon the governor the necessity of at least providing lodgings
+in barracks for these poor creatures. "When I am called upon," he adds,
+"in the hour of sickness and want to visit them in the general hospital,
+or in the wretched hovels where they lodge, my mind is often oppressed
+beyond measure at the sight of their sufferings.... And if their dreary
+prospect beyond the grave be viewed in a religious light it far exceeds
+in horror the utmost bounds of human imagination. As their minister I
+must answer ere long at the bar of Divine justice for my duty to these
+objects of vice and woe, and often feel inexpressible anguish of spirit,
+in the moment of their approaching dissolution, on my own and their
+account, and follow them to the grave with awful forebodings lest I
+should be found at last to have neglected any part of my public duty as
+their minister and magistrate, and by so doing contributed to their
+eternal ruin. So powerful are these reflections at times that I envy the
+situation of the most menial servant who is freed from this sacred and
+solemn responsibility, namely, the care of immortal souls.... I am of
+opinion that no clergyman was ever placed in so painful and trying a
+situation as far as relates to the moral and religious state of the
+people committed to his care. I see them devoted to vice, and infamy,
+and extreme wretchedness while living, and when they come to die
+suffering all the horror of mind and anguish of spirit that guilt can
+possibly inspire, without the means of applying any remedy in either
+case.... I humbly conceive it is incompatible with the character and
+wish of the British nation that her own exiles should be exposed to
+such privations and dangerous temptations, when she is daily feeding the
+hungry, and clothing the naked, and receiving into her friendly, I may
+add pious bosom, strangers whether savage or civilized of every nation
+under heaven."
+
+The governor courteously replied, acknowledging the receipt of his
+letter; but no further steps were taken; and after waiting eighteen
+months "without the most distant prospect of obtaining relief for the
+female convicts from the colonial government," he sent a copy of his own
+letter, with the governor's answer, to the British government at home.
+By them it was submitted to a select committee of the House of Commons,
+when, in 1819, the state of our jails came under the consideration of
+parliament, and was afterwards printed in their report; Lord Bathurst,
+the colonial secretary, having previously submitted it to Governor
+Macquarie, requesting his opinion on the several matters it contained.
+Great exasperation followed; it seemed for a time as if the whole
+colony, with scarcely an exception, had risen as one man to crush the
+principal chaplain, who alone had dared to expose its profligacy and to
+check its abuses. The storm indeed had begun to mutter around his head
+before Lord Bathurst's communication was received. The "Sydney Gazette,"
+which was under the immediate control of the governor, was allowed to
+publish from week to week the most scandalous libels upon his character.
+At length, a letter appeared signed Philo-free, which Mr. Marsden
+suspected, and at length discovered, to have been written by the
+governor's secretary; it was aimed not merely against himself--this he
+could have borne in silence--but against the conduct and the moral
+character of the missionaries in the South Sea Islands, whose
+reputation he felt it his duty at every hazard to protect. He therefore
+appealed to the laws for shelter and redress, and two successive
+verdicts justified the course he took. There were at the time many, even
+of his warm friends, in England, who were almost disposed to blame him
+for a too sensitive and litigious spirit. But when the whole case lay
+before them, the wisest and the mildest men absolved him from the
+charge, and heartily approved his conduct. In the place of any comments
+of our own we will lay before the reader, in his own words, some of Mr.
+Marsden's views upon the subject. They will see the principles by which
+he was actuated, and they will learn with amazement how great the
+difficulties with which the friends of missions have had to contend from
+their own countrymen. The first letter is addressed to the Rev. George
+Burder, and was read, as appears from the endorsement it bears, in the
+committee of the London Missionary Society, July 10th, 1818, having been
+received on the 25th of June.
+
+                                             "Paramatta, Dec. 9, 1817.
+
+    "REV. SIR,--I wrote to you very fully by Mr. Hassall, and informed
+    you what state I was in at that time. Since that period I have had
+    many hard struggles to maintain my ground. A very shameful attack
+    was made upon me and the missionaries in the South Sea Islands by
+    the governor's secretary, in an anonymous letter which he
+    published in the Sydney Gazette, and of which you are already
+    informed. Since my last I have brought the secretary to the
+    criminal bar for the libel. Every means were used to pervert
+    judgment that the cunning and art of certain persons could exert.
+    After three days' contest, I obtained a verdict against the
+    secretary. This was a matter of much joy to all who loved the
+    cause of religion, and also to the colony in general. The trouble,
+    anxiety, and expense of the trial were very great, as I had only
+    truth on my side. When I had got a verdict I hoped to enjoy a
+    little quiet, but the next Gazette in the report made of the
+    trial, being so false and scandalous, and casting such reflections
+    on me and my friends, I was compelled to appeal to Cæsar once
+    more; and last Tuesday the cause was heard before the supreme
+    court, when I obtained a verdict again. The supreme judge, Justice
+    Field, is a very upright man, and acted with great independence in
+    the cause. A verdict was given in my favour to the amount of
+    200_l._, with costs. The expense to the secretary will not be much
+    less than 500_l._ None can tell what I have suffered in my mind
+    for the last five years, on account of the missions, from the
+    opposition of those in power.
+
+    "I must request the Society to use their interest with the British
+    government to check those in authority here from exposing the
+    missionaries, and those connected with them, to the contempt of
+    the whole world by such scandalous anonymous publications as that
+    of which I complain. I have been very anxious to leave the colony
+    altogether, from the continual anxiety I have suffered, and the
+    opposition thrown in the way of every measure I have wished to
+    promote, for the advancement of the kingdom of Christ among the
+    heathen."
+
+Yet he had, in truth, no ground for this despondency. St. Paul laid the
+foundations of flourishing churches amidst "a great fight of
+afflictions;" what wonder if one of the greatest of Protestant missions
+in a later age should share in trials from which "the churches in
+Macedonia and Achaia" were not exempt? The letter proceeds thus:
+
+"I am very happy to inform you that all goes on well at the Islands,
+notwithstanding the contests here. I have forwarded to you, by this
+conveyance, all the letters; from them you will learn the affairs of the
+missionaries: I hope all the brethren have joined them. Four thousand of
+the natives can now read. I send you one of Pomare's letters to me. Mr.
+John Eyre has translated it. You will see what the views of the king
+are. He is now writing a dictionary of his own language, and one of the
+chiefs is employed at the press. I am very sorry they did not meet the
+king's wishes with regard to the printing press, and set it up at
+Tahiti, where he lives; taking it away from him was unwise.... The main
+work is done now, as far as respects the planting of the gospel. Their
+native idols are burned in the fire, and many have 'tasted that the Lord
+is gracious' amongst the inhabitants. They sing, and read, and pray, and
+teach one another, so that there can be no fear that religion will be
+lost in the Islands again. The work has evidently been of God, and he
+will carry it on for his own glory. They will now also have their
+vessel, by which means they can visit the different islands and Port
+Jackson. I should wish much to see them turning their attention to
+agriculture, etc., so as to induce habits of industry among the natives,
+so that the natives of the Society Islands may rank with civilized
+nations." The letter closes, after a minute detail of the affairs of
+their missions, with an appeal, which, even at this distance of time,
+must be read with pain, and which nothing short of mental agony would
+have wrung from such a pen. "I rely with confidence on the Society for
+their support and protection. Unless his Majesty's ministers will
+interfere, I may expect similar attacks from the same quarter. If this
+should be the case, it cannot be expected I should remain in the colony
+to be ruined in my character, circumstances, and peace of mind. The last
+seven years have been very dreadful. A solitary individual cannot
+withstand the influence of those in power, armed with such a deadly
+weapon as the public papers, and every other means of annoyance at their
+command. I have written on the subject to Lord Bathurst....
+
+      "I remain, rev. Sir, yours affectionately,
+        "SAMUEL MARSDEN.
+  "To Rev. George Burder."
+
+In the same strain he writes to his friend Dr. Mason Good, inclosing the
+letter of Philo-free, and other documents. Amongst other threats,
+representations to the archbishop and the bishop of London had been
+muttered in the colony, with a view no doubt of inducing them to
+withdraw him from his post. "Should you learn," he says, "that any
+representations are made to the bishops, and you should deem it
+necessary, I will thank you to send them the documents I have
+transmitted, or any part of them, for their information. I should also
+wish Mr. Wilberforce to be acquainted with them, if you will at any time
+take the trouble to lay them before him." Then turning to brighter
+objects, he has the following remarkable passage:
+
+    "With regard to New Zealand, I must refer you to the Rev. Josiah
+    Pratt, (secretary to the Church Missionary Society). Great
+    difficulties have opposed the establishment upon that island; but
+    I hope they will all be overcome in time. We have sent two young
+    men to England, as we think this will greatly tend to enlarge
+    their ideas, and prepare them for greater usefulness in their own
+    country. I have no doubt, but that New Zealand will soon become a
+    civilized nation. If I were inclined to become a prophet I should
+    say, that all the islands in the South Seas will afford an asylum
+    for thousands of Europeans hereafter, and New South Wales will
+    give laws to, and regulate, all their governments in the course of
+    time. The gospel, humanly speaking, could not be planted in the
+    South Sea Islands, unless our government had established a colony
+    in New South Wales. The British government had no view of this
+    kind when they first formed the colony. How mysterious are all the
+    ways of Divine Providence! yet may the Divine footsteps be traced,
+    if we mark attentively what is passing in the world. God, the
+    Governor of this world, orders all things according to his
+    infinite mind, and all things well."
+
+He soon had reason to adopt a happier strain. The trial was severe, the
+more so perhaps from the ardour of his own temperament, which, no doubt,
+required the chastisement, which became in the highest sense a blessing
+both to himself and others. Writing to the same friend, 3rd October,
+1818, he says: "When I take a retrospect of all that has passed in this
+colony since my return, I see, with wonder and gratitude, the Divine
+goodness overruling the wills and affections of sinful men, and making
+all things unite in promoting his glory. 'Philo-free' will not be
+without its benefit to the great cause. Had this libel never appeared,
+the character, constitution and object of the Church, and London
+Missionary Societies would not have been known in this settlement for
+many years to come; nor would they have gained the friends which they
+will eventually do here."
+
+Letters of congratulation flowed in rapidly, both on account of his
+missionary exploits in New Zealand, and of his personal triumph in New
+South Wales. We can afford only to give a specimen of each; the one to
+show how the successes of the gospel thrilled English Christians with
+joy in the infancy of missions; and the other to exhibit the warm
+affection with which the great missionary leader of the southern seas
+was regarded by his friends at home.
+
+    "From William Terry, Esq.,                   "Hull, 7th May, 1817.
+
+     ..."The account, you gave in your letter, as well as those sent
+     to the Church Missionary Society, which appeared in the
+     Missionary Register, were very gratifying to all who have at
+     heart the prosperity of Zion. I have felt peculiarly interested
+     in the journal of your voyage to New Zealand, and when at our
+     (St. John's) church the Old Hundredth Psalm was sung, I felt much
+     elevated in praise to our Almighty Saviour, that at the same
+     period of the year, and exactly two years before, you had been
+     enabled to proclaim the glad tidings of his salvation, and to
+     commence with the same divine song upon the heathen shores of New
+     Zealand. God grant that it may be the dawn of a brighter day:
+     that the Lord of all may be adored by all the uncivilized world;
+     that the Sun of righteousness may arise and go on to shine with
+     increasing and transforming light and influence upon them, and
+     upon all others who are yet sitting in darkness and in the shadow
+     of death! May he bless all human attempts to promote so glorious
+     a cause, and particularly your own zealous efforts; and may he,
+     for the sake of the same, continue, if it please him, your
+     valuable life for many years to come. I know, from the arduous
+     post which you occupy, that your time must be entirely filled up,
+     and that you can find very little leisure for a correspondent
+     like me, who can render you little or no service.... Our esteemed
+     friends, the Rev. Messrs. Dykes, Scott, Clarke, and Foster, are
+     all very well, being in mercy continued yet to this highly
+     favoured town. Mr. Scott has obtained the living of St.
+     Margaret's since the death of Mr. Barker, and has engaged an
+     excellent curate, a young man of high birth of the name of
+     Sibthorpe, who seems very faithful, and will, I hope, be
+     abundantly useful. May the Lord bless you and your young family
+     with all temporal and spiritual blessings! And may he bless and
+     direct all your zealous endeavours to promote his cause among the
+     heathen, and to spread the knowledge and saving influence of his
+     truth to all within your influence!"
+
+     Dr. Mason Good, writing on the subject of the libel, under the
+     date of April, 1818, says: "The triumph you have gained is indeed
+     complete ... persevere, then, my dear friend, in the same good
+     and great and magnanimous course. The eyes of the world are upon
+     you, and what is more, the eye of Him who governs the world, and
+     will never fail to give efficacy to his own instruments, and
+     ultimate success to his designs. To this time, however,
+     notwithstanding all the terrible threats that have been thrown
+     out against you, not a single syllable of complaint has arrived
+     from any one; do not therefore let your spirits fail. Depend upon
+     esteem and support at home, for your perseverance and manly
+     conduct have produced a very deep and popular sensation in every
+     quarter in which you would wish to stand well."
+
+In addition to these gratifying testimonies from home, Mr. Marsden
+received a public mark of approbation from the officers of the 46th
+regiment, then stationed in the colony, who with a high and chivalrous
+sense of what was due to one who single handed had so long maintained
+the cause of truth and righteousness, stepped forward to offer their
+tribute of respect. He replied as follows:--
+
+    "To Col. Molle and the officers of the 46th regiment.
+
+                                           "Paramatta, 16th Oct. 1818.
+
+    "GENTLEMEN,--I had the honour to receive your public letter under
+    date 14th May, 1818, and nothing could have given me more real
+    gratification than the very handsome manner in which you have
+    communicated your kind and friendly sentiments to me on the issue
+    of the trials I instituted against the author of the libel,
+    'Philo-free.' I beg, gentlemen, to return you my most grateful
+    acknowledgments for the honour you have done me, and to assure you
+    that this mark of your good will to me, in bearing your testimony
+    to my conduct, will ever be held in the highest estimation by me;
+    and I trust I shall retain to the latest moment of my life a
+    grateful sense of your favour to me as an individual, and at the
+    same time never forget the public service you rendered to this
+    colony from the time you landed to the day of your departure, by
+    your firmness and gentlemanly conduct, as British officers, and by
+    your good and prudent example as members of the community." After
+    these expressions of gratitude he turns aside to remark upon the
+    former condition of the colony, and the services which the 46th
+    regiment had rendered in the cause of virtue. Proud as this
+    regiment may justly be of honours won in far different scenes, it
+    will not, we are assured, nor will its countrymen, regard with
+    other feelings than those of high satisfaction, the following
+    tribute to its moral worth and character. May every regiment in
+    the British army deserve a similar eulogy from men who, like Job
+    of old, and we may add, like the chaplain of New South Wales,
+    'know not to give flattering titles.'
+
+    "When you first arrived in New South Wales every barrier against
+    licentiousness was broken down, every fence swept away. There were
+    a few, and but a few, who resolved to stand their ground, and
+    preserve that line of conduct which the wisest and best men
+    consider essential as marking the distinction between the good and
+    the evil."
+
+And again: "Had you not arrived in New South Wales and acted the
+honourable part you did, the few who were marked for future conquest
+would not have been able to have stood out longer, but must have either
+yielded to superior force, or have withdrawn from the colony. Some would
+not have had strength of mind sufficient to have carried on a perpetual
+warfare against such an unequal force, and thus would not have been able
+to meet the expense of continued resistance. You just arrived in time to
+turn the wavering balance, and to inspire the desponding with hopes."
+
+A vote of thanks, in the most cordial terms, was also presented to him
+at the anniversary meeting of the Church Missionary Society, at the
+Freemasons' Tavern, in 1819. It would have been presented to the annual
+meeting of the previous year, but it was a mark of respect which had
+never yet been paid to any individual by the Society. "The
+circumstances, however, which have lately transpired," so writes his
+friend, Dr. Mason Good, who was a member of the committee, "the severe
+and important battle you have fought, and the triumph you have so
+gloriously achieved, have induced the Society to step out of their usual
+routine on this occasion, and to show, not only to yourself, but to the
+world at large, the full sense they entertain of the honourable and
+upright part you have taken, and their unanimous determination to give
+you all their support. I agree with you most fully that your contest has
+not been a personal one, but that the important objects of the Society
+have been at stake, and that the victory you have obtained is of more
+importance to the cause of virtue, honour, and true religion, and more
+especially to the cause of Christian missions in Australasia, than to
+yourself."
+
+We shall conclude our notice of these painful conflicts with two
+letters, the one from Lord Gambier, the other from the venerable Simeon.
+The former breathes the warm heart of a sailor and the mature wisdom of
+an experienced Christian. And thus while British soldiers were ready to
+acknowledge the integrity of Mr. Marsden, the navy, as represented by
+one of her great heroes, stood forward likewise in his behalf.
+
+    "DEAR SIR,--I was happy to hear of your health and welfare by your
+    letters to me of the 22nd January and the 5th March, 1817, which
+    came to my hands in due time, though they were rather longer, I
+    believe, in their passage than is usual. I deeply lament with you
+    that your very zealous and arduous exertions to extend the kingdom
+    of our gracious Lord, and to diffuse the knowledge of the glorious
+    gospel of salvation among the inhabitants of the dark regions
+    around you, should meet with the spirit of opposition from the
+    persons in the colony whom you naturally would look to for
+    support and assistance. And very grievous indeed it is that you
+    should stand almost alone and single in a work of charity that
+    exceeds the praises of human language to express its excellence
+    and blessed effects upon the race of mankind. Mr. Pratt will have
+    informed you that a special meeting of the committee of the Church
+    Missionary Society was held last month for the sole purpose of
+    deliberating upon the communication you have made to him of the
+    state of the affairs of the Society, and the disgraceful letter
+    that appeared in the 'Sydney Gazette,' signed 'Philo-free.' The
+    result of the committee's consultation was, that your letters on
+    this subject should be referred to the consideration of the
+    vice-presidents of the Society, requesting them to take such
+    measures as they deemed most advisable to relieve you from the
+    distressing and painful situation in which you were placed. I had
+    the satisfaction of being present at the meeting of the
+    vice-presidents; the bishop of Gloucester and Mr. Wilberforce were
+    of the number. Mr. Pratt was also present, and as he will
+    communicate to you the judgment that we passed upon the occasion
+    it is unnecessary for me to add anything thereto; but I cannot
+    forbear to express to you the admiration I entertain of your
+    conduct, your zeal, perseverance, and unremitted exertions in the
+    blessed and glorious cause in which you are engaged. May our
+    gracious Lord be your shield; may his powerful arm protect you
+    against all your adversaries, and enable you to overcome them all
+    with the weapons of a Christian warfare, meekness, patience,
+    faith, and charity; and may he lay them all at your feet.! May his
+    grace be sufficient for you, and give you strength to go on as you
+    have done in his service, to the glory of his name and to the
+    salvation of the heathen nations around! You have achieved great
+    things in New Zealand. May the seed you have sown there be like
+    the grain of mustard, and grow to a large tree; and may you
+    finally receive the bright reward of your labours, and have that
+    blessing pronounced upon you, 'Well done, good and faithful
+    servant, enter thou into the joy of thy Lord.' There is a fine
+    field for missionary labours in New Zealand, and I anticipate the
+    happiest consequences to the race of men in that country from the
+    establishment you have made among them, and I think it very
+    probable that they will make more rapid progress in the knowledge
+    and practice of Christianity and civilization than any heathen
+    nation to whom the gospel has been preached. May you live to see
+    this verified!
+
+    "With cordial and earnest wishes for your health and prosperity, I
+    remain, dear Sir, with sincere regard,
+
+    "Your faithful and humble friend and servant,
+
+                                                            "GAMBIER."
+
+Mr. Simeon, of Cambridge, wrote to him in the same strain of
+encouragement:--
+
+                                                       "Dec. 15, 1819.
+
+    "Last summer I was at Hull, and saw Mr. Scott and other of your
+    friends and relatives. It was a joy to me to see how ardent was
+    their love towards you. I commissioned Mrs. Scott to tell you, in
+    general terms, that your character and cause were duly appreciated
+    by the government and by the House of Commons. I take for granted
+    that Mr. Wilberforce has given you particulars. It was from him
+    that I was enabled to declare the general result.
+
+    "I am overwhelmed almost with work. Eleven volumes will be out in
+    the spring. The first six will make their appearance in less than
+    a month; it is of the same nature as my former work, though
+    distinct from it. It is on all the finest passages from Genesis to
+    Revelation. It is entitled 'Horæ Homileticæ,' as being homilies
+    for the assistance both of clergy and laity."
+
+In this age of "reformatories," when the treatment of our prisoners has
+become a popular question, it is impossible to read without deep
+interest such letters as the following. Mr. Marsden had taken up the
+cause of the degraded female prisoners in New South Wales. Mrs. Fry in
+England hears of his benevolent exertions, and hastens to express her
+joy; and thus she writes to the prison-philanthropist of the southern
+world:--
+
+                           "Mildred's Court, second month, 11th, 1820.
+
+    "RESPECTED FRIEND,--I have received thy letters, one sent by
+    Deputy-commissary-general Allan, and the other written some time
+    before, but only arrived within a day or two of each other. I am
+    sorry that I happened to be out when Deputy-commissary-general
+    Allan called, but I hope soon to see him, and to consult with him
+    as to the steps best to be taken to improve the condition of the
+    female convicts in New South Wales. Much influence has already
+    been used here, and the subject has been brought before the House
+    of Commons. I some time ago obtained a copy of thy letter to the
+    governor of New South Wales, and the information contained in it
+    has been much spread in this country, and it is quite my opinion
+    that some beneficial alterations will in time take place; but the
+    present parliament being so soon to be dissolved, owing to the
+    death of the king, I fear will retard their progress; but much is
+    doing in this country, and I trust that much is likely to be
+    done. Many of us are deeply interested in the welfare of the poor
+    convicts as to their situation here, and their voyage, and when
+    they arrive in Botany Bay. And if life and ability be granted us,
+    I trust that much will in time be accomplished; but all these
+    things require patience and perseverance, which I hope we shall be
+    endowed with, both here and on your side of the water. I am sorry
+    thou hast had so many trials and discouragements in filling thy
+    very important station, and I cannot help hoping and believing
+    that thy labours will prove not to be in vain; and even if thou
+    shouldst not fully see the fruit of thy labours, others, I trust,
+    will reap the advantage of them, so that the words of Scripture
+    may be verified, 'That both he that soweth and he that reapeth may
+    rejoice together.' I consider myself greatly obliged by thy
+    valuable communications, and I think it would be very desirable
+    that thou shouldst let us know exactly what sort of place is
+    wanted for the women, and what would be its probable expense, as
+    it would enable us more clearly to state what we wish for. And I
+    should think our government would give the necessary directions to
+    have the work done. I remain, etc., thy friend, ELIZABETH FRY."
+
+Through such toils and conflicts our predecessors of the last generation
+passed, before they could lay effectually the foundations of those great
+principles of humanity and justice in the public mind, which are now
+yielding their abundant fruit.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VIII.
+
+    Tooi and Teterree--Mr. Marsden's Second Voyage to New
+    Zealand--Progress of the Gospel there--Shunghie--His ferocity--Mr.
+    Marsden returns to New South Wales--Third Voyage to New
+    Zealand--Malicious charges brought against him in his absence--A
+    Commission of Inquiry--Its result--Letters, etc.--Approbation of
+    the Government.
+
+
+The New Zealand mission still continued to occupy Mr. Marsden's
+thoughts. He seems to have been always alert, turning every hint to
+account, seizing every occasion and employing every likely instrument to
+promote the grand design. The excellent quality of the New Zealand flax
+had not escaped him. He induced two young New Zealanders, whom he had
+brought with him to Paramatta, to visit England, which they did in H. M.
+ship Kangaroo, and were placed under the care of his friends in London.
+"I wish on no account," he writes to Mr. Pratt, "that they should be
+idle; if they cannot be useful in forming a vocabulary, (of the Maori
+language of which he was now anxious that a grammar should be prepared)
+let them be _put into a rope walk_, and be kept close to labour while
+they remain in England." They were both chieftains, Tooi and Teterree;
+still the reader must not suppose the rope walk was to them a degrading
+employment. Mr. Marsden had another object in view besides their
+improvement, and he wished to impart to his friends in London something
+of his own enthusiasm in behalf of the Maorie race. "The Society will
+see," he says in his letter to the secretary, Mr. Pratt, "from these
+two young men what the natives of New Zealand are. They are prepared to
+receive any instruction that we can give them; they are fine young men,
+and in temper and natural parts very like their countrymen in general."
+They seem to have deserved the character here given them. We insert a
+letter from each, written while they were in England. The first is
+addressed to Mr. Pratt while Tooi was on a visit amongst the
+manufactories of Staffordshire and Shropshire.
+
+                                             "Madeley, Sept. 17, 1818.
+
+    "DEAR SIR,--I am much obliged and thank you, Mr. Pratt, for the
+    letter you sent me. I so pleased when Mr. Pratt finds a ship. I
+    want a ship to go home. I have been to Coalport. I made four cups.
+    Mr. Rose tell me, 'You soon learn.' 'Yes,' I say, 'very soon learn
+    with fingers, but book very hard,' etc.
+
+    "To Mr. Pratt.                                       THOMAS TOOI."
+
+The other letter is in a graver strain from Teterree to Mr. Marsden.
+
+                           "Church Missionary House, October 12, 1818.
+
+    "MY DEAR FRIEND,--I like Englishman much; he love New Zealand man.
+    I very sick in missionary house, and very near die; nothing but
+    bone. Kind friend missionary pray for me every night.
+
+    "I kneel down in my bed-room every night, and pray to Jesus Christ
+    our Saviour to learn me to read the book.
+
+    "Very nice country England. I never see the king of England; he
+    very poorly, and Queen Charlotte very poorly too.
+
+    "I see the iron make, and bottle blow. Tooi blow a bottle, and I
+    blow a bottle. I make four cups at China work, etc. Farewell, good
+    friend.
+
+                                                            "TETEREE."
+
+Their English education being completed, the young chieftains returned
+to Paramatta, and Mr. Marsden embarked a second time for New Zealand,
+taking Tooi and Teterree with him, with several missionaries, three
+mechanics and their families. They landed at Rangheehoa, in the Bay of
+Islands, on the 12th August. The rival chiefs Shunghie and Koro-Koro now
+contended for the site of the new missionary settlement which Mr.
+Marsden contemplated, each being anxious that his own domain should be
+preferred, and offering a grant of land. The spot was selected at Kiddee
+Kiddee (or Keri-Keri) a district in the territory of Shunghie, at the
+head of a fine harbour; but such was the distress of the disappointed
+chieftain, whose part was taken by young Tooi, that Mr. Marsden almost
+relented: "He made strong appeals to our feelings, and urged his request
+by every argument that he could advance, so that we were obliged to
+promise to accompany him on the next day to Parroa, and that we would
+build him and Tooi a house if the situation pleased us, and send one or
+two Europeans to reside amongst them." The stores were now landed, and
+all the beach exhibited a scene of happiness and busy civilization;
+fourteen natives sawing timber, others cutting knees, etc.; "a sight
+more grateful to a benevolent mind could not possibly have been seen;
+our hearts overflowed with gratitude. We viewed the various operations
+with delight, and considered them the dawn of civil and religious
+liberty to this land of darkness, superstition, and cruelty." Such were
+the comments which the missionary leader noted down at the time, and in
+reading them we are made to feel how much Christian benevolence excels
+the mere selfishness of the most enterprising colonist. Simply for the
+good of others, without the hope or wish of reaping any other advantage
+than that of extending the kingdom of God amongst a savage race, the
+little missionary band, self exiled, and consecrated to a life of
+unknown toil and hardship, exult in laying the foundations of their
+settlement, as the Jews of old exulted when they began to build their
+temple to the living God. On the next sabbath day, the work was
+consecrated with prayer and praise. Mr. Marsden's simple language best
+describes the scene:--
+
+    "_August 22._--We assembled on the beach for public worship, as
+    there was no place sufficiently spacious to hold the people. We
+    were surrounded with natives and a number of chiefs from different
+    districts.
+
+    "It was gratifying to be able to perform worship to the true God
+    in the open air, without fear or danger, when surrounded by
+    cannibals with their spears stuck in the ground, and their
+    pattoo-pattoos and daggers concealed under their mats. We could
+    not doubt but that the time was at hand for gathering in this
+    noble people into the fold of Christ. Their misery is extreme, the
+    prince of darkness has full dominion over their souls and bodies;
+    under the influence of ignorance and superstition many devote
+    themselves to death, and the chiefs sacrifice their slaves as a
+    satisfaction for the death of any of their friends. This is a
+    tyranny from which nothing but the gospel can set them free."
+
+[Illustration: THE BAY OF ISLANDS, NEW ZEALAND.]
+
+During this three months' sojourn, besides the attention which Mr.
+Marsden gave to the missions in the Bay of Islands, he made a circuitous
+journey of seven hundred miles, exploring the country with a view to
+more extensive operations. His arrival over land and in health, at the
+Bay of Islands, on his return, relieved the minds of his anxious
+friends the missionaries, and "gave them additional cause," they say,
+"to bless and thank God for his protecting care, and that he had again
+heard and answered our supplications." "There is not one in ten
+thousand, I think," writes Mr. Hall, "who could or would have borne the
+privations, difficulties, and dangers, which he has undergone. I pray
+that he may reap the fruits of his labour by the New Zealanders turning
+from their degraded state to serve the only living and true God." Mr.
+Marsden's journal of this second visit will be valuable in time to come,
+as perhaps the best record in existence of the character and habits of a
+wonderful people, on whom civilization had not yet dawned, and whose
+spiritual darkness was profound. He landed, during a coasting voyage,
+with young Tooi, on the small island of Motooroa. "The first object that
+struck my eye was a man's head stuck on a pole near the hut where we
+were to sleep; the face appeared beautifully tattooed; it was the head
+of a chief who was killed by Shunghie's people. The sight," he says,
+"naturally excited feelings of horror in my breast." Most men would have
+felt something of alarm. But Mr. Marsden seems to have been a perfect
+stranger to fear; and if courage, whether physical or moral, makes a
+hero, he must be ranked high in the heroic class. He merely adds, "This
+caused me to value more and more the blessing of Divine revelation, and
+the blessing of civil government."
+
+In his journal on a tour to the River Shukeangha, he writes thus:
+
+    "_September 28, 1819._--After we had passed the swamp, we came
+    into a very open country, for many miles round covered with fern.
+    The part through which we walked was gravelly, and not very good
+    in general.
+
+    "The wind increased toward evening, and blew strong from the rainy
+    quarter, so that we had the prospect of a very wet night, without
+    a single tree to shelter us from the storm for about eight miles
+    from the swamp we had passed. At this distance was a wood, through
+    which our road lay, which we were anxious to reach, if possible,
+    in order to shelter ourselves from the wind and rain. With this
+    hope we pushed forward, and arrived at the edge of the wood about
+    nine o'clock. The rain now began to fall heavily. The natives cut
+    branches of fern and boughs of trees, and made us a little shed
+    under the trees, to afford us some shelter. The blackness of the
+    heavens, the gloomy darkness of the wood, the roaring of the wind
+    among the trees, the sound of the falling rain on the thick
+    foliage, united with the idea that we were literally at the ends
+    of the earth, with relation to our native land, surrounded with
+    cannibals whom we knew to have fed on human flesh, and wholly in
+    their power, and yet our minds free from fear of danger--all this
+    excited in my breast such new, pleasing, and, at the same time,
+    opposite sensations, as I cannot describe.
+
+    "While I sat musing under the shelter of a lofty pine, my thoughts
+    were lost in wonder and surprise, in taking a view of the wisdom
+    and goodness of God's providential care, which had attended all my
+    steps to that very hour. If busy imagination inquired what I did
+    there, I had no answer to seek in wild conjecture: I felt with
+    gratitude that I had not come by chance; but had been sent to
+    labour in preparing the way of the Lord in this dreary wilderness,
+    where the voice of joy and gladness had never been heard: and I
+    could not but anticipate with joyful hope the period when the
+    Day-star from on high would dawn and shine on this dark and heathen
+    land, and cause the very earth on which we then reposed to bring
+    forth its increase, when God himself would give the poor
+    inhabitants his blessing. After reflecting on the different ideas
+    which crowded themselves upon my mind, I wrapped myself up in my
+    great coat, and lay down to sleep."
+
+He visited an island where he met with a singular spectacle. A number of
+natives were at work, breaking up the ground with a sort of spatula, or
+wooden spade, to plant their sweet potato. Amongst these was Koro-Koro's
+head wife, or queen. "Her Majesty was working hard with a wooden spade,
+digging the ground for potatoes, with several of the women and some
+men." The royal infant lay on the ground sprawling and kicking by her
+side; "the old queen earnestly requested that I would give her a hoe,
+showing me the difficulty she had in digging with a stick; a request
+with which I promised to comply." We leave the reader to admire at
+leisure the Homeric simplicity of the scene, or to indulge in those
+sentiments of contemptuous pity to which Englishmen are possibly more
+prone.
+
+In another place, he found the head wife of Shunghie, though perfectly
+blind, digging in the same manner, surrounded by her women, and
+apparently with as much ease as the rest. The offer of a hoe in exchange
+for her spatula was accepted with joy. The scene drew forth these
+reflections: "When we viewed the wife of one of the most military
+chiefs, possessing large territories, digging with a spatula for her
+subsistence, this sight kindled within us the best feelings of the human
+heart. If a woman of this character, and blind, can thus labour with
+her servants, what will not this people rise to, if they can procure the
+means of improving their country, and of bettering their condition?
+Their temporal state must be improved by agriculture and the simple
+arts, in connexion with the introduction of Christianity, in order to
+give permanence and full influence to the gospel among them. Our God and
+Saviour, who is loving to every man, and whose tender mercies are over
+all his works, is now, blessed be his name, moving the hearts of his
+servants to send relief to the poor heathen, even to the very ends of
+the earth."
+
+The journal affords us repeated evidences of a phenomenon, which recent
+occurrences in India have at this moment deeply impressed on the heart
+of England,--one with which both divines and legislators ought to have
+been acquainted (for it is not obscurely referred to in the word of
+God), but which a foolish and spurious benevolence has led many to
+deny--namely, that the most Satanic ferocity frequently lurks under
+gentle manners, and is even to be found in connexion with the warmest
+natural affection. Nothing, for instance, can be more affecting than the
+meeting of Tooi and his sister, after the absence of the former in
+England. Tooi himself anticipated _a scene_, and half ashamed, when he
+saw his sister at a distance, tried to avoid the interview in public,
+and requested Mr. Marsden to order off the canoe in which they were
+approaching. But her love could not be restrained; in an instant she
+sprang into the boat, fell on her knees, and clung to Tooi. He saluted
+her in return; when she gave vent to her feelings in tears and loud
+lamentations, which she continued for about an hour. "Tooi conducted
+himself with great propriety, suppressing all his wild feelings, and at
+the same time treating his sister with all the soft and tender feelings
+of nature. I could not but view his conduct with admiration." When Tooi
+was in England, he had been taught to read and write, and instructed in
+the doctrines of Christianity; and he and his companion Teterree were
+general favourites, from their gentle manners and quick intelligence.
+They were one day taken to St. Paul's by Mr. Nicholas, who naturally
+supposed they would be lost in astonishment at the grandeur of the
+building, but they expressed neither surprise nor pleasure; on which
+that gentleman makes this just remark; "It is only things of common
+occurrence, I suspect, that strike the mind of a savage. The faculties
+must be cultivated to fit them for the enjoyment of the beautiful or the
+sublime." One thing, however, did strike them, and caused no small
+excitement. In walking up Fleet-street, they suddenly stopped before a
+hair-dresser's shop, in the window of which were some female busts. They
+screamed out "Wyenee! Wyenee!" (Women! Women!) taking them for dried
+heads of the human subject. "I took some pains," adds their kind
+conductor, "to beat this notion out of them, lest they should tell their
+countrymen on their return that Europeans preserved human heads as well
+as New Zealanders."
+
+These bursts of feeling were, it seems, quite natural; intense sorrow or
+savage exultation, the extremes of tenderness and of brutality, were
+indulged by turns, without any suspicion on their part of insincerity in
+either. Immediately after, Mr. Marsden mentions that he passed a canoe
+in which he recognised an old acquaintance, Hooratookie, the first New
+Zealander introduced into civil society--Governor King having once
+entertained him with great kindness. Hooratookie was grateful; spoke of
+the governor's daughter, then a child, with unfeigned regard, calling
+her by her Christian name, Maria. But looking into his large war-canoe,
+capable of holding from sixty to eighty men, with provisions, Mr.
+Marsden observed on the stern the dried head of a chief. "The face was
+as natural as life, the hair was long, and every lock combed straight,
+and the whole brought up to the crown, tied in a knot, and ornamented
+with feathers, according to the custom of the chiefs when in full dress.
+It was placed there as an incentive to revenge. It is possible the death
+of this chief may be revenged by his children's children; hence the
+foundation is laid for new acts of cruelty and blood from generation to
+generation."
+
+Mr. Marsden's fame now preceded him, and wherever he went, he was
+received not with rude hospitality, but with courteous respect. One
+chieftain offered up an ovation and prayer on their arrival. "He invoked
+the heavens above and the earth beneath to render our visit advantageous
+to his people, and agreeable to us, and that no harm may happen to us,
+whom he esteemed as the gods of another country. We heard the profane
+adulations with silent grief, and could not but wish most ardently for
+the light of Divine truth to shine on such a dark and superstitious
+mind." Yet this man was a ferocious cannibal; and when Mr. Marsden
+expressed his anxiety for the safety of the missionaries after he should
+have left them, he was calmed by the assurance that, as we had done them
+no harm, they had no satisfaction to demand, "and that as for eating us,
+the flesh of a New Zealander was sweeter than that of an European, in
+consequence of the white people eating so much salt." From this the
+conversation turned to that of eating human flesh, which they defended
+with arguments which to them appeared, no doubt, perfectly conclusive.
+They alleged that fishes, animals, and birds, preyed upon each other;
+and that one god would devour another god, therefore there was in nature
+sufficient warrant for the practice. Shunghie explained how it was the
+gods preyed on each other, "and that when he was to the southward, and
+had killed a number of people and was afraid of their god, he caught
+their god, being a reptile, and ate part of it, and reserved the
+remainder for his friends."
+
+Shunghie, the greatest of New Zealand warriors, was at the same time a
+striking instance of that union of gentleness and ferocity which
+characterized this people. To the missionaries his kindness was always
+great, and his respect for Mr. Marsden knew no bounds. An instance of
+his good feeling may here be noticed. In the beginning of 1817, a naval
+expedition, under his command, sailed from the Bay of Islands. It
+consisted of thirty canoes, and about eight hundred men. Its object was
+to obtain peace with his enemies at the North Cape. The chief took an
+affectionate leave of the settlers, and told them that if he fell they
+must be kind to his children; and if he survived, he would take care of
+their families when they should die. The expedition returned, however,
+in about a fortnight, his people having quarrelled with those of
+Wangaroa, into which place they had put for refreshment; and being
+afraid, he said, that the Wangaroa people would attack the settlers in
+his absence, he, for the present, abandoned the expedition.
+
+Shunghie was again preparing for war when Mr. Marsden paid his second
+visit to New Zealand; his army, to the number of several thousand men,
+were already assembled; his war-canoes were ready, and all his
+preparations complete; yet in deference to the remonstrances of Mr.
+Marsden, he again abandoned his scheme of conquest or revenge, and
+dismissed his followers.
+
+Shunghie paid a visit to England about the year 1820. His majestic
+person, graceful manners, and gentle yet manly disposition were much
+admired. He was one of Nature's nobles; what might not be expected from
+such a man when he returned home again? George the Fourth invited him to
+Carlton Palace, and received him with marked attention, presenting him
+with some military accoutrements and costly fire-arms. Yet the heart of
+a savage never ceased to beat beneath this polished exterior, while his
+pride was fanned to madness by the consideration he received in England.
+"There is," he exclaimed, "but one king in England; there shall be only
+one king in New Zealand." Returning by way of Sydney he there happened
+to meet with Inacki, another chief, with whom he had an ancient feud. He
+told him that when they got back to New Zealand he would fight him.
+Inacki accepted the challenge, and Shunghie accordingly assembled, on
+his return to New Zealand, no fewer than two thousand men to attack
+Inacki. The latter was prepared to receive him, and for some time the
+event of the battle that ensued was doubtful. At length Shunghie, who
+had the greatest number of muskets, and who had arranged his men in the
+form called, in Roman tactics, the cuneus, or wedge, placing himself at
+the apex and directing those behind him to wheel round the enemy, from
+the right and left, or to fall back into their original position as
+opportunity offered, shot Inacki. The savage Shunghie immediately sprang
+forward, scooped out the eye of the dying man with his knife, and
+swallowed it; and then, holding his hands to his throat, into which he
+had plunged his knife, and from which the blood flowed copiously, drank
+as much of the horrid beverage as the two hands could hold. Amongst the
+horrible superstitions of the Maories, one was that the eye of a victim
+thus devoured became a star in the firmament, and thus the ferocious
+Shunghie sought for honour and immortality. With the sword which he had
+received as a present from King George in England, he immediately cut
+off the heads of sixteen of his captives in cold blood; this was done to
+appease the spirit of his son-in-law, who had fallen in battle. In this
+battle, Shunghie and his tribe were armed with muskets, his opponents
+only with the native weapons, the club and spear. His victory,
+therefore, was an easy one, but his revenge was cruel. A New Zealand
+traveller, who visited the spot in 1844, says: "The bones of two
+thousand men still lie whitening on the plain, and the ovens remain in
+which the flesh of the slaughtered was cooked for the horrible repasts
+of the victorious party, and yet so numerous were the slaves taken
+prisoners that the Nga-Puis (the tribe of which Shunghie was the head)
+killed many of them on their way to the Bay of Islands merely to get rid
+of them."[I] Such was the gentle Shunghie when his viler nature was let
+loose--a frightful specimen of human nature, varnished by education, but
+unvisited by the grace of God. We turn aside for a moment to describe a
+scene in bright contrast with these revolting details. Amongst the few
+who escaped the general slaughter was Koromona, a chief who became blind
+soon afterwards, but hearing archdeacon W. Williams preach at Matamata,
+was converted. "For the last four years," says the traveller above
+mentioned, "Koromona has been a native teacher, and may be seen every
+sabbath day with his class instructing them in the truths of the
+Scripture with an earnestness which is truly admirable; he is now about
+to start to preach Christianity to a tribe which has not yet received
+it. His memory is wonderful; he knows the whole of the church service by
+heart, and repeats hymns and many long chapters verbatim." Thus the
+gospel won its victorious way, and proved itself triumphant over hearts
+no less depraved and passions no less degraded than those of Shunghie
+himself. No earthly power could have effected such a change; it was
+wrought by that "gospel" which is truly "the power of God unto salvation
+to every one that believeth."
+
+    [I] Savage Life and Scenes in Australia and New Zealand. By George
+    French Angas, London, 1847.
+
+Amidst such scenes the missionaries dwelt in peace. War, and its
+inseparable and more hideous companion, cannibalism, showed themselves
+at their gates, but were not allowed to hurt them. Under the good
+providence of God, their security was owing, in a great measure, to the
+prudence and courage with which Mr. Marsden planned and carried out his
+projects. Himself a stranger to fear, he infused courage into those
+around him, and both he and they felt secure under the shield and
+buckler of the Almighty. No doubt the fearlessness of Mr. Marsden won
+the admiration of these savages and contributed not a little to his
+safety. His journal abounds in instances such as that which follows.
+The scene is in a Maori village, and the writer is surrounded with
+cannibals. "After conversing on several subjects, we had supper, sung a
+hymn, and then committed ourselves to the Angel of the everlasting
+covenant, and so lay down to rest; a number of the natives lay around
+the hut and some within. I slept well until daybreak, being weary with
+walking."
+
+He appears to have arrived at home, after this second visit to New
+Zealand, towards the close of November, 1819. In February, 1820, he was
+once more on his way back to New Zealand. His letters bear ample
+testimony to a fact which all who were acquainted with him in private
+life observed, that his heart was full of affection, and that his home
+was the scene of his greatest happiness. He had not returned, it is
+true, to be greeted with public honours; on the contrary, he was still a
+marked man. The governor and many of the leading men in the colony were
+prejudiced against him. We believe it is to this period of his life that
+an anecdote which we give on the best possible authority belongs. The
+governor had consented to his recent visit to New Zealand with
+reluctance, and had limited the period of his absence with military
+precision, threatening at the same time to deprive him of his chaplaincy
+unless he returned within the given time. The last day arrived, and the
+expected vessel was not in sight. The governor repeated his
+determination to those around him, and Mr. Marsden's friends were filled
+with anxiety, and his wife and family at length gave up all hope.
+Towards evening the long-wished-for sail appeared in the offing, and at
+eight o'clock in the evening Mr. Marsden quietly walked into the
+governor's drawing-room with the laconic and yet respectful address,
+"Sir, I am here to report myself." But within the bosom of his family
+all was peace, and his presence shed light and joy on everything around
+him. His circumstances were prosperous--for his farm, which was almost
+entirely committed to Mrs. Marsden's care, was now a source of
+considerable income; his children were growing up to manhood under their
+parents' roof; his circle of friends and visitors was large, for there
+were no bounds to his simple hospitality; and the clergy of the colony,
+men like minded with himself, had now begun to regard him not only with
+affection, but with the reverence which belongs to years and wisdom and
+wide experience.
+
+Yet at the call of duty this veteran was ready, on the shortest notice,
+to resume a life of such toil and hardship as nothing could have
+rendered welcome, its novelty once over, but motives the most solemn and
+commanding. H.M.S. Dromedary, Captain Skinner, was directed by
+government to proceed from Sydney to the Bay of Islands to receive a
+cargo of New Zealand timber for trial in the dockyards of England; and
+Sir Byam Martin, controller of the navy, knowing something of the energy
+of Mr. Marsden's character, and his great acquaintance with New Zealand,
+requested that he would accompany the Dromedary, which was joined by the
+Coromandel, in order to facilitate the object of their visit. With this
+request he felt it his duty to comply. He arrived in New Zealand on the
+20th of February, and embarked on board the Dromedary to return on the
+25th of November. Thus nearly the whole year was given to the service of
+New Zealand.
+
+The time was not lost. On his arrival, a difficulty occurred which he
+only could have set at rest. The natives had come to the determination
+to exchange nothing, nor to do any kind of work, except for muskets and
+powder. His first business was to assemble the few European settlers,
+the advanced guard of that mighty band of European colonists which was
+soon to follow, and to persuade them not on any account to supply the
+natives with these weapons of war, in their hands so sure a source of
+mischief. With regard to the duty of the missionaries there could be no
+doubt; and this he explained to all the powerful chiefs. They had come
+among them to preach the gospel of peace, how then could they be
+expected to furnish the means and implements of destruction? In writing
+to the Missionary Society at home he says, and he must have written such
+a sentence with an aching heart, "I think it much more to the honour of
+religion and the good of New Zealand even to give up the mission for the
+present, than to trade with the natives in those articles."
+
+After a short time spent in the Bay of Islands, at the mission, he
+proceeded, sometimes in company with Europeans, but for the most part
+alone, upon a tour of many hundred miles through regions yet untrodden
+by the foot of civilized men, mingling with the native tribes,
+accompanying them in their wanderings from place to place, teaching the
+first lessons of civilization and gospel truth, and receiving everywhere
+from these savages the kindest attention and the most hospitable welcome
+in return.
+
+On their way to Tourangha, he writes, under the date of June 20: "The
+day was far spent when we reached the plain. We walked on till the sun
+was nearly set, when we stopped and prepared for the night. The
+servants, who had the provisions to carry, were very tired. There were
+no huts on the plain, nor any inhabitants, and we were therefore
+compelled to take up our lodging in the open air. I was very weary,
+having had no rest the preceding night; and having come a long day's
+journey, so that I felt that rest would be very acceptable, even on a
+heap of fern or anything else.
+
+"The peculiar scene that surrounded me, furnished the mind with new
+matter for contemplation on the works and ways of God. The mystery of
+his providence, and the still greater mystery of his grace, were all
+unsearchable to me. I had come from a distant country, and was then at
+the ends of the earth, a solitary individual, resting on an extensive
+wild, upon which no civilized foot had ever before trodden. My
+companions were poor savages, who nevertheless vied with each other in
+their attentions to me. I could not but feel attached to them. What
+would I have given to have had the book of life opened, which was yet a
+sealed book to them,--to have shown them that God who made them, and to
+have led them to Calvary's mount, that they may see the Redeemer who had
+shed his precious blood for the redemption of the world, and was there
+set up as an ensign for the nations. But it was not in my power to take
+the veil from their hearts, I could only pray for them, and entreat the
+Father of mercies to visit them with his salvation. I felt very grateful
+that a Divine revelation had been granted to me; that I knew the Son of
+God had come, and believed that he had made a full and sufficient
+sacrifice or atonement for the sins of a guilty world. With
+compassionate feelings for my companions, under a grateful sense of my
+own mercies, I lay down to rest, free from all fear of danger."
+
+It was during this tour that the following letter was addressed to the
+lady of his excellent friend Dr. Mason Good. It is long, but the reader
+will scarcely wish that it had been shorter. Let it stand on record as
+an evidence of the power of true religion in maintaining amidst the
+rudest scenes, and the rough warfare of an adventurous life, all the
+gentleness and affection of the most refined and polished society of a
+Christian land.
+
+                                         "New Zealand, Sept. 22, 1820.
+
+    "DEAR MADAM,--Your kind favour arrived in the Bay of Islands
+    September 7, the evening I returned from a long journey. I had no
+    sooner cast my eye over your letter, than busy imagination
+    transported me from the solitary woods, dreary wastes, and savage
+    society of New Zealand, into 'the polished corner' of
+    Guilford-street, and surrounded me with every cordial that could
+    refresh the weary traveller, revive the fainting spirits, and blow
+    the languishing spark of Christian love with a heavenly flame. I
+    had literally been living for weeks a savage life, as far as
+    outward circumstances went. I ate, I slept in the thick wood, in a
+    cave, or on the banks of a river, or sea, with my native
+    companions, wherever the shadows of the evening, or gathering
+    storm compelled us to seek for shelter. Every day as I advanced
+    from tribe to tribe, I was introduced to new acquaintances; my
+    object was to gain from observation and experience that knowledge
+    of savage life which I could not learn from books, and to make
+    myself well acquainted with the wants, wishes, and character of
+    the native inhabitants, to enable me, if my life should be spared,
+    to aid to the utmost of my power in their deliverance from their
+    present temporal miseries, which are great upon them, and from
+    their much sorer bondage to the prince of darkness. I am happy in
+    having obtained this object to a certain extent, at the expense of
+    a few temporal privations, and a little bodily evil. When I have
+    lain down upon the ground after a weary day's journey, wrapped up
+    in my great coat, surrounded only by cannibals, I often thought
+    how many thousands are there in civil life, languishing upon beds
+    of down, and saying, with Job, 'in the evening would God it were
+    morning,' while I could sleep free from fear or pain, far remote
+    from civil society under the guardian care of him who keepeth
+    Israel. Though I everywhere met with the greatest kindness from
+    the natives, as well as hospitality, for they always gave me the
+    best fern-root, potato, or fish in their possession, yet I could
+    never have duly estimated the sweets of civil life, and the still
+    greater mental gratification of Christian communion, if I had not
+    passed through these dark regions of Satan's dominions, on which
+    the dayspring from on high hath never cast a single ray. You
+    cannot conceive how great a feast your letter was, after so long a
+    fast. I was instantly present with every person you mentioned, and
+    lived over again some of those happy moments I once spent under
+    your hospitable roof. A sacred warmth flowed round my soul, my
+    heart was sweetly melted under the influence of that pure and
+    undefiled religion which dropped from your pen, like the heavenly
+    dew, as it ran through every line. What shall we call those pure
+    sensations that thus warm and captivate the soul? Do they flow
+    from the communion of saints, or at these delightful moments does
+    some invisible seraph touch our lips with a live coal from God's
+    altar? If you have ever experienced similar feelings, their
+    recollection will explain more fully my meaning than my words can
+    express. When these lines meet your eye, may they find your soul
+    rapt up to the third heaven! But to where am I now wandering? the
+    veil of the flesh is not now rent, we have not yet entered into
+    the holy of holies. Though God has given you and your seed the
+    land of Goshen, and you have light continually in your dwelling,
+    yet you are still in Egypt, while I am constrained to dwell in
+    Mesech, and to dwell in these remote and dark tents of Kedar. But,
+    my dear madam, seas and continents will not long separate the
+    people of God. I humbly hope the day is at no great distance, when
+    we shall join the spirits of just men made perfect. At present you
+    abound with blessings.... Jacob often thought of Bethel, and when
+    in his afflictions he seemed to have forgotten that sacred spot,
+    God said unto him, 'Arise and go to Bethel, and dwell there.' It
+    will always be safest for us to dwell also at Bethel. I must now
+    close, as my paper is nearly full, and your patience must also be
+    tired when it comes to your turn to read what I have written.
+
+    "Remember me to your sister, Mrs. Skinner. Tell Mr. Good I
+    received his last letter, and will answer it at a more convenient
+    season. I was on my passage to Port Jackson in a small schooner,
+    but adverse winds drove me back almost dead with sea-sickness. I
+    have been here since February last, and when I shall get home I am
+    uncertain; I venture no more in the schooner. Mrs. M. wants me
+    back, as she has much upon her hands. It gave me great
+    satisfaction to hear my son had arrived safe. I knew your
+    kindness would far exceed my wishes. I will endeavour, as far as
+    able, to pay all my debts when I see Mr. Good and you face to
+    face; till then you must give me credit, and if I do not pay you,
+    you will be sure to receive both principal and interest in the
+    resurrection of the just.
+
+        "I remain, dear madam,
+      "Yours, in the bonds of Christian love,
+          "SAMUEL MARSDEN."
+
+The immediate object of his visit being accomplished, he returned to
+Sydney, where a strange reception awaited him. Governor Macquarie had
+sent to Lord Bathurst a despatch in answer to the statements of the
+senior chaplain, already noticed, in which he brought heavy charges
+against the latter, which deeply affected his character, not only as a
+magistrate, but as a Christian man and a minister. The office of a
+magistrate he had been compelled to undertake in common with the other
+clergy of the colony, who were all included in the commission of the
+peace. For this there was no justification except hard necessity. Mr.
+Marsden, however, had long been weary of the irksome task, and had once
+and again requested the governor to accept his resignation. This the
+governor had expressly declined to do, on the ground that "his services
+as a magistrate were too beneficial to the public;" but in fact, it
+would seem, only that he might have the opportunity of inflicting upon
+him the annoyance of a formal dismissal, which was shortly afterwards
+notified in the "Sydney Gazette."
+
+Lord Bathurst, in consequence of the governor's despatch, determined
+upon a step which gave great satisfaction to Mr. Marsden's friends at
+home, and sent out a commissioner to investigate upon the spot the
+truth of these and various other matters affecting the state of the
+colony, which had now obtained public notoriety, and had already engaged
+the attention of the British parliament; and Commissioner Bigge arrived
+during Mr. Marsden's absence to manage the inquiry. On his return we
+find him seeking a public and searching examination of his whole
+conduct. Addressing a letter to the commissioner, he says: "I am happy
+to meet every charge that can be brought against me. I have no wish to
+do more than set my character right in the opinion of his Majesty's
+government and in that of the Christian world; and I am unfeignedly
+thankful to you for the fair opportunity you afford me to justify my
+public and private conduct."
+
+Among the many charges brought before the commission of inquiry was that
+already preferred against Mr. Marsden by the governor in his despatch to
+Lord Bathurst, namely, that he had been guilty of extraordinary severity
+as a magistrate. Another, scarcely consistent with the first, was, that
+more profligacy and depravity were to be found amongst the convicts of
+Paramatta than in any other district, and that this was owing to the
+neglect of the senior chaplain. Perhaps it would have been impossible to
+have brought forward any two charges of a more painful nature. Happily
+the first was easily disproved, or rather it fell at once to the ground
+for want of proof. The second was the more cruel, because, while the
+facts bore out the statement, Mr. Marsden was the only public man in the
+colony who was not guilty, by his silence at least, to some extent of
+the iniquities which the governor affected to deplore. Paramatta was, in
+fact, the receptacle of the most hardened and depraved of the convict
+class; it received the sweepings of the jails in every district. There
+were nearly two hundred women and seven hundred male convicts there,
+while the factory was so small as not to be able to contain more than
+sixty women, and the remainder were obliged to find lodging for
+themselves or to sleep in the open fields. This was Mr. Marsden's answer
+to the commissioner; it was a repetition of the remonstrance which he
+alone had had the courage, two years before, to present to the governor,
+and then to remit home to England. Thus he found himself arraigned as
+the cause of those very evils--evils, too, lying at his own door--which
+he had obtained so much obloquy for attempting to remove. The reflection
+is a trite one, but it will bear to be repeated, that the Christian
+philanthropist must look for his recompense in heaven, and not from man.
+"If when ye do well and suffer for it, ye take it patiently, this is
+acceptable with God, for even hereunto were ye called." A third charge
+was that he had squandered public money in building the female orphan
+house. He showed, however, on his defence, that the lieutenant-governor,
+judge-advocate, and others, who formed the committee, had examined the
+accounts and passed them every quarter, and that the governor had
+himself afterwards approved of them, and published them in the "Sydney
+Gazette" three years before the charge was made. It now appeared further
+that Mr. Marsden had advanced largely to the institution; to the amount
+indeed of more than eight hundred pounds, for the mere cost of the
+building; "and this," he says, "must have been known to the governor, as
+I was obliged to apply to him for repayment for some of these sums, and
+received an answer that he could not assist me."
+
+Such are some of the trials which they must learn to encounter who would
+be brave and fearless soldiers of the cross. They must expect to have
+their motives censured, their tempers blamed, their actions
+misconstrued, sometimes by men as good, or, at least, as honest as
+themselves. Governor Macquarie left the impression of his genius upon
+the youthful institutions of Australia, where his memory is still
+honoured as that of a great man; yet his conduct to Mr. Marsden was
+oppressive and unjust. It is consoling to know that there had been
+nothing in the personal conduct of the latter unworthy of his sacred
+calling. The commissioner, in the conclusion of the investigation,
+inserts, for Mr. Marsden's information, the governor's testimonial of
+his character, which, considering the charges brought against him,
+certainly does go far to prove that misapprehension and exasperated
+feelings had betrayed his excellency into a warmth and precipitancy of
+which, in moments of less irritation, he felt ashamed. "The governor
+admits that Mr. Marsden's manner to him has been constantly civil and
+accommodating, and that nothing in his manner could provoke the
+governor's warmth. The governor admits his qualifications, his activity,
+and his unremitting vigilance as a magistrate, and in society his
+cheerful disposition and readiness to please."
+
+While this inquiry was pending at Sydney, the governor addressed a
+letter to Lord Sidmouth, and published it in England. It was a defence
+of his own line of policy against various attacks which had been made
+against it in the House of Commons by the Hon. H. Grey Bennett and
+others. In the course of his defence, the governor not only ridiculed
+Mr. Marsden's letter on the necessity of a female factory, and his
+account of the melancholy condition of the convict women, but charges
+him with being himself accustomed to traffic in spirituous liquors, and
+in consequence of being displeased at having so many public-houses in
+his neighbourhood.
+
+Malicious, and absurd as the accusation was, carrying with it its own
+refutation, it found some who were weak or wicked enough to believe, or
+however to repeat it. It was revived in the colony, and republished in
+one of the Sydney newspapers after Mr. Marsden's death. Such is the
+tenacity of slander. "Only throw mud enough," says the eloquent Mr.
+Burke, "and some of it will be sure to stick." Mr. Marsden felt his
+character so seriously compromised that he wrote home to the minister in
+self-defence, and also addressed a statement of the case to the new
+governor, Sir Thomas Brisbane. After showing the absurdity, and indeed
+the impossibility, of the charge, since, in the first place, the
+governor himself had granted a monopoly to certain contractors to
+purchase and land all spirits brought to the colony, and that in the
+second he had no licence, he adds: "Such is the watchful eye that was
+kept upon my whole conduct by night and by day, if I had been guilty of
+that or any other impropriety, it would have been impossible for me to
+have escaped detection." So far as any pretence of truth could have been
+urged in support of this foul slander, namely that "he kept a
+public-house for the sale of ardent spirits, selling them in any
+quantity from a pint to a puncheon," it may be stated in his own words:
+"In the infancy of the colony, previously to my arrival, barter was
+established among all classes from the governor downwards. As there was
+neither beer nor milk, tea nor sugar, to be purchased at any price,
+wine and spirits became the medium of exchange. As the colony
+progressively advanced in agriculture, commerce, and wealth, barter
+gradually decreased, and money transactions became more general. I can
+affirm that for the last eighteen years I have not had in my possession
+as much spirits as would allow my servants half a pint a head per week.
+And at no period of my residence did I ever purchase spirits for
+sale."[J]
+
+    [J] Rations of spirits, as in the navy, would seem at this time to
+    have been regularly served out to the servants and labourers in the
+    colony.
+
+These were not the only troubles through which he was called to pass.
+But enough has been said both to explain the difficulties in which Mr.
+Marsden was placed and to clear his character from the vile aspersions
+cast upon it. It is with pleasure that we turn from these false and
+disgraceful charges to follow him in those Christian and philanthropic
+pursuits which have given splendour to his name.
+
+On the arrival of Sir Thomas Brisbane, in 1821, to assume the government
+of New South Wales, Mr. Marsden immediately waited upon him, when he
+received the assurance of his countenance and support, not only as a
+colonial chaplain, but as the representative of the great missionary
+work going forward in New Zealand. Such encouragement was opportune; he
+thanked God and took courage; for the difficulties were great, and from
+time to time grievous disappointments and vexations had occurred. It was
+about this time that the seminary at Paramatta, for the education of New
+Zealanders, was abandoned. It had its origin with Mr. Marsden, and was
+conducted for some time in his own house. It was indeed one of his most
+favourite plans, and its failure was a severe disappointment. It was
+found, however, that the change of habits and of climate was injurious
+to the health of the New Zealanders, while the results were not always
+such as might have been desired. But nothing could damp his ardent zeal,
+or quench his spirit of enterprise. "I see," he says, writing to his
+friends at home, "the way preparing for the spread of the gospel. I feel
+the fullest conviction that the South Sea Islands will now receive the
+blessing of civilization and the gospel. The work is great, and many
+difficulties may oppose it. The foundation is now firmly laid, and no
+power on earth can overturn it. To impart these blessings to the New
+Zealanders is an object worthy of the British nation: a more noble
+undertaking could not be suggested to the Christian world." This at
+least was not the mere declamation of the platform, but the deliberate
+expression of the views of one who had toiled and suffered in the cause
+for twenty years, and had scarcely been cheered, at present, with the
+sight of a single New Zealand convert. "Here," at least, "is the
+patience of the saints."
+
+His home duties were not neglected; nor was his the easy philanthropy
+which overlooks the humble claims of the rustic flock or obscure parish,
+while it stalks abroad on some heroic enterprise which may feed the
+vanity, while it satisfies the conscience, of the actor. Through his
+exertions Paramatta had now its association in behalf of the Bible
+Society, which already collected funds for the Parent Society in
+England. An early report from this institution contains a remarkable
+account of his visits to the sick bed of a young woman, whose experience
+beautifully illustrates the text, that the Scripture "is able to make us
+wise unto salvation through faith which is in Christ Jesus." It brings
+the writer also before us incidentally as a spiritual pastor and an
+enlightened minister of Christ.
+
+"Some time ago," says Mr. Marsden, "I was called on to visit a young
+woman, about twenty years of age, in one of our districts, who was
+extremely ill, and who wished very much to see me before she died. On my
+arrival at her father's house, I found her heavily afflicted, and death
+appeared to be at no great distance. I sat by her bedside with the Bible
+in my hand; expecting to find her, as I have but too often found others
+in similar circumstances, ignorant of the first principles of religion.
+
+"I read a portion of this sacred book to her, and was most agreeably
+surprised to find that she not only understood the letter but the spirit
+of the Scriptures.
+
+"I asked her father how she became so well acquainted with the
+Scriptures: he said he did not know--she was always reading her Bible at
+every opportunity, and sometimes sat up whole nights for that purpose.
+He observed, she was a very dutiful daughter: he had a large family, and
+she, being the eldest, and very industrious, was of great service to her
+mother and the younger branches of the family; the only indulgence which
+she desired was to be allowed to read the Bible when her work was done;
+but he could not account for her attachment to it; and it seemed very
+strange to him that she should attend to it so much. I asked him if she
+was in the habit of going to church, as I did not personally know her.
+He said she went sometimes, but was generally prevented, from the
+distance and the large family which she had to attend to.
+
+"This young woman may be said to have obtained her religion wholly from
+the Bible. None of the family knew anything of the Bible but herself. I
+visited her during the whole of her sickness, from the time she sent for
+me, until she fell asleep in Jesus. Her faith was simple, her views of
+the way of salvation clear. She gave me many proofs of this, in the
+various conversations which I had with her during her sickness. The
+Bible was more precious to her than gold; she had found it, under the
+influence of the Divine Spirit, her counsellor and her guide, and by it
+she had been brought to a knowledge of the only true God, and Jesus
+Christ whom he had sent; and hereby she was filled with a hope full of
+immortality. Previously to her last sickness, she had enjoyed good
+health: it was in the prime of youth and vigour that she had read her
+Bible, and loved it, so that she had not to seek God, for the first
+time, in this trying moment; but found him a present help in sickness
+and in the approach of death. The Bible had testified of Christ to her:
+she had found eternal life revealed therein; and the Divine promises
+were both great and precious to her soul."
+
+Such instances of faith, and of the happy effects of a simple reliance
+upon the atonement, were at that time of rare occurrence in the colony.
+Instances of conversion simply from the reading of the Scriptures are
+not perhaps so rare as we generally suppose. Lieutenant Sadleir, who
+himself resided at Paramatta, has remarked upon this occurrence: "It is
+gratifying to the reflecting mind to observe such glimmerings of light
+in the midst of so much darkness. Although found in obscurity and in the
+cottage of the peasant, it proved that there were some who had not bowed
+the knee to the Baal of universal licentiousness."
+
+Mr. Marsden's anxiety for the female convicts was not to be abated by
+ridicule or opposition. We find him, in August, 1822, addressing a
+letter to Dr. Douglas, the police magistrate of Paramatta, on their
+behalf. Some of the sentiments are beautifully touching. The substance
+of the plea on their behalf is "that these poor creatures, who are
+confined in the penitentiary, and who have committed no offence in these
+settlements, be allowed the privilege of attending at least once on the
+sabbath day on public worship." The request was surely reasonable, and
+in urging it he rises to a pathetic eloquence: "There is no nation under
+the heavens in whose bosom the wretched and unfortunate finds so warm a
+reception as in our own. The unhappy situation of the female convicts
+during their confinement in the different jails in the empire interests
+the best feelings of the human heart. They are instructed by the
+counsels of the wise, consoled by the prayers of the pious, softened by
+the tears of the compassionate, and relieved by the alms of the
+benevolent. The noble senator does not pass over their crimes and their
+punishments unnoticed; he is anxious for the prevention of the former,
+and the mitigation of the latter; nor does the wise politician consider
+them beneath his care." He then speaks with natural exultation of "the
+watchful eye with which the British government provides for their wants
+and conveniences during their voyage to New South Wales, even more
+liberally than for the brave soldiers and sailors who have fought the
+battles of their country, and never violated its laws;" and then follows
+a sentence which leaves us uncertain whether more to admire his
+patriotism or the gentleness of his nature and the warmth of his heart:
+
+"This apparently singular conduct may seem as if the British government
+wished to encourage crime and afterwards reward it; but upon a nearer
+view this principle of action will be found to spring spontaneously from
+virtue, from that inherent, laudable, Christian compassion and anxiety,
+which the father of the prodigal felt for his lost son, which kept alive
+the spark of hope that he might one day return to his father's house and
+be happy. This parable of our blessed Saviour's most beautifully
+exhibits the character of the British nation towards her prodigal sons
+and daughters, and is more honourable to her than all the victories she
+has achieved by sea and land."
+
+The welfare of the female convict population lay near to Mr. Marsden's
+heart; scarcely his beloved New Zealanders and their missions engaged
+more of his affection. His plans for the improvement of their temporal
+condition, and his incessant labours for their spiritual welfare,
+occupied no small portion of his time and thoughts; and there is good
+reason to believe that his labours amongst these outcasts were not "in
+vain in the Lord." Standing, as we should have thought, himself in need
+of encouragement, he stimulated the languid zeal of others. Mrs. Fry and
+other philanthropists were now engaged in their great work of amending
+our prison discipline at home. We have inserted a letter from that
+excellent lady to Mr. Marsden. His answer to it must have cheered her
+spirits amidst the many disheartening toils to which she was exposed.
+
+"The Wellington had just arrived when," he says, "I went on board, and
+was highly gratified with the order which appears to have been
+maintained in that vessel. I could not have conceived that any ship
+could have been fitted up to have afforded such accommodation to the
+unfortunate female exiles as the Wellington was. All the women looked
+clean, healthy, and well. They had not that low, vicious, squalid, dirty
+look which the women at former periods have had when they first arrived.
+I believe there has been very great attention paid by the master and
+surgeon to their morals and comfort, in every possible way. The very
+sight of the arrangements of the vessel showed that the humane and
+benevolent wishes of the Christian world had been carried into effect,
+and proved beyond all contradiction that order and morality can be
+maintained upon so long a voyage in a female convict ship.... The
+present inquiry into the state of this colony, before the committee of
+the House of Commons, will greatly benefit this country. I can speak
+from painful experience that for the last twenty-six years, it has been
+the most immoral, wretched society in all the Christian world. Those who
+are intimate with the miseries and vices of large jails alone can form
+any idea of the colony of New South Wales. I know what Newgate was when
+I was in London, in the years 1808 and 1809. I was then in the habit of
+seeing that miserable abode of vice and woe. What has since been done in
+Newgate may be done elsewhere, if suitable means are adopted by those in
+authority, seconded by individual exertions; much might be done in these
+colonies towards restoring the poor exiles to society, with the
+countenance and support of the government. Great evils are not removed
+without great difficulties. When I visited the Wellington, I saw much
+had been done in England, and more than I could have credited, had I not
+been an eye witness of the situation of the females."
+
+Sir Thomas Brisbane, the new governor, was not slow to perceive the
+worth of services such as those which Mr. Marsden had rendered to the
+colony, and pressed him to accept once more the office of a magistrate.
+In reference to this, "I wish," says Mr. Marsden, in a letter to Dr.
+Mason Good, "to avoid the office if I can; but I fear it will not be in
+my power, without giving offence. The judges as well as the public and
+the magistrates have urged me to take the bench at the present time." In
+the same letter, he adds: "I feel happy that I have stood firm against
+all calumnies and reproaches, and have been the instrument of bringing
+to light the abominations that have been committed here: and some of the
+evils are already remedied." The friends of religion and virtue in
+England could not fail to sympathize with him, being well assured that
+substantially he was fighting the cause of true piety and equal justice,
+against profligacy and oppression. Mr. Wilberforce wrote to him in the
+year 1823, with his usual warm affection:--
+
+    "Though I may be a somewhat doubtful and unfrequent correspondent,
+    I am not an uncertain friend; and where good will, as in your
+    instance, is grounded on early esteem, and cemented by the
+    consciousness of having many mutual friends, I should be ashamed
+    if that should suffer any decay from the impression not being
+    often renewed. It was with no small concern that I heard that
+    anything unpleasant had occurred. I had meant to endeavour to
+    obtain a sight of any letters or papers to our common friends, and
+    to have consulted with them whether any, and if any, what
+    measures, could be taken for the benefit of your colony, or in
+    your own support, which, without a compliment, I hold to be in a
+    degree coincident.... And now, my dear sir, farewell: but I ought
+    not to conclude without congratulating you on the progressive
+    advancement, as I trust, of the religious and moral interests of
+    your Australian world, and begging that you will always inform me
+    unreservedly whenever you conceive I can be of use publicly, or to
+    yourself personally.
+
+      "I remain, with much esteem and regard,
+        "My dear sir,
+          "Your sincere friend,
+            "W. WILBERFORCE."
+
+The report of Commissioner Bigge was made public soon afterwards; and
+with it the clouds which had gathered so long around the chaplain of
+Paramatta were at last dispersed. He was too prominent a mark not to be
+again assailed. Always in the front of the battle when the oppressed
+required protection, or evil doers in high positions his bold assaults,
+it was not in the nature of things that he should lead a very quiet
+life. His calling was peculiar; so were his talents; and the latter were
+admirably fitted for the former. But for the present his triumph was
+complete, and the government at home appreciated his faithful service.
+The document which follows requires no further comment. It was not
+received till some time had elapsed, but we insert it here as a fitting
+conclusion to the chapter:--
+
+                 "Private Secretary's Office, Sydney, 9th April, 1825.
+
+    "REVEREND SIR,--I have the honour to acquaint you, by command of
+    his excellency the governor, that Earl Bathurst, having taken into
+    consideration your long and useful services in the colony of New
+    South Wales, has determined upon increasing your stipend to the
+    sum of four hundred pounds sterling, per annum.
+
+    "I have further the pleasing satisfaction of coupling with it his
+    lordship's instructions to the governor, to acquaint you that it
+    has been done in consideration of your long, laborious, and
+    praiseworthy exertions in behalf of religion and morality.
+
+      "I have the honour to be, reverend Sir,
+        "Your obedient servant,
+          "JOHN OVENS,
+            _Private Secretary._
+
+    "To the Rev. Samuel Marsden,
+    Principal Chaplain."
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IX.
+
+    Fourth Visit to New Zealand--Trials and Successes of the various
+    Missions--Shipwreck and Danger of Mr. Marsden and the Rev. S.
+    Leigh--Returns home--Letter to Avison Terry, Esq.
+
+
+In July, 1823, we find Mr. Marsden again taking ship and embarking for
+New Zealand; his intention being to visit the stations of the Church
+Missionary Society, and to arrange its affairs. Since his last visit
+fresh causes for anxiety had appeared. In consequence of Shunghie's
+misconduct, the natives were now alienated from the missionaries; they
+had become indifferent to education and agricultural improvements; and
+the gospel, it was too evident, had made little progress hitherto.
+Shunghie declared that as to himself, "he wanted his children to learn
+to fight and not to read." The Maories about the settlement insisted
+upon being paid for their services in fire-arms and ammunition. "Since
+Shunghie's return," writes one of the missionaries, "the natives, one
+and all, have treated us with contempt. They are almost past bearing;
+coming into our houses when they please, demanding food, thieving
+whatever they can lay their hands on, breaking down our garden fences,
+stripping the ship's boats of everything they can. They seem, in fact,
+ripe for any mischief; had Mr. Marsden himself been amongst us, much as
+he deserves their esteem, I believe he would not escape without insult;
+but the Lord is a very present help in time of trouble." Amongst the
+missionaries themselves certain evils had appeared, the growth of a
+secular and commercial spirit, which had injured their cause, and
+threatened to frustrate the great end for which the mission was
+projected. Mr. Marsden heard of these untoward events, and hastened his
+departure, full of anxiety, but not abating one jot of his confidence in
+the final triumph of God's cause. What his feelings were his own journal
+testifies:--
+
+    "I am still confident that this land of darkness and superstition
+    will be visited by the day-star from on high. The glory of the
+    Lord shall be revealed, and all flesh shall see it together, for
+    the mouth of the Lord has spoken it. O Lord, let thy kingdom come;
+    thy will be done on earth as it is done in heaven. I have suffered
+    so much annoyance and persecution for some time past, from
+    unreasonable and wicked men, that I am happy in leaving the colony
+    for a little time, in which I have experienced so much annoyance.
+    In reflecting upon the state of New Zealand there are many things
+    which give me both pleasure and pain. I am happy the Church
+    Missionary Society has not relinquished the cause, but have sent
+    out more strength to carry on the work. Many have been the
+    discouragements from the misconduct of some of the servants of the
+    Society; but I am confident that the sword of the Spirit, which is
+    the word of God, will in time subdue the hearts of these poor
+    people to the obedience of faith."
+
+He was accompanied on his voyage by the Reverend Henry Williams and his
+family, who now went out to strengthen the New Zealand mission, of which
+he soon became one of the most effective leaders. One of Bishop Selwyn's
+first steps when he was appointed bishop of New Zealand, was to make Mr.
+Henry Williams one of his archdeacons, and since then he has been
+designated to a New Zealand bishopric in a district inhabited
+exclusively by Christianized Maories. Could Mr. Marsden have foreseen
+the course which awaited his companion, how would his soul have been
+cheered! but it was for him to sow in tears, and for others to reap in
+joy. The field was not yet ripe for the harvest; other men laboured, who
+now sleep in the dust, and we of this generation have entered into their
+labours. Mr. Marsden was not mistaken in his estimate of his new
+companion. Indeed he appears to have been very seldom mistaken in the
+judgments he formed about other men. "I think," he notes, "that Mr.
+Williams and his family will prove a great blessing to the Society. I
+hope he will be able to correct and remedy, in time, many evils that
+have existed, and also to set an example to the rest what they as
+missionaries should do."
+
+This was his fourth visit to New Zealand, and though in some respects it
+was painful, yet in others there was ground for joy. The cloud which the
+prophet saw from Carmel, though no greater than a man's hand, foretold
+abundance of rain; and so now too, at length, after nine years' toil, a
+few hopeful symptoms appeared amongst the Maories. Their anxious visitor
+observed with much pleasure, he says, that since his last visit, the
+natives in general were much improved in their appearance and manners;
+and now for the first time he heard them, with strange delight, sing
+some hymns and repeat some prayers in their own language. This convinced
+him that, notwithstanding the misconduct of a few of the Europeans, the
+work was gradually going on, and the way preparing for the blessings of
+the gospel. "I have no doubt that the greatest difficulties are now
+over, and that God will either incline the hearts of those who are now
+in New Zealand, to devote themselves to their work, or he will find
+other instruments to do his work."
+
+Yet he had a painful duty to discharge. Firm as he was and lion-hearted
+when danger was to be met, his nature was very gentle, and his
+affections both deep and warm; and he had now to rebuke some of the
+missionaries whom he loved as his own soul, and even to dismiss one of
+them. Of those whom he had been obliged to censure, he writes
+thus:--"They expressed their regret for the past, and a determination to
+act in a different way for the future. Some, I have no doubt, will
+retrace their steps, and will be more cautious and circumspect, but I
+have not the same confidence in all. Some express sorrow, but I fear not
+that which worketh repentance." Again he remarks: "Missionary work is
+very hard work, unless the heart is fully engaged in it. No
+consideration can induce a man to do habitually what he has a habitual
+aversion to. The sooner such a one leaves the work, the better it will
+be for himself and the mission." But though compelled to blame, he did
+not forget to sympathize. "The present missionaries, though some of them
+have erred greatly from the right way, yet have all had their trials and
+troubles. Some allowance must be made for their peculiar situation, and
+their want of Christian society, and of the public ordinances of
+religion."
+
+Several chiefs, among whom was Tooi, warmly took up the cause of the
+missionary who had been dismissed. The conversation which followed is a
+beautiful illustration of the too much forgotten Scripture which tells
+us that "a soft answer turneth away wrath," while at the same time it
+presents an interesting view of the Maori mind and character at this
+critical period of their national history.
+
+    "Tooi addressing me, said a missionary had informed him that day
+    that he was going to leave New Zealand, and the chiefs wished to
+    know whether this person had been dismissed for selling muskets
+    and powder to the natives. To this I replied that Mr. ---- was
+    directed by the gentlemen in England who had sent him out as a
+    missionary, not to sell muskets and powder; that it was not the
+    custom in England for clergymen to sell muskets and powder; and
+    that no missionary could be allowed to sell them in New Zealand.
+    As several of the chiefs present had been at Port Jackson, I
+    observed that they knew that the clergymen there did not sell
+    muskets and powder. They knew that I had not one musket in my
+    house, and that they had never seen any when they were with me.
+    They replied, they knew what I said was true. I further added we
+    did not interfere with the government of New Zealand; they did
+    what they pleased, and the missionaries should be allowed to do
+    what they pleased. Tooi said that this was but just, and observed,
+    'We are at present in the same state as the Otaheitans were some
+    time back. The Otaheitans wanted only muskets and powder, and
+    would have nothing else, and now, as they knew better, they wanted
+    none; and the New Zealanders would care nothing about muskets when
+    they knew better, which they would in time.' All the chiefs
+    acquiesced in the observations Tooi made. I was happy to find
+    their minds were so enlarged, and that they had begun to take such
+    proper views of the subject. I said, Tooi's remarks upon the
+    conduct of the Otaheitans were very just, and told them that the
+    Queen Charlotte brig, which had sailed from the bay the preceding
+    day, belonged to the young king Pomare; that the Otaheitans had
+    sent oil and various other articles to Port Jackson, and that they
+    had received in return, tea, sugar, and flour, and clothing, as
+    they wanted these articles, and that the New Zealanders might in
+    time have a ship of their own to procure sperm oil, spars, etc.,
+    which they might sell at Port Jackson, and many of them were able
+    to kill the whales, having been employed on board the whalers.
+    When they got a vessel of their own, they would soon be equal to
+    the Otaheitans, and give over their cruel wars. They expressed
+    much pleasure at having a vessel of their own. After some further
+    explanation the chiefs were satisfied that Mr. ---- had violated
+    our laws and had brought all his distress upon himself."
+
+The conduct of the natives confirmed the impression which Mr. Marsden
+had previously formed, and which their subsequent history down to the
+present day entirely sustains, that they are a noble race of men, of
+considerable mental capacity, of great perseverance and enterprise, who
+never lose sight of an object upon which they have once set their minds;
+powerful reasoners upon any subject that has come within their
+knowledge; possessed of a quick perception and a natural sagacity, which
+enables them to form a just acquaintance with human nature as it
+presents itself before them. Who would not wish that they too may form a
+happy exception to the rule which seems in every land to condemn the
+native population to waste away before the advances of European
+enterprise? Who would not desire that the Maorie tribes may long be a
+great and powerful nation, protected, but not oppressed by English rule?
+
+Mr. Marsden now paid a visit at Wangaroa, to the Wesleyan missionary
+station there. Over the Wesleyan missions he had of course no control or
+oversight, such as that with which he was intrusted towards the missions
+of the London Missionary Society in the South Sea Islands. This,
+however, did not prevent his taking an affectionate interest in their
+affairs. He found Mr. Leigh, the founder of their mission, very ill, and
+invited him to return with him on a voyage of health and recreation to
+Port Jackson; and having taken leave of the Church Missionary brethren
+with solemn and affectionate counsels he embarked on the 6th of
+September, 1823, with feelings which he thus describes.
+
+    "I now felt much pleasure in the prospect of a speedy return to my
+    family and people, and being very weary with various toils and
+    anxieties both of body and mind, I longed for a little rest, and
+    retired to my cabin with much thankfulness and comfort. I had
+    cause to be thankful for continual good health during the period I
+    had been in New Zealand, as I had not lost one day. I felt great
+    confidence in the Rev. Mr. Williams, and I doubt not that God will
+    prosper the work, and raise up a seed in this benighted land to
+    serve him; for many shall come from the south as well as the
+    north, and shall sit down with Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob in the
+    kingdom of God."
+
+But his bright visions were overcast. Like the first and greatest of
+Christian missionaries, it was ordained that he, too, "should suffer
+shipwreck and be cast upon a desert island." His own journal gives us
+the story of his danger and deliverance.
+
+    "_Sunday 7th._--This morning we weighed anchor. I spent some time
+    this day reading the Scriptures with the Rev. S. Leigh, our
+    subject for contemplation was the 1st chapter of St. Paul to the
+    Romans. The weather was very threatening and stormy; the wind from
+    the eastward and strong, blowing directly into the mouth of the
+    harbour. We lay in Korororika Bay, on the south side of the
+    harbour, and had to sail along a lee rocky shore. In working out
+    with the wind dead on the land, the ship being light and high out
+    of the water she would not answer her helm, and twice missed
+    stays. The lead was kept continually sounding, and we soon found
+    ourselves in little more than three fathoms water, with a rocky
+    bottom and a shoal of rocks on our lee, and it was then high
+    water. When the captain found the situation we were in, he
+    immediately ordered to let go the anchor, which was done. When the
+    tide turned the ship struck, the gale increased, and the sea with
+    it; a shipwreck was now more than probable; there appeared no
+    possible way to prevent it. The Rev. Mr. Leigh was very ill, and
+    felt the disturbance much, Mrs. Leigh also being very ill. I
+    requested the captain to lend me the boat to take Mr. and Mrs.
+    Leigh to the nearest island, where we arrived very safely, the
+    island being but two miles distant. The natives expressed much
+    concern for us, made a fire, prepared the best hut they could,
+    which was made of bulrushes, for our reception. I requested them
+    to send a canoe to Rungheehe, to inform Mr. and Mrs. Hall of the
+    loss of the ship, and to bring their boat to assist in bringing
+    the people to land. At the same time, I desired they would tell
+    the natives to bring a large war canoe. The natives for some time
+    alleged that their canoe would be dashed to pieces by the waves,
+    but at length I prevailed upon them. They had between five and
+    six miles to go, through a very rough sea. About three o'clock,
+    Messrs. Hall, King, and Hanson, arrived in Mr. Hall's boat, and a
+    large war canoe with natives; they immediately proceeded to the
+    ship, and we had the satisfaction to see them arrive safe, and
+    waited until dark with the greatest anxiety for their return. The
+    rain fell in torrents, the gale increased, and they had not
+    returned; we lay down in our little hut full of fear for the
+    safety of all on board. The night appeared very long, dark, and
+    dreary. As we could not rest, we most anxiously wished for the
+    morning light, to learn some account of them.
+
+    "_September 8th._--When the day arrived we had the happiness to
+    see the vessel still upright, but driven nearer the shore. No boat
+    or canoe from her; the gale still increased; about mid-day we saw
+    the mainmast go overboard. The natives on the island screamed
+    aloud when the mast fell. I concluded they had cut away the mast
+    to relieve the vessel. We spent the rest of this day in great
+    suspense, as we could not conjecture why all the passengers should
+    remain on board in the state the ship was in. At dark in the
+    evening Mr. Hall returned, and informed us that the bottom of the
+    vessel was beaten out, and that both her chain and best bower
+    cable were parted; and that she beat with such violence upon the
+    rocks when the tide was in that it was impossible to stand upon
+    the deck; at the same time, he said, there was no danger of any
+    lives being lost, as he did not think the vessel would go to
+    pieces, as she stood firm upon the rock, when the tide was out. He
+    said, the passengers on board had not determined what they would
+    do, or where they would land as yet; they wished to wait till the
+    gale was abated. Mr. Hall's information relieved us much; as it
+    was now dark, the wind high, and the sea rough, we could not leave
+    the island, and therefore took up our lodgings in our little hut.
+
+    "The natives supplied us with a few potatoes and some fish. My
+    pleasing prospect of returning to Port Jackson was at an end, for
+    some time at least. I was exceedingly concerned for the loss of so
+    fine a vessel on many accounts, as individuals who are interested
+    in her must suffer as well as the passengers on board, and spent
+    the night in reflections on the difficulties with which I was
+    surrounded; while the raging of the storm continued without
+    intermission.
+
+    "_Tuesday 9th._--At the return of day we discovered the ship still
+    upright, but she appeared to be higher on the reef. I now
+    determined to return to Kiddee-Kiddee in Mr. Hall's boat with Mr.
+    and Mrs. Leigh. We left the island for the missionary settlement,
+    where we arrived about nine o'clock. Our friends had not heard of
+    the loss of the ship until our arrival, as there had not been any
+    communication between the different settlements in consequence of
+    the severe weather. We were very kindly received by the brethren;
+    I informed them in what situation we had left the ship, and
+    requested that every assistance might be given to land the
+    passengers and luggage. The wreck was about twelve or fourteen
+    miles from the settlement. Four boats were immediately sent off;
+    Mr. Hall's boat took the women and children to Rungheehe, and two
+    of the boats returned with part of our luggage, and we went to the
+    station of the Rev. Henry Williams. All the brethren rendered
+    every aid in their power. The boats on their return brought the
+    welcome news that all was well on board, and Mr. Leigh did not
+    appear to have suffered much injury from the wet and cold he
+    endured on the island, though in so weak a state. Divine wisdom
+    has no doubt some wise ends to answer in all that has befallen us.
+    The word of God expressly says all things shall work together for
+    the good of them that love God, and the Scripture cannot be
+    broken.
+
+    "We cannot see through this dark and mysterious dispensation at
+    the present time; the why and wherefore we must leave to him who
+    ordereth all things according to the counsel of his own will. As
+    the gale continued with unremitting violence, if we had gone out
+    to sea we might have been cast on shore under more dangerous and
+    distressing circumstances. Our shipwreck has been a most merciful
+    one, as no lives have been lost, nor anything but the ship."
+
+The shipwreck of the Brampton--for that was the vessel's name--occurred
+on the 7th of September, and in consequence Mr. Marsden was detained in
+New Zealand until the 14th of November, when he returned home in the
+Dragon, and arrived at Sydney in the beginning of December, 1823. The
+interval was not lost; for he seems to have been one of those who gather
+up the fragments of time, and turn to the best account the idle hours
+and spare moments of life. He drew up some excellent rules for the
+guidance of the missionaries and Christian settlers in their intercourse
+with the shipping which now began to visit the Bay of Islands. He
+encouraged the erection of a school-house for the natives. "The
+foundation," he says, "must be laid in the education of the rising
+generation. The children possess strong minds, are well-behaved and
+teachable. They are capable of learning anything we wish to teach them."
+During his detention he also addressed a circular letter to the
+missionaries respecting a grammar in the Maori or New Zealand language,
+pointing out the necessity of adopting some more systematic method both
+for its arrangement and pronunciation. This led to a new vocabulary of
+the native language, and in a short time to a new method of spelling. We
+have, of course, retained Mr. Marsden's orthography of New Zealand
+names, but we may remark, by the way, it is very different from that
+which has been since introduced. Shunghie became E'Hongi; Kiddee Kiddee,
+Keri Keri; and so in other instances. But even Mr. Marsden, with all his
+sagacity, did not penetrate New Zealand's future, nor foresee in how
+short a time the well-known and familiar sounds of English towns and
+villages would be transferred to that still savage island, superseding
+even in Maori lips their native designations. It seems probable that the
+New Zealand language may, in the course of another generation, come to
+be known only by the grammar which the missionaries compiled and the
+Scriptures which they have since translated. But whatever be its fate,
+it is in a high degree sonorous and expressive, and had it but an
+antique literature, a Tallessin or an Ossian, it could never perish.
+Without a literature of its own no spoken language can long endure
+against the assaults of that which is evidently destined to be the
+universal speech of trade and commerce, the English tongue. On the other
+hand the literature of a language, or even of a dialect, embalms it
+after it has ceased to be a spoken tongue even to the end of time.
+
+And lastly, a political object occupied some of Mr. Marsden's time and
+thoughts. The incessant and desolating wars which the native tribes
+waged against each other were, he saw, the great obstacle to the
+progress of New Zealand. The missions were always insecure, for the
+country was always more or less disturbed. Civil war is, under all
+circumstances, the bane, and, if persisted in, the ruin of a country;
+add the ferocity of New Zealand warfare, its cannibalism and its undying
+spirit of revenge, and nothing more was wanted to degrade the finest
+country under heaven into a very pit of darkness. All this Mr. Marsden
+felt; he conceived that if he could succeed in establishing some one
+chief as supreme, a plan of government might be drawn up securing life
+and property throughout the island. He consulted Shunghie, Wyatto Riva,
+and other powerful chieftains. Shunghie's ambitious spirit would have
+embraced the proposal, the condition being, of course, that he should be
+the sovereign; but the jealousy of the rest prevented anything like
+unanimity. Riva justly remarked that to have any superior would degrade
+them; yet all the chiefs appeared tired of war and the unsettled state
+consequent upon it. So the project failed.
+
+At length he returned home, accompanied by six New Zealand youths, whose
+eagerness was such that they gladly promised to sleep upon the deck
+rather than miss the opportunity. Mr. Leigh, the Wesleyan missionary,
+was also his fellow voyager. Mr. Leigh's opinion of Mr. Marsden and his
+labours is highly gratifying, and not the less so as coming from one who
+belonged to another Society. "The shipwreck," he says, "which we have
+experienced will, I have no doubt, prove favourable to the reputation of
+the New Zealanders. For several days we were in their power, and they
+might have taken all that we had with the greatest ease; but instead of
+oppressing and robbing us, they actually sympathized with us in our
+trials and afflictions. Mr. Marsden, myself, and Mrs. Leigh, were at a
+native village for several days and nights, without any food but what
+the natives brought us; what they had they gave us willingly, and
+said--'Poor creatures! you have nothing to eat, and you are not
+accustomed to our kind of food.' I shall never forget the sympathy and
+kindness of these poor heathens.
+
+    "I do hope that the Rev. S. Marsden will be successful in his
+    endeavours to put an end to the frequent wars in New Zealand. I
+    have heard many natives and chiefs say, 'It is no good to go to
+    fight and eat men; we wish to cease from war, and retire to some
+    peaceful place.' I pray God that this object may be soon effected
+    among this people. The Christian world, and especially the Church
+    Missionary Society, will never be able fully to appreciate the
+    valuable labours of the Rev. Samuel Marsden. His fervent zeal, his
+    abundant toil, and extensive charity in the cause of missions, are
+    beyond estimation. May he live long as a burning and shining light
+    in the missionary world!"
+
+Within a few days of his return home, Mr. Marsden, the impression of his
+visit still fresh upon his mind, wrote the following interesting
+letter:--
+
+                                        "Paramatta, December 20, 1823.
+
+    "MY VERY DEAR SIR,--I now sit down to thank you for your very
+    valuable presents, which you were so kind as to send me for the
+    natives of New Zealand. They arrived a little before I sailed for
+    that island. I was at Van Diemen's Land when the vessel which
+    brought them arrived at Port Jackson. On my return from the
+    southern settlements I prepared for New Zealand. Your spades,
+    axes, etc., made the hearts of many rejoice; and they are now
+    dispersed over the country, from the North Cape to the Thames.
+    When I arrived at the Bay of Islands there were several chiefs
+    there, who had fled for safety in the late wars, but returned when
+    peace was restored, and took with them some of your presents. I
+    have just returned from New Zealand, having been absent about
+    twenty weeks; was shipwrecked, but no lives were lost. The natives
+    have made considerable advances in civilization, and I have no
+    doubt they will become a great nation in due time. Much has been
+    done already to better their situation. I believe their
+    agriculture has increased more than twenty-fold since they have
+    got hoes, but it will be many years before every man in the island
+    will be able to procure a hoe. The Church Missionary Society has
+    done much for them, and their labour has not been in vain. All
+    that is wanted now is faithful missionaries to labour amongst
+    them; it will be very difficult to find such men. There are even
+    very few pious men who are qualified to be missionaries; it
+    requires much self-denial, much patience, and much perseverance,
+    united with the wisdom of the serpent and the innocence of the
+    dove. Men, also, of education and knowledge are wanted; ignorant
+    men, though possessed of piety, will be found ill-qualified for a
+    mission in New Zealand. The natives are a wise and understanding
+    people, and will pry into the very secrets of every man who
+    resides amongst them. Their study is human nature in all its
+    bearings; they talk more of the heart of man than we do, and of
+    the evil that is lodged there. They will soon find out a man's
+    real character, whether he is ignorant or wise, prudent or
+    foolish, and will estimate the benefits which they are likely to
+    derive from his knowledge, his good temper, his charity, and will
+    esteem him or despise him accordingly. A wise and prudent man
+    will have great influence over them, while they would laugh at an
+    ignorant man. A good farmer or mechanic would be much esteemed,
+    because they would be benefited by him. I have gained considerable
+    knowledge of their customs and manners in my last visit.
+    Cannibalism is interwoven through the whole of their religious
+    system. They offer up human sacrifices as sin offerings. Whenever
+    the gospel shall be revealed to them they will very easily
+    understand the doctrine of the atonement. They demand a sacrifice
+    or an atonement for almost everything which they consider as an
+    injury. Human sacrifices are offered for the death of their
+    friends, whether they are slain in battle or die a natural death.
+    Their eating human flesh has its origin in superstition. They pay
+    great attention to all the ceremonies of their religion, and are
+    very much afraid of offending their god. As for their wars, these
+    will not be prevented until an object can be found that will
+    employ their active minds. Agriculture and commerce are the only
+    means that promise to remedy their civil wars; when these can be
+    brought into operation they will have a beneficial effect. It is
+    only the sword of the Spirit, which is the word of God, that can
+    subdue their hearts to the obedience of faith. I am of opinion
+    that civilization and Christianity will go hand in hand, if means
+    are used at the same time to introduce both, and one will aid and
+    assist the other. To bring this noble race of human beings to the
+    knowledge of the only true God and Jesus Christ is an attempt
+    worthy of the Christian world. I believe as God has stirred up the
+    hearts of his people to pray for them, and to open both their
+    hearts and their purses he will prosper the work, and raise up a
+    people from amongst these savages to call him blessed. In time
+    the voice of joy and gladness will be heard in the present abodes
+    of cruelty, darkness, and superstition. I consider every axe,
+    every hoe, every spade, in New Zealand as an instrument to prepare
+    the way of the Lord. They are silent but sure missionaries in the
+    hands of the natives of that country. I was very happy to learn
+    that your dear mother was still alive, and all your family were
+    well at present. Remember us kindly to your mother, if still
+    alive, and to Mrs. Terry and our other friends.
+
+      "I am, yours affectionately,
+        "SAMUEL MARSDEN.
+    "To Avison Terry, Esq."
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER X.
+
+    Aborigines--South Sea Mission--Fresh Slanders on Mr. Marsden's
+    character--His Pamphlet in self-defence--Letter of Messrs. Bennett
+    and Tyerman--Libels and Action at Law--Verdict--Case of
+    Ring--Pastoral Letters of Mr. Marsden: To a Lady; On the Divinity
+    of Christ--Fifth Voyage to New Zealand--Letters, etc.
+
+
+Scarcely had Mr. Marsden returned to Paramatta when we find him in
+correspondence with the new governor on the subject of the aborigines of
+Australia. They were already wasting away in the presence of the
+European colonists like snow before the sun. Their restless and
+wandering habits seemed to present insuperable difficulties, whether the
+object were to convert or merely to protect them. His memorandum to the
+governor, and subsequent correspondence with the Church Missionary
+Society, show his anxiety for their welfare and the largeness of his
+heart. Each new project, as it came before him, was welcomed with
+serious attention, while at the same time there was no fickleness, no
+relaxation of his efforts in his old engagements and pursuits. But he
+was not allowed to connect his name with the evangelization of these
+poor heathen. Various attempts have been made by different denominations
+to bring them into the fold of Christ, but hitherto with very small
+success. It seems, at length, as if Christians had acquiesced in the
+conclusion that their conversion is hopeless, that we can do nothing
+more than to throw over them the shield of the British government, and
+prevent their wholesale destruction by lawless "squatters" and
+"bush-rangers." We shall return, however, to the subject hereafter.
+
+His interest in the mission to the South Sea Islands continued unabated.
+The London Missionary Society had deputed the Rev. Daniel Tyerman and
+George Bennett, Esq., to visit these missions, and bring home in person
+a report of all they might see upon the spot. On their voyage, they
+stayed awhile at Sydney, and Mr. Marsden addressed a letter to them,
+which shows his own zeal in the cause, and the painful apathy or profane
+contempt of others. Such memorials, in this day of comparative fervour,
+ought not to be forgotten. When a Livingstone returns home to receive a
+shower of honours from a grateful country let us not forget the
+venerable pioneers in the same missionary work, and the different
+treatment they experienced. The contrast will call forth emotions both
+of gratitude and of shame.
+
+                                            "Sydney, November 4, 1824.
+
+    "GENTLEMEN,--I know of no circumstance that has given me more
+    satisfaction than your mission to the South Sea Islands. The
+    attempt to introduce the arts of civilization and the knowledge of
+    Christianity amongst the inhabitants of those islands was
+    confessedly great. An undertaking of such a new and important
+    nature could not be accomplished without much labour, expense,
+    anxiety, and risk, to all who were concerned in the work. The
+    missionaries, for the first ten years, suffered every privation in
+    the islands, from causes which I need not state. They called for
+    every support and encouragement to induce them to remain in the
+    islands, and to return to their stations, after they had been
+    compelled to take refuge in New South Wales. During these ten
+    years, I used every means in my power to assist the missionaries,
+    and to serve the Society Islands. During the next ten years, the
+    ruling powers in this colony manifested a very hostile spirit to
+    the mission. As I felt it my pleasure as well as my duty to
+    support the cause, I fell under the marked displeasure of those in
+    authority, and had a painful warfare to maintain for so long a
+    period, and many sacrifices I had to make. The ungodly world
+    always treated the attempt to introduce the gospel among the
+    natives of the Islands as wild and visionary, and the Christian
+    world despaired of success.
+
+    "In those periods of doubt and uncertainty in the public mind, I
+    suffered much anxiety, as very great responsibility was placed on
+    me. Sometimes, from one cause and another, my sleep departed from
+    me; though I was persuaded God would bless the work. The work is
+    now done; this your eyes have seen, and your ears heard; in this I
+    do rejoice and will rejoice. I wish you, as representatives of the
+    Society, to satisfy yourselves, from friends and foes, relative to
+    my conduct towards the mission for the last twenty-five years. You
+    must be aware that many calumnies have been heaped upon me, and
+    many things laid to my charge which I know not. My connexion with
+    the missionaries and the concerns of the mission has been purely
+    of a religious nature, without any secular views or temporal
+    interests; and my services, whether they be great or small, were
+    gratuitous. The missionaries, as a body, are very valuable men,
+    and as such I love them; but some of them, to whom I had been
+    kind, have wounded me severely, both here and elsewhere. I have
+    always found it difficult to manage religious men; what they
+    state, though in a bad spirit, is generally believed by the
+    Christian world. I need not enter into the circumstances which
+    urged me to purchase the Queen Charlotte, as you are in full
+    possession of them; you are also acquainted with the reason why
+    her expenses became so heavy, the fall of colonial produce more
+    than twenty per cent. in so short a period, which no one could
+    have anticipated at that time, and the increased duty of one
+    hundred per cent. upon tobacco. If these two circumstances had not
+    occurred, there would have been no loss to any individuals or the
+    mission. I inclose the statement of the accounts of the Queen
+    Charlotte, and shall leave the matter in your hands, to act as you
+    think proper. I shall also leave the Society to make their own
+    account of the interest upon the 600l. I borrowed. I have no doubt
+    but the Society will be satisfied that I had no motive but the
+    good of the mission, and that, as Christian men who fear God, they
+    will do what is just and right. I shall therefore leave the matter
+    in your hands.
+
+      "I have the honour to be, gentlemen,
+        "Your most obedient, humble servant,
+           "SAMUEL MARSDEN."
+
+While thus engaged, he was still a faithful minister of the gospel in
+its richest consolations, and a bold opponent of vice. His position as a
+magistrate not only obliged him to reprove but to punish sin. The task
+was difficult, when the real offender, in too many cases, was not the
+wretched culprit at the bar of justice, but some rich and insolent
+delinquent, beyond the reach of the limited powers of a colonial
+magistrate. In consequence of Mr. Marsden's fearless conduct in a case
+we shall not describe, he was at length formally dismissed from the
+magistracy. All that is necessary to be known, in order to vindicate his
+character, is contained in an extract of a letter written by himself to
+Mr. Nicholson, dated Paramatta, 12th August, 1824:
+
+    "My very dear sir," he says, "I have still to strive against sin
+    and immorality, which brings upon me the hatred of some men in
+    power; this I must expect from those who live on in sin and
+    wickedness.... You would hear of the whole bench of magistrates at
+    Paramatta being dismissed at one stroke, five in number--Messrs.
+    ... and your humble servant. We fell in the cause of truth and
+    virtue. If certain individuals could have knocked me down, and
+    spared my colleagues, I should have fallen alone; but there was no
+    alternative but to sacrifice all at once. I glory in my disgrace.
+    As long as I live I hope to raise a standard against vice and
+    wickedness. We have some Herods here who would take off the head
+    of the man who dared to tell them that adultery was a crime."
+
+He was still subject to the most annoying insults. Imputations,
+ludicrous from their absurdity and violence, were heaped upon him. In
+reading the libels which were published in the colony, and in England
+too, about this time, we should suppose that the man against whom they
+were aimed was some delinquent, notorious even in a penal settlement. He
+was openly accused of being "a man of the most vindictive spirit,"--"a
+turbulent and ambitious priest,"--a "cruel magistrate"--an "avaricious
+man." These charges, amongst many more, were contained in a work in two
+volumes octavo, professing to give an account of Australasia, which
+reached a third edition, and to which the author's name was attached. As
+if these were not sufficient to grind his reputation to the dust,
+further charges of hypocrisy and bigotry were thrown in. These last were
+easily repelled; to refute the others was more difficult, inasmuch as
+facts were involved which it was necessary to clear up and place in a
+just light before the public. It might have seemed magnanimous to
+despise such assailants, and meet them with silent pity. And yet we
+doubt whether such magnanimity would have been wise, for with a
+blemished reputation his usefulness would have been at an end; since his
+accusers were not anonymous hirelings, but magistrates and men of high
+position in the colony.
+
+He referred the matter to his friends at home, placing his character in
+their hands. He was willing to institute an action for libel, if this
+step were thought advisable; or else to lay a statement of his wrongs
+before the House of Commons; and he transmitted the manuscript of a
+pamphlet, in self-justification, to his friend Dr. Mason Good. It was
+accompanied with a letter, remarkable for the modest estimate of his own
+abilities, as well as for true Christian meekness: "I have requested our
+mutual friend, Baron Field, Esq., to show the documents to you, and to
+consult with you on the propriety of publishing them. I have much more
+confidence in your superior judgment than in my own.... Many hard
+contests," he says, "I have had in this colony. But God has hitherto
+overruled all for good, and he will continue to do so. As a Christian I
+rejoice in having all manner of evil spoken of me by wicked men. As a
+member of society, it is my duty to support, by every lawful means, an
+upright character. The good of society calls upon me to do this, from
+the public situation I hold, as well as that gospel which I believe; on
+this principle I think it right to notice Mr. W.'s work. I leave it," he
+adds, "to you and my other friends to publish what I have written or
+not, as you may think proper, and with what alterations and arrangements
+you may think necessary. I do not know how to make a book, any more than
+a watch, but you have learned the trade completely; I therefore beg your
+assistance, for which I shall feel very grateful." But even these
+anxieties could not engross his confidential correspondence. In the same
+letter we have pleasant mention of New Zealand and its missionaries:--"I
+have no doubt about New Zealand; we must pray much for them, and labour
+hard, and God will bless the labour of our hands." Nor is science quite
+forgotten:--"I have sent you a small box of fossils and minerals, by
+Captain Dixon, of the Phoenix, from Point Dalrymple principally; the
+whole of them came from Van Diemen's Land."
+
+Mr. Wilberforce and other friends of religion were consulted; and under
+their advice his pamphlet was published in London, though not till the
+year 1826. It is entitled, "An Answer to certain Calumnies, etc., by the
+Rev. Samuel Marsden, principal Chaplain to the colony of New South
+Wales." It contains a temperate, and at the same time a conclusive
+answer, to all the charges made against him. To some of these we have
+already had occasion to refer; others have lost their interest. The
+charge of hypocrisy was chiefly grounded on the fact that a windmill, on
+Mr. Marsden's property, had been seen at work on Sunday. But "the mill,"
+he says, "was not in my possession at that time, nor was I in New South
+Wales. I never heard of the circumstance taking place but once; and the
+commissioner of inquiry was the person who told me of it after my return
+from New Zealand. I expressed my regret to the commissioner that
+anything should have taken place, in my absence, which had the
+appearance that I sanctioned the violation of the sabbath-day. As I was
+twelve hundred miles off at the time, it was out of my power to prevent
+what had happened; but I assured him it should not happen again, _for
+the mill should be taken down_, which was done." How few, it is to be
+feared, would make such a sacrifice, simply to avoid the possibility of
+a return of the appearance of evil! The charge of bigotry arose out of
+his interference with Mr. Crook, a person in the colony who had formerly
+been intended for the South Sea mission. It was at the request of the
+missionaries themselves, that Mr. Marsden, as agent of their Society,
+had been led to interfere; but he was represented, in consequence, as "a
+persecutor of dissenters." Messrs. Bennett and Tyerman were then in
+Australia; and in answer to Mr. Marsden's request that "they would do
+him the favour to communicate to him their impartial opinion, how far he
+had in any way merited such an accusation, either as it respects Mr. C.
+or any other missionary belonging to the London Missionary Society," he
+received a grateful acknowledgment of his services, which we are happy
+to insert:--
+
+                                                "Sydney, May 11, 1825.
+
+    "REV. AND DEAR SIR,--We have to acknowledge the receipt of your
+    letter of the 5th inst., requesting our opinion, as the
+    representatives of the London Missionary Society, on one of the
+    malicious charges against you in the outrageous publication lately
+    come to the colony. It is with the utmost satisfaction we state,
+    as our decided opinion, that the charge of intolerance or
+    persecution towards Mr. Crook, or any other missionary connected
+    with the London Society, or, indeed, connected with any other
+    missionary society, is utterly untrue. We believe it to have
+    originated in malice or culpable ignorance, and to be a gross
+    libel.
+
+    "We rejoice, sir, to take the opportunity to say that the South
+    Sea mission, and all its missionaries, have been, and continue, to
+    be, exceedingly indebted to your singular kindness and persevering
+    zeal in their behalf. No temporal reward, we are persuaded, would
+    have been equivalent to the most valuable services which you have
+    so long and so faithfully rendered to this mission and its
+    missionaries. After all your upright and perfectly disinterested
+    kindness towards the missionaries, when they have been residing on
+    the Islands,--when they have been residing in the colony, on their
+    way from England to the Islands,--when they have voluntarily
+    returned from the Islands to the colony,--and when, from dire
+    necessity and cruel persecution, compelled to flee from the scenes
+    of their missionary labours, and take up their residence here;
+    that you have met with so much calumny, and so few returns of
+    grateful acknowledgment, for all you have done and borne on their
+    behalf, is to us a matter of surprise and regret.
+
+    "Allow us, dear sir, to conclude by expressing our hope, that the
+    other envenomed shafts aimed at you in this infamous publication,
+    will prove as impotent as that aimed at you through that Society,
+    in whose name, and as whose representatives, we beg to renew its
+    cordial thanks and unqualified acknowledgments. And desiring to
+    present our own thanks in the amplest and most respectful manner,
+
+      "We remain, rev. and dear sir, most faithfully,
+        "Your obliged and obedient servants,
+           "GEORGE BENNETT.
+           "DANIEL TYERMAN."
+
+The case of James Ring, we cannot pass unnoticed. It shows the cruelty
+with which Mr. Marsden's reputation was assailed on the one hand, and
+his own firm and resolute bearing on the other. Ring was a convict, who
+for his general good conduct had been assigned as a domestic servant to
+Mr. Marsden. He was permitted by the latter, in accordance with the
+usual custom, to work occasionally at his own trade--that of a painter
+and glazier, on his own account, and as a reward for his good conduct.
+He was frequently employed in this way by the residents at Paramatta;
+amongst others by the chief magistrate himself. This man having been
+ill-treated and severely beaten by another servant, applied, with Mrs.
+Marsden's approbation, to the magistrates of Paramatta for redress;
+instead of receiving which, he was charged by them with being illegally
+at large, and committed to the common jail.
+
+Mr. Marsden was then absent on duty in the country: on appearing before
+the bench of magistrates upon his return home, he at once stated that he
+had given permission to Ring to work occasionally for himself, and that
+therefore if there was any blame it lay with him, and not the prisoner.
+The magistrates not only ordered Mr. Marsden to be fined two shillings
+and sixpence per day for each day his servant had been thus at large,
+under the assumed plea of his transgressing a general government order,
+but also ordered Ring to be remanded to jail and ironed; and he was
+subsequently worked in irons in a penal gang. "At this conviction there
+was no informer, nor evidence," (we are now quoting Mr. Marsden's words,
+from a statement which he made before a court of inquiry instituted by
+Lord Bathurst, the colonial minister at home, to investigate the
+subject at Mr. Marsden's request,) "but the bench convicted me on my own
+admission that I had granted indulgence to my servant to do jobs in the
+town. There were two convictions, the first was on the 17th of May,
+1823. On the 23rd of the same month, without a hearing, or being
+present, without informer, evidence, or notice, on the same charge I was
+convicted in the penal sum of ten pounds. On the 7th of June, a convict
+constable entered my house with a warrant of execution, and levied the
+fine by distress and sale of my property."
+
+These convictions took place under an obsolete colonial regulation of
+1802, made in the first instance by Governor King, to meet a temporary
+emergency; but virtually set aside by a general order of Governor
+Macquarie's, of a much later date, granting the indulgence under certain
+regulations, with which Mr. Marsden had complied. Mr. Marsden says, in
+his official defence, that he "was the only person in the colony who was
+ever fined under such circumstances, since the first establishment of
+the colony, to the present time." And he adds a statement which, had it
+not come down to us thus accredited under his own hand, would have
+seemed incredible, namely that "the two magistrates by whom the fines
+were inflicted, Dr. ---- and Lieut. ----, were doing, on that very day,
+the same thing for which they fined me and punished my servant, and I
+pointed that out to them at the time they were sitting on the bench, and
+which they could not deny." Denial indeed was out of the question,
+since, says Mr. Marsden, "one of Dr. ----'s convict servants, Henry
+Buckingham, by trade a tailor, was working for me, and had been so for
+months. Lieut. ---- at that very time also had two convict servants
+belonging to Dr. Harris, working for him at his own house."
+
+In vain did Mr. Marsden appeal to the governor; even he was afraid to
+breast the torrent, which for a time bore all before it. "He found no
+reason to interfere with the colonial law." Mr. Marsden prayed him at
+least to bring the matter before a full bench of magistrates, in whose
+hands he would leave his character; this, too, the governor declined,
+whereupon as a last step, he laid the affair before the supreme court
+for its decision; prosecuting the magistrates, and obtaining a verdict
+for the amount of the fine so unjustly levied. They now affected to
+triumph in the small amount of the damages in which they were cast,
+"wishing," he says, "to make the world believe that the injury I had
+sustained was proportionally small." And thus even his forbearance and
+his Christian spirit in rendering good for evil, were turned against
+him; for he had instructed his solicitor expressly, not to insert in the
+indictment the count or charge of malice, but merely to sue for the
+recovery of the amount of the fine. He states the case thus in simple
+and forcible language. "I may here observe, the only error it appears I
+committed originally was in not prosecuting the magistrates for
+vindictive damages before the supreme court. Had I alleged malice, I
+must have obtained a verdict accordingly; but I sought for no vindictive
+damages; I sought redress no further than to set my character right with
+the public. To have done more than this would not have become me,
+according to my judgment, as a minister of the gospel, and I instructed
+my solicitor, Mr. Norton, merely to sue for the amount of the award
+which had been levied on my property by warrant and distress of sale.
+The court gave me the amount I prosecuted for, with costs of suit, and
+with this I was perfectly satisfied."
+
+For two whole years this miserable affair lingered on. The unfortunate
+man Ring at length gave way to despondency, made his escape from the
+colony, and found his way to New Zealand, but was never heard of more.
+Mr. Marsden was much concerned for Ring's misfortunes, and deplored his
+rashness in making his escape when all his sufferings were unmerited. "I
+knew," he says, "if he should return to England and be apprehended as a
+returned felon, his life would be forfeited." Such even to a recent
+period was the severity of our penal code, an escaped felon was
+consigned to the gallows. With a view of preventing this additional
+calamity, he wrote to the Right Honourable Mr. Robert Peel, his
+Majesty's secretary of state for the home department, under date of July
+1824; and having stated the case, he says: "I feel exceedingly for Ring;
+should he return to England and fall a sacrifice to the law, I should
+never forgive myself unless I used every means in my power to save him.
+The above statement of facts might have some influence with the
+executive in saving his life, if the circumstances of the case could
+reach the throne of mercy." The contents of this letter were transmitted
+by Mr. Peel to Lord Bathurst the colonial secretary, and his lordship
+ordered the governor of New South Wales to establish a formal inquiry
+into the case. A court was accordingly summoned at Sydney, consisting of
+the governor assisted by two assessors, the chief justice and the
+newly-appointed archdeacon Scott, before which Mr. Marsden was cited to
+appear. He did so, the whole affair was investigated, and the result
+was, as the reader will have anticipated, not only Mr. Marsden's entire
+acquittal of the charges which wantonness and malice had preferred, but
+the establishment of his reputation as a man of high courage and pure
+integrity, and a Christian minister of spotless character.
+
+The Christian reader will probably ask what were the effects of these
+various trials upon Mr. Marsden's mind and temper? Did he become selfish
+and morose? were his spiritual affections quickened? As a minister of
+Christ, did his light shine with a more resplendent ray, or was it
+disturbed and overcast with gloom? To suggest and answer such inquiries
+are the proper uses of biography, especially the biography of religious
+men. With regard, then, to his habitual temper and tone of mind nothing
+can be more cheering than a letter, which we now insert, written to a
+lady in solitude, when the storm of insult and misrepresentation was at
+its highest pitch.
+
+                                        "Paramatta, December 26, 1824.
+
+    "DEAR MRS. F.,--I received your kind letter by Mr. Franklane, and
+    was happy to learn that you and your little boy were well. The
+    circumstance to which you allude is not worthy to be had in
+    recollection for a single moment, and I hope you will blot it out
+    of your remembrance for ever; we are so weak and foolish, and I
+    may add sinful, that we allow real or imaginary trifles to vex and
+    tease our minds, while subjects of eternal moment make little
+    impression upon us. It is a matter of no moment to our great
+    adversary, if he can only divert our minds from attending to the
+    best things. He wishes at all times 'a root of bitterness' should
+    'spring up' in our minds, as this will eat like a canker every
+    pious feeling, every Christian disposition. 'Learn of me,' says
+    our blessed Lord, 'for I am meek and lowly in heart, and ye shall
+    find rest unto your souls.' 'The meek will he guide in judgment,
+    and the meek will he teach his way.' It is for want of this
+    meekness, this humility of mind, that we are soon angry. The
+    apostle exhorts us 'to be kindly affectioned one towards another,'
+    and live in unity and godly love, and 'bear ye one another's
+    burdens, and so fulfil the law of Christ.' Situated as you are,
+    remote from all Christian society, and from the public ordinances
+    of religion, you will want, in a very especial manner, the
+    consolations which can only be derived from the Holy Scriptures.
+    You are in a barren and thirsty land where no water is; you have
+    none to give you to drink of the waters of Bethlehem, and you must
+    not be surprised if you grow weary and faint in your mind. Though
+    God is everywhere, and his presence fills heaven and earth, yet
+    all places are not equally favourable for the growth of religion
+    in our souls. We want Christian society; we want the public
+    ordinances; we want social worship. All these are needful to keep
+    up the life of God in our souls. Without communion and fellowship
+    with God, without our souls are going forth after him, we cannot
+    be easy, we cannot be happy; we are dissatisfied with ourselves,
+    and with all around us. A little matter puts us out of humour,
+    Satan easily gains an advantage over us, we become a prey to
+    discontent, to murmuring, and are prone to overlook all the great
+    things the Lord hath done for us. Under your peculiar
+    circumstances you will require much prayer, and much watchfulness;
+    religion is a very tender plant, it is soon injured, it requires
+    much nourishing in the most favourable situations, but it calls
+    for more attention, where it is more exposed to blights and
+    storms. A plant removed from a rich cultivated soil, into a barren
+    uncultivated spot soon droops and pines away. I hope this will not
+    be the case with you, though you must expect to feel some change
+    in your feelings of a religious nature. Without much care the
+    sabbaths will be a weariness; instead of your soul being nourished
+    and fed upon this day, it will sicken, languish, and pine. I most
+    sincerely wish you had the gospel preached unto you; this would be
+    the greatest blessing, but it cannot be at present. There is no
+    man to care for your souls, you have no shepherd to watch over
+    you, and must consider yourselves as sheep without a shepherd. You
+    know how easily sheep are scattered, how they wander when left to
+    themselves, how soon the wolves destroy them. It is impossible to
+    calculate the loss you must suffer, for want of the public
+    ordinances of religion. My people, says God, perish for lack of
+    knowledge. You know it is true that there is a Saviour, you have
+    your Bible to instruct you, and you have gained much knowledge of
+    Divine things, but still you will want feeding on the bread of
+    life, you will want Jesus to be set before your eyes continually
+    as crucified. You will want eternal things to be impressed upon
+    your minds from time to time. Though you know these things, yet
+    you will require to have your minds stirred up, by being put in
+    remembrance of these things. As you cannot enjoy the public
+    ordinances, I would have you to have stated times for reading the
+    Scriptures and private prayer; these means God may bless to your
+    soul. Isaac lived in a retired situation, he had no public
+    ordinances to attend, but we are told he planted a grove, and
+    built an altar, and called upon the name of the Lord. This you
+    have within your power to do. Imitate his example, labour to
+    possess his precious faith, and then it will be a matter of little
+    importance where you dwell. With the Saviour you will be happy,
+    without him you never can be. When you once believe on him, when
+    he becomes precious to your soul, then you will seek all your
+    happiness in him. May the Father of mercies give you a right
+    judgment in all things, lead you to build your hopes of a blessed
+    immortality upon that chief corner stone, which he hath laid in
+    Zion; then you will never be ashamed through the countless ages of
+    eternity.
+
+    "Mrs. M. and my family unite in kind regards to you, wishing you
+    every blessing that the upper and nether springs can afford.
+
+      "In great haste. I remain, dear Mrs. F----,
+        "Yours very faithfully,
+          "SAMUEL MARSDEN."
+
+Systematic theology, or indeed deep learning in any of its branches,
+sacred or profane, Mr. Marsden had never cultivated. His life had not
+been given to abstraction and close study, but to the most active
+pursuits. Activity, however, is not inconsistent with deep
+thoughtfulness, and it affords some aids to reflection and observation,
+which often lay the foundation for a breadth of mind and a solid wisdom
+to which the mere student or man of letters seldom attains. Mr. Marsden,
+too, was well acquainted with his Bible, and, above most men, with
+himself. Thus, without being in any sense a learned divine, he was an
+instructive minister, and often an original thinker. His early
+acquaintance with Dr. Mason Good had led him deeply to consider the
+question of the deity of Christ and the following letter upon this
+all-important doctrine proves how capable he was of standing forward in
+its defence, and how deeply alive he was to its importance. It was
+addressed to one who had begun to doubt upon the subject of our Lord's
+Divine nature.
+
+                                            "Paramatta, June 13, 1825.
+
+    "MY DEAR SIR,--I ought to have answered your letter long ago, but
+    was prevented from one thing and another, which called away my
+    attention when I was determined to write. I received the books you
+    sent me. That respecting our Lord's Divinity I read with care and
+    attention. I found nothing in it that would satisfy me; there was
+    no food to the soul, no bread, no water of life. I found nothing
+    that suited my ruined state. I know I have destroyed myself by my
+    iniquities, that I am hopeless and helpless, and must be eternally
+    undone unless I can find a Divine Saviour who is able and willing
+    to answer all the demands of law and justice. If I were alone in
+    the world, and no individual but myself believed that Jesus was
+    God over all blessed for evermore, and that he had died for my
+    sins, that the penalty due to them was laid upon him, I know and
+    am persuaded unless I believed this I could not be saved. I find
+    no difficulty in my mind in praying to him, because I believe he
+    is able to save. The dying thief did this in the very face of
+    death: 'Lord, remember me when thou comest into thy kingdom.'
+    Jesus promised that he should be with him that very day in
+    paradise. Stephen, we are told, was a man full of faith and the
+    Holy Ghost; he was mighty in the Scriptures, so that none of the
+    Jewish priests were able to withstand his arguments which he
+    advanced in support of the doctrine that Jesus was the Son of God.
+    When he was brought to the place of execution his only hope of
+    eternal life was in Jesus. 'Lord Jesus, receive my spirit,' was
+    his dying prayer. He fled to him as the Almighty God at this most
+    awful period. No other foundation can any man lay than that is
+    laid, says St. Paul, which is Christ Jesus. It is to no purpose to
+    quote Scripture on this important doctrine, I mean any particular
+    passage, for Jesus is the sum and substance of them all. I am
+    fully convinced that no man can have a well-grounded hope of
+    salvation unless he believes in the Divinity of our Lord and only
+    Saviour. I would ask you, why should you not have as firm a hope
+    as any other man in the world of eternal life, if you do not
+    believe in the Divinity of our Lord? Admitting that you have the
+    same view as the author of the work you sent me to read, of God
+    and religion, I may put the question to you, Can you depend on the
+    foundation your hope stands upon? Does it now give you full
+    satisfaction? Are you sure that you are right? I believe Jesus to
+    be a Divine person, I believe him to be God over all; I have no
+    doubt upon this point, and I believe that all will be saved by him
+    who trust in him for salvation. This doctrine is as clear to me as
+    the sun at noon-day, and while I believe this doctrine it
+    administers comfort to my mind, and gives me hope of a better
+    state. I envy none their views of religion. I am satisfied with my
+    own, though I am not satisfied with the attainments I have made in
+    it, because I have not made those advances in divine knowledge in
+    all the fruits of the Spirit I might have done. This is matter of
+    shame, and regret, and humiliation. Examine the Christian religion
+    as it stands revealed, with prayer for Divine illumination, and
+    that God who giveth wisdom to all who call upon him for it will
+    impart it to you. I have never met with a Socinian who wished me
+    to embrace his faith, which has surprised me. I feel very
+    differently. I wish all to believe in our Lord, because I believe
+    this is necessary to salvation, as far as I understand the
+    Scriptures; and I would wish all men to be saved, and to come to
+    the knowledge of the truth. I would not change my views of
+    religion for ten thousand worlds. But I must drop this subject,
+    and reply to your last note.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+      "Our affectionate regards to Mrs. F.; accept the same from,
+
+        "Dear sir, yours very sincerely,
+          "SAMUEL MARSDEN."
+
+He remembered with gratitude his early friends, and was now in a
+condition to repay their kindness, and in his turn to repeat the
+Christian liberality which had once been extended to himself. From a
+private letter to the Rev. J. Pratt, we venture to make the following
+interesting quotation: "I believe in the year 1786 I first turned my
+attention to the ministry, and from the year 1787 to 1793 I received
+pecuniary assistance, more or less, from the Elland Society, but to what
+amount I never knew. First I studied under the Rev. S. Stores, near
+Leeds. In 1788, I went to the late Rev. Joseph Milner, and remained two
+years with him. From Hull I went to Cambridge, and in 1793 I left
+Cambridge, was ordained, and came out to New South Wales. I shall be
+much obliged to you to learn, if you can, the amount of my expenses to
+the Elland Society. I have always considered _that_ a just debt, which I
+ought to pay. If you can send me the amount I shall be much obliged to
+you. I purpose to pay the amount from time to time, in sums not less
+than 50_l._ per annum. When I close the Society's accounts on the 31st
+of December next, I will give your Society credit for 50_l._, and will
+thank you to pay the same to the Elland Society on my account. When I
+know the whole amount, I will then inform you how I purpose to liquidate
+it. Should the Elland Society not be in existence, I have to request
+that the Church Missionary Society will assist some pious young man with
+a loan, per annum, of not less than 50_l._, to get into the church as a
+missionary. In the midst of all my difficulties God has always blessed
+my basket and my store, and prospered me in all that I have set my hand
+unto. The greatest part of my property is in the charge of common
+felons, more than a hundred miles from my house, in the woods, and much
+of it I never saw, yet it has been taken care of, and will be. A kind
+providence has watched over all that I have had, and I can truly say I
+feel no more concern about my sheep and cattle than if they were under
+my own eye. I have never once visited the place where many of them are,
+having no time to do this. We may trust God with all we have. I wish to
+be thankful to him who has poured out his benefits upon me and mine."
+
+The practical wisdom, the spirit of calm submission to the Divine will
+when danger appears, and the simple faith in Christ displayed in the
+following letter require no comment, nor will its affectionate and
+paternal tone pass unnoticed. It appears to have been written to a lady
+on the eve of a voyage to England. We could wish that a copy of it were
+placed in the hands of every lady who may be compelled to go to sea.
+
+                                             "Paramatta, May 27, 1826.
+
+    "MY DEAR MRS.----,--Should you sail to-morrow it will not be in my
+    power to see you again. I feel much for your very trying
+    situation; why and wherefore you are so severely exercised remains
+    at present known to the only wise God. If time does not reveal the
+    mystery, eternity will. Clouds and darkness are round about the
+    paths of the Almighty, and his footsteps are not known. You must
+    now cast yourself and your little ones upon the bosom of the great
+    deep. Remember always that he who holdeth the waters in the hollow
+    of his hand, will continually watch over you and yours; winds and
+    seas are under his sovereign control. We are prone to imagine that
+    we are in much more danger on the seas than on dry land, but this
+    is not really the case; our times are all in his hands, and if we
+    only reflected that the hairs of our heads are all numbered, we
+    should often be relieved from unnecessary and anxious fears. As
+    for myself, I am constrained to believe that I am as safe in a
+    storm as in a calm from what I have seen and known. Should you
+    meet with raging seas and stormy winds, let not these distress
+    you; they can do no more to injure you than the breath of a fly,
+    or the drop of a bucket, without Divine permission. The promise
+    is, 'When thou passest through the waters I will be with thee.'
+    This is sufficient for the Christian to rest upon. You must live
+    near to God in prayer. Labour to get right views of the Redeemer,
+    who gave his life as a ransom for you. Humble faith in the Saviour
+    will enable you to overcome every trial and bear every burden. No
+    doubt but that you will have many painful exercises before you see
+    the shores of old England. Tribulations will meet us, and follow
+    us, and attend us all our journey through, and it is through much
+    tribulation we must enter the kingdom of God. Could you and I meet
+    on your arrival in London, and could we put our trials in
+    opposite sides, it is very probable that mine would overbalance
+    yours during the period you were at sea. You are not to conclude
+    when the storm blows hard, the waves roar, and seas run mountain
+    high, that you are more tried and distressed than others.
+
+    "I hope the captain will be kind to you and the children; if he
+    should not you will have no remedy but patience. Should the
+    servant woman behave ill, you must submit to this also, because
+    you can do no good in complaining. Should the woman leave you ...
+    this is no more than what has happened to my own family. I should
+    recommend you to give the children their dinner in your own cabin;
+    never bring them to table but at the particular request of the
+    captain. This precaution may prevent unpleasant disputes. You will
+    soon see what the feelings of the captain and his wife are, and
+    regulate your conduct accordingly. When I returned to England,
+    when I entered the ship I resolved that I would not have any
+    difference with any one during my passage; whatever provocations I
+    might meet with, I would not notice them; and that resolution I
+    kept to the last.
+
+    "If you take no offence at anything, but go on quietly your own
+    way, those who would wish to annoy you, will cease to do so,
+    finding their labour in vain. Never appear to see or hear anything
+    that you have not the power to remedy. If you should even know
+    that the persons intended to vex you, never notice their conduct.
+    There will be no occasions for these precautions if your
+    companions on board be such as they ought to be.
+
+    "Let your passage be pleasant or not, take your Bible for your
+    constant companion. The comfort to be derived from the Divine
+    promises will always be sweet and seasonable. 'They that love thy
+    law,' says the Psalmist, 'nothing shall offend them.' If Jesus be
+    precious to your soul, you will be able to bear every trial with
+    Divine submission. To believe that Jesus is your Saviour, and that
+    he is God over all blessed for evermore, will make you happy in
+    the midst of the sea, as well as on dry land. Wishing you a safe
+    and pleasant passage, and a happy meeting of your friends in
+    England, and praying that the God of all grace may preserve you
+    and yours in his everlasting kingdom, I subscribe myself,
+
+      "Yours respectfully,
+        "SAMUEL MARSDEN."
+
+More than two years had now passed since Mr. Marsden's last visit to New
+Zealand. The close of the year 1826 found him preparing for another, his
+fifth voyage, of twelve hundred miles, to the scene of those missions he
+had so long regarded with all a parent's fondness. A great change had
+just taken place in the conduct of several chiefs towards the
+missionaries in consequence of their fierce intestine wars. At Wangaroa
+the whole of the Wesleyan missionary premises had been destroyed; the
+property of all the missionaries was frequently plundered, and their
+lives were exposed to the greatest danger. The worst consequences were
+apprehended, and the missionaries, warned of their danger by the
+friendly natives, were in daily expectation of being at least stripped
+of everything they possessed, according to the New Zealand custom. For a
+time the Wesleyan mission was suspended, and their pious and zealous
+missionary, Mr. Turner, took refuge at Sydney, and found a home at the
+parsonage of Paramatta. The clergy of the church mission deeply
+sympathized with him. Mr. Henry Williams writes: "The return of Mr.
+Turner will be a convincing proof of our feelings on this point. In the
+present unsettled state of things we consider ourselves merely as
+tenants for the time being, who may receive our discharge at any hour."
+His brother, the Rev. William Williams, in another communication says:
+"We are prepared to depart or stay according to the conduct of the
+natives; for it is, I believe, our united determination to remain until
+we are absolutely driven away. When the natives are in our houses,
+carrying away our property, it will then be time for us to take refuge
+in our boats."
+
+As soon as the painful intelligence reached New South Wales, Mr. Marsden
+determined to proceed to the Bay of Islands, and use his utmost
+exertions to prevent the abandonment of the mission. He was under no
+apprehension of suffering injury from the natives; and his long
+acquaintance with their character and habits led him to anticipate that
+the storm would soon pass away. Accordingly, he sailed for New Zealand
+in H.M.S. Rainbow, and arrived in the Bay of Islands on the 5th April,
+1827. He had reached the period of life when even the most active crave
+for some repose, and feel themselves entitled to the luxury of rest; but
+his ardent zeal never seems to have wanted other refreshment than a
+change of duties and of scene. He found the state of things improved;
+peace had been restored; and the missionaries were once more out of
+danger. He conferred with them, and gave them spiritual counsel. As far
+as time would permit, he reasoned with the chiefs upon the baneful
+consequences of the late war, and, at the end of five days from his
+arrival, he was again upon the ocean, on his way back to Sydney. "He
+was not wanted in New Zealand;" in Australia, besides domestic cares,
+many circumstances combined to make his presence desirable. Thus he was
+instant in season, out of season; disinterested, nay indifferent and
+utterly regardless of the honours and preferments which even good men
+covet; and ever finding in the work itself, and in Him for the love of
+whom it was undertaken, an abundant recompense.
+
+Brief as the visit was, it confirmed his faith, and reassured his
+confidence in the speedy conversion of New Zealand. He found the
+missionaries living in unity and godly love, and devoting themselves to
+the work. "I trust," he says, "that the Great Head of the church will
+bless their labours." In consequence of his co-operation with the
+missionaries, the beneficial labours of the press now for the first time
+reached the Maori tribes. During a visit to Sydney, Mr. Davis had
+carried through the press a translation of the first three chapters of
+Genesis, the twentieth of Exodus, part of the fifth of Matthew, the
+first of John, and some hymns. These were small beginnings, but not to
+be despised; they prepared the way for the translation of the New
+Testament into Maori, which was printed a few years afterwards at the
+expense of the British and Foreign Bible Society. The importance of this
+work can scarcely be estimated, and it affords a striking example of the
+way in which that noble institution becomes the silent handmaid,
+preparing the rich repast which our various missionary societies are
+ever more distributing abroad, with bounteous hand, to feed the starving
+myriads of the heathen world.
+
+Nor was the Polynesian mission forgotten by its old friend. The London
+Missionary Society now conducted its affairs on so wide a basis, and to
+so great an extent, that Mr. Marsden's direct assistance was no longer
+wanted. But how much he loved the work, how much he revered the
+missionaries, those who shall read the extract with which this chapter
+concludes will be at no loss to judge.
+
+                                         "Paramatta, February 4, 1826.
+
+    "MY DEAR SIR,--It is not long since I wrote to you, but as a
+    friend of mine is returning, the Rev. Mr. Nott, who has been
+    twenty-seven years a missionary in the Society Islands, I could
+    not deny myself the pleasure of introducing him to you. Mr. Nott
+    was one of the first missionaries who was sent out to the Islands.
+    Like Caleb, he always said the missionaries were able to take the
+    land. He remained a long time in Tahiti alone, labouring by
+    himself when all his colleagues were gone, and lived with and as
+    the natives, under the full persuasion that the mission would
+    succeed. He remained breaking up the ground, sowing the gospel
+    seed, until he saw it spring up, and waiting until part of the
+    harvest was gathered in, until many of the poor heathen crossed
+    the river Jordan, with the heavenly Canaan full in view. Such have
+    been the fruits of his patient perseverance and faith. Should his
+    life be spared, I shall expect to see him again in fourteen months
+    returning to his labours, to die amongst his people, and to be
+    buried with them.
+
+    "I venerate the man more than you can conceive: in my estimation,
+    he is a great man: his piety, his simplicity, his meekness, his
+    apostolic appearance, all unite to make him great in my view, and
+    more honourable than any of the famed heroes of ancient or modern
+    times. I think Mrs. Good will like to see such a character return
+    from a savage nation, whom God has so honoured in his work. I
+    shall leave Mr. Nott to tell his own story, while you listen to
+    his report....
+
+      "I remain, my dear sir,
+        "Your's affectionately,
+          "SAMUEL MARSDEN."
+    "To John Mason Good, M.D."
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XI.
+
+    Death of Dr. Mason Good--Malicious Charges brought against Mr.
+    Marsden and confuted--Sixth Voyage to New Zealand--Frightful state
+    of the Island--Battle of the Maories--Their Cannibalism--Progress
+    of the Mission--Mr. Marsden's return--Death of Mrs.
+    Marsden--Anticipation of his own decease.
+
+
+The shadows of evening now began to fall on him whose life had hitherto
+been full of energy, and to whom sickness appears to have been a
+stranger. He had arrived at the period when early friendships are almost
+extinct, and the few who survive are dropping into the grave. The year
+1827 witnessed the death of Dr. Mason Good. Nearly twenty years had
+elapsed since he and Mr. Marsden had taken leave of one another; but
+their friendship had not cooled during that long term of absence; it
+seems rather to have gained strength with distance and declining years.
+Dr. Mason Good felt, and gratefully acknowledged, that to the
+conversations, and yet more to the high example of Mr. Marsden, he owed
+it, under God, that he was led to seek, through faith in Jesus, that
+holiness and peace which he found at last, and which shed so bright a
+lustre on his closing years. He had seen in his friend a living instance
+of disinterestedness, zeal, and humility combined, all springing from
+the love of God, and directed for Christ's sake towards the welfare of
+man; such as he had never seen before--such as, he confessed, his own
+Socinian principles were incapable of producing. Far his superior as a
+scholar and a man of genius, he perceived and felt his inferiority in
+all that relates to the highest destinies of man; he sat, as a little
+child, a learner, in his presence; and God, who is rich in mercy,
+brought home the lessons to his soul.
+
+Nothing, on the other hand, could exceed the respect, almost amounting
+to reverence, mingled however with the warmest affection, with which Mr.
+Marsden viewed his absent friend. In every difficulty he had recourse to
+him for advice; more than once he intrusted the defence of his character
+and reputation entirely to his discretion. A correspondence of nearly
+twenty years, a few specimens of which are in the reader's hand, show
+the depth of his esteem. Upon his death a fuller tide of affection
+gushed out; while he wrote thus to the mourning widow:--
+
+                                         "Paramatta, November 9, 1827.
+
+    "MY DEAR MRS. GOOD,--A few days ago we received two letters from
+    your daughter M--, informing us of the death of your much revered
+    husband. I had seen his death noticed in one of the London papers,
+    but had not received any other information. I feel for all your
+    loss. He was a blessing to the Christian world, and to mankind at
+    large. No one I esteemed more, and his memory will always be dear
+    to me. When I was with you, he and I had many serious
+    conversations on the subject of religion.
+
+    "His great talents, united with his child-like simplicity,
+    interested me much. I always experienced the greatest pleasure in
+    his company, as well as advantage; in knowledge I found myself an
+    infant in his presence, but yet at perfect ease. His gentle
+    manners, his mild address, often made me forget to whom I was
+    speaking; and after retiring from his presence I, on reflecting,
+    have been ashamed that I should presume to talk to him as I had
+    done, as if he were my equal. I never could account for the ease
+    and freedom I felt in his company, in giving my opinion upon the
+    various subjects we were wont to converse upon. He was a very
+    learned man, and knew a thousand times more of men and things than
+    I did, excepting on the subject of religion; here I always felt
+    myself at home; and he would attend to what I said with the
+    sweetest simplicity and the greatest openness of mind. In our
+    various conversations on the most important doctrines of the
+    gospel, he manifested a humble desire to know the truth, though he
+    proceeded with great caution. I experienced no difficulty in my
+    own mind in urging the truths of religion upon him, by every
+    argument in my power. I always saw, or thought I saw, the Day-star
+    from on high dawning upon his mind; and my own soul was animated
+    and refreshed whenever the subjects of the gospel engaged our
+    conversation. Perhaps our mutual friend, Dr. Gregory, may remember
+    the observations I made to him, on what passed between your dear
+    husband and myself, respecting religion, and what were my views of
+    the state of his mind at that time; the period to which I allude
+    was when he joined the Church Missionary Society, or intended to
+    join it. I had the firmest conviction in my mind that he would
+    embrace the gospel, and cordially believe to the salvation of his
+    soul. I could never account for that love which I have continued
+    to have for Dr. Good, even here at the ends of the earth, but from
+    the _communion of saints_. Though the affliction of yourself and
+    your dear daughters must be severe, having lost such a husband and
+    father, yet you cannot sorrow as those without hope; you must be
+    satisfied that the Lord has taken him away from the evil to come;
+    and as he cannot now return to you, comfort one another with the
+    hope that you shall go to him. He finished his course with joy,
+    and the work that had been given him to do; and came to the grave
+    like a shock of corn that was fully ripe. This consideration
+    should reconcile you to the Divine dispensation, and constrain you
+    to say, 'Not my will, but Thine be done.' You and your dear
+    husband had travelled long together; few in this miserable world
+    were so happy and blessed as you were for so long a period.
+    Remember all the way the Lord hath led you in this wilderness;
+    recall to mind his mercies of old, and bless his name. I have long
+    wished to see you face to face; but that wish will never be
+    gratified. The day may come when, in another and a better world,
+    we may recount all our travels here below. We are sure that we are
+    fast approaching to the end of our journey, and shall soon arrive
+    at the banks of Jordan. Let us labour, my dear madam, to keep the
+    promised land in view. You have the consolation of your two
+    amiable daughters' company. I have never thought of Mrs. N. but
+    with feelings of sympathy, and regret for her loss in the death of
+    her excellent husband. How mysterious are the ways of God! We
+    cannot account for them now, but we shall know hereafter. As a
+    father pitieth his own children, so is the Lord merciful unto them
+    that fear him. Mrs. Neale may derive comfort from the Divine
+    promises. There are many made to the widow and the fatherless, and
+    God is never unmindful of his promises. When we arrive in Mount
+    Zion, we shall then be satisfied with all the Divine
+    dispensations, and see cause to bless God for the severest. Give
+    my love to Miss Good; tell her how much I am obliged to her, for
+    the communication she has made to me respecting her dear
+    father....
+
+      "I am yours, very sincerely,"
+
+
+He was still subject to the persecutions of "unreasonable and wicked
+men," and was again compelled to vindicate his conduct in a pamphlet,
+which issued from the press at Sydney, in 1828. Transmitting a copy to
+his friend, the Rev. Josiah Pratt, he says: "I consider myself a
+proscribed person these last few years. All the charges against me are
+contained in this pamphlet. My public offences, my illegal acts, the
+charges against me for inflicting torture to extort confession, for
+which I have been condemned unheard, and suffered as guilty. What an
+ungodly world may think or say of me, is of little moment; but I do not
+wish to lose the good opinion of my Christian friends, and fall in their
+estimation." He returns to the subject in his correspondence with other
+Christian friends; for the apprehension that in him the cause of
+religion might seem to have received a wound, lay heavy on his mind. "I
+should feel much," he says, writing to Mr. D. Coates, "if the cause of
+religion should suffer in my personal conduct; but I hope it will not. I
+hope I have said enough to satisfy the Christian world that I am clear
+in this matter. To justify my public conduct, was an act due to my
+family and to all my Christian friends, as well as the general interests
+of religion." Nor was it merely the breath of slander that assailed him:
+he mentions in a private letter to the Rev. Edward Bickersteth, an act
+of grievous wrong inflicted by the British government. "I and my family
+were all struck off the public victualling books in the latter part of
+Governor Macquarie's administration, without any compensation. The Rev.
+R. Cartwright and the Rev. William Cooper, with their families, were
+also struck off from the public stores at the same time. They have both
+had their claims settled since governor Darling arrived. One received
+700_l._, and the other more than 800_l._; but I have received nothing.
+My claim is equally just, had I only served the same period as my
+colleagues, though I have served nearly twenty years longer than either
+of them. I can only attribute this act of injustice to some hostile
+feeling in the colonial office. Governor Darling has always shown me
+every attention I could wish."
+
+Yet he uttered no protest; he raised no clamour for redress. "I mention
+this circumstance to you," he adds, "_confidentially_: when the truth of
+my case is laid before the public, perhaps my superiors may think
+differently of my conduct, and do me common justice." Whether he
+obtained redress we are not informed. The occurrence shows the depth and
+bitterness of those hostile feelings, which we can trace to no other
+cause on his part than his boldness in rebuking vice, and his fidelity
+to the cause of his Lord and Master.
+
+The year 1830 found Mr. Marsden once more upon the ocean. For neither
+increasing years nor the vexations through which he had passed damped
+his ardour in the missionary cause. His mind was stedfastly fixed on the
+progress of the gospel in New Zealand, and there he was anxious once
+more in person to assist in carrying on the work. He felt that his time
+was growing short, and hastened, "before his decease," to "set in order
+the things which were wanting."
+
+He perceived, too, with mingled feelings, that New Zealand was about to
+undergo a great change. His efforts to induce the chiefs to unite under
+one head or sovereign elected by themselves, had totally failed.
+Shunghie had been slain in battle, and his ambitious projects of gaining
+a New Zealand throne by conquest were at an end. War was the natural
+condition of all the Maori tribes, and this, rendered more deadly,
+though possibly less ferocious, by the introduction of fire-arms, was
+fearfully thinning their numbers from year to year. They were subject,
+too, to periodical returns of a terrible scourge, a disease resembling
+the influenza, which cut off multitudes. On the whole, it was
+calculated, that not more than a hundred thousand Maories now survived;
+while twenty years before, when the island was first visited, the
+numbers were at least two hundred thousand. It was evident that they
+could not long maintain their independence as a nation. European ships
+began to crowd the Bay of Islands. English settlers were already making
+their way into their choice and fertile lands. To minds less sagacious
+than Mr. Marsden's, the result could be no longer doubtful--New Zealand
+must become an English colony. He foresaw the necessity, and, though at
+first with reluctance, cordially acquiesced in it, even for the sake of
+the Maories themselves. His concern now was to prepare them for a
+measure which must sooner or later take place. Everything was in a
+lawless state; the progress of the missions was greatly interrupted, and
+his presence was once more highly necessary. His own anxiety was great,
+first on behalf of the missions which had so long been the especial
+objects of his care; and then for New Zealand at large that the policy
+of Great Britain should respect the rights of the native tribes and
+pledge itself to their protection.
+
+On his arrival in New Zealand, in March, 1830, he was greeted before the
+ship had cast anchor by the Messrs. Williams and others of the
+missionary band, who hastened on board, and expressed their joy at his
+unexpected appearance among them. It was a critical moment, for they
+were in greater anxiety and difficulty than they had experienced at any
+former period of the mission. The natives were at open war, and but a
+day or two before a great battle had been fought on the opposite beach
+of the Bay of Islands, in which about fourteen hundred had been engaged.
+The alleged cause of the war was the misconduct of an English captain
+who had offered indignities to some native women on board his vessel.
+One tribe espoused his cause, while another came forward to avenge the
+insult. Six chiefs had fallen in the battle, and a hundred lives were
+lost; several whaling vessels were lying in the Bay, and their crews as
+well as the missionary stations, were in the utmost peril from the
+revenge of the victorious tribe, which now lay encamped at Keri-Keri.
+
+There was not an hour to be lost. Mr. Marsden crossed the bay with Mr.
+Henry Williams early the next morning, to visit the camp as a mediator.
+The chiefs, many of whom from different parts of the island, had
+formerly been acquainted with Mr. Marsden, all expressed their
+gratification at meeting him again. After conversing with them on
+different points connected with proposals of peace, the two friendly
+mediators crossed over to the camp of their opponents, and entered at
+once on the subject of their mission. They spoke to them of the evils of
+war, and more particularly of the civil war in which they were engaged.
+"They heard all we had to say with great attention, and several of them
+replied to the different arguments we had used. They contended that we
+were answerable for the lives of those who had fallen in the battle, as
+the war had been occasioned by the misconduct of the captain of a vessel
+one of our own countrymen; they wished to know what satisfaction we
+would give them for the loss of their friends who had been slain. We
+replied that we could give them no satisfaction, that we condemned his
+conduct, and were sorry that any of our countrymen had behaved so badly,
+and that we would write to England and prevent his return." This the
+savages requested that Mr. Marsden would not do; they longed for his
+return, that they might take their own revenge. Mr. Marsden then
+proceeded to inform them that he had had an interview with the chiefs on
+the other side, who were willing to come to terms of peace, and wished
+him to assist in settling their quarrel. This information was received
+in a friendly way by the greater part: one or two still wished to fight.
+The mediators now returned to the beach, which they found covered with
+war canoes and armed men. A war council was held, and the Rev. Henry
+Williams stated the business upon which they had come amongst them. The
+natives listened attentively. Many of the chiefs gave their opinion in
+turn, with much force and dignity of address. These orations continued
+from an early hour in the morning, till the shades of evening were
+closing. It was finally agreed that the mediating party should proceed
+the next morning to the opposite camp and repeat what had taken place.
+After a long discussion, it was concluded that two commissioners from
+each party should be appointed, along with Mr. Marsden and Mr. Williams,
+to conclude the terms of peace. Having now urged all that was in their
+power to bring about a reconciliation, they walked over the ground
+where the battle had been fought; a dreadful scene under any
+circumstances, unutterably loathsome, where cannibals were the
+contending parties. "The remains of some of the bodies that had been
+slain were lying unconsumed on the fires; the air was extremely
+offensive, and the scene most disgusting. We could not but bitterly
+lament these baneful effects of sin, and the influence of the prince of
+darkness over the minds of the poor heathen."
+
+The next day was Sunday, it was spent by Mr. Williams at the camp, for
+it was not considered safe at present to leave the savage warriors,
+whose angry passions smouldered. Mr. Marsden proceeded to the station,
+and preached to the infant church. Never was the gospel of Christ placed
+in finer contrast with the kingdom of darkness, and the appalling
+tyranny of the god of this world. Mr. Marsden's pen thus describes the
+scene as he sketched it upon the spot:
+
+    "The contrast between the state of the east and west side of the
+    bay was very striking. Though only two miles distant, the east
+    shore was crowded with different tribes of fighting men in a wild
+    savage state, many of them nearly naked, and when exercising
+    entirely naked; nothing was to be heard but the firing of muskets,
+    the noise, din, and commotion of a savage military camp; some
+    mourning the death of their friends, others suffering from their
+    wounds, and not one but whose mind was involved in heathen
+    darkness without one ray of Divine knowledge. On the other side
+    was the pleasant sound of the church going bell; the natives
+    assembling together for divine worship, clean, orderly and
+    decently dressed, most of them in European clothing; they were
+    carrying the litany and the greatest part of the church service,
+    written in their own language, in their hands with their hymns.
+    The church service, as far as it has been translated, they can
+    write and read. Their conduct and the general appearance of the
+    whole settlement reminded me of a well-regulated English country
+    parish. In the chapel, the natives behaved with the greatest
+    propriety, and joined in the church service. Here might be viewed
+    at one glance the blessings of the Christian religion, and the
+    miseries of heathenism with respect to the present life; but when
+    we extend one thought over the eternal world how infinite is the
+    difference!"
+
+These were trying times undoubtedly. The missions had existed fifteen
+years, and yet the powers of darkness raged in all the horrors of
+cannibal warfare, close to the doors of the missionary premises. On the
+following Tuesday morning, Mr. Marsden was aroused from his bed by a
+chief calling at his window to tell him that the army was in motion, and
+that a battle seemed to be at hand. He arose immediately and was
+informed that thirty-six canoes had been counted passing between the
+main and the island. He immediately launched the missionary boat and
+proceeded to meet them. "When we came up to them we found they had left
+their women and children on the island, and that they were all fighting
+men, well armed and ready for action in a moment's notice. I counted
+more than forty men in one war canoe." Yet amongst these infuriated
+savages the missionaries felt no alarm. "We were under no apprehension
+of danger; both parties placed the utmost confidence in us, and we were
+fully persuaded the commissioners would be cordially received." If the
+event had turned out otherwise Mr. Marsden and his friends had notice
+given them by the native commissioners, of whom we have spoken, that
+they would be seen alive no more. "The three native commissioners
+accompanied us in a small canoe which they paddled themselves. They
+brought their canoe between our two boats, and in that position we
+approached the beach. They told us if they were killed, we must be given
+up to their friends as a sacrifice for the loss of their lives." The
+missionaries' confidence was not misplaced; "the whole day was spent in
+deliberation; at night, after a long oration, the great chief on one
+side clove a stick in two to signify that his anger was broken. The
+terms of peace were ratified, and both sides joined in a hideous war
+dance together; repeatedly firing their muskets. We then took our
+departure from these savage scenes with much satisfaction, as we had
+attained the object we were labouring for."
+
+Such scenes did not for an instant disturb the firm faith and confidence
+of the great missionary leader. Coming from the midst of them he could
+sit down in the missionary hut and write as follows:
+
+    "The time will come when human sacrifices and cannibalism shall be
+    annihilated in New Zealand, by the pure, mild and heavenly
+    influence of the gospel of our blessed Lord and Saviour. The work
+    is great, but Divine goodness will find both the means and the
+    instruments to accomplish his own gracious purposes to fallen man.
+    His word, which is the sword of the Spirit, is able to subdue
+    these savage people to the obedience of faith. It is the duty of
+    Christians to use the means, to sow the seed and patiently to wait
+    for the heavenly dews to cause it to spring up, and afterwards to
+    look up to God in faith and prayer to send the early and latter
+    rain."
+
+Even now the "Day-spring from on high" had visited this savage race. In
+no part of the world was the sabbath day more sacredly observed than by
+the converts in the missionary settlements; their lives gave evidence
+that their hearts were changed. Spiritual religion, deep and earnest,
+began to show its fruit in some of them; others were at least much
+impressed with the importance of eternal things. Mr. Marsden was waited
+upon one evening by several native young men and women who wished to
+converse on religious subjects; when they came in their anxious
+countenances explained the inward working of their minds; their object
+was to know what they must do to be saved. He endeavoured to set before
+them the love of Jesus in coming from heaven to die for a ruined world,
+and mentioned many instances of his love and mercy which he showed to
+sinners while on earth. "When I had addressed them at some length," he
+adds, "a young native woman begun to pray."
+
+"I never heard any address offered up to heaven with such feelings of
+reverence, and piety, so much sweetness and freedom of expression, with
+such humility and heavenly mindedness. I could not doubt but that this
+young woman prayed with the Spirit, and with the understanding. She
+prayed fervently that God would pardon her sins and preserve her from
+evil; and for all the natives in the room, that they might all be
+preserved from falling into the temptations by which they were
+surrounded. Her very soul seemed to be swallowed up with the sense she
+had of the evil and danger of sin, and the love of Jesus, who came to
+save sinners. Her voice was low, soft and harmonious; her sentences were
+short and expressed in the true spirit of prayer. I never expected to
+have seen, in my day, any of the natives of this barbarous nation
+offering up their supplications for pardon and grace, to the only true
+God, with such godly sorrow and true contrition."
+
+Amongst the audience in the room were the aged widow and two daughters
+of the great Shunghie. When they rose from their knees the ex-queen
+exclaimed, "Astonishing, astonishing!" and then retired; "and I
+confess," adds Mrs. Marsden, "I was not less astonished than she was."
+The young woman he learned had for some time lived upon the mission
+premises, and conducted herself in all respects as a Christian, adorning
+the gospel she professed. A few days after we find Mr. Marsden "marrying
+an Englishman to a native Christian woman, who repeated the responses
+very correctly in English which she well understood; she conducted
+herself with the greatest propriety, and appeared neatly dressed in
+European clothing of her own making, for she was a good sempstress." Mr.
+Marsden considered, he says, this marriage to be of the first
+importance; and the New Zealanders appear to have been of the same mind,
+and to have done due honour to the occasion: for "the company came in a
+war canoe and brought their provisions with them, a pig and plenty of
+potatoes." Shortly afterwards, he united a young native man and woman in
+marriage, they were both Christians, domestic servants to Mr. Clarke,
+one of the missionaries, and seemed to have a great affection for each
+other. The young man was free and of a good family; the young woman was
+a slave, having become such by capture; for all their prisoners of war
+if not massacred were reduced to slavery. Mr. Clarke therefore redeemed
+her from her master, for five blankets, an axe, and an iron-pot. A chief
+seldom allowed any of his female slaves to marry, always reserving a
+number of them as wives for himself. We must therefore suppose that the
+price was a very liberal one.
+
+The effects of Christianity were now apparent in some favoured spots,
+and Mr. Marsden returned home again full of hope and consolation. He had
+witnessed already changes far greater than he had ever hoped to see,
+sanguine as he was of ultimate success. So confident was he in the good
+feeling of the natives towards himself, that he had taken one of his
+daughters with him, and she accompanied him in his visits to the chiefs,
+one of whom, known by the title of King George, demanded her in marriage
+for his son; "an honour," writes her father, "which I begged permission
+to decline." Fearful indeed had been the condition of females hitherto
+amongst these savages, as the following extract, with which we conclude
+our notice of Mr. Marsden's sixth visit to New Zealand, sufficiently
+attests. He is describing the great change which Christianity had
+effected among the New Zealanders.
+
+"On one of my former visits to New Zealand, sitting in the room I am at
+present in, the natives killed and ate a poor young woman just behind
+the house. But what a wonderful change the gospel has wrought! In this
+little spot, where so late hellish songs were sung and heathen rites
+performed, I now hear the songs of Zion, and the voice of prayer offered
+up to the God of heaven. So wonderful is the power of God's word."
+
+He returned home greatly cheered and well qualified "to comfort others
+with the comforts wherewith" he himself "was comforted of God." To Mrs.
+Good, the widow of his departed friend, he wrote as follows, soon
+afterwards:
+
+                                          "Paramatta, August 27, 1833.
+
+    "MY DEAR MRS. GOOD,--We received Miss Good's letter, which gave us
+    much concern to learn that you had met with such severe trials....
+    How mysterious are the ways of God! We cannot comprehend them now,
+    but we are assured, that what we know not at present we shall know
+    hereafter. Our heavenly Father has promised that all things shall
+    work together for good to them that love God, and the Scriptures
+    cannot be broken. He willingly suffers none of his children to be
+    afflicted. In the end we shall find that he hath done all things
+    well. At present our trials may bear heavy upon us, but St. Paul
+    tells us they are but for a moment, and eventually will work for
+    us a far more exceeding weight of eternal glory. Job, when he had
+    lost all his children and property exclaimed, 'Naked came I out of
+    my mother's womb, and naked shall I return; the Lord gave and the
+    Lord hath taken away; blessed be the name of the Lord.' We know
+    Infinite Wisdom cannot err in any of his dispensations towards us,
+    and he will never leave or forsake them that trust in him. I pray
+    that the Father of mercies may support you under all your trials
+    and afflictions. The very remembrance of the pleasure I
+    experienced in the society of your ever-to-be-revered husband is
+    very refreshing to my mind. We often speak of you all, and humbly
+    pray that we may meet again in another and a better world. I am
+    now almost seventy years old, and I cannot but be thankful, when I
+    look back and consider how the Lord hath led me all my life long.
+    I have gone through many dangers by land, by water, amongst the
+    heathen and amongst my own countrymen, robbers and murderers, by
+    night and by day; but though I have been robbed, no personal
+    injury have I ever received, not so much as a bone broken. I have
+    also had to contend with many wicked and unreasonable men in
+    power, but the Lord in his providence ordered all for good. Most
+    of them are now in the silent grave, and I have much peace and
+    comfort in the discharge of my public duty, and I bless God for
+    it. I have visited New Zealand six times. The mission prospers
+    very much; the Lord has blessed the missionaries in their labours,
+    and made their work to prosper.
+
+    "I am happy to say my family are all pretty well.... Mrs. M.
+    enjoys her health well at her age, so that we have everything to
+    be thankful for. The colony increases very fast in population; 599
+    women arrived from Europe a few days ago. Provisions are very
+    cheap and in great plenty. Our number increases some thousands
+    every year, so that there is a prospect of this country becoming
+    great and populous. Your daughter mentions the sheep; she will be
+    astonished to hear that one million eight hundred thousand pounds
+    of wool, were exported last year from New South Wales to England,
+    and we may expect a very great annual increase from the fineness
+    of the climate, and the extent of pasturage.... Wool will prove
+    the natural wealth of these colonies and of vast importance to the
+    mother country also. We are very much in want of pious
+    ministers.... None but pious men will be of any service in such a
+    society as ours.... I should wish to go to England again to select
+    some ministers, if I were not so very old; but this I cannot do,
+    and therefore I must pray to the great Head of the church, to
+    provide for those sheep who are without a shepherd.
+
+    "May I request you to remember us affectionately to Mrs. Neale and
+    Dr. Gregory--I pray that you and yours may be supported under
+    every trial, and that they may be all sanctified to your eternal
+    good. I remain, dear Mrs. Good,
+
+      "Yours affectionately.
+        "SAMUEL MARSDEN."
+
+In 1835, Mrs. Marsden died. She had long been patiently looking forward
+to her great change, and her last end was full of peace. Years had not
+abated his love for his "dear partner;" so he always called her when,
+after her decease, he had occasion to speak of her. He showed her grave,
+in sight of his study window, with touching emotion to his friends, and
+felt himself almost released from earth and its attractions when she had
+left it. His own increasing infirmities had led him to anticipate that
+he should be first removed, and the parsonage house being his only by a
+life tenure, he had built a comfortable residence for his widow, which
+however, she did not live to occupy. By this bereavement he was himself
+led to view the last conflict as near at hand; henceforward it
+constantly occupied his mind, and formed at times the chief subject of
+his conversation. He sometimes spoke of it amongst his friends with a
+degree of calmness, and at the same time with such a deep sense of its
+nearness and reality, as to excite their apprehensions as well as their
+astonishment. He stood on the verge of eternity and gazed into it with a
+tranquil eye, and spoke of what he saw with the composure of one who was
+"now ready to be offered, and the time of whose departure was at
+hand;"--his last text before he had quitted New Zealand.
+
+Yet he was not at all times equally serene. Returning one day from a
+visit to a dying bed, he called at the residence of a brother minister,
+the Rev. R. Cartwright, in a state of some dejection. He entered on the
+subject of death with feeling, and expressed some fears with regard to
+his own salvation. Mr. Cartwright remarked upon the happiness of himself
+and his friend as being both so near to their eternal rest, to which Mr.
+Marsden seriously replied with emphasis, "But Mr. C----, _if_ I am
+there." "If, Mr. Marsden?" rejoined his friend, surprised at the doubt
+implied. The aged disciple then brought forward several passages of
+Scripture bearing upon the deep responsibility of the ministerial office
+coupled with his own unworthiness; "lest I myself should be a castaway;"
+"if we hold the beginning of our confidence stedfast unto the end;"
+remarking on his own sinfulness,--every thing he had done being tainted
+with sin,--on his utter uselessness,--and contrasting all this with the
+holiness and purity of God. At another time, coming from the factory
+after a visit to a dying woman, and deeply impressed with the awfulness
+of a dying hour in the case of one who was unprepared to die, he
+repeated in a very solemn manner some lines from Blair's once celebrated
+poem on the grave--
+
+  "In that dread moment how the frantic soul
+  Raves round the walls of her clay tenement,
+  Runs to each avenue and shrieks for help,
+  But shrieks in vain. How wistfully she looks
+  On all she is leaving; now no longer hers.
+  A little longer, yet a little longer. Oh! might she stay
+  To wash away her crimes, and fit her for her passage."
+
+He then spoke on the plan of salvation and the grace offered by the
+gospel with great feeling.
+
+The holiness and purity of God appeared at times to overwhelm his soul;
+contrasting it, as he did, with his own sinfulness, and viewing it in
+connexion with the fact that he must soon stand before his awful
+presence. Yet he speedily recovered his habitual peace, recalling the
+blessed truth that "there is now no condemnation to them which are in
+Christ Jesus." He was still on the whole a most cheerful Christian,
+joying and rejoicing in the hope of a blessed immortality. And as he
+drew near his journey's end his prospects were still brighter and his
+peace increased.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XII.
+
+    State of New South Wales--The Aborigines--Cruelties practised upon
+    them--Attempts to civilize and convert them--They fail--Mr.
+    Marsden's Seventh Visit to New Zealand--His Daughter's
+    Journal--Affection of the Natives--Progress of the Mission--Danger
+    from European vices--Returns in H.M.S Rattlesnake to Sydney.
+
+
+History affords but few examples of a change such as New South Wales had
+undergone since Mr. Marsden landed from a convict ship in the penal
+settlement of Botany Bay in the year 1794. The gold fields had not yet
+disclosed their wealth, nor did he live to see the stupendous
+consequences which resulted from their discovery in 1851, the rush of
+European adventurers, and the sudden transformation of the dismal
+solitudes of Bendigo and Ballarat into the abode of thousands of
+restless, enterprising men, with all the attendant circumstances, both
+good and evil, of civilized life. But Australia was already a vast
+colony; in almost everything except the name, an empire, self-supporting,
+and with regard to its internal affairs, self governed, though still
+under the mild control, borne with loyalty and pride, of the English
+sovereign. The state of society was completely changed. For many years,
+the stream of emigration had carried to the fertile shores of Australia
+not the refuse of our jails, but some of the choicest of our population;
+the young, the intelligent, the enterprising, and the high principled,
+who sought for a wider field of action, or disdained to live at home,
+useless to society, and a burden to their relatives. Large towns such
+as Sydney, Victoria, Geelong and Melbourne, with their spacious
+harbours crowded with shipping, were already in existence, and English
+settlers had covered with their flocks those inland plains which long
+after Mr. Marsden's arrival still lay desolate and unexplored.
+
+The religious condition of Australia was no less changed. All
+denominations were now represented by a ministry, and accommodated in
+places of worship not at all inferior to those at home. The Church of
+England had erected Sydney into a bishopric, of which the pious and
+energetic archdeacon Broughton was the first incumbent, and the number
+of the colonial clergy had been greatly increased; under all these
+influences the tone of social morality was improved, and real spiritual
+religion won its triumphs in many hearts. Mr. Marsden was now released
+from those official cares and duties as senior chaplain which once so
+heavily pressed upon him. Beyond his own parish of Paramatta his
+ministerial labours did not necessarily extend, and in his parish duties
+he had the efficient aid of his son-in-law and other coadjutors.
+
+[Illustration: PARAMATTA CHURCH.]
+
+The one spot on which no cheering ray seemed to fall, the sterile field
+which after years of laborious cultivation yielded no return, was the
+native population, the aborigines of New South Wales.
+
+We have mentioned some of the many futile attempts made for their
+conversion; more might be added; for various missions were devised,--by
+the Society for the Propagation of the Gospel in Foreign Parts, aided by
+the colonial government; by the Wesleyan and the Church Missionary
+Societies; and by the London Missionary Society; but none of these met
+with much success, and we fear all have been in turn abandoned. The
+mission of Mr. Threlkeld, on the margin of lake Macquarie deserves
+especial notice. It was continued for upwards of fourteen years; during
+the first six years at the charges of the London Missionary Society, but
+owing to the heavy expense, and the slow progress of the mission, they
+withdrew from it after an outlay of about three thousand pounds. Mr.
+Threlkeld was reluctant to give up the mission, and pursued it for some
+time from his own resources and those of his friends, with a small grant
+of a hundred and fifty pounds a-year from the British government, who
+also made over ten thousand acres of land to be held on trust on behalf
+of the natives. Mr. Threlkeld seems to have been admirably fitted for
+his work; he had been the fellow labourer of the martyr John Williams,
+of Erromanga, and left the Tahitian mission in consequence of heavy
+domestic afflictions. He had spent much time in acquiring a knowledge of
+the language of the "blacks" or aborigines, of which he drew up a
+grammar, besides translating some portions of Scripture, Watts's hymns,
+and other suitable works. He had generally three or four tribes resident
+around him upon the land granted for their use. Occasionally he employed
+from twelve to sixty of them in burning off the timber and clearing the
+land, an employment which they liked best. At this they would continue
+for eight or ten days at a time, until some native custom, or the report
+of the hostile intention of some neighbouring tribe, called them off,
+perhaps never to return. Harmless as they seemed, their customs were
+ferocious; the tribes were constantly at war, and upon human life they
+set no value; they had no law against murder, and consequently no
+punishment for it. A man may murder his wife, or child, or any other
+relative with impunity; but if a person murder another who is no way
+connected with him, the nearest of kin to the murdered person will
+sometimes avenge his death; though this seldom happens unless the
+delinquent and the sufferer are of different tribes. It is only as they
+become acquainted with the customs of Europeans that human life is
+regarded. In their native wilds they sport with the sufferings both of
+man and beast.
+
+At different periods, Mr. Threlkeld erected huts, but in these they
+could not be induced to live, alleging the accumulation of vermin and
+the fear of other natives coming in the night and spearing them without
+a possibility of escape. On urging them to plant corn on a piece of
+ground he had prepared for them, they replied it would be useless, as
+the tribes from the neighbouring Sugar Loaf Mountain, although on
+friendly terms, would come down and take it away when ripe. Mr.
+Threlkeld attributed the failure of his mission partly to the want of
+funds, but still more to the influx of European settlers. He deeply
+deplored the want of legal protectors, both to prevent the ferocious
+attacks of the blacks upon each other, and to protect them from the
+white man's atrocities. "I am firmly of opinion," adds Mr. Threlkeld, in
+the annual report of his mission for the year 1836, "that a Protector of
+Aborigines will be fully employed in investigating cases of the cruelty
+of European settlers, which are both numerous and shocking to humanity,
+and in maintaining their civil rights."
+
+He had but too much reason to express himself thus. The cases of
+oppression which he himself describes, are most revolting. In one
+instance, a stockman, or herdsman, boasted to his master of having
+killed six or seven black men with his own hands, when in pursuit of
+them with his companions; for they were hunted down in mere wantonness
+and sport. He was merely dismissed from his employer's service. In
+another, a party of stockmen went out, some depredation having been
+committed by the blacks in spearing their cattle, took a black prisoner,
+tied his arms, and then fastened him to the stirrup of a stockman on
+horseback to drag him along. When the party arrived near their
+respective stations they separated, leaving the stockman to conduct the
+prisoner to his own hut. The black, when he found they were alone, was
+reluctant to proceed, and struggled to get free, when the stockman took
+his knife from his pocket, coolly stuck the black in the throat, and
+left him for dead. The poor fellow crawled to the house of a gentleman
+dwelling on the plains, told his tale, and died.
+
+These are but specimens of cruelties, too numerous and too horrible to
+relate. The blacks, of course, retaliated, and military parties were
+sent out against them. On the 31st October, 1828, the executive council
+of the colony declared in their minutes, "that the outrages of the
+aboriginal natives amount to a complete declaration of hostilities
+against the settlers generally," but they forgot to add that these
+hostilities had been provoked in every instance by the wanton aggression
+of the Europeans. Martial law was again proclaimed in October, 1830,
+against the natives, and the governor at length determined to call upon
+the inhabitants to take up arms, and join the troops in forming a
+military cordon, by means of which he proposed to drive the aborigines
+into Tasman's Peninsula. The inhabitants responded to the call, and an
+armed force of between two and three thousand men were in the field from
+the 4th October till the 26th November; but the attempt entirely
+failed.
+
+Mr. Marsden lived to see the beginnings of a better system, though from
+his advanced age he was now no longer able to take an active part in the
+formation of new institutions. Before his death, a society had been
+formed in the colony for the protection of the aborigines, and
+government had also appointed protectors to defend them against wanton
+outrage. This was a great advance in a colony where, Lieutenant Sadleir
+(who had the charge of the school at Paramatta for the aborigines) tells
+us, that on his first tour up the country he saw the skull of a
+celebrated native, in which was visible the hole where the ball had
+penetrated the forehead, placed over a gentleman's bookcase in his
+sitting-room; "a trophy," he says, "which he prized very much, of his
+success in one of those exterminating excursions then sometimes
+undertaken, when the natives were hunted down like beasts of prey to be
+destroyed." But it was not till the year 1839 that an act was passed by
+the legislative council giving extensive powers to certain
+"commissioners of lands," who were also magistrates of the territory, to
+put a stop to the atrocities so extensively committed beyond the
+boundaries, both by the aborigines and the European settlers. The
+governor drew attention to this act in a proclamation worthy of his high
+office. "As human beings," he remarks, "partaking of our common nature,
+as the aboriginal possessors of the soil from which the wealth of the
+country has been principally derived, and as subjects of the queen,
+whose authority extends over every part of New Holland, the natives of
+the colony have an equal right with the people of European origin to the
+protection and assistance of the law of England.
+
+"His excellency thinks it right further to inform the public that each
+succeeding despatch from the secretary of state marks in an increasing
+degree the importance which her Majesty's government, and no less the
+parliament and the people of Great Britain, attach to the just and
+humane treatment of the aborigines of this country, and to declare most
+earnestly and solemnly his deep conviction that there is no subject or
+matter whatsoever in which the interests as well as the honour of the
+colonists are more essentially concerned."
+
+His excellency was soon called upon to bring his professions of
+impartial justice to the test. A few weeks only after the date of the
+proclamation, seven monsters in human shape, convicts who had been
+assigned as stockmen to some of the settlers in the interior,
+influenced, it would seem, by no other motive than a fiendish
+determination to exterminate the unhappy natives, set out on horseback
+in pursuit of their victims. One Charles Kilmaister was their leader.
+They were traced in their progress, inquiring after blacks, and at last
+it appeared they arrived at a hut near the Orawaldo, commonly called the
+Big River, beyond Liverpool Plains. Here they discovered a little tribe
+of about thirty natives, men, women, and children, including babes at
+their mothers' breasts, assembled in the bush, unsuspicious of danger,
+and unconscious of offence. It was on Sunday. They immediately
+approached their victims, who, terrified at their manner, ran into
+Kilmaister's hut, crying for protection; but they appealed to hearts of
+stone. The bandits having caught them as it were in a trap, dismounted
+and followed them into the hut, and, despite of their entreaties, tied
+them together with a rope. When all were thus secured, one end of the
+rope was tied round the body of the foremost of the murderers, who,
+having mounted his horse, led the way, dragging the terrified group
+after him, while his infamous companions guarded them on all sides.
+Onward they were dragged till a fitting place in the bush was reached,
+when the work of slaughter commenced, and unresisting, these hapless
+wretches, one after the other, were brutally butchered. Fathers, and
+mothers, and children, fell before the previously sharpened swords of
+their executioners, till all lay together a lifeless mass, clinging to
+each other even in death, as with the throes of natural affection. But
+one shot was fired, so that it was presumed one only perished by
+fire-arms. The precise number thus immolated has not been accurately
+ascertained, but it is computed not less than thirty lay stretched on
+their own native soil. The demon butchers then placed the bodies in a
+heap, kindled an immense fire over them, and so endeavoured to destroy
+the evidence of their unheard-of brutality. The eye of providence,
+however, was not to be thus blinded; and although for a time the
+miscreants imagined they had effectually disguised their horrible work,
+circumstances led to their apprehension. Birds of prey were seen
+hovering about the spot where the unconsumed remains yet rotted on the
+ground. Stockmen in search of their strayed cattle were attracted to the
+place, supposing they should find their carcasses. In this way it was
+that the ribs, jaw-bones, half-burned skulls, and other portions of
+human skeletons were found, while symptoms of the conflagration in the
+vicinity were likewise discovered. This led to inquiry, and ultimately
+to the discovery of the horrible truth. The place was fifty miles from
+the nearest police station. The whole of the villains were apprehended,
+and their own admissions and conduct, both previous and subsequent to
+the atrocious deed, added to a chain of circumstantial evidence, left no
+doubt of their guilt. It chanced that the night previous to the murders
+a heavy rain had fallen, and traces were thus discovered of horses feet,
+as well as of the naked feet of the wretched natives, on the way to the
+field of death. The chief witness, a respectable man, scarce dared,
+however, to return to the district, so strong was the sympathy expressed
+towards these miscreants, even by persons of influence, some of whom
+were magistrates. All possible pains were taken to save them from
+condign punishment; subscriptions were made for their defence, and
+counsel retained, but in vain; their guilt was established beyond a
+doubt, and Sir George Gipps, the governor, suffered the law to take its
+righteous course.
+
+Yet the progress of humanity and righteousness was very slow, and Mr.
+Marsden did not live to see equal justice, not to speak of gospel truth
+or English liberty, carried to the aborigines. In the very year of his
+death, an effort was made by the attorney-general of the colony to pass
+a bill to enable the courts of justice to receive the evidence of the
+blacks, hitherto inadmissible. The chief justice of Australia gave his
+sanction to the measure. In laying this bill before the council, as the
+law officer of the crown, the attorney-general gave some painful
+instances of its necessity. There was then, he said, lying in his office
+a very remarkable case, in which there was no doubt a considerable
+number of blacks had been shot, but in consequence of not being able to
+take the evidence of the blacks who witnessed the transaction, it was
+impossible to prosecute, although there was proof that certain parties
+went into the bush in a certain direction with fire-arms, and that shots
+were heard. The dead bodies of blacks were afterwards found there, the
+skulls of some of them being marked with bullets. On the other hand five
+blacks were convicted of a larceny, and could be convicted of no higher
+offence, although those who heard the case must have been convinced that
+they had murdered two white men; but, because the blacks, who knew how
+the murder was committed, could not be heard as witnesses, it was
+impossible to prosecute them for the murder. The bill only went so far
+as to allow the blacks to be heard,--"to allow them to tell their own
+story; the jury might believe them or not as their evidence was
+corroborated circumstantially, or by other witnesses." Yet this simple
+instalment of justice was denied, and the bill was rejected by the
+legislative council. Such are some of the crimes through which even
+England, just and generous England, has ascended her dazzling throne of
+colonial empire. When we tear aside the veil of national pride, how
+gloomy are the recesses of our colonial history; how large the amends
+which Britain owes to every native population which God has intrusted to
+her care!
+
+Mr. Marsden was now seventy-two years of age. On every side the friends
+of his youth were falling, and he was bowed down with bodily
+infirmities, the natural consequence of a life of toil. He often pointed
+to an aged tree which grew in sight of his windows, as an emblem of
+himself. It had once stood in the middle of a thick wood, surrounded on
+all sides with fine timber; which the waste of years and the ruthless
+axe had levelled; now it stood alone, exposed to every blast, its
+branches broken off, its trunk decayed and its days numbered. Yet he
+resolved to pay another, his seventh, and, as it proved, his last visit
+to New Zealand. It was thought by his friends, that he would never live
+to return. His age and infirmities seemed to unfit him for any great
+exertion of either mind or body; but having formed the resolution,
+nothing could now deter him, or divert him from it. He sailed on the 9th
+February, 1837, in the Pyramus, accompanied by his youngest daughter,
+and he seemed to be cheered by the reflection that if he should die upon
+his voyage he should die in his harness and upon the battle field on
+which God had chosen him to be a leader.
+
+And yet his sturdy spirit scarcely bowed itself to such misgivings. As
+on former visits, he had no sooner landed than his whole soul was
+invigorated by scenes from which most others would have shrunk. He
+landed on the southern side of the island, at the river Hokianga, and
+remained amongst the Wesleyan missionaries for about a fortnight; after
+which he crossed over to the Bay of Islands, carried all the way in a
+litter by the natives. In this way he visited the whole of the
+missionary stations in the neighbourhood of the Bay of Islands, as well
+as Kaitaia, a station at the North Cape. On the arrival of H. M. S.
+Rattlesnake, he accompanied Captain Hobson (afterwards governor of New
+Zealand), to the river Thames, and the East Cape, returning at length to
+Sydney in that ship, where he arrived on the 27th of July after an
+absence of five months. When entering the heads of Port Jackson, one of
+the officers of the ship observed, "I think Mr. M. you may look upon
+this as your last visit to New Zealand;" upon which he replied, "No I
+don't, for I intend to be off again in about six weeks, the people in
+the colony are becoming too fine for me now. I am too old to preach
+before them, but I can talk to the New Zealanders."
+
+Of this, his last visit, we must give some account. Captain Livesay of
+the Pyramus, in a valuable letter to Mr. Nicholas, has given some
+interesting reminiscences of his passenger:--
+
+                                        "Devonport, November 29, 1837.
+
+    "MY DEAR SIR,-- ... I looked forward to meeting you with
+    inexpressible delight, to talk about our much esteemed friend Mr.
+    Marsden, and compare notes about New Zealand; but we are born to
+    disappointment, although I shall still look forward to have that
+    pleasure on my return to England.
+
+    "From the last account I had of Mr. Marsden, previous to my
+    quitting New Zealand, I was informed that the trip had done him
+    much good. When he left the ship, and indeed when I last saw him,
+    which was a month afterwards, he used to walk with a great stoop;
+    he was then able to walk upright, and take considerable exercise.
+    The dear old man! it used to do my heart good to see his pious
+    zeal in his Master's cause. Nothing ever seemed a trouble to him.
+    He was always calm and cheerful, even under intense bodily
+    suffering, which was the case sometimes from the gravel, which
+    caused him great distress. His daughter Martha was a very great
+    comfort to him; she was constantly with him, and very affectionate
+    in her attentions. I did hope my next voyage would have been to
+    New South Wales, that I might have the pleasure of seeing him once
+    more, should God have spared him so long; but that thought must
+    now be given up." ...
+
+The remainder of the letter has reference to the state and prospects of
+New Zealand. The sentiments are honourable to a British sailor. How
+happy it would have been for the Maori race, had all English captains
+who visited the Bay of Islands, been such men as Captain Livesay!
+
+He says, "It affords me great satisfaction to find that a committee are
+forming for the colonization of New Zealand, on the scale you intimate.
+It is very much to be desired indeed; as the poor natives are becoming a
+prey and a sacrifice to a set of dissolute wretches who do all in their
+power to sink the savage into the perfect brute, or by design and craft
+to cheat them out of all their possessions. Even those who call
+themselves respectable, are amongst this number, and one or two, to my
+certain knowledge, have purchased an immense extent of land for a mere
+song, depriving the rising generation of all their claims. The New
+Zealanders are upon the whole, a fine and intelligent race, capable of
+much if well directed. They are accused of low cunning, and covetousness
+in their dealings with the Europeans. Let the question be asked, who
+taught them to be so? Why, the Europeans themselves. They are said to be
+ferocious. I maintain that they are not half so much so as our own
+ancestors in the barbarous times of Britain; and where Christianity has
+been properly introduced, they are quite a different race of beings. Let
+but the ill weeds that have taken root there be torn up, and the
+wholesome plant of industry and sobriety, with the spirit of the gospel,
+sown in its place, and all the savage will soon cease to be."
+
+The "ill weeds" were springing up apace, and, as a consequence, the
+missionary cause was once more in peril.
+
+An English barque had lately been wrecked upon the coast, but
+fortunately Mr. Guard the captain, his wife, two children, and the crew,
+twenty-eight in all, escaped to land. At first, according to the
+statement of the captain, the natives treated them with kindness, which
+they soon exchanged, under what pretext, or in consequence of what
+provocations on either side, it would be useless to ask, for open
+hostilities. A quarrel was got up between two native tribes, and an
+engagement followed, in which twelve Europeans, and about forty Maories
+fell. Guard and his party were taken prisoners. It shows how great an
+improvement had taken place amongst the natives, that they were not
+massacred and devoured; but, on condition of returning with a cask of
+powder as a ransom for himself and the rest, Guard and five of his men
+were allowed to proceed, without further molestation, to Sydney; where
+he laid the matter before Sir Richard Bourke the governor. Relying on
+the accuracy of Guard's narrative, the governor, with the advice of the
+executive council, requested Captain Lambert to proceed with H.M.S.
+Alligator, which happened to be lying in Port Jackson, to obtain the
+restoration of the British subjects, then in the hands of the New
+Zealanders. He was instructed to abstain from any act of retaliation,
+and to obtain the restoration of the captives by amicable means; and
+Guard and his five men returned in the same ship.
+
+Soon after the arrival of the party at New Zealand, Guard recognised the
+chief who was now the proprietor of the shipwrecked woman and children;
+and the unsuspicious native rubbed noses with him in token of amity, at
+the same time expressing his readiness to give up his prisoners on
+receiving the "payment" guaranteed to him. This, however was not the
+way in which the affair was to be settled; Guard and his sailors seized
+him as a prisoner, and dragged him into the whale boat in which the
+party had gone ashore. The cruelty practised towards this unfortunate
+man, and the fearful havoc committed by the English, we gladly pass
+over. Such iniquitous transactions reflect but little credit on us as a
+Christian or a civilized people; and they were, moreover, in direct
+opposition to the benevolent instructions of Sir Richard Bourke. The
+British subjects were restored; as indeed they might have been without
+the loss of a single life, through the intervention of the missionaries,
+and of the British resident at the Bay of Islands, and the expedition
+having gained its object by force and stratagem, returned to Sydney with
+the troops and the liberated captives.
+
+This painful affair, as well as other acts of outrage, on the part of
+the natives, which were its natural consequence, made a deep impression
+at the time, and were a source of great uneasiness to Mr. Marsden. He
+saw at once the danger to which they exposed the missionaries and their
+cause, and felt, no doubt, a just reliance on himself. Unarmed and
+unprotected, had he been upon the spot, he would have accomplished more
+in his own person than all those warlike measures had effected, which
+anew embittered the Maori race against the Europeans.
+
+His record of his farewell visit was probably not kept with his former
+accuracy; but the chasm is well supplied by the interesting journal of
+his daughter, some extracts from which the reader will peruse with
+pleasure. We have the whole scene placed before us by her graceful pen,
+and we gain some glimpse into her father's character, which we should
+certainly not have gathered from his own modest, self-forgetting,
+memoranda.
+
+    "_February 12, Sunday._--Had service on deck. The Rev. Mr.
+    Wilkinson read prayers, and my father preached. The sailors were
+    very attentive; the service was truly interesting from its novelty
+    and the impressiveness of the scene; nothing around us but the
+    wide waste of waters.
+
+    "_13th._--At the suggestion of Captain L----, reading in the
+    evenings was introduced. We began the History of Columbus, by
+    Washington Irving, and the arrangement is that we are to read by
+    turns."
+
+    The weather proved boisterous, and it was not before the 21st they
+    made the land.
+
+    "_22nd._--Up early on deck to view the land, which presented a
+    very bold and romantic appearance.
+
+    "Not being able to obtain a pilot, the captain determined, lest he
+    should lose the tide, Hokianga being a bar harbour, to take the
+    vessel in himself. The dead lights were put in, and every
+    arrangement made as we approached the bar. Not a voice was heard
+    but that of the captain and the two men in the chains, heaving the
+    lead. Every sailor was at his station, and the anchors in
+    readiness to let go at a moment's warning. We sounded as shallow
+    as 'a quarter less four,' when the ladies became alarmed, though
+    we were obliged to keep our fears to ourselves, as the gentlemen
+    very politely left us. The wind being light, the fear was the
+    breakers would have overtaken the ship, thrown her upon her beam
+    ends, and rendered her unmanageable; but providence guided and
+    preserved us.
+
+    "I seldom remember a more beautiful scene; the moon is near its
+    full, and the banks of the river are very high, covered with the
+    most luxuriant foliage. We were so delighted with the scenery that
+    we would willingly have stayed up all night. As we proceeded up,
+    the mountains appeared to lessen into hills. Several native
+    hamlets, and two or three residences of Europeans, show that the
+    busy hand of man has been engaged in the work of redeeming the
+    wilderness from the wild dominion of nature. Anchored near the
+    Wesleyan mission station, where we were kindly welcomed by Mr. and
+    Mrs. Turner. The mission here has been established nearly nine
+    years; they have a neat chapel and one or two comfortable houses,
+    and are about to form an additional station. The missionaries
+    related several instances of the melancholy death of various New
+    Zealanders who have opposed the progress of the mission. One chief
+    became so incensed against the 'Atua,' for the death of his child,
+    that he formed a circle of gunpowder, placed himself in the
+    centre, and fired it. The explosion did not immediately destroy
+    him; he lingered a few weeks in dreadful agony, and then died.
+
+    "_Saturday._--The natives are coming in great numbers to attend
+    divine worship. Mr. Turner preached, and afterwards my father
+    addressed them. They listened with earnest attention, and were
+    much pleased. Many of the old chiefs were delighted to see my
+    father, and offered to build him a house, if he would remain. One
+    said, 'Stay with us and learn our language, and then you will
+    become our father and our friend, and we will build you a house.'
+    'No,' replied another, 'we cannot build a house good enough, but
+    we will hire Europeans to do it for us.'
+
+    "The whole congregation joined in the responses and singing, and
+    though they have not the most pleasing voices, yet it was
+    delightful to hear them sing one of the hymns commencing 'From
+    Egypt lately come.'"
+
+The journey across from Hokianga to the Waimaté, as described by Miss
+Martha Marsden, shows, in the absence of railroads and steam carriages,
+an agreeable if not expeditious mode of conveyance. "Took leave of Mrs.
+Turner; and, mounted in a chair on the shoulders of two New Zealanders,
+I headed the procession. My father, Mr. Wilkinson, and the two children,
+were carried in 'kaw-shores,' or native biers, on which they carry their
+sick. We entered a forest of five miles, then stopped to dine. The
+natives soon cooked their potatoes, corn, etc., in their ovens, which
+they scoop in the sand, and after heating a number of stones, the
+potatoes are put in, covered with grass and leaves, and a quantity of
+water poured upon them; they were exquisitely steamed. As I approached
+one of the groups sitting at dinner, I was much affected by seeing one
+of them get up and ask a blessing over the basket of potatoes.
+
+"Five miles from Waimaté I left my chair, mounted on horseback, and
+reached Waimaté for breakfast. Old Nini accompanied us the whole way,
+and told my father if he attempted to ride he would leave him. The
+natives carried him the whole way with the greatest cheerfulness, and
+brought him through the most difficult places with the greatest ease.
+The distance they carried him was about twenty miles."
+
+The state of all the missions with regard to their spiritual work was
+now full of hope. Of the Wesleyan mission Mr. Marsden himself reports,
+"I found that many were inquiring after the Saviour, and that a large
+number attended public worship. The prospect of success to the Church
+of England Mission is very great. Since my arrival at the missionary
+station I have not heard one oath spoken by European or native; the
+schools and church are well attended, and the greatest order is observed
+among all classes. I met with many wherever I went, who were anxious
+after the knowledge of God. Wherever I went I found some who could read
+and write. They are all fond of reading, and there are many who never
+had an opportunity of attending the schools who, nevertheless, can read.
+They teach one another in all parts of the country, from the North to
+the East Cape."
+
+The native tribes were still at war with each other, and with the
+European settlers--the miserable effect of Captain Guard's rash conduct.
+From the missionary station at Pahia Mr. Marsden's daughter counted one
+morning twenty-one canoes passing up the bay. A battle followed, which
+she witnessed at a distance, and the Europeans all around fled to the
+missionary station. In the engagement three chiefs fell; a second fight
+occurred soon afterwards. "We have heard firing all day," she writes;
+"many have been killed; we saw the canoes pass down the river containing
+the bodies of the slain." Mr. Marsden himself was absent on a visit to
+the southward, or his presence might possibly have prevented these
+scenes of blood.
+
+Wherever the venerable man appeared, he was received by the converted
+natives with Christian salutations and tears of joy; the heathen
+population welcomed him with the firing of muskets and their rude war
+dances. Wherever he went, he was greeted with acclamations as the friend
+and father of the New Zealanders. One chieftain sat down upon the ground
+before him gazing upon him in silence, without moving a limb or
+uttering a single word for several hours. He was gently reproved by Mr.
+Williams for what seemed a rudeness. "Let me alone," said he, "let me
+take a last look; I shall never see him again." "One principal chief,"
+writes Mr. Marsden, "who had embraced the gospel and been baptized,
+accompanied us all the way. We had to travel about forty miles, by land
+and water. He told me he was so unhappy at Hokianga that he could not
+get to converse with me from the crowds that attended, and that he had
+come to Waimaté to speak with me. I found him to be a very intelligent
+man, and anxious to know the way to heaven." While at Kaitai he held a
+constant levée, sitting in an arm-chair, in an open field, before the
+mission house; it was attended by upwards of a thousand Maories, who
+poured in from every quarter; many coming a distance of twenty or thirty
+miles, contented to sit down and gaze on his venerable features; and so
+they continued to come and go till his departure. With his
+characteristic kindness and good nature he presented each with a pipe
+and fig of tobacco; and when he was to embark at last, they carried him
+to the ship, a distance of six miles.
+
+Before leaving New Zealand, he wrote to the Church Missionary Society an
+account which glows with pious exultation, describing the success with
+which the Head of the church had at length been pleased to bless the
+labours of his faithful servants. Since his arrival, he says, he had
+visited many of the stations within the compass of a hundred miles. It
+was his intention to have visited all of them, from the North to the
+East Cape; but from the disturbed state of the country "it was not
+considered prudent for him to go to the south," where he still
+contemplated further efforts "when the country should be more settled in
+its political affairs." He had "observed a wonderful change: those
+portions of the sacred Scriptures which had been printed have had a most
+astonishing effect; they are read by the natives in every place where I
+have been; the natives teach one another, and find great pleasure in the
+word of God, and carry that sacred treasure with them wherever they go.
+Great numbers have been baptized, both chiefs and their people." He had
+met with some very pious chiefs, who had refused to share in the present
+war, and avowed their resolution to fight no more. One of them, at his
+own cost, had built a chapel, or place of public worship, which was
+visited by the missionaries; in this he himself taught a school,
+assisted by his son. "Waimaté, once the most warlike district in the
+island, is now," he says, "the most orderly and moral place I was ever
+in. My own mind has been exceedingly gratified by what I have seen and
+heard." Old age, it seems, is not always querulous; its retrospects are
+not always in favour of the past; the aged Christian walks with a more
+elastic step as he sees the fruit of his labour, and anticipates his own
+great reward. "Mine eyes," he concludes, "are dim with age like Isaac's;
+it is with some difficulty I can see to write."
+
+Nor had the weakness and credulity of advancing years led him to take
+for granted, as in second childhood old age is wont to do, the truth of
+first impressions, or the accuracy of every man's reports. He still gave
+to every subject connected with missions the closest attention,
+penetrated beneath the surface, and formed his own conclusions. While in
+New Zealand, for instance, he addresses the following queries to Mr.
+Matthews, one of the missionaries, on the subject of education:--
+
+                                                         "April, 1837.
+
+    "... I will thank you to return me what number of native young
+    men there are employed from your station on the sabbath in
+    visiting the natives, I mean the numbers who occasionally visit
+    their countrymen and instruct them. What schools there are at the
+    station, and who are the teachers? Have you an infant school, or a
+    school for men and boys? a school for women? What do they learn?
+    Do they learn to read and write? Do they understand figures? Have
+    they renounced generally their former superstitions? At what
+    period of the day do they attend school? Have they any meeting in
+    the week-days for prayer and religious instruction? Do they appear
+    to have any views of the Lord Jesus Christ as a Saviour? Any
+    information you can give me, along with your brethren, will be
+    very acceptable to the lovers of the gospel in New South Wales."
+
+        "SAMUEL MARSDEN."
+
+On one point only he met with no success. He had not yet quite abandoned
+the pleasing dream of a Maori nation, united under one chief; a
+Christian people, governed by a code of native law. Tahiti naturally
+encouraged these bright visions, and seemed to show how easily they
+might be realized. There, for ten years past, under king Pomare, the
+wondrous spectacle had been presented to the world of a whole people,
+under the guidance of their king, rejecting idolatry, and with it all
+the base usages of savage life, and working out their own national
+regeneration; framing a Tahitian code of law on the sound principles of
+Christian jurisprudence, and cordially adopting it. Why should not a
+similar state of things be brought about in New Zealand? The
+instrumental agency in both islands was the same; namely, that of
+Christian missionaries, chiefly, if not entirely, English Christians,
+who carried with them, it might be supposed, to both islands the same
+reverence for order, and with it the same love of liberty. Were the
+Maories an inferior race, compared with the aborigines of the Tahitian
+group? On the contrary, the difference was rather in favour of the
+Maori; he was the more athletic, and consequently the more vigorous in
+his mental development; indeed, upon the whole, he stands unapproached
+by any other tribe of man uncivilized and in a state of nature; unless
+we go back to the heroic ages and find his equal amongst ancient Greeks
+at the dawning of their somewhat fabulous history.
+
+Yet the project failed; and Mr. Marsden was now obliged mournfully to
+admit that New Zealand's only hope lay in her annexation to the British
+crown. The two causes of the failure of these otherwise reasonable
+expectations are to be found, no doubt, first, in the circumstances of
+the Maori tribes, and secondly, in the pernicious effects produced by
+European traders and settlers.
+
+Tahiti was happy in possessing one sovereign. New Zealand was
+unfortunate in its multitude of petty chieftains. When the heart of king
+Pomare was gained, the confidence of a loyal and devoted people was at
+once won over. There was no rival to foment rebellion, or to seize the
+occasion of a religious festival, when he and his people were unarmed,
+to make inroads on his territory. With the assistance of his council,
+and under the advice of the faithful missonaries, a code of law was
+easily prepared, suited for all his subjects, and adapted to every part
+of his little kingdom. In New Zealand, on the contrary, the chiefs,
+each of whom claimed to be perfectly independent of the rest, were
+constantly at enmity with each other. The violent passions of civil war
+never slept--hatred, revenge, and jealousy. The missionaries, if
+cherished by Shunghie, were hated or feared by Shunghie's opponent.
+Their direct influence in the politics of the Maories was therefore, of
+necessity, slight. But the chief hindrance arose from the mutual
+animosities of the chiefs, and the want of confidence in each other
+which universally prevailed, both among chiefs and people.
+
+And it must be confessed with sorrow, that the evil example of the
+Europeans provoked the natives to fresh crimes, and indisposed them to
+all the restraints of civil government. The Polynesian Islands had, up
+to this period, known neither commerce nor colonization. Except a chance
+visit from a man-of-war, a European ship was scarcely ever seen; or the
+few which came and went were connected with the missions, and were
+manned by decent if not religious crews. The polluting influence of a
+debauched and drunken body of seamen, rolling in constant succession to
+its shores, had not yet tainted the moral atmosphere of Tahiti and its
+neighbouring group. And colonization had not even been attempted; the
+natives were left in full possession of their soil, no man making them
+afraid. In New Zealand all this was reversed. Wicked seamen infected
+even savages with new vices; and lawless settlers set an example of
+injustice, shocking even to New Zealanders. For these evils it was
+evident there was but one remedy, the strong hand of British rule. Take
+the following sketch from the pen of Mr. Marsden. After describing the
+happy state of the Christian settlement at Waimaté, he goes on to say:
+"On the opposite side of the harbour, a number of Europeans have settled
+along with the natives. Several keep public-houses, and encourage every
+kind of crime. Here drunkenness, adultery, murder, etc. are committed.
+There are no laws, judges, nor magistrates; so that Satan maintains his
+dominion without molestation. Some civilized government must take New
+Zealand under its protection, or the most dreadful evils will be
+committed by runaway convicts, sailors and publicans. There are no laws
+here to punish crimes. When I return to New South Wales, I purpose to
+lay the state of New Zealand before the colonial government, to see if
+anything can be done to remedy these public evils." "I hope in time," he
+says again, in a letter, dated May 16th, 1837, from Pahaia, to the Rev.
+James Matthews, "the chiefs will get a governor. I shall inform the
+Europeans in authority how much they are distressed in New Zealand for
+want of a governor with power to punish crime. The Bay of Islands is now
+in a dreadful state.... It is my intention to return to New South Wales
+by the first opportunity."
+
+That opportunity soon appeared, and the venerable founder of its
+missions, the advocate of its native population, the friend of all that
+concerned its present or spiritual welfare, took his last leave of the
+shores of New Zealand. Preparations were made for his reception on board
+H. M. S. Rattlesnake. The signal gun was fired, and all the friends from
+Waimaté and Keri-Keri arrived to accompany their revered father to the
+beach, "Where," says one of them who was present, "like Paul at Miletus,
+we parted with many benedictions: sorrowing most of all that we should
+see his face again no more. Many could not bid him adieu. The parting
+was with many tears."
+
+His happy temperament always diffused pleasure and conciliated
+friendship. On board the Rattlesnake he was welcomed with warm,
+affectionate, respect. Captain Hobson, who was afterwards for a time
+governor of New Zealand, knew his worth, and felt honoured by his
+company; and Mr. Marsden fully appreciated the high character and
+courtesy of the commander, whose widow retains a handsome piece of plate
+presented to her husband by his grateful passenger, as a memorial of the
+happiness he enjoyed on this his last voyage homewards.
+
+The chaplain of the Rattlesnake noted down an affecting conversation
+with the aged minister upon his voyage, which we are permitted to
+insert:--
+
+"We enjoyed a most lovely evening. I had a long conversation with Mr.
+Marsden on deck. He spoke of almost all his old friends having preceded
+him to the eternal world; Romaine, Newton, the Milners, Scott, Atkinson,
+Robinson, Buchanan, Mason Good, Thomason, Rowland Hill, Legh Richmond,
+Simeon, and others. He then alluded in a very touching manner to his
+late wife; they had passed, he observed, more than forty years of their
+pilgrimage through this wilderness in company, and he felt their
+separation the more severely as the months rolled on. I remarked that
+their separation would be but for a short period longer. 'God grant it,'
+was his reply; then lifting his eyes towards the moon, which was
+peacefully shedding her beams on the sails of our gallant bark, he
+exclaimed with intense feeling.
+
+  'Prepare me, Lord, for thy right hand,
+  Then come the joyful day.'"
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIII.
+
+    Mr. Marsden's ministerial pursuits and journeys--Love of the
+    Country and of Patriarchal story--His Old Age--Its mental
+    features--Anecdotes--Love of Children--Bishop Broughton--His
+    reverence for Mr. Marsden's character--Mr. Marsden's views of
+    Death, etc.--His Habits of Prayer--His Illness and Death.
+
+
+Mr. Marsden had now passed the allotted span of human life, though his
+days were not yet "labour and sorrow." Entering upon his seventy-second
+year with stooping gait and failing eyesight and a decaying memory, he
+had otherwise few of the mental infirmities of age. He was still a
+perfect stranger to fear, as well as to that nervous restlessness and
+susceptibility which wears the appearance of it, though often found, as
+may be daily observed, in connexion with the truest courage. After his
+return home from his last voyage he was attacked, when driving with his
+youngest daughter, upon one of his excursions in the bush, by two famous
+bush rangers Wormley and Webber, part of a gang who for a period of two
+years kept the whole country in a state of terror. One of the ruffians
+presented a loaded pistol at his breast and another at his daughter's,
+threatening with horrid imprecations to shoot them both, if they said a
+word, and bidding his daughter to empty her father's pockets into their
+hands. Perfectly undismayed, Mr. Marsden remonstrated with them on their
+wicked course of life, telling them at last that he should soon see them
+again, he had no doubt, on the gallows. At parting, though charged, with
+the usual threats, not to look behind him, he turned round, and
+continued, while they were in sight, to warn them in the same strain of
+the certain consequences of a life of crime. His admonition was soon
+verified; the wretched men were apprehended for other outrages and
+sentenced to death, and he himself attended them from the condemned cell
+to the place of execution.
+
+These excursions into the country around Paramatta, where he had gone
+about for a period of nearly forty years doing the work of an evangelist
+or home missionary, were continued to the last. To wind through devious
+paths in the bush in his one horse chaise, where his good horse _Major_
+seemed as if trained to penetrate, gave him the highest pleasure. The
+way was often trackless, and he was obliged to ask his companion whether
+the trace of a cartwheel could be seen. Yet there was an instinctive
+feeling of safety in his company, and a refreshment in his conversation,
+which always made the vacant seat in the gig prized by those who knew
+and loved him. "As he drove along," says a Christian lady, the wife of
+Captain B---- who was his companion on some of his last journeys,
+"wherever he went there was always to be found some testimony to that
+goodness and mercy which had followed him all the days of his life. Some
+Ebenezer he could raise where helped perhaps in an encounter with a
+bushranger, having only the sword of the Spirit with which to defend
+himself and disarm his foe, or some Bethel, it might be, where like
+Jacob he had been enabled to wrestle and prevail. With such a companion
+no one could be a loser. On these excursions, no matter to what
+distance, he seemed to think preparations needless, he would travel
+miles and miles without any previous consideration for his own comfort
+or convenience. Even a carpet-bag was an encumbrance. He had been too
+long accustomed to make his toilet with the New Zealander, and take with
+him his meal of fern-root, to be particular, or to take thought, what he
+should eat, or wherewithal should he be clothed."
+
+His love of the country and of rural scenes gave a strong colouring, and
+great originality to his preaching as well as to his own religious
+character. He called his estate "The plains of Mamre." This property we
+may remind the reader had been presented to Mr. Marsden in the early
+days of the colony, when land uncleared was absolutely worthless, to eke
+out his insufficient stipend. It had now become valuable, and he was
+exposed both in the colony and in England to many unjust remarks, even
+from those who should have known him better, on the score of his reputed
+wealth. His own justification of himself is more than sufficient. Being
+told that he was charged with avarice, "Why," said he, "they might as
+well find fault with Abraham whose flocks and herds multiplied. Abraham
+never took any trouble about it, nor do I. I can't help their
+increasing;" and he added, a remark so true and of such pregnant import
+that it ought for ever to have put to silence this miserable carping;
+"It was not for myself, but for the benefit of this colony and New
+Zealand, that I ever tried to promote agriculture or the improvement in
+sheep or cattle." Had he done nothing else for Australia, his
+introduction of Merino sheep with a view to the growth of wool would
+have marked him down upon the roll of her greatest benefactors.
+
+Through life his choicest topics in the pulpit had been the patriarchs,
+their lives and characters but as he grew old, he seemed unconsciously
+to rank amongst their number; to fall into and become one of their own
+body; himself a Christian patriarch. It was the frequent remark of his
+friends that he spoke of Abraham, Isaac and Jacob, just as if he had
+lived in their times, heard their conversations, and been well
+acquainted with them. It is much to be regretted that more full and
+accurate reports of his sermons and conversations should not have been
+kept. The truth and originality of his remarks would have made them
+invaluable. When seated in his chair upon the lawn before his house,
+surrounded by his family and friends, his conversations took the
+prevailing turn of his mind, and he used to dwell on the incidents of
+patriarchal life with a depth of feeling and a power of picturesque
+description of which one would be glad that the memorials should not
+have been allowed to perish.
+
+At an examination of the King's School at Sydney, the headmaster having
+requested him to ask the boys some questions upon Scripture history,
+forgetting the business in hand, he broke out into a long and
+interesting address on patriarchal life and manners. The end
+contemplated by the headmaster was of course frustrated, "but we dare
+say," says the colonial journalist who tells the story, "there are many
+young persons now growing up into manhood, who, to this day remember the
+pious and excellent observations of the venerable man."
+
+His old age exhibited some traits not always to be found, even in good
+men, after a long life passed among scenes of danger or amidst the
+hardening warfare of personal animosities. Though to the last bold in
+reproving sin his real character was that of gentleness and the warmest
+social affection. None but the bad were ever afraid of him; on the
+contrary, his presence diffused a genial light and warmth in every
+company. Cruel savages and little children loved him alike; the wisest
+men gathered instruction from his lips, while they found pleasure in his
+simple courtesy and manly open heartedness. He brought home with him in
+the Rattlesnake from New Zealand, several Maori youths; "they seemed to
+love and respect their _Matua_, as they called him, more than any one,
+or anything, besides. They used to run after his gig like joyous
+children, and to attempt to catch his eye as if to bask in the sunshine
+of his benevolent countenance." "They delighted;" says Mrs. B----, to
+whose manuscript of Mr. Marsden's last years of life we are again
+indebted, "to come to our barrack apartments with him, always making
+their way to the bookcase first, take out a book and point upwards, as
+if everybody who had anything to do with 'Matua' must have all their
+books leading to heaven. Pictures pleased them next; when they would
+direct each others' attention to what they considered worthy of notice,
+with extraordinary intelligence; but when the boiled rice and sweets
+made their appearance, digging their elbows into each others' sides,
+with gesticulations of all sorts, and knowing looks, putting their
+fingers to their mouths, and laughing with greedy joy, Mr. Marsden all
+the time watching their movements, and expressive faces, as a kind nurse
+would the gambols and frolics of her playful charge, saying with
+restrained, but grateful emotion, 'Yes, sir, nothing like bringing the
+gospel at once to the heathen. If "music charms the savage breast," sir,
+why should not the sweetest sounds that ever met man's ear do more? Why,
+sir, the gospel turns a worse than savage into a man, ay, and into a
+woman too.' He then related to us the anecdote of a New Zealand woman
+who, for the last remaining years of her life preached the gospel among
+her own sex, having acknowledged to him, that before he had brought the
+word of God to New Zealand, and the Spirit applied it to her heart, she
+had killed and eaten nineteen children."
+
+His last communication to the Church Missionary Society, dated December
+10th, 1837, and received after his death, is full of hope for his
+beloved New Zealanders. "I am happy to say the mission goes on well
+amidst every difficulty. I visited many places in my last voyage from
+the North Cape to Cloudy Bay. The gospel has made a deep impression upon
+many of the natives, who now lead godly lives." The letter, which is
+written in a large and straggling hand, as though the pen were no longer
+under its usual firm control, concludes with these touching words: "I am
+now very feeble. My eyes are dim, and my memory fails me. I have done no
+duty on the sabbath for some weeks through weakness. When I review all
+the way the Lord has led me through this wilderness I am constrained to
+say, _Bless the Lord, O my soul, etc_,
+
+    "Yours very affectionately,
+      "SAMUEL MARSDEN."
+
+The innocent games of children pleased him to the last. When such
+meetings were more rare than they have now become, the children of the
+Paramatta school once a year assembled on his lawn, and then his
+happiness was almost equal to their own. In his own family, and amongst
+the children of his friends, he would even take his share in their
+youthful gambols, and join the merry party at blind man's buff. Though,
+as he said of himself, he "never sang a song in his life, for he
+learned to sing hymns when ten years old, and never sang anything else,"
+yet he was charmed with the sweet and hearty voices of children joining
+in some innocent little song, and it pleased him better still if it
+finished off with a noisy chorus. Yet all this was consistent with his
+character as a grave, wise old man. Though mirthful, he was never
+frivolous; in a moment, if occasion called for it, he was ready to
+discuss the most serious subjects, or to give his opinion upon matters
+of importance; and he had the enviable talent of mingling even pious
+conversation with the sports of children.
+
+It was observed that though always unembarrassed in the presence of
+strangers whatever their rank or importance might be, he never seemed
+completely happy but in the company of persons of true piety. He does
+not appear to have spoken very freely in ordinary society on the subject
+of personal religion, still less on the subject of his own experience;
+but his emotions were deep, and out of the fulness of the heart his lips
+would speak, in the midst of such a circle, of the loving-kindness of
+the Lord. The sense of his own unworthiness seems to have been always
+present. Of all God's servants he might have been, as he verily thought
+himself to be, the most unprofitable; and when any circumstance occurred
+which led him to contrast the justice of God to others who were left to
+die impenitent, with the mercy shown to himself, he spoke with a
+humiliation deeply affecting. With scenes of vice and human depravity
+few living men were more conversant than he, yet to the last such was
+the delicacy of his conscience that the presence of vice shocked him as
+much as if the sight were new. "Riding down to the barracks one
+morning," says the lady whose narrative we have already quoted, "to
+invite Captain B---- and myself that day to dinner to meet the bishop,
+he had passed what, alas! used to be too frequent an object, a man lying
+insensible and intoxicated in the road. His usually cheerful countenance
+was saddened, and after telling us his errand, we could not but ask the
+cause of his distress. He gave us the unhappy cause, and turning his
+horse's head round to leave us, he uttered with deep emotion--
+
+  'Why was I made to hear thy voice
+  And enter while there's room?'
+
+Throughout the day the subject dwelt upon his mind; after dinner the
+conversation turned to it, and he was casually asked who was the author
+of the hymn he had quoted in the morning. He shook his head and said, 'I
+cannot tell, perhaps it was Watts, or Wesley,' and several hymn books
+were produced in which the bishop and others instituted a fruitless
+search, the bishop at length saying, 'I can't find the hymn, Mr.
+Marsden.' 'Can't you, sir,' was the reply, 'that is a pity, for it is a
+good hymn, sir--says what the Bible says, free sovereign grace for poor
+sinners. No self-righteous man can get into heaven, sir, he would rather
+starve than take the free gift.' In the course of the day the
+conversation turning upon New Zealand, the bishop expressed the opinion,
+once almost universal though now happily exploded, an opinion, too,
+which Mr. Marsden himself had regarded with some favour in his younger
+days, that civilization must precede the introduction of the gospel; and
+his lordship argued, as Mr. Marsden himself had argued thirty years
+before, in favour of expanding the mind of savages by the introduction
+of arts and sciences, being impressed with the idea that it was
+impossible to present the gospel with success to minds wholly
+unenlightened. Mr. Marsden's answer is thus recorded--'Civilization is
+not necessary before Christianity, sir; do both together if you will,
+but you will find civilization follow Christianity, easier than
+Christianity to follow civilization. Tell a poor heathen of his true God
+and Saviour, point him to the works he can see with his own eyes, for
+these heathen are no fools, sir--great mistake to send illiterate men to
+them--they don't want men learned after the fashion of this world, but
+men taught in the spirit and letter of the Scripture. I shan't live to
+see it, sir, but I may hear of it in heaven, that New Zealand with all
+its cannibalism and idolatry will yet set an example of Christianity to
+some of the nations now before her in civilization.'"
+
+It will not be out of place to offer a passing remark upon Mr. Marsden's
+conduct to Dr. Broughton, the first bishop of Sydney. As an
+Episcopalian, sincerely attached to the church of England, he had long
+desired the introduction of the episcopate into the colonial church, of
+which, as senior chaplain, he himself had been the acknowledged leader
+for so many years. When the appointment was made it was a matter of just
+surprise to his friends that he was passed over in silence, while an
+English clergyman was placed over him to govern the clergy, amongst whom
+he had so long presided, and whose entire respect and confidence he had
+gained. There is no doubt that his integrity and fearless honesty had
+rendered him somewhat unacceptable to men in power, and that to this his
+exclusion is, in a great measure, to be ascribed. But this slight
+brought out some of the finest features in his truly noble character. He
+had never sought either honours, wealth, or preferment for himself. If
+a disinterested man ever lived it was Samuel Marsden. The only remark
+which his family remember to have heard him make upon the subject was in
+answer to a friend, who had expressed surprise at the slight thus put
+upon him, in these words--"It is better as it is; I am an old man; my
+work is almost done." And when Dr. Broughton, the new bishop, arrived in
+the colony, he was received by Mr. Marsden not with cold and formal
+respect but with Christian cordiality. When the new bishop was installed
+he assisted at the solemn service; the eloquent author of the "Prisoners
+of Australia,"[K] who chanced to be present, thus describes the
+scene--"On a more touching sight mine eyes had never looked than when
+the aged man, tears streaming down his venerable cheek, poured forth,
+amidst a crowded and yet silent assemblage, the benediction upon him
+into whose hands he had thus, as it were, to use his own metaphor,
+'yielded up the keys of a most precious charge;' a charge which had been
+his own devoted care throughout the storms and the tempests of a long
+and difficult pilotage. And now like another Simeon, his work well nigh
+accomplished, the gospel spreading far and wide over the colony and its
+dependencies, and the prayer of his adopted people answered, he could
+say without another wish, 'Lord, now lettest thou thy servant depart in
+peace, for mine eyes have seen thy salvation.'" Though differing from
+him, we may add, on some points, Mr. Marsden retained to the last
+sincere regard for bishop Broughton, who in return fully appreciated the
+high and lofty character of his senior chaplain. "Well!" said he one day
+when he heard of his last illness, breaking out after a thoughtful
+silence, "if there ever was a truly honest man, Mr. Marsden certainly
+is one;" and after his death he publicly expressed his "deep sense of
+the loss he had experienced, and the painful void he felt in the absence
+of his aged and faithful companion who had so often stood by his side,
+whose genuine piety and natural force of understanding," said he, "I
+held in the highest esteem while he lived, and still retain them in
+sincerely affectionate remembrance."
+
+    [K] London: Hatchard, 1841.
+
+Conscious that in the course of nature his decease could not be far
+distant, death was now his frequent meditation. He viewed its approach
+without levity and without alarm. Familiar through life with death in
+every form, his feelings were not blunted; he still felt it was a solemn
+thing to die, but he had experienced the love of Him who had tasted
+death for every man, and was no longer "subject to bondage through fear
+of death." He continued his pastoral visits to the sick and dying to the
+last, and some of those who were raised from a bed of languishing, and
+who survived their pastor, speak of the affectionate kindness, the
+delicacy and tenderness, as well as the deep-toned spirituality of mind
+he showed in the sick chamber, as something which those who had not
+witnessed it would be backward to credit. One of the last letters which
+he penned filled three sides of folio paper, addressed to a friend who
+had met with a severe accident in being thrown from a carriage; it
+contained the most consoling and Scriptural aids and admonitions; it was
+unfortunately lost by its possessor on a voyage to India, or it would
+have proved, we are assured, an acquisition to our memoir, of real
+interest and importance.
+
+As he stepped out of his gig, his family easily perceived from his
+manner if he had been visiting the chamber of death, and never presumed
+to break a sacred silence that was sure to follow his deep-drawn sigh
+till he was pleased to do so himself. This he did in general by the
+solemn and subdued utterance of a text from Scripture, or some verse of
+a favourite hymn. The tears often fell down his aged cheeks while slowly
+articulating, in a suppressed voice, "Blessed are the dead which die in
+the Lord;" or from one of Watts's hymns.
+
+  "Oh could we die with those that die," etc.
+
+After this touching relief he seemed to feel more at liberty to speak on
+future events connected with his own decease, when he should be sitting
+down, as he frequently said, with Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob, in the
+kingdom of God. Indeed his happy, social spirit led him to connect the
+joys of heaven with the society of saints and patriarchs and his own
+departed friends. Sitting at dinner with the bishop and others as his
+guests, his mind abstracted itself from the surrounding scene, and he
+addressed the Christian friend to whose notices of his last days we have
+already had recourse: "You know, madam, you and I are to take an
+alphabetical list some day of all the names of the good men I expect
+soon to meet in heaven; there will be (counting them up upon his
+fingers) John Wesley, Isaac Watts, the two Milners, Joseph and Isaac,
+John Newton and Thomas Scott, Mr. Howels of Long Acre, and Matthew
+Henry----" Here the conversation of the party broke off the solemn
+reverie.
+
+Yet all this tranquillity was consistent with that natural fear of death
+which for the wisest purposes God has implanted in man, and which Adam
+must have known in paradise, or else the Divine prohibition and the
+threatened penalty, "in the day that thou eatest thereof thou shalt
+surely die," could have had no force and appealed to no motive. "In the
+month of September, after his last voyage, he called at the house of his
+friend, the Rev. Mr. Cartwright, with a young lady from New Zealand, to
+introduce her to Mrs. Cartwright. The door was opened by his aged and
+now deeply afflicted friend and brother in the ministry, for Mrs.
+Cartwright had expired in the night, after a few hours' illness. Mr.
+Marsden, with his usual cheerfulness of manner, said, 'Well! I have
+brought Miss W. to introduce her to Mrs. Cartwright.' 'Stop! stop, my
+friend,' responded the mourner, in a solemn manner, 'don't you know that
+Mrs. Cartwright is dead?' 'Dead? dead?' replied Mr. Marsden. 'Oh no; oh
+no. You must be in joke; it is too serious a matter to make a joke of,
+Mr. Cartwright.' 'Indeed,' responded Mr. Cartwright, 'it is too true.
+Come, and I will convince you,' and then led him to the room where the
+remains of his departed wife lay. Mr. Marsden approached the body,
+saying, 'Oh! she is not dead; no, no, she is not dead;' (the bright
+complexion remaining unchanged), 'she is not dead;' and then, passing
+his hand over the face, the cold chill of death dissipated the delusion.
+'Yes, she is dead, she is dead,' and leaving the room, he hurried away
+to give vent to his feelings."
+
+As he contemplated his own near approach to the eternal state, a few
+chosen passages of Scripture fell often from his lips; and it was
+remarked they were almost the only repetitions he made use of; for his
+mind was richly stored with Scripture, which he seemed to bring forth
+with endless variety, and often in the happiest combination; but now he
+often repeated the words of Job, "He cometh forth like a flower, and is
+cut down; he fleeth also as a shadow, and continueth not," chap. xiv. 2.
+And those of Zechariah, "Your fathers, where are they? and the prophets,
+do they live for ever?" chap. i. 5.
+
+Like Cornelius, he had been a devout man, a man of prayer through life.
+He believed in the promises of effectual aid from God the Holy Spirit,
+to carry on the work of grace in his own soul. Nerved with this faith,
+he waged a ceaseless war against corruptions within, and temptations
+from without. And while he viewed the promises of assistance from the
+Holy Spirit, as given not to supersede our own exertions, but to animate
+them, he simply trusted to Him to become the author of his complete
+sanctification. And all the blessed fruits of faith were found richly
+clustering round his character. It was his constant habit, after his
+return from a journey, to spend some time in his room alone, engaged, no
+doubt, in holy communing with God. When he prayed in the family, or
+before his sermon in the pulpit, where he seldom used a form, the rich
+and fervid unction, the variety and copiousness of his supplications and
+thanksgivings, seemed to intimate how closely he had been wont to
+commune in secret with his heavenly Father. The fifty-first Psalm now
+often supplied the words for many a humble confession of sin, and many
+an earnest aspiration for larger supplies of the Holy Spirit's
+sanctifying influences, both in the pulpit and elsewhere. He appears
+always to have held frequent communion with God in ejaculatory prayer
+throughout the day. To one whose engagements were so many, and whose
+interruptions were necessarily so frequent, the practice was no doubt
+most beneficial. Thus the lamp of God in his soul was always trimmed,
+and the light went not out as age and infirmities drew on. His friends
+now remarked his frequent abstraction from the scenes around, while his
+moving lip and solemn gesture significantly intimated the direction of
+his mind, and the occupation of his thoughts. His mind became daily more
+spiritual, and even when in the midst of visitors he seemed often to be
+absorbed in silent prayer.
+
+"An incident which seems to show that he had a presentiment of his
+approaching end occurred on the last Sunday on which the holy communion
+was administered before his death. Although in his usual health, he did
+not assist in the service, as he always had done for a long period of
+forty-five years in the same congregation; and when the officiating
+minister was ready to distribute the bread and wine, he remained in his
+pew, apparently overcome by his feelings. A pause ensued, when, as he
+still did not attempt to move, the Rev. Henry Bobart, his son-in-law,
+thought it advisable to take the elements to him. Many of his
+congregation were affected to tears, impressed with the belief that they
+might not again receive from his venerable hands those emblems of the
+Saviour's love. He had never yet been present at the church without
+assisting at the solemn rite. Such fears were but too truly and sadly
+realized. On the Sunday evening, at the parsonage, it was the custom, at
+family worship, to read one of a course of sermons. The Sunday before
+his death, when he was still apparently as well as usual, he requested
+that the one in course for that evening might be laid aside and
+Bradley's sermon the 'Morrow unknown,' from the text 'Boast not thyself
+of to-morrow,' substituted. Some slight objection was made; but on his
+again expressing his wish, it was of course complied with. The remarks
+made by him upon the subject during the evening excited the
+apprehensions of his family that the coming week might be one of trial,
+but they little thought that ere the next sabbath one so loved and
+revered would be removed from them."
+
+On Tuesday the 8th of May, 1838, a few of his friends visited him at his
+own house; he wore his usual cheerfulness, and they wished him, as they
+thought, a short farewell as he stepped into his gig on a journey of
+about five and-twenty-miles. In passing through the low lands contiguous
+to Windsor, the cold suddenly affected him, and he complained of illness
+on his arrival at the house of his friend, the Rev. Mr. Styles, the
+chaplain of the parish. Erysipelas in the head broke out, and a general
+stupor followed, so that he became insensible. His mind wandered amongst
+the scenes to which his life had been devoted, and he uttered a few
+incoherent expressions about the factory, the orphan school, and the New
+Zealand mission. "Though he spoke but little," says his friend, Mr.
+Styles, in his funeral sermon, "yet in his few conscious moments he said
+quite enough to show that the Saviour whom he served through life was
+with him in the time of trial. A single remark was made to him by a
+bystander on the value of a good hope in Christ in the hour of need.
+'Yes,' said he, 'that hope is indeed precious to me now;' and on the
+following evening, his last on earth, he was heard repeating the words
+'precious, precious,' as if still in the same strain of thought which
+that remark had suggested. Soon after, inflammation having reached the
+brain, his spirit was released. On Saturday morning, the 12th of May, he
+entered--who can doubt?--upon the enjoyment of his 'eternal and
+exceeding great reward.'"
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+He was buried in his own churchyard at Paramatta. Upwards of sixty
+carriages formed the mourning train, and a numerous assemblage of
+mourners, including most of the public functionaries in the colony,
+followed him to the grave. Of these, some who had in years long past
+thwarted and opposed him came at last to offer an unfeigned tribute of
+deep respect. A few had been his early associates in the ministry, and
+in every good word and work. The majority were a youthful generation, to
+whom he was only known as a wise and venerable minister of God. His
+parishioners had been most of them brought up under his instructions,
+and had been taught from their infancy to look up to him with respect
+and love. The solemn burial service was read by the Rev. Dr. Cowper, who
+first came out to the colony at Mr. Marsden's solicitation. He stood
+over the grave and addressed the mourners on the early devotedness of
+their departed friend and pastor to the great work of the ministry, told
+them how solemnly he had dedicated himself to God before he left England
+in his youth, and reminded them of the fidelity with which through evil
+and good report he had endured his Master's cross, despising the shame.
+
+Australia seemed at length fully to appreciate his worth. It was quite
+fitting, and indeed an additional tribute to his integrity, that some
+mutterings of calumny should be uttered by ungodly men, even as the
+grave closed over him, and that a priest of the apostate church of Rome
+should catch them up, and gladly give expression to them. With this
+exception the colony was unanimous, as were the friends of religion in
+England, and throughout the world, in mourning for him as for one who
+had been great as an evangelist in the church of Christ, and as a
+philanthropist second to none who have ever devoted their lives to the
+welfare of their fellow creatures. It was proposed to erect a monument
+to his memory by public subscription; the proposition was warmly
+approved on all sides, and subscriptions were offered to a considerable
+amount. Whole families became subscribers--parents, and children, and
+domestic servants, all ready thus to testify their reverence. On further
+consideration, it was thought better to erect a church to his memory on
+a piece of his own land, which he himself had devised for that purpose,
+to which the name of Marsfield should be given; and the design, we
+believe, has been carried into effect, at the cost of about six thousand
+pounds.
+
+The public press, not only in Australia but in England, published
+biographical sketches of his life and labours, with articles on his
+motives and character. The great missionary societies recorded his death
+with becoming feelings of reverential love. The notice of him in the
+minutes of the Church Missionary Society, the reader will not be
+displeased to find in these pages. It was read at their annual meeting
+at Exeter-hall, and published in their thirtieth report.
+
+    "The Committee of the Church Missionary Society record the death
+    of the late Rev. Samuel Marsden with feelings of deep respect for
+    his personal character and gratitude to the Great Head of the
+    church, who raised up, and who so long preserved, this
+    distinguished man, for the good of his own, and of future
+    generations.
+
+    "In him the Committee recognise an individual whom Providence had
+    endowed with a vigorous constitution, both of body and mind,
+    suited to meet the circumstances which ever attend a course of new
+    and arduous labours. Entering upon the duties of his chaplaincy
+    forty-five years ago, at a time when the colonists of New South
+    Wales were, for the most part, of abandoned character and
+    suffering the penalty of the law, he, with admirable foresight,
+    anticipated the probable future destinies of that singular and
+    important colony, and never ceased to call the attention of both
+    the local and home governments to the great duty of providing for
+    the interests, both temporal and spiritual, of the rapidly
+    increasing population by a proportionate increase in the number of
+    colonial chaplains.
+
+    "In the discharge of his diversified duties, the native energies
+    of his mind were conspicuously exhibited in the undisturbed
+    ardour, public spirit, and steady perseverance, with which his
+    various plans of usefulness were prosecuted; while his high
+    natural gifts were sanctified by those Christian principles, which
+    from his youth up, he maintained and adorned, both by his teaching
+    and by his life.
+
+    "But it is to his exertions in behalf of Christian missions that
+    the Committee are bound especially to call the attention of the
+    Society. While he omitted no duty of his proper ministerial
+    calling, his comprehensive mind quickly embraced the vast
+    spiritual interests, till then well nigh entirely unheeded, of the
+    innumerable islands of the Pacific Ocean, whose 'inhabitants were
+    sitting in darkness, and in the shadow of death.'
+
+    "Under the influence of these considerations, Mr. Marsden
+    zealously promoted the labours of the different societies which
+    have established missions in the South Seas. And it is to his
+    visits to New Zealand, begun twenty-five years ago, and often
+    since repeated, and to his earnest appeals on behalf of that
+    people, that the commencement and consolidation of the Society's
+    missions in the Northern Island are to be attributed.
+
+    "In calling to mind the long series of eminent services rendered
+    to the Society by Mr. Marsden, the committee notice with peculiar
+    satisfaction the last visit made by him, in the year 1836, to the
+    Society's missions in New Zealand--a visit justly termed by the
+    Lord Bishop of Australia 'Apostolical.' With paternal authority
+    and affection, and with the solemnity of one who felt himself to
+    be standing on the verge of eternity, he then gave his parting
+    benediction to the missionaries and the native converts."
+
+And thus was the man honoured in his death, whose life had been one long
+conflict with obloquy and slander. With few exceptions his enemies had
+died away, or been gradually led to abandon their prejudices, and many
+of them now loved and revered the man whom they had once hated or
+despised. This, however, is but the usual recompense of a life of
+consistent holiness. God often allows his servants to live and even to
+die under a cloud of prejudice; but sooner or later, even the world does
+homage to their virtues and confesses its admiration of the Christian
+character, while the church of Christ glorifies God in the grace which
+made their departed brother to shine as a light in the world.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIV.
+
+    Character of Mr. Marsden--His Life and Labours.
+
+
+The reader may naturally expect in conclusion a summary of Mr. Marsden's
+character. In attempting this, we are by no means insensible to the
+difficulty of the undertaking. Indiscriminate eulogy, and the arrogance
+which affects to blame in order to establish its own claim to superior
+wisdom, are both alike impertinent and unbecoming. Yet it is not easy to
+speak of one whose motives were so high, whose labours so constant and
+self-denying, and whose triumphs so remarkable, without enthusiasm.
+While, on the other hand, those infirmities which may generally be
+detected even in the best men, and which truth requires to be
+impartially noted down, did not much affect his public life; and we have
+felt all along as we have written with the disadvantage of having known
+him only by the report of others. Still, however, something should be
+attempted. The character of Mr. Marsden is too instructive to be lost;
+perhaps few great men ever lived whose example was more calculated for
+general usefulness,--for the simple reason that he displayed no gigantic
+powers, no splendid genius; he had only a solid, well ordered, mind,
+with which to work,--no other endowments than those which thousands of
+his fellow men possess. It was in the _use of his materials_ that his
+greatness lay.
+
+Mr. Marsden was a man of a masculine understanding, of great decision of
+character, and an energy which nothing could subdue. He naturally
+possessed such directness and honesty of purpose, that his intentions
+could never be mistaken; and he seemed incapable of attempting to gain
+his purpose by those dexterous shifts and manoeuvres which often pass
+current, even amongst professing Christians, as the proper, if not
+laudable, resources of a good diplomatist, or a thorough man of
+business. When he had an object in view, it was always worthy of his
+strenuous pursuit, and nothing stopped him in his efforts to obtain it,
+except the impossibility of proceeding further. Had his mind been less
+capacious such firmness would often have degenerated into mere
+obstinacy; had it been less benevolent and less under the influence of
+religion, it would have led him, as he pressed rudely onwards, to
+trample upon the feelings, perhaps upon the rights, of other men. But he
+seems, whenever he was not boldly confronting vice, to have been of the
+gentlest nature. In opposing sin, especially when it showed itself with
+effrontery in the persons of magistrates and men in power, he gave no
+quarter and asked for none. There was a quaintness and originality about
+him, which enabled him to say and do things which were impossible to
+other men. There was a firmness and inflexibility, combined with earnest
+zeal, which in the days of the reformers would have placed him in their
+foremost rank. None could be long in his society without observing that
+he was a man of another mould than those around him. There was an air of
+unconscious independence in all he did which, mixed with his other
+qualities, clearly showed to those who could read his character, that he
+was a peculiar instrument in the hands of God to carry out his own
+purposes. These traits are illustrated by many remarkable events in his
+life.
+
+When he first arrived in New South Wales, while theft, blasphemy, and
+every other crime, prevailed to an alarming extent among the convicts,
+the higher classes of society, the civil and military officers, set a
+disgraceful example of social immorality. Such is the account given by a
+Sydney periodical a few weeks after Mr. Marsden's decease, which goes on
+to say: "Many an individual of a more plastic nature might have been
+moulded by the prevailing fashion of the age in which he lived, and
+instead of endeavouring to struggle against the tide of popular opinion,
+would have yielded in all probability to its seducing influence. Such
+was not the case with Mr. Marsden. When he was opposed on all hands, and
+even by the civil and military authorities of the day, he faithfully
+performed his duty, and careless of the powerful coalitions combined for
+his destruction, 'all the ends he aimed at were his country's, his
+God's, and truth's.' Educated in the school of the Milners, the Simeons,
+and the Fletchers, he was not disposed to flatter the vices of any man;
+but with plainness and sincerity of speech, he discoursed 'of
+righteousness, temperance and judgment to come.'" He has been known to
+rebuke sin at a dinner-table in such a manner as to electrify the whole
+company. Once, arriving late, he sat down in haste, and did not for a
+few minutes perceive the presence of one who should have been the wife
+of the host, but who stood in a very different relation to him. Mr.
+Marsden always turned a deaf ear to scandal, and in the excess of his
+charity was sometimes blind to facts which were evident enough to
+others. The truth now flashed upon him, and though such things were
+little thought of in the colony, he rose instantly from the table,
+calling to the servant in a decided tone to bring his hat, and without
+further ceremony, or another word, retired. That such a man should raise
+up a host of bitter enemies is not to be wondered at.
+
+To these qualities his great successes in life, under God, were due. The
+young chaplain who single handed confronted and at length bore down the
+profligacy of New South Wales, and the shameless partiality of its
+courts of justice (the immediate result and consequence of the
+licentious lives and connexions of the magistrates) planned, and was
+himself the first to adventure upon the mission to New Zealand. Against
+the rashness of this attempt the timid expostulations of his friends,
+the hesitation of the captains who declined so perilous an adventure,
+and even the remonstrances of Governor Macquarie himself weighed not a
+feather in the scale. He saw his way clearly; it was the path of duty,
+and along it he must go. And when, ten years afterwards, scarcely a
+nominal convert had been won from among the cannibals, when tens of
+thousands of good money had been spent, when the church at home was
+almost weary of the project, and half disposed to give it up, he was
+still true as ever to the cause. He neither bolstered up his courage
+with noisy protestations, nor attempted to cheer the languid zeal of
+others by the slightest exaggerations, but quietly went forward calmly
+resting upon the two great pillars, the _commands_ and the _promises_ of
+God. So again with respect to the Polynesian missions; at first he
+showed little of that enthusiasm in which some of its promoters were
+caught as in a whirlwind, and carried off their feet. But high principle
+endures when enthusiasm has long worn out. And it was to the firm and
+yet cheering remonstrances of Samuel Marsden, and to the weight which
+his representations had with the churches of Christ in England, that
+the directors were indebted for the ability to maintain their ground,
+and that this perhaps the most successful of Protestant missions, was
+not finally abandoned upon the very eve of its triumphs.
+
+While he embraced large and comprehensive projects, it was one of his
+striking peculiarities that he paid close attention to minute details.
+Some minds beginning with the vast and theoretical, work backwards into
+the necessary details; others setting out upon that which is minute and
+practical, from the necessities of the hour and the duties of the day
+before them seem to enlarge their circle and to build up new projects as
+they proceed. The former may be men of greater genius, but the latter
+are in general the more successful, and to these Mr. Marsden belonged.
+The cast of his mind was eminently practical. No crude visions of
+distant triumphs led him away from the duties which belonged to the
+scene and circumstances in which providence had placed him. Paramatta
+was for many years the model parish of New South Wales, although its
+pastor was the soul of the New Zealand mission, and of many a
+philanthropic enterprise besides. Commissioner Biggs, in his "Report of
+Inquiry," which was published by order of the House of Commons, observes
+that "Mr. Marsden, though much occupied by the business of the missions
+which he conducted, and by the superintendence of the orphan school
+which he had himself called into existence, was remarkably attentive to
+the duties of his ministry." "The congregation at Paramatta appeared to
+me to be more respectable than at the other places of worship, and the
+choral parts of the service were admirably performed by the singers, who
+have been taught under the direction of the Rev. S. Marsden." He was
+well known to all his parishioners, to whom he paid constant ministerial
+visits; his attention to the sick, whether at their own homes or the
+government hospital, was unremitting, and here his natural shrewdness,
+sharpened as it was by his spiritual penetration, showed itself in his
+insight into the true character of those he dealt with. Nothing
+disgusted him more than a want of reality. High professions from
+inconsistent lips were loathsome to him, and his rebukes were sometimes
+sharp. A gentleman, whose habits of life were not altogether consistent
+with Christian simplicity and deadness to the world, had been reading
+"Mammon," when that volume had just made its appearance, and with that
+partial eye with which we are too apt to view our own failings, had come
+to the flattering conclusion that by contrast with the monster depicted
+in "Mammon," the desires he felt to add field to field and house to
+house, were not covetousness, but that diligence in business which the
+Scriptures inculcate. In the happy excitement of the discovery, he
+exultingly exclaimed, "Well, thank God, I have no covetousness." Mr.
+Marsden, who had read no more about covetousness than he found in the
+Bible, had sat silent; rising from his chair, and taking his hat, he
+merely said, "Well, I think it is time for me to go: and so, sir, you
+thank God that you are not as other men are. You have no covetousness?
+havn't you? Why, sir, I suppose the next thing you'll tell us is that
+you've no pride;" and left the room.
+
+But when he spoke to a modest inquirer, these roughnesses, which lay
+only on the surface, disappeared. To the sick, his manner was gentle and
+affectionate, and in his later years, when he began, from failing
+memory and dimness of sight, to feel himself unequal to the pulpit, he
+spent much of his time in going from house to house and amongst the
+prison population, exhorting and expounding the Scriptures. Upon one of
+these occasions, a friend who accompanied him relates that he made a
+short journey to visit a dying young lady, whose parents on some account
+were strangely averse to his intrusion, pastoral though it was. But the
+kindness with which he addressed the sufferer, whom he found under deep
+spiritual anxieties, and the soothing manner in which he spoke and
+prayed with her, instantly changed the whole bias of their minds. "To
+think," they exclaimed when he left the house, "of the aged man, with
+his silver locks, coming such a distance as seventeen miles, and
+speaking so affectionately to our feeble child!"
+
+"At Paramatta, his Sunday-school," his daughter writes, "was in a more
+efficient state than any I have since seen;" and the same remark might
+probably be applied to his other parochial institutions, for whatever he
+did was done with all his heart; and he was one of those who easily find
+coadjutors. Their example seems to shed an immediate influence. And his
+curates and the pious members of his flock were scarcely less zealous
+and energetic than himself.
+
+He found time to promote missionary meetings, and to encourage the
+formation of tract and Bible societies, as well as other benevolent
+institutions, at Sydney and other places. On many occasions he delivered
+interesting speeches, and not long before his death he presided at a
+Bible Society meeting at Paramatta, when, in the course of an
+affectionate address, he alluded to his beloved New Zealand. New Zealand
+was near his heart, and he now seldom spoke of it without being
+sensibly affected. Relating an anecdote respecting Mowhee, a converted
+New Zealander, he was completely overcome, and burst into tears.
+
+His manner of preaching was simple, forcible, and persuasive, rather
+than powerful or eloquent. In his later years, when he was no longer
+able to read his sermons, he preached extempore. His memory, until the
+last year or two of his life, was remarkably tenacious: he used to
+repeat the whole of the burial service _memoriter_, and in the pulpit,
+whole chapters or a great variety of texts from all parts of Scripture,
+as they were required to prove or illustrate his subject. He was seldom
+controversial, nor did he attempt a critical exposition of the word of
+God. His ministry was pure and evangelical. "You can well remember him,
+my hearers," says the preacher, in his funeral sermon, "as having
+faithfully preached to you the word of God; clearly did he lay before
+you the whole counsel of God. Man was represented by him as in a
+condemned and helpless state, lying in all the pollution and filthiness
+of his sin, totally unable to justify himself wholly or in part, by any
+works of righteousness which he can do; God, as too pure to look upon
+iniquity without abhorrence, and yet too merciful to leave sinners to
+their sad estate without providing a refuge for them; Christ, as All in
+all to the sinner; as wisdom to enlighten him, as righteousness to
+justify him, sanctification to make him holy in heart and life, as
+complete redemption from the bondage of sin and death into the glorious
+inheritance of heaven; the Holy Spirit of God as the only author of
+aught that is good in the renewed soul; faith as the only means of
+applying the salvation of the gospel to the case of the individual
+sinner; justification by faith; the necessity of regeneration; holiness
+indispensable. All these were represented by your departed minister as
+the vital doctrines of the gospel, and the mutual bearing and connexion
+of each was clearly shown. And this he has been doing for nearly
+forty-five years."
+
+Dwelling on the outskirts of civilization and of the Christian world, he
+was too deeply impressed with the grand line of distinction between
+Christianity and hideous ungodliness, whether exhibited in the vices of
+a penal settlement or the cannibalism of New Zealand, to be likely to
+attach too much importance to those minor shades of difference which are
+to be met with in the great family of Jesus Christ. As his heart was
+large, so too was his spirit catholic. He was sincerely and
+affectionately attached to the church of England. He revered her
+liturgy, and in her articles and homilies he found his creed, and he
+laboured much to promote her extension. Yet his heart was filled with
+love to all those who name the name of Christ in sincerity. Wherever he
+met with the evidences of real piety and soundness of doctrine, his
+house and his purse flew open; and orthodox Christians of every
+denomination from time to time either shared his hospitalities or were
+assisted in their benevolent projects with pecuniary aid. With what
+delicacy this was done may be gathered from such statements as the
+following, which is copied from the "Colonist" newspaper, September
+12th, 1838: "An attempt having been made to build a Scotch church in
+Sydney, the colonial government for a time opposed the scheme, and in
+consequence some of its friends fell away. Then it was that the late
+Samuel Marsden, unsolicited, very generously offered the loan of 750_l._
+to the trustees of the Scotch church, on the security of the building
+and for its completion. This loan was accordingly made; but as it was
+found impracticable to give an available security on the building, Mr.
+Marsden agreed to take the personal guarantee of the minister for the
+debt."
+
+In the same spirit he presented the Wesleyan Methodists with a valuable
+piece of land on which to erect a chapel, at Windsor. This act of
+Christian charity was acknowledged by their missionaries in a grateful
+letter. Mr. Marsden's reply is full of warmth and feeling. "You express
+your acknowledgment for the ground at Windsor to build your chapel and
+house upon. I can only say I feel much pleasure in having it in my power
+to meet your wishes in this respect. To give you the right hand of
+fellowship is no more than my indispensable duty; and were I to throw
+the smallest difficulty in your way I should be highly criminal and
+unworthy the Christian name, more especially considering the present
+circumstances of these extensive settlements, 'where the harvest is so
+great and the labourers are so few.' ... The importation of convicts
+from Europe is very great every year; hundreds have just landed on our
+shores from various parts of the British empire, hundreds are now in the
+harbour ready to be disembarked, and hundreds more on the bosom of the
+great deep are hourly expected. These exiles come to us laden with the
+chains of their sins, and reduced to the lowest state of human
+wretchedness and depravity. We must not expect that magistrates and
+politicians can find a remedy for the dreadful moral diseases with which
+the convicts are infected. The plague of sin, when it has been permitted
+to operate on the human mind with all its violence and poison, can never
+be cured, and seldom restrained by the wisest human laws and
+regulations. Heaven itself has provided the only remedy for sin--the
+blessed balm in Gilead; to apply any other remedy is lost labour. In
+recommending this at all times and in all places, we shall prevail upon
+some to try its effect; and whoever do this we know they will be healed
+in the selfsame hour. I pray that the Divine blessing may attend all
+your labours for the good of immortal souls in these settlements."
+
+His private charities displayed the same catholic spirit. His
+disinterestedness was great, and his only desire seemed to be to assist
+the deserving or to retrieve the lost. He was not foolishly indifferent
+to the value of money, as those who had business transactions with him
+were well aware; but its chief value in his eyes consisted in the
+opportunities it gave him to promote the happiness of others. Hundreds
+of instances of his extraordinary liberality might be mentioned, and it
+is probable that many more are quite unknown. The following anecdotes,
+furnished by his personal friends, will show that his bounty was dealt
+out with no sparing hand.
+
+A gentleman, at whose house he was a visitor, happened to express a wish
+that he had three hundred pounds to pay off a debt. The next morning Mr.
+Marsden came down and presented him with the money, taking no
+acknowledgment. The circumstance would have remained unknown had not the
+obliged person, after Mr. Marsden's decease, honourably sent an
+acknowledgment to his executors. All he assisted were not equally
+grateful. Travelling with a friend in his carriage, a vehicle passed by.
+"Paddy," said he, calling to his servant, "who is that?" On being told,
+"Oh," said he, "he borrowed from me two hundred pounds, and he never
+paid me." This was his only remark.
+
+Yet he was not tenacious for repayment, nor indeed exact in requiring it
+at all where he thought the persons needy and deserving. The same friend
+was with him when a man called to pay up the interest on a considerable
+sum which Mr. Marsden had lent to him. He took a cheque for the amount,
+but when the person retired, tore it up and threw it into the fire,
+remarking, "He is an honest man. I am satisfied if he returns me the
+principal; that is all I want."
+
+On another occasion, a friend who had been requested to make an advance
+of fifty pounds to a needy person, but was unable to do so, mentioned
+the case to Mr. Marsden, with, "Sir, can you lend me fifty pounds?" "To
+be sure I can," was the answer, and the money was instantly produced.
+When he called, shortly afterwards, to repay the loan, Mr. Marsden had
+forgotten all about it. "Indeed I never looked to its being repaid."
+
+The Rev----, being pressed for a hundred pounds, walking with Mr.
+Marsden, mentioned his difficulties. Mr. Marsden at once gave him a
+hundred pounds, simply remarking, "I dare say that will do for you."
+
+A lady had come to the colony at the solicitation of her family, with
+the view of establishing a school of a superior class for the daughters
+of the colonists. At first she met with little success. Mr. Marsden saw
+the importance of her scheme, and at once invited her to Paramatta,
+offering her a suitable house and all the pecuniary aid she might
+require, and this under the feeling of a recent disappointment in an
+undertaking of the same nature.
+
+Of the large sums he expended on the New Zealand mission from his own
+private resources it is impossible even to conjecture the amount, to say
+nothing of a life in a great measure devoted to the service. He one day
+called upon a young man of enterprise and piety, whom he was anxious to
+induce to settle in New Zealand, and offered him fifty pounds per annum
+out of his own purse, as well as to raise a further sum for him from
+other sources. Nor should it be forgotten, in proof of this
+disinterestedness, that with all his opportunities and influence in New
+Zealand, he never possessed a single acre of land there, or sought the
+slightest advantage either for himself or for any member of his family.
+
+Another feature in his character was his unaffected humility. This was
+not in him the nervous weakness which disqualifies some men for vigorous
+action, rendering them either unconscious of their power, or incapable
+of maintaining and asserting their position, and consequently of
+discharging its obligations. This, though often called humility, is, in
+fact, disease, and ought to be resisted rather than indulged. Mr.
+Marsden's mind was vigorous and healthy; he took a just measure of his
+powers and opportunities, as the use he put them to proves abundantly.
+There was nothing in him of the shyness which disqualifies for public
+life; he was bold without effrontery, courageous without rashness, firm
+without obstinacy; but withal he was a humble man. His private
+correspondence will have shown the reader how anxious he was to submit
+his own judgment, even on questions affecting his personal character, to
+what he considered the better judgment of his friends at home. To vanity
+or ostentation he seems to have been a perfect stranger. There is not a
+passage in his correspondence, nor can we learn that a word ever fell
+from his lips, which would lead us to suppose that he ever thought
+himself in any way an extraordinary man. Flattery disgusted him, and
+even moderate praise was offensive to his feelings. When the life of his
+friend, Dr. Mason Good, appeared from the pen of Dr. Olinthus Gregory,
+it contained an appendix, giving an account of his own labours and
+triumphs at Paramatta and in New Zealand. This he cut out of the volume
+with his penknife, without any remark, before he permitted it to lie
+upon his table or to be read by his family. He was so far from thinking
+he had accomplished much, either in the colony or amongst the heathen,
+that he was rather disposed, in his later days, to lament that his life
+had been almost useless; and indeed he was heard more than once to
+express a doubt whether he had not mistaken his calling, and been no
+better than an intruder into the sacred ministry. Perhaps failing health
+and spirits were in part the cause of these misgivings, but his
+unfeigned humility had a deeper root. It originated in that evangelical
+piety upon which all his usefulness was built. He saw the holiness of
+God, he saw his Divine perfection reflected in his law, and though he
+had a clear, abiding sense of his adoption through the grace of our Lord
+Jesus Christ, this did not interfere with a clear conception too of his
+own unworthiness. When told one day, by a justly indignant friend, how
+basely he was misrepresented, "Sir," he exclaimed, and the solemnity of
+his manner showed the depth of his meaning, "these men don't know the
+worst. Why, sir, if I were to walk down the streets of Paramatta with my
+heart laid bare, the very boys would pelt me."
+
+Such was Samuel Marsden, a man whose memory is to be revered and his
+example imitated. "Not merely a good man," says the preacher of his
+funeral sermon, "who filled up the place allotted to him on earth, and
+then sank into his grave; not merely a faithful minister of Christ, who
+loved and served his Saviour and turned many to repentance, but more
+than either of these. Rightly to estimate his character we must view him
+as a peculiar man, raised up for an especial purpose." And he adds--
+
+    "As Luther in Germany, and John Knox in Scotland, and Cranmer in
+    England, were sent by the Head of the church, and fitted with
+    peculiar qualifications to make known his glorious gospel, hidden
+    in Romish darkness, so too, no less truly, was SAMUEL MARSDEN
+    raised up in this southern hemisphere, and admirably fitted for
+    the work, and made the instrument of diffusing the light of that
+    same gospel, and of bringing it to bear on the darkness of New
+    Zealand and the Isles of the Sea, and upon the darkness, too, no
+    less real, of the depravity of society in early Australia."
+
+
+
+
+APPENDIX I.
+
+    Progress of the Gospel and of Civilization in New Zealand, since
+    Mr. Marsden's Decease.
+
+
+The great work of Mr. Marsden's life was undoubtedly the New Zealand
+mission; but he was also, as we have seen, the early friend, the wise
+adviser, and not unfrequently the generous host of that devoted band of
+men who first essayed the introduction of the gospel to the Society
+Islands. Each of these missions has been attended with astonishing
+success; each has produced what may be called magnificent
+results,--results which already far exceed, in some respects, the most
+sanguine hopes, extravagant as at the time they seemed to be, of Mr.
+Marsden and his early coadjutors some fifty years ago. Yet in other
+respects their disappointment would have been great had they lived to
+witness the present state of things, whether in New Zealand or Tahiti.
+Instead of native tribes growing up into Christian brotherhood, and
+asserting a national independence, these beautiful islands have bowed to
+a foreign yoke. Instead of native churches they have rather assumed the
+form of offshoots and dependencies of British churches. A great work has
+been accomplished, and its fruits will never cease to ripen. But events
+have occurred which only prophets could have foreseen; changes have
+taken place which neither political sagacity nor the saintly wisdom of
+those good men who first projected our foreign missions amidst storms of
+insult, or, what was worse to bear, the withering influences of a
+contemptuous neglect, anticipated. It is often so in this world's
+history. Our successes, our trials, the events which happen to us, our
+national history, and that of the church of Christ, scoop out for
+themselves fresh channels, and flow still onwards, but in the direction
+perhaps least of all expected.
+
+Our readers are, we trust, so far interested in the details already
+given as to desire some further acquaintance with the later history of
+these great missions since Mr. Marsden's death. This we propose to give,
+briefly of course, for the subject would fill a volume; and such a
+volume, whenever it shall be written well and wisely, will be received
+with delight by every intelligent member of the whole catholic church of
+Christ.
+
+We shall direct our attention in the first place to NEW ZEALAND.
+
+Attempts to colonize upon a large scale, attended with constant
+aggressions upon the native tribes, had occurred before Mr. Marsden's
+death, and awakened his anxiety. A New Zealand Company was formed in
+1839, with the avowed object of purchasing land from the Maories, and
+settling large tracts of the island with English emigrants. It made no
+provision for the spiritual welfare of the natives, nor indeed for that
+of the European settlers; and it was evident that, however
+well-intentioned, the project in the hands of a mercantile company would
+be effected, as such schemes always have been effected, only at the cost
+of injustice and oppression to the natives. Meanwhile danger was
+threatening from another quarter. Louis Philippe now sat upon the throne
+of France. Though not ambitious of military conquest, he was cunning
+and unprincipled, and anxious to extend the power of France by force or
+fraud. Her colonial possessions she had lost during her long war with
+England, and now scarcely one of them remained. He saw and coveted the
+islands of the Southern Ocean, and resolved to repair his colonial
+empire by the addition of these splendid and inviting prizes. It was
+said, and we believe with truth, that a frigate was already equipped and
+on the very point of sailing for New Zealand with secret orders to annex
+that island to the crown of France, when the English government, tardily
+and with sincere reluctance, resolved to anticipate the project and
+claim New Zealand for the queen of England. This was done, and the
+island was formally annexed to the English crown, and in January, 1842,
+became an English colony.
+
+For once the story of colonial annexation is neither darkened with crime
+nor saddened with war and bloodshed. The measure was essential both to
+the security of the natives and to the work of the Protestant missions.
+Lawlessness and anarchy were universal: the Maori tribes were
+slaughtering one another; the white man was slaughtering the Maori
+tribes. For the native laws were obsolete, and the laws of England no
+man yet had the power to enforce.
+
+There was, too, on the part of England, and it was strongly expressed in
+the British parliament, a determination to secure, as far as possible,
+not only the safety but the independence of the natives under their old
+chiefs, and to leave them in possession of their ancient usages and
+forms of government. In fact, the authority of queen Victoria was to be
+that of a mild protectorate rather than an absolute sovereignty. The
+chiefs were to acknowledge the supremacy of the crown as represented in
+the governor. To him, and not as heretofore to the field of battle, with
+its horrors and cannibalism, were their disputes to be referred; and in
+all doubtful questions English law, its maxims and analogies, were to be
+held supreme. Upon these easy terms the most fastidious will find little
+to blame in our annexation of New Zealand. The Maories did not exceed,
+it was computed, one hundred thousand souls. Suppose they had been twice
+that number, still they could scarcely be said to _occupy_ the whole of
+an island of the size of Ireland, and quite as fruitful. There was still
+room for a vast influx of Europeans, leaving to the natives wide tracts
+of land far beyond their wants, either for tillage or the chase, or for
+a nomad wandering life, had this been the habit of the Maories. And when
+the threatened seizure by France is thrown into the scale, few
+Protestants, of whatever nation they may be, will hesitate to admit that
+the conduct of England in this instance was both wise and just.
+
+The Maories in general accepted this new state of things with
+satisfaction. Those of them who resided on the coast and in the
+neighbourhood of the Bay of Islands saw that the aggression of the
+colonists was restrained, and that their own safety was secured. Further
+in the interior, where the want of an English protectorate was less
+felt, heart-burnings occurred, fomented, as usual, by designing men, and
+aggravated by the occasional outrage of individuals. Some of the tribes
+resisted, and a war broke out, though happily neither bloody nor of long
+duration, in which the Maories maintained the reputation of their native
+valour, even against English regiments. Nor was it till the year 1849
+that the peace of the island and the supremacy of the English crown
+were perfectly restored and asserted.
+
+For a time the progress of the gospel was triumphant. For example,
+archdeacon William Williams could report that the number of communicants
+in the eastern district, beneath his care, had risen from twenty-nine in
+1840, to two thousand eight hundred and ninety-three in 1850; and these
+were "members of the congregation who were supposed to walk in the
+narrow way. Here then," he exclaims, "is abundant encouragement; the
+little one is become a thousand. In the course of ten years, there has
+been time for the novelty of Christianity to wear away; but, while some
+are gone back again to the beggarly elements of the world, hitherto the
+Lord has blessed his vineyards with increase." In other districts the
+progress of the gospel was equally gratifying. At Tauranga, out of a
+population not exceeding two thousand four hundred, upwards of eight
+hundred partook of the Lord's supper; and yet there were many native
+Christians who, from various causes, had been kept away from this
+ordinance. Other denominations of Protestant Christians had likewise
+their trophies to exhibit to the "praise of his grace," who had crowned
+their labours with success. "The facilities," reports one missionary,
+upon the eastern coast, "the facilities for usefulness are great; the
+coast might become one of the most interesting missionary gardens in the
+world. Crowds can be got together at any time for catechizing; the dear
+children are all anxious for schooling; the native teachers and monitors
+put themselves quite under your hands; and they are, I think, a very
+improving and improvable class."
+
+Similar reports reached home from almost every station in New Zealand.
+At the intervention of a missionary of the church of England, a Wesleyan
+missionary, and an English lay gentleman, (the surveyor-general,) the
+Waikato and Wangaroa tribes, bent on mutual slaughter, laid down their
+arms at the instant the battle should have joined. They had had their
+war-dance; some random shots had even been fired; their mediators had
+begun to despair; when at length, towards evening, they agreed to leave
+the subject in dispute between them (the right to a piece of land), to
+Sir George Grey, the governor, and Te Werowero, a native chieftain, for
+arbitration. The question was put to the whole army, "Do you agree to
+this?" Four hundred armed natives answered with one voice, assenting.
+The question was put a second time, and they again gave their consent.
+"The surveyor-general giving the signal, we all," says the missionary,
+"gave three hearty cheers; after which the natives assembled for
+evening-prayers, and," he adds, "I trust I felt thankful." The accounts
+that reached England, filled men's hearts with astonishment; even upon
+the spot, men long enured to the spiritual warfare with idolatry, were
+amazed at the greatness of their triumph. They wrote home in strains
+such as the following.
+
+    "Rotorua is endeared to us by every tie that should endear a place
+    to a missionary's heart. We came hither, to a people utterly
+    debased by everything that was savage. Now, there is not a village
+    or place around us, where the morning and evening bell does not
+    call to prayer and praise, and where the sabbath is not observed.
+    I am sometimes astonished when I look back upon the past, and
+    remember what we have passed through. If I think only of those
+    scenes which occurred to us during the southern war, the
+    remembrance seems appalling. Now peace reigns in every border;
+    the native chapel stands conspicuous in almost every Pa; wars seem
+    almost forgotten; and for New Zealand, the promise seems
+    fulfilled, 'I shall give thee the heathen for thine inheritance,
+    and the uttermost parts of the earth for thy possession.'"
+
+New Zealand was at length, outwardly at least, a Christian land. Bishop
+Selwyn had, in 1842, taken charge of the church of England and the
+oversight of her missions, and other denominations assumed a fixed and
+settled character. The missionary began to merge and disappear in the
+stated minister. The ancient warrior chieftain too, was fading fast from
+sight; and we cannot deny that, savage as he was, we part from him with
+some feelings of respect. Who that has a heart to feel, or any
+imagination capable of being warmed by strains of exquisite pathos, can
+read unmoved the last words of the dying Karepa? The scene is in the
+lonely village of Te Hawera, of which he was the chief. Mr. Colenzo, the
+missionary, arrived just as his people, with loud cries, sitting around
+his new-made tomb, bewailed his departure. At night they gathered around
+their spiritual father in his tent, and one of the natives thus related
+the last words of Karepa.
+
+    "He summoned us all," said he, "to come close around him, and with
+    much love exhorted us; talking energetically, as was his custom, a
+    long while, he said:--'You well know that I have brought you, from
+    time to time, much riches, muskets, powder, hatchets, knives,
+    blankets. I afterwards heard of the new riches, called faith. I
+    sought it. I went to Manawatu; in those days a long and perilous
+    journey, for we were surrounded by enemies; no man travelled
+    alone: I saw the few natives who, it was said, had heard of it;
+    but they could not satisfy me. I sought further, but in vain. I
+    heard afterwards of a white man at Otaki, and that with him was
+    the spring where I could fill my empty and dry calabash. I
+    travelled to his place, to Otaki, but in vain; he was gone--gone
+    away ill. I returned to you, my children, dark minded. Many days
+    passed by; the snows fell, they melted, they disappeared; the buds
+    expanded, and the tangled paths of our low forests were again
+    passable to the foot of the native man. At last we heard of
+    another white man who was going about over mountains and through
+    forests and swamps, giving drink from his calabash to the secluded
+    native--to the remnants of the tribes of the mighty, of the
+    renowned of former days, now dwelling by twos and threes among the
+    roots of the big trees of the ancient forests, and among the long
+    reeds by the rills in the valleys. Yes, my grandchildren, my and
+    your ancestors, once spread over the country as the Koitarekè
+    (_quail_) and Krivi (_apteryx_) once did; but now their
+    descendants are even as the descendants of these birds, scarce,
+    gone, dead, fast hastening to utter extinction. Yes, we heard of
+    that white man; we heard of his going over the high snowy range to
+    Patea, all over the rocks to Turakiráe. I sent four of my children
+    to meet him. They saw his face; yes you, you talked with him. You
+    brought me a drop of water from his calabash. You told me he had
+    said he would come to this far-off isle to see me. I rejoiced, I
+    disbelieved his coming; but I said he may. I built the chapel, we
+    waited expecting. You slept at nights; I did not. He came, he
+    emerged from the long forest, he stood upon Te Hawera ground. I
+    saw him. I shook hands with him; we rubbed noses together. Yes, I
+    saw a missionary's face; I sat in his cloth house (_tent_); I
+    tasted his new food; I heard him talk Maori; my heart bounded
+    within me; I listened; I ate his words. You slept at nights; I did
+    not. Yes, I listened, and he told me about God, and his Son Jesus
+    Christ, and of peace and reconciliation, and of a loving Father's
+    home beyond the stars. And now I, too, drank from his calabash and
+    was refreshed, he gave me a book, as well as words. I laid hold of
+    the new riches for me, and for you, and we have it now. My
+    children, I am old; my teeth are gone, my hair is white; the
+    yellow leaf is falling from the Táwai (_beech tree_); I am
+    departing; the sun is sinking behind the great western hills, it
+    will soon be night. But, hear me; hold fast the new riches--the
+    great riches--the true riches. We have had plenty of sin and pain
+    and death; but now we have the true riches. Hold fast the true
+    riches, which Karepa sought out for you.'
+
+    "Here he became faint, and ceased talking. We all wept like little
+    children around the bed of the dying old man--of our father. He
+    suffered much pain, from which he had scarcely any cessation until
+    death relieved him."
+
+But New Zealand was now passing through a dangerous crisis. The Maori
+ceased to exist in his savage state. Cannibalism was a mere tradition.
+Of the ancient superstitions scarcely a trace was left. European arts
+and manners were introduced in almost every part of the island, and New
+Zealand took her place amongst other civilized communities. Still, under
+new circumstances fresh dangers threatened her. The church of Rome saw
+from afar and coveted so glorious a possession; and in the course of a
+single year a Romish bishop and sixteen priests landed at Wellington,
+and a second bishop with his troop of priests and nuns at Auckland. For
+a while the childish simplicity of the Maori character, fond of show and
+a stranger to suspicion, gave them great advantage; and the missionaries
+of evangelical churches viewed their progress with serious apprehension.
+But as the novelty wore off the Maori Christian discovered that Popery
+was but a hollow pretence, without heart, or life, or abiding
+consolation, and whole tribes which had been led astray returned with
+their chiefs to purer churches in search of better pasturage. Lately the
+translation of the whole of the Bible has been completed, and in this we
+have the best antidote, under God, to the progress of this baneful
+superstition. New Zealand, too, besides its several Protestant bishops
+of the church of England, its zealous missionaries, and stated ministers
+of every evangelical denomination, has now at length a native ministry
+of her own Maories, few as yet in number, but holy men, men of competent
+learning and gifts of utterance, who have evidently been called of God.
+One of these, the Rev. Riwai Te Ahu, who was ordained by Bishop Selwyn,
+is not only highly esteemed by all the natives of whatever tribe they
+may be, but by the English too; and he is entirely supported by internal
+resources, by regular contributions from the natives, and a private
+grant from the governor himself. We can understand something of the joy
+with which an honoured missionary, one of the oldest labourers in the
+field, sat and listened in the house of prayer while he officiated,
+assisted by the Rev. Rota Waitoa, the only two Maori ministers of the
+church of England in New Zealand, and his own early converts, "the one
+reading prayers, and the other preaching an admirable sermon to his own
+native tribe." Other churches have similar triumphs. The Wesleyans have
+three native assistant ministers, and probably these are not all, for it
+may be presumed that a great work is going forward in so large an
+island, of which our missionary societies have no official reports, and
+by agents who are no longer responsible to them. Thus it is often found
+that in the interior some village or hamlet has become Christian where
+no European missionary was ever seen. Native converts have done their
+own work.
+
+Still the church in New Zealand is in an infant state, surrounded by
+many dangers. The influx of Europeans, the sudden increase of wealth and
+luxury, the introduction of a new and foreign literature from England,
+bearing as it were upon its wings all that is bad as well as all that is
+lovely and of good report in theology, politics, and morals, may well
+cause, as indeed it does create, the deepest concern to those who have
+at heart the purity of the Maori faith, and the continued progress of
+the gospel. It is not for those who know that the gospel is the power of
+God unto salvation, to doubt for a moment of its ultimate success; but
+the firmest faith may, at the same time, be apprehensive and anxious, if
+not alarmed, for the fiery trial that awaits her,--not of persecution,
+but of wealth and luxury, and the sad example of every European vice.
+Let the reader help them with his prayers.
+
+We cannot close our sketch of the progress of Christianity in New
+Zealand, without some allusion to the Canterbury Association, one of the
+most remarkable attempts of modern times to colonize on Christian
+principles, or rather perhaps we should say, to carry abroad the old
+institutions of England, and plant them as it were full blown in a new
+country. The design was not altogether original, for the New England
+puritans of the seventeenth century, had led the way, in their attempts
+to colonize at Boston and in New England, in the days of Charles I. They
+would have carried out the principles, and worship of the Brownites to
+the exclusion of other sects, though happily for the freedom of
+religion, their design was soon found to be impracticable, and was only
+partially accomplished. The Canterbury Association was formed on high
+church of England principles, "avowedly for the purpose of founding a
+settlement, to be composed in the first instance of members of that
+church, or at least of those who did not object to its principles." Its
+early friends now admit that their project was, in some of its parts,
+utopian and impracticable. The idea, if ever seriously entertained, of
+excluding by a test of church membership those whose profession differed
+from their own was abandoned by most of the colonists as soon as they
+had set foot on the shores of New Zealand. In 1848, Otakou or Otago, in
+the southern part of the Middle Island, was colonized by an association
+of members of the Free Church of Scotland; and in 1850, the first
+colonists were sent out to the church of England settlement, founded in
+the vicinity of Banks's Peninsula, by the Canterbury Association. The
+site made choice of possessed a harbour of its own, an immense extent of
+land, which it was supposed might easily be brought under cultivation,
+and removed from danger of disturbance from the natives, of whom there
+were but few, an extent of grazing country unequalled in New Zealand,
+and a territory "every way available for being formed into a province,
+with a separate legislature." The plan was to sell the land at an
+additional price, and appropriate one third of the cost to
+ecclesiastical purposes. The sums thus realized by sales of land, were
+to be placed at the disposal of an ecclesiastical committee, who were
+empowered to make such arrangements as they might think fit to organize
+an endowed church in the colony. A bishopric was to be at once endowed,
+a college, if not a cathedral, was to be connected with it, a
+grammar-school of the highest class, was to be opened as well as
+commercial schools; and all the luxuries of English country life,
+including good roads, snug villas, well cultivated farms; and good
+society, were to be found by the future settler, after a very few years
+of probationary toil.
+
+The scheme was warmly taken up at home, and within a single twelvemonth
+from the 16th December, 1850, when the first detachment arrived, nearly
+three thousand emigrants had seated themselves in the Canterbury Plains.
+The towns of Lyttelton and Christchurch were founded, and operations on
+a large scale were fairly begun. Of course bitter disappointment
+followed, as it too often does with the early colonists, whose
+expectations are unduly raised by the romantic stories told them in
+England. But we must quote a passage from "Archdeacon Paul's Letters
+from Canterbury," just published. It may be of use to other emigrants,
+into whatever region of the world they go. "Restless spirits, who had
+never yet been contented anywhere, expected to find tranquillity in this
+new Arcadia, where their chief occupation would be to recline under the
+shadow of some overhanging rock, soothing their fleecy charge with the
+shepherd's pipe, remote from fogs and taxation and all the thousand
+nameless evils which had made their lives a burthen to them at home.
+
+"Alas! the reality was soon found to be of a sterner type--
+
+  'These are not scenes for pastoral dance at even,
+  For moonlight rovings in the fragrant glades:
+  Soft slumbers in the open eye of heaven,
+  And all the listless joys of summer shades.'
+
+Long wearisome rides and walks in search of truant sheep and cattle;
+bivouacs night after night, on the damp cold ground; mutton, damper, (a
+kind of coarse biscuit,) and tea (and that colonial tea) at breakfast,
+dinner, and supper, day after day, and week after week, and month after
+month; wanderings in trackless deserts, with a choice of passing the
+night on some bleak mountain side or wading through an unexplored swamp;
+and, after all this labour, finding perhaps that his flock are infected,
+and that no small amount of money as well as toil must be expended
+before he can hope for any profit at all;--these are the real
+experiences of a settler's early days in a young pastoral colony."
+
+Yet, upon the whole, the founders of the settlement consider that it has
+answered all reasonable expectations. None of the early settlers have
+been driven home by the failure of their prospects, and few have been so
+even from qualified disappointment. The plains of Canterbury have a
+thoroughly English look, dotted in every direction with comfortable
+farm-houses, well-cultivated inclosures, and rickyards filled with the
+produce of the harvest: and the great seaport of the colony, Lyttelton,
+is well filled with shipping. Christchurch boasts at length its college,
+incorporated and endowed. It became an episcopal see, too, in 1856,
+under the first bishop of Christchurch; it has its grammar school and
+Sunday schools. Here, too, as well as at Lyttelton, the Wesleyans have
+taken root, and, besides chapels, have their day and Sunday schools.
+From the first, the Scotch Church was represented by some enterprising
+settlers. The decorum of religion is everywhere perceptible; "I
+believe," writes a nobleman, whose name stands at the head of the
+Association, "that no English colony, certainly none of modern days, and
+I hardly except those of the seventeenth century has been better
+supplied with the substantial means of religious worship and education.
+No one doubts the great material prosperity and promise of the colony;
+and no one denies that it is the best and most English-like society in
+all our colonies.... Sometimes a very vain notion has been entertained
+that we meant or hoped to exclude dissenters from our settlement. Of
+course, nothing could be more preposterous. What we meant was to impress
+the colony in its origin with a strong church of England character. This
+was done by the simple but effectual expedient of appropriating one
+third of the original land fund to church purposes, but this was of
+course a voluntary system."
+
+Thus New Zealand stands at present. The lonely island of the Southern
+Ocean approached only fifty years ago with awe by the few adventurous
+whalers which dared its unknown coasts and harbours, now teems with
+English colonists. The dreaded New Zealander has forsaken his savage
+haunts and ferocious practices, and may be seen "clothed and in his
+right mind," and sitting to learn at the feet of some teacher of "the
+truth as it is in Jesus." The face of the country has undergone a
+corresponding change. And in many places, the scene is such as to force
+the tears from the eye of the self-exiled settler; the village spire
+and the church-going bell reminding him of home. What the future may be,
+we shall not even hazard a conjecture. Let it be enough to say that a
+mighty change has already been accomplished, and that its foundations
+were laid, and the work itself effected more than by any other man, by
+Samuel Marsden.
+
+
+
+
+APPENDIX II.
+
+    State and Prospects of the Protestant Mission at Tahiti under the
+    French Protectorate.
+
+
+At the period of Mr. Marsden's decease, the Tahitian mission, over which
+he had watched with parental solicitude from its infancy, presented an
+aspect even more cheering than that of New Zealand. Idolatry had fallen;
+its idols were utterly abolished; they had found their way to the most
+ignoble uses, or to the museums of the curious, or those of the various
+missionary societies in Great Britain. So complete was their destruction
+that natives of Tahiti have actually visited the museum of the London
+Missionary Society within the last few years, and there seen, for the
+first time in their lives, a Tahitian idol. But a dark cloud already
+skirted the horizon, and the infant church was soon to pass through the
+purifying furnace of a long, relentless, wearying, and even bitter
+persecution.
+
+The revolution of 1830 had placed Louis Philippe on the throne of
+France. During the earlier years of his reign, the church of Rome was
+deprived of much of that power and dignity which it had enjoyed under
+the elder Bourbons. As to any hold on the affections of the people of
+France, this it seldom boasted,--certainly not within the last hundred
+years. Yet the crafty king of the French was not unwilling to give to
+his restless priesthood the opportunities both of employment and renown
+in foreign parts; especially if in doing so he could extend his own
+power, and add a wreath to that national glory so dear to Frenchmen.
+The priests were therefore instructed to direct their attention to the
+South Sea Islands. Animated partly by hatred to England, they succeeded
+in effecting a settlement in the Society Islands. The first of them, who
+arrived there, called Columban (though his original name was Murphy),
+came in rather strange guise. "He was clad like a man before the mast,
+smoked a short pipe, and at first was mistaken for what he appeared to
+be. He had an old English passport, and among other pious tricks,
+endeavoured to make use of the lion and the unicorn, to prove to the
+natives that he was sent by the king of Great Britain."[L] Two others,
+Caret and Laval, arrived soon afterwards. The law of the island forbade
+foreigners to reside without obtaining the sanction of the queen. The
+priests, accordingly, when their arrival became known, were ordered to
+depart. They refused; comparing the Protestant missionaries to Simon
+Magus, and claiming for themselves the exclusive right to instruct the
+Tahitian people. After some delay, however, they left, and went to the
+Grambier Islands. Captain Lord E. Russell, then with his ship of war at
+the island, publicly declared, that "if the priests had remained in the
+country, anarchy and confusion, disastrous to the island, would have
+inevitably ensued." This was in December, 1836.
+
+    [L] Wilkes's Tahiti, etc.
+
+In September, 1837, M. Montpellier, accompanied by Murphy-Columban,
+arrived at Tahiti. He was followed in 1838 by Captain Du Petit Thouars
+in the frigate Venus, who made no secret in avowing to our English
+officers that he was looking out for a suitable island on which to hoist
+the French flag for the purpose, he added, of forming a penal
+settlement. Returning to Paris, Thouars was raised to the rank of
+rear-admiral, and sent back to the Pacific with his flag in La Reine
+Blanche on a secret expedition. He seized on two of the Marquesas
+Islands, built a fort on each, and garrisoned them with four hundred
+men. He now wrote home, demanding thrice that number of troops and four
+ships of war for the maintenance of his conquest; but he had further
+objects in view. False representations had probably been made to the
+French government with regard to the removal of Caret and Laval; and
+Captain Du Petit Thouars was instructed to demand satisfaction at Tahiti
+for injuries done to French subjects. A desire of conquest no doubt
+inflamed Guizot the French minister--alas! that a Protestant should thus
+have tarnished his fame--as well as his royal master; but hatred of
+Protestantism had its full share in these nefarious proceedings.
+
+One M. Henicy, who accompanied the Antoine French frigate to Tahiti, in
+the summer of 1839, thus writes of the English missionaries: "Ferocious
+oppressors, shameless monopolizers, trafficking in the word of God, they
+have procured for themselves a concert of curses. Their ministers are
+found to be vile impostors." Caret, Murphy, and the other priests now
+returned to Tahiti. A French consul was appointed, a worthless,
+profligate man; he professed, however, to be a zealous friend of the
+true faith, anxious for missionary labourers to convert the deluded
+Tahitian Protestants. Very little progress, however, could be made in
+this spiritual work; the natives obstinately preferred sermons to
+masses, and possessed so little taste as to reject pictures and rosaries
+while they still read their Bibles. It was evident that efforts of a
+more strenuous kind, though, such as the church of Rome is never
+unwilling to resort to when persuasion fails, must be tried. And now it
+was announced that the island was placed under the protection of France;
+to this arrangement, it was pretended, the chiefs of Tahiti and the
+queen herself had consented; nay, that they had solicited the protection
+of France. This unblushing falsehood was immediately exposed, and we now
+know, from queen Pomare herself, that all the proceedings in this
+disgraceful affair had their origin in fraud and treachery. They were
+chiefly carried out by the French consul, who is accused of having,
+under false pretences, prevailed on certain chiefs of the island to
+affix their signatures, in the name of the queen, to a document, the
+object of which was to induce the king of the French to take Tahiti
+under his protection, the pretence being grounded on a false statement,
+which accused some native chiefs, and the representatives of other
+nations, of bad conduct and various crimes. When the queen was apprised
+of this document, she called a council of her chiefs, with an assembled
+multitude of natives and foreigners; and, in the presence of the
+British, French, and American consuls, denied all knowledge of it, as
+also did the chiefs themselves who signed it. They declared that the
+French consul brought it to them in the night, and that they put their
+names to it without knowing what it contained. The governor, being one
+of the persons imposed upon, wrote to the British consul, Mr.
+Cunningham, declaring that the parties subscribing did not know what
+were the contents of the letter which the French consul brought them to
+sign, and that they affixed their names to it, as it were, in the dark.
+The translator also affirmed that it must have been written by some
+person not a Tahitian; its idiom being foreign, its orthography bad,
+words misapplied, and the handwriting even foreign.
+
+But the most convincing evidence of the forgery was the declaration of
+two of the chiefs who signed the document, Tati and Ulami, to the
+following effect: "That all men may know, We, who have signed our names
+hereunto, clearly and solemnly make known and declare, as upon oath,
+that the French consul did wholly dictate and write the letter, said to
+be written by the queen Pomare and her governors, requesting protection
+of the king of the French. Through fear we signed it. It was in his own
+house, and in the night time, that the document was signed by us. And we
+signed it also because he said, If you will sign your names to this, I
+will give you one thousand dollars each when the French admiral's ship
+returns to Tahiti.
+
+  (Signed) "TATI,
+           "ULAMI."
+
+This disgraceful plot was carried on in the absence of the queen. She
+was no sooner made acquainted with it, than she addressed a short and
+dignified protest and remonstrance to the queen of Great Britain, the
+president of the United States, and the king of the French. Few
+diplomatic notes are more worthy of a place in history than that which
+was addressed to Louis Philippe.
+
+    "Peace be to you. I make a communication to you, and this is its
+    nature,--
+
+    "During my absence from my own country a few of my people,
+    entirely without my knowledge or authority, wrote a letter to you,
+    soliciting your assistance. I disavow any knowledge of that
+    document. Health to you.
+
+    (Signed) "POMARE."
+
+But the French consul proceeded to form a provisional government of
+three persons, placing himself at the head of it as consul-commissary of
+the king. The triumvirate behaved with the greatest insolence, not only
+to the poor queen, but even to the British flag. Captain Sir T.
+Thompson, with the Talbot, lay in the harbour. The queen arrived and
+hoisted the Tahitian flag, which the Talbot saluted. A letter from the
+consul-commissary and the two French officials with whom he was
+associated was addressed as a protest to the gallant captain, "holding
+him responsible to the king of the French, his government and nation,
+for the consequences of such disrespect, and for a measure so hostile
+towards France." Sir Thomas knew his duty too well to answer the
+affront, or in any way to notice it; but he could only look on with
+silent sorrow and disgust, he had no power to interfere. The queen also
+received an insolent letter from the consul; he even forced himself into
+her presence, and behaved in a rude and disrespectful manner. "He said
+to me," she writes, in a letter to the captain of the Talbot, "shaking
+his head at me, throwing about his arms, and staring fiercely at me,
+'Order your men to hoist the new flags, and that the new government be
+respected.' I protested against this conduct, and told him I had nothing
+more to say to him." Bereft of other hope, the insulted and greatly
+injured Pomare wrote a most touching and pathetic letter to queen
+Victoria. It was published in the newspapers, and went to the heart of
+every man and woman in Britain who had a heart to feel for dignity and
+virtue in distress, "Have compassion on me in my present trouble, in my
+affliction and great helplessness. Do not cast me away; assist me
+quickly, my friend. I run to you for refuge, to be covered, under your
+great shadow, the same as afforded to my fathers by your fathers, who
+are now dead, and whose kingdoms have descended to us." She explains how
+her signature was obtained. "Taraipa (governor of Tahiti) said to me,
+'Pomare, write your name under this document (the French deed of
+protection); if you don't sign your name you must pay a fine of 10,000
+dollars, 5000 to-morrow and 5000 the following day; and should the first
+payment be delayed beyond two o'clock the first day, hostilities will be
+commenced, and your country taken from you. On account of this threat,"
+says the queen, "against my will I signed my name. I was compelled to
+sign it, and because I was afraid; for the British and American subjects
+residing in my country in case of hostilities would have been
+indiscriminately massacred. No regard would have been paid to parties."
+
+There was no exaggeration in this pathetic statement; it is confirmed by
+a letter--one of the last he ever wrote--from John Williams, the martyr
+missionary, who called at Tahiti, March 1839, on his last fatal voyage
+to the New Hebrides. "You will doubtless see by the papers the cruel and
+oppressive conduct of the French. A sixty-gun frigate has been sent here
+to chastise the queen and people of Tahiti for not receiving the Roman
+Catholic priests; and the captain demanded 2000 dollars (10,000?) to be
+paid in twenty-four hours, or threatened to carry devastation and death
+to every island in the queen's dominion. Mr. Pritchard and some
+merchants here paid the money and saved the lives of the people. The
+French would only hear one side of the question, but demanded four
+things within twenty-four hours: 2000 dollars (10,000), a letter of
+apology to the French king, a salute of twenty-one guns, and the
+hoisting of the French flag."
+
+In short, the island became a French dependency, and the poor queen was
+left with the mere shadow of her former sovereignty. And so it remains
+to this day. A strong feeling of indignation was aroused in England.
+Missionary meetings, particularly a noble one at Leeds, were held,
+pledging themselves to do all in their power to induce our government to
+exert its legitimate influence with the government of France to restore
+to the queen of Tahiti her just independence, and to all classes of her
+subjects their civil rights and religious freedom. But the English
+government was either infatuated or afraid. Lord Aberdeen, secretary of
+state for colonial affairs, stated in the House of Lords that, "although
+he was not sufficiently informed of the precise grounds upon which the
+French government had acted, or of the complaints made against the
+authorities in those islands which had led to the convention; yet he had
+no apprehension as to the establishment of the French in those seas, nor
+that our commercial or political interests would be affected by it." He
+stated that "he had received the most unqualified assurance that every
+degree of protection and encouragement would be afforded to the British
+missionaries residing in those islands; that in granting the
+protectorship to the French king, it had been stipulated that all the
+places of worship at present existing would receive protection, and that
+the fullest liberty would be given to the missionaries to exercise their
+functions." And he concluded by saying, "that he reposed the fullest
+confidence, not only in the king of the French himself, but in the
+minister, who at this moment was the principal adviser of that monarch."
+But a righteous God looked on. This king was driven from his throne, and
+died an exile in England; while his minister, M. Guizot, who sacrificed
+his Protestantism to his ambition in this matter, after escaping with
+difficulty in 1848, from a mob who would have torn him to pieces, saw
+himself compelled to give up for ever all hope of recovering power in
+France.
+
+From that time to the present all political power and influence has
+centred in the French governors, who have been sent out from Europe, and
+their subordinate officers. Pomare still lives, revered by her people,
+but without being able to exercise any one independent act of
+sovereignty; and the native chiefs and governors who formerly took a
+prominent part in all public affairs, and in their respective districts
+possessed great influence, are without a vestige of authority, except in
+those instances in which they have been induced to accept office under
+the French governor. In 1842, a treaty, so called, was framed, which did
+indeed provide for "the freedom of religious worship, and especially
+that the English missionaries shall continue in their labours without
+molestation." "The same shall apply," says its fifth article, "to every
+other form of worship: no one shall be molested or constrained in his
+belief." But this treaty was probably intended only to cajole those whom
+it could not intimidate, and in practice it is a mere dead letter. The
+treaty itself is brief and informal, and evidently drawn up in haste, or
+perhaps with a view, from the absence of precision in its language, to
+provide for its more easy violation. Yet if the language in which it is
+couched conveys any meaning the treaty provides that the people of the
+island, and the English missionaries in the prosecution of their labours
+amongst them, shall continue to enjoy unrestricted religious liberty.
+Now it might be urged, and with some plausibility, by the French
+authorities in Tahiti, that the people are still allowed, as heretofore,
+to attend their public worship, and to retain their Bibles and Christian
+books. They might even maintain, that although a number of Romish
+priests, with a bishop at their head, have been thrust upon the island,
+no Protestant missionary has been expelled by the act of the
+authorities. The substantial truth of these statements cannot be denied,
+and yet there is abundant evidence that the clauses of the treaty
+guaranteeing the religious liberty of the islanders and the missionaries
+have, for every practical purpose, been palpably and grossly violated.
+The places of worship have not indeed been closed, but the English
+missionaries have, from time to time, been placed under such severe
+restrictions that four of their number, finding themselves entirely
+debarred from the free exercise of their ministry, left the island in
+1852. There are at present but two missionaries remaining. One of these
+is solely engaged in the operations of the press, but without permission
+to preach to the people; and the other--far advanced in age--is merely
+permitted, by a kind of sufferance, to remain at his post, and to
+minister to his own flock, though prohibited from extending his labours
+to other districts. So far as the churches and congregations scattered
+over the island are still supplied with the means of religious
+instruction, it is by the agency of natives, many of whom were formerly
+trained to the work by the missionaries. But these native preachers are
+subject to the constant inspection and interference of the authorities,
+and they hold their offices solely by sufferance. It will thus be seen,
+that although the English missionaries have not been forcibly ejected
+from the island, the object aimed at by the French authorities has,
+through the artful policy they have adopted, been effectually attained.
+The missionaries have been silenced, disowned, and cast aside.
+
+In pursuance of the same cautious and subtle policy, the French rulers
+have not ventured to excite or irritate the people by sanctioning any
+hasty measures for enforcing conformity to the Roman Catholic faith;
+still they have encouraged the formation of elementary schools, in which
+the young people are taught by priests appointed by the government, and
+everything is done to give undue importance to these schools, so that
+the pupils taught in them may, at the periodical examinations, appear to
+more advantage than those under native masters.
+
+Notwithstanding the prevalence of a system so calculated to ensnare and
+mystify the minds of a simple unsuspicious people, it is a most
+remarkable and gratifying fact that instances of apostasy to Romanism
+have been exceedingly rare, and that the bulk of the people continue
+stedfast in their attachment to the pure Scriptural truths taught them
+by the missionaries. To account for this it should be borne in mind that
+the churches and congregations still assemble as heretofore for Divine
+worship under native pastors, some of whom are known to be pious,
+devoted, and well qualified men. Then again, through the active and
+efficient agency of the Rev. W. Howe, who, though prohibited from
+preaching, still remains in charge of the mission press at Papeete, the
+native pastors and people have been well supplied with religious books.
+And it is further to be noted that the natives generally are amply
+provided with copies of the sacred Scriptures in their own language,
+which will no doubt, in the good providence of God, prove an effectual
+safeguard against popish error and superstition. In the year 1847, five
+thousand copies of the entire Tahitian Bible, revised by the Rev. Messrs
+Howe and Joseph, and generously provided by the British and Foreign
+Bible Society, were sent out in the missionary ship John Williams for
+circulation in Tahiti and the other islands of the Society group; and
+again, in 1852, three thousand copies of the New Testament were
+despatched to Tahiti, chiefly for the use of schools.
+
+In proof that the social and political troubles of the island have not
+had the effect of diminishing the number of its Christian population,
+the following most satisfactory statement, furnished by Mr. Howe, dated
+11th July, 1856, may be adduced.
+
+    "I have been comparing the number of persons in church fellowship
+    at the present time with the numbers respectively before the
+    establishment of the French protectorate, and at the period when
+    it had become fully established. In 1842, there were about one
+    thousand six hundred and eighty church members in Tahiti and
+    Eimeo. In 1851, when the island of Tahiti was supplied by three
+    foreign missionaries, and the students in the seminary, the report
+    of the Society stated the number of church members to be upwards
+    of one thousand six hundred, which is probably equal to that of
+    1842. Almost ever since that period the districts have been
+    entirely supplied by native pastors only, with the exception of
+    Bunaauia; and there are at the present time upwards of one
+    thousand six hundred members on the two islands, and many are now
+    seeking admission. It must also be borne in mind that during the
+    interval between 1851 and the present time, the population of the
+    two islands has been reduced by epidemic disease and removals at
+    least one thousand, a large proportion of whom were church members
+    from middle to old age, so that the present number in fellowship
+    is comprised of the strength and pride of the nation, and the
+    proportion of communicants to the population is greater than it
+    has ever been."
+
+Of the kind of annoyance to which the missionaries are exposed, and of
+the influences which are brought to bear against them, the reader will
+be able to judge after perusing the account of a prosecution lately
+instituted by the Romish bishop against the Rev. Mr. Howe. In the autumn
+of 1855, the Roman Catholic bishop having issued a catechism in which
+the doctrines and superstitions of Popery were dogmatically stated, and
+Protestantism as grossly misrepresented, Mr. Howe felt constrained, by a
+sense of Christian fidelity, to publish in reply a firm but temperate
+refutation. For this publication a criminal action was commenced against
+him by the bishop; but so vexatious and unfounded were the charges that
+the legal officer of the government, on whom it devolved to prosecute,
+though urged by the governor, declined to bring the case into court, for
+which he was suspended from his office; and when at length the case was
+carried before the proper tribunal, the charges against our missionary
+were dismissed. But the bishop, notwithstanding his signal discomfiture,
+was not to be diverted from his object; he determined to renew the
+contest, in the hope that by a change of tactics his ultimate object
+might be secured. The _criminal_ prosecution already described was
+brought to a termination in December. On the following 15th of March,
+Mr. Howe received notice that his inveterate opponent had entered a
+_civil_ action against him; and although the charges brought forward
+were essentially the same, they were put into such a shape, and
+contained statements so grossly exaggerated, that in order to meet them
+Mr. Howe was compelled to remodel his reply.
+
+After various delays, the trial at length commenced, in the court of
+First Instance, on the 28th April, 1856, and in proof of the malevolence
+by which the bishop was actuated, it may be stated that he demanded
+30,000 francs damages, the suppression of the Tatara-taa,[M] and that
+Mr. Howe should pay all the expenses of the courts, and also for 2000
+copies of the judgment for distribution.
+
+    [M] The native name of the publication issued by Mr. Howe, in
+    refutation of the bishop's catechism; which the latter charged to be
+    libellous.
+
+The following is a summary of the proceedings, which excited the
+liveliest interest in the island, both among the natives and the foreign
+residents.
+
+"My pleadings," writes Mr. Howe, "were so successful that the court
+declared itself incompetent to judge the case, and fined his lordship
+100 francs, and condemned him to all the expenses of that court and
+those of the preceding chambers.
+
+"The judgment was read on the 3rd of May. On the 10th I received notice
+that the bishop had appealed to the Imperial Tribunal, and demanded that
+the previous judgment should be rescinded.
+
+"This tribunal met on the 16th, when I objected to one of the judges,
+giving as my reasons that an intimacy existed between him and the
+bishop, which rendered his sitting as a judge in the case illegal. My
+objection was sustained by the court.
+
+"On the 17th, I objected to his lordship's advocate, as being under the
+sentence of banishment for political offences, and by which he had
+forfeited his civil rights. This was also sustained by the court.
+
+"On the 26th, the bishop himself appeared to plead his own cause, and he
+likewise objected to one of the judges, but his objection was overruled.
+Suffice it to say, that after having made several unsuccessful attempts
+to prove my defence unsound, the bishop beat a retreat, and said that if
+I would consent to submit my cause to arbitration he would withdraw the
+action. I demanded that his cause, to which this is an answer, should be
+submitted to the same test, and he consented.
+
+"The court then retired, and on its return announced its judgment to be,
+that the decisions of the previous courts were sustained, and that the
+bishop should pay all the expenses of this appeal, as well as the
+expenses of the previous courts. By this step his lordship cannot appeal
+again, either to the administration here, or to the Court of Cassation
+in France."
+
+It is gratifying to learn, that through this long and painful affair,
+our missionary not only had the countenance of the British and American
+consuls, and the fervent prayers of the native converts, both in public
+and private, but that even the French officers, greatly to their honour,
+openly expressed their sympathy.
+
+In order more fully to appreciate the result of this protracted contest,
+it should be borne in mind that the real point at issue was, whether the
+cause of Protestant Christianity, as represented by Mr. Howe, should be
+permitted to hold a footing in the island; that Mr. Howe stood alone,
+unsustained, excepting by a stedfast confidence in the justice of his
+cause, and the generous aid and sympathy of friends, French, English,
+and native, who rallied round him in the time of need; that his potent
+adversary could reasonably calculate on the countenance and
+encouragement of the authorities, who, as Frenchmen and Roman Catholics,
+would naturally be disposed to favour the interests of their own church,
+and to repress what they had been taught to regard as heresy. But in the
+providence of God, the presiding judges of the French tribunals before
+which the cause was heard magnanimously regardless of all prejudices on
+the score of nationality or religion, delivered a judgment which, while
+completely exculpating the accused, reflected the highest honour upon
+their own discernment, impartiality, and justice. While, therefore we
+devoutly recognise the hand of God so conspicuously manifest in
+overruling and directing this trial, or rather series of trials, to so
+merciful an issue, we would add the expression of our hope and belief
+that so long as the cause of Protestant Christianity is represented in
+Tahiti by men like-minded with Mr. Howe, and so long as the courts of
+justice on the island are presided over by men who, without fear or
+favour, dispense their judgments in accordance with the principles of
+truth and equity, the light of the gospel, which has for so many years
+made glad the hills and valleys of Tahiti, can never be extinguished.
+
+
+
+
+  LONDON: PRINTED BY W. CLOWES AND SONS, STAMFORD STREET.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+
+
+
+PUBLICATIONS
+
+OF THE
+
+RELIGIOUS TRACT SOCIETY.
+
+
+BIOGRAPHICAL WORKS.
+
+     THE LIFE OF FRANCIS, LORD BACON, Lord Chancellor of England. By the
+     Rev. JOSEPH SORTAIN, A.B. of Trinity College, Dublin. With a
+     Portrait engraved on Steel. Foolscap 8vo. 3_s._ 6_d._ extra cloth
+     boards.
+
+     LUTHER: HIS MENTAL AND SPIRITUAL HISTORY. By BARNAS SEARS, D.D.
+     12mo. with Portrait of Luther. 3_s._ 6_d._ cloth boards.
+
+     THE LIFE OF AMELIA OPIE. By MISS BRIGHTWELL. With Portrait.
+     Foolscap 8vo. 3_s._ cloth boards; 3_s._ 6_d._ extra cloth boards,
+     gilt edges.
+
+     MEMOIR OF OLD HUMPHREY; with Gleanings from his Portfolio in Prose
+     and Verse. With Steel-plate Portrait. The Twenty-ninth Thousand.
+     18mo. 2_s._ cloth boards; 2_s._ 6_d._ cloth extra.
+
+     MEMOIR OF LADY WARWICK. With her Diary, A.D. 1666 to 1672. With a
+     Portrait. 12mo. 3_s._ cloth boards.
+
+     THE HENRY FAMILY MEMORIALISED. By Sir J. B. WILLIAMS. 18mo. 1_s._
+     6_d._ cloth boards; 2_s._ half-bound.
+
+     THE CHRISTIAN LADY OF THE SEVENTEENTH CENTURY. By Sir J. B.
+     WILLIAMS, KNT., LL.D. A new edition. 1_s._ 6_d._ cloth boards;
+     2_s._ 6_d._ half-bound.
+
+     MISSIONARY IN SYRIA; or, the Life of Mrs. S. L. SMITH, late of the
+     American Mission in Syria. 18mo. 1_s._ cloth boards; 1_s._ 6_d._
+     half-bound.
+
+     THE PRISON VISITOR; or, the Life of Miss SARAH MARTIN, of Great
+     Yarmouth; with Extracts from her Writings and Journals. 18mo. 1_s._
+     cloth boards.
+
+     MEMOIR OF JOHN LANG BICKERSTETH, late of Rugby School. With a
+     Preface by the Rev. J. BICKERSTETH, M.A. 18mo. 1_s._ cloth boards.
+
+     THE USEFUL CHRISTIAN; or, Memoir of T. CRANFIELD. 18mo. 1_s._ 6_d._
+     cloth boards; 2_s._ half-bound.
+
+     THE LIFE OF HARLAN PAGE. 18mo. 1_s._ cloth boards.
+
+     THE LIFE OF FELIX NEFF. 18mo. 1_s._ 6_d._ cloth boards.
+
+     THE PASTOR IN AFFLICTION; or, the Life of the Rev. H. MOWES. With
+     Preface by the Rev. J. DAVIES, B.D. 18mo. 1_s._ cloth boards; 1_s._
+     6_d._ half-bound.
+
+     THE SWISS REFORMER; or, the Life of WILLIAM FAREL. 12mo. 2_s._
+     cloth boards.
+
+     THE SWISS PASTOR; or, the Life of the Rev. F. GONTHIER. 18mo. 1_s._
+     cloth boards.
+
+     THE LIVES OF THE POPES. Parts I., II., III., and IV. 6_d._ each,
+     fancy cover; 10_d._ cloth boards. Or may be had in Two Volumes,
+     1_s._ 6_d._ each; 2_s._ extra boards.
+
+     BIOGRAPHY OF EMINENT CHRISTIANS. 2_s._ cloth boards; 2_s._ 6_d._
+     cloth extra.
+
+     THE CHURCH IN THE ARMY; or, Memoirs of Officers and Soldiers. 18mo.
+     1_s._ 6_d._ cloth boards; 2_s._ half-bound.
+
+
+NEW EDUCATIONAL SERIES.
+
+_Recommended to the attention of Heads of Colleges, Members of
+Universities, and Principals of Public and Private Schools._
+
+     THE HISTORY OF ENGLAND; from the Invasions of Julius Cæsar to the
+     Year 1852. By THOMAS MILNER, A.M., F.R.G.S. 12mo. With Two Maps.
+     5_s._ cloth boards.
+
+     THE HISTORY OF GREECE; from the Earliest Times to A.D. 1833. By
+     Professor STOWELL, D.D. 12mo. With a Map. 2_s._ 6_d._ cloth boards.
+
+     THE HISTORY OF ROME; from the Earliest Times to the Fall of the
+     Empire. By THOMAS MILNER, A.M., F.R.G.S. 12mo. with three Maps.
+     3_s._ cloth boards. [Questions on ditto. 12mo. 6_d._]
+
+     A UNIVERSAL GEOGRAPHY: in Four Parts: Historical, Mathematical,
+     Physical, and Political. By THOMAS MILNER, A.M., F.R.G.S.
+     Illustrated by Ten Coloured Maps. 12mo. 5_s._, cloth boards.
+
+     LIVES OF ILLUSTRIOUS GREEKS. By Professor STOWELL, D.D. 12mo. 3_s._
+     cloth boards.
+
+     THE BIBLE HANDBOOK; an Introduction to the Study of Sacred
+     Scripture. By JOSEPH ANGUS, D.D., Member of the Royal Asiatic
+     Society. 12mo. With a Map. 5_s._ cloth boards; 6_s._ half-bound.
+     [Questions on ditto. 12mo. 6_d._]
+
+     PALEY'S HORÆ PAULINÆ. With Notes and a Supplementary Treatise,
+     entitled HORÆ APOSTOLICÆ. By the REV. T. R. BIRKS, A.M., late
+     Fellow of Trinity College, Cambridge. With a Map. 12mo. 3_s._ cloth
+     boards.
+
+     PALEY'S EVIDENCES OF CHRISTIANITY. With Introduction, Notes, and
+     Supplement. By the Rev. T. R. BIRKS, A.M. 12mo. 3_s._ cloth boards.
+
+     THE ANALOGY OF RELIGION to the Constitution and Course of Nature.
+     Also, FIFTEEN SERMONS. By JOSEPH BUTLER, D.C.L. With a Life of the
+     Author, a copious ANALYSIS, Notes, and Indexes. By JOSEPH ANGUS,
+     D.D. 3_s._ 6_d._ cloth boards.
+
+     THE ELEMENTS OF MORAL SCIENCE. By FRANCIS WAYLAND, D.D. With Notes
+     and Analysis by JOSEPH ANGUS, D.D. 12mo. 3_s._ cloth boards; 4_s._
+     6_d._ half-bound.
+
+
+BIBLICAL AND THEOLOGICAL WORKS.
+
+     A BIBLICAL CYCLOPÆDIA; or, a Dictionary of Eastern Antiquities,
+     Geography, Natural History, etc. Edited by JOHN EADIE, LL.D. With
+     Maps and Pictorial Illustrations. A new Edition, 8vo. 7_s._ 6_d._
+     cloth boards; 11_s._ 6_d._ calf.
+
+     CHRISTIAN ENCOURAGEMENT; or, Attempts to Console and Aid the
+     Distressed and Anxious. By JOHN SHEPPARD. Royal 18mo. 3_s._ boards;
+     4_s._ half-bound; 12mo. edition, 5_s._ boards; 8_s._ morocco.
+
+     CHRISTIAN PHILOSOPHY. By ALEXANDER VINET, D.D. 18mo. 1_s._ 6_d._
+     boards; 2_s._ half-bound.
+
+     COMMENTARY ON THE ROMANS. By Professor HODGE. 12mo. 3_s._ 6_d._
+     cloth boards; 4_s._ 6_d._ half-bound.
+
+     ESSAYS ON THE EVIDENCES, DOCTRINES, AND PRACTICAL OPERATION OF
+     CHRISTIANITY. By JOSEPH JOHN GURNEY. 12mo. 3_s._ cloth boards.
+
+     HARMONY OF THE FOUR GOSPELS, in the Authorized Version. By EDWARD
+     ROBINSON, D.D., LL.D., Author of "Biblical Researches in
+     Palestine." With Explanatory Notes and Reference to Parallel and
+     Illustrative Passages. Two Maps. Royal 12mo. 3_s._ boards.
+
+     JACOB'S WELL. By the Rev. G. A. ROGERS, M.A. 18mo. 1_s._ 6_d._
+     cloth boards.
+
+     LEIGHTON'S (Archp.) PRACTICAL COMMENTARY ON THE FIRST GENERAL
+     EPISTLE OF ST. PETER. 2 vols. 18mo. 4_s._ cloth; 6_s._ half-bound;
+     royal 18mo. with Portrait, 6_s._ cloth boards; 11_s._ calf.
+
+     POCKET PARAGRAPH BIBLE: According to the Authorized Version; with
+     an entirely New Selection of Copious References, Prefaces, and
+     Notes. With Maps. 3_s._ cloth boards; 4_s._ roan gilt; 5_s._ French
+     morocco; 6_s._ Turkey morocco; flexible back, 7_s._
+
+     ROME; Its Temper and its Teachings. By GEO. H. DAVIS. Foolscap 8vo.
+     2_s._ 6_d._ cloth boards.
+
+     THE ANNOTATED PARAGRAPH BIBLE. THE OLD TESTAMENT, according to the
+     Authorized Version, arranged in Paragraphs and Parallelisms, with
+     Explanatory Notes, Prefaces to the Several Books; and an entirely
+     New Selection of References to Parallel and Illustrative Passages.
+     With Maps and Engravings. Super-royal 8vo. 14_s._ cloth boards.
+
+     THE ATONEMENT: being Four Discourses by the LORD BISHOP OF
+     GLOUCESTER, DR. CHALMERS, W. ARCHER BUTLER, M.A., and ROBERT HALL,
+     M.A. Foolscap 8vo. 1_s._ 6_d._ cloth boards.
+
+     THE ATTRACTION OF THE CROSS. Designed to Illustrate the Leading
+     Truths, Obligations, and Hopes of Christianity. By GARDINER SPRING,
+     D.D. 12mo. 3_s._ cloth boards; 4_s._ half-bound.
+
+     THE BENEFIT OF CHRIST'S DEATH. Originally written in Italian by
+     AONIO PALEARIO. An Introduction by the Rev. JOHN AYRE, M.A. 18mo.
+     1_s._ 6_d._ bound in cloth.
+
+     THE BOOK OF PSALMS, According to the Authorized Version: arranged
+     in Parallelisms. With a Preface and Explanatory Notes. 3_s._ extra
+     cloth boards; 3_s._ 6_d._ with curtain-flaps to cover edges.
+
+     THE DIVINE LIFE: A Book of Facts and Histories. By the Rev. JOHN
+     KENNEDY, M.A., F.R.G.S. Foolscap 8vo. 3_s._ 6_d._ cloth boards.
+
+     THE ESSENTIALS OF CHRISTIANITY, Theoretically and Practically
+     considered. By the late Rev. JOSEPH MILNER, M.A. Foolscap 8vo.
+     3_s._ cloth boards.
+
+     THE GREAT QUESTION; Will you consider the Subject of Personal
+     Religion? By HENRY A. BOARDMAN, D.D., of Philadelphia. Royal 18mo.
+     1_s._ 6_d._ cloth boards.
+
+     THE GREAT USURPER. (2 Thess. ii. 4.) Royal 18mo. 1_s._ 6_d._ cloth
+     boards.
+
+     THE JUSTIFIED BELIEVER: his Security, Conflicts, and Triumph. By W.
+     B. MACKENZIE, M.A. 2_s._ boards.
+
+     THE LIGHTS OF THE WORLD; or, Illustrations of Character, drawn from
+     the Records of Christian life. By the Rev. JOHN STOUGHTON. Royal
+     18mo. 2_s._ 6_d._ boards; 3_s._ extra boards.
+
+     THE NEW BIBLICAL ATLAS, AND SCRIPTURE GAZETTEER. Containing Twelve
+     superior Maps and Plans, together with descriptive Letterpress.
+     Super-royal 8vo. 2_s._ 6_d._ plain; 4_s._ outlines coloured; 6_s._
+     6_d._ on imperial drawing paper, full coloured, and bound in
+     boards.
+
+     THE NEW TESTAMENT POCKET COMMENTARY. 18mo. 1_s._ 4_d._ cloth
+     boards.
+
+     THE OLD TESTAMENT POCKET COMMENTARY. With numerous Explanatory and
+     Illustrative Notes. 18mo. 2 vols., 1_s._ 4_d._ each, 2_s._ 6_d._
+     cloth boards; or in one volume, 2_s._ 6_d._
+
+     THE STARS OF THE EAST: or, Prophets and Apostles. By the Rev. JOHN
+     STOUGHTON. Royal 18mo. 3_s._ 6_d._ cloth boards; 4_s._ extra
+     boards, gilt.
+
+     THOUGHTS CHIEFLY DESIGNED AS PREPARATIVE OR PERSUASIVE TO PRIVATE
+     DEVOTION. By JOHN SHEPPARD. Royal 18mo. 3_s._ boards; 4_s._
+     half-bound. 12mo. edition, 4_s._ 6_d._ boards.
+
+     WATER FROM THE WELL-SPRING, for the Sabbath Hours of Afflicted
+     Believers. By EDWARD BICKERSTETH, M.A. Royal 18mo. 2_s._ cloth
+     boards.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+TRANSCRIBER'S NOTES:
+
+    Missing punctuation has been added and obvious punctuation errors
+    have been corrected.
+
+    Alternate spellings have been retained.
+
+    Footnotes have been moved closer to their reference points as an
+    aid to the reader.
+
+    The following printer errors have been corrected:
+
+    Page vi: "The Bay of Islands, New Zealand (_Engraving_)"
+    added to the Table of Contents.
+
+    Page 11: "aud" changed to "and" (Discovery and early History of).
+
+    Page 25: "Shoolhouse" changed to "Schoolhouse" (breaking and
+    entering Schoolhouse at Kissing Point).
+
+    Page 84: "set set" changed to "set" (in fact set on foot)
+
+    Page 256: "misssionaries" changed to "missionaries" (the advice of
+    the faithful missionaries).
+
+    Page 305: "asistant" changed to "assistant" (three native assistant
+    ministers).
+
+    Page 306: "Cantrebury" changed to "Canterbury" (The Canterbury
+    Association).
+
+    Page 330: "copions" changed to "copious" (a copious ANALYSIS, Notes,
+    and Indexes.)
+
+
+
+
+
+End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of The Life and Labours of the Rev.
+Samuel Marsden, by Samuel Marsden
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK LIFE, LABOURS, REV. SAMUEL MARSDEN ***
+
+***** This file should be named 41258-8.txt or 41258-8.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+        http://www.gutenberg.org/4/1/2/5/41258/
+
+Produced by Pat McCoy, Steven Gibbs and the Online
+Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.  Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission.  If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy.  You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research.  They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.  Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at
+  www.gutenberg.org/license.
+
+
+Section 1.  General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A.  By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement.  If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B.  "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark.  It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.  There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement.  See
+paragraph 1.C below.  There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.  See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C.  The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works.  Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States.  If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed.  Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work.  You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D.  The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work.  Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change.  If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work.  The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E.  Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1.  The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges.  If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder.  Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4.  Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5.  Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6.  You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form.  However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form.  Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7.  Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8.  You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+     the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+     you already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  The fee is
+     owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+     has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+     Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.  Royalty payments
+     must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+     prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+     returns.  Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+     sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+     address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+     the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+     you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+     does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+     License.  You must require such a user to return or
+     destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+     and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+     Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+     money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+     electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+     of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+     distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9.  If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark.  Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1.  Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection.  Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2.  LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees.  YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3.  YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3.  LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from.  If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation.  The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund.  If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund.  If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4.  Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5.  Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6.  INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section  2.  Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers.  It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come.  In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation information page at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Section 3.  Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service.  The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541.  Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations.  Its business office is located at 809
+North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887.  Email
+contact links and up to date contact information can be found at the
+Foundation's web site and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact
+
+For additional contact information:
+     Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+     Chief Executive and Director
+     gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+Section 4.  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment.  Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States.  Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements.  We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance.  To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States.  U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses.  Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
+To donate, please visit:  www.gutenberg.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5.  General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone.  For forty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+     www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
diff --git a/41258-8.zip b/41258-8.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6a7990f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/41258-8.zip
diff --git a/41258-h.zip b/41258-h.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2b0f9f5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/41258-h.zip
diff --git a/41258-h/41258-h.htm b/41258-h/41258-h.htm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d04162e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/41258-h/41258-h.htm
@@ -0,0 +1,11272 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN"
+    "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en" lang="en">
+  <head>
+    <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=iso-8859-1" />
+    <meta http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css" />
+    <title>
+      The Project Gutenberg eBook of Memoirs of the Life and Labours of the Rev. Samuel Marsden, by Rev. J. B. Marsden.
+    </title>
+    <style type="text/css">
+
+body {
+    margin-left: 10%;
+    margin-right: 10%;
+}
+
+    h1,h2,h3 {
+    text-align: center;
+    clear: both;
+}
+    p.title { text-align:center; text-indent:0;
+        font-weight:bold;
+        line-height:1.4; margin-bottom:3em; }
+    small { font-size:60%; }
+    big   { font-size:140%; }
+
+p {
+    margin-top: .51em;
+    text-align: justify;
+    margin-bottom: .49em;
+}
+
+.p4       {margin-top: 4em;
+           text-align: center}
+
+p.quotdate {text-align: right;}
+
+p.quotsig {margin-left: 35%;
+	text-indent: -4em;}
+
+hr {
+    width: 33%;
+    margin-top: 2em;
+    margin-bottom: 2em;
+    margin-left: auto;
+    margin-right: auto;
+    clear: both;
+}
+
+hr.tb   {width: 45%;}
+hr.chap {width: 65%}
+hr.full {width: 95%;}
+
+
+table {
+    margin-left: auto;
+    margin-right: auto;
+}
+
+    .tdl      {text-align: left;}
+    .tdr      {text-align: right;}
+    .tdc      {text-align: center;}
+
+.pagenum {
+    position: absolute;
+    left: 92%;
+    font-size: smaller;
+    text-align: right;
+}
+
+.blockquote {
+    margin-left: 5%;
+    margin-right: 10%;
+}
+
+
+.big      {font-size: 120%;}
+
+.center   {text-align: center;}
+
+.smcap    {font-variant: small-caps;}
+
+sup {font-size: .6em; vertical-align: 30%;}
+
+.caption  {font-weight: bold;}
+
+.figcenter   {
+    margin: auto;
+    text-align: center;
+    margin-top: 3em;
+    margin-bottom: 2em;
+}
+
+.footnotes        {border: dashed 1px;}
+
+.footnote         {margin-left: 10%; margin-right: 10%; font-size: 0.9em;}
+
+.footnote .label  {position: absolute; right: 84%; text-align: right;}
+
+.fnanchor {
+    vertical-align: super;
+    font-size: .8em;
+    text-decoration:
+    none;
+}
+
+.poem {
+    margin-left:10%;
+    margin-right:10%;
+    text-align: left;
+}
+   .poem .i0 {display:block; margin-left: 0em;}
+
+.transnote {background-color: #E6E6FA;
+    color: black;
+     font-size:smaller;
+     padding:0.5em;
+     margin-bottom:5em;
+     font-family:sans-serif, serif; }
+    </style>
+  </head>
+<body>
+
+
+<pre>
+
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of The Life and Labours of the Rev. Samuel
+Marsden, by Samuel Marsden
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: The Life and Labours of the Rev. Samuel Marsden
+
+Author: Samuel Marsden
+
+Editor: J. B. Marsden
+
+Release Date: November 2, 2012 [EBook #41258]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK LIFE, LABOURS, REV. SAMUEL MARSDEN ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Pat McCoy, Steven Gibbs and the Online
+Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net
+
+
+
+
+
+
+</pre>
+
+
+
+<p><span class="pagenum">[Pg i]</span></p>
+
+<h1>MEMOIRS<br />
+<small>OF</small><br />
+<i>The Life and Labours</i><br />
+<small>OF THE</small><br />
+REV. SAMUEL MARSDEN,<br />
+<small>OF PARAMATTA,</small><br />
+<small>SENIOR CHAPLAIN OF NEW SOUTH WALES;</small><br />
+<small>AND OF HIS EARLY CONNEXION WITH THE MISSIONS
+TO NEW ZEALAND AND TAHITI.</small></h1>
+
+<p class="title">EDITED BY THE<br />
+
+<big><span class="smcap">Rev. J. B. MARSDEN, m.a.,</span></big><br />
+
+<big>AUTHOR OF &#8220;THE HISTORY OF THE EARLY AND LATER PURITANS,&#8221; ETC. ETC.</big></p>
+
+<p class="p4">LONDON:<br />
+THE RELIGIOUS TRACT SOCIETY;<br />
+56, PATERNOSTER ROW; 65, ST. PAUL&#8217;S CHURCHYARD;<br />
+AND 164, PICCADILLY:<br />
+AND SOLD BY THE BOOKSELLERS.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum">[Pg ii]</span></p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 531px;">
+<img src="images/frontis.jpg" width="531" height="550" alt="Rev. Samuel Marsden" title="Rev. Samuel Marsden" />
+<span class="caption">Rev<sup>d</sup>. Samuel Marsden</span>
+</div>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_iii" name="Page_iii"></a>[Pg iii]</span></p>
+
+<h2>INTRODUCTORY NOTE.</h2>
+
+<p>The Editor would make his kind acknowledgments to the Church Missionary
+and London Missionary Societies for the free use of the hitherto
+unpublished correspondence of Mr. Samuel Marsden in their hands; and to
+J. S. Nicholas, Esq., who accompanied Mr. Marsden on his first visit to
+New Zealand, for the use of a valuable manuscript account of his
+residence in New South Wales, containing much information respecting Mr.
+Marsden. He has also had before him a manuscript life of Mr. Marsden by
+Lieut. Sadleir of Paramatta, from which several extracts are made. And
+lastly, he would acknowledge the courtesy of those surviving friends who
+have placed in his hands Mr. Marsden&#8217;s autograph letters to themselves
+or deceased members of their families. From these several sources the
+work has been chiefly compiled.</p>
+
+<p>The Editor may be permitted to add, that the similarity of his name
+having led to the general conclusion (which however is incorrect) that
+he was related to Mr. Samuel Marsden, he has been repeatedly urged to
+<span class="pagenum">[Pg iv]</span>publish his life. At length this request being renewed by the Religious
+Tract Society, into whose hands some valuable papers and documents had
+fallen, he was induced to comply with their wishes, under the conviction
+that the facts and incidents, as well as the moral grandeur, of Mr.
+Marsden&#8217;s life, were too important to be suffered to lie any longer in
+comparative obscurity. There are ample materials for a much larger
+volume; but of course the Editor has been obliged to select what
+<span class="pagenum">[Pg v]</span>appeared to be most suitable for general usefulness.</p>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+
+<h2>CONTENTS.</h2>
+
+<div class="center">
+<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary="table of contents">
+<tr><td></td><td class="tdr">PAGE</td></tr>
+<tr><td class="tdl">Introductory Note</td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_iii">iii</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td class="tdc" colspan="2">CHAPTER I.</td></tr>
+<tr><td class="tdl">Early life of Mr. Samuel Marsden&mdash;His appointment to New
+South Wales&mdash;Voyage, and arrival in the Colony</td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_1">1</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="tdc" colspan="2">CHAPTER II.</td></tr>
+<tr><td class="tdl">Discovery and early History of New South Wales&mdash;Becomes a
+Penal Settlement&mdash;Its state, moral and religions, on Mr.
+Marsden&#8217;s arrival</td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_11">11</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="tdc" colspan="2">CHAPTER III.</td></tr>
+<tr><td class="tdl">Mr. Marsden appointed to the Magistracy&mdash;Objections to this
+considered&mdash;Cultivates Land&mdash;Charge of Secularity considered&mdash;His
+connexion with the London Missionary Society, and
+care of its Polynesian Mission&mdash;Revisits England in 1807</td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_26">26</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="tdl"><a href="#Fig_1">Distant view of Sydney</a> (<i>Engraving</i>)</td><td></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="tdc" colspan="2">CHAPTER IV.</td></tr>
+<tr><td class="tdl">Various measures devised for the benefit of New South Wales&mdash;The
+establishment of Missions in New Zealand&mdash;Friendship
+with Dr. Mason Good</td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_47">47</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="tdc" colspan="2"><span class="pagenum">[Pg vi]</span>CHAPTER V.</td></tr>
+<tr><td class="tdl">Return to the Colony&mdash;Duaterra&mdash;His strange Adventures&mdash;Mr.
+Marsden&#8217;s Labours in New South Wales&mdash;Aborigines&mdash;Their
+Habits&mdash;Plans for their Civilization</td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_63">63</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="tdc" colspan="2">CHAPTER VI.</td></tr>
+<tr><td class="tdl">Mr. Marsden&#8217;s Correspondence with the London Missionary
+Society&mdash;Buys the brig Active&mdash;His First Voyage to New
+Zealand&mdash;Journal of Events</td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_85">85</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="tdc" colspan="2">CHAPTER VI.</td></tr>
+<tr><td class="tdl">Mr. Marsden&#8217;s Correspondence with the London Missionary
+Society&mdash;Buys the brig Active&mdash;His First Voyage to New
+Zealand&mdash;Journal of Events</td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_85">85</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="tdc" colspan="2">CHAPTER VII</td></tr>
+<tr><td class="tdl">Death of Duaterra&mdash;Trials of Mr. Marsden in the Colony&mdash;Libel
+of Philo-free&mdash;Letter to the Rev. George Burder&mdash;To
+Dr. Mason Good&mdash;Sympathy of his Friends in England&mdash;Congratulations
+of the 46th Regiment, and Mr. M&#8217;s acknowledgment&mdash;Letters
+of Lord Gambier, Rev. C. Simeon, and
+Mrs. Fry</td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_108">108</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="tdc" colspan="2">CHAPTER VIII.</td></tr>
+<tr><td class="tdl">Tooi and Teterree&mdash;Mr. Marsden&#8217;s Second Voyage to New
+Zealand&mdash;Progress of the Gospel there&mdash;Shunghie&mdash;His
+ferocity&mdash;Mr. Marsden returns to New South Wales&mdash;Third
+Voyage to New Zealand&mdash;Malicious charges brought against
+him in his absence&mdash;A Commission of Inquiry&mdash;Its result&mdash;Letters,
+etc.&mdash;Approbation of the Government</td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_129">129</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="tdl"><a href="#Fig_2">The Bay of Islands, New Zealand</a> (<i>Engraving</i>)</td><td></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="tdc" colspan="2">CHAPTER IX.</td></tr>
+<tr><td class="tdl">Fourth Visit to New Zealand&mdash;Trials and Successes of the
+various Missions&mdash;Shipwreck and Danger of Mr. Marsden and
+the Rev. S. Leigh&mdash;Returns home&mdash;Letter to Avison Terry,
+Esq.</td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_167">167</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="tdc" colspan="2"><span class="pagenum">[Pg vii]</span>CHAPTER X.</td></tr>
+<tr><td class="tdl">Aborigines&mdash;South Sea Mission&mdash;Fresh Slanders on Mr. Marsden&#8217;s
+character&mdash;His Pamphlet in self-defence&mdash;Letter of
+Messrs. Bennett and Tyerman&mdash;Libels and Action at Law&mdash;Verdict&mdash;Case
+of Ring&mdash;Pastoral Letters of Mr. Marsden:
+To a Lady; On the Divinity of Christ&mdash;Fifth Voyage to
+New Zealand&mdash;Letters, etc.</td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_184">184</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="tdc" colspan="2">CHAPTER XI.</td></tr>
+<tr><td class="tdl">Death of Dr. Mason Good&mdash;Malicious charges brought against
+Mr. Marsden and confuted&mdash;Sixth Voyage to New Zealand&mdash;Frightful
+state of the Island&mdash;Battle of the Maories&mdash;Their
+Cannibalism&mdash;Progress of the Mission&mdash;Mr. Marsden&#8217;s return&mdash;Death
+of Mrs. Marsden&mdash;Anticipation of his own decease</td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_212">212</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="tdc" colspan="2">CHAPTER XII.</td></tr>
+<tr><td class="tdl">State of New South Wales&mdash;The Aborigines&mdash;Cruelties practised
+upon them&mdash;Attempts to civilize and convert them&mdash;They
+fail&mdash;Mr. Marsden&#8217;s Seventh Visit to New Zealand&mdash;His
+Daughter&#8217;s Journal&mdash;Affection of the Natives&mdash;Progress
+of the Mission&mdash;Danger from European vices&mdash;Returns in
+H. M. S. Rattlesnake to Sydney</td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_232">232</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="tdl"><a href="#Fig_3">Paramatta Church</a> (<i>Engraving</i>)</td><td></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="tdc" colspan="2">CHAPTER XIII.</td></tr>
+<tr><td class="tdl">Mr. Marsden&#8217;s ministerial pursuits and journeys&mdash;Love of the
+Country and of Patriarchal story&mdash;His Old Age&mdash;Its mental
+features&mdash;Anecdotes&mdash;Love of Children&mdash;Bishop Broughton&mdash;His
+reverence for Mr. Marsden&#8217;s character&mdash;Mr. Marsden&#8217;s
+views of Death, etc.&mdash;His Habits of Prayer&mdash;His Illness and
+Death</td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_260">260</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="tdc" colspan="2">CHAPTER XIV.</td></tr>
+<tr><td class="tdl">Character of Mr. Marsden&mdash;His Life and Labours</td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_280">280</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="tdc" colspan="2">APPENDIX I.</td></tr>
+<tr><td class="tdl">Progress of the Gospel and of Civilization in New Zealand,
+since Mr. Marsden&#8217;s Decease</td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_295">295</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="tdc" colspan="2">APPENDIX II.</td></tr>
+<tr><td class="tdl">State and Prospects of the Protestant Mission at Tahiti, under
+the French Protectorate</td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_311"> 311</a></td></tr>
+</table></div>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+
+<h1>LIFE<br />
+<small>OF</small><br />
+THE REVEREND SAMUEL MARSDEN.</h1>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_1" name="Page_1"></a>[Pg 1]</span></p>
+
+<h2>CHAPTER I.</h2>
+
+<blockquote><p>Early Life of Mr. Samuel Marsden&mdash;His appointment to New South
+Wales&mdash;Voyage, and arrival in the Colony.</p></blockquote>
+
+<p>Samuel Marsden, whose life is sketched in the following pages, was not
+ennobled by birth or rank, nor was he greatly distinguished by splendid
+talents. Yet he was, in the true sense, a great man; and he was an
+instance, one of the most striking of modern times, of the vast results
+which may be accomplished when an honest heart, a clear head, and a
+resolute mind and purpose, are directed, under the influence of the
+grace of God, to the attainment of a noble object. While he lived he
+shared the usual lot of those whose large philanthropy outruns the
+narrow policy of those around them. His motives were seldom understood,
+and in consequence he was thwarted and maligned. Nor was it till death
+had removed him from the scene that either the grandeur of his projects
+or the depth of his self-denying, unobtrusive piety was generally
+appreciated. At length, however, his character has begun to be revered.
+It is perceived that he was, at least, a far-sighted man;<span class="pagenum">[Pg 2]</span> and that in
+his own labours he was laying the foundations for the successes of
+thousands; while in the church of Christ he is had in reverence as the
+Apostle of New Zealand&mdash;a title of high distinction, yet by no means
+misapplied to one who, in the simplicity of his faith as well as in zeal
+and self-denying labours, was truly an apostolic man.</p>
+
+<p>Of his early life the memorials are but scanty. His father was a
+tradesman at Horsforth, a village in the neighbourhood of Leeds; and
+both his parents are known in the traditions of his family as having
+been persons of integrity and piety, attached to the ministry of the
+Wesleyan Methodists. He was born on the 28th of July, 1764, and after
+receiving the elements of learning at a village school, was placed in
+the free grammar-school of Hull, of which the celebrated Dr. Joseph
+Milner, the ecclesiastical historian, and brother to the no less eminent
+Dr. Isaac Milner, dean of Carlisle, was then head master. Here he was on
+the same form with Dr. Dealtry, the late rector of Clapham and
+chancellor of Winchester. Of his early youth little more is known; for
+his modesty, rather than any sentiment of false shame, to which indeed
+his whole nature was opposed, seldom permitted him to speak of himself,
+or to dwell upon the adventures or incidents of his early life. He was
+removed from school to take his share in his father&#8217;s business; but he
+now had higher thoughts, and longed to be a minister of Christ. That he
+was a young man of more than ordinary promise is at once evident from
+the fact, that he was adopted by the Elland Society and placed at St.
+John&#8217;s college, Cambridge, to study for the ministry of the church of
+England.</p>
+
+<p>The Elland Society, so called from the parish in<span class="pagenum">[Pg 3]</span> which its meetings are
+held, is an institution to which the cause of evangelical truth in the
+church of England has been much indebted for the last sixty or seventy
+years. It is simply an association of pious members of the church of
+England, who assist young men of enlightened zeal and suitable talents
+with the means of obtaining an education with a view to the Christian
+ministry. In its early days, the funds were supplied by Thornton,
+Simeon, Wilberforce, and others like minded with themselves; and the
+society was managed by a few devoted clergymen of Yorkshire and the
+neighbouring counties; amongst whom were Venn of Huddersfield and Joseph
+Milner. To this society Samuel Marsden was introduced by his friend the
+Reverend Mr. Whittaker, a neighbouring clergyman; and not without some
+apprehensions, it is said, on the part of the latter, lest his simple
+and unassuming manner should create a prejudice against him. Such
+anxieties were superfluous. The Milners themselves had fought their way
+to eminence from the weaver&#8217;s loom, and well knew how to distinguish
+real worth, however unpretending. The piety, the manly sense, and the
+modest bearing of the candidate, at once won the confidence of the
+examiners; and he was sent to college at their expense.</p>
+
+<p>Of his college life we are not aware that any memorials have been
+preserved. He was, no doubt, a diligent student; and from the warm
+friendship which grew up between himself and Mr. Simeon in after life,
+we may infer that he profited from his ministry. He had not yet
+completed his studies or taken his degree, when, to his great surprise,
+an offer was made to him by the government, of a chaplaincy in what was
+then designated &#8220;His Majesty&#8217;s territory of New South<span class="pagenum">[Pg 4]</span> Wales.&#8221; That a
+post of such importance should have been offered, unsolicited, to a
+student hitherto quite unknown, is supposed to have been owing to the
+influence of Mr. Wilberforce. He had already secured the appointment of
+more than one pious chaplain to the colony, and from its commencement
+had always been anxious to promote its moral and religious welfare. At
+first, Mr. Marsden declined the tempting offer; for such it undoubtedly
+was to a young man in his circumstances, although no human sagacity
+could then foresee its vast importance. He was naturally anxious to
+complete his studies, and he had a deep and unaffected sense of his own
+incompetence, while yet so young and inexperienced. The offer, however,
+was repeated and pressed upon him, when he modestly replied, that he was
+&#8220;sensible of the importance of the post&mdash;so sensible, indeed, that he
+hardly dared to accept it upon any terms, but if no more proper person
+could be found, he would consent to undertake it.&#8221; The choice reflects,
+no doubt, great credit upon the sagacity and spiritual discernment of
+those who made it. &#8220;Young as he was,&#8221; says one who knew him well in
+after life, Dr. Mason Good, &#8220;he was remarkable for a firmness of
+principle, an intrepidity of spirit, a suavity of manner, a strong
+judgment, and above all, a mind stored with knowledge and deeply
+impressed with religious truth, which promised the happiest results.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>He was accordingly appointed as second chaplain to the settlement in New
+South Wales, by a royal commission, bearing date 1st January, 1793. He
+was ordained shortly afterwards, and proceeded at once to Hull, from
+whence he was to take his passage in a convict transport, the only
+conveyance, at that period,<span class="pagenum">[Pg 5]</span> for the far distant colony; a banishment of
+half a world. On the 21st of April, he was married to Miss Elizabeth
+Tristan, in whom, for upwards of thirty years, he found not only an
+affectionate and faithful wife, but a companion singularly qualified to
+share his labours and lighten his toils. Disinterested and generous as
+he was, even to a fault, it was to her admirable management that not
+only his domestic comfort, but even his means of assisting others so
+profusely, was owing in no small degree. While at Hull, an incident
+occurred which shows to what an extent, even thus early in life, he
+possessed the art of gaining the respect and warm affection of those who
+knew him however slightly. While waiting for the sailing of the ship, he
+was frequently asked to officiate in various churches. One Sunday
+morning, when he was just about to enter the pulpit, a signal-gun was
+heard; his ship was about to sail, and it was of course impossible for
+him to preach. Taking his bride under his arm, he immediately left the
+church and walked down to the beach; but he was attended by the whole
+congregation, who, as if by one movement, followed in a body. From the
+boat into which he stepped he gave his parting benedictions, which they
+returned with fervent prayers, and tender farewells. He now found
+himself in a new world. What contrast could indeed be greater, or more
+distressing? The calm, though vigorous pursuits of Cambridge, and the
+pious circle of warm Christian friends, were at once exchanged for the
+society of felons, and the doubly irksome confinement of a convict-ship.
+From his journal, which has been fortunately preserved, we make the
+following extracts, omitting much which our space does not permit us to
+insert.</p>
+
+<blockquote><p><span class="pagenum">[Pg 6]</span>&#8220;<i>Sunday, 28th August, 1793.</i>&mdash;This morning we weighed anchor, with a
+fair wind, and have sailed well all the day. How different this sabbath
+to what I have been accustomed to! Once I could meet the people of God,
+and assemble with them in the house of prayer; but now am deprived of
+this valuable privilege; and instead of living among those who love and
+serve the Lord Jesus, spending the sabbath in prayer and praise, I hear
+nothing but oaths and blasphemies. Lord, keep me in the midst of them,
+and grant that I may neither in word or deed countenance their wicked
+practices.&#8221;</p></blockquote>
+
+<p>It was not till the 30th of September that the fleet in which his ship
+sailed finally left Cork. The war with France was then raging, and her
+fleets were still formidable; so that our merchantmen only ventured to
+put to sea in considerable numbers, and under the convoy of a ship of
+war.</p>
+
+<blockquote><p>&#8220;<i>Cork, 30th September.</i>&mdash;This morning the signal was given by the
+commodore for all the ships under his convoy to weigh anchor and prepare
+for sea. About nine o&#8217;clock the whole fleet was under sail, which
+consisted of about forty ships. The wind was very fair, so that we were
+quickly in the main ocean. I was soon affected by the motion of the
+vessel; this rendered me quite unfit for any religious duties. Oh! how
+miserable must their state be who have all their religion to seek when
+sickness and death come upon them. Lord, grant that this may never be my
+case.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;<i>Monday, 23rd October.</i>&mdash;I have this day been reading a portion of Dr.
+Dodd&#8217;s &#8216;Prison Thoughts.&#8217; What an awful instance of human infirmity is
+here! What need of humility in every situation, but more especially in
+the ministerial office! How needful the apostle&#8217;s<span class="pagenum">[Pg 7]</span> caution, &#8216;Let him
+that thinketh he standeth take heed lest he fall.&#8217;&#8221;</p></blockquote>
+
+<p>The two following entries will be read with pain. The mercantile marine
+of England is still capable of great improvement in matters of religion,
+but we hope the instances are few in which the commander of a first rate
+merchant vessel would follow the examples they record.</p>
+
+<blockquote><p>&#8220;<i>Sunday, 29th September.</i>&mdash;How different is this sabbath from those I
+have formerly known, when I could meet with the great congregation! I
+long for those means and privileges again. 'Oh, when shall I come and
+appear before God?&#8217; Yet it is a great consolation to me to believe that
+I am in the way of my duty. I requested the captain to-day to give me
+permission to perform divine service to the ship&#8217;s company; he rather
+hesitated, <i>said he had never seen a religious sailor</i>, but at length
+promised to have service the following Sunday.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;<i>Sunday, 6th October.</i>&mdash;The last sabbath the captain promised me I
+should have liberty to perform divine service to-day, but to my great
+mortification, he now declines. How unwilling are the unconverted to
+hear anything of divine truth!&#8221;</p></blockquote>
+
+<p>But Mr. Marsden was not one of those who are discouraged by a first
+repulse. The next Sunday relates his triumph, and, from this time,
+divine service, whenever the weather allowed, was statedly performed,
+though the captain was a grossly immoral man, and Mr. M. was constantly
+subject to annoyance.</p>
+
+<blockquote><p>&#8220;<i>Sunday, 13th.</i>&mdash;I arose this morning with a great desire to preach to
+the ship&#8217;s company, yet did not know how I should be able to accomplish
+my wish. We were now four ships in company. Our captain<span class="pagenum">[Pg 8]</span> had invited the
+captains belonging to the other three to dine with us to-day. As soon as
+they came on board I mentioned my design to one of them, who immediately
+complied with my wish, and said he would mention it to our captain,
+which he did, and preparations were made for me to preach. I read part
+of the church prayers, and afterwards preached from the 3rd chapter of
+St John, the 14th and 15th verses: &#8216;As Moses lifted up the serpent in
+the wilderness,&#8217; etc. The sailors stood on the main deck, I and the four
+captains upon the quarter-deck; they were attentive, and the good
+effects were apparent during the remainder of the day.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;<i>Thursday, 12th December.</i>&mdash;I have been reading of the success of Mr.
+Brainerd among the Indians. How the Lord owned and blessed his labours
+to the conversion of the heathen! Nothing is too hard for the Lord. This
+gives me encouragement under my present difficult undertaking. The same
+power can also effect a change upon those hardened ungodly sinners to
+whom I am about to carry the words of eternal life.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;<i>January 1st, 1794.</i>&mdash;A new year. I wish this day to renew my covenant
+with God, and to give myself up to his service more than ever I have
+done heretofore. May my little love be increased, my weak faith
+strengthened, and hope confirmed.&#8221;</p></blockquote>
+
+<p>In this humble yet trustful spirit, Mr. Marsden entered his new field of
+labour. On board the ship there were a number of convicts, whose daring
+wickedness&mdash;in which, indeed, they were countenanced by the whole
+conduct of the captain and his crew&mdash;grieved his righteous soul from day
+to day; while at the same time it prepared him, in some measure, for
+scenes<span class="pagenum">[Pg 9]</span> amidst which his life was to be spent. &#8220;I am surrounded,&#8221; he
+says, &#8220;with evil-disposed persons, thieves, adulterers, and blasphemers.
+May God keep me from evil, that I may not be tainted by the evil
+practices of those amongst whom I live.&#8221; His last sermon was preached,
+&#8220;notwithstanding the unwillingness there was in all on board to hear the
+word of God,&#8221; from the vision of dry bones (Ezekiel xxvxii.) &#8220;I found
+some liberty, and afterwards more comfort in my own soul. I wish to be
+found faithful at last, and to give up my account with joy to God.&#8221; To
+add to his anxieties, Mrs. Marsden was confined on shipboard, in stormy
+weather, and under circumstances peculiarly distressing, &#8220;though both
+the mother and daughter did well.&#8221; But the same day the scene
+brightened; the perils and privations of the voyage were drawing to a
+close, and they were in sight of their future home&mdash;that magnificent
+Australia&mdash;destined hereafter to assume, perhaps, a foremost place among
+the nations of the earth, though scarcely known to Europe when Mr.
+Marsden first stepped upon its shores; and valued only by the British
+government as a settlement for the refuse of our jails. He thus gives
+utterance to the feelings of a grateful heart:&mdash;</p>
+
+<blockquote><p>&#8220;<i>March 2nd.</i>&mdash;I shall ever retain a grateful sense of the mercies
+received this day, and the deliverances wrought. The Lord is good, and a
+stronghold in the day of trouble, and knows them that fear him.... As
+soon as I had the opportunity to go upon deck, I had the happiness again
+to behold the land: it was a very pleasing sight, as we had not seen it
+since the 3rd of December. We came up with the Cape about noon.&#8221;</p></blockquote>
+
+<p>In a few days, Mr. Marsden had taken up his abode<span class="pagenum">[Pg 10]</span> in the &#8220;barracks&#8221; of
+Paramatta, a few miles from Port Jackson, and entered upon his arduous
+and toilsome duties as chaplain to the colony. His first Sunday in
+Australia is thus described:&mdash;&#8220;Saw several persons at work as I went
+along, to whom I spoke, and warned them of the evil of sabbath-breaking.
+My mind was deeply affected with the wickedness I beheld going on. I
+spoke from the 6th chapter of Revelation.&mdash;&#8216;Behold the great day of his
+wrath is come; and who shall be able to stand?&#8217; As I was returning home,
+a young man followed me into the wood, and told me how he was distressed
+for the salvation of his soul. He seemed to manifest the strongest marks
+of contrition, and to be truly awakened to a sense of his danger. I hope
+the Lord will have many souls in this place.&#8221; He had, for a short time,
+a single associate, in the Rev. Mr. Johnson, the senior chaplain, a good
+and useful minister, but unequal to the difficulties peculiar to his
+situation. This gentleman soon relinquished his appointment, and
+returned to England. And thus Mr. Marsden was left alone with a charge
+which might have appalled the stoutest heart, and under which even his
+would have given way, had he not learned to cast himself for help on One
+who comforted the apostle, under circumstances of the keenest suffering,
+with the assurance, &#8220;My grace is sufficient for thee.&#8221; On that grace our
+missionary chaplain trusted; and he found it all-sufficient.</p>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_11" name="Page_11"></a>[Pg 11]</span></p>
+
+<h2>CHAPTER II.</h2>
+
+<blockquote><p>Discovery and early History of New South Wales&mdash;Becomes a Penal
+Settlement&mdash;Its state, moral and religious, on Mr. Marsden&#8217;s
+arrival.</p></blockquote>
+
+<p>The colony in which Mr. Marsden was now entering on his labours, and on
+which he was to leave the impression both of his holy zeal, and his
+far-sighted practical wisdom, is one of whose history our readers may
+naturally wish to have some account. We shall therefore suspend our
+narrative for a few pages, and lay before them a brief sketch of the
+earlier days of the great Australian colony.</p>
+
+<p>Europeans are indebted for their first knowledge of the existence of the
+vast country which now bears the name of Australia, to the enterprise of
+Spain and Holland, when these nations were at the head of the world&#8217;s
+commerce, two centuries and a half ago. In 1607, Luis de Torres, who was
+sent out by the Spanish government on a voyage of discovery, passed
+through the straits which still bear his name, and which separate New
+Guinea from the greater continent of Australia; but he was not aware of
+its vast extent, and merely concluded that the coasts along which he
+sailed were those of a group of islands. Just about the same time, the
+Dutch explored the eastern shores of what has since been termed the Gulf
+of Carpentaria; and their knowledge of Australia was extended by
+subsequent voyagers, of whom the chief was Abel Tasman. In 1642, he
+discovered Van Diemen&#8217;s Land, which was long supposed to be a part of
+the great<span class="pagenum">[Pg 12]</span> continent named by the Dutch New Holland&mdash;the Australia of
+modern times. Known as Tasmania, Van Diemen&#8217;s Land now immortalizes the
+great sea-captain. But these discoveries led to no immediate results of
+importance; and for upwards of a century New Holland was laid down, in
+charts and maps, as a region whose coasts were not defined, and whose
+interior was utterly unknown. Early in the reign of George the Third a
+noble spirit of enterprise animated the British government. Voyages of
+discovery were undertaken in the Southern Seas, under Captains Wallace,
+Carteret, and others; and at length the celebrated Captain Cook may be
+said to have retrieved a new world from romance and fable, and to have
+made it over to England and to the best interests of mankind.</p>
+
+<p>On the evening of the 19th of April, 1770, unknown land was descried
+from the mast-head of the &#8220;Resolute,&#8221; of which Cook was the commander.
+The rugged coast of a vast continent seemed to extend far beyond the
+sweep of the telescope; and as the sun went down, the vessel, after
+soundings, dropped her anchor within a spacious bay. The smoke of
+distant fires told that the land was not without inhabitants; and it was
+determined, if possible, to open a communication with them. In the
+morning, a boat was rowed on shore, and the first Englishman set his
+foot upon Australia. A forest extended to the beach, and dipped its
+branches into the sea; while an abundant variety of beautiful flowering
+shrubs delighted the eye; and from this circumstance &#8220;Botany Bay&#8221;
+received its European name. A dismal solitude prevailed; for the
+natives, one or two of whom had been observed crouching behind the
+rocks, fled in terror to the woods as the boat<span class="pagenum">[Pg 13]</span> approached. After
+spending a few hours on shore in search of water and fresh vegetables,
+and in the vain attempt to communicate with the savages, the boat
+returned at night. The bay was found to abound with fish; and the
+sailors were glad to relieve the weary monotony of their many months at
+sea, as well as to provide an agreeable change from their diet of salt
+meat and mouldy biscuits, in fishing both with nets and lines. Fish too
+was a wholesome diet for the sick; and at this period, even in the navy,
+sickness, especially from the scurvy, almost invariably attended a long
+voyage.</p>
+
+<p>The natives, seeing the men thus employed, discovered in our sailors
+some tastes common to themselves, and at length ventured towards the
+fishermen in a couple of light canoes. After paddling about for some
+time in evident suspense, they ventured to approach the boat, then came
+still nearer and shouted, and having caught a few beads which were
+thrown out to them, immediately retired. Gaining courage from the
+peaceful conduct of our sailors, who were instructed to continue their
+fishing without any attempt to follow them, the natives soon returned
+with a canoe laden with fine fish, which they readily bartered for such
+trifles as the boat was provided with. They were invited, by signs, to
+come on board the ship lying in the offing, which they soon ventured to
+do in considerable numbers. At first, they seemed harmless, scarcely
+understanding the use of the various novelties on ship board, and not
+much surprised by them; and honest, until the sight of ten or twelve
+fine turtle crawling on the deck proved too great a temptation. First,
+by signs they begged for some of these, and then, not succeeding, made a
+childish attempt to carry<span class="pagenum">[Pg 14]</span> them off by force. They set little value on
+the beads and baubles which generally have so great a charm for savages.
+Nothing tempted them to barter but turtle or iron tools and nails,
+neither of which could well be spared. On shore it was found almost
+impossible to approach them; such was the distrust and dismay with which
+they evidently regarded the intrusion of their strange visitors. On
+further acquaintance the savages were discovered to be a singularly
+helpless and timid race. Their country appeared to be very thinly
+peopled, and that chiefly along the coast, for fish were plentiful and
+wild animals were few. Of the latter, the largest was scarcely bigger
+than a greyhound, and the first sight of it caused great amazement to
+the sailors, one of whom rushed into the tent which had been pitched on
+the shore for the use of the sick, declaring, with horror depicted on
+his countenance, that he had seen an evil spirit. He described it as
+having assumed the colour of a mouse with two fore-paws, but that it sat
+upon its hind quarters &#8220;like a Christian.&#8221; An animal answering this
+description was soon after shot, and the flesh, when roasted, proved
+excellent food; it was called by the natives the kangaroo, and had
+hitherto been quite unknown to Europeans. There were no beasts of prey;
+unless wild dogs deserved that title, but the long grass concealed vast
+numbers of snakes and scorpions. At night, the forests were disturbed by
+the hideous flight of huge bats; by day, they echoed to the whooping of
+cockatoos and the screaming of innumerable parrots. Crows and a few wild
+pigeons were occasionally seen, and the rocks abounded with wild fowl,
+while now and then an eagle might be seen soaring far above. Such were
+the first impressions which Englishmen<span class="pagenum">[Pg 15]</span> received, from their great
+voyager, of that vast continent.</p>
+
+<p>On the return of Captain Cook, the accounts he brought home of New South
+Wales suggested to the government the idea of making it a vast
+prison-house for convicted felons, who had now become a sore burden, as
+well as a cause of grave uneasiness, to this country. Its distance and
+its solitude recommended it to their choice. It would effectually rid
+the mother country of a dangerous class&mdash;this was the argument of the
+selfish; and it would afford the lost the opportunity of starting afresh
+in life&mdash;this was the hope of the few benevolent and humane who cared
+for the welfare of convicted felons. No one thought of the future
+grandeur of Australia. None wrote or spoke at present of our duties to
+the aboriginal savages, or probably wasted a thought on the subject of
+their conversion.</p>
+
+<p>In 1778, Botany Bay was selected by Sir Joseph Banks, who had sailed
+with Captain Cook as a naturalist and scientific observer, as a most
+eligible site for a penal settlement. But the project was no sooner
+broached than it had to encounter the most determined opposition from
+the public, to most of whom it seemed no doubt utterly chimerical and
+absurd. The &#8220;Gentleman&#8217;s Magazine,&#8221; the great organ of literature and
+science at that time, led the van. At first the editors affected to
+treat the scheme as an extravagant hoax; afterwards they tell their
+readers &#8220;with what alarm they read in the public prints that so wild a
+project was actually to be carried into execution.&#8221; However, &#8220;it could
+never be countenanced by any professional man after a moment&#8217;s
+reflection. Not only the distance, but the utter impossibility of
+carry<span class="pagenum">[Pg 16]</span>ing a number of male and female felons across the line, without
+the ravages of putrid disorders sweeping them off by the score, must for
+ever render such a plan abortive. The rains, the heats, tempests,
+tornados, and mountainous seas to be encountered, were enough to deter
+the most reckless of human life from such a hazardous enterprise. If any
+such desperadoes could be found, they ventured to foretell that their
+fate would for ever be a warning to others not to repeat the attempt.&#8221;
+The subject was not suffered to rest; a few months afterwards <span class="smcap">Sylvanus
+Urban</span>&mdash;for under this name the editors of that able journal have for
+upwards of a century disguised themselves&mdash;returned to the charge. &#8220;The
+ostensible design of the projector,&#8221; they say, &#8220;to prepare a settlement
+for the reception of felons on the most barren, least inhabited, and
+worst cultivated country in the southern hemisphere, was beyond belief.&#8221;
+Moreover, &#8220;Botany Bay was beyond the reach of succour or assistance from
+any European settlement.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Then again the lavish expense of such an establishment was another
+serious objection. &#8220;It was said that it was to consist of a
+post-captain, a governor, with a salary of 500<i>l.</i> a-year, a master, and
+commander. A lieutenant-governor, with 300<i>l.</i> a-year, four captains,
+twelve subalterns, twelve sergeants, and one hundred and sixty rank and
+file from the marines; a surgeon, chaplain, and quartermaster. The whole
+equipment, army, navy, and felons, were to be supplied with two years&#8217;
+provisions, and all sorts of implements for the culture of the earth,
+and hunting and fishing. Some slight buildings were to be run up until a
+proper fort and a town could be erected. If such a report could be true,
+the expense would equal that of<span class="pagenum">[Pg 17]</span> an expedition to the South Seas against
+an enemy.&#8221; If such extravagance were repeated with every freight of
+felons, &#8220;it would furthermore extinguish all hope of paying off the
+national debt.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>We leave the reader to smile while he muses on the short-sightedness
+even of wise men, and the strange fluctuations of human opinion. The
+government persevered in spite of these prophetic warnings; which
+probably represented the general state of feeling on the subject among
+educated men in England, with whom, in those days, <i>Sylvanus</i> was no
+mean authority. Accordingly, in March 1787, eleven sail, consisting of
+the frigate Sirius, an armed tender, three store-ships, and six
+transports, assembled at Portsmouth, having on board five hundred and
+sixty-five male, and one hundred and ninety-two female convicts, under
+Captain Arthur Phillip, an experienced officer, who was appointed
+governor of the new colony. The fleet set sail from the Mother Bank, on
+the 13th of May, 1787, and after a tedious voyage of eight months, the
+whole convoy arrived safely in Botany Bay in the middle of January,
+1788. But Captain Cook&#8217;s description of the country surrounding the Bay
+was found far too flattering&mdash;the harbour being exposed to tempestuous
+gales, which often rolled a heavy sea upon the beach, while the land was
+deformed with swamps and barren sand banks. On pressing forward to a
+neighbouring creek, marked by Captain Cook as a mere boat harbour,
+Governor Phillip had the satisfaction to find one of the finest havens
+in the world, in which a thousand sail of the line might ride in safety.
+It was then called Port Jackson. The different coves of this harbour
+were examined with all possible expedition, and the preference was given
+to one which<span class="pagenum">[Pg 18]</span> had the finest spring of water, and in which ships might
+anchor so close to the shore that, at a very small expense, quays could
+be constructed where the largest vessels might unload. This cove is
+about half a mile in length, and about a quarter of a mile across at the
+entrance. In honour of Lord Sydney, the governor distinguished it by the
+name of Sydney Cove. On the twenty-sixth of February, 1788, the British
+colours were displayed on these shores; the plan of an encampment, the
+first rude outline of the metropolitan city of <span class="smcap">Sydney</span>, was formed. The
+spot chosen was at the head of the cove, near a stream of fresh water,
+which stole silently along by a thick wood now the site of crowded
+streets, the stillness of which for the first time since the creation
+was then broken by the rude sound of the labourer&#8217;s axe, and the hum of
+busy men. The anniversary of this great event has for some years been a
+festival in New South Wales. Governor Phillip landed with a thousand and
+thirty souls; his live stock consisted of six head of horned cattle and
+seven horses. The town and district of Sydney has now a population of
+three hundred thousand souls; every year the increase is enormous; and
+the ratio of each year&#8217;s increase exceeds the last.</p>
+
+<p>These figures, however, make but a feeble impression upon us at a
+distance. The colonists feel a warmth of enthusiasm such as only the
+sight of the marvellous contrast can create. We copy the following
+extract from the Sydney Herald on one of these anniversaries&mdash;&#8220;the
+nativity of the city of Sydney and of the colony of New South Wales.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;When we compare the town and the country as they are now with what they
+were then, we may well be proud of British enterprise, and of the local
+re<span class="pagenum">[Pg 19]</span>sources which it has so rapidly and triumphantly developed. How
+forcibly are we reminded of the miraculous transformation foretold by
+the inspired son of Amoz&mdash;&#8216;The wilderness and the solitary place shall
+be glad for them, and the desert shall rejoice and blossom as the rose.&#8217;
+Let the imagination attempt this day to realize the enchanting contrast.
+As we look upon the noble ships riding in our harbour, and the steamers,
+yachts, wherries, and boats innumerable, gliding to and fro amid the
+joyous excitements of the regatta, let us picture the three humble boats
+which, this day fifty-seven years,<a name="FNanchor_A_1" id="FNanchor_A_1"></a><a href="#Footnote_A_1" class="fnanchor">[A]</a> were slowly creeping up the
+unknown waters of Port Jackson, in quest of a sure resting-place for our
+first predecessors. As we cast our eye over the elegant buildings which
+now skirt our shores on either side, and over the crowds of well-dressed
+men, women and children, who are keeping holiday on this our national
+festival, let us think of the dense woods which then frowned on Governor
+Phillip, of the profound silence that reigned around him, of the awful
+sense of solitude with which he and his little band must have been
+impressed, and of the exultation they would have felt could they have
+foreseen that, within so brief a term, the wilderness they were
+approaching would have become &#8216;replenished&#8217; with a teeming population,
+and have been &#8216;subdued&#8217; to the beauty and affluence of civilized life.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>But the dark side of this romantic picture must not be withheld. The
+infant colony was chiefly composed of the worst class of felons; they
+were the days of barbarous justice even in England, and it would often
+be difficult to say why some convicts were sentenced to transportation,
+while others for lighter causes were <span class="pagenum">[Pg 20]</span>punished with death. There was, at
+that time, a fearful indifference to human life in our penal code.
+Punishment was its sole object; amendment was seldom if ever
+contemplated. Amongst the convicts there was every shade of crime, but
+scarcely any corresponding gradation of punishment. The truth is, true
+religion was at its lowest ebb, and pure philanthropy, in consequence,
+all but unknown; a formal, heartless religion prevailed; and, as one of
+its fruits, a stern and iron code of law. The convict-ship, which has
+now become a reformatory school, was rivalled in its horrors only by the
+slave-ship; indeed if the physical suffering was greater in the latter,
+in moral torture and mental defilement the hold of the convict-ship had,
+beyond all doubt, the bad pre-eminence.</p>
+
+<p>The prisoners consisted of the most abandoned persons of all nations;
+British, Dutch, and Portuguese sailors, the polite swindler, and the
+audacious highwayman, with their female accomplices. They were shipped
+off in chains; during the passage outward a detachment of soldiers was
+constantly on guard; and the voyage was seldom accomplished without
+bloodshed. The secret plots, in which the prisoners were continually
+engaged, broke out into open mutiny whenever circumstances offered a
+chance of success; for this purpose a storm, a leak, or a feigned
+sickness, was readily taken advantage of. When signs of such
+disturbances showed themselves, the ringleaders were seized and tried in
+a summary way by court martial; but the sailors often refused to enforce
+the sentence, so that it became necessary to compel obedience with
+loaded muskets.</p>
+
+<p>The hold of a convict-ship presented a melancholy picture of human
+depravity. In the course of the<span class="pagenum">[Pg 21]</span> voyage most of the felons survived the
+sense of shame: the sounds of ribaldry and boisterous mirth, mingled
+with catches from the popular songs of the day, issued unceasingly from
+the prisoners&#8217; deck; this uproar was ever and anon increased by more
+riotous disturbances, blows and bloodshed followed; and occasionally the
+monotony of the voyage was broken by mock trials among the prisoners, to
+show that even in the most profligate and abandoned the principle of
+justice was not altogether destroyed. When a prisoner committed an
+offence against his fellows, a judge was appointed, advocates were
+assigned to the prosecutor and the accused, a jury was sworn to try
+according to the evidence, witnesses were examined, and the prisoner,
+being found guilty, was sentenced to an immediate and brutal punishment.</p>
+
+<p>From such elements the society of New South Wales was formed. Most of
+the convicts, after a short servitude, obtained tickets-of-leave, and
+settled upon the parcels of land allotted to them by government; and by
+the improvement of such opportunities they easily drew a subsistence
+from the soil; others devoted themselves to the care of cattle; while
+many more, as the colony increased, betook themselves to trade, by which
+means large fortunes were frequently acquired. Many of the convicts in
+the course of a few years contrived to amass great wealth, which was
+expended in the extension, or improvement of their property. The results
+of such industry were to be seen in the cleared inclosures, the neat
+orchard, and the trim garden that here and there surrounded a well-built
+brick-house. Even here honest labour seems to have been crowned with
+success.</p>
+
+<p>Free settlers were at present few in number, and the<span class="pagenum">[Pg 22]</span> convict on his
+plot of land had many advantages over them. From acquaintance with the
+climate and the modes of cultivation best suited to the soil, as well as
+the easiest method of carrying on agricultural operations, he had
+learned to avoid many fruitless experiments. He understood the habits
+and character of the servants who assisted him, for the labourers were
+all of them felons; and he himself had probably shared the same cell,
+and worked in the same gang. He understood their principles of action;
+and they were infected with his prejudices. They lived together, ate at
+the same board and slept under the same roof. Thus a good understanding
+was maintained between them by his connivance with their follies or
+their vices. The men themselves always preferred a master who had been a
+prisoner to a free settler of stricter virtue, and a disposition less
+akin to their own; and for such an one they would make extraordinary
+exertions, of great importance at seed time and harvest, which a better
+master could not obtain at any cost.</p>
+
+<p>A brotherhood and close fellowship, the fruit of old associations,
+sprang up among the convict population. Many considered themselves as
+martyrs to the vengeance rather than the justice of the law; others,
+transported for political offences, regarded themselves in the light of
+patriots. In short a unity of interest cemented them; and each newly
+arrived convict ship was heartily welcomed. When it anchored in the
+harbour boats swarmed around it, the decks were crowded, the new comers
+were loaded with presents of fresh bread and other luxuries. They were
+pressed with eager inquiries after absent friends, the comrades they had
+left in English jails. They were greeted with the heartiness of old
+companions, and without<span class="pagenum">[Pg 23]</span> reluctance exchanged the close confinement of
+the convict ship for the fellowship of their old acquaintance on shore.
+The colony at this time abounded with Irish who had shared in the
+rebellion of 1798, and who generally brought with them a fair knowledge
+of agriculture without very industrious habits. They attached little
+turpitude to their offences, considering themselves rather as sacrificed
+to the cause of freedom. Indeed it is well ascertained that some of them
+had been banished without even the formality of a trial, some without
+any specific sentence as to the term of their transportation, victims to
+the angry spirit of the times. They are described as, for the most part,
+conducting themselves with great propriety in the hope of one day
+regaining their freedom, and being restored to their long absent
+friends. Such men as these proved excellent colonists, and successful
+settlers.</p>
+
+<p>The criminal history of the colony in its first years discloses a
+dreadful list of both crimes and punishments. Small bodies of the
+convicts occasionally broke loose, fled to the woods, and there, setting
+all restraints at defiance, became reckless and ferocious. The dread of
+punishment did not restrain them from robbery, murder, and the most
+appalling crimes. The risks were well calculated, for the chances of
+conviction were few, and punishment was uncertain. If they were
+detected, a convict, being dead in law, could not be summoned as a
+witness. The jury would probably be composed of men who had been sharers
+in crimes of equal magnitude, perhaps old associates. The prisoners
+would be defended by convict attorneys, a nefarious class with which the
+colonial courts were filled. Ineffectual attempts were made to exclude
+these men, but the influence they had been suffered<span class="pagenum">[Pg 24]</span> already to attain,
+made this impracticable. Amongst the most notorious of them was one who
+obtained a large practice by dint of his ingenuity, and managed the most
+important business in the colony. He had been some years previously
+sentenced to transportation for life, for forging a will. He had
+resorted to the ingenious device of putting a <i>fly</i> into the mouth of a
+dead man, and then guiding his hand to trace his signature to the
+writing; and, upon the trial, he swore, with audacious assurance, that
+he saw the testator sign the will while <i>life</i> was in him. In passing
+sentence, the late Lord Ellenborough took the opportunity of
+congratulating the profession on getting rid of such a pest.</p>
+
+<p>The records of the court are scarcely less painful than the history of
+the criminals themselves. The punishments adjudged were frightfully
+severe. If they did not reclaim the prisoner, they must have hardened
+him beyond recovery, if indeed they did not in many instances torture
+him to death. The men thus punished were already convicts it is true,
+and more than usual severity may have been justified. But no penal code
+emanating from a people professing the name of Christ may inflict savage
+and barbarous penalties. They recoil with disgrace upon the legislation
+which exacts them, and a whole nation is degraded in the person of its
+own malefactors; while God&#8217;s displeasure is evident both in the increase
+and audacity of criminals on the one hand, and in the loss of humane and
+virtuous sentiments throughout the community on the other. We have taken
+three cases as a specimen of the method in which justice was dealt out
+to criminals in the early days of the colony in New South Wales.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum">[Pg 25]</span>&#8220;John Allen, stealing in dwelling-house to the value of forty shillings.
+Publicly whipped, hundred lashes, confined in solitary cell at Paramatta
+on bread and water for six months, and hard labour at Newcastle three
+years.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Michael Hoare and James Gilchrist, feloniously and burglariously
+breaking and entering Schoolhouse at Kissing Point, and stealing from
+there divers articles of property. Twelve months solitary confinement at
+Paramatta, two years hard labour in jail gang, then transported for life
+to Newcastle.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;John Hale, Robert Holton, and Peter Allen, killing a bullock with
+intent to steal the carcase. Solitary confinement on bread and water for
+three years in Paramatta jail, afterwards two years labour in jail gang
+there, and afterwards transportation for life to Newcastle.&#8221;<a name="FNanchor_B_2" id="FNanchor_B_2"></a><a href="#Footnote_B_2" class="fnanchor">[B]</a></p>
+
+<p>Such was the sphere of Mr. Marsden&#8217;s labours, such the difficulties with
+which he had to contend, and the system, too, which, as a magistrate, he
+was even called upon to administer. A more hopeless task could scarcely
+have been undertaken; but he set himself vigorously to work, looking to
+the Strong One for strength, and the fruit was &#8220;seen after many days.&#8221;</p>
+
+<div class="footnotes"><p class="title">FOOTNOTES:</p>
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_A_1" id="Footnote_A_1"></a><a href="#FNanchor_A_1"><span class="label">[A]</span></a> This was published in 1845.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_B_2" id="Footnote_B_2"></a><a href="#FNanchor_B_2"><span class="label">[B]</span></a> See Wentworth&#8217;s Colony of New South Wales, second edition,
+1820.</p></div></div>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_26" name="Page_26"></a>[Pg 26]</span></p>
+
+<h2>CHAPTER III.</h2>
+
+<blockquote><p>Mr. Marsden appointed to the Magistracy&mdash;Objections to this
+considered&mdash;Cultivates Land&mdash;Charge of Secularity considered&mdash;His
+connexion with the London Missionary Society, and care of its
+Polynesian Mission&mdash;Revisits England in 1807.</p></blockquote>
+
+<p>The retirement of the senior chaplain left Mr. Marsden in sole charge of
+the spiritual concerns of the infant colony. He had now to officiate at
+the three settlements of Sydney, Paramatta, and Hawkesbury without
+assistance. The nature of the population, consisting as it did of a mass
+of criminals, rendered his ministerial labours peculiarly distressing.
+The state of morals was utterly depraved; oaths and ribaldry, and
+audacious lying were universal; marriage, and the sacred ties of
+domestic life, were almost unknown, and those who, from their station,
+should have set an example to the convicts and settlers, encouraged sin
+in others by the effrontery of their own transgressions. Under
+discouragement such as would have subdued the spirit of most men, did
+he, for the long period of fourteen years, continue at his post; cheered
+it is true with occasional gleams of success, but upon the whole rather
+a witness against abounding vice, than, at present, a successful
+evangelist. Nor were domestic trials wanting to complete that process of
+salutary discipline by which &#8220;the great Shepherd of the sheep&#8221; was
+preparing his servant for other and wider scenes of labour, and for
+triumphs greater than the church in these later days had known. His
+firstborn son, a lovely and promising child scarcely two<span class="pagenum">[Pg 29]</span> years old,
+was thrown from its mother&#8217;s arms by a sudden jerk of the gig in which
+they were seated, and killed upon the spot. It would be impossible to
+describe the agonized feelings of the mother under such a bereavement,
+nor were the sorrows of the father less profound. He received the
+tidings, together with the body of his lifeless boy, we are told, with
+&#8220;calm, and even dignified submission,&#8221; for &#8220;he was a man who said little
+though he felt much.&#8221; A second stroke, still more painful, was to
+follow. Mrs. Marsden, determined not to hazard the safety of another
+child, left her babe at home in charge of a domestic while she drove
+out. But her very precaution was the occasion of his death: the little
+creature strayed into the kitchen unobserved, fell backwards into a pan
+of boiling water, and its death followed soon after. Thus early in his
+ministerial career the iron entered his own soul, and taught him that
+sympathy for the wounded spirit which marked his character through life.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 600px;">
+<a id="Fig_1" name="Fig_1"></a>
+<img src="images/distant.jpg" width="600" height="364" alt="DISTANT VIEW OF SYDNEY" title="DISTANT VIEW OF SYDNEY" />
+<span class="caption">DISTANT VIEW OF SYDNEY</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>But from these scenes of private suffering we must turn aside. The
+public life and ministerial labours of Mr. Marsden require our
+attention; and as we enter upon the review of them we must notice two
+circumstances which from the very outset of his career exposed him to
+frequent suspicion and obloquy, both in the colony and at home, and
+formed in fact the chief materials, so to speak, out of which his
+opponents wove the calumnies with which they harassed the greater
+portion of his life.</p>
+
+<p>He had scarcely arrived at his post when he was appointed a colonial
+magistrate. Under ordinary circumstances, we should condemn in the
+strongest manner the union of functions so obviously incom<span class="pagenum">[Pg 30]</span>patible as
+those of the Christian minister and the civil judge. To use the words of
+a great living authority on judicial questions, a late lord
+chancellor,<a name="FNanchor_C_3" id="FNanchor_C_3"></a><a href="#Footnote_C_3" class="fnanchor">[C]</a> &#8220;it is the union of two noble offices to the detriment of
+both.&#8221; Yet it seems in the case before us, that the office was forced
+upon Mr. Marsden, not as a complimentary distinction, but as one of the
+stern duties of his position as a colonial chaplain, who was bound to
+maintain the authority of the law amidst a population of lawless and
+dangerous men. Port Jackson, or Botany Bay as it was generally called,
+was then and long afterwards merely a penal settlement. The governor was
+absolute, and the discipline he enforced was, perhaps of necessity,
+harsh and rigid. Resistance to the law and its administrators was of
+daily occurrence; life and property were always insecure, and even armed
+rebellion sometimes broke out. If the government thought it necessary,
+for the safety of this extraordinary community, to select a minister of
+the gospel to fill the office of a magistrate, he had no alternative but
+to submit, or else to resign his chaplaincy and return home. Mr. Marsden
+chose to remain; moved by the hope of being able to infuse something of
+the spirit of the gospel into the administration of justice, and to
+introduce far higher principles than those which he saw prevailing
+amongst the magistrates themselves. In both of these objects he
+succeeded to an eminent extent, though not till after the lapse of
+years, and a remonstrance carried by himself in person to the government
+at home. Justice was dealt even to the greatest criminals more fairly,
+and the bench of magistrates grew at length ashamed, in the presence of
+the chaplain of Paramatta, of its own <span class="pagenum">[Pg 31]</span>hitherto unabashed
+licentiousness. But the cost was great. He was involved in secular
+business from day to day, and that often of the most painful kind. His
+equal-handed justice made him a host of personal enemies in those whose
+vices he punished; and, still more, in those whose corrupt and partial
+administration of the law was rebuked by the example of his integrity.
+In the share he was obliged to take in the civil affairs of the colony
+differences of opinion would naturally arise, and angry feelings would,
+as usual follow. Of course he was not free from human infirmity, his own
+temper was sometimes disturbed. Thus for years, especially during his
+early residence in New South Wales, he was in frequent collision with
+the magistrates, and occasionally even with the governor. Again and
+again he would have resigned his commission, but was not allowed to do
+so; meanwhile his mind was often distracted and his character maligned.
+To these trials we shall be obliged to refer as we trace his steps
+through life; but we mean to do so as seldom as we can, for the subject
+is painful, and, since few men can ever be placed in his circumstances,
+to most of us unprofitable.</p>
+
+<p>Another point on which Mr. Marsden&#8217;s conduct has been severely, and yet
+most unjustly blamed, is that he was engaged in the cultivation of a
+considerable tract of land. Avarice and secularity were roundly charged
+upon him in consequence; for it was his painful lot through life to be
+incessantly accused not only of failings of which he was quite
+guiltless, but of those which were the most opposite to his real
+character. A more purely disinterested and unselfish man perhaps never
+lived. One who under the constant disturbance of every kind of business
+and<span class="pagenum">[Pg 32]</span> employment, still &#8220;walked&#8221; more &#8220;humbly with his God,&#8221; is not often
+to be found. Yet the cry once raised against him was never hushed; until
+at length, having rung in his ears through life, as a warning to him, no
+doubt, even in his brightest moments of success, that he should &#8220;cease
+from man,&#8221; it was suddenly put to shame at last and buried with him in
+his grave.</p>
+
+<p>The circumstances were these: When he arrived in the colony, in the
+beginning of 1794, it was yet but six years old. The cultivation of land
+had scarcely begun; it was therefore dependent on supplies of food from
+home, and was often reduced to the brink of famine. One cask of meat was
+all that the king&#8217;s stores contained when Mr. Marsden first landed on
+those shores from which the produce of the most magnificent flocks and
+herds the world has ever pastured was afterwards to be shipped. Governor
+Phillip, as we have seen, had laid the foundation of the colony amid
+scenes of difficulty and trial which it is fearful to contemplate. In
+September, 1795, Captain Hunter arrived, and following in the steps of
+his predecessor, exerted himself in clearing land and bringing it under
+cultivation. To effect this he made a grant to every officer, civil and
+military, of one hundred acres, and allowed each thirteen convicts as
+servants to assist in bringing it into order. Mr. Marsden availed
+himself of the grant, and his farm soon exhibited those marks of
+superior management which might have been looked for by all who were
+acquainted with the energy of his character and his love of rural
+pursuits. Where land was to be had on such easy terms, it was not to be
+desired or expected that he should be limited to the original grant. He
+soon possessed an estate of several hun<span class="pagenum">[Pg 33]</span>dred acres&mdash;the model farm of
+New South Wales;&mdash;and, let it not be forgotten, the source from whence
+those supplies were drawn which fed the infant missions of the Southern
+Seas, while at the same time they helped their generous owner to support
+many a benevolent institution in his own parish and neighbourhood. Years
+afterwards he was induced to print a pamphlet in justification of his
+conduct in this as well as other particulars on which it was assailed;
+and as we copy an extract from it, our feeling is one of shame and
+sorrow that it should ever have been required. He says, &#8220;I did not
+consider myself in the same situation, in a temporal point of view, in
+this colony as a clergyman in England. My situation at that period would
+bear no such comparison. A clergyman in England lives in the very bosom
+of his friends; his comforts and conveniences are all within his reach,
+and he has nothing to do but to feed his flock. On the contrary, I
+entered a country which was in a state of nature, and was obliged to
+plant and sow or starve. It was not from inclination that my colleague
+and I took the axe, the spade, and the hoe: we could not, from our
+situation, help ourselves by any other means, and we thought it no
+disgrace to labour. St. Paul&#8217;s own hands ministered to his necessities
+in a cultivated nation, and our hands ministered to our wants in an
+uncultivated one. If this be cast upon me as a shame and a reproach, I
+cheerfully bear it, for the remembrance never gives me any cause of
+reproach or remorse.&#8221; Monsieur Perron, a commander sent out by the
+French government to search for the unfortunate La Perouse (who had
+recently perished in an exploratory voyage to the islands of the South
+Pacific), visited Mr. Marsden&#8217;s farm in 1802,<span class="pagenum">[Pg 34]</span> and records, with the
+generous admiration his countrymen have never withheld from English
+enterprise and industry, his astonishment and delight. &#8220;No longer,&#8221; he
+exclaims, &#8220;than eight years ago, the whole of this spot was covered with
+immense and useless forests; what pains, what exertions must have been
+employed! These roads, these pastures, these fields, these harvests,
+these orchards, these flocks, the work of eight years!&#8221; And his
+admiration of the scene was not greater than his reverence for its
+owner, &#8220;who,&#8221; he adds, &#8220;while he thus laboured in his various important
+avocations was not unmindful of the interests of others. He generously
+interfered in behalf of the poorer settlers in their distresses,
+established schools for their children, and often relieved their
+necessities; and to the unhappy culprits, whom the justice of their
+offended country had banished from their native soil, he administered
+alternately exhortation and comfort.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Indeed, it would be no easy task to enumerate all the schemes of social,
+moral, and spiritual enterprise upon which Mr. Marsden was now employed,
+and into all of which he appears to have thrown a force and energy which
+is generally reserved, even by the zealous philanthropist, for some one
+favoured project. Thus the state of the female convicts, at a very early
+period, especially attracted his attention. Their forlorn condition,
+their frightful immoralities&mdash;the almost necessary consequence of the
+gross neglect which exposed them to temptation, or rather thrust them
+into sin&mdash;pressed heavily upon him, and formed the subject of many
+solemn remonstrances, first to the authorities abroad, and when these
+were unheeded, to the government at home. The wrongs of the aborigines,
+their<span class="pagenum">[Pg 35]</span> heathenism, and their savage state, with all its attendant
+miseries and hopeless prospects in eternity, sank into his heart; and
+under his care a school arose at Paramatta for their children. The
+scheme, as we shall explain hereafter, was not successful; but at least
+it will be admitted &#8220;he did well that it was in&#8221; his &#8220;heart.&#8221; He was
+often consulted by the successive governors on questions of difficulty
+and importance, and gave his advice with respect, but at the same time
+with honest courage. Amusing anecdotes are told of some of their
+interviews. A misunderstanding had occurred between Governor King and
+himself, which did not, however, prevent the governor from asking his
+advice. Mr. Marsden was allowed to make his own terms, which were that
+he should consider Governor King as a private individual, and as such
+address him. Much to his credit, the governor consented. Mr. Marsden
+then locked the door, and in plain and forcible terms explained to
+<i>Captain</i> King the faults, as he conceived, of <i>Governor</i> King&#8217;s
+administration. They separated on the most friendly terms; and if we
+admire the courage of the chaplain, we must not overlook the
+self-command and forbearance of the governor. With a dash of
+eccentricity the affair was honourable to both parties.</p>
+
+<p>Another instance of Mr. Marsden&#8217;s ready tact and self-possession may be
+mentioned. Governor King, who possessed, by virtue of his office, the
+most absolute power, was not only eccentric but somewhat choleric. On
+one occasion, when Mr. Marsden was present, a violent dispute arose
+between the governor and the commissary-general. Mr. Marsden not being
+at liberty to leave the room, retired to a window, determined not to be
+a witness of the coming storm. The<span class="pagenum">[Pg 36]</span> governor, in his heat, pushed or
+collared the commissary, who in return, pushed or struck the governor.
+His excellency, indignant at the insult, called to the chaplain, &#8220;Do you
+see that, sir!&#8221; &#8220;Indeed, sir,&#8221; replied Mr. M., &#8220;<i>I see</i>
+nothing,&#8221;&mdash;dwelling with jocular emphasis on the word see. Thus good
+humour was immediately restored, and the grave and even treasonable
+offence of striking the representative of the sovereign was forgotten.
+These trifling circumstances are worth relating, not only in
+illustration of Mr. Marsden&#8217;s character, but of the history of the
+earlier days of the colony.</p>
+
+<p>But graver duties had already devolved upon him. Amongst the unpublished
+manuscripts of the London Missionary Society, there is one document of
+singular interest, in connexion with the name of Samuel Marsden. It is a
+memorandum of seventeen folio pages on the state and prospects of their
+missions to Tahiti and the islands in the South Seas, dated &#8220;Paramatta,
+30th January, 1801,&#8221; and &#8220;read before the committee&#8221; in London&mdash;such was
+the slow, uncertain communication fifty years ago with a colony now
+brought within sixty days&#8217; sail of England&mdash;&#8220;on the 19th of April,
+1802.&#8221; Foremost in the literature of another generation will stand those
+treasures which slumber, for the most part unvalued and undisturbed, on
+the shelves of our missionary houses. For men will surely one day
+inquire, with an interest similar to that with which we read of the
+conversion of Britain in the dim light of Ingulphus and the Saxon
+Chronicle, or the venerable Bede, how distant islands were first
+evangelized, and through what sorrows, errors, and reverses, the first
+missionary fought his way to victory in continents and islands of the
+southern hemisphere.<span class="pagenum">[Pg 37]</span> And of these, the document which now lies before
+us will be esteemed as inferior to none in calm and practical wisdom, in
+piety, or in ardent zeal tempered with discretion.</p>
+
+<p>The circumstances which called it forth were these. The Tahitian
+mission, the first great effort of the London Missionary Society, and
+indeed the first Protestant mission, with perhaps one exception,<a name="FNanchor_D_4" id="FNanchor_D_4"></a><a href="#Footnote_D_4" class="fnanchor">[D]</a> to
+savage tribes, had hitherto disappointed the sanguine expectations of
+its promoters. We trust we shall not be thought to make a display of
+that cheap wisdom which consists in blaming the failures of which the
+causes were not seen until the catastrophe had occurred, if we say that,
+great and truly magnificent as the project was, it carried within itself
+the elements of its own humiliation. The faith and zeal of its founders
+were beyond all human praise; but in the wisdom which results from
+experience, they were of course deficient. &#8220;To attempt great things, and
+to expect great things,&#8221; was their motto; but they did not appreciate
+the difficulties of the enterprise; nor did they duly estimate the depth
+of the depravity of the savage heart and mind. Dr. Haweis, a London
+clergyman of great piety and note in those days, preached before the
+Society when the first missionary ship, the Duff, was about to sail. He
+described to his delighted audience the romantic beauty and grandeur of
+the islands which lie like emeralds upon the calm bosom of the Southern
+Ocean, and anticipated their immediate conversion as soon as they should
+hear the first glad tidings of the gospel. The ship sailed from the
+<span class="pagenum">[Pg 38]</span>Tower wharf, with flags flying and banners streaming, as if returning
+from a triumph, amidst the cheers of the spectators. Amongst the crowd
+there stood a venerable minister of Christ, leaning upon the arm of one
+who still survives&mdash;himself a veteran in the service of his Lord. As
+they turned slowly away from the exciting scene, the aged minister
+mournfully exclaimed, &#8220;I am afraid it will not succeed: there is too
+much of man in it.&#8221; His words were prophetic; for nearly twenty years no
+success followed, but one sweeping tide of disappointment and
+disaster;<a name="FNanchor_E_5" id="FNanchor_E_5"></a><a href="#Footnote_E_5" class="fnanchor">[E]</a> till, at length, when, humbled and dejected, about the year
+1814, the missionaries, as well as the Society at home, in despair had
+almost resolved to abandon the station, the work of God appeared in the
+conversion of the king of Tahiti; and with a rapidity to be compared
+only to the long, cheerless, period in which they had &#8220;laboured in vain,
+and spent their strength for nought,&#8221; the missionaries beheld not only
+Tahiti, but the adjacent islands transformed into Christian lands.</p>
+
+<p>It was in the midst of these disasters that Mr. Marsden was consulted,
+and wrote the memorandum to which we have referred. If in some places he
+seems to lay too great stress upon what may appear to the reader
+prudential considerations of inferior importance, let us remind him that
+on these very points the missionaries had betrayed their weakness. Their
+own quarrels and even the gross misconduct of some few amongst them,
+were not less painful to the church at home than their want of success.</p>
+
+<p>We make a few extracts:</p>
+
+<blockquote><p><span class="pagenum">[Pg 39]</span>&#8220;... The first and principal object for the consideration of the
+directors is to select men properly qualified for the mission; unless
+persons equal to the task are sent out nothing can be done. It may be
+asked, who are proper persons, and what are the requisite
+qualifications? To the question I would reply in general terms. A
+missionary should be a man of real sound piety, and well acquainted with
+the depravity of the human heart, as well as experimental religion; he
+should not be a novice; he should not only be a good man in the
+strictest sense of the word, but also well informed, not taken from the
+dregs of the common people, but possessed of some education, and liberal
+sentiments. He should rather be of a lively active turn of mind than
+gloomy and heavy. A gloomy ignorant clown will be disgusting even to
+savages, and excite their contempt. The more easy and affable a
+missionary is in his address, the more easily will he obtain the
+confidence and good opinion of the heathen.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;In my opinion a man of a melancholy habit is altogether unqualified for
+a missionary; he will never be able to sustain the hardships attending
+his situation, nay, he will magnify his dangers and difficulties and
+make them greater than what in reality they may be. A missionary, were I
+to define his character, should be a pious good man, should be well
+acquainted with mankind, should possess some education, should be easy
+in address, and of an active turn. Some of the missionaries who have
+come to this colony, are the opposite character to the above. They are
+totally ignorant of mankind, they possess no education, they are clowns
+in their manners. If the directors are determined to establish a mission
+in these Islands there is another object to be attended<span class="pagenum">[Pg 40]</span> to; they must
+send out a sufficient body and furnish them with the means of
+self-defence. Unless the missionaries are able to protect themselves
+from the violence of the natives, they will be in constant danger of
+being cut off by them. Their lives, if unprotected by their own
+strength, will hang sometimes perhaps upon the fate of a single battle
+between two contending chiefs. Can any idea be more distressing than for
+the lives of a few defenceless missionaries to depend upon the sudden
+whim or turn of an enraged savage, without the means of self-defence?
+See them driven, in order to escape the savage fury of the natives, into
+holes and caverns of the rocks, suffering every hardship that nature can
+bear from hunger, toil, and anxiety, without so much as the prospect of
+relief in time of danger from Europe, or accomplishing in the smallest
+degree the object of the mission. Yet this must and will be the case,
+unless the missionaries are furnished with the means of self-defence,
+and are able to convince the natives of their superiority in point of
+skill and protection.&#8221;</p></blockquote>
+
+<p>Many will condemn this counsel. Nor do we feel bound to justify it to
+the letter. A reasonable degree of caution in avoiding danger, and under
+great emergency in preparing measures for self-defence, may be allowed
+even to the missionary. Yet experience shows that his safety chiefly
+lies in cultivating and exhibiting the spirit of Him who &#8220;suffered the
+just for the unjust,&#8221; and &#8220;when led as a lamb to the slaughter, yet
+opened not his mouth.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Various prudential hints follow, on marriage and other delicate
+subjects. The reader will smile to learn that fifty years ago it was a
+question at missionary boards whether married men were not dis<span class="pagenum">[Pg 41]</span>qualified
+for missionary work. It was argued that their wives would be exposed to
+ill-usage from the natives, and that they themselves would be diverted
+by the anxieties or the comforts of home from their proper calling. Mr.
+Marsden combats both of these objections. &#8220;It appears to me that a
+married woman, coming along with her husband in the mission, would have
+no extraordinary dangers to apprehend from the natives, and would, if a
+prudent woman, prove the greatest comfort and protection to her husband,
+sweeten his toils and sustain his burdens.&#8221; Beyond this even Mr.
+Marsden&#8217;s views did not yet extend. The time had not yet come when
+experience should drive the friends of missions, in the failure of many
+a plausible theory, to fall back simply on the New Testament, not merely
+for their principles, for this they did, but for the best and safest
+precedents in missionary work. They forgot how large a share of the
+honours of the primitive church in its labours for Christ belong to the
+weaker sex. That a missionary&#8217;s wife might be no less, nay in some
+instances far more, successful than her husband was a thought not yet
+entertained in missionary counsels. They did not foresee that the
+instruction of the native woman, and the Christian education of the
+heathen child, would soon become the special province of the
+missionary&#8217;s wife. Mrs. Wilson had not yet arisen &#8220;a mother in Israel,&#8221;
+nor Mrs. Judson, nor others whose fame is only less in missionary
+annals, because their work has been carried on in places less
+interesting, or at least less open to the world&#8217;s gaze, than Calcutta
+and Burmah. Nor can we give more than a hesitating and partial consent
+to some of the following observations:</p>
+
+<blockquote><p><span class="pagenum">[Pg 42]</span>&#8220;Civilization must pave the way for the conversion of the heathen. As
+the natives in these islands are totally unconnected with the commercial
+world, however friendly disposed they may be towards strangers, they
+are, nevertheless, in a state of gross ignorance and barbarity. They
+must, from their social situation, their great distance from the
+civilized part of the world, be less prepared to receive the gospel than
+the Esquimaux on the coast of Labrador or the negroes in the West Indian
+Islands, and other parts of the heathen world where the Moravians in
+general send their missionaries. The heathens in these islands are, in
+the strictest sense, in a state of nature. Hence it becomes the
+indispensable duty of the missionaries to use every means for their
+civilization, and not to imagine they are already prepared to receive
+the blessings of Divine revelation.&#8221;</p></blockquote>
+
+<p>True, they were not prepared. But here we are at variance alike with Dr.
+Haweis on the one hand, and Mr. Marsden on the other. &#8220;The preparation
+of the heart,&#8221; the wise man tells us, &#8220;is from the Lord;&#8221; and this is a
+kind of preparation which civilization will not supply. It is easy, as
+we have said, to find fault with men who, whatever their mistakes,
+deserve the veneration of the church. Let it be borne in mind that of
+savage life, its horrors, its ferocity, its cannibalism, England then
+knew but little. Had they been favoured with the experience we now
+possess, they would have felt more deeply how impotent a weapon is
+civilization to hew down the strongholds of Satan in a heathen land;
+their failures perhaps would have been fewer, and their successes more
+speedy if not more complete. A true Christian missionary, amongst
+savages, must be of necessity a civilizer. His own pure and quiet
+homestead, adorned with the arts<span class="pagenum">[Pg 43]</span> of life, his cultivated garden, his
+neatly fenced paddock, the corn-field which soon follows, and then the
+mill&mdash;all these, and, we may say, all the habits and circumstances of
+his life, directly tend to civilize; and thus the process of outward
+reformation goes on amongst the surrounding tribes, while the spiritual
+seed is being sown in the native heart. And it will sometimes happen
+that native tribes are civilized before they are converted, simply
+because the carnal mind rejects the spiritual lesson, while selfishness,
+or the mere love of imitation, (equally powerful in the breast of
+children and of savages) induces them readily to adopt European habits.
+But after all we question whether the native heathen thus outwardly
+changed is one whit more likely to embrace the gospel than before.</p>
+
+<p>There is, however, much truth in the following remarks; they show a
+thoughtful mind, and they prove too, if we are not mistaken, that the
+gospel of Jesus Christ has lost nothing of its pristine force after the
+lapse of eighteen centuries; for the Christian missions of our own day
+have triumphed amidst some difficulties against which even the apostles
+had not to contend. &#8220;The conduct of the apostles cannot exactly apply as
+a guide to the missionaries in these islands; St. Paul was sent to
+preach a crucified Jesus, not to savage, but to civilized heathens; to
+Greece and Rome, to nations noted for their politeness of manners and
+human learning, the inhabitants both of Greece and Rome had obtained the
+highest degree of civilization, they were&#8221;&mdash;intellectually, of course,
+Mr. Marsden must be understood to mean&mdash;&#8220;prepared for the reception of
+the gospel; their philosophers had for ages been making diligent
+inquiries after the true God; they had erected altars and the most
+magnificent<span class="pagenum">[Pg 44]</span> temples for the worship of some superior being whom they
+knew not. This is not the case with the natives of these islands.... It
+is unnecessary for me to contrast the situations of the primitive
+apostles and the present missionaries, and to point out their vast
+difference. Sacred and profane history will furnish the missionaries
+with this information, provided they will study their records.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Mr. Marsden continued to be through life the confidential adviser of the
+London Missionary Society, and the warm friend and, as they passed to
+and fro upon their voyages, the kind host of their missionaries.</p>
+
+<p>His character was now established. The colony was rapidly increasing in
+importance; and yet no change had been made in its government, which was
+still committed to the absolute direction of a single mind, that of the
+colonial governor. He too was a military officer, and not always one of
+high position and large capacity, or even of the purest morals; for by
+such men the governorship of his Majesty&#8217;s territory in New South Wales
+would have then been disdained. Mr. Marsden had done much, but much more
+remained to be accomplished. There were mischiefs that lay far beyond
+his reach, and spurned control. On the first establishment of the colony
+all the military officers were forbidden to take their wives with
+them&mdash;the governor and chaplains were the only exceptions&mdash;and there is
+one instance of a lady whose love to her husband led her to steal across
+the ocean in the disguise of a sailor, who was actually sent home again
+by Governor Phillip without being permitted to land. Our readers may
+anticipate the consequences which followed in an almost universal
+licentiousness. The most abandoned females often appeared fearlessly<span class="pagenum">[Pg 45]</span>
+before the magistrates, well knowing that they would have impunity even
+for the greatest crimes; and male offenders used their influence to
+obtain a judgment in their favour. Expostulation, remonstrance, and
+entreaty Mr. Marsden had tried in vain. &#8220;Of all existing spots in New
+South Wales the court of judicature at Sydney,&#8221; it was publicly
+affirmed, &#8220;was the most iniquitous and abandoned;&#8221; and at length a
+rebellious spirit broke out, and the authority of the governor, even in
+his military capacity, was at an end. The efforts of the faithful
+chaplain were now thwarted at the fountain head, and his life was not
+unfrequently in danger. Mr. Marsden&#8217;s sagacity fastened the conviction
+on his mind that a crisis was at hand, which could only be averted by
+the interference of the government at home. He therefore asked for, and
+obtained, permission to revisit England. His fears were just; he had
+already assisted in quelling one rebellion, and another of a more
+serious nature broke out soon after he embarked, which drove the
+governor from the colony, and ended in his recall, and the establishment
+of a new order of things. The spiritual fruit of Mr. Marsden&#8217;s labours
+had not yet been great, but already the foundations had been laid for
+extensive usefulness. On the eve of his departure, he was presented with
+a gratifying address, bearing the signatures of three hundred and two
+persons, &#8220;the holders of landed estates, public offices, and other
+principal inhabitants of the large and extensive settlements of
+Hawkesbury, Nepean, and Portland-Head, and adjacent parts of New South
+Wales,&#8221; conveying &#8220;their grateful thanks for his pious, humane, and
+exemplary conduct throughout this whole colony, in the various and
+arduous situations held by him as a<span class="pagenum">[Pg 46]</span> minister of the gospel,
+superintendent magistrate, inspector of public, orphan, and charity
+schools, and in other offices.&#8221; They thank him too for &#8220;his attention
+and cares in the improvement of stock, agriculture, and in all other
+beneficial and useful arts, for the general good of the colony, and for
+his unremitting exertions for its prosperity,&#8221; and conclude thus:&mdash;&#8220;Your
+sanctity, philanthropy, and disinterestedness of character, will ever
+remain an example to future ministers; and that God, whom we serve, may
+pour down his blessings upon you and yours to the latest posterity, is
+the sincere prayer of those who sign this address.&#8221;</p>
+
+<div class="footnotes"><p class="title">FOOTNOTES:</p>
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_C_3" id="Footnote_C_3"></a><a href="#FNanchor_C_3"><span class="label">[C]</span></a> Lord Brougham.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_D_4" id="Footnote_D_4"></a><a href="#FNanchor_D_4"><span class="label">[D]</span></a> That of the Moravians to Labrador. The Wesleyans had a
+mission in the West Indies, and the Society for the Propagation of the
+Gospel had long had the care of the Danish missions at Malabar. But none
+of these were missions, in the strict sense, among savages.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_E_5" id="Footnote_E_5"></a><a href="#FNanchor_E_5"><span class="label">[E]</span></a> This anecdote we relate on the authority of the younger
+minister, from whom we received it. The elder one was the Rev. Samuel
+Bradburn, the friend and associate of Wesley.&mdash;<span class="smcap">Editor</span>.</p></div>
+</div>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_47" name="Page_47"></a>[Pg 47]</span></p>
+
+<h2>CHAPTER IV.</h2>
+
+<blockquote><p>Various measures devised for the benefit of New South Wales&mdash;The
+establishment of Missions in New Zealand&mdash;Friendship with Dr.
+Mason Good.</p></blockquote>
+
+<p>Mr. Marsden returned home in His Majesty&#8217;s ship Buffalo, after an
+absence of fourteen years. On the voyage he had one of those
+hair-breadth deliverances in which devout Christians recognise the hand
+of God. The Buffalo was leaky when she sailed, and a heavy gale
+threatening, it was proposed that the passengers should quit the ship
+and take refuge in a stauncher vessel which formed one of the fleet. Mr.
+Marsden objected, Mrs. Marsden being unwilling to leave Mrs. King, the
+wife of Governor King, who was returning in the same vessel, and who was
+at the time an invalid. In the night, the expected storm came on. In the
+morning, the eyes of all on board the crazy Buffalo were strained in
+vain to discover their companion. She was never heard of more, and no
+doubt had foundered in the hurricane.</p>
+
+<p>On his arrival in London he waited on the under secretary of state to
+report his return, and learned from him that his worst fears had been
+realized, and that the colony was already in a state of open
+insurrection, headed by the &#8220;New South Wales Corps,&#8221; who were leagued
+with several of the wealthier traders. The insurrection was, however,
+suppressed, and Lieut.-colonel Macquarie was sent out with his regiment
+to assume the government. Lord Castlereagh, the colonial minister, was
+quick to perceive the value of such an adviser on the affairs of
+Australia as Mr.<span class="pagenum">[Pg 48]</span> Marsden, and encouraged him to lay before the
+government a full statement of his views. Seldom has it happened to a
+private individual to be charged with weightier or more various affairs,
+never perhaps with schemes involving more magnificent results. As the
+obscure chaplain from Botany Bay paced the Strand, from the colonial
+office at Whitehall to the chambers in the city where a few pious men
+were laying plans for Christian missions in the southern hemisphere, he
+was in fact charged with projects upon which not only the civilization,
+but the eternal welfare, of future nations were suspended. Nor was he
+unconscious of the greatness of the task. With a total absence of
+romance or enthusiasm&mdash;for his mind was wanting in the imaginative
+faculty on which enthusiasm feeds&mdash;he was yet fully alive to the
+possible consequences of his visit to his native shores, and intensely
+interested in his work. He aimed at nothing less than to see Australia a
+great country; and, with a yet firmer faith, he expected the conversion
+of the cannibal tribes of New Zealand and the Society Islands; and this
+at a time when even statesmen had only learned to think of New South
+Wales as a national prison, and when the conversion of New Zealanders
+was regarded as a hopeless task, even by the majority of Christian men,
+and treated by the world with indifference or scorn. In fact, during
+this short visit he may be said to have planned, perhaps unconsciously,
+the labours of his whole life, and to have laid the foundation for all
+the good of which he was to be the instrument.</p>
+
+<p>Let us first turn to the efforts he made for the settlements in New
+South Wales. The improvement of the convict population was his primary
+object, and his more immediate duty. He had observed that by far<span class="pagenum">[Pg 49]</span> the
+greater number of reformed criminals consisted of those who had
+intermarried, or whose wives had been able to purchase their passage
+over, and he suggested that those of the convicts&#8217; wives who chose to do
+so should be permitted to accompany their husbands even at the public
+expense. This was refused, and it was almost the only point upon which
+his representations failed; but, as a compromise, the wives of the
+officers and soldiers were permitted to accompany their husbands, and
+not less than three hundred immediately went with a single regiment. To
+encourage honesty and industry he recommended not only remission of the
+sentence to the well conducted convict, but a grant of land to a certain
+extent; with which the government complied. But he had no weak and
+foolish sympathy with crime, and long after the period at which we are
+now writing, he continued to incur the hatred of a certain class by
+protesting, as he never ceased to do, against the monstrous impropriety
+of placing men, however wealthy, who had themselves been convicts, on
+the magisterial bench. Amongst the convicts he had observed that the
+greater number were acquainted with some branch of mechanics or
+manufactures; at present, they were unemployed, or occupied in labour
+for which they were unfit, and which was therefore irksome to themselves
+and of no advantage to the colony. He therefore suggested that one or
+two practical mechanics with small salaries, and one or two general
+manufacturers, should be sent out to instruct the convicts. But here a
+serious obstacle presented itself; for this was the age of commercial
+prohibitions, and it was objected that the manufacturers of the mother
+country would be injured by such a step. Mr. Marsden met the objec<span class="pagenum">[Pg 50]</span>tion
+at once. If the government would but accede to the proposal, &#8220;he would
+undertake that the enormous expense at which the country was for
+clothing the convicts should entirely cease within a certain period.&#8221;
+The wool of the government flocks and the flesh of the wild cattle was
+already sufficient to provide both food and raiment for the convicts
+without any expense to the parent state, and all he prayed for was, the
+opportunity of turning those advantages to the best account. These
+requests were granted, and on the same night, and at his own cost, he
+set off by the mail for Warwickshire and Yorkshire in search of four
+artisans and manufacturers, who were soon upon their way to the scene of
+their future operations.</p>
+
+<p>The vast importance of Australia as the source on which the English
+manufacturer must at some future day depend for his supplies of wool,
+had already occupied his thoughts. He found that within three years his
+own stock without any care on his part, (for his farm was entirely
+managed in his absence by a trusty bailiff who had been a convict,) had
+upon an average been doubled in number and value. With the energy which
+was natural to him, he carried some of his own wool to Leeds, where he
+had it manufactured, and he had the satisfaction to learn that it was
+considered equal, if not superior, to that of Saxony or France. His
+private letters abound with intimations that ere long Australia must
+become the great wool-producing country to which the English
+manufacturer would look. He was introduced to king George the Third, and
+took the liberty, through Sir Joseph Banks, of praying for a couple of
+Merino sheep, His Majesty&#8217;s property, to improve the breed; and his last
+letter from England, dated from the Cowes Roads, mentions<span class="pagenum">[Pg 51]</span> their
+reception on board. We anticipate a little, but must quote the letter,
+were it only to let the reader see how possible it is to be at once
+diligent in business and fervent in spirit. &#8220;We are this moment getting
+under weigh, and soon expect to be upon the ocean. I have received a
+present of five Spanish sheep from the king&#8217;s flock, which are all on
+board; if I am so fortunate as to get them out they will be a most
+valuable acquisition to the colony. I leave England with much
+satisfaction, having obtained so fully the object of my mission. It is
+the good hand of our God that hath done these things for us. I have the
+prospect of getting another pious minister. I am writing to him on the
+subject this morning, and I hope he will soon follow us.... On Sunday I
+stood on the long boat and preached from Ezekiel xviii. 27: &#8216;When the
+wicked man turneth away,&#8217; etc. It was a solemn time, many of the
+convicts were affected. We sang the Hundredth Psalm in the midst of a
+large fleet. The number of souls on board is more than four hundred. God
+may be gracious to some of them; though exiled from their country and
+friends, they may cry unto him in a foreign land, when they come like
+the Jews of old to hang their harps upon the willows, and weep when they
+remember Zion, or rather when they remember England.&#8221;<a name="FNanchor_F_6" id="FNanchor_F_6"></a><a href="#Footnote_F_6" class="fnanchor">[F]</a></p>
+
+<p>The spiritual wants of the colony were not forgotten. He induced the
+government to send out three additional clergymen and three
+schoolmasters; and happily the selection was intrusted to his own
+judgment. A disciple in the school of Venn and Milner, he knew that the
+ordinances of the church, though administered by a moral and virtuous
+man, or by a zealous philan<span class="pagenum">[Pg 52]</span>thropist, were not enough. He sought for men
+who were &#8220;renewed in the spirit of their minds;&#8221; who uttered no mere
+words of course when they said at their ordination that they &#8220;believed
+themselves moved thereto by the Holy Ghost.&#8221; But here again his task was
+difficult; clergymen of such a stamp were but few; the spirit of
+missionary enterprise was almost unfelt; and, to say the truth, there
+was a missionary field at home, dark and barbarous, and far too wide for
+the few such labourers of this class whom the Lord had yet &#8220;sent forth
+into his harvest.&#8221; Mr. Marsden, however, nothing daunted, went from
+parish to parish till he met with two admirable men, the Rev. Mr. Cowper
+and the Rev. Robert Cartwright, who, with their families, accompanied
+him on his return. His choice was eminently successful. In a short
+account of Mr. Marsden, published in Australia in 1844, they are spoken
+of as still living, pious and exemplary clergymen, the fathers of
+families occupying some of the most important posts in the colony, and,
+&#8220;notwithstanding their advancing years and increasing infirmities,&#8221; it
+is added, &#8220;there are few young men in the colony so zealous in preaching
+the gospel, and in promoting the interests of the church of England.&#8221;
+The schoolmasters too, we believe, did honour to his choice. He had
+already established two public free-schools for children of both sexes,
+and he was now able to impart the elements of a pious education, and to
+train them in habits of industry and virtue. Into all these plans the
+archbishop of Canterbury cordially entered, and wisely and liberally
+left it to the able founder to select his agents and associates.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. Marsden likewise urged upon the home administration the necessity of
+a female Penitentiary; and<span class="pagenum">[Pg 53]</span> obtained a promise that a building should be
+provided. That he was deeply alive to the importance of an institution
+of this kind, is manifest in his own description of the state of the
+female prisoners in the earlier years of the colony, and the deplorable
+picture he draws of their immorality and wretchedness. &#8220;When I returned
+to England in 1807,&#8221; he says, &#8220;there were upwards of fourteen hundred
+women in the colony; more than one thousand were unmarried, and nearly
+all convicts: many of them were exposed to the most dangerous
+temptations, privations and sufferings; and no suitable asylum had been
+provided for the female convicts since the establishment of the colony.
+On my arrival in London in 1808, I drew up two memorials on their
+behalf, stating how much they suffered from want of a proper barrack&mdash;a
+building for their reception. One of these memorials I presented to the
+under secretary of state, and the other to his grace the archbishop of
+Canterbury. They both expressed their readiness to promote the object.&#8221;
+Years, however, passed before the consent of the colonial governor could
+be gained; and Mr. Marsden&#8217;s benevolent exertions on behalf of these
+outcast women were for some time frustrated.</p>
+
+<p>The variety of his engagements at this time was equal to their
+importance. He had returned home charged with an almost infinite
+multiplicity of business. He was the agent of almost every poor person
+in the colony who had, or thought he had, important business at home.
+Penny-postages lay in the same dim future with electric telegraphs and
+steam-frigates, and he was often burdened with letters from Ireland and
+other remote parts (so wrote a friend, who published at the time a
+sketch of his proceedings in the &#8220;Eclectic<span class="pagenum">[Pg 54]</span> Review,&#8221;) the postage of
+which, for a single day, has amounted to a guinea; which he cheerfully
+paid, from the feeling that, although many of these letters were of no
+use whatever, they were written with a good intention, and under a
+belief that they were of real value. He had already been saluted, like
+the Roman generals of old, with the title of common father of his
+adopted country; and one of his last acts before he quitted England, was
+to procure, by public contributions and donations of books, &#8220;what he
+called a lending library&#8221; (so writes the reviewer,<a name="FNanchor_G_7" id="FNanchor_G_7"></a><a href="#Footnote_G_7" class="fnanchor">[G]</a> and the expression
+seems to have amused him from its novelty), &#8220;consisting of books on
+religion, morals, mechanics, agriculture, and general history, to be
+lent out under his own control and that of his colleagues, to soldiers,
+free settlers, convicts, and others who had time to read.&#8221; In this, too,
+he succeeded, and took over with him a library of the value of between
+three and four hundred pounds.</p>
+
+<p>It was during this two-years&#8217;-visit to his native land, that Mr. Marsden
+laid the foundation of the Church of England mission to New Zealand. In
+its consequences, civil and religious, this has already proved one of
+the most extraordinary and most successful of those achievements, which
+are the glory of the churches in these later times. This was the great
+enterprise of his life: he is known already, and will be remembered
+while the church on earth endures, as the apostle of New Zealand. Not
+that we claim for him the exclusive honour of being the only one
+although we believe he was, in point of time, the first who began, about
+this period, to project a mission to New Zealand. The Wesleyans were
+early in the same <span class="pagenum">[Pg 55]</span>field. The Rev. Samuel Leigh, a man whose history and
+natural character bore a marked resemblance to those of Mr. Marsden, was
+the pioneer of Methodism, and proved himself a worthy herald of the
+cross amongst the New Zealanders. A warm friendship existed between the
+two. On his passage homewards he was a guest at Paramatta; and no tinge
+of jealousy ever appears to have shaded their intercourse, each
+rejoicing in the triumphs of the other. Still, Mr. Marsden&#8217;s position
+afforded him peculiar facilities, and having once undertaken it, the
+superintendence of the New Zealand mission became, without design on his
+part, the great business of his life.</p>
+
+<p>He had formed a high, we do not think an exaggerated, estimate of the
+Maori or New Zealand tribes. &#8220;They are a noble race,&#8221; he writes to his
+friend John Terry, Esq., of Hull, &#8220;vastly superior in understanding to
+anything you can imagine in a savage nation.&#8221; This was before the
+mission was begun. But he did not speak merely from hearsay: several of
+their chieftains and enterprising warriors had visited Australia, and
+they ever found a welcome at the hospitable parsonage at Paramatta.
+Sometimes, it is true, they were but awkward guests, as the following
+anecdote will show; which we present to the reader, as it has been
+kindly furnished to us, in the words of one of Mr. Marsden&#8217;s daughters.
+&#8220;My father had sometimes as many as thirty New Zealanders staying at the
+parsonage. He possessed extraordinary influence over them. On one
+occasion, a young lad, the nephew of a chief, died, and his uncle
+immediately made preparations to sacrifice a slave to attend his spirit
+into the other world. Mr. M. was from home at the moment, and his family
+were only able to preserve the<span class="pagenum">[Pg 56]</span> life of the young New Zealander by
+hiding him in one of the rooms. Mr. M. no sooner returned and reasoned
+with the chief, than he consented to spare his life. No further attempt
+was made upon it, though the uncle frequently deplored that his nephew
+had no attendant in the next world, and seemed afraid to return to New
+Zealand, lest the father of the young man should reproach him for having
+given up this, to them, important point.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>The Church Missionary Society, which had now been established about
+seven years, seemed fully disposed to co-operate with him; and at their
+request he drew up a memorial on the subject of a New Zealand mission,
+not less important than that we have already mentioned, to the London
+Missionary Society, on the subject of their Polynesian missions. He
+still lays great stress upon the necessity of civilization going first
+as the pioneer of the gospel; &#8220;commerce and the arts having a natural
+tendency to inculcate industrious and moral habits, open a way for the
+introduction of the gospel, and lay the foundation for its continuance
+when once received&#8221; &#8220;... Nothing, in my opinion, can pave the way for
+the introduction of the gospel but civilization.&#8221; ... &#8220;The
+missionaries,&#8221; he thought, &#8220;might employ a certain portion of their time
+in manual labour, and that this neither would nor ought to prevent them
+from constantly endeavouring to instruct the natives in the great
+doctrines of the gospel.&#8221; ... &#8220;The arts and religion should go together.
+I do not mean a native should learn to build a hut or make an axe before
+he should be told anything of man&#8217;s fall and redemption, but that these
+grand subjects should be introduced at every favourable opportunity,
+while the natives are learning any of the<span class="pagenum">[Pg 57]</span> simple arts.&#8221; He adds that
+&#8220;four qualifications are absolutely necessary for a missionary&mdash;piety,
+industry, prudence, and patience. Without sound piety, nothing can be
+expected. A man must feel a lively interest in the eternal welfare of
+the heathen to spur him on to the discharge of his duty.&#8221; On the three
+other qualifications, he enlarges with great wisdom and practical good
+sense; but the paper has been frequently printed, and we must not
+transfer it to these pages.</p>
+
+<p>It is no dishonour done to Mr. Marsden if we say that, in mature
+spiritual wisdom, the venerable men who had founded the Church
+Missionary Society, and still managed its affairs, were at this time his
+superiors. Strange indeed it would have been had the case been
+otherwise. They listened gratefully and with deep respect to the opinion
+of one so well entitled to advise; they determined on the mission, and
+they gave a high proof of their confidence, both in the practical wisdom
+and sterling piety of their friend, in consulting him in the choice of
+their first agents. But they did not adopt his views with regard to the
+importance of civilization as the necessary pioneer to the gospel. So
+long ago as the year 1815, they thought it necessary to publish a
+statement of the principles upon which their mission was established.
+&#8220;It has been stated,&#8221; they say, &#8220;that the mission was originally
+established, and for a long time systematically conducted, on the
+principle of first civilizing and then christianizing the natives. This
+is wholly a mistake. The agents employed in establishing the mission
+were laymen, because clergymen could not be had; and the instructions
+given to them necessarily correspond with their lay character. The
+foremost object of the mission has, from the first, been to bring the
+natives, by the<span class="pagenum">[Pg 58]</span> use of all suitable means, under the saving influences
+of the grace of the gospel, adding indeed the communication to them of
+such useful arts and knowledge as might improve their social condition.&#8221;
+The committee&#8217;s instructions to their first agents in the mission
+abundantly sustain these assertions. Mr. William Hall and Mr. John King
+were the two single-hearted laymen to whom, in the providence of God,
+the distinguished honour was committed of first making known the gospel
+in New Zealand. They bore with them these instructions, ere they
+embarked in the same vessel in which their friend and guide Mr. Marsden
+himself returned to Australia:&mdash;&#8220;Ever bear in mind that the only object
+of the Society, in sending you to New Zealand, is to introduce the
+knowledge of Christ among the natives, and in order to this, the arts of
+civilized life.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Then after directing Messrs. Hall and King &#8220;to respect the sabbath day,&#8221;
+to &#8220;establish family worship,&#8221; at any favourable opportunity to
+&#8220;converse with the natives on the great subject of religion,&#8221; and to
+&#8220;instruct their children in the knowledge of Christianity,&#8221; the
+instructions add&mdash;&#8220;Thus in your religious conduct you must observe the
+sabbath and keep it holy, attend regularly to family worship, talk to
+the natives about religion when you walk by the way, when you labour in
+the field, and on all occasions when you can gain their attention, and
+lay yourselves out for the education of the young.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Mr. Thomas Kendall followed; a third layman, for no ordained clergyman
+of the church of England could yet be found. The same instructions were
+repeated, and in December, 1815, when the Rev. John<span class="pagenum">[Pg 59]</span> Butler, their first
+clerical missionary, entered on his labours in New Zealand, he and his
+companions were exhorted thus&mdash;&#8220;The committee would observe that they
+wish, in all the missions of the Society, that the missionaries should
+give their time as much as possible, and wholly if practicable, first to
+the acquisition of the native language, and then to the constant and
+faithful preaching to the natives.&#8221; It is subsequently added&mdash;&#8220;Do not
+mistake civilization for conversion. Do not imagine when heathens are
+raised in intellect, in the knowledge of the arts and outward decencies,
+above their fellow-countrymen, that they are Christians, and therefore
+rest content as if your proper work were accomplished. Our great aim is
+far higher; it is to make them children of God and heirs of his glory.
+Let this be your desire, and prayer, and labour among them. And while
+you rejoice in communicating every other good, think little or nothing
+done till you see those who were dead in trespasses and sins, quickened
+together with Christ.&#8221; These passages fully exhibit the views of the
+committee of this evangelical Society with regard, not only to the New
+Zealand, but to all their other missions. Nor do they stand alone; every
+missionary association, taught in many instances by bitter
+disappointment, has long since discovered that the arts and sciences do
+not prepare the way of the Lord amongst the heathen abroad; just as they
+leave unsanctified our civilized heathendom at home.</p>
+
+<p>But we must return from our digression, which its great importance must
+excuse.</p>
+
+<p>Before he left England, Mr. Marsden formed or renewed an acquaintance
+with many great and good men, Mr. Wilberforce, Sir George Grey, the Rev.
+Daniel Wilson, late Bishop of Calcutta, the Rev. Charles<span class="pagenum">[Pg 60]</span> Simeon, the
+Rev. Josiah Pratt, Dr. Olinthus Gregory, and others whose names are dear
+to the church of Christ. But we must particularly notice the friendship
+which he formed with Dr. Mason Good as productive of the highest
+blessings to his friend, and of much advantage to himself.</p>
+
+<p>The life of this excellent and accomplished person was published by Dr.
+Olinthus Gregory, soon after his death, in 1828. He tells us that Dr.
+Mason Good, when he became acquainted with Mr. Marsden, had long
+professed Socinian principles, but of these had recently begun to doubt,
+while he had not yet embraced the gospel of Christ so as to derive
+either comfort or strength from it. He was anxious and inquiring; his
+father had been an orthodox dissenting minister, and he himself a
+constant student and indeed a critical expositor of the Bible. He had
+published a translation of the book of Job, with notes, and also a
+translation of Solomon&#8217;s Song of Songs. He saw in the latter a sublime
+and mystic allegory, and in the former a poem, than which nothing can be
+purer in its morality, nothing sublimer in its philosophy, nothing more
+majestic in its creed. He had given beautiful translations of many of
+the Psalms; but with all this he had not yet perceived that Christ is
+the great theme of the Old Testament, nor did he understand the
+salvation of which &#8220;David in the Psalms, and all the prophets,&#8221; as well
+as Job the patriarch &#8220;did speak.&#8221; His introduction to Mr. Marsden, in
+such a state of mind, was surely providential. He saw, and wondered at,
+his self-denial; he admired the true sublimity of his humble,
+unassuming, but unquestionable and active piety. &#8220;The first time I saw
+Mr. Marsden,&#8221; says his biographer, &#8220;was in January, 1808; he had just<span class="pagenum">[Pg 61]</span>
+returned from Hull, and had travelled nearly the whole journey on the
+outside of a coach in a heavy fall of snow, being unable to secure an
+inside place. He seemed scarcely conscious of the inclemency of the
+season, and declared that he felt no inconvenience from the journey. He
+had accomplished his object, and that was enough. And what was that
+object, which could raise him above the exhaustion of fatigue and the
+sense of severe cold? He had engaged a rope-maker who was willing, at
+his (Mr. Marsden&#8217;s) own expense, to go and teach his art to the New
+Zealanders.&#8221; So writes Dr. Olinthus Gregory.</p>
+
+<p>As a philosopher who loved to trace phenomena to their causes, Dr. Mason
+Good endeavoured to ascertain the principles from which these
+unremitting exertions sprang; and, as he often assured his friend, Dr.
+Gregory, he could trace them only to the elevating influence of Divine
+grace. He could find no other clue; and he often repeated the wish that
+his own motives were as pure, and his own conduct as exemplary as those
+of Mr. Marsden. Thus light broke in, and at length he received the
+gospel &#8220;as a little child,&#8221; and began to adorn it by his conduct. For
+several years he was an efficient member of the committee of the Bible
+Society, and of that of the Church Missionary Society. To the latter
+especially he devoted himself with the utmost activity and ardour, and
+at his death, which occurred in 1827, the committee transmitted to Mrs.
+Good a resolution expressive of the very high value they set on his
+services, and of the heavy loss they were conscious they sustained by
+that event. The resolution was accompanied by a letter of cordial
+sympathy from the pen of the Rev. Edward Bickersteth, the secretary.
+When dying<span class="pagenum">[Pg 62]</span> he was, heard, without any suggestion or leading remark from
+those around him, to repeat with quivering lips the text, &#8220;All the
+promises of God in him (Christ Jesus) are Yea, and in him Amen.&#8221; &#8220;What
+words,&#8221; said he, &#8220;for a dying man to rest upon!&#8221;<a name="FNanchor_H_8" id="FNanchor_H_8"></a><a href="#Footnote_H_8" class="fnanchor">[H]</a></p>
+
+<div class="footnotes"><p class="title">FOOTNOTES:</p>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_F_6" id="Footnote_F_6"></a><a href="#FNanchor_F_6"><span class="label">[F]</span></a> To Avison Terry, Esq., Hull.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_G_7" id="Footnote_G_7"></a><a href="#FNanchor_G_7"><span class="label">[G]</span></a> Eclectic Review, vol. v. pp. 988-995.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_H_8" id="Footnote_H_8"></a><a href="#FNanchor_H_8"><span class="label">[H]</span></a> See Life of Dr. Mason Good, by Dr. Olinthus Gregory.</p></div>
+</div>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_63" name="Page_63"></a>[Pg 63]</span></p>
+
+<h2>CHAPTER V.</h2>
+
+<blockquote><p>Return to the Colony&mdash;Duaterra&mdash;His strange adventures&mdash;Mr.
+Marsden&#8217;s Labours in New South Wales&mdash;Aborigines&mdash;Their
+Habits&mdash;Plans for their Civilization.</p></blockquote>
+
+<p>Mr. Marsden took what proved to be his last leave of his native land in
+August 1809. Resolute as he was, and nerved for danger, a shade of
+depression passed across him. &#8220;The ship, I understand,&#8221; he writes to
+Mrs. Mason Good, &#8220;is nearly ready. This land in which we live is
+polluted, and cannot, on account of sin, give rest to any of its
+inhabitants. Those who have (sought) and still do seek their happiness
+in anything it can give, will meet nothing but disappointment, vexation,
+and sorrow. If we have only a common share of human happiness, we cannot
+have or hope for more.&#8221; A few weeks afterwards he addresses the same
+Christian lady thus:&mdash;</p>
+
+<blockquote><p class="quotdate">&#8220;Cambridge, August 1, 1809.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Yesterday I assisted my much esteemed friend, Mr. Simeon, but here I
+shall have no continuing city. The signal will soon be given, the anchor
+weighed, and the sails spread, and the ship compelled to enter the
+mighty ocean to seek for distant lands. I was determined to take another
+peep at Cambridge, though conscious I could but enjoy those beautiful
+scenes for a moment. In a few days we shall set off for Portsmouth. All
+this turning and wheeling about from place, to place, and from nation to
+nation, I trust is our right way to the heavenly Canaan. I am happy in
+the conclusion, to inform you that I have got all <span class="pagenum">[Pg 64]</span>my business settled
+in London much to my satisfaction, both with government and in other
+respects. The object of my mission has been answered, far beyond my
+expectations. I believe that God has gracious designs towards New South
+Wales, and that his gospel will take root there, and spread amongst the
+heathen nations to the glory of his grace.</p>
+
+<p class="quotsig">&#8220;I have the honour to be, dear madam,<br />
+&#8220;Yours, in every Christian bond,<br />
+&#8220;<span class="smcap">Samuel Marsden</span>.&#8221;</p></blockquote>
+
+<p>His prayers and devout aspirations for New Zealand had been heard on
+high, and &#8220;the way of the Lord&#8221; was &#8220;preparing&#8221; in a manner far beyond
+his expectations, ardent as they seem. The ship Ann, in which he sailed,
+by order of the government, for New South Wales, carried with her one
+whom Providence had raised up to act a part, only less important than
+his own, in the conversion of that benighted land.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum">[Pg 65]</span>The ship had been some time at sea before Mr. Marsden observed on the
+forecastle, amongst the common sailors, a man whose darker skin and
+wretched appearance awakened his sympathy. He was wrapped in an old
+great coat, very sick and weak, had a violent cough, accompanied with
+profuse bleeding. He was much dejected, and appeared as though a few
+days would close his life. This was Duaterra, a New Zealand chieftain,
+whose story, as related by Mr. Marsden himself, is almost too strange
+for fiction. And as &#8220;this young chief became,&#8221; as he tells us, &#8220;one of
+the principal instruments in preparing the way for the introduction of
+the arts of civilization and the knowledge of Christianity into his
+native country,&#8221; a brief sketch of his marvellous adventures will not be
+out of place.</p>
+
+<p>When the existence of New Zealand was yet scarcely known to Europeans,
+it was occasionally visited by a South Sea whaler distressed for
+provisions, or in want of water. One of these, the Argo, put into the
+Bay of Islands in 1805, and Duaterra, fired with the spirit of
+adventure, embarked on board with two of his companions. The Argo
+remained on the New Zealand coast for above five months, and then sailed
+for Port Jackson, the modern Sydney of Australia, Duaterra sailing with
+her. She then went to fish on the coast of New Holland for six months,
+again returning to Port Jackson. Duaterra had been six months on board,
+working in general as a common sailor, and passionately fond of this
+roving life. He then experienced that unkindness and foul play of which
+the New Zealander has always had sad reason to complain. He was left on
+shore without a friend and without the slightest remuneration.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum">[Pg 66]</span>He now shipped himself on board the Albion whaler, Captain Richardson,
+whose name deserves honourable mention; he behaved very kindly to
+Duaterra, repaid him for his services in various European articles, and
+after six months cruising on the fisheries, put him on shore in the Bay
+of Islands, where his tribe dwelt. Here he remained six months, when the
+Santa Anna anchored in the bay, on her way to Norfolk Island and other
+islets of the South Sea in quest of seal skins. The restless Duaterra
+again embarked; he was put on shore on Norfolk Island at the head of a
+party of fourteen sailors, provided with a very scanty supply of water,
+bread, and salt provisions, to kill seals, while the ship sailed,
+intending to be absent but a short time, to procure potatoes and pork in
+New Zealand. On her return she was blown off the coast in a storm, and
+did not make the land for a month. The sealing party were now in the
+greatest distress, and accustomed as he was to hardship, Duaterra often
+spoke of the extreme suffering which he and his party had endured,
+while, for upwards of three months, they existed on a desert island with
+no other food than seals and sea fowls, and no water except when a
+shower of rain happened to fall. Three of his companions, two Europeans
+and one Tahitian, died under these distresses.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum">[Pg 67]</span>At length the Santa Anna returned, having procured a valuable cargo of
+seal skins, and prepared to take her departure homewards. Duaterra had
+now an opportunity of gratifying an ardent desire he had for some time
+entertained of visiting that remote country from which so many vast
+ships were sent, and to see with his own eyes the great chief of so
+wonderful a people. He willingly risked the voyage, as a common sailor,
+to visit England and see king George. The Santa Anna arrived in the
+river Thames about July 1809, and Duaterra now requested that the
+captain would make good his promise, and indulge him with at least a
+sight of the king. Again he had a sad proof of the perfidiousness of
+Europeans. Sometimes he was told that no one was allowed to see king
+George; sometimes that his house could not be found. This distressed him
+exceedingly; he saw little of London, was ill-used, and seldom permitted
+to go on shore. In about fifteen days, the vessel had discharged her
+cargo, when the captain told him that he should put him on board the
+Ann, which had been taken up by government to convey convicts to New
+South Wales. The Ann had already dropped down to Gravesend, and Duaterra
+asked the master of the Santa Anna for some wages and clothing. He
+refused to give him any, telling him that the owners at Port Jackson
+would pay him in two muskets for his services on his arrival there; but
+even these he never received.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. Marsden was at this time in London, quite ignorant of the fact that
+the son of a New Zealand chief, in circumstances so pitiable, lay on
+board a South Sea whaler near London bridge. Their first meeting was on
+board the Ann, as we have stated, when she had been some days at sea.
+His sympathies were at once roused, and his indignation too; for it was
+always ill for the oppressor when he fell within the power of his stern
+rebuke. &#8220;I inquired,&#8221; he says, &#8220;of the master where he met with him, and
+also of Duaterra what had brought him to England, and how he came to be
+so wretched and miserable. He told me that the hardships and wrongs
+which he had endured on board the Santa Anna were exceedingly great, and
+that the English sailors had beaten him very much, which was the cause
+of his spitting blood, and that the master had defrauded him of all his
+wages, and prevented his seeing the king. I should have been very happy,
+if there had been time, to call the master of the Santa Anna to account
+for his conduct, but it was too late. I endeavoured to soothe his
+afflictions, and assured him that he should be protected from insults,
+and that his wants should be supplied.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum">[Pg 68]</span>By the kindness of those on board, Duaterra recovered, and was ever
+after truly grateful for the attention shown him. On their arrival at
+Sydney, Mr. Marsden took him into his house for six months, during which
+time he applied himself to agriculture; he then wished to return home,
+and embarked for New Zealand; but further perils and adventures were in
+prospect, and we shall have occasion to advert to them hereafter. For
+the present we leave him on his voyage to his island home.</p>
+
+<p>The Ann touched on her passage out at Rio Janeiro, and Mr. Marsden spent
+a short time on shore, where his active mind, already, one would
+suppose, burthened with cares and projects, discovered a new field of
+labour. The ignorance and superstition of a popish city stirred his
+spirit, like that of Paul at Athens. He wrote home to entreat the Church
+Missionary Society, if possible, to send them teachers; but this lay not
+within their province. From a letter of Sir George Grey&#8217;s, addressed to
+himself, it appears that he had interested some members of the English
+government upon the subject, and that while at Rio he had been active in
+distributing the Scriptures.</p>
+
+<p>But he was now to resume his labours in Australia, where he arrived in
+safety, fondly calculating upon a long season of peaceful toil in his
+heavenly Master&#8217;s service. His mind was occupied with various projects,
+both for the good of the colony and of the heathen round about. His own
+letters, simply and hastily thrown off in all the confidence of
+friendship, will show how eagerly he plunged, and with what a total
+absence of selfish considerations, into the work before him:</p>
+
+<blockquote><p class="quotdate">&#8220;Paramatta, October 26, 1810.</p>
+<p>&#8220;To John Terry, Esq.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;<span class="smcap">Dear Sir</span>.&mdash;I received your kind and affectionate letter, also a bottle
+of wheat, with the Hull papers, from your brother; for all of which I
+feel much indebted. We had a very fine passage, and I found my affairs
+much better than I had any reason to expect. <span class="pagenum">[Pg 69]</span>The revolution had caused
+much distress to many families, and the settlement has been thrown much
+back by this event. My wishes for the general welfare of the colony have
+been more successful than I expected they would be. The rising
+generation are now under education in almost all parts of the country.
+The Catholic priests have all left us, so that we have now the whole
+field to ourselves. I trust much good will be done; some amongst us are
+turning to the Lord. Our churches are well attended, which is promising
+and encouraging to us. My colleagues are men of piety and four of the
+schoolmasters. This will become a great country in time, it is much
+favoured in its soil and climate. I am very anxious for the instruction
+of the New Zealanders; they are a noble race, vastly superior in
+understanding to anything you can imagine a savage nation could attain.
+Mr. Hall, who was in Hull, and came out with us with an intention to
+proceed to New Zealand as a missionary, has not yet proceeded, in
+consequence of a melancholy difference between the natives of that
+island and the crew of a ship called the &#8216;Boyd.&#8217; The ship was burnt, and
+all the crew murdered; our people, it appears, were the first
+aggressors, and dearly paid for their conduct towards the natives by the
+loss of their lives and ship. I do not think that this awful event will
+prevent the establishment of a mission at New Zealand. Time must be
+allowed for the difference to be made up, and for confidence to be
+restored. I wrote a letter to Mr. Hardcastle, and another to Rev. J.
+Pratt, Secretary to the Society for Missions to Africa and the East, and
+have pointed out to them the necessity of having a ship constantly
+employed in visiting the islands in the South Seas, for the convenience,
+safety, and protection <span class="pagenum">[Pg 70]</span>of the missionaries, either at Otaheite and New
+Zealand, or at any other island upon which they may reside....</p>
+
+<p class="quotsig">&#8220;Your&#8217;s respectfully,<br />
+&#8220;(Signed) <span class="smcap">Samuel Marsden</span>.&#8221;
+</p></blockquote>
+
+<p>Great projects are not to be accomplished without many disappointments.
+The first attempt is seldom the successful one. In spiritual things,
+this may be regarded as the established rule, or law, in accordance to
+which the Head of the church controls while he purifies his servants&#8217;
+zeal. They are made to feel their weakness. Where they expect honour
+they meet with opposition, perhaps with scorn. Their favourite plans are
+those which bring, for a time, the least success and the greatest
+anxiety. Thus they are taught the great lesson of their own weakness,
+and the only less important one of the insignificance of others in whom
+they trusted. And thus, too, in the painful but salutary school of
+adversity, they learn that the highest wisdom is, after all, simply to
+accept the cross of Christ, and to cast themselves on the unerring
+guidance of the Holy Spirit; and, in a word, &#8220;to cease from man.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>The new governor, General Macquarie, had arrived out a few months before
+Mr. Marsden. He was an able commander, and had the good of the colony
+much at heart; and he had a task of no little difficulty to perform, in
+reducing what was still a penal colony, just recovering from a state of
+insurrection, into order and obedience. His powers were great; he
+considered them absolute. Mr. Marsden, too, was justly tenacious of
+public morality and virtue, and still more so of the spiritual
+independence of the ministerial cha<span class="pagenum">[Pg 71]</span>racter. It seems that the rights of
+the governor on the one side, and those of the ministers of religion on
+the other, had not been accurately defined by the government at home,
+and thus a collision between two minds so firm and so resolute as those
+of the governor and Mr. Marsden, was inevitable. Occasions of difference
+soon arose; the governor anxious, we doubt not, to raise their character
+and elevate their position, with a view to the future welfare of the
+colony, placed several of the convicts on the magisterial bench, treated
+them with respect, and even invited them to his table. With these men,
+Mr. Marsden refused, as a magistrate, to act, or to meet them in society
+on equal terms. Some of them were notoriously persons of a bad and
+vicious life; while none of them, he thought, could, without gross
+impropriety, punish others judicially for the infraction of that law
+which they themselves had broken. He would gladly have resigned his
+magisterial office, but the governor knew the worth of his services, and
+refused to accept his resignation, which was repeatedly tendered. The
+new magistrates were of course offended, and became his bitter foes; and
+some of them harassed him for twenty years with slanders and libellous
+insults, until at length an appeal to the laws of his country vindicated
+his reputation and silenced his opponents. Differences of opinion may
+exist as to the wisdom of Governor Macquarie&#8217;s conduct in these civil
+affairs, and many will perhaps justify his proceedings; but every
+right-minded man will condemn without hesitation the attempts which he
+made to lord it over the consciences of the established clergy and other
+Christian ministers in the colony, in the discharge of their purely
+ministerial work. He wished<span class="pagenum">[Pg 72]</span> to dictate even to the pulpit. Mr. Marsden
+relates that he once sent for him to the Government-house, and commanded
+him to produce the manuscript of a sermon which he had preached nearly a
+year before: he did so; when the governor severely commented upon it,
+and returned it with the remark that one sentence, which it is more than
+probable he did not understand, was &#8220;almost downright blasphemy.&#8221; The
+junior clergy were of course still more exposed to the same despotic
+interference. The governor wished to prescribe the hymns they should
+sing, as well as the doctrines they should teach; and he repeatedly
+insisted on their giving out, during divine service, secular notices of
+so improper a character, that the military officers in attendance
+expressed their disgust. Happy it was for the colony of New South Wales
+that he met with an opponent firm and fearless, and at the same time
+sound in the faith, such as the senior chaplain. On him menaces and
+flattery were lost. The governor, at one time, even threatened him with
+a court-martial; nor was the threat altogether an empty one, for he
+actually brought one of the junior chaplains, Mr. Vale, before a
+court-martial, and had him dismissed the colony. These are painful
+facts, and such as, at this distance of time, we should gladly pass over
+in silence; but, in that case, what could the reader know of the trials
+through which Mr. Marsden passed?</p>
+
+<p>Yet amidst all these distractions his letters testify that he possessed
+his soul in peace, and that &#8220;no root of bitterness, troubled&#8221; him. He
+speaks with respect of the governor, gives him credit for good
+intentions, and acknowledges the many benefits he conferred upon the
+colony; and when at length he was on the eve of<span class="pagenum">[Pg 73]</span> returning home,
+Governor Macquarie himself bore testimony to the piety, integrity, and
+invaluable services of the only man who had dared patiently yet firmly
+to contend with him during a long course of years.</p>
+
+<p>The records of ministerial life offer little variety, but to pious minds
+they are not without interest. Mr. Marsden rose early, generally at four
+o&#8217;clock during the summer; and the morning hours were spent in his
+study. To a Christian minister a few hours of retirement in the morning
+are indispensable, or the mind is distracted and the day is lost. Very
+early rising is a question of health and constitution as well as of
+conscience, and we lay no burden upon those who cannot practise it. To
+those who can, the habit is invaluable. Three friends of Mr. Marsden
+present us with different examples in this matter. Simeon&#8217;s twenty
+volumes of Horæ Homilicæ, or outlines of sermons, were all written
+between five and eight o&#8217;clock in the morning. Thomas Scott, the
+commentator, seldom had more than three hours a-day in his study and
+those three were early ones. Wilberforce on the other hand laments that
+he could do nothing till he had had his &#8220;full dose of sleep.&#8221; Those who
+cannot rise early may still make the day long by turning to account the
+fragments of time and vacant half-hours which are so recklessly
+permitted by most men, especially strong men, to run to waste.</p>
+
+<p>In the early days of the colony, Mr. Marsden used to officiate in the
+morning at St. Philip&#8217;s, Sydney. Roads were bad and conveyances scarce,
+and he often walked a distance of fifteen miles to Paramatta, where he
+conducted another service and preached again. His preaching is described
+as very plain, full of good<span class="pagenum">[Pg 74]</span> sense and manly thought, and treating
+chiefly of the great foundation truths of the gospel. Man a lost sinner
+and needing conversion, Christ an Almighty Saviour pardoning sin, the
+Holy Ghost an all-sufficient sanctifier, guide, and comforter, carrying
+on the work of grace within the soul. Those who came to hear a great
+preacher went away disappointed; those who came to pass a listless hour
+were sometimes grievously disturbed. The authenticity of the following
+anecdote has been assured to us by Mr. Marsden&#8217;s surviving friends.</p>
+
+<p>He was one day walking by the banks of the river, when a convict as he
+passed plunged into the water. Mr. Marsden threw off his coat, and in an
+instant plunged in after him and endeavoured to bring the man to land.
+He contrived however to get Mr. Marsden&#8217;s head under the water, and a
+desperate struggle for life ensued between them; till Mr. Marsden, being
+the stronger of the two, not only succeeded in getting safe to shore but
+in dragging the man with him. The poor fellow, struck with remorse,
+confessed his intention. He had resolved to have his revenge on the
+senior chaplain, whose offence was that he had preached a sermon which
+had stung him to the quick; and he believed, as a sinner exasperated by
+the reflection of his own vices does frequently believe, that the
+preacher had meant to hold him up to the scorn of the congregation. He
+knew too that the sight of a drowning fellow-creature would draw out the
+instant help of one who never knew what fear was in the discharge of
+duty; and he threw himself into the stream confident of drowning Mr.
+Marsden, and then of making good his own escape. He became very
+penitent, was a useful member of society, and<span class="pagenum">[Pg 75]</span> greatly attached to his
+deliverer, who afterwards took him into his own service, where he
+remained for some years. We cannot give a more painful illustration of
+the malignity with which he was pursued, than to state that the current
+version of this story in the colony was, that the convict had been
+unjustly punished by Mr. Marsden as a magistrate, and took this method
+of revenge.</p>
+
+<p>He made the most, too, of his opportunities. At a time when there were
+very few churches or clergymen, and the settlers were widely scattered
+over large tracts, he frequently made an itinerating ministerial visit
+amongst them. He was everywhere received with the greatest cordiality
+and respect. On arriving at a farm, a man on horseback was immediately
+dispatched to all the neighbours within ten or twelve miles to collect
+them for public worship. The settlers gladly availed themselves of these
+opportunities, and assembled, in numbers varying from sixty to eighty,
+when Divine service was conducted in a vacant barn or under the shade of
+a verandah. The next day, he proceeded twenty or twenty-five miles
+further on in the wilds, and again collected a congregation. These tours
+would often extend over ten days or a fortnight, and were repeated as
+his more settled duties permitted. Thus his name became a household
+word, pronounced with love and gratitude far beyond the limits of his
+parish, or even of the colony; and probably he found some of his most
+willing hearers amongst those to whom he thus carried in their solitude
+the glad tidings of a salvation which when offered to them week by week
+at home they had neglected or despised.</p>
+
+<p>Yet his duties as principal chaplain were not neglected. From a general
+government order, dated<span class="pagenum">[Pg 76]</span> September, 1810, it appears that amongst them
+were those of an overseer, or chief pastor of the church. &#8220;The assistant
+chaplains are directed to consider themselves at all times under the
+immediate control and superintendence of the principal chaplain, and are
+to make such occasional reports to him respecting their clerical duties
+as he may think proper to require or call for.&#8221; A high tribute to his
+worth under the circumstances in which he was placed by his opposition
+to the governor. The chaplains frequently sought his protection against
+arbitrary power, and he willingly fought their battles and his own in
+defence of liberty of conscience and the right of conducting God&#8217;s
+worship undisturbed. His connexion with his clerical brethren seems to
+have been uniformly happy, and the same remark is true of the
+missionaries of various denominations, not a few in number, who, during
+a period of twenty years, were virtually under his control. He had
+undoubtedly the rare power of governing others in a very high degree,
+and it was done noiselessly and with a gentle hand; for the men who
+govern well seldom obtrude their authority in an offensive manner, or
+worry those they should control with a petty interference. He had the
+same kind of influence, and probably from the same cause, over the very
+horses in his carriage. He used, in driving from Sydney to Paramatta, to
+throw the reins behind the dash-board, take up his book, and leave them
+to themselves, his maxim being &#8220;that the horse that could not keep
+itself up was not worth driving.&#8221; One of the pair was almost
+unmanageable in other hands, but it was remarked that &#8220;Captain&#8221; always
+conducted himself well when his master drove, and never had an
+accident.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum">[Pg 77]</span>Amongst his strictly pastoral cares, two schools for orphans had a
+foremost place. A female orphan school was first proposed, and Mr.
+Marsden undertook the direction of the work, and became treasurer to the
+institution. From its formation in 1800 to the year 1821, two hundred
+children were admitted. It may be a question whether the children of
+living parents, however ignorant or even dissolute they may be, should
+be totally withdrawn from parental sympathies. The presence of a child
+may restrain, and its artless remonstrances are often known to touch, a
+vicious father or mother whom no other influence can reach; and Dr.
+Guthrie&#8217;s recent experiment in Edinburgh seems to show us that the best
+method of Christianizing both child and parent is to instruct the former
+well by day, and to send him home at night a little missionary to his
+parents, where other teaching would be scorned. But in the case of
+orphans no such questions occur, and we must look upon an orphan school
+with unmixed satisfaction. A male orphan school followed in due course,
+in which the boys were instructed in some trade and then apprenticed. In
+both schools the moral and religious training was the chief
+consideration; yet Mr. Marsden&#8217;s connexion with them was attributed by
+his enemies to a sordid motive, and even those in power, who should have
+known him better, gave public currency to these injurious reports.</p>
+
+<p>The fact was that when the institutions were founded the treasurer was
+allowed a small per centage upon the receipts, as a clerical fee or
+stipend; this he allowed to accumulate until he resigned the office,
+when he presented the whole sum to the institution. The committee
+absolutely refusing to accept it, he purchased cattle from the
+government to the full<span class="pagenum">[Pg 78]</span> amount, and made a present of them to the orphan
+schools. Soon after his return from England it became necessary to erect
+new schools. The work was long and tedious, and owing to the want of
+labour in the colony, and the idle and drunken habits of the labourers,
+nearly ten years elapsed before they were completed, and the work too
+was often at a stand for want of funds. These, however, Mr.
+Marsden&mdash;whom no pecuniary obstacles could daunt&mdash;supplied, in a great
+measure, out of his own purse, till his advances amounted to nearly
+900<i>l.</i>; and his disinterested conduct in the end occasioned him very
+considerable loss. To the latest period he never ceased to take the
+warmest interest in the prosperity of these institutions.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I am sure,&#8221; says his daughter, &#8220;my father&#8217;s parish was not neglected.
+He was well known to all his parishioners, as he was in the habit of
+constantly calling upon them. He was very attentive to the sick, whether
+at their own homes or at the government hospital. He also took great
+interest in the education of the young. It was through his
+instrumentality that many schools were established. His Sunday school,
+at the time of which I speak, was in a more efficient state than any I
+have since seen; but this my brother-in-law, the Rev. T. Hassell, had a
+great deal to do with, as he was then acting as my father&#8217;s curate. The
+factory for the reception of female convicts was built entirely by his
+suggestion, and to their religious and moral improvement he devoted a
+good deal of his time. It was principally owing to his endeavours to get
+this and other institutions in good order that much of his discomfort
+with his fellow-magistrates and government officers arose.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>The aborigines of Australia were, even when the<span class="pagenum">[Pg 79]</span> colony was first
+settled, comparatively few in number; and in painful conformity with
+universal experience, they have wasted away before the white man, and
+will probably disappear in time from the face of the earth. If the New
+Zealander stands highest in the scale of savage nature, the native
+Australian occupies perhaps the lowest place. So low, indeed, was their
+intellect rated, that when the phrenological system of Drs. Gall and
+Spurzheim began to occupy attention, some forty years ago, the skulls of
+several of them were sent over to England to be submitted to the
+manipulations of its professors, with a view of ascertaining whether the
+Creator had not thrust into existence a whole race of idiots&mdash;men who
+had neither reason to guide them on the one hand, nor well-developed
+instinct on the other. They are supposed to be a mixture of the Malay
+and negro races, but they have nothing of the muscular strength of the
+negro, nor of his mental pliancy, and both in body and mind are far
+below the pure Malay. In the infancy of the colony they rambled into the
+town of Port Jackson in a state of nudity, and when blankets were
+presented to them they were thrown aside as an incumbrance. They seemed
+to have no wants beyond those which the dart or spear&mdash;never out of
+their hands&mdash;could instantly supply. Their food was the opossum, but
+when this was not to be found they were by no means delicate; grubs,
+snakes, putrid whales, and even vermin were eagerly devoured, though
+fish and oysters were preferred. They are a nomad or wandering people,
+always moving from place to place in search of food, or from the mere
+love of change. During the winter, they erect a hut, resembling a
+beehive, of rude wicker-work besmeared with clay; but in general a mere
+hurdle, such as we use in England for<span class="pagenum">[Pg 80]</span> penning sheep, placed to windward
+in the ground, is all their shelter; under this they lie with a fire
+kindled in the front of it. Our English stragglers have made themselves
+well acquainted with their habits, frequently living amongst them for
+weeks together in the bush. These all agree in admiration of the skill
+with which they throw the dart, which seldom misses, even from a child&#8217;s
+hand, to strike its prey. They are peaceable and inoffensive to
+strangers, and kind to their &#8220;gins,&#8221; or wives, and to their children,
+unless their savage natures are aroused, when they become horribly
+brutal and vindictive. Few savage tribes have been found whose ideas on
+religion are less distinct. They believe in a good spirit, <i>Royan</i>, and
+a bad one, <i>Potoyan</i>; but like all savages&mdash;like all men, we may say,
+either savage or civilized, who know not God&mdash;they dread the evil spirit
+far more than they love the good one. They offer no prayer, and have no
+worship or sacrifices. Civil government is unknown; authority in the
+tribe depends on personal strength or cunning. A wandering life with
+abundance of provisions, amongst their native woods, shores, and
+mountains, is the sum of all the little happiness they know or seek.</p>
+
+<p>Some efforts were made in the early period of the colony on their
+behalf. A district near Port Jackson was assigned them, and they were
+encouraged to reside in it; but it was very soon deserted. The roving
+habits of the aborigines made any settled residence irksome; and their
+wants were so few that they would neither engage in trade, nor submit to
+labour for the sake of wages. It retained the name of the Black Town for
+many years; but the black men have long since deserted it. Governor
+Macquarie, after con<span class="pagenum">[Pg 81]</span>sulting with Mr. Marsden, then attempted a farm,
+and, in connexion with it, a kind of reformatory school at Paramatta,
+where they were to be civilized and cured of their migratory habits, and
+instructed in the Christian religion. Mr. Marsden took a warm interest
+in the scheme, as he did in everything that concerned the welfare of the
+aborigines. Still it failed; for it was founded, as experience has
+shown, upon wrong principles. Mr. Marsden, however, is not to be blamed
+for this; since Governor Macquarie, having now conceived a violent
+prejudice against him, omitted his name from the committee of
+management, although the institution was placed in his own parish,
+introducing those of two junior chaplains; and it was not till the
+governor&#8217;s retirement that he took an active part in its affairs. But
+the character of the institution was then fixed, and its approaching
+failure was evident.</p>
+
+<p>Two faults were interwoven with it, either of which must have proved
+fatal. In the first place, the attempt to confine a nomad, wandering
+tribe within the precincts of a farm, or to bring them to endure, except
+it had been by force, the discipline of lads in an English workhouse,
+was upon the very face of it absurd. These, we must remember, were the
+early days of English philanthropy amongst wild black men. She had yet
+to make her blunders and learn her first lessons. Why should a nomad
+race be settled upon the workhouse plan, or even confined to an English
+farm? Why should they not rather be encouraged to dwell in tents, carry
+civilization with them into their own woods and mountains, and, roam,
+free and fearless, over those vast regions which God had given them to
+possess, until at last they themselves shall wish to adopt the settled
+habits of European Chris<span class="pagenum">[Pg 82]</span>tians? A roving life in the wilderness is not
+of necessity an idle or a barbarous one. Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob were
+highly civilized, and eminently devout. &#8220;Arabians&#8221; and &#8220;dwellers in
+Mesopotamia,&#8221; wanderers of the desert, heard the word with gladness, and
+received the Holy Ghost upon the day of Pentecost. But we do not read
+that they were required to live in cities, and abandon the
+long-cherished wilderness, with all its solemn associations and grand
+delights. And we have not so mean an opinion of Christianity as to
+believe that it can thrive only in towns well paved and lighted, or in
+farms neatly fenced and artificially cultivated. The true missionary
+must track the wandering savage into the desert, and there make himself
+his guide and friend; and teach him that the gospel of Jesus Christ is
+indeed of God, inasmuch as it is fitted, as no human contrivance can be
+fitted, for man, whatever his outward circumstances or his mode of life;
+that it knows no difference between the dweller in the tent, and in
+&#8220;cities, tall and fenced up to heaven.&#8221; &#8220;Barbarian, Scythian, bond or
+free,&#8221; are all alike welcome to its blessings; and we can see no good
+reason why there should not be Christian tribes in the wilderness, as
+there were patriarchal churches in the plains of the Euphrates, long
+before the law was given on Mount Sinai.</p>
+
+<p>The other mistake was the same which has tainted other missions in their
+infancy, and to which we have made some allusion. It was thought
+necessary to prepare the savage mind for Christianity, by the
+preliminary discipline of a civilizing process. This is inverting the
+order in which God proceeds: &#8220;The entrance of thy word giveth light.&#8221;
+When the voice of God speaks within, and not before, the demoniac<span class="pagenum">[Pg 83]</span> quits
+&#8220;his dwelling amongst the tombs;&#8221; no longer &#8220;tears off his raiment&#8221; like
+a brute beast, unconscious of shame; ceases to be &#8220;exceeding fierce,&#8221;
+and is now found &#8220;sitting at the feet of Jesus, clothed, and in his
+right mind.&#8221; A few efforts upon this, the right evangelical principle as
+we conceive, have been made from time to time amongst these degraded
+aborigines; but the success has not been great. A wide field still
+remains, thinly peopled and spiritually uncultivated. If these lines
+should be read by our Christian friends in Australia, to them we would
+venture to commend the glorious enterprise. Let there be one colony at
+least in which the aborigines shall share the intruder&#8217;s prosperity. Let
+the vast centre of the Australian continent one day rejoice in its
+thronging tribes of Christian aborigines.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. Marsden&#8217;s view of the native character may be gathered from the
+following statement, which he published in self-defence when charged
+with indifference as to their conversion. &#8220;More than twenty years ago, a
+native lived with me at Paramatta, and for a while I thought I could
+make something of him; but at length he got tired, and no inducement
+could prevail upon him to continue in my house; he took to the bush
+again, where he has continued ever since. One of my colleagues, the Rev.
+R. Johnstone, took two native girls into his house, for the express
+purpose of educating them; they were fed and clothed like Europeans; but
+in a short time they went into the woods again. Another native, named
+Daniel, was taken when a boy into the family of Mrs. C.; he was taken to
+England; mixed there with the best society, and could speak English
+well; but on his return from England he reverted to his former wild
+pursuits.&#8221; In<span class="pagenum">[Pg 84]</span> reply to the inquiries made by Mr. Marsden, who once met
+Daniel after he returned to his savage state, he said; &#8220;The natives
+universally prefer a free and independent life, with all its privations,
+to the least restraint.&#8221; Without multiplying instances quoted by Mr.
+Marsden, the trial he made with an infant shows that his heart was not
+unfriendly towards these people. &#8220;One of my boys, whom I attempted to
+civilize, was taken from its mother&#8217;s breast, and brought up with my own
+children for twelve years; but he retained his instinctive taste for
+native food; and he wanted that attachment to me and my family that we
+had just reason to look for; and always seemed deficient in those
+feelings of affection which are the very bonds of social life.&#8221; This boy
+ran away at Rio from Mr. Marsden, when returning from England in 1810,
+but was brought back to the colony by Captain Piper; and died in the
+Sydney hospital, exhibiting Christian faith and penitence. &#8220;I mentioned
+to the governor,&#8221; he adds, &#8220;some of these circumstances, but not with
+any view to create difficulties; so far from it, that I informed him
+that I was authorized by the Church Missionary Society to assist any
+plan with pecuniary aid, that was likely to benefit the natives of the
+colony.&#8221; A mission was in fact set on foot by this Society; but from
+various causes, it failed, and was abandoned.</p>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_85" name="Page_85"></a>[Pg 85]</span></p>
+
+<h2>CHAPTER VI.</h2>
+
+<blockquote><p>Mr. Marsden&#8217;s correspondence with the London Missionary
+Society&mdash;Buys the brig Active&mdash;His first Voyage to New
+Zealand&mdash;Journal of Events.</p></blockquote>
+
+<p>Richard Baxter, after describing his ministerial labours at
+Kidderminster in preaching and visiting from house to house, has these
+remarkable words: &#8220;But all these, my labours, even preaching and
+preparing for it, were but my recreations, and, as it were, the work of
+my spare hours; for my writings were my chiefest daily labour.&#8221; Mr.
+Marsden had his recreations, too. Amidst the anxieties of his colonial
+chaplaincy he found or made opportunities to conduct a work which of
+itself would have been sufficient to exhaust the energies and to
+immortalize the memory of any other man. We devote this chapter to a
+short, and, of necessity, imperfect sketch of these his <i>recreations</i> in
+the missionary field.</p>
+
+<p>On his return from England in 1810, he found disastrous tidings of the
+Tahitian mission awaiting his arrival. Disheartened by their utter want
+of success, divided amongst themselves, distracted with fears of danger
+from the natives, several of the missionaries had fled from their posts,
+and taken refuge in New South Wales. The work appeared to be on the eve
+of ruin, and it was owing in no small measure to the firmness and wise
+conduct of Mr. Marsden that it was not, for a time at least, abandoned.
+&#8220;Sooner,&#8221; he exclaims, in one of his letters to the Society at home,
+&#8220;than <i>that</i> shall be the case, I<span class="pagenum">[Pg 86]</span> will give up my chaplaincy, and go
+myself and live at Otaheite.&#8221; Yet it was no easy task to inspire others
+with his own courage, or to impart his hopeful spirit to a desponding
+band of men. He felt the difficulty, and acted towards them in the most
+considerate manner. Instead of at once insisting on their return, he
+received them into his family, where it is scarcely necessary to say
+they were treated with that patriarchal hospitality for which the
+parsonage of Paramatta was famed. When a few months had passed, and
+their spirits were cheered and their health restored, the question of
+their return to Tahiti was introduced and quietly discussed. Their kind
+and pious host had never for an instant doubted of their ultimate
+success. We have perused numerous letters addressed by him to the London
+Missionary Society, and to various friends in England; but in not one of
+them is the shadow of a doubt expressed as to the triumph of the gospel
+in Tahiti and the Society Islands; and we may extend the remark to the
+New Zealand mission, as shown by his correspondence with the Church
+Missionary Society a few years later. About this period a reaction had
+taken place in England amongst religious people. The fond hopes they had
+unwisely entertained of seeing vast results wherever the gospel was
+introduced among the heathen and upon the first proclamation of it, had
+been grievously disturbed; and now the tide ran in the opposite
+direction. Nothing appears to have given Mr. Marsden more uneasiness
+than the general lukewarmness of the church of Christ at home, and their
+despondency as to the success of missions. He speaks of his &#8220;anxious
+days and sleepless nights.&#8221; But his own courage never failed; and this
+high undoubting faith, it is beautiful<span class="pagenum">[Pg 87]</span> to observe, rests always on the
+same foundation. It was not, much as he respected them, his confidence
+either in the Societies at home, or in their missionaries abroad, but
+simply in the promises of God, in the power of the gospel, and in the
+unchanging love of Christ for his &#8220;inheritance&#8221; among the heathen. Thus
+the missionaries were induced to return to their deserted posts; and not
+only so, but to resume their work in a higher spirit of faith and
+cheerfulness. It was not long before hopeful signs broke out, and within
+ten years Pomare the sovereign became a Christian king, and the island
+of Tahiti a Christian land.</p>
+
+<p>The distance of these missions from Australia, and the difficulty of
+communicating with them, suggested to Mr. Marsden the advantage of
+employing a vessel entirely on missionary service. When his mind was
+once made up he lost no time; the consent of the Societies in England
+could not all at once be gained; so he resolved, at his own cost, to
+purchase a missionary ship, the first probably that ever floated on the
+deep, and bought the Active, a brig of a hundred tons burden, for the
+service of the two great missions on which his heart was fixed. The
+following letter, addressed to the Rev. George Burder, though written
+two years later, is introduced here to complete our summary of the
+re-establishment of the Tahitian mission:</p>
+
+<blockquote><p class="quotdate">&#8220;Paramatta, June 9, 1815.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;<span class="smcap">Rev. and dear Sir</span>,&mdash;I received a short letter from you by the late
+arrivals, and found you had not got any very interesting accounts from
+the brethren at Otaheite. The last account I had from them, they were
+going on exceedingly well, and the Lord was owning and blessing their
+labours. You will hear I lately visited New Zealand, and also my views
+of that <span class="pagenum">[Pg 88]</span>island. Finding that the Societies in London could not make up
+their minds, neither as a body nor as individuals, to send out a vessel,
+I at last determined to purchase one for the purpose on my own account.
+The various expenses attending it have created me some little pecuniary
+difficulties; but they are only known to myself, and not such as will be
+attended with any serious consequence. I hope in a little time I shall
+be able to surmount them; whether I shall keep the vessel in my own
+hands or not, I am not certain as yet. I cannot do it without some
+assistance at the first; if I could, I certainly would not trouble any
+of my friends. The vessel has been twice at New Zealand, and is gone a
+third time. When she returns I intend her to visit the brethren at
+Otaheite. It is my intention that she should sail in August next to
+Otaheite. The brethren there have been labouring hard to build a vessel
+for themselves, which is almost completed. I have agreed to take a share
+with them in her. During the time the brethren have been building their
+vessel, the work of the Lord appears to have prospered very much, far
+beyond all expectation.&#8221;</p></blockquote>
+
+<p>He adds, &#8220;I estimate the expenses of the vessel at 1500<i>l.</i> per annum,
+and I think, if I am not mistaken in my views, that her returns will not
+be less than 1000<i>l.</i> per annum, and perhaps more. I may venture to say
+I should not call on the two Societies for more than the sum I have
+stated, namely, 500<i>l.</i> per annum from this time. I will not demand
+anything if the returns cover the expenses for the use of the vessel.&#8221;
+These returns were to be obtained by &#8220;freighting the Active with the
+produce of the industry of the natives, and trading with them in
+return.&#8221; This would &#8220;stimulate their exertions, correct their vagrant
+<span class="pagenum">[Pg 89]</span>minds, and enrich them with the comforts and conveniences of civil
+life.&#8221; The letter closes with suggesting yet another mission; for the
+large heart of the writer saw in the approaching triumph of the gospel
+in his favourite missions only a call to fresh exertions. Even as Paul,
+when he had &#8220;fully preached from Jerusalem round about unto Illyricum,&#8221;
+sighed after fresh labours, and still remoter conquests for his Lord. &#8220;I
+wish to mention to you that it would be a great object if the Society
+would turn their thoughts a little to the Friendly Islands. New Zealand
+being on one side, and the Society Islands on the other, with labourers
+now upon them, the Friendly Islands ought not to be left destitute.
+These islands are very populous, and as the London Missionary Society
+first began the work there, I think they should renew their attempt. I
+cannot recommend any establishment upon any of the islands in the South
+Seas, unless commerce is more or less attended to, in order to call
+forth the industry of the natives. Provided the Society as a body will
+not consent to have anything to do with commerce, I see no reason why a
+few pious friends might not, who wish to aid the missionary cause. You
+cannot form a nation without commerce and the civil arts. A person of
+information who is well acquainted with the Friendly Islands informed me
+that the labour of a hundred thousand men might be brought into action
+upon these islands in producing sugar, cordage, cotton, etc.... A
+hundred thousand men will never form themselves into any regular
+society, and enjoy the productions of their country without commerce.
+Should the Society have any doubts upon the point, let them authorize an
+inquiry into the state of these islands, when there is<span class="pagenum">[Pg 90]</span> an opportunity
+to examine them, and a report of their inhabitants and their productions
+laid out before them.&#8221; Mr. Marsden then describes the openings at New
+Zealand, and concludes a long letter thus: &#8220;I have stated my sentiments
+with great haste. You will excuse the hasty scrawl. I can assure you my
+sincere wish and prayer to the great Head of the church is that all may
+prosper that love him. I am, dear sir, yours affectionately, <span class="smcap">S.
+Marsden</span>.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>A postscript adds:&mdash;</p>
+
+<blockquote><p>&#8220;Since writing this letter, I have determined to keep the Active
+in my own hands.&#8221;</p></blockquote>
+
+<p>Let us now turn to the New Zealand mission, which occupied, from this
+time, so large a portion of Mr. Marsden&#8217;s public life.</p>
+
+<p>We have mentioned the designation of two laymen, Messrs. Hall and King,
+for this mission by the Church Missionary Society in 1808. They sailed
+from England, with Mr. Marsden, in 1810, and were soon after followed by
+Mr. Kendall, and the three assembled at New South Wales, intending to
+sail thence without delay for the scene of their future work. But here
+fresh difficulties arose. Mr. Marsden&#8217;s intention was to accompany them,
+and in person to meet the first dangers, and lay, as it were, the first
+stone. But this the new governor absolutely forbade. To him, and in fact
+to most men in his circumstances, the whole scheme seemed utterly
+preposterous. The idea of converting the savages of New Zealand was the
+chimera of a pious enthusiast&mdash;a good and useful man in his way, but one
+who was not to be allowed thus idly to squander the lives of others, to
+say nothing of his own. Nor in truth were the governor&#8217;s objections
+altogether without foundation. The last news from<span class="pagenum">[Pg 91]</span> New Zealand was that
+an English ship, the Boyd, had been seized and burned by the cannibals
+in the Bay of Islands, and every soul on board, seventy in all, killed
+and eaten. The report was true, save only that, out of the whole of the
+ship&#8217;s company, two women and a boy had been spared to live in slavery
+with the savages. A New Zealand chief had sailed on board, as it
+afterwards appeared, and had been treated with brutal indignities
+similar to those which Duaterra suffered from the captain of the Santa
+Anna. He smothered his resentment, and, waiting the return of the Boyd
+to the Bay of Islands, summoned his tribe, who, on various pretences,
+crowded the deck of the ship, and at a given signal rushed upon the
+crew, dispatched them with their clubs and hatchets, and then gorged
+themselves and their followers on the horrible repast. All then that Mr.
+Marsden could obtain at present was permission to charter a vessel, if a
+captain could be found sufficiently courageous to risk his life and ship
+in such an enterprise, and to send out the three missionaries as
+pioneers; with a reluctant promise from the governor that if on the
+ship&#8217;s return, all had turned out well, he should not be hindered from
+following. For some time no such adventurous captain could be found. At
+length, for the sum of 600<i>l.</i> for a single voyage, an offer was made,
+but Mr. Marsden looked upon the sum as far too much; and this, with
+other considerations, induced him to purchase his own missionary brig,
+the Active, in which Messrs. Hall and Kendall finally set sail for the
+Bay of Islands. They carried a message to Duaterra, entreating him to
+receive them kindly, and inviting him, too, to return with them to
+Paramatta, bringing along with him two or three friendly chiefs.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum">[Pg 92]</span>Duaterra, after his visit to Mr. Marsden, on his way from England, had
+again suffered great hardships from the perfidy of the master of the
+Frederick, with whom he had embarked from New South Wales under an
+express engagement to be set on shore at the Bay of Islands, where his
+tribe dwelt. He was carried to Norfolk Island, and there left; and, to
+aggravate his wrongs and sorrows, the vessel passed within two miles of
+his own shores and in sight of his long lost home. He was defrauded too
+of his share of the oil he had procured with his companions, worth
+100<i>l</i>. A whaler found him on Norfolk Island, almost naked and in the
+last stage of want, and brought him once more to Australia and to his
+friend and patron Mr. Marsden. A short stay sufficed; he sailed again
+from Sydney, and soon found himself, to his great joy, amongst his
+friends in New Zealand. On the arrival of the Active with its
+missionaries&mdash;the first messengers of Christ who landed on its
+shores&mdash;he was there to greet them, and to repay, a thousandfold, the
+kindness of his friend the minister of Paramatta, in the welcome he
+secured for these defenceless strangers. They carried with them too a
+present which, trifling as it may seem, was not without its share of
+influence in the great work; the story is suggestive, and may serve a
+higher purpose than merely to amuse the reader.</p>
+
+<p>Duaterra had been provided by Mr. Marsden with a supply of wheat for
+sowing on his return to New Zealand. No such thing as a field of grain
+of any kind had yet waved its golden ears on that fertile soil. To this
+accomplished savage the honour belongs of first introducing agriculture
+into an island destined, within forty years, to rival the best farms of
+England<span class="pagenum">[Pg 93]</span> both in the value of its crops and the variety of its produce.
+The neighbouring chiefs and their tribes viewed with wonder first the
+green ears and then the growing corn. The wild potato, the fern, and a
+few other roots were the only produce of the earth they were yet
+acquainted with, and when Duaterra assured them that his field of wheat
+was to yield the flour out of which the bread and biscuits they had
+tasted on English ships were made, they tore up several plants,
+expecting to find something resembling their own potato at the root.
+That the ears themselves should furnish the materials for a loaf was not
+to be believed. Duaterra meant to impose upon them, or else he had been
+duped himself, but they were not to be cajoled with the tales of a
+traveller. The field was reaped and the corn threshed out, when Duaterra
+was mortified with the discovery that he was not provided with a mill.
+He made several attempts to grind his corn with the help of a
+coffee-mill borrowed from a trading-ship, but without success; and now,
+like the inventor of steam navigation, and other benefactors of their
+species nearer home, he was laughed at for his simplicity. It is strange
+that the ancient Roman <i>quern</i>, a hollow stone in which the grain was
+pounded, the rudest form in fact of the pestle and mortar, should not
+have occurred to him; but the total want of invention is an invariable
+characteristic of savage nature. At length the Active brought the
+important present of a hand-mill for grinding corn. Duaterra&#8217;s friends
+assembled to watch the experiment, still incredulous of the promised
+result; but when the meal began to stream out beneath the machine their
+astonishment was unbounded; and when a cake was produced, hastily baked
+in a frying-pan, they shouted<span class="pagenum">[Pg 94]</span> and danced for joy, Duaterra was now to
+be trusted when he told them that the missionaries were good men. And
+thus the first favourable impression was made upon the savage Maories,
+whose race was in the next generation to become a civilized and
+Christian people.</p>
+
+<p>Messrs Hall and Kendall, having introduced themselves and their mission
+in New Zealand, now, in obedience to their instructions, returned to
+Sydney accompanied by Duaterra and six other chiefs, amongst whom was
+Duaterra&#8217;s uncle the famous Shunghie, or Hongi, the most powerful of New
+Zealand chieftains; such was the confidence which Mr. Marsden&#8217;s name,
+together with the good conduct of the missionaries, had now inspired.
+The Active reached New South Wales on the 22nd of August, 1814. Nothing
+could exceed the joy which Mr. Marsden experienced on the successful
+termination of the voyage, and being filled with an earnest desire to
+promote the dissemination of the gospel amongst the New Zealanders, and
+having obtained the governor&#8217;s permission, he determined to accompany
+the missionaries on their return to the Bay of Islands. To his friend,
+Avison Terry, Esq., he wrote just before he sailed, Oct. 7, 1814&mdash;&#8220;It is
+my intention to visit New Zealand and see what can be done to promote
+the eternal welfare of the inhabitants of that island. I have now
+several of the chiefs living with me at Paramatta. They are as noble a
+race of men as are to be met with in any part of the world. I trust I
+shall be able, in some measure, to put a stop to those dreadful murders
+which have been committed upon the island for some years past, both by
+the Europeans and the natives. They are a much injured people,
+notwithstanding all that has been advanced<span class="pagenum">[Pg 95]</span> against them. The time is
+now come, in my opinion, for them to be favoured with the everlasting
+gospel; and I trust to hear the joyful sound in those dark and dreary
+regions of sin and spiritual bondage. I have long had the most ardent
+wish to visit these poor heathen, but have never till the present time
+obtained permission. I have submitted my views to the Church Missionary
+Society, and solicited their aid. The expense of establishing a mission
+here will at first be very considerable.&#8221; ... [Here he mentions his
+purchase of the Active, etc.] &#8220;Should the Society approve of my views,
+no doubt they will give their support, but if they cannot enter into
+them in the manner I do, I cannot expect that assistance from them which
+may be required. My own means will enable me to set the mission on foot
+in the first instance, and I have little doubt but it will succeed.&#8221;
+Zeal such as this, tempered with discretion and guided by the &#8220;wisdom
+which cometh from above,&#8221; in answer to many believing prayers, could
+scarcely fail of its sure reward.</p>
+
+<p>On the 19th of November, 1814, he embarked on his great mission, with a
+motley crew, such as (except perhaps on some other missionary ship) has
+seldom sailed in one small vessel&mdash;savages and Christian teachers and
+enterprising mechanics, their wives and children, besides cattle and
+horses. Of this strangely assorted company he gives the following
+description: &#8220;The number of persons on board the Active, including women
+and children, was thirty-five; the master, his wife and son, Messrs.
+Kendall, Hall, and King, with their wives and children, eight New
+Zealanders, (including Duaterra and his uncle the great warrior Shunghie
+or Hongi) two Otaheitans, and four Europeans belonging to the vessel,
+besides Mr. John<span class="pagenum">[Pg 96]</span> Lydiard Nicholas and myself; there were also two
+sawyers, one smith, and a runaway convict whom we afterwards found on
+board, a horse and two mares, one bull and two cows, with a few sheep
+and poultry. The bull and cows have been presented by Governor Macquarie
+from his Majesty&#8217;s herd.&#8221; On the 15th December, they were in sight of
+land; the next day, the chiefs were sent on shore, and a friendly
+communication was at once opened with the natives. But even before they
+had landed &#8220;a canoe came alongside the Active, with plenty of fish, and
+shortly afterwards a chief followed from the shore, who immediately came
+on board.&#8221; Mr. Marsden&#8217;s fame, as the friend of the New Zealanders, had
+arrived before him. &#8220;I told them my name, with which they were all well
+acquainted.... We were now quite free from all fear, as the natives
+seemed desirous to show us attention by every possible means in their
+power.&#8221; The Active dropped her anchor a few days after at Wangaroa, near
+the Bay of Islands, the scene of the massacre of the Boyd&#8217;s crew, and
+there amongst the very cannibals by whose hands their countrymen had
+fallen so recently the first Christian mission to New Zealand was
+opened. A fierce and unholy revenge had been taken, in the murder of
+Tippahee, a native chieftain, and all his family, by an English crew who
+had visited Wangaroa after the Boyd&#8217;s destruction, and Tippahee, as Mr.
+Marsden always maintained, suffered unjustly, having had no share in the
+dreadful massacre. But thus it was; and amongst a people so exasperated
+did these servants of the most high God venture forth as the heralds of
+the gospel. Seldom since the words of the prophet were first uttered
+have they had, in reference to missionaries, a more significant, or a
+more correct<span class="pagenum">[Pg 97]</span> appropriation than they now received. &#8220;How beautiful upon
+the mountains are the feet of him that bringeth good tidings, that
+publisheth peace; that bringeth good tidings of good, that publisheth
+salvation.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Mr. Marsden&#8217;s journal of this his first visit to New Zealand is a
+document of singular interest, and when published at the time in
+England, it made a deep impression. It is written in plain and forcible
+language, and is characterized by that vein of good sense and practical
+wisdom which so distinguished him. There is no display of his own
+sufferings, trials and privations, no affectation of laboured and
+studied expression, no highly coloured and partial representation of the
+savage condition of the natives. All his aim is to lay the truth before
+the Society and the friends of missions, and in doing so he has written
+with a degree of accuracy and honest feeling, which while they inform
+the understanding at once reach the heart. From this unpretending
+record, a few selections will be laid before the reader. And here, too,
+we would, once for all, acknowledge our obligations to his &#8220;companion in
+travel,&#8221; J. L. Nicholas, Esq., to whose manuscript journal of the visit
+to New Zealand, as well indeed as for other communications of great
+interest on the subject of Mr. Marsden&#8217;s life and labours, we shall be
+much indebted through the future pages of our work.</p>
+
+<p>Duaterra and Shunghie had often told of the bloody war, arising out of
+the affair of the Boyd, that was raging, while they were at Paramatta,
+between the people of Wangaroa (the tribe of Tippahee) and the
+inhabitants of the Bay of Islands, who were their own friends and
+followers; the Wangaroans accusing the people of the Bay of Islands of
+having conspired with the English in the murder of Tippahee. When the<span class="pagenum">[Pg 98]</span>
+Active arrived, several desperate battles had been fought, and the war
+was likely to continue.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. Marsden was determined to establish peace amongst these contending
+tribes. He was known already as the friend of Duaterra and Shunghie; he
+now felt that he must convince the other party of his good intentions.
+He did not come amongst them as an ally of either, but as the friend of
+both; he resolved therefore to pass some time with the Wangaroans; and
+with a degree of intrepidity truly astonishing even in him, not only
+ventured on shore, but actually passed the night, accompanied by his
+friend Mr. Nicholas alone, with the very savages who had killed and
+eaten his countrymen. After a supper of fish and potatoes in the camp of
+Shunghie, they walked over to the hostile camp distant about a mile.
+They received the two white strangers very cordially. &#8220;We sat down
+amongst them, and the chiefs surrounded us.&#8221; Mr. Marsden then introduced
+the subject of his embassy, explained the object of the missionaries in
+coming to live amongst them, and showed how much peace would conduce in
+every way to the welfare of all parties. A chief, to whom the Europeans
+gave the name of George, acted as interpreter; he had sailed on board an
+English ship, and spoke English well. Mr. Marsden tells us how the first
+night was passed: &#8220;As the evening advanced the people began to retire to
+rest in different groups. About eleven o&#8217;clock Mr. Nicholas and I
+wrapped ourselves in our great coats, and prepared for rest. George
+directed me to lie by his side. His wife and child lay on the right
+hand, and Mr. Nicholas close by. The night was clear; the stars shone
+bright, and the sea in our front was smooth; around us were innumerable
+spears stuck<span class="pagenum">[Pg 99]</span> upright in the ground, and groups of natives lying in all
+directions, like a flock of sheep upon the grass, as there were neither
+tents nor huts to cover them. I viewed our present situation with
+sensations and feelings that I cannot express, surrounded by cannibals
+who had massacred and devoured our countrymen. I wondered much at the
+mysteries of providence, and how these things could be. Never did I
+behold the blessed advantage of civilization in a more grateful light
+than now. I did not sleep much during the night. My mind was too
+seriously occupied by the present scene, and the new and strange ideas
+it naturally excited. About three in the morning I rose and walked about
+the camp, surveying the different groups of natives. When the morning
+light returned we beheld men, women, and children, asleep in all
+directions like the beasts of the field. I had ordered the boat to come
+on shore for us at daylight; and soon after Duaterra arrived in the
+camp.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>In the morning he gave an invitation to the chiefs to breakfast on board
+the Active, which they readily accepted. &#8220;At first I entertained doubts
+whether the chiefs would trust themselves with us or not, on account of
+the Boyd, lest we should detain them when we had them in our power; but
+they showed no signs of fear, and went on board with apparent
+confidence. The axes, billhooks, prints, etc., I intended to give them
+were all got ready after breakfast; the chiefs were seated in the cabin
+in great form to receive the presents, I sat on the one side, and they
+on the other side of the table; Duaterra stood and handed me each
+article separately that I was to give them. Messrs. Kendall, Hall, and
+King, with the master of the Active and his son, were all one after the
+other intro<span class="pagenum">[Pg 100]</span>duced to the chiefs. The chiefs were at the same time
+informed what duty each of the three persons were appointed to do. Mr.
+Kendall to instruct their children, Mr. Hall to build houses, boats,
+etc., Mr. King to make fishing lines, and Mr. Hanson to command the
+Active, which would be employed in bringing axes and such things as were
+wanted from Sydney, to enable them to cultivate their lands and improve
+their country. When these ceremonies were over, I expressed my hope that
+they would have no more wars, but from that time would be reconciled to
+each other. Duaterra, Shunghie, and Koro Koro shook hands with the
+chiefs of Wangaroa, and saluted each other as a token of reconciliation
+by joining their noses together. I was much gratified to see these men
+at amity once more.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>The chieftains now took their leave, much pleased with the attention of
+Mr. Marsden, and still more so with his presents; and they promised for
+the future to protect the missionaries and never to injure the European
+traders. Some of the presents excited no little wonder; no New
+Zealander, except the few who like Duaterra had been on foreign travel,
+had ever seen either cows or horses, for the largest quadruped yet
+naturalized in the island was the pig, and even that had been introduced
+but recently. Duaterra had often told his wondering countrymen of the
+horse and its rider, and in return was always laughed at; but when the
+horses were now landed and Mr. Marsden actually mounted one of them,
+they stood in crowds and gazed in mute astonishment. These traits of
+infant civilization are not without their use to those who may hereafter
+be cast among barbarous tribes, or may attempt their improvement.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum">[Pg 101]</span>The first Sunday on which the one true God was worshipped in New Zealand
+since the creation, will be for ever memorable in her annals. It was
+also Christmas-day, the 25th of December, 1815, &#8220;a day much to be
+remembered.&#8221; Mr. Marsden thus describes it: &#8220;Duaterra passed the
+remaining part of the previous day in preparing for the sabbath. He
+inclosed about half an acre of land with a fence, erected a pulpit and
+reading desk in the centre, and covered the whole either with black
+native cloth or some duck which he had brought with him from Port
+Jackson. He also procured some bottoms of old canoes, and fixed them up
+as seats on each side of the pulpit, for the Europeans to sit upon;
+intending to have divine service performed there the next day. These
+preparations he made of his own accord; and in the evening informed me
+that everything was ready for divine service. I was much pleased with
+this singular mark of his attention. The reading-desk was about three
+feet from the ground, and the pulpit about six feet. The black cloth
+covered the top of the pulpit, and hung over the sides; the bottom of
+the pulpit, as well as the reading-desk, was part of a canoe. The whole
+was becoming, and had a solemn appearance. He had also erected a
+flagstaff on the highest hill in the village, which had a very
+commanding view.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;On Sunday morning, when I was upon deck, I saw the English flag flying,
+which was a pleasing sight in New Zealand. I considered it as the signal
+and the dawn of civilization, liberty and religion, in that dark and
+benighted land. I never viewed the British colours with more
+gratification; and flattered myself they would never be removed, till
+the natives of that island enjoyed all the happiness of British
+subjects.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum">[Pg 102]</span>&#8220;About ten o&#8217;clock we prepared to go ashore, to publish for the first
+time the glad tidings of the gospel. I was under no apprehension for the
+safety of the vessel; and, therefore, ordered all on board to go on
+shore to attend divine service, except the master and one man. When we
+landed, we found Koro Koro, Duaterra, and Shunghie, dressed in
+regimentals, which Governor Macquarie had given them, with their men
+drawn up, ready to be marched into the inclosure to attend divine
+service. They had their swords by their sides, and switches in their
+hands. We entered the inclosure, and were placed on the seats on each
+side of the pulpit. Koro Koro marched his men, and placed them on my
+right hand, in the rear of the Europeans: and Duaterra placed his men on
+the left. The inhabitants of the town, with the women and children, and
+a number of other chiefs, formed a circle round the whole. A very solemn
+silence prevailed&mdash;the sight was truly impressive. I rose up and began
+the service with singing the Old Hundredth Psalm; and felt my very soul
+melt within me when I viewed my congregation, and considered the state
+they were in. After reading the service, during which the natives stood
+up and sat down at the signals given by Koro Koro&#8217;s switch, which was
+regulated by the movements of the Europeans, it being Christmas day, I
+preached from the second chapter of St. Luke&#8217;s gospel and tenth verse,
+&#8216;Behold, I bring you glad tidings of great joy,&#8221; etc. The natives told
+Duaterra that they could not understand what I meant. He replied, that
+they were not to mind that now, for they would understand by-and-by; and
+that he would explain my meaning as far as he could. When I had done
+preaching, he informed them what I had been talking about. Duaterra was<span class="pagenum">[Pg 103]</span>
+very much pleased that he had been able to make all the necessary
+preparations for the performance of divine worship in so short a time,
+and we felt much obliged to him for his attention. He was extremely
+anxious to convince us that he would do everything in his power, and
+that the good of his country was his principal consideration.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;In this manner, the gospel has been introduced into New Zealand; and I
+fervently pray that the glory of it may never depart from its
+inhabitants till time shall be no more.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>The confidence of the natives in Mr. Marsden was now unbounded, and
+scarcely less was the confidence he reposed in them; and he resolved
+upon a short coasting voyage, with the view of exploring their different
+harbours, and making arrangements for the future extension of the
+mission. Many of the chiefs and warriors, led by Duaterra, wished to
+sail with him, and without the slightest misgiving, twenty-eight
+savages, fully armed after the fashion of their country, were invited on
+board the Active, manned as she was by only seven Europeans. &#8220;I do not
+believe,&#8221; Mr. Nicholas observes, &#8220;that a similar instance can be shown
+of such unlimited confidence placed in a race of savages known to be
+cannibals. We are wholly in their power, and what is there to hinder
+them from abusing it? Next to the overruling providence of God, there is
+nothing but the character of the ship, which seems to have something
+almost sacred in their eyes, and the influence of Mr. Marsden&#8217;s name,
+which acts as a talisman amongst them. They feel convinced that he is
+sacrificing his own ease and comfort to promote their welfare.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Their leave of absence having nearly expired, Mr.<span class="pagenum">[Pg 104]</span> Marsden and his
+companions were now obliged to prepare for their voyage homeward. They
+had laid the foundations of a great work&mdash;how great, none of them could
+tell. But they were full of faith in God, while, as patriots, they
+exulted in the prospect of extending the renown of dear old England. Mr.
+Marsden, in his conversations with the natives, explained to them the
+nature of our government, and the form of trial by jury; he discoursed
+with them upon the evils of polygamy, and showed his marked abhorrence
+of their darling vices&mdash;theft and lying. A chisel being lost from the
+Active a boat was sent on shore, manned by Duaterra and other
+chieftains, to demand restitution; the culprit was not found, nor the
+implement restored; but a whole village was aroused from its slumbers at
+midnight, and the inhabitants literally trembled with fear of the
+consequences when they saw the angry chieftains, though no harm was
+permitted to ensue. An example of high integrity was always set. Mr.
+Marsden might, for instance, have obtained land, or timber, or, in
+short, whatever he required in exchange for ammunition and muskets; but
+he sternly interdicted the sale or barter of these articles upon any
+terms whatever, and to this resolution he always adhered. Again and
+again does he express his determination, as well in this its earliest
+stage as in later periods of the mission, rather to abandon the whole
+work, which was far dearer to him than life itself, than to suffer it to
+be tainted by what he considered so nefarious a barter. &#8220;I further told
+them,&#8221; he says, &#8220;that the smith should make axes or hoes, or any other
+tools they wanted; but that he was on no account to repair any pistols
+or muskets, or make any warlike instruments, no not even for the<span class="pagenum">[Pg 105]</span>
+greatest chiefs upon the island.&#8221; And he &#8220;took an opportunity, upon all
+occasions, to impress upon their minds the horrors their cannibalism
+excited; how much their nation was disgraced by it, and dreaded on this
+account.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>One thing still remained to be done. The missionaries possessed no land,
+and were liable, after his departure, to be removed or driven out at the
+mere caprice of the tribes amongst whom they settled. He therefore
+determined, if possible, to purchase for them a small estate. It
+consisted of about two hundred acres; and the first plot of ground to
+which England can lay claim in New Zealand was formally made over in a
+deed, of which Mr. Nicholas has fortunately preserved a transcript. It
+was executed in the presence of a number of chiefs, who were assembled
+to take leave of the Active on the day before she sailed, and ran as
+follows:&mdash;</p>
+
+<blockquote><p>&#8220;Know all men to whom these presents shall come, that I, Anodee O Gunna,
+king of Rangheehoo, in the island of New Zealand, have, in consideration
+of twelve axes to me in hand now paid and delivered by the Reverend
+Samuel Marsden of Paramatta, in the territory of New South Wales, given,
+granted, bargained, and sold; and by this present instrument do give,
+grant, bargain, and sell unto the committee of the Church Missionary
+Society for Africa and the East, instituted in London, in the kingdom of
+Great Britain, and to their heirs and successors, all that piece and
+parcel of land situate in the district of Hoshee, in the island of New
+Zealand, bounded on the south side by the bay of Lippouna and the town
+of Rangheehoo, on the north side by a creek of fresh water, and on the
+west by a public road into the<span class="pagenum">[Pg 106]</span> interior, together with all the rights,
+members, privileges, and appurtenances thereto belonging; to have and to
+hold to the aforesaid committee of the Church Missionary Society for
+Africa and the East, instituted in London, in the kingdom of Great
+Britain, their heirs, successors, and assigns, for ever, clear and freed
+from all taxes, charges, impositions, and contributions whatsoever, as
+and for their own absolute and proper estate for ever.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;In testimony whereof I have to these presents, thus done and
+given, set my hand at Hoshee, in the island of New Zealand, this
+twenty-fourth day of February, in the year of Christ, one thousand
+eight hundred and fifteen.</p>
+
+<p class="quotsig">(Signatures to the grant.) &#8220;<span class="smcap">Thomas Kendall</span>.<br />
+&#8220;<span class="smcap">J. L. Nicholas</span>.&#8221;</p></blockquote>
+
+<p>To this was affixed a complete drawing of the &#8220;amoco,&#8221; or tattooing of
+Gunna&#8217;s face, done by Shunghie, on one side of which he set his mark.</p>
+
+<p>We need scarcely remind the reader how closely this transaction
+resembles the famous contract of William Penn with the native Indians,
+by which he became possessed of Pennsylvania. Much and justly as Penn
+has been admired, Mr. Marsden&#8217;s conduct is even more worthy of respect.
+Penn sought to found a colony, to place himself at its head, and to
+associate his own name with it through generations to come. The chaplain
+of Paramatta had not even these motives of honest and laudable ambition;
+he sought nothing for himself, nothing for his country, nothing even for
+the church of which he was a member, and which he warmly loved. His one
+aim was to evangelize New<span class="pagenum">[Pg 107]</span> Zealand; to bring a nation of cannibals from
+darkness into the marvellous light of the gospel, and from the power of
+Satan unto God. His own name appears on the instrument only as the agent
+or representative of a missionary society in whom the property was
+vested; and yet at the time the purchase was made he was uncertain
+whether the bare expenses of his voyage, or even the cost and charges of
+his vessel, would ever be repaid to him. He sought neither wealth, nor
+honour, nor preferment, but acted with a simple aim to the glory of God.
+The memorial of such a name can never perish amongst men; and should it
+be forgotten, still his record is on high.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. Marsden returned from his first voyage to New Zealand accompanied by
+no less than ten chiefs, and landed at Sydney on the 23rd of March,
+1815. He and Mr. Nicholas immediately presented themselves to the
+governor, who &#8220;congratulated them on their safe return,&#8221; from what, in
+common with all the colony, he regarded as a most perilous and rash
+adventure.</p>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_108" name="Page_108"></a>[Pg 108]</span></p>
+
+<h2>CHAPTER VII.</h2>
+
+<blockquote><p>Death of Duaterra&mdash;Trials of Mr. Marsden in the Colony&mdash;Libel of
+Philo-free&mdash;Letter to Rev. George Burder&mdash;To Dr. Mason
+Good&mdash;Sympathy of his Friends in England&mdash;Congratulations of the
+46th Regiment, and Mr. Marsden&#8217;s acknowledgment&mdash;Letters of Lord
+Gambier, Rev. C. Simeon, and Mrs. Fry.</p></blockquote>
+
+<p>It was not to be expected that a career of unbroken success and easy
+triumph should crown the infant mission in New Zealand. Reverses and
+delays were to be looked for; they were in the nature of the work
+itself; and for such trials Mr. Marsden was prepared. But he had
+scarcely arrived at Paramatta before he was involved in sharper
+conflicts. No doubt they were a part of God&#8217;s discipline of love: for if
+Paul required &#8220;a thorn in the flesh&#8221; lest he &#8220;should be exalted above
+measure,&#8221; meaner disciples may surely expect to meet with stern rebuffs,
+in their career of usefulness and honour; and they will even learn to
+accept them with a thankful and a joyous heart.</p>
+
+<p>The first discouragement was the death of Duaterra. Mr. Marsden had left
+him sick; and four days after his departure he expired, surrounded by
+his heathen countrymen, from whose superstitions, even to the last, he
+was by no means free. &#8220;He appeared at this awful moment,&#8221; Mr. Marsden
+writes, describing his last interview, &#8220;not to know what to do. He
+wished me to pray with him, which I did; but the superstitions of his
+country had evidently a strong hold upon his mind; the priest was always
+with him, night and day. Duaterra seemed at a loss where to repose his
+afflicted mind; his views of the gospel were not suffi<span class="pagenum">[Pg 109]</span>ciently clear to
+remove his superstitions; and at the same time he was happy to hear what
+I had to say to him. What horrors do these poor people suffer when they
+come to die!&#8221; His favourite wife, Dahoo, was inconsolable; and while
+Shunghie and his near relatives cut themselves with knives till the
+blood gushed out, she sought and found an opportunity to put a period to
+her own life by hanging herself, at a short distance from the body of
+her husband. None of the natives, not even her relatives, appeared
+shocked or surprised. &#8220;Her mother,&#8221; Mr. Kendall wrote, &#8220;wept while she
+was composing the limbs of her daughter; but she applauded her
+resolution, and the sacrifice which she had made for the man she so
+tenderly loved. Her father observed her corpse without any apparent
+concern. I could not discover a tear at the time it was brought before
+him. Two of her brothers smiled on the occasion, and said, &#8216;it was a
+good thing at New Zealand.&#8217; It is common for women to act thus when
+their husbands die; they think that they then go to them.&#8221; Mr. Marsden,
+for a time, was almost overwhelmed. &#8220;I could not but view Duaterra, as
+he lay dying, with wonder and astonishment; and could scarcely bring
+myself to believe that the Divine Goodness would remove from the earth a
+man whose life appeared of such infinite importance to his country,
+which was just emerging from barbarism and superstition. No doubt but he
+had done his work and finished his appointed course, though I fondly
+imagined he had only just begun his race. He was in the prime and vigour
+of manhood: I judge his age to be about twenty-eight years. In
+reflecting on this awful and mysterious event, I am led to exclaim, with
+the apostle of the Gentiles, &#8216;Oh the depth of the<span class="pagenum">[Pg 110]</span> riches both of the
+wisdom and knowledge of God! how unsearchable are his judgments, and his
+ways past finding out!&#8217;&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>He was indeed a noble specimen of human nature in its savage state. His
+character was cast in the mould of heroes: at the very period of his
+death, after ten years of as much privation, danger, and hardship as
+nature could well bear, his courage was unsubdued, and his patriotism
+and enterprise unabated. He told Mr. Marsden with an air of triumph, &#8220;I
+have now introduced the cultivation of wheat into New Zealand; New
+Zealand will become a great country; in two years more I shall be able
+to export wheat to Port Jackson, in exchange for hoes, axes, spades, tea
+and sugar.&#8221; He had made arrangements for farming on a large scale, and
+had formed his plan for building a new town, with regular streets, after
+the European mode, on a beautiful situation which commanded a view of
+the harbour and the adjacent country. &#8220;I accompanied him to the spot,&#8221;
+says Mr. M.; &#8220;we examined the ground fixed on for the town, and the
+situation where the church was to stand.&#8221; Had he lived he would have
+been the Ulysses of his Ithaca&mdash;perhaps its Alfred; and nothing in his
+whole life gives us a juster idea of Mr. Marsden&#8217;s sagacity and keen
+perception than the fact of his singling out Duaterra, a sick and
+apparently dying common sailor on shipboard, and training him to be a
+powerful instrument, in God&#8217;s hands, for the civilization of New
+Zealand.</p>
+
+<p>Other trials followed the death of Duaterra. Fresh wars broke out. One
+hostile tribe encamped in sight of the mission premises, and, no longer
+restrained by Mr. Marsden&#8217;s presence, threatened, not indeed to expel
+the missionaries, but to kill and eat<span class="pagenum">[Pg 111]</span> them. For months together the
+affrighted band kept watch night and day; their children were laid to
+sleep in their cots dressed, to be ready for instant flight, and the
+boat was always kept afloat, with its oars and sail in readiness. The
+storm blew over, and they remained stedfast at their posts. Soon
+afterwards, the Wesleyan Methodists established their important and
+successful mission in the island, and the missionaries gained strength
+from each other in society and mutual counsel. The first Wesleyan
+missionary, the Rev. Samuel Leigh, was well known at Paramatta, and Mr.
+Marsden viewed his labours with thankfulness and hope; but the reports
+which reached him from time to time of the difficulties to which the
+missions were exposed still added much to his anxieties.</p>
+
+<p>And now a series of persecutions began, which, while they never cowed
+his brave spirit, harassed and disturbed him more than those who were
+acquainted only with the outward features of his strong, dauntless
+character would have readily believed. It is greatly to his honour that
+all the sufferings to which he was exposed&mdash;newspaper libels, official
+misrepresentations, and personal abuse&mdash;arose immediately out of his
+endeavours to raise the morals of the colony, and to protect the unhappy
+women who came out as convicts, and were at that time exposed by most
+iniquitous neglect to still further degradation.</p>
+
+<p>Just before his departure for New Zealand, he had addressed an official
+letter to the governor, calling his attention to the present state of
+Paramatta and its neighbourhood, as far as it related to its public
+morals and police, and especially with regard to the female convicts, of
+whom upwards of one hundred and fifty, besides seventy children, were
+employed in a government<span class="pagenum">[Pg 112]</span> factory there, and whose condition, as far as
+we can venture to describe it, may be gathered from the following
+passage. The scene is painful; it is the dark side of our colonial
+history; but those who will not listen to these recitals can know but
+little of the obligations which society is under to such men as Howard
+and Samuel Marsden, or to heroic women, such as Mrs. Fry. In his letter
+to the governor he says:</p>
+
+<blockquote><p>&#8220;The number of women employed at the factory is one hundred and fifty;
+they have seventy children. There is not any room in the factory that
+can be called a bed-room for these women and children. There are only two
+rooms, and these are both occupied as workshops; they are over the jail,
+and are about eighty feet long and twenty wide. In these rooms there are
+forty-six women daily employed, twenty spinning wool upon the common
+wheel, and twenty-six carding. There are also in them the
+warping-machine, etc., belonging to the factory. These rooms are crowded
+all the day, and at night such women sleep in them as are confined for
+recent offences, amongst the wheels, wool, and cards, and a few others,
+who have no means whatever of procuring a better abode. The average
+number of women who sleep in the factory is about thirty in the whole.
+Many of these women have little, and some no bedding; they all sleep on
+the floor. There is not a candle or bedstead belonging to the factory. I
+do not deem it either safe or prudent that even thirty women should
+sleep in the factory, which has been crowded all day with working
+people; the air must be bad and contagious. Were the magistrate to
+compel even half the number of women, with their children, to sleep in
+the factory which belong to it, they could not exist. Not less than one
+hundred<span class="pagenum">[Pg 113]</span> and twenty women are at large in the night to sleep where they
+can.&#8221;</p></blockquote>
+
+<p>He urges upon the governor the necessity of at least providing lodgings
+in barracks for these poor creatures. &#8220;When I am called upon,&#8221; he adds,
+&#8220;in the hour of sickness and want to visit them in the general hospital,
+or in the wretched hovels where they lodge, my mind is often oppressed
+beyond measure at the sight of their sufferings.... And if their dreary
+prospect beyond the grave be viewed in a religious light it far exceeds
+in horror the utmost bounds of human imagination. As their minister I
+must answer ere long at the bar of Divine justice for my duty to these
+objects of vice and woe, and often feel inexpressible anguish of spirit,
+in the moment of their approaching dissolution, on my own and their
+account, and follow them to the grave with awful forebodings lest I
+should be found at last to have neglected any part of my public duty as
+their minister and magistrate, and by so doing contributed to their
+eternal ruin. So powerful are these reflections at times that I envy the
+situation of the most menial servant who is freed from this sacred and
+solemn responsibility, namely, the care of immortal souls.... I am of
+opinion that no clergyman was ever placed in so painful and trying a
+situation as far as relates to the moral and religious state of the
+people committed to his care. I see them devoted to vice, and infamy,
+and extreme wretchedness while living, and when they come to die
+suffering all the horror of mind and anguish of spirit that guilt can
+possibly inspire, without the means of applying any remedy in either
+case.... I humbly conceive it is incompatible with the character and
+wish of the British nation that her own exiles should be exposed<span class="pagenum">[Pg 114]</span> to
+such privations and dangerous temptations, when she is daily feeding the
+hungry, and clothing the naked, and receiving into her friendly, I may
+add pious bosom, strangers whether savage or civilized of every nation
+under heaven.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>The governor courteously replied, acknowledging the receipt of his
+letter; but no further steps were taken; and after waiting eighteen
+months &#8220;without the most distant prospect of obtaining relief for the
+female convicts from the colonial government,&#8221; he sent a copy of his own
+letter, with the governor&#8217;s answer, to the British government at home.
+By them it was submitted to a select committee of the House of Commons,
+when, in 1819, the state of our jails came under the consideration of
+parliament, and was afterwards printed in their report; Lord Bathurst,
+the colonial secretary, having previously submitted it to Governor
+Macquarie, requesting his opinion on the several matters it contained.
+Great exasperation followed; it seemed for a time as if the whole
+colony, with scarcely an exception, had risen as one man to crush the
+principal chaplain, who alone had dared to expose its profligacy and to
+check its abuses. The storm indeed had begun to mutter around his head
+before Lord Bathurst&#8217;s communication was received. The &#8220;Sydney Gazette,&#8221;
+which was under the immediate control of the governor, was allowed to
+publish from week to week the most scandalous libels upon his character.
+At length, a letter appeared signed Philo-free, which Mr. Marsden
+suspected, and at length discovered, to have been written by the
+governor&#8217;s secretary; it was aimed not merely against himself&mdash;this he
+could have borne in silence&mdash;but against the conduct and the moral
+character of the missionaries<span class="pagenum">[Pg 115]</span> in the South Sea Islands, whose
+reputation he felt it his duty at every hazard to protect. He therefore
+appealed to the laws for shelter and redress, and two successive
+verdicts justified the course he took. There were at the time many, even
+of his warm friends, in England, who were almost disposed to blame him
+for a too sensitive and litigious spirit. But when the whole case lay
+before them, the wisest and the mildest men absolved him from the
+charge, and heartily approved his conduct. In the place of any comments
+of our own we will lay before the reader, in his own words, some of Mr.
+Marsden&#8217;s views upon the subject. They will see the principles by which
+he was actuated, and they will learn with amazement how great the
+difficulties with which the friends of missions have had to contend from
+their own countrymen. The first letter is addressed to the Rev. George
+Burder, and was read, as appears from the endorsement it bears, in the
+committee of the London Missionary Society, July 10th, 1818, having been
+received on the 25th of June.</p>
+
+<blockquote><p class="quotdate">&#8220;Paramatta, Dec. 9, 1817.</p>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">&#8220;Rev. Sir</span>,&mdash;I wrote to you very fully by Mr. Hassall, and informed you
+what state I was in at that time. Since that period I have had many hard
+struggles to maintain my ground. A very shameful attack was made upon me
+and the missionaries in the South Sea Islands by the governor&#8217;s
+secretary, in an anonymous letter which he published in the Sydney
+Gazette, and of which you are already informed. Since my last I have
+brought the secretary to the criminal bar for the libel. Every means
+were used to pervert judgment that the cunning and art of certain
+persons could exert. After three days&#8217; contest, I obtained a verdict
+<span class="pagenum">[Pg 116]</span>against the secretary. This was a matter of much joy to all who loved
+the cause of religion, and also to the colony in general. The trouble,
+anxiety, and expense of the trial were very great, as I had only truth
+on my side. When I had got a verdict I hoped to enjoy a little quiet,
+but the next Gazette in the report made of the trial, being so false and
+scandalous, and casting such reflections on me and my friends, I was
+compelled to appeal to Cæsar once more; and last Tuesday the cause was
+heard before the supreme court, when I obtained a verdict again. The
+supreme judge, Justice Field, is a very upright man, and acted with
+great independence in the cause. A verdict was given in my favour to the
+amount of 200<i>l.</i>, with costs. The expense to the secretary will not be
+much less than 500<i>l.</i> None can tell what I have suffered in my mind for
+the last five years, on account of the missions, from the opposition of
+those in power.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I must request the Society to use their interest with the British
+government to check those in authority here from exposing the
+missionaries, and those connected with them, to the contempt of the
+whole world by such scandalous anonymous publications as that of which I
+complain. I have been very anxious to leave the colony altogether, from
+the continual anxiety I have suffered, and the opposition thrown in the
+way of every measure I have wished to promote, for the advancement of
+the kingdom of Christ among the heathen.&#8221;</p></blockquote>
+
+<p>Yet he had, in truth, no ground for this despondency. St. Paul laid the
+foundations of flourishing churches amidst &#8220;a great fight of
+afflictions;&#8221; what wonder if one of the greatest of Protestant missions
+in a later age should share in trials from which &#8220;the<span class="pagenum">[Pg 117]</span> churches in
+Macedonia and Achaia&#8221; were not exempt? The letter proceeds thus:</p>
+
+<blockquote><p>&#8220;I am very happy to inform you that all goes on well at the Islands,
+notwithstanding the contests here. I have forwarded to you, by this
+conveyance, all the letters; from them you will learn the affairs of the
+missionaries: I hope all the brethren have joined them. Four thousand of
+the natives can now read. I send you one of Pomare&#8217;s letters to me. Mr.
+John Eyre has translated it. You will see what the views of the king
+are. He is now writing a dictionary of his own language, and one of the
+chiefs is employed at the press. I am very sorry they did not meet the
+king&#8217;s wishes with regard to the printing press, and set it up at
+Tahiti, where he lives; taking it away from him was unwise.... The main
+work is done now, as far as respects the planting of the gospel. Their
+native idols are burned in the fire, and many have &#8216;tasted that the Lord
+is gracious&#8217; amongst the inhabitants. They sing, and read, and pray, and
+teach one another, so that there can be no fear that religion will be
+lost in the Islands again. The work has evidently been of God, and he
+will carry it on for his own glory. They will now also have their
+vessel, by which means they can visit the different islands and Port
+Jackson. I should wish much to see them turning their attention to
+agriculture, etc., so as to induce habits of industry among the natives,
+so that the natives of the Society Islands may rank with civilized
+nations.&#8221; The letter closes, after a minute detail of the affairs of
+their missions, with an appeal, which, even at this distance of time,
+must be read with pain, and which nothing short of mental agony would
+have wrung from such a pen. &#8220;I rely with confidence<span class="pagenum">[Pg 118]</span> on the Society for
+their support and protection. Unless his Majesty&#8217;s ministers will
+interfere, I may expect similar attacks from the same quarter. If this
+should be the case, it cannot be expected I should remain in the colony
+to be ruined in my character, circumstances, and peace of mind. The last
+seven years have been very dreadful. A solitary individual cannot
+withstand the influence of those in power, armed with such a deadly
+weapon as the public papers, and every other means of annoyance at their
+command. I have written on the subject to Lord Bathurst....</p>
+
+<p class="quotsig">&#8220;I remain, rev. Sir, yours affectionately,<br />
+&#8220;<span class="smcap">Samuel Marsden</span>.</p>
+<p>&#8220;To Rev. George Burder.&#8221;</p></blockquote>
+
+<p>In the same strain he writes to his friend Dr. Mason Good, inclosing the
+letter of Philo-free, and other documents. Amongst other threats,
+representations to the archbishop and the bishop of London had been
+muttered in the colony, with a view no doubt of inducing them to
+withdraw him from his post. &#8220;Should you learn,&#8221; he says, &#8220;that any
+representations are made to the bishops, and you should deem it
+necessary, I will thank you to send them the documents I have
+transmitted, or any part of them, for their information. I should also
+wish Mr. Wilberforce to be acquainted with them, if you will at any time
+take the trouble to lay them before him.&#8221; Then turning to brighter
+objects, he has the following remarkable passage:</p>
+
+<blockquote><p>&#8220;With regard to New Zealand, I must refer you to the Rev. Josiah Pratt,
+(secretary to the Church Missionary Society). Great difficulties have
+opposed the establishment upon that island; but I hope they will all be
+overcome in time. We have sent two<span class="pagenum">[Pg 119]</span> young men to England, as we think
+this will greatly tend to enlarge their ideas, and prepare them for
+greater usefulness in their own country. I have no doubt, but that New
+Zealand will soon become a civilized nation. If I were inclined to
+become a prophet I should say, that all the islands in the South Seas
+will afford an asylum for thousands of Europeans hereafter, and New
+South Wales will give laws to, and regulate, all their governments in
+the course of time. The gospel, humanly speaking, could not be planted
+in the South Sea Islands, unless our government had established a colony
+in New South Wales. The British government had no view of this kind when
+they first formed the colony. How mysterious are all the ways of Divine
+Providence! yet may the Divine footsteps be traced, if we mark
+attentively what is passing in the world. God, the Governor of this
+world, orders all things according to his infinite mind, and all things
+well.&#8221;</p></blockquote>
+
+<p>He soon had reason to adopt a happier strain. The trial was severe, the
+more so perhaps from the ardour of his own temperament, which, no doubt,
+required the chastisement, which became in the highest sense a blessing
+both to himself and others. Writing to the same friend, 3rd October,
+1818, he says: &#8220;When I take a retrospect of all that has passed in this
+colony since my return, I see, with wonder and gratitude, the Divine
+goodness overruling the wills and affections of sinful men, and making
+all things unite in promoting his glory. &#8216;Philo-free&#8217; will not be
+without its benefit to the great cause. Had this libel never appeared,
+the character, constitution and object of the Church, and London
+Missionary Societies would not have been known in this settlement for<span class="pagenum">[Pg 120]</span>
+many years to come; nor would they have gained the friends which they
+will eventually do here.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Letters of congratulation flowed in rapidly, both on account of his
+missionary exploits in New Zealand, and of his personal triumph in New
+South Wales. We can afford only to give a specimen of each; the one to
+show how the successes of the gospel thrilled English Christians with
+joy in the infancy of missions; and the other to exhibit the warm
+affection with which the great missionary leader of the southern seas
+was regarded by his friends at home.</p>
+
+<blockquote><p class="quotdate">&#8220;Hull, 7th May, 1817.</p>
+<p>&#8220;From William Terry, Esq.,</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum">[Pg 121]</span>...&#8220;The account, you gave in your letter, as
+well as those sent to the Church Missionary Society,
+which appeared in the Missionary Register, were very
+gratifying to all who have at heart the prosperity of
+Zion. I have felt peculiarly interested in the journal
+of your voyage to New Zealand, and when at our (St.
+John&#8217;s) church the Old Hundredth Psalm was sung, I
+felt much elevated in praise to our Almighty Saviour,
+that at the same period of the year, and exactly two
+years before, you had been enabled to proclaim the
+glad tidings of his salvation, and to commence with
+the same divine song upon the heathen shores of New
+Zealand. God grant that it may be the dawn of a
+brighter day: that the Lord of all may be adored by
+all the uncivilized world; that the Sun of righteousness
+may arise and go on to shine with increasing and
+transforming light and influence upon them, and upon
+all others who are yet sitting in darkness and in the
+shadow of death! May he bless all human attempts
+to promote so glorious a cause, and particularly your
+own zealous efforts; and may he, for the sake of the
+same, continue, if it please him, your valuable life for
+many years to come. I know, from the arduous post
+which you occupy, that your time must be entirely
+filled up, and that you can find very little leisure for a
+correspondent like me, who can render you little or no
+service.... Our esteemed friends, the Rev.
+Messrs. Dykes, Scott, Clarke, and Foster, are all very
+well, being in mercy continued yet to this highly
+favoured town. Mr. Scott has obtained the living of
+St. Margaret&#8217;s since the death of Mr. Barker, and has
+engaged an excellent curate, a young man of high
+birth of the name of Sibthorpe, who seems very faithful,
+and will, I hope, be abundantly useful. May the
+Lord bless you and your young family with all temporal
+and spiritual blessings! And may he bless and direct
+all your zealous endeavours to promote his cause among
+the heathen, and to spread the knowledge and saving
+influence of his truth to all within your influence!&#8221;</p></blockquote>
+
+<p>Dr. Mason Good, writing on the subject of the libel,
+under the date of April, 1818, says: &#8220;The triumph you
+have gained is indeed complete ... persevere,
+then, my dear friend, in the same good and great and
+magnanimous course. The eyes of the world are
+upon you, and what is more, the eye of Him who
+governs the world, and will never fail to give efficacy
+to his own instruments, and ultimate success to his
+designs. To this time, however, notwithstanding all
+the terrible threats that have been thrown out against
+you, not a single syllable of complaint has arrived
+from any one; do not therefore let your spirits fail.
+Depend upon esteem and support at home, for your
+perseverance and manly conduct have produced a very
+deep and popular sensation in every quarter in which
+you would wish to stand well.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>In addition to these gratifying testimonies from<span class="pagenum">[Pg 122]</span> home, Mr. Marsden
+received a public mark of approbation from the officers of the 46th
+regiment, then stationed in the colony, who with a high and chivalrous
+sense of what was due to one who single handed had so long maintained
+the cause of truth and righteousness, stepped forward to offer their
+tribute of respect. He replied as follows:&mdash;</p>
+
+<blockquote><p>&#8220;To Col. Molle and the officers of the 46th regiment.</p>
+
+<p class="quotdate">&#8220;Paramatta, 16th Oct. 1818.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;<span class="smcap">Gentlemen</span>,&mdash;I had the honour to receive your
+public letter under date 14th May, 1818, and nothing
+could have given me more real gratification than the
+very handsome manner in which you have communicated
+your kind and friendly sentiments to me
+on the issue of the trials I instituted against the
+author of the libel, &#8216;Philo-free.&#8217; I beg, gentlemen,
+to return you my most grateful acknowledgments for
+the honour you have done me, and to assure you that
+this mark of your good will to me, in bearing your
+testimony to my conduct, will ever be held in the
+highest estimation by me; and I trust I shall retain
+to the latest moment of my life a grateful sense of
+your favour to me as an individual, and at the same
+time never forget the public service you rendered to
+this colony from the time you landed to the day of
+your departure, by your firmness and gentlemanly
+conduct, as British officers, and by your good and prudent
+example as members of the community.&#8221; After
+these expressions of gratitude he turns aside to remark
+upon the former condition of the colony, and the services
+which the 46th regiment had rendered in the
+cause of virtue. Proud as this regiment may justly
+be of honours won in far different scenes, it will not,
+<span class="pagenum">[Pg 123]</span>we are assured, nor will its countrymen, regard with
+other feelings than those of high satisfaction, the
+following tribute to its moral worth and character.
+May every regiment in the British army deserve a
+similar eulogy from men who, like Job of old, and we
+may add, like the chaplain of New South Wales, &#8216;know
+not to give flattering titles.&#8217;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;When you first arrived in New South Wales every
+barrier against licentiousness was broken down, every
+fence swept away. There were a few, and but a few,
+who resolved to stand their ground, and preserve that
+line of conduct which the wisest and best men consider
+essential as marking the distinction between the good
+and the evil.&#8221;</p></blockquote>
+
+<p>And again: &#8220;Had you not arrived in New South
+Wales and acted the honourable part you did, the few
+who were marked for future conquest would not have
+been able to have stood out longer, but must have
+either yielded to superior force, or have withdrawn
+from the colony. Some would not have had strength
+of mind sufficient to have carried on a perpetual warfare
+against such an unequal force, and thus would
+not have been able to meet the expense of continued
+resistance. You just arrived in time to turn the
+wavering balance, and to inspire the desponding with
+hopes.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum">[Pg 124]</span>A vote of thanks, in the most cordial terms, was
+also presented to him at the anniversary meeting of
+the Church Missionary Society, at the Freemasons&#8217;
+Tavern, in 1819. It would have been presented to
+the annual meeting of the previous year, but it was a
+mark of respect which had never yet been paid to any
+individual by the Society. &#8220;The circumstances, however,
+which have lately transpired,&#8221; so writes his
+friend, Dr. Mason Good, who was a member of the
+committee, &#8220;the severe and important battle you have
+fought, and the triumph you have so gloriously
+achieved, have induced the Society to step out of their
+usual routine on this occasion, and to show, not only to
+yourself, but to the world at large, the full sense they
+entertain of the honourable and upright part you have
+taken, and their unanimous determination to give you
+all their support. I agree with you most fully that
+your contest has not been a personal one, but that the
+important objects of the Society have been at stake, and
+that the victory you have obtained is of more importance
+to the cause of virtue, honour, and true religion,
+and more especially to the cause of Christian missions
+in Australasia, than to yourself.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>We shall conclude our notice of these painful conflicts
+with two letters, the one from Lord Gambier,
+the other from the venerable Simeon. The former
+breathes the warm heart of a sailor and the mature
+wisdom of an experienced Christian. And thus while
+British soldiers were ready to acknowledge the integrity
+of Mr. Marsden, the navy, as represented by one
+of her great heroes, stood forward likewise in his behalf.</p>
+
+<blockquote><p>&#8220;<span class="smcap">Dear Sir</span>,&mdash;I was happy to hear of your health
+and welfare by your letters to me of the 22nd January
+and the 5th March, 1817, which came to my hands in
+due time, though they were rather longer, I believe,
+in their passage than is usual. I deeply lament with
+you that your very zealous and arduous exertions to
+extend the kingdom of our gracious Lord, and to diffuse
+the knowledge of the glorious gospel of salvation
+among the inhabitants of the dark regions around you,
+should meet with the spirit of opposition from the
+persons in the colony whom you naturally would look<span class="pagenum">[Pg 125]</span>
+to for support and assistance. And very grievous
+indeed it is that you should stand almost alone and
+single in a work of charity that exceeds the praises of
+human language to express its excellence and blessed
+effects upon the race of mankind. Mr. Pratt will
+have informed you that a special meeting of the committee
+of the Church Missionary Society was held
+last month for the sole purpose of deliberating
+upon the communication you have made to him of
+the state of the affairs of the Society, and the disgraceful
+letter that appeared in the &#8216;Sydney Gazette,&#8217;
+signed &#8216;Philo-free.&#8217; The result of the committee&#8217;s
+consultation was, that your letters on this subject
+should be referred to the consideration of the vice-presidents
+of the Society, requesting them to take
+such measures as they deemed most advisable to
+relieve you from the distressing and painful situation
+in which you were placed. I had the satisfaction of
+being present at the meeting of the vice-presidents;
+the bishop of Gloucester and Mr. Wilberforce were of
+the number. Mr. Pratt was also present, and as he
+will communicate to you the judgment that we passed
+upon the occasion it is unnecessary for me to add
+anything thereto; but I cannot forbear to express to
+you the admiration I entertain of your conduct, your
+zeal, perseverance, and unremitted exertions in the
+blessed and glorious cause in which you are engaged.
+May our gracious Lord be your shield; may his
+powerful arm protect you against all your adversaries,
+and enable you to overcome them all with the
+weapons of a Christian warfare, meekness, patience,
+faith, and charity; and may he lay them all at
+your feet.! May his grace be sufficient for you, and
+give you strength to go on as you have done in his<span class="pagenum">[Pg 126]</span>
+service, to the glory of his name and to the salvation
+of the heathen nations around! You have achieved
+great things in New Zealand. May the seed you have
+sown there be like the grain of mustard, and grow to
+a large tree; and may you finally receive the bright
+reward of your labours, and have that blessing pronounced
+upon you, &#8216;Well done, good and faithful
+servant, enter thou into the joy of thy Lord.&#8217; There
+is a fine field for missionary labours in New Zealand,
+and I anticipate the happiest consequences to the race
+of men in that country from the establishment you
+have made among them, and I think it very probable
+that they will make more rapid progress in the knowledge
+and practice of Christianity and civilization than
+any heathen nation to whom the gospel has been
+preached. May you live to see this verified!</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;With cordial and earnest wishes for your health
+and prosperity, I remain, dear Sir, with sincere regard,</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Your faithful and humble friend and servant,</p>
+
+<p class="quotsig">&#8220;<span class="smcap">Gambier</span>.&#8221;</p></blockquote>
+
+<p>Mr. Simeon, of Cambridge, wrote to him in the same strain of encouragement:&mdash;</p>
+
+<blockquote><p class="quotdate">&#8220;Dec. 15, 1819.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Last summer I was at Hull, and saw Mr. Scott
+and other of your friends and relatives. It was a
+joy to me to see how ardent was their love towards
+you. I commissioned Mrs. Scott to tell you, in
+general terms, that your character and cause were duly
+appreciated by the government and by the House of
+Commons. I take for granted that Mr. Wilberforce
+has given you particulars. It was from him that I
+was enabled to declare the general result.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I am overwhelmed almost with work. Eleven
+volumes will be out in the spring. The first six will
+<span class="pagenum">[Pg 127]</span>make their appearance in less than a month; it is of
+the same nature as my former work, though distinct
+from it. It is on all the finest passages from Genesis
+to Revelation. It is entitled &#8216;Horæ Homileticæ,&#8217;
+as being homilies for the assistance both of clergy and
+laity.&#8221;</p></blockquote>
+
+<p>In this age of &#8220;reformatories,&#8221; when the treatment
+of our prisoners has become a popular question, it is
+impossible to read without deep interest such letters
+as the following. Mr. Marsden had taken up the
+cause of the degraded female prisoners in New South
+Wales. Mrs. Fry in England hears of his benevolent
+exertions, and hastens to express her joy; and thus she
+writes to the prison-philanthropist of the southern
+world:&mdash;</p>
+
+<blockquote><p class="quotdate">&#8220;Mildred&#8217;s Court, second month, 11th, 1820.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;<span class="smcap">Respected Friend</span>,&mdash;I have received thy letters,
+one sent by Deputy-commissary-general Allan, and the
+other written some time before, but only arrived
+within a day or two of each other. I am sorry that I
+happened to be out when Deputy-commissary-general
+Allan called, but I hope soon to see him, and to
+consult with him as to the steps best to be taken to
+improve the condition of the female convicts in New
+South Wales. Much influence has already been used
+here, and the subject has been brought before the
+House of Commons. I some time ago obtained a copy
+of thy letter to the governor of New South Wales, and
+the information contained in it has been much spread
+in this country, and it is quite my opinion that some
+beneficial alterations will in time take place; but the
+present parliament being so soon to be dissolved,
+owing to the death of the king, I fear will retard their
+progress; but much is doing in this country, and I
+<span class="pagenum">[Pg 128]</span>trust that much is likely to be done. Many of us are
+deeply interested in the welfare of the poor convicts
+as to their situation here, and their voyage, and when
+they arrive in Botany Bay. And if life and ability be
+granted us, I trust that much will in time be
+accomplished; but all these things require patience
+and perseverance, which I hope we shall be endowed
+with, both here and on your side of the water. I am
+sorry thou hast had so many trials and discouragements
+in filling thy very important station, and I cannot help
+hoping and believing that thy labours will prove not
+to be in vain; and even if thou shouldst not fully see
+the fruit of thy labours, others, I trust, will reap the
+advantage of them, so that the words of Scripture may
+be verified, &#8216;That both he that soweth and he that
+reapeth may rejoice together.&#8217; I consider myself
+greatly obliged by thy valuable communications, and I
+think it would be very desirable that thou shouldst let
+us know exactly what sort of place is wanted for the
+women, and what would be its probable expense, as it
+would enable us more clearly to state what we wish
+for. And I should think our government would give
+the necessary directions to have the work done. I
+remain, etc., thy friend, <span class="smcap">Elizabeth Fry</span>.&#8221;</p></blockquote>
+
+<p>Through such toils and conflicts our predecessors of
+the last generation passed, before they could lay
+effectually the foundations of those great principles of
+humanity and justice in the public mind, which are
+now yielding their abundant fruit.</p>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_129" name="Page_129"></a>[Pg 129]</span></p>
+
+<h2>CHAPTER VIII.</h2>
+
+<blockquote><p>Tooi and Teterree&mdash;Mr. Marsden&#8217;s Second Voyage to New Zealand&mdash;Progress
+of the Gospel there&mdash;Shunghie&mdash;His ferocity&mdash;Mr.
+Marsden returns to New South Wales&mdash;Third Voyage to New Zealand&mdash;Malicious
+charges brought against him in his absence&mdash;A
+Commission of Inquiry&mdash;Its result&mdash;Letters, etc.&mdash;Approbation of
+the Government.</p></blockquote>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum">[Pg 130]</span>The New Zealand mission still continued to occupy
+Mr. Marsden&#8217;s thoughts. He seems to have been
+always alert, turning every hint to account, seizing
+every occasion and employing every likely instrument
+to promote the grand design. The excellent quality
+of the New Zealand flax had not escaped him. He
+induced two young New Zealanders, whom he had
+brought with him to Paramatta, to visit England,
+which they did in H. M. ship Kangaroo, and were
+placed under the care of his friends in London. &#8220;I
+wish on no account,&#8221; he writes to Mr. Pratt, &#8220;that
+they should be idle; if they cannot be useful in
+forming a vocabulary, (of the Maori language of which
+he was now anxious that a grammar should be prepared)
+let them be <i>put into a rope walk</i>, and be kept
+close to labour while they remain in England.&#8221; They
+were both chieftains, Tooi and Teterree; still the
+reader must not suppose the rope walk was to them a
+degrading employment. Mr. Marsden had another
+object in view besides their improvement, and he
+wished to impart to his friends in London something
+of his own enthusiasm in behalf of the Maorie race.
+&#8220;The Society will see,&#8221; he says in his letter to the
+secretary, Mr. Pratt, &#8220;from these two young men
+what the natives of New Zealand are. They are
+prepared to receive any instruction that we can give
+them; they are fine young men, and in temper and
+natural parts very like their countrymen in general.&#8221;
+They seem to have deserved the character here given
+them. We insert a letter from each, written while
+they were in England. The first is addressed to Mr.
+Pratt while Tooi was on a visit amongst the manufactories
+of Staffordshire and Shropshire.</p>
+
+<blockquote><p class="quotdate">&#8220;Madeley, Sept. 17, 1818.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;<span class="smcap">Dear Sir</span>,&mdash;I am much obliged and thank you,
+Mr. Pratt, for the letter you sent me. I so pleased
+when Mr. Pratt finds a ship. I want a ship to go
+home. I have been to Coalport. I made four cups.
+Mr. Rose tell me, &#8216;You soon learn.&#8217; &#8216;Yes,&#8217; I say,
+&#8216;very soon learn with fingers, but book very hard,&#8217; etc.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;To Mr. Pratt.</p>
+<p class="quotsig"><span class="smcap">Thomas Tooi</span>.&#8221;</p></blockquote>
+
+<p>The other letter is in a graver strain from Teterreeto Mr. Marsden.</p>
+
+<blockquote><p class="quotdate">&#8220;Church Missionary House, October 12, 1818.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;<span class="smcap">My dear Friend</span>,&mdash;I like Englishman much; he
+love New Zealand man. I very sick in missionary
+house, and very near die; nothing but bone. Kind
+friend missionary pray for me every night.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I kneel down in my bed-room every night, and
+pray to Jesus Christ our Saviour to learn me to read
+the book.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Very nice country England. I never see the
+king of England; he very poorly, and Queen Charlotte
+very poorly too.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I see the iron make, and bottle blow. Tooi blow
+a bottle, and I blow a bottle. I make four cups at
+China work, etc. Farewell, good friend.</p>
+
+<p class="quotsig">&#8220;<span class="smcap">Teteree</span>.&#8221;</p></blockquote>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum">[Pg 131]</span>Their English education being completed, the young
+chieftains returned to Paramatta, and Mr. Marsden
+embarked a second time for New Zealand, taking Tooi
+and Teterree with him, with several missionaries, three
+mechanics and their families. They landed at
+Rangheehoa, in the Bay of Islands, on the 12th
+August. The rival chiefs Shunghie and Koro-Koro
+now contended for the site of the new missionary
+settlement which Mr. Marsden contemplated, each
+being anxious that his own domain should be preferred,
+and offering a grant of land. The spot was
+selected at Kiddee Kiddee (or Keri-Keri) a district in
+the territory of Shunghie, at the head of a fine
+harbour; but such was the distress of the disappointed
+chieftain, whose part was taken by young Tooi, that
+Mr. Marsden almost relented: &#8220;He made strong
+appeals to our feelings, and urged his request by every
+argument that he could advance, so that we were
+obliged to promise to accompany him on the next day
+to Parroa, and that we would build him and Tooi a
+house if the situation pleased us, and send one or two
+Europeans to reside amongst them.&#8221; The stores were
+now landed, and all the beach exhibited a scene of
+happiness and busy civilization; fourteen natives
+sawing timber, others cutting knees, etc.; &#8220;a sight
+more grateful to a benevolent mind could not possibly
+have been seen; our hearts overflowed with gratitude.
+We viewed the various operations with delight, and
+considered them the dawn of civil and religious liberty
+to this land of darkness, superstition, and cruelty.&#8221;
+Such were the comments which the missionary leader
+noted down at the time, and in reading them we are
+made to feel how much Christian benevolence excels
+the mere selfishness of the most enterprising colonist.<span class="pagenum">[Pg 132]</span>
+Simply for the good of others, without the hope or
+wish of reaping any other advantage than that of
+extending the kingdom of God amongst a savage race,
+the little missionary band, self exiled, and consecrated
+to a life of unknown toil and hardship, exult in laying
+the foundations of their settlement, as the Jews of old
+exulted when they began to build their temple to the
+living God. On the next sabbath day, the work was
+consecrated with prayer and praise. Mr. Marsden&#8217;s
+simple language best describes the scene:&mdash;</p>
+
+<blockquote><p>&#8220;<i>August 22.</i>&mdash;We assembled on the beach for
+public worship, as there was no place sufficiently spacious
+to hold the people. We were surrounded with
+natives and a number of chiefs from different districts.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;It was gratifying to be able to perform worship to
+the true God in the open air, without fear or danger,
+when surrounded by cannibals with their spears stuck
+in the ground, and their pattoo-pattoos and daggers
+concealed under their mats. We could not doubt but
+that the time was at hand for gathering in this noble
+people into the fold of Christ. Their misery is extreme,
+the prince of darkness has full dominion over
+their souls and bodies; under the influence of ignorance
+and superstition many devote themselves to
+death, and the chiefs sacrifice their slaves as a satisfaction
+for the death of any of their friends. This is a
+tyranny from which nothing but the gospel can set
+them free.&#8221;</p></blockquote>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 600px;">
+<a id="Fig_2" name="Fig_2"></a>
+<img src="images/bay.jpg" width="600" height="374" alt="THE BAY OF ISLANDS, NEW ZEALAND" title="THE BAY OF ISLANDS, NEW ZEALAND" />
+<span class="caption">THE BAY OF ISLANDS, NEW ZEALAND</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>During this three months&#8217; sojourn, besides the attention
+which Mr. Marsden gave to the missions in
+the Bay of Islands, he made a circuitous journey of
+seven hundred miles, exploring the country with a
+view to more extensive operations. His arrival over
+land and in health, at the Bay of Islands, on his return,<span class="pagenum">[Pg 133]<br />
+[Pg 134]<br />[Pg 135]</span>relieved the minds of his anxious friends the missionaries,
+and &#8220;gave them additional cause,&#8221; they
+say, &#8220;to bless and thank God for his protecting care,
+and that he had again heard and answered our supplications.&#8221;
+&#8220;There is not one in ten thousand, I think,&#8221;
+writes Mr. Hall, &#8220;who could or would have borne the
+privations, difficulties, and dangers, which he has
+undergone. I pray that he may reap the fruits of his
+labour by the New Zealanders turning from their degraded
+state to serve the only living and true God.&#8221;
+Mr. Marsden&#8217;s journal of this second visit will be
+valuable in time to come, as perhaps the best record
+in existence of the character and habits of a wonderful
+people, on whom civilization had not yet dawned, and
+whose spiritual darkness was profound. He landed,
+during a coasting voyage, with young Tooi, on the
+small island of Motooroa. &#8220;The first object that
+struck my eye was a man&#8217;s head stuck on a pole near
+the hut where we were to sleep; the face appeared
+beautifully tattooed; it was the head of a chief who
+was killed by Shunghie&#8217;s people. The sight,&#8221; he
+says, &#8220;naturally excited feelings of horror in my
+breast.&#8221; Most men would have felt something of
+alarm. But Mr. Marsden seems to have been a perfect
+stranger to fear; and if courage, whether physical
+or moral, makes a hero, he must be ranked high in the
+heroic class. He merely adds, &#8220;This caused me to
+value more and more the blessing of Divine revelation,
+and the blessing of civil government.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>In his journal on a tour to the River Shukeangha,
+he writes thus:</p>
+
+<blockquote><p>&#8220;<i>September 28, 1819.</i>&mdash;After we had passed the
+swamp, we came into a very open country, for many
+miles round covered with fern. The part through<span class="pagenum">[Pg 136]</span>
+which we walked was gravelly, and not very good in
+general.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;The wind increased toward evening, and blew
+strong from the rainy quarter, so that we had the
+prospect of a very wet night, without a single tree to
+shelter us from the storm for about eight miles from
+the swamp we had passed. At this distance was a
+wood, through which our road lay, which we were
+anxious to reach, if possible, in order to shelter ourselves
+from the wind and rain. With this hope we
+pushed forward, and arrived at the edge of the wood
+about nine o&#8217;clock. The rain now began to fall heavily.
+The natives cut branches of fern and boughs of trees,
+and made us a little shed under the trees, to afford us
+some shelter. The blackness of the heavens, the
+gloomy darkness of the wood, the roaring of the wind
+among the trees, the sound of the falling rain on the
+thick foliage, united with the idea that we were
+literally at the ends of the earth, with relation to our
+native land, surrounded with cannibals whom we knew
+to have fed on human flesh, and wholly in their power,
+and yet our minds free from fear of danger&mdash;all this
+excited in my breast such new, pleasing, and, at the
+same time, opposite sensations, as I cannot describe.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;While I sat musing under the shelter of a lofty
+pine, my thoughts were lost in wonder and surprise,
+in taking a view of the wisdom and goodness of God&#8217;s
+providential care, which had attended all my steps to
+that very hour. If busy imagination inquired what I
+did there, I had no answer to seek in wild conjecture:
+I felt with gratitude that I had not come by chance;
+but had been sent to labour in preparing the way of
+the Lord in this dreary wilderness, where the voice of
+joy and gladness had never been heard: and I could<span class="pagenum">[Pg 137]</span>
+not but anticipate with joyful hope the period when
+the Day-star from on high would dawn and shine on
+this dark and heathen land, and cause the very earth
+on which we then reposed to bring forth its increase,
+when God himself would give the poor inhabitants his
+blessing. After reflecting on the different ideas which
+crowded themselves upon my mind, I wrapped myself
+up in my great coat, and lay down to sleep.&#8221;</p></blockquote>
+
+<p>He visited an island where he met with a singular
+spectacle. A number of natives were at work, breaking
+up the ground with a sort of spatula, or wooden spade,
+to plant their sweet potato. Amongst these was
+Koro-Koro&#8217;s head wife, or queen. &#8220;Her Majesty was
+working hard with a wooden spade, digging the ground
+for potatoes, with several of the women and some men.&#8221;
+The royal infant lay on the ground sprawling and
+kicking by her side; &#8220;the old queen earnestly requested
+that I would give her a hoe, showing me the
+difficulty she had in digging with a stick; a request
+with which I promised to comply.&#8221; We leave the
+reader to admire at leisure the Homeric simplicity of
+the scene, or to indulge in those sentiments of contemptuous
+pity to which Englishmen are possibly more
+prone.</p>
+
+<p>In another place, he found the head wife of Shunghie,
+though perfectly blind, digging in the same
+manner, surrounded by her women, and apparently
+with as much ease as the rest. The offer of a hoe in
+exchange for her spatula was accepted with joy. The
+scene drew forth these reflections: &#8220;When we viewed
+the wife of one of the most military chiefs, possessing
+large territories, digging with a spatula for her subsistence,
+this sight kindled within us the best feelings
+of the human heart. If a woman of this character,<span class="pagenum">[Pg 138]</span>
+and blind, can thus labour with her servants, what
+will not this people rise to, if they can procure the
+means of improving their country, and of bettering
+their condition? Their temporal state must be improved
+by agriculture and the simple arts, in connexion
+with the introduction of Christianity, in order
+to give permanence and full influence to the gospel
+among them. Our God and Saviour, who is loving to
+every man, and whose tender mercies are over all his
+works, is now, blessed be his name, moving the hearts
+of his servants to send relief to the poor heathen, even
+to the very ends of the earth.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>The journal affords us repeated evidences of a phenomenon,
+which recent occurrences in India have at
+this moment deeply impressed on the heart of England,&mdash;one
+with which both divines and legislators
+ought to have been acquainted (for it is not obscurely
+referred to in the word of God), but which a foolish
+and spurious benevolence has led many to deny&mdash;namely,
+that the most Satanic ferocity frequently lurks
+under gentle manners, and is even to be found in connexion
+with the warmest natural affection. Nothing,
+for instance, can be more affecting than the meeting
+of Tooi and his sister, after the absence of the former
+in England. Tooi himself anticipated <i>a scene</i>, and
+half ashamed, when he saw his sister at a distance,
+tried to avoid the interview in public, and requested
+Mr. Marsden to order off the canoe in which they
+were approaching. But her love could not be restrained;
+in an instant she sprang into the boat, fell
+on her knees, and clung to Tooi. He saluted her in
+return; when she gave vent to her feelings in tears
+and loud lamentations, which she continued for about
+an hour. &#8220;Tooi conducted himself with great pro<span class="pagenum">[Pg 139]</span>priety,
+suppressing all his wild feelings, and at the
+same time treating his sister with all the soft and
+tender feelings of nature. I could not but view his
+conduct with admiration.&#8221; When Tooi was in England,
+he had been taught to read and write, and instructed
+in the doctrines of Christianity; and he and
+his companion Teterree were general favourites, from
+their gentle manners and quick intelligence. They
+were one day taken to St. Paul&#8217;s by Mr. Nicholas,
+who naturally supposed they would be lost in astonishment
+at the grandeur of the building, but they expressed
+neither surprise nor pleasure; on which that
+gentleman makes this just remark; &#8220;It is only things
+of common occurrence, I suspect, that strike the
+mind of a savage. The faculties must be cultivated to
+fit them for the enjoyment of the beautiful or the
+sublime.&#8221; One thing, however, did strike them, and
+caused no small excitement. In walking up Fleet-street,
+they suddenly stopped before a hair-dresser&#8217;s
+shop, in the window of which were some female busts.
+They screamed out &#8220;Wyenee! Wyenee!&#8221; (Women!
+Women!) taking them for dried heads of the human
+subject. &#8220;I took some pains,&#8221; adds their kind conductor,
+&#8220;to beat this notion out of them, lest they
+should tell their countrymen on their return that
+Europeans preserved human heads as well as New
+Zealanders.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>These bursts of feeling were, it seems, quite natural;
+intense sorrow or savage exultation, the extremes of
+tenderness and of brutality, were indulged by turns,
+without any suspicion on their part of insincerity in
+either. Immediately after, Mr. Marsden mentions
+that he passed a canoe in which he recognised an old
+acquaintance, Hooratookie, the first New Zealander<span class="pagenum">[Pg 140]</span>
+introduced into civil society&mdash;Governor King having
+once entertained him with great kindness. Hooratookie
+was grateful; spoke of the governor&#8217;s daughter,
+then a child, with unfeigned regard, calling her by her
+Christian name, Maria. But looking into his large
+war-canoe, capable of holding from sixty to eighty
+men, with provisions, Mr. Marsden observed on the
+stern the dried head of a chief. &#8220;The face was as
+natural as life, the hair was long, and every lock
+combed straight, and the whole brought up to the
+crown, tied in a knot, and ornamented with feathers,
+according to the custom of the chiefs when in full
+dress. It was placed there as an incentive to revenge.
+It is possible the death of this chief may be revenged
+by his children&#8217;s children; hence the foundation is
+laid for new acts of cruelty and blood from generation
+to generation.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Mr. Marsden&#8217;s fame now preceded him, and wherever
+he went, he was received not with rude hospitality,
+but with courteous respect. One chieftain offered up
+an ovation and prayer on their arrival. &#8220;He invoked
+the heavens above and the earth beneath to render
+our visit advantageous to his people, and agreeable to
+us, and that no harm may happen to us, whom he
+esteemed as the gods of another country. We heard
+the profane adulations with silent grief, and could not
+but wish most ardently for the light of Divine truth to
+shine on such a dark and superstitious mind.&#8221; Yet
+this man was a ferocious cannibal; and when Mr.
+Marsden expressed his anxiety for the safety of the
+missionaries after he should have left them, he was
+calmed by the assurance that, as we had done them no
+harm, they had no satisfaction to demand, &#8220;and that
+as for eating us, the flesh of a New Zealander was<span class="pagenum">[Pg 141]</span>
+sweeter than that of an European, in consequence of
+the white people eating so much salt.&#8221; From this the
+conversation turned to that of eating human flesh,
+which they defended with arguments which to them
+appeared, no doubt, perfectly conclusive. They alleged
+that fishes, animals, and birds, preyed upon each other;
+and that one god would devour another god, therefore
+there was in nature sufficient warrant for the practice.
+Shunghie explained how it was the gods preyed on
+each other, &#8220;and that when he was to the southward,
+and had killed a number of people and was afraid of
+their god, he caught their god, being a reptile, and
+ate part of it, and reserved the remainder for his
+friends.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Shunghie, the greatest of New Zealand warriors,
+was at the same time a striking instance of that union
+of gentleness and ferocity which characterized this
+people. To the missionaries his kindness was always
+great, and his respect for Mr. Marsden knew no bounds.
+An instance of his good feeling may here be noticed.
+In the beginning of 1817, a naval expedition, under
+his command, sailed from the Bay of Islands. It consisted
+of thirty canoes, and about eight hundred men.
+Its object was to obtain peace with his enemies at the
+North Cape. The chief took an affectionate leave of
+the settlers, and told them that if he fell they must be
+kind to his children; and if he survived, he would
+take care of their families when they should die. The
+expedition returned, however, in about a fortnight,
+his people having quarrelled with those of Wangaroa,
+into which place they had put for refreshment; and
+being afraid, he said, that the Wangaroa people would
+attack the settlers in his absence, he, for the present,
+abandoned the expedition.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum">[Pg 142]</span>Shunghie was again preparing for war when Mr.
+Marsden paid his second visit to New Zealand; his
+army, to the number of several thousand men, were
+already assembled; his war-canoes were ready, and
+all his preparations complete; yet in deference to the
+remonstrances of Mr. Marsden, he again abandoned
+his scheme of conquest or revenge, and dismissed his
+followers.</p>
+
+<p>Shunghie paid a visit to England about the year
+1820. His majestic person, graceful manners, and
+gentle yet manly disposition were much admired. He
+was one of Nature&#8217;s nobles; what might not be expected
+from such a man when he returned home again?
+George the Fourth invited him to Carlton Palace, and
+received him with marked attention, presenting him
+with some military accoutrements and costly fire-arms.
+Yet the heart of a savage never ceased to beat beneath
+this polished exterior, while his pride was fanned to
+madness by the consideration he received in England.
+&#8220;There is,&#8221; he exclaimed, &#8220;but one king in England;
+there shall be only one king in New Zealand.&#8221; Returning
+by way of Sydney he there happened to meet
+with Inacki, another chief, with whom he had an
+ancient feud. He told him that when they got back
+to New Zealand he would fight him. Inacki accepted
+the challenge, and Shunghie accordingly assembled,
+on his return to New Zealand, no fewer than two
+thousand men to attack Inacki. The latter was
+prepared to receive him, and for some time the
+event of the battle that ensued was doubtful. At
+length Shunghie, who had the greatest number of
+muskets, and who had arranged his men in the form
+called, in Roman tactics, the cuneus, or wedge, placing
+himself at the apex and directing those behind him to<span class="pagenum">[Pg 143]</span>
+wheel round the enemy, from the right and left, or to
+fall back into their original position as opportunity
+offered, shot Inacki. The savage Shunghie immediately
+sprang forward, scooped out the eye of the dying man
+with his knife, and swallowed it; and then, holding
+his hands to his throat, into which he had plunged his
+knife, and from which the blood flowed copiously,
+drank as much of the horrid beverage as the two hands
+could hold. Amongst the horrible superstitions of
+the Maories, one was that the eye of a victim thus
+devoured became a star in the firmament, and thus
+the ferocious Shunghie sought for honour and immortality.
+With the sword which he had received as a
+present from King George in England, he immediately
+cut off the heads of sixteen of his captives in cold
+blood; this was done to appease the spirit of his son-in-law,
+who had fallen in battle. In this battle, Shunghie
+and his tribe were armed with muskets, his opponents
+only with the native weapons, the club and spear.
+His victory, therefore, was an easy one, but his revenge
+was cruel. A New Zealand traveller, who visited the
+spot in 1844, says: &#8220;The bones of two thousand men
+still lie whitening on the plain, and the ovens remain
+in which the flesh of the slaughtered was cooked for
+the horrible repasts of the victorious party, and yet so
+numerous were the slaves taken prisoners that the
+Nga-Puis (the tribe of which Shunghie was the head)
+killed many of them on their way to the Bay of Islands
+merely to get rid of them.&#8221;<a name="FNanchor_I_9" id="FNanchor_I_9"></a><a href="#Footnote_I_9" class="fnanchor">[I]</a> Such was the gentle
+Shunghie when his viler nature was let loose&mdash;a
+frightful specimen of human nature, varnished by
+education, but unvisited by the grace of God. We
+<span class="pagenum">[Pg 144]</span>turn aside for a moment to describe a scene in bright
+contrast with these revolting details. Amongst the
+few who escaped the general slaughter was Koromona,
+a chief who became blind soon afterwards, but
+hearing archdeacon W. Williams preach at Matamata,
+was converted. &#8220;For the last four years,&#8221;
+says the traveller above mentioned, &#8220;Koromona has
+been a native teacher, and may be seen every sabbath
+day with his class instructing them in the
+truths of the Scripture with an earnestness which is
+truly admirable; he is now about to start to preach
+Christianity to a tribe which has not yet received it.
+His memory is wonderful; he knows the whole of the
+church service by heart, and repeats hymns and many
+long chapters verbatim.&#8221; Thus the gospel won its victorious
+way, and proved itself triumphant over hearts no
+less depraved and passions no less degraded than those
+of Shunghie himself. No earthly power could have
+effected such a change; it was wrought by that
+&#8220;gospel&#8221; which is truly &#8220;the power of God unto
+salvation to every one that believeth.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Amidst such scenes the missionaries dwelt in peace.
+War, and its inseparable and more hideous companion,
+cannibalism, showed themselves at their gates, but
+were not allowed to hurt them. Under the good
+providence of God, their security was owing, in a great
+measure, to the prudence and courage with which
+Mr. Marsden planned and carried out his projects.
+Himself a stranger to fear, he infused courage into
+those around him, and both he and they felt secure
+under the shield and buckler of the Almighty. No
+doubt the fearlessness of Mr. Marsden won the admiration
+of these savages and contributed not a little to
+his safety. His journal abounds in instances such as<span class="pagenum">[Pg 145]</span>
+that which follows. The scene is in a Maori village,
+and the writer is surrounded with cannibals. &#8220;After
+conversing on several subjects, we had supper, sung a
+hymn, and then committed ourselves to the Angel of
+the everlasting covenant, and so lay down to rest; a
+number of the natives lay around the hut and some
+within. I slept well until daybreak, being weary
+with walking.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>He appears to have arrived at home, after this
+second visit to New Zealand, towards the close of
+November, 1819. In February, 1820, he was once
+more on his way back to New Zealand. His letters
+bear ample testimony to a fact which all who were
+acquainted with him in private life observed, that his
+heart was full of affection, and that his home was the
+scene of his greatest happiness. He had not returned,
+it is true, to be greeted with public honours; on the
+contrary, he was still a marked man. The governor
+and many of the leading men in the colony were
+prejudiced against him. We believe it is to this
+period of his life that an anecdote which we give on
+the best possible authority belongs. The governor
+had consented to his recent visit to New Zealand with
+reluctance, and had limited the period of his absence
+with military precision, threatening at the same time
+to deprive him of his chaplaincy unless he returned
+within the given time. The last day arrived, and the
+expected vessel was not in sight. The governor
+repeated his determination to those around him, and
+Mr. Marsden&#8217;s friends were filled with anxiety, and
+his wife and family at length gave up all hope. Towards
+evening the long-wished-for sail appeared in the offing,
+and at eight o&#8217;clock in the evening Mr. Marsden quietly
+walked into the governor&#8217;s drawing-room with the<span class="pagenum">[Pg 146]</span>
+laconic and yet respectful address, &#8220;Sir, I am here to
+report myself.&#8221; But within the bosom of his family
+all was peace, and his presence shed light and joy on
+everything around him. His circumstances were
+prosperous&mdash;for his farm, which was almost entirely
+committed to Mrs. Marsden&#8217;s care, was now a source
+of considerable income; his children were growing up
+to manhood under their parents&#8217; roof; his circle of
+friends and visitors was large, for there were no bounds
+to his simple hospitality; and the clergy of the colony,
+men like minded with himself, had now begun to
+regard him not only with affection, but with the
+reverence which belongs to years and wisdom and
+wide experience.</p>
+
+<p>Yet at the call of duty this veteran was ready, on
+the shortest notice, to resume a life of such toil and
+hardship as nothing could have rendered welcome, its
+novelty once over, but motives the most solemn and
+commanding. H.M.S. Dromedary, Captain Skinner,
+was directed by government to proceed from Sydney
+to the Bay of Islands to receive a cargo of New Zealand
+timber for trial in the dockyards of England; and Sir
+Byam Martin, controller of the navy, knowing something
+of the energy of Mr. Marsden&#8217;s character, and
+his great acquaintance with New Zealand, requested
+that he would accompany the Dromedary, which
+was joined by the Coromandel, in order to facilitate
+the object of their visit. With this request he felt it
+his duty to comply. He arrived in New Zealand on
+the 20th of February, and embarked on board the
+Dromedary to return on the 25th of November.
+Thus nearly the whole year was given to the service
+of New Zealand.</p>
+
+<p>The time was not lost. On his arrival, a difficulty<span class="pagenum">[Pg 147]</span>
+occurred which he only could have set at rest. The
+natives had come to the determination to exchange
+nothing, nor to do any kind of work, except for muskets
+and powder. His first business was to assemble the
+few European settlers, the advanced guard of that
+mighty band of European colonists which was soon to
+follow, and to persuade them not on any account to
+supply the natives with these weapons of war, in their
+hands so sure a source of mischief. With regard to
+the duty of the missionaries there could be no doubt;
+and this he explained to all the powerful chiefs. They
+had come among them to preach the gospel of peace,
+how then could they be expected to furnish the means
+and implements of destruction? In writing to the
+Missionary Society at home he says, and he must have
+written such a sentence with an aching heart, &#8220;I
+think it much more to the honour of religion and the
+good of New Zealand even to give up the mission for
+the present, than to trade with the natives in those
+articles.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>After a short time spent in the Bay of Islands, at
+the mission, he proceeded, sometimes in company with
+Europeans, but for the most part alone, upon a tour
+of many hundred miles through regions yet untrodden
+by the foot of civilized men, mingling with the native
+tribes, accompanying them in their wanderings from
+place to place, teaching the first lessons of civilization
+and gospel truth, and receiving everywhere from these
+savages the kindest attention and the most hospitable
+welcome in return.</p>
+
+<p>On their way to Tourangha, he writes, under the
+date of June 20: &#8220;The day was far spent when we
+reached the plain. We walked on till the sun was
+nearly set, when we stopped and prepared for the night.<span class="pagenum">[Pg 148]</span>
+The servants, who had the provisions to carry, were
+very tired. There were no huts on the plain, nor
+any inhabitants, and we were therefore compelled to
+take up our lodging in the open air. I was very
+weary, having had no rest the preceding night; and
+having come a long day&#8217;s journey, so that I felt that
+rest would be very acceptable, even on a heap of fern
+or anything else.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;The peculiar scene that surrounded me, furnished
+the mind with new matter for contemplation on the
+works and ways of God. The mystery of his providence,
+and the still greater mystery of his grace,
+were all unsearchable to me. I had come from a
+distant country, and was then at the ends of the earth,
+a solitary individual, resting on an extensive wild,
+upon which no civilized foot had ever before trodden.
+My companions were poor savages, who nevertheless
+vied with each other in their attentions to me. I could
+not but feel attached to them. What would I have
+given to have had the book of life opened, which was
+yet a sealed book to them,&mdash;to have shown them that
+God who made them, and to have led them to
+Calvary&#8217;s mount, that they may see the Redeemer who
+had shed his precious blood for the redemption of the
+world, and was there set up as an ensign for the
+nations. But it was not in my power to take the
+veil from their hearts, I could only pray for them, and
+entreat the Father of mercies to visit them with his
+salvation. I felt very grateful that a Divine revelation
+had been granted to me; that I knew the Son
+of God had come, and believed that he had made a
+full and sufficient sacrifice or atonement for the
+sins of a guilty world. With compassionate feelings
+for my companions, under a grateful sense of<span class="pagenum">[Pg 149]</span>
+my own mercies, I lay down to rest, free from all fear
+of danger.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>It was during this tour that the following letter
+was addressed to the lady of his excellent friend Dr.
+Mason Good. It is long, but the reader will scarcely
+wish that it had been shorter. Let it stand on record
+as an evidence of the power of true religion in maintaining
+amidst the rudest scenes, and the rough
+warfare of an adventurous life, all the gentleness and
+affection of the most refined and polished society of a
+Christian land.</p>
+
+<blockquote><p class="quotdate">&#8220;New Zealand, Sept. 22, 1820.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;<span class="smcap">Dear Madam</span>,&mdash;Your kind favour arrived in the
+Bay of Islands September 7, the evening I returned
+from a long journey. I had no sooner cast my eye
+over your letter, than busy imagination transported
+me from the solitary woods, dreary wastes, and savage
+society of New Zealand, into &#8216;the polished corner&#8217; of
+Guilford-street, and surrounded me with every cordial
+that could refresh the weary traveller, revive the
+fainting spirits, and blow the languishing spark of
+Christian love with a heavenly flame. I had literally
+been living for weeks a savage life, as far as outward
+circumstances went. I ate, I slept in the thick wood,
+in a cave, or on the banks of a river, or sea, with my
+native companions, wherever the shadows of the
+evening, or gathering storm compelled us to seek for
+shelter. Every day as I advanced from tribe to tribe,
+I was introduced to new acquaintances; my object
+was to gain from observation and experience that
+knowledge of savage life which I could not learn from
+books, and to make myself well acquainted with the
+wants, wishes, and character of the native inhabitants,
+to enable me, if my life should be spared, to aid to the
+<span class="pagenum">[Pg 150]</span>utmost of my power in their deliverance from their
+present temporal miseries, which are great upon them,
+and from their much sorer bondage to the prince of
+darkness. I am happy in having obtained this object
+to a certain extent, at the expense of a few temporal
+privations, and a little bodily evil. When I have lain
+down upon the ground after a weary day&#8217;s journey,
+wrapped up in my great coat, surrounded only by
+cannibals, I often thought how many thousands are
+there in civil life, languishing upon beds of down, and
+saying, with Job, &#8216;in the evening would God it were
+morning,&#8217; while I could sleep free from fear or pain,
+far remote from civil society under the guardian care
+of him who keepeth Israel. Though I everywhere
+met with the greatest kindness from the natives, as
+well as hospitality, for they always gave me the best
+fern-root, potato, or fish in their possession, yet I
+could never have duly estimated the sweets of civil
+life, and the still greater mental gratification of
+Christian communion, if I had not passed through
+these dark regions of Satan&#8217;s dominions, on which the
+dayspring from on high hath never cast a single ray.
+You cannot conceive how great a feast your letter
+was, after so long a fast. I was instantly present
+with every person you mentioned, and lived over again
+some of those happy moments I once spent under
+your hospitable roof. A sacred warmth flowed round
+my soul, my heart was sweetly melted under the
+influence of that pure and undefiled religion which
+dropped from your pen, like the heavenly dew, as it ran
+through every line. What shall we call those pure
+sensations that thus warm and captivate the soul?
+Do they flow from the communion of saints, or at
+these delightful moments does some invisible seraph<span class="pagenum">[Pg 151]</span>
+touch our lips with a live coal from God&#8217;s altar? If
+you have ever experienced similar feelings, their
+recollection will explain more fully my meaning than
+my words can express. When these lines meet your
+eye, may they find your soul rapt up to the third
+heaven! But to where am I now wandering? the veil
+of the flesh is not now rent, we have not yet entered
+into the holy of holies. Though God has given you
+and your seed the land of Goshen, and you have light
+continually in your dwelling, yet you are still in
+Egypt, while I am constrained to dwell in Mesech,
+and to dwell in these remote and dark tents of Kedar.
+But, my dear madam, seas and continents will not
+long separate the people of God. I humbly hope the
+day is at no great distance, when we shall join the
+spirits of just men made perfect. At present you
+abound with blessings.... Jacob often
+thought of Bethel, and when in his afflictions he
+seemed to have forgotten that sacred spot, God said
+unto him, &#8216;Arise and go to Bethel, and dwell there.&#8217;
+It will always be safest for us to dwell also at Bethel.
+I must now close, as my paper is nearly full, and your
+patience must also be tired when it comes to your
+turn to read what I have written.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Remember me to your sister, Mrs. Skinner. Tell
+Mr. Good I received his last letter, and will answer it
+at a more convenient season. I was on my passage to
+Port Jackson in a small schooner, but adverse winds
+drove me back almost dead with sea-sickness. I have
+been here since February last, and when I shall get
+home I am uncertain; I venture no more in the
+schooner. Mrs. M. wants me back, as she has much
+upon her hands. It gave me great satisfaction to
+hear my son had arrived safe. I knew your kindness<span class="pagenum">[Pg 152]</span>
+would far exceed my wishes. I will endeavour, as
+far as able, to pay all my debts when I see Mr.
+Good and you face to face; till then you must give me
+credit, and if I do not pay you, you will be sure to
+receive both principal and interest in the resurrection
+of the just.</p>
+
+<p class="quotsig">&#8220;I remain, dear madam,<br />
+&#8220;Yours, in the bonds of Christian love,<br />
+&#8220;<span class="smcap">Samuel Marsden</span>.&#8221;</p></blockquote>
+
+<p>The immediate object of his visit being accomplished,
+he returned to Sydney, where a strange reception
+awaited him. Governor Macquarie had sent
+to Lord Bathurst a despatch in answer to the statements
+of the senior chaplain, already noticed, in which
+he brought heavy charges against the latter, which
+deeply affected his character, not only as a magistrate,
+but as a Christian man and a minister. The office of
+a magistrate he had been compelled to undertake in
+common with the other clergy of the colony, who were
+all included in the commission of the peace. For this
+there was no justification except hard necessity. Mr.
+Marsden, however, had long been weary of the irksome
+task, and had once and again requested the
+governor to accept his resignation. This the governor
+had expressly declined to do, on the ground that &#8220;his
+services as a magistrate were too beneficial to the
+public;&#8221; but in fact, it would seem, only that he
+might have the opportunity of inflicting upon him the
+annoyance of a formal dismissal, which was shortly
+afterwards notified in the &#8220;Sydney Gazette.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Lord Bathurst, in consequence of the governor&#8217;s
+despatch, determined upon a step which gave great
+satisfaction to Mr. Marsden&#8217;s friends at home, and
+sent out a commissioner to investigate upon the spot<span class="pagenum">[Pg 153]</span>
+the truth of these and various other matters affecting
+the state of the colony, which had now obtained public
+notoriety, and had already engaged the attention of
+the British parliament; and Commissioner Bigge
+arrived during Mr. Marsden&#8217;s absence to manage the
+inquiry. On his return we find him seeking a public
+and searching examination of his whole conduct.
+Addressing a letter to the commissioner, he says: &#8220;I
+am happy to meet every charge that can be brought
+against me. I have no wish to do more than set my
+character right in the opinion of his Majesty&#8217;s government
+and in that of the Christian world; and I am
+unfeignedly thankful to you for the fair opportunity
+you afford me to justify my public and private conduct.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Among the many charges brought before the commission
+of inquiry was that already preferred against
+Mr. Marsden by the governor in his despatch to Lord
+Bathurst, namely, that he had been guilty of extraordinary
+severity as a magistrate. Another, scarcely
+consistent with the first, was, that more profligacy
+and depravity were to be found amongst the convicts
+of Paramatta than in any other district, and
+that this was owing to the neglect of the senior
+chaplain. Perhaps it would have been impossible to
+have brought forward any two charges of a more painful
+nature. Happily the first was easily disproved, or
+rather it fell at once to the ground for want of proof.
+The second was the more cruel, because, while the
+facts bore out the statement, Mr. Marsden was the only
+public man in the colony who was not guilty, by his
+silence at least, to some extent of the iniquities which
+the governor affected to deplore. Paramatta was, in
+fact, the receptacle of the most hardened and depraved<span class="pagenum">[Pg 154]</span>
+of the convict class; it received the sweepings of the
+jails in every district. There were nearly two hundred
+women and seven hundred male convicts there,
+while the factory was so small as not to be able to
+contain more than sixty women, and the remainder
+were obliged to find lodging for themselves or to sleep
+in the open fields. This was Mr. Marsden&#8217;s answer
+to the commissioner; it was a repetition of the remonstrance
+which he alone had had the courage, two years
+before, to present to the governor, and then to remit
+home to England. Thus he found himself arraigned
+as the cause of those very evils&mdash;evils, too, lying at
+his own door&mdash;which he had obtained so much obloquy
+for attempting to remove. The reflection is a trite
+one, but it will bear to be repeated, that the Christian
+philanthropist must look for his recompense in heaven,
+and not from man. &#8220;If when ye do well and suffer
+for it, ye take it patiently, this is acceptable with
+God, for even hereunto were ye called.&#8221; A third
+charge was that he had squandered public money in
+building the female orphan house. He showed, however,
+on his defence, that the lieutenant-governor,
+judge-advocate, and others, who formed the committee,
+had examined the accounts and passed them
+every quarter, and that the governor had himself
+afterwards approved of them, and published them in
+the &#8220;Sydney Gazette&#8221; three years before the charge
+was made. It now appeared further that Mr. Marsden
+had advanced largely to the institution; to the amount
+indeed of more than eight hundred pounds, for the
+mere cost of the building; &#8220;and this,&#8221; he says, &#8220;must
+have been known to the governor, as I was obliged to
+apply to him for repayment for some of these sums, and
+received an answer that he could not assist me.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum">[Pg 155]</span>Such are some of the trials which they must learn
+to encounter who would be brave and fearless soldiers
+of the cross. They must expect to have their motives
+censured, their tempers blamed, their actions misconstrued,
+sometimes by men as good, or, at least, as
+honest as themselves. Governor Macquarie left the impression
+of his genius upon the youthful institutions of
+Australia, where his memory is still honoured as that of
+a great man; yet his conduct to Mr. Marsden was oppressive
+and unjust. It is consoling to know that there
+had been nothing in the personal conduct of the latter
+unworthy of his sacred calling. The commissioner, in
+the conclusion of the investigation, inserts, for Mr.
+Marsden&#8217;s information, the governor&#8217;s testimonial of
+his character, which, considering the charges brought
+against him, certainly does go far to prove that misapprehension
+and exasperated feelings had betrayed
+his excellency into a warmth and precipitancy of
+which, in moments of less irritation, he felt ashamed.
+&#8220;The governor admits that Mr. Marsden&#8217;s manner to
+him has been constantly civil and accommodating, and
+that nothing in his manner could provoke the governor&#8217;s
+warmth. The governor admits his qualifications,
+his activity, and his unremitting vigilance as
+a magistrate, and in society his cheerful disposition
+and readiness to please.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>While this inquiry was pending at Sydney, the
+governor addressed a letter to Lord Sidmouth, and
+published it in England. It was a defence of his own
+line of policy against various attacks which had been
+made against it in the House of Commons by the
+Hon. H. Grey Bennett and others. In the course of
+his defence, the governor not only ridiculed Mr. Marsden&#8217;s
+letter on the necessity of a female factory, and<span class="pagenum">[Pg 156]</span>
+his account of the melancholy condition of the convict
+women, but charges him with being himself accustomed
+to traffic in spirituous liquors, and in consequence
+of being displeased at having so many public-houses
+in his neighbourhood.</p>
+
+<p>Malicious, and absurd as the accusation was, carrying
+with it its own refutation, it found some who
+were weak or wicked enough to believe, or however to
+repeat it. It was revived in the colony, and republished
+in one of the Sydney newspapers after Mr. Marsden&#8217;s
+death. Such is the tenacity of slander. &#8220;Only throw
+mud enough,&#8221; says the eloquent Mr. Burke, &#8220;and
+some of it will be sure to stick.&#8221; Mr. Marsden felt
+his character so seriously compromised that he wrote
+home to the minister in self-defence, and also addressed
+a statement of the case to the new governor, Sir
+Thomas Brisbane. After showing the absurdity, and
+indeed the impossibility, of the charge, since, in the
+first place, the governor himself had granted a monopoly
+to certain contractors to purchase and land all spirits
+brought to the colony, and that in the second he had
+no licence, he adds: &#8220;Such is the watchful eye that was
+kept upon my whole conduct by night and by day, if
+I had been guilty of that or any other impropriety, it
+would have been impossible for me to have escaped
+detection.&#8221; So far as any pretence of truth could
+have been urged in support of this foul slander,
+namely that &#8220;he kept a public-house for the sale of
+ardent spirits, selling them in any quantity from a pint
+to a puncheon,&#8221; it may be stated in his own words:
+&#8220;In the infancy of the colony, previously to my arrival,
+barter was established among all classes from the
+governor downwards. As there was neither beer nor
+milk, tea nor sugar, to be purchased at any price,<span class="pagenum">[Pg 157]</span>
+wine and spirits became the medium of exchange.
+As the colony progressively advanced in agriculture,
+commerce, and wealth, barter gradually decreased, and
+money transactions became more general. I can affirm
+that for the last eighteen years I have not had in my
+possession as much spirits as would allow my servants
+half a pint a head per week. And at no period
+of my residence did I ever purchase spirits for sale.&#8221;<a name="FNanchor_J_10" id="FNanchor_J_10"></a><a href="#Footnote_J_10" class="fnanchor">[J]</a></p>
+
+<p>These were not the only troubles through which he
+was called to pass. But enough has been said both
+to explain the difficulties in which Mr. Marsden was
+placed and to clear his character from the vile aspersions
+cast upon it. It is with pleasure that we turn
+from these false and disgraceful charges to follow him
+in those Christian and philanthropic pursuits which
+have given splendour to his name.</p>
+
+<p>On the arrival of Sir Thomas Brisbane, in 1821, to
+assume the government of New South Wales, Mr.
+Marsden immediately waited upon him, when he
+received the assurance of his countenance and support,
+not only as a colonial chaplain, but as the representative
+of the great missionary work going forward in
+New Zealand. Such encouragement was opportune;
+he thanked God and took courage; for the difficulties
+were great, and from time to time grievous disappointments
+and vexations had occurred. It was about this
+time that the seminary at Paramatta, for the education
+of New Zealanders, was abandoned. It had its origin
+with Mr. Marsden, and was conducted for some time
+in his own house. It was indeed one of his most
+favourite plans, and its failure was a severe disappointment.
+It was found, however, that the change
+<span class="pagenum">[Pg 158]</span>of habits and of climate was injurious to the health of
+the New Zealanders, while the results were not always
+such as might have been desired. But nothing could
+damp his ardent zeal, or quench his spirit of enterprise.
+&#8220;I see,&#8221; he says, writing to his friends at
+home, &#8220;the way preparing for the spread of the gospel.
+I feel the fullest conviction that the South Sea Islands
+will now receive the blessing of civilization and the
+gospel. The work is great, and many difficulties may
+oppose it. The foundation is now firmly laid, and
+no power on earth can overturn it. To impart these
+blessings to the New Zealanders is an object worthy
+of the British nation: a more noble undertaking
+could not be suggested to the Christian world.&#8221;
+This at least was not the mere declamation of the
+platform, but the deliberate expression of the views
+of one who had toiled and suffered in the cause for
+twenty years, and had scarcely been cheered, at
+present, with the sight of a single New Zealand convert.
+&#8220;Here,&#8221; at least, &#8220;is the patience of the
+saints.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>His home duties were not neglected; nor was his
+the easy philanthropy which overlooks the humble
+claims of the rustic flock or obscure parish, while it
+stalks abroad on some heroic enterprise which may feed
+the vanity, while it satisfies the conscience, of the
+actor. Through his exertions Paramatta had now its
+association in behalf of the Bible Society, which already
+collected funds for the Parent Society in England.
+An early report from this institution contains a remarkable
+account of his visits to the sick bed of a
+young woman, whose experience beautifully illustrates
+the text, that the Scripture &#8220;is able to make us wise
+unto salvation through faith which is in Christ Jesus.&#8221;<span class="pagenum">[Pg 159]</span>
+It brings the writer also before us incidentally as a
+spiritual pastor and an enlightened minister of Christ.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Some time ago,&#8221; says Mr. Marsden, &#8220;I was called
+on to visit a young woman, about twenty years of age,
+in one of our districts, who was extremely ill, and who
+wished very much to see me before she died. On my
+arrival at her father&#8217;s house, I found her heavily
+afflicted, and death appeared to be at no great distance.
+I sat by her bedside with the Bible in my hand; expecting
+to find her, as I have but too often found
+others in similar circumstances, ignorant of the first
+principles of religion.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I read a portion of this sacred book to her, and was
+most agreeably surprised to find that she not only understood
+the letter but the spirit of the Scriptures.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I asked her father how she became so well acquainted
+with the Scriptures: he said he did not know&mdash;she
+was always reading her Bible at every opportunity,
+and sometimes sat up whole nights for that purpose.
+He observed, she was a very dutiful daughter: he had
+a large family, and she, being the eldest, and very
+industrious, was of great service to her mother and
+the younger branches of the family; the only indulgence
+which she desired was to be allowed to read the
+Bible when her work was done; but he could not
+account for her attachment to it; and it seemed very
+strange to him that she should attend to it so much.
+I asked him if she was in the habit of going to church,
+as I did not personally know her. He said she went
+sometimes, but was generally prevented, from the distance
+and the large family which she had to attend to.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;This young woman may be said to have obtained
+her religion wholly from the Bible. None of the
+family knew anything of the Bible but herself. I<span class="pagenum">[Pg 160]</span>
+visited her during the whole of her sickness, from the
+time she sent for me, until she fell asleep in Jesus.
+Her faith was simple, her views of the way of salvation
+clear. She gave me many proofs of this, in the various
+conversations which I had with her during her sickness.
+The Bible was more precious to her than gold;
+she had found it, under the influence of the Divine
+Spirit, her counsellor and her guide, and by it she had
+been brought to a knowledge of the only true God,
+and Jesus Christ whom he had sent; and hereby she
+was filled with a hope full of immortality. Previously
+to her last sickness, she had enjoyed good health: it
+was in the prime of youth and vigour that she had
+read her Bible, and loved it, so that she had not to
+seek God, for the first time, in this trying moment;
+but found him a present help in sickness and in the
+approach of death. The Bible had testified of Christ
+to her: she had found eternal life revealed therein;
+and the Divine promises were both great and precious
+to her soul.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Such instances of faith, and of the happy effects of a
+simple reliance upon the atonement, were at that time
+of rare occurrence in the colony. Instances of conversion
+simply from the reading of the Scriptures are
+not perhaps so rare as we generally suppose. Lieutenant
+Sadleir, who himself resided at Paramatta, has
+remarked upon this occurrence: &#8220;It is gratifying to
+the reflecting mind to observe such glimmerings of
+light in the midst of so much darkness. Although
+found in obscurity and in the cottage of the peasant,
+it proved that there were some who had not bowed the
+knee to the Baal of universal licentiousness.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Mr. Marsden&#8217;s anxiety for the female convicts was
+not to be abated by ridicule or opposition. We find<span class="pagenum">[Pg 161]</span>
+him, in August, 1822, addressing a letter to Dr.
+Douglas, the police magistrate of Paramatta, on their
+behalf. Some of the sentiments are beautifully touching.
+The substance of the plea on their behalf is
+&#8220;that these poor creatures, who are confined in the
+penitentiary, and who have committed no offence in
+these settlements, be allowed the privilege of attending
+at least once on the sabbath day on public worship.&#8221;
+The request was surely reasonable, and in urging it
+he rises to a pathetic eloquence: &#8220;There is no nation
+under the heavens in whose bosom the wretched and
+unfortunate finds so warm a reception as in our own.
+The unhappy situation of the female convicts during
+their confinement in the different jails in the empire
+interests the best feelings of the human heart. They
+are instructed by the counsels of the wise, consoled by
+the prayers of the pious, softened by the tears of the
+compassionate, and relieved by the alms of the benevolent.
+The noble senator does not pass over their
+crimes and their punishments unnoticed; he is anxious
+for the prevention of the former, and the mitigation
+of the latter; nor does the wise politician consider
+them beneath his care.&#8221; He then speaks with natural
+exultation of &#8220;the watchful eye with which the
+British government provides for their wants and conveniences
+during their voyage to New South Wales,
+even more liberally than for the brave soldiers and
+sailors who have fought the battles of their country,
+and never violated its laws;&#8221; and then follows a sentence
+which leaves us uncertain whether more to
+admire his patriotism or the gentleness of his nature
+and the warmth of his heart:</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;This apparently singular conduct may seem as if
+the British government wished to encourage crime<span class="pagenum">[Pg 162]</span>
+and afterwards reward it; but upon a nearer view this
+principle of action will be found to spring spontaneously
+from virtue, from that inherent, laudable,
+Christian compassion and anxiety, which the father of
+the prodigal felt for his lost son, which kept alive the
+spark of hope that he might one day return to his
+father&#8217;s house and be happy. This parable of our
+blessed Saviour&#8217;s most beautifully exhibits the character
+of the British nation towards her prodigal sons
+and daughters, and is more honourable to her than all
+the victories she has achieved by sea and land.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>The welfare of the female convict population lay
+near to Mr. Marsden&#8217;s heart; scarcely his beloved New
+Zealanders and their missions engaged more of his affection.
+His plans for the improvement of their temporal
+condition, and his incessant labours for their
+spiritual welfare, occupied no small portion of his time
+and thoughts; and there is good reason to believe that
+his labours amongst these outcasts were not &#8220;in vain
+in the Lord.&#8221; Standing, as we should have thought,
+himself in need of encouragement, he stimulated the
+languid zeal of others. Mrs. Fry and other philanthropists
+were now engaged in their great work of
+amending our prison discipline at home. We have
+inserted a letter from that excellent lady to Mr.
+Marsden. His answer to it must have cheered her
+spirits amidst the many disheartening toils to which
+she was exposed.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;The Wellington had just arrived when,&#8221; he says,
+&#8220;I went on board, and was highly gratified with the
+order which appears to have been maintained in that
+vessel. I could not have conceived that any ship could
+have been fitted up to have afforded such accommodation
+to the unfortunate female exiles as the Wel<span class="pagenum">[Pg 163]</span>lington
+was. All the women looked clean, healthy,
+and well. They had not that low, vicious, squalid,
+dirty look which the women at former periods have had
+when they first arrived. I believe there has been very
+great attention paid by the master and surgeon to
+their morals and comfort, in every possible way. The
+very sight of the arrangements of the vessel showed
+that the humane and benevolent wishes of the
+Christian world had been carried into effect, and
+proved beyond all contradiction that order and morality
+can be maintained upon so long a voyage in a
+female convict ship.... The present inquiry
+into the state of this colony, before the committee of
+the House of Commons, will greatly benefit this
+country. I can speak from painful experience that
+for the last twenty-six years, it has been the most
+immoral, wretched society in all the Christian world.
+Those who are intimate with the miseries and vices of
+large jails alone can form any idea of the colony of
+New South Wales. I know what Newgate was when
+I was in London, in the years 1808 and 1809. I was
+then in the habit of seeing that miserable abode of
+vice and woe. What has since been done in Newgate
+may be done elsewhere, if suitable means are adopted
+by those in authority, seconded by individual exertions;
+much might be done in these colonies towards restoring
+the poor exiles to society, with the countenance and
+support of the government. Great evils are not
+removed without great difficulties. When I visited
+the Wellington, I saw much had been done in
+England, and more than I could have credited, had I
+not been an eye witness of the situation of the
+females.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Sir Thomas Brisbane, the new governor, was not<span class="pagenum">[Pg 164]</span>
+slow to perceive the worth of services such as those
+which Mr. Marsden had rendered to the colony, and
+pressed him to accept once more the office of a magistrate.
+In reference to this, &#8220;I wish,&#8221; says Mr. Marsden,
+in a letter to Dr. Mason Good, &#8220;to avoid the
+office if I can; but I fear it will not be in my power,
+without giving offence. The judges as well as the
+public and the magistrates have urged me to take the
+bench at the present time.&#8221; In the same letter, he
+adds: &#8220;I feel happy that I have stood firm against all
+calumnies and reproaches, and have been the instrument
+of bringing to light the abominations that have been
+committed here: and some of the evils are already
+remedied.&#8221; The friends of religion and virtue in England
+could not fail to sympathize with him, being well
+assured that substantially he was fighting the cause of
+true piety and equal justice, against profligacy and
+oppression. Mr. Wilberforce wrote to him in the
+year 1823, with his usual warm affection:&mdash;</p>
+
+<blockquote><p>&#8220;Though I may be a somewhat doubtful and unfrequent
+correspondent, I am not an uncertain friend;
+and where good will, as in your instance, is grounded
+on early esteem, and cemented by the consciousness of
+having many mutual friends, I should be ashamed if that
+should suffer any decay from the impression not being
+often renewed. It was with no small concern that I
+heard that anything unpleasant had occurred. I had
+meant to endeavour to obtain a sight of any letters or
+papers to our common friends, and to have consulted
+with them whether any, and if any, what measures,
+could be taken for the benefit of your colony, or in
+your own support, which, without a compliment, I
+hold to be in a degree coincident.... And now, my
+dear sir, farewell: but I ought not to conclude without<span class="pagenum">[Pg 165]</span>
+congratulating you on the progressive advancement,
+as I trust, of the religious and moral interests of your
+Australian world, and begging that you will always
+inform me unreservedly whenever you conceive I can
+be of use publicly, or to yourself personally.</p>
+
+<p class="quotsig">&#8220;I remain, with much esteem and regard,<br />
+&#8220;My dear sir,<br />
+
+&#8220;Your sincere friend,<br />
+&#8220;<span class="smcap">W. Wilberforce</span>.&#8221;</p></blockquote>
+
+<p>The report of Commissioner Bigge was made public
+soon afterwards; and with it the clouds which had
+gathered so long around the chaplain of Paramatta
+were at last dispersed. He was too prominent a mark
+not to be again assailed. Always in the front of the
+battle when the oppressed required protection, or evil
+doers in high positions his bold assaults, it was not in
+the nature of things that he should lead a very quiet life.
+His calling was peculiar; so were his talents; and the
+latter were admirably fitted for the former. But for
+the present his triumph was complete, and the government
+at home appreciated his faithful service. The
+document which follows requires no further comment.
+It was not received till some time had elapsed, but we
+insert it here as a fitting conclusion to the chapter:&mdash;</p>
+
+<blockquote><p class="quotdate">&#8220;Private Secretary&#8217;s Office, Sydney, 9th April, 1825.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;<span class="smcap">Reverend Sir</span>,&mdash;I have the honour to acquaint
+you, by command of his excellency the governor, that
+Earl Bathurst, having taken into consideration your
+long and useful services in the colony of New South
+Wales, has determined upon increasing your stipend
+to the sum of four hundred pounds sterling, per
+annum.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I have further the pleasing satisfaction of coupling
+<span class="pagenum">[Pg 166]</span>with it his lordship&#8217;s instructions to the governor, to
+acquaint you that it has been done in consideration of
+your long, laborious, and praiseworthy exertions in
+behalf of religion and morality.</p>
+
+<p class="quotsig">&#8220;I have the honour to be, reverend Sir,<br />
+&#8220;Your obedient servant,<br />
+&#8220;<span class="smcap">John Ovens</span>,<br />
+&#8220;<i>Private Secretary.</i></p>
+
+<p>&#8220;To the Rev. Samuel Marsden,<br />
+Principal Chaplain.&#8221;</p></blockquote>
+
+<div class="footnotes"><p class="title">FOOTNOTES:</p>
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_I_9" id="Footnote_I_9"></a><a href="#FNanchor_I_9"><span class="label">[I]</span></a> Savage Life and Scenes in Australia and New Zealand. By George French
+Angas, London, 1847.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_J_10" id="Footnote_J_10"></a><a href="#FNanchor_J_10"><span class="label">[J]</span></a> Rations of spirits, as in the navy, would seem at this time to have been regularly
+served out to the servants and labourers in the colony.</p></div>
+</div>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_167" name="Page_167"></a>[Pg 167]</span></p>
+
+<h2>CHAPTER IX.</h2>
+
+<blockquote><p>Fourth Visit to New Zealand&mdash;Trials and Successes of the various
+Missions&mdash;Shipwreck and Danger of Mr. Marsden and the Rev. S.
+Leigh&mdash;Returns home&mdash;Letter to Avison Terry, Esq.</p></blockquote>
+
+<p>In July, 1823, we find Mr. Marsden again taking ship
+and embarking for New Zealand; his intention being
+to visit the stations of the Church Missionary Society,
+and to arrange its affairs. Since his last visit fresh
+causes for anxiety had appeared. In consequence of
+Shunghie&#8217;s misconduct, the natives were now alienated
+from the missionaries; they had become indifferent to
+education and agricultural improvements; and the
+gospel, it was too evident, had made little progress
+hitherto. Shunghie declared that as to himself, &#8220;he
+wanted his children to learn to fight and not to read.&#8221;
+The Maories about the settlement insisted upon being
+paid for their services in fire-arms and ammunition.
+&#8220;Since Shunghie&#8217;s return,&#8221; writes one of the missionaries,
+&#8220;the natives, one and all, have treated us with
+contempt. They are almost past bearing; coming into
+our houses when they please, demanding food, thieving
+whatever they can lay their hands on, breaking down
+our garden fences, stripping the ship&#8217;s boats of everything
+they can. They seem, in fact, ripe for any mischief;
+had Mr. Marsden himself been amongst us,
+much as he deserves their esteem, I believe he would
+not escape without insult; but the Lord is a very
+present help in time of trouble.&#8221; Amongst the missionaries
+themselves certain evils had appeared, the
+growth of a secular and commercial spirit, which had<span class="pagenum">[Pg 168]</span>
+injured their cause, and threatened to frustrate the
+great end for which the mission was projected. Mr.
+Marsden heard of these untoward events, and hastened
+his departure, full of anxiety, but not abating one
+jot of his confidence in the final triumph of God&#8217;s
+cause. What his feelings were his own journal testifies:&mdash;</p>
+
+<blockquote><p>&#8220;I am still confident that this land of darkness and
+superstition will be visited by the day-star from on
+high. The glory of the Lord shall be revealed, and all
+flesh shall see it together, for the mouth of the Lord
+has spoken it. O Lord, let thy kingdom come; thy
+will be done on earth as it is done in heaven. I have
+suffered so much annoyance and persecution for some
+time past, from unreasonable and wicked men, that I
+am happy in leaving the colony for a little time, in
+which I have experienced so much annoyance. In
+reflecting upon the state of New Zealand there are
+many things which give me both pleasure and pain. I
+am happy the Church Missionary Society has not
+relinquished the cause, but have sent out more strength
+to carry on the work. Many have been the discouragements
+from the misconduct of some of the servants of
+the Society; but I am confident that the sword of the
+Spirit, which is the word of God, will in time subdue
+the hearts of these poor people to the obedience of
+faith.&#8221;</p></blockquote>
+
+<p>He was accompanied on his voyage by the Reverend
+Henry Williams and his family, who now went out to
+strengthen the New Zealand mission, of which he
+soon became one of the most effective leaders. One
+of Bishop Selwyn&#8217;s first steps when he was appointed
+bishop of New Zealand, was to make Mr. Henry
+Williams one of his archdeacons, and since then he has<span class="pagenum">[Pg 169]</span>
+been designated to a New Zealand bishopric in a
+district inhabited exclusively by Christianized Maories.
+Could Mr. Marsden have foreseen the course which
+awaited his companion, how would his soul have
+been cheered! but it was for him to sow in tears,
+and for others to reap in joy. The field was not
+yet ripe for the harvest; other men laboured, who
+now sleep in the dust, and we of this generation
+have entered into their labours. Mr. Marsden
+was not mistaken in his estimate of his new companion.
+Indeed he appears to have been very
+seldom mistaken in the judgments he formed about
+other men. &#8220;I think,&#8221; he notes, &#8220;that Mr. Williams
+and his family will prove a great blessing to the
+Society. I hope he will be able to correct and remedy,
+in time, many evils that have existed, and also to set
+an example to the rest what they as missionaries
+should do.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>This was his fourth visit to New Zealand, and
+though in some respects it was painful, yet in others
+there was ground for joy. The cloud which the
+prophet saw from Carmel, though no greater than a
+man&#8217;s hand, foretold abundance of rain; and so now
+too, at length, after nine years&#8217; toil, a few hopeful
+symptoms appeared amongst the Maories. Their
+anxious visitor observed with much pleasure, he says,
+that since his last visit, the natives in general were
+much improved in their appearance and manners; and
+now for the first time he heard them, with strange
+delight, sing some hymns and repeat some prayers in
+their own language. This convinced him that, notwithstanding
+the misconduct of a few of the Europeans,
+the work was gradually going on, and the way
+preparing for the blessings of the gospel. &#8220;I have no<span class="pagenum">[Pg 170]</span>
+doubt that the greatest difficulties are now over, and
+that God will either incline the hearts of those who
+are now in New Zealand, to devote themselves to
+their work, or he will find other instruments to do his
+work.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Yet he had a painful duty to discharge. Firm as
+he was and lion-hearted when danger was to be met,
+his nature was very gentle, and his affections both
+deep and warm; and he had now to rebuke some of the
+missionaries whom he loved as his own soul, and even
+to dismiss one of them. Of those whom he had been
+obliged to censure, he writes thus:&mdash;&#8220;They expressed
+their regret for the past, and a determination to act
+in a different way for the future. Some, I have no
+doubt, will retrace their steps, and will be more
+cautious and circumspect, but I have not the same
+confidence in all. Some express sorrow, but I fear
+not that which worketh repentance.&#8221; Again he
+remarks: &#8220;Missionary work is very hard work, unless
+the heart is fully engaged in it. No consideration can
+induce a man to do habitually what he has a habitual
+aversion to. The sooner such a one leaves the work,
+the better it will be for himself and the mission.&#8221;
+But though compelled to blame, he did not forget to
+sympathize. &#8220;The present missionaries, though some
+of them have erred greatly from the right way, yet
+have all had their trials and troubles. Some allowance
+must be made for their peculiar situation, and their
+want of Christian society, and of the public ordinances
+of religion.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Several chiefs, among whom was Tooi, warmly took
+up the cause of the missionary who had been dismissed.
+The conversation which followed is a beautiful illustration
+of the too much forgotten Scripture which tells<span class="pagenum">[Pg 171]</span>
+us that &#8220;a soft answer turneth away wrath,&#8221; while at
+the same time it presents an interesting view of the
+Maori mind and character at this critical period of
+their national history.</p>
+
+<blockquote><p>&#8220;Tooi addressing me, said a missionary had informed
+him that day that he was going to leave New Zealand,
+and the chiefs wished to know whether this person
+had been dismissed for selling muskets and powder to
+the natives. To this I replied that Mr. &mdash;&mdash; was
+directed by the gentlemen in England who had sent
+him out as a missionary, not to sell muskets and
+powder; that it was not the custom in England for
+clergymen to sell muskets and powder; and that no
+missionary could be allowed to sell them in New
+Zealand. As several of the chiefs present had been at
+Port Jackson, I observed that they knew that the
+clergymen there did not sell muskets and powder.
+They knew that I had not one musket in my house,
+and that they had never seen any when they were
+with me. They replied, they knew what I said was
+true. I further added we did not interfere with the
+government of New Zealand; they did what they
+pleased, and the missionaries should be allowed to do
+what they pleased. Tooi said that this was but just,
+and observed, &#8216;We are at present in the same state as
+the Otaheitans were some time back. The Otaheitans
+wanted only muskets and powder, and would have
+nothing else, and now, as they knew better, they
+wanted none; and the New Zealanders would care
+nothing about muskets when they knew better, which
+they would in time.&#8217; All the chiefs acquiesced in the
+observations Tooi made. I was happy to find their
+minds were so enlarged, and that they had begun to
+take such proper views of the subject. I said, Tooi&#8217;s<span class="pagenum">[Pg 172]</span>
+remarks upon the conduct of the Otaheitans were
+very just, and told them that the Queen Charlotte
+brig, which had sailed from the bay the preceding
+day, belonged to the young king Pomare; that the
+Otaheitans had sent oil and various other articles to
+Port Jackson, and that they had received in return,
+tea, sugar, and flour, and clothing, as they wanted
+these articles, and that the New Zealanders might in
+time have a ship of their own to procure sperm oil,
+spars, etc., which they might sell at Port Jackson, and
+many of them were able to kill the whales, having been
+employed on board the whalers. When they got a
+vessel of their own, they would soon be equal to the
+Otaheitans, and give over their cruel wars. They
+expressed much pleasure at having a vessel of their
+own. After some further explanation the chiefs were
+satisfied that Mr. &mdash;&mdash; had violated our laws and
+had brought all his distress upon himself.&#8221;</p></blockquote>
+
+<p>The conduct of the natives confirmed the impression
+which Mr. Marsden had previously formed, and which
+their subsequent history down to the present day
+entirely sustains, that they are a noble race of men,
+of considerable mental capacity, of great perseverance
+and enterprise, who never lose sight of an object upon
+which they have once set their minds; powerful
+reasoners upon any subject that has come within
+their knowledge; possessed of a quick perception and
+a natural sagacity, which enables them to form a just
+acquaintance with human nature as it presents itself
+before them. Who would not wish that they too
+may form a happy exception to the rule which
+seems in every land to condemn the native population
+to waste away before the advances of European
+enterprise? Who would not desire that the Maorie<span class="pagenum">[Pg 173]</span>
+tribes may long be a great and powerful nation,
+protected, but not oppressed by English rule?</p>
+
+<p>Mr. Marsden now paid a visit at Wangaroa, to the
+Wesleyan missionary station there. Over the Wesleyan
+missions he had of course no control or oversight,
+such as that with which he was intrusted towards
+the missions of the London Missionary Society
+in the South Sea Islands. This, however, did not prevent
+his taking an affectionate interest in their affairs.
+He found Mr. Leigh, the founder of their mission, very
+ill, and invited him to return with him on a voyage of
+health and recreation to Port Jackson; and having taken
+leave of the Church Missionary brethren with solemn
+and affectionate counsels he embarked on the 6th of
+September, 1823, with feelings which he thus describes.</p>
+
+<blockquote><p>&#8220;I now felt much pleasure in the prospect of a
+speedy return to my family and people, and being very
+weary with various toils and anxieties both of body
+and mind, I longed for a little rest, and retired to my
+cabin with much thankfulness and comfort. I had
+cause to be thankful for continual good health during
+the period I had been in New Zealand, as I had
+not lost one day. I felt great confidence in the Rev.
+Mr. Williams, and I doubt not that God will prosper
+the work, and raise up a seed in this benighted land to
+serve him; for many shall come from the south as well
+as the north, and shall sit down with Abraham, Isaac,
+and Jacob in the kingdom of God.&#8221;</p></blockquote>
+
+<p>But his bright visions were overcast. Like the
+first and greatest of Christian missionaries, it was
+ordained that he, too, &#8220;should suffer shipwreck and
+be cast upon a desert island.&#8221; His own journal gives
+us the story of his danger and deliverance.</p>
+
+<blockquote><p><span class="pagenum">[Pg 174]</span>&#8220;<i>Sunday 7th.</i>&mdash;This morning we weighed anchor. I
+spent some time this day reading the Scriptures with
+the Rev. S. Leigh, our subject for contemplation was the
+1st chapter of St. Paul to the Romans. The weather was
+very threatening and stormy; the wind from the eastward
+and strong, blowing directly into the mouth of the harbour.
+We lay in Korororika Bay, on the south side of
+the harbour, and had to sail along a lee rocky shore.
+In working out with the wind dead on the land, the
+ship being light and high out of the water she would
+not answer her helm, and twice missed stays. The
+lead was kept continually sounding, and we soon found
+ourselves in little more than three fathoms water,
+with a rocky bottom and a shoal of rocks on our lee,
+and it was then high water. When the captain found
+the situation we were in, he immediately ordered to
+let go the anchor, which was done. When the tide
+turned the ship struck, the gale increased, and the sea
+with it; a shipwreck was now more than probable;
+there appeared no possible way to prevent it. The
+Rev. Mr. Leigh was very ill, and felt the disturbance
+much, Mrs. Leigh also being very ill. I requested the
+captain to lend me the boat to take Mr. and Mrs.
+Leigh to the nearest island, where we arrived very
+safely, the island being but two miles distant. The
+natives expressed much concern for us, made a fire,
+prepared the best hut they could, which was made of
+bulrushes, for our reception. I requested them to send
+a canoe to Rungheehe, to inform Mr. and Mrs. Hall of
+the loss of the ship, and to bring their boat to assist in
+bringing the people to land. At the same time, I
+desired they would tell the natives to bring a large
+war canoe. The natives for some time alleged that
+their canoe would be dashed to pieces by the waves,
+but at length I prevailed upon them. They had<span class="pagenum">[Pg 175]</span>
+between five and six miles to go, through a very rough
+sea. About three o&#8217;clock, Messrs. Hall, King, and
+Hanson, arrived in Mr. Hall&#8217;s boat, and a large war
+canoe with natives; they immediately proceeded to
+the ship, and we had the satisfaction to see them
+arrive safe, and waited until dark with the greatest
+anxiety for their return. The rain fell in torrents, the
+gale increased, and they had not returned; we lay
+down in our little hut full of fear for the safety of all
+on board. The night appeared very long, dark, and
+dreary. As we could not rest, we most anxiously wished
+for the morning light, to learn some account of them.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;<i>September 8th.</i>&mdash;When the day arrived we had
+the happiness to see the vessel still upright, but
+driven nearer the shore. No boat or canoe from her;
+the gale still increased; about mid-day we saw the
+mainmast go overboard. The natives on the island
+screamed aloud when the mast fell. I concluded they
+had cut away the mast to relieve the vessel. We
+spent the rest of this day in great suspense, as we
+could not conjecture why all the passengers should
+remain on board in the state the ship was in. At dark
+in the evening Mr. Hall returned, and informed us
+that the bottom of the vessel was beaten out, and that
+both her chain and best bower cable were parted; and
+that she beat with such violence upon the rocks when
+the tide was in that it was impossible to stand upon
+the deck; at the same time, he said, there was no
+danger of any lives being lost, as he did not think the
+vessel would go to pieces, as she stood firm upon the
+rock, when the tide was out. He said, the passengers
+on board had not determined what they would
+do, or where they would land as yet; they wished to
+wait till the gale was abated. Mr. Hall&#8217;s information<span class="pagenum">[Pg 176]</span>
+relieved us much; as it was now dark, the wind high,
+and the sea rough, we could not leave the island, and
+therefore took up our lodgings in our little hut.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;The natives supplied us with a few potatoes and
+some fish. My pleasing prospect of returning to Port
+Jackson was at an end, for some time at least. I was
+exceedingly concerned for the loss of so fine a vessel
+on many accounts, as individuals who are interested in
+her must suffer as well as the passengers on board,
+and spent the night in reflections on the difficulties
+with which I was surrounded; while the raging of
+the storm continued without intermission.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;<i>Tuesday 9th.</i>&mdash;At the return of day we discovered
+the ship still upright, but she appeared to be higher
+on the reef. I now determined to return to Kiddee-Kiddee
+in Mr. Hall&#8217;s boat with Mr. and Mrs. Leigh.
+We left the island for the missionary settlement,
+where we arrived about nine o&#8217;clock. Our friends had
+not heard of the loss of the ship until our arrival, as
+there had not been any communication between the
+different settlements in consequence of the severe
+weather. We were very kindly received by the
+brethren; I informed them in what situation we had
+left the ship, and requested that every assistance
+might be given to land the passengers and luggage.
+The wreck was about twelve or fourteen miles from
+the settlement. Four boats were immediately sent off;
+Mr. Hall&#8217;s boat took the women and children to
+Rungheehe, and two of the boats returned with part of
+our luggage, and we went to the station of the Rev.
+Henry Williams. All the brethren rendered every
+aid in their power. The boats on their return brought
+the welcome news that all was well on board, and Mr.
+Leigh did not appear to have suffered much injury<span class="pagenum">[Pg 177]</span>
+from the wet and cold he endured on the island, though
+in so weak a state. Divine wisdom has no doubt some
+wise ends to answer in all that has befallen us. The
+word of God expressly says all things shall work
+together for the good of them that love God, and the
+Scripture cannot be broken.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;We cannot see through this dark and mysterious
+dispensation at the present time; the why and wherefore
+we must leave to him who ordereth all things
+according to the counsel of his own will. As the gale
+continued with unremitting violence, if we had gone
+out to sea we might have been cast on shore under
+more dangerous and distressing circumstances. Our
+shipwreck has been a most merciful one, as no lives
+have been lost, nor anything but the ship.&#8221;</p></blockquote>
+
+<p>The shipwreck of the Brampton&mdash;for that was
+the vessel&#8217;s name&mdash;occurred on the 7th of September,
+and in consequence Mr. Marsden was detained in New
+Zealand until the 14th of November, when he returned
+home in the Dragon, and arrived at Sydney in the
+beginning of December, 1823. The interval was not
+lost; for he seems to have been one of those who
+gather up the fragments of time, and turn to the best
+account the idle hours and spare moments of life. He
+drew up some excellent rules for the guidance of the
+missionaries and Christian settlers in their intercourse
+with the shipping which now began to visit the Bay
+of Islands. He encouraged the erection of a school-house
+for the natives. &#8220;The foundation,&#8221; he says,
+&#8220;must be laid in the education of the rising generation.
+The children possess strong minds, are well-behaved
+and teachable. They are capable of learning anything
+we wish to teach them.&#8221; During his detention
+he also addressed a circular letter to the missionaries<span class="pagenum">[Pg 178]</span>
+respecting a grammar in the Maori or New Zealand
+language, pointing out the necessity of adopting some
+more systematic method both for its arrangement and
+pronunciation. This led to a new vocabulary of the
+native language, and in a short time to a new method
+of spelling. We have, of course, retained Mr. Marsden&#8217;s
+orthography of New Zealand names, but we may
+remark, by the way, it is very different from that
+which has been since introduced. Shunghie became
+E&#8217;Hongi; Kiddee Kiddee, Keri Keri; and so in other
+instances. But even Mr. Marsden, with all his
+sagacity, did not penetrate New Zealand&#8217;s future, nor
+foresee in how short a time the well-known and
+familiar sounds of English towns and villages would
+be transferred to that still savage island, superseding
+even in Maori lips their native designations. It seems
+probable that the New Zealand language may, in the
+course of another generation, come to be known only
+by the grammar which the missionaries compiled and
+the Scriptures which they have since translated. But
+whatever be its fate, it is in a high degree sonorous and
+expressive, and had it but an antique literature, a
+Tallessin or an Ossian, it could never perish. Without
+a literature of its own no spoken language can long
+endure against the assaults of that which is evidently
+destined to be the universal speech of trade and
+commerce, the English tongue. On the other hand
+the literature of a language, or even of a dialect,
+embalms it after it has ceased to be a spoken tongue
+even to the end of time.</p>
+
+<p>And lastly, a political object occupied some of Mr.
+Marsden&#8217;s time and thoughts. The incessant and
+desolating wars which the native tribes waged against
+each other were, he saw, the great obstacle to the<span class="pagenum">[Pg 179]</span>
+progress of New Zealand. The missions were always
+insecure, for the country was always more or less
+disturbed. Civil war is, under all circumstances, the
+bane, and, if persisted in, the ruin of a country; add
+the ferocity of New Zealand warfare, its cannibalism
+and its undying spirit of revenge, and nothing more
+was wanted to degrade the finest country under heaven
+into a very pit of darkness. All this Mr. Marsden
+felt; he conceived that if he could succeed in establishing
+some one chief as supreme, a plan of government
+might be drawn up securing life and property throughout
+the island. He consulted Shunghie, Wyatto
+Riva, and other powerful chieftains. Shunghie&#8217;s
+ambitious spirit would have embraced the proposal,
+the condition being, of course, that he should be the
+sovereign; but the jealousy of the rest prevented
+anything like unanimity. Riva justly remarked that
+to have any superior would degrade them; yet all the
+chiefs appeared tired of war and the unsettled state
+consequent upon it. So the project failed.</p>
+
+<p>At length he returned home, accompanied by six
+New Zealand youths, whose eagerness was such that
+they gladly promised to sleep upon the deck rather
+than miss the opportunity. Mr. Leigh, the Wesleyan
+missionary, was also his fellow voyager. Mr. Leigh&#8217;s
+opinion of Mr. Marsden and his labours is highly
+gratifying, and not the less so as coming from one
+who belonged to another Society. &#8220;The shipwreck,&#8221;
+he says, &#8220;which we have experienced will, I have no
+doubt, prove favourable to the reputation of the New
+Zealanders. For several days we were in their power,
+and they might have taken all that we had with the
+greatest ease; but instead of oppressing and robbing
+us, they actually sympathized with us in our trials and<span class="pagenum">[Pg 180]</span>
+afflictions. Mr. Marsden, myself, and Mrs. Leigh,
+were at a native village for several days and nights,
+without any food but what the natives brought us;
+what they had they gave us willingly, and said&mdash;&#8216;Poor
+creatures! you have nothing to eat, and you are not
+accustomed to our kind of food.&#8217; I shall never forget
+the sympathy and kindness of these poor heathens.</p>
+
+<blockquote><p>&#8220;I do hope that the Rev. S. Marsden will be successful
+in his endeavours to put an end to the frequent
+wars in New Zealand. I have heard many natives
+and chiefs say, &#8216;It is no good to go to fight and eat
+men; we wish to cease from war, and retire to some
+peaceful place.&#8217; I pray God that this object may
+be soon effected among this people. The Christian
+world, and especially the Church Missionary Society,
+will never be able fully to appreciate the valuable
+labours of the Rev. Samuel Marsden. His fervent
+zeal, his abundant toil, and extensive charity in the
+cause of missions, are beyond estimation. May he
+live long as a burning and shining light in the missionary
+world!&#8221;</p></blockquote>
+
+<p>Within a few days of his return home, Mr. Marsden,
+the impression of his visit still fresh upon his mind,
+wrote the following interesting letter:&mdash;</p>
+
+<blockquote><p class="quotdate">&#8220;Paramatta, December 20, 1823.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;<span class="smcap">My very dear Sir</span>,&mdash;I now sit down to thank you
+for your very valuable presents, which you were so kind
+as to send me for the natives of New Zealand. They
+arrived a little before I sailed for that island. I was
+at Van Diemen&#8217;s Land when the vessel which brought
+them arrived at Port Jackson. On my return from
+the southern settlements I prepared for New Zealand.
+Your spades, axes, etc., made the hearts of many
+rejoice; and they are now dispersed over the country,
+<span class="pagenum">[Pg 181]</span>from the North Cape to the Thames. When I arrived
+at the Bay of Islands there were several chiefs there,
+who had fled for safety in the late wars, but returned
+when peace was restored, and took with them some of
+your presents. I have just returned from New Zealand,
+having been absent about twenty weeks; was
+shipwrecked, but no lives were lost. The natives have
+made considerable advances in civilization, and I have
+no doubt they will become a great nation in due
+time. Much has been done already to better their
+situation. I believe their agriculture has increased
+more than twenty-fold since they have got hoes, but it
+will be many years before every man in the island will
+be able to procure a hoe. The Church Missionary
+Society has done much for them, and their labour has
+not been in vain. All that is wanted now is faithful
+missionaries to labour amongst them; it will be very
+difficult to find such men. There are even very few
+pious men who are qualified to be missionaries; it
+requires much self-denial, much patience, and much
+perseverance, united with the wisdom of the serpent
+and the innocence of the dove. Men, also, of education
+and knowledge are wanted; ignorant men, though
+possessed of piety, will be found ill-qualified for a
+mission in New Zealand. The natives are a wise and
+understanding people, and will pry into the very secrets
+of every man who resides amongst them. Their
+study is human nature in all its bearings; they talk
+more of the heart of man than we do, and of the evil
+that is lodged there. They will soon find out a man&#8217;s
+real character, whether he is ignorant or wise, prudent
+or foolish, and will estimate the benefits which they are
+likely to derive from his knowledge, his good temper,
+his charity, and will esteem him or despise him accord<span class="pagenum">[Pg 182]</span>ingly.
+A wise and prudent man will have great influence
+over them, while they would laugh at an
+ignorant man. A good farmer or mechanic would be
+much esteemed, because they would be benefited by
+him. I have gained considerable knowledge of their
+customs and manners in my last visit. Cannibalism
+is interwoven through the whole of their religious
+system. They offer up human sacrifices as sin offerings.
+Whenever the gospel shall be revealed to them
+they will very easily understand the doctrine of the
+atonement. They demand a sacrifice or an atonement
+for almost everything which they consider as an
+injury. Human sacrifices are offered for the death of
+their friends, whether they are slain in battle or die a
+natural death. Their eating human flesh has its origin
+in superstition. They pay great attention to all the
+ceremonies of their religion, and are very much afraid
+of offending their god. As for their wars, these will
+not be prevented until an object can be found that
+will employ their active minds. Agriculture and
+commerce are the only means that promise to remedy
+their civil wars; when these can be brought into
+operation they will have a beneficial effect. It is only
+the sword of the Spirit, which is the word of God, that
+can subdue their hearts to the obedience of faith. I
+am of opinion that civilization and Christianity will go
+hand in hand, if means are used at the same time to
+introduce both, and one will aid and assist the other.
+To bring this noble race of human beings to the
+knowledge of the only true God and Jesus Christ is
+an attempt worthy of the Christian world. I believe
+as God has stirred up the hearts of his people to pray
+for them, and to open both their hearts and their
+purses he will prosper the work, and raise up a people
+<span class="pagenum">[Pg 183]</span>from amongst these savages to call him blessed. In
+time the voice of joy and gladness will be heard in the
+present abodes of cruelty, darkness, and superstition.
+I consider every axe, every hoe, every spade, in New
+Zealand as an instrument to prepare the way of the
+Lord. They are silent but sure missionaries in the
+hands of the natives of that country. I was very
+happy to learn that your dear mother was still alive,
+and all your family were well at present. Remember
+us kindly to your mother, if still alive, and to
+Mrs. Terry and our other friends.</p>
+
+<p class="quotsig">&#8220;I am, yours affectionately,<br />
+&#8220;<span class="smcap">Samuel Marsden</span>.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;To Avison Terry, Esq.&#8221;</p></blockquote>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_184" name="Page_184"></a>[Pg 184]</span></p>
+
+<h2>CHAPTER X.</h2>
+
+<blockquote><p>Aborigines&mdash;South Sea Mission&mdash;Fresh Slanders on Mr. Marsden&#8217;s
+character&mdash;His Pamphlet in self-defence&mdash;Letter of Messrs. Bennett
+and Tyerman&mdash;Libels and Action at Law&mdash;Verdict&mdash;Case of Ring&mdash;Pastoral
+Letters of Mr. Marsden: To a Lady; On the Divinity of
+Christ&mdash;Fifth Voyage to New Zealand&mdash;Letters, etc.</p></blockquote>
+
+<p>Scarcely had Mr. Marsden returned to Paramatta
+when we find him in correspondence with the new
+governor on the subject of the aborigines of Australia.
+They were already wasting away in the presence of
+the European colonists like snow before the sun.
+Their restless and wandering habits seemed to present
+insuperable difficulties, whether the object were to
+convert or merely to protect them. His memorandum
+to the governor, and subsequent correspondence
+with the Church Missionary Society, show his anxiety
+for their welfare and the largeness of his heart. Each
+new project, as it came before him, was welcomed
+with serious attention, while at the same time there
+was no fickleness, no relaxation of his efforts in his
+old engagements and pursuits. But he was not
+allowed to connect his name with the evangelization
+of these poor heathen. Various attempts have been
+made by different denominations to bring them into
+the fold of Christ, but hitherto with very small success.
+It seems, at length, as if Christians had acquiesced
+in the conclusion that their conversion is
+hopeless, that we can do nothing more than to throw
+over them the shield of the British government, and
+prevent their wholesale destruction by lawless &#8220;squatters&#8221;
+and &#8220;bush-rangers.&#8221; We shall return, however,
+to the subject hereafter.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum">[Pg 185]</span>His interest in the mission to the South Sea Islands
+continued unabated. The London Missionary Society
+had deputed the Rev. Daniel Tyerman and George
+Bennett, Esq., to visit these missions, and bring home
+in person a report of all they might see upon the
+spot. On their voyage, they stayed awhile at Sydney,
+and Mr. Marsden addressed a letter to them, which
+shows his own zeal in the cause, and the painful
+apathy or profane contempt of others. Such memorials,
+in this day of comparative fervour, ought not to
+be forgotten. When a Livingstone returns home to
+receive a shower of honours from a grateful country
+let us not forget the venerable pioneers in the same
+missionary work, and the different treatment they
+experienced. The contrast will call forth emotions
+both of gratitude and of shame.</p>
+
+<blockquote><p class="quotdate">&#8220;Sydney, November 4, 1824.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;<span class="smcap">Gentlemen</span>,&mdash;I know of no circumstance that
+has given me more satisfaction than your mission to
+the South Sea Islands. The attempt to introduce the
+arts of civilization and the knowledge of Christianity
+amongst the inhabitants of those islands was confessedly
+great. An undertaking of such a new and
+important nature could not be accomplished without
+much labour, expense, anxiety, and risk, to all who
+were concerned in the work. The missionaries, for
+the first ten years, suffered every privation in the
+islands, from causes which I need not state. They
+called for every support and encouragement to induce
+them to remain in the islands, and to return to their
+stations, after they had been compelled to take refuge
+in New South Wales. During these ten years, I used
+every means in my power to assist the missionaries,
+and to serve the Society Islands. During the next
+<span class="pagenum">[Pg 186]</span>ten years, the ruling powers in this colony manifested
+a very hostile spirit to the mission. As I felt it my
+pleasure as well as my duty to support the cause, I
+fell under the marked displeasure of those in authority,
+and had a painful warfare to maintain for so long a
+period, and many sacrifices I had to make. The ungodly
+world always treated the attempt to introduce
+the gospel among the natives of the Islands as wild and
+visionary, and the Christian world despaired of success.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;In those periods of doubt and uncertainty in the
+public mind, I suffered much anxiety, as very great
+responsibility was placed on me. Sometimes, from
+one cause and another, my sleep departed from me;
+though I was persuaded God would bless the work.
+The work is now done; this your eyes have seen, and
+your ears heard; in this I do rejoice and will rejoice.
+I wish you, as representatives of the Society,
+to satisfy yourselves, from friends and foes, relative to
+my conduct towards the mission for the last twenty-five
+years. You must be aware that many calumnies
+have been heaped upon me, and many things laid to
+my charge which I know not. My connexion with
+the missionaries and the concerns of the mission has
+been purely of a religious nature, without any secular
+views or temporal interests; and my services, whether
+they be great or small, were gratuitous. The missionaries,
+as a body, are very valuable men, and as
+such I love them; but some of them, to whom I had
+been kind, have wounded me severely, both here and
+elsewhere. I have always found it difficult to manage
+religious men; what they state, though in a bad
+spirit, is generally believed by the Christian world.
+I need not enter into the circumstances which urged
+<span class="pagenum">[Pg 187]</span>me to purchase the Queen Charlotte, as you are in
+full possession of them; you are also acquainted with
+the reason why her expenses became so heavy, the
+fall of colonial produce more than twenty per cent. in
+so short a period, which no one could have anticipated
+at that time, and the increased duty of one hundred
+per cent. upon tobacco. If these two circumstances
+had not occurred, there would have been no loss to any
+individuals or the mission. I inclose the statement
+of the accounts of the Queen Charlotte, and shall
+leave the matter in your hands, to act as you think
+proper. I shall also leave the Society to make their
+own account of the interest upon the 600l. I borrowed.
+I have no doubt but the Society will be satisfied that I
+had no motive but the good of the mission, and that, as
+Christian men who fear God, they will do what is just
+and right. I shall therefore leave the matter in your
+hands.</p>
+
+<p class="quotsig">&#8220;I have the honour to be, gentlemen,<br />
+&#8220;Your most obedient, humble servant,<br />
+&#8220;<span class="smcap">Samuel Marsden</span>.&#8221;</p></blockquote>
+
+<p>While thus engaged, he was still a faithful minister
+of the gospel in its richest consolations, and a bold
+opponent of vice. His position as a magistrate not
+only obliged him to reprove but to punish sin. The
+task was difficult, when the real offender, in too many
+cases, was not the wretched culprit at the bar of justice,
+but some rich and insolent delinquent, beyond the
+reach of the limited powers of a colonial magistrate.
+In consequence of Mr. Marsden&#8217;s fearless conduct in a
+case we shall not describe, he was at length formally
+dismissed from the magistracy. All that is necessary
+to be known, in order to vindicate his character, is
+contained in an extract of a letter written by himself<span class="pagenum">[Pg 188]</span>
+to Mr. Nicholson, dated Paramatta, 12th August,
+1824:</p>
+
+<blockquote><p>&#8220;My very dear sir,&#8221; he says, &#8220;I have still to strive
+against sin and immorality, which brings upon me the
+hatred of some men in power; this I must expect from
+those who live on in sin and wickedness.... You
+would hear of the whole bench of magistrates at Paramatta
+being dismissed at one stroke, five in number&mdash;Messrs.
+... and your humble servant. We fell in
+the cause of truth and virtue. If certain individuals
+could have knocked me down, and spared my colleagues,
+I should have fallen alone; but there was no alternative
+but to sacrifice all at once. I glory in my disgrace. As
+long as I live I hope to raise a standard against vice and
+wickedness. We have some Herods here who would
+take off the head of the man who dared to tell them
+that adultery was a crime.&#8221;</p></blockquote>
+
+<p>He was still subject to the most annoying insults.
+Imputations, ludicrous from their absurdity and violence,
+were heaped upon him. In reading the libels
+which were published in the colony, and in England
+too, about this time, we should suppose that the man
+against whom they were aimed was some delinquent,
+notorious even in a penal settlement. He was openly
+accused of being &#8220;a man of the most vindictive spirit,&#8221;&mdash;&#8220;a
+turbulent and ambitious priest,&#8221;&mdash;a &#8220;cruel magistrate&#8221;&mdash;an
+&#8220;avaricious man.&#8221; These charges,
+amongst many more, were contained in a work in two
+volumes octavo, professing to give an account of Australasia,
+which reached a third edition, and to which
+the author&#8217;s name was attached. As if these were not
+sufficient to grind his reputation to the dust, further
+charges of hypocrisy and bigotry were thrown in.
+These last were easily repelled; to refute the others<span class="pagenum">[Pg 189]</span>
+was more difficult, inasmuch as facts were involved
+which it was necessary to clear up and place in a just
+light before the public. It might have seemed magnanimous
+to despise such assailants, and meet them
+with silent pity. And yet we doubt whether such
+magnanimity would have been wise, for with a
+blemished reputation his usefulness would have been
+at an end; since his accusers were not anonymous
+hirelings, but magistrates and men of high position in
+the colony.</p>
+
+<p>He referred the matter to his friends at home,
+placing his character in their hands. He was willing
+to institute an action for libel, if this step were thought
+advisable; or else to lay a statement of his wrongs
+before the House of Commons; and he transmitted
+the manuscript of a pamphlet, in self-justification, to
+his friend Dr. Mason Good. It was accompanied with
+a letter, remarkable for the modest estimate of his
+own abilities, as well as for true Christian meekness:
+&#8220;I have requested our mutual friend, Baron Field,
+Esq., to show the documents to you, and to consult
+with you on the propriety of publishing them. I have
+much more confidence in your superior judgment than
+in my own.... Many hard contests,&#8221; he says, &#8220;I
+have had in this colony. But God has hitherto overruled
+all for good, and he will continue to do so. As
+a Christian I rejoice in having all manner of evil spoken
+of me by wicked men. As a member of society, it is
+my duty to support, by every lawful means, an upright
+character. The good of society calls upon me
+to do this, from the public situation I hold, as well as
+that gospel which I believe; on this principle I think
+it right to notice Mr. W.&#8217;s work. I leave it,&#8221; he adds,
+&#8220;to you and my other friends to publish what I have<span class="pagenum">[Pg 190]</span>
+written or not, as you may think proper, and with
+what alterations and arrangements you may think
+necessary. I do not know how to make a book, any
+more than a watch, but you have learned the trade completely;
+I therefore beg your assistance, for which I
+shall feel very grateful.&#8221; But even these anxieties
+could not engross his confidential correspondence. In
+the same letter we have pleasant mention of New Zealand
+and its missionaries:&mdash;&#8220;I have no doubt about
+New Zealand; we must pray much for them, and labour
+hard, and God will bless the labour of our hands.&#8221;
+Nor is science quite forgotten:&mdash;&#8220;I have sent you a
+small box of fossils and minerals, by Captain Dixon, of
+the Ph&oelig;nix, from Point Dalrymple principally; the
+whole of them came from Van Diemen&#8217;s Land.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Mr. Wilberforce and other friends of religion were
+consulted; and under their advice his pamphlet was
+published in London, though not till the year 1826.
+It is entitled, &#8220;An Answer to certain Calumnies, etc.,
+by the Rev. Samuel Marsden, principal Chaplain to
+the colony of New South Wales.&#8221; It contains a
+temperate, and at the same time a conclusive answer,
+to all the charges made against him. To some of
+these we have already had occasion to refer; others
+have lost their interest. The charge of hypocrisy was
+chiefly grounded on the fact that a windmill, on Mr.
+Marsden&#8217;s property, had been seen at work on Sunday.
+But &#8220;the mill,&#8221; he says, &#8220;was not in my possession
+at that time, nor was I in New South Wales. I never
+heard of the circumstance taking place but once; and
+the commissioner of inquiry was the person who told
+me of it after my return from New Zealand. I expressed
+my regret to the commissioner that anything
+should have taken place, in my absence, which had<span class="pagenum">[Pg 191]</span>
+the appearance that I sanctioned the violation of the
+sabbath-day. As I was twelve hundred miles off at the
+time, it was out of my power to prevent what had happened;
+but I assured him it should not happen again,
+<i>for the mill should be taken down</i>, which was done.&#8221; How
+few, it is to be feared, would make such a sacrifice,
+simply to avoid the possibility of a return of the appearance
+of evil! The charge of bigotry arose out of
+his interference with Mr. Crook, a person in the colony
+who had formerly been intended for the South Sea mission.
+It was at the request of the missionaries themselves,
+that Mr. Marsden, as agent of their Society,
+had been led to interfere; but he was represented, in
+consequence, as &#8220;a persecutor of dissenters.&#8221; Messrs.
+Bennett and Tyerman were then in Australia; and in
+answer to Mr. Marsden&#8217;s request that &#8220;they would
+do him the favour to communicate to him their impartial
+opinion, how far he had in any way merited
+such an accusation, either as it respects Mr. C. or any
+other missionary belonging to the London Missionary
+Society,&#8221; he received a grateful acknowledgment of
+his services, which we are happy to insert:&mdash;</p>
+
+<blockquote><p class="quotdate">&#8220;Sydney, May 11, 1825.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;<span class="smcap">Rev. and dear Sir</span>,&mdash;We have to acknowledge
+the receipt of your letter of the 5th inst., requesting
+our opinion, as the representatives of the London
+Missionary Society, on one of the malicious charges
+against you in the outrageous publication lately come
+to the colony. It is with the utmost satisfaction we
+state, as our decided opinion, that the charge of intolerance
+or persecution towards Mr. Crook, or any other
+missionary connected with the London Society, or,
+indeed, connected with any other missionary society,
+is utterly untrue. We believe it to have originated
+<span class="pagenum">[Pg 192]</span>in malice or culpable ignorance, and to be a gross
+libel.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;We rejoice, sir, to take the opportunity to say
+that the South Sea mission, and all its missionaries,
+have been, and continue, to be, exceedingly indebted to
+your singular kindness and persevering zeal in their
+behalf. No temporal reward, we are persuaded, would
+have been equivalent to the most valuable services
+which you have so long and so faithfully rendered to
+this mission and its missionaries. After all your upright
+and perfectly disinterested kindness towards the
+missionaries, when they have been residing on the
+Islands,&mdash;when they have been residing in the colony,
+on their way from England to the Islands,&mdash;when they
+have voluntarily returned from the Islands to the
+colony,&mdash;and when, from dire necessity and cruel persecution,
+compelled to flee from the scenes of their missionary
+labours, and take up their residence here; that
+you have met with so much calumny, and so few returns
+of grateful acknowledgment, for all you have done and
+borne on their behalf, is to us a matter of surprise and
+regret.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Allow us, dear sir, to conclude by expressing our
+hope, that the other envenomed shafts aimed at you
+in this infamous publication, will prove as impotent as
+that aimed at you through that Society, in whose
+name, and as whose representatives, we beg to renew
+its cordial thanks and unqualified acknowledgments.
+And desiring to present our own thanks in the amplest
+and most respectful manner,</p>
+
+<p class="quotsig">&#8220;We remain, rev. and dear sir, most faithfully,<br />
+&#8220;Your obliged and obedient servants,<br />
+&#8220;<span class="smcap">George Bennett</span>.<br />
+&#8220;<span class="smcap">Daniel Tyerman</span>.&#8221;</p></blockquote>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum">[Pg 193]</span>The case of James Ring, we cannot pass unnoticed.
+It shows the cruelty with which Mr.
+Marsden&#8217;s reputation was assailed on the one hand,
+and his own firm and resolute bearing on the other.
+Ring was a convict, who for his general good conduct
+had been assigned as a domestic servant to Mr.
+Marsden. He was permitted by the latter, in accordance
+with the usual custom, to work occasionally at
+his own trade&mdash;that of a painter and glazier, on his
+own account, and as a reward for his good conduct.
+He was frequently employed in this way by the residents
+at Paramatta; amongst others by the chief
+magistrate himself. This man having been ill-treated
+and severely beaten by another servant, applied, with
+Mrs. Marsden&#8217;s approbation, to the magistrates of
+Paramatta for redress; instead of receiving which, he
+was charged by them with being illegally at large, and
+committed to the common jail.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. Marsden was then absent on duty in the
+country: on appearing before the bench of magistrates
+upon his return home, he at once stated that he had
+given permission to Ring to work occasionally for
+himself, and that therefore if there was any blame it
+lay with him, and not the prisoner. The magistrates
+not only ordered Mr. Marsden to be fined two shillings
+and sixpence per day for each day his servant had been
+thus at large, under the assumed plea of his transgressing
+a general government order, but also ordered
+Ring to be remanded to jail and ironed; and he was
+subsequently worked in irons in a penal gang. &#8220;At
+this conviction there was no informer, nor evidence,&#8221;
+(we are now quoting Mr. Marsden&#8217;s words, from a
+statement which he made before a court of inquiry
+instituted by Lord Bathurst, the colonial minister at<span class="pagenum">[Pg 194]</span>
+home, to investigate the subject at Mr. Marsden&#8217;s
+request,) &#8220;but the bench convicted me on my own admission
+that I had granted indulgence to my servant
+to do jobs in the town. There were two convictions,
+the first was on the 17th of May, 1823. On the 23rd
+of the same month, without a hearing, or being
+present, without informer, evidence, or notice, on the
+same charge I was convicted in the penal sum of ten
+pounds. On the 7th of June, a convict constable
+entered my house with a warrant of execution, and
+levied the fine by distress and sale of my property.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>These convictions took place under an obsolete
+colonial regulation of 1802, made in the first instance
+by Governor King, to meet a temporary emergency;
+but virtually set aside by a general order of Governor
+Macquarie&#8217;s, of a much later date, granting the
+indulgence under certain regulations, with which Mr.
+Marsden had complied. Mr. Marsden says, in his
+official defence, that he &#8220;was the only person in the
+colony who was ever fined under such circumstances,
+since the first establishment of the colony, to the
+present time.&#8221; And he adds a statement which, had it
+not come down to us thus accredited under his own
+hand, would have seemed incredible, namely that &#8220;the
+two magistrates by whom the fines were inflicted,
+Dr.&mdash;&mdash; and Lieut.&mdash;&mdash;, were doing, on that
+very day, the same thing for which they fined me and
+punished my servant, and I pointed that out to them
+at the time they were sitting on the bench, and which
+they could not deny.&#8221; Denial indeed was out of the
+question, since, says Mr. Marsden, &#8220;one of Dr.&mdash;&mdash;&#8217;s
+convict servants, Henry Buckingham, by trade a
+tailor, was working for me, and had been so for
+<span class="pagenum">[Pg 195]</span>months. Lieut.&mdash;&mdash; at that very time also had
+two convict servants belonging to Dr. Harris, working
+for him at his own house.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>In vain did Mr. Marsden appeal to the governor;
+even he was afraid to breast the torrent, which for a
+time bore all before it. &#8220;He found no reason to
+interfere with the colonial law.&#8221; Mr. Marsden
+prayed him at least to bring the matter before a full
+bench of magistrates, in whose hands he would leave
+his character; this, too, the governor declined, whereupon
+as a last step, he laid the affair before the
+supreme court for its decision; prosecuting the
+magistrates, and obtaining a verdict for the amount of
+the fine so unjustly levied. They now affected to
+triumph in the small amount of the damages in which
+they were cast, &#8220;wishing,&#8221; he says, &#8220;to make
+the world believe that the injury I had sustained was
+proportionally small.&#8221; And thus even his forbearance
+and his Christian spirit in rendering good for evil,
+were turned against him; for he had instructed his
+solicitor expressly, not to insert in the indictment the
+count or charge of malice, but merely to sue for the
+recovery of the amount of the fine. He states the
+case thus in simple and forcible language. &#8220;I may
+here observe, the only error it appears I committed
+originally was in not prosecuting the magistrates
+for vindictive damages before the supreme
+court. Had I alleged malice, I must have obtained a
+verdict accordingly; but I sought for no vindictive
+damages; I sought redress no further than to set my
+character right with the public. To have done more
+than this would not have become me, according to my
+judgment, as a minister of the gospel, and I instructed
+my solicitor, Mr. Norton, merely to sue for the amount
+of the award which had been levied on my property<span class="pagenum">[Pg 196]</span>
+by warrant and distress of sale. The court gave me
+the amount I prosecuted for, with costs of suit, and
+with this I was perfectly satisfied.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>For two whole years this miserable affair lingered
+on. The unfortunate man Ring at length gave way
+to despondency, made his escape from the colony, and
+found his way to New Zealand, but was never heard
+of more. Mr. Marsden was much concerned for Ring&#8217;s
+misfortunes, and deplored his rashness in making his
+escape when all his sufferings were unmerited. &#8220;I
+knew,&#8221; he says, &#8220;if he should return to England and
+be apprehended as a returned felon, his life would be
+forfeited.&#8221; Such even to a recent period was the
+severity of our penal code, an escaped felon was
+consigned to the gallows. With a view of preventing
+this additional calamity, he wrote to the Right
+Honourable Mr. Robert Peel, his Majesty&#8217;s secretary
+of state for the home department, under date of July
+1824; and having stated the case, he says: &#8220;I feel
+exceedingly for Ring; should he return to England and
+fall a sacrifice to the law, I should never forgive myself
+unless I used every means in my power to save him.
+The above statement of facts might have some influence
+with the executive in saving his life, if the
+circumstances of the case could reach the throne of
+mercy.&#8221; The contents of this letter were transmitted
+by Mr. Peel to Lord Bathurst the colonial secretary,
+and his lordship ordered the governor of New South
+Wales to establish a formal inquiry into the case.
+A court was accordingly summoned at Sydney, consisting
+of the governor assisted by two assessors,
+the chief justice and the newly-appointed archdeacon
+Scott, before which Mr. Marsden was cited to appear.
+He did so, the whole affair was investigated, and the<span class="pagenum">[Pg 197]</span>
+result was, as the reader will have anticipated, not
+only Mr. Marsden&#8217;s entire acquittal of the charges
+which wantonness and malice had preferred, but the
+establishment of his reputation as a man of high
+courage and pure integrity, and a Christian minister
+of spotless character.</p>
+
+<p>The Christian reader will probably ask what were
+the effects of these various trials upon Mr. Marsden&#8217;s
+mind and temper? Did he become selfish and
+morose? were his spiritual affections quickened? As
+a minister of Christ, did his light shine with a more
+resplendent ray, or was it disturbed and overcast with
+gloom? To suggest and answer such inquiries are
+the proper uses of biography, especially the biography
+of religious men. With regard, then, to his habitual
+temper and tone of mind nothing can be more cheering
+than a letter, which we now insert, written to a
+lady in solitude, when the storm of insult and misrepresentation
+was at its highest pitch.</p>
+
+<blockquote><p class="quotdate">&#8220;Paramatta, December 26, 1824.</p>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">&#8220;Dear Mrs. F.</span>,&mdash;I received your kind letter by Mr.
+Franklane, and was happy to learn that you and your
+little boy were well. The circumstance to which you
+allude is not worthy to be had in recollection for a
+single moment, and I hope you will blot it out of your
+remembrance for ever; we are so weak and foolish, and
+I may add sinful, that we allow real or imaginary trifles
+to vex and tease our minds, while subjects of eternal
+moment make little impression upon us. It is a
+matter of no moment to our great adversary, if he can
+only divert our minds from attending to the best
+things. He wishes at all times &#8216;a root of bitterness&#8217;
+should &#8216;spring up&#8217; in our minds, as this will eat like
+a canker every pious feeling, every Christian disposi<span class="pagenum">[Pg 198]</span>tion.
+&#8216;Learn of me,&#8217; says our blessed Lord, &#8216;for I am
+meek and lowly in heart, and ye shall find rest unto
+your souls.&#8217; &#8216;The meek will he guide in judgment,
+and the meek will he teach his way.&#8217; It is for want
+of this meekness, this humility of mind, that we are
+soon angry. The apostle exhorts us &#8216;to be kindly
+affectioned one towards another,&#8217; and live in unity
+and godly love, and &#8216;bear ye one another&#8217;s burdens,
+and so fulfil the law of Christ.&#8217; Situated as you are,
+remote from all Christian society, and from the public
+ordinances of religion, you will want, in a very especial
+manner, the consolations which can only be derived
+from the Holy Scriptures. You are in a barren and
+thirsty land where no water is; you have none to give
+you to drink of the waters of Bethlehem, and you
+must not be surprised if you grow weary and faint in
+your mind. Though God is everywhere, and his
+presence fills heaven and earth, yet all places are not
+equally favourable for the growth of religion in our
+souls. We want Christian society; we want the
+public ordinances; we want social worship. All these
+are needful to keep up the life of God in our souls.
+Without communion and fellowship with God, without
+our souls are going forth after him, we cannot be easy,
+we cannot be happy; we are dissatisfied with ourselves,
+and with all around us. A little matter puts us out of
+humour, Satan easily gains an advantage over us, we
+become a prey to discontent, to murmuring, and are
+prone to overlook all the great things the Lord hath
+done for us. Under your peculiar circumstances you
+will require much prayer, and much watchfulness;
+religion is a very tender plant, it is soon injured, it
+requires much nourishing in the most favourable situations,
+but it calls for more attention, where it is more
+<span class="pagenum">[Pg 199]</span>exposed to blights and storms. A plant removed
+from a rich cultivated soil, into a barren uncultivated
+spot soon droops and pines away. I hope this will not
+be the case with you, though you must expect to feel
+some change in your feelings of a religious nature.
+Without much care the sabbaths will be a weariness;
+instead of your soul being nourished and fed upon
+this day, it will sicken, languish, and pine. I most
+sincerely wish you had the gospel preached unto you;
+this would be the greatest blessing, but it cannot be
+at present. There is no man to care for your souls,
+you have no shepherd to watch over you, and must
+consider yourselves as sheep without a shepherd.
+You know how easily sheep are scattered, how they
+wander when left to themselves, how soon the wolves
+destroy them. It is impossible to calculate the loss
+you must suffer, for want of the public ordinances of
+religion. My people, says God, perish for lack of
+knowledge. You know it is true that there is a Saviour,
+you have your Bible to instruct you, and you
+have gained much knowledge of Divine things, but
+still you will want feeding on the bread of life, you
+will want Jesus to be set before your eyes continually
+as crucified. You will want eternal things to be impressed
+upon your minds from time to time. Though
+you know these things, yet you will require to have
+your minds stirred up, by being put in remembrance
+of these things. As you cannot enjoy the public
+ordinances, I would have you to have stated times for
+reading the Scriptures and private prayer; these
+means God may bless to your soul. Isaac lived in a
+retired situation, he had no public ordinances to
+attend, but we are told he planted a grove, and built
+an altar, and called upon the name of the Lord. This
+<span class="pagenum">[Pg 200]</span>you have within your power to do. Imitate his example,
+labour to possess his precious faith, and then
+it will be a matter of little importance where you
+dwell. With the Saviour you will be happy, without
+him you never can be. When you once believe on
+him, when he becomes precious to your soul, then
+you will seek all your happiness in him. May the
+Father of mercies give you a right judgment in all
+things, lead you to build your hopes of a blessed immortality
+upon that chief corner stone, which he hath
+laid in Zion; then you will never be ashamed through
+the countless ages of eternity.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Mrs. M. and my family unite in kind regards to
+you, wishing you every blessing that the upper and
+nether springs can afford.</p>
+
+<p class="quotsig">&#8220;In great haste. I remain, dear Mrs. F&mdash;&mdash;,<br />
+&#8220;Yours very faithfully,<br />
+&#8220;<span class="smcap">Samuel Marsden</span>.&#8221;</p></blockquote>
+
+<p>Systematic theology, or indeed deep learning in any
+of its branches, sacred or profane, Mr. Marsden had
+never cultivated. His life had not been given to abstraction
+and close study, but to the most active pursuits.
+Activity, however, is not inconsistent with
+deep thoughtfulness, and it affords some aids to reflection
+and observation, which often lay the foundation
+for a breadth of mind and a solid wisdom to which the
+mere student or man of letters seldom attains. Mr.
+Marsden, too, was well acquainted with his Bible, and,
+above most men, with himself. Thus, without being
+in any sense a learned divine, he was an instructive
+minister, and often an original thinker. His early
+acquaintance with Dr. Mason Good had led him
+deeply to consider the question of the deity of Christ
+and the following letter upon this all-important<span class="pagenum">[Pg 201]</span>
+doctrine proves how capable he was of standing forward
+in its defence, and how deeply alive he was to its importance.
+It was addressed to one who had begun to
+doubt upon the subject of our Lord&#8217;s Divine nature.</p>
+
+<blockquote><p class="quotdate">&#8220;Paramatta, June 13, 1825.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;<span class="smcap">My dear Sir</span>,&mdash;I ought to have answered your
+letter long ago, but was prevented from one thing and
+another, which called away my attention when I was determined
+to write. I received the books you sent me.
+That respecting our Lord&#8217;s Divinity I read with care
+and attention. I found nothing in it that would
+satisfy me; there was no food to the soul, no bread,
+no water of life. I found nothing that suited my
+ruined state. I know I have destroyed myself by my
+iniquities, that I am hopeless and helpless, and must
+be eternally undone unless I can find a Divine Saviour
+who is able and willing to answer all the demands of
+law and justice. If I were alone in the world, and no
+individual but myself believed that Jesus was God
+over all blessed for evermore, and that he had died for
+my sins, that the penalty due to them was laid upon
+him, I know and am persuaded unless I believed this
+I could not be saved. I find no difficulty in my mind
+in praying to him, because I believe he is able to save.
+The dying thief did this in the very face of death:
+&#8216;Lord, remember me when thou comest into thy kingdom.&#8217;
+Jesus promised that he should be with him
+that very day in paradise. Stephen, we are told, was a
+man full of faith and the Holy Ghost; he was mighty
+in the Scriptures, so that none of the Jewish priests
+were able to withstand his arguments which he advanced
+in support of the doctrine that Jesus was the
+Son of God. When he was brought to the place of
+execution his only hope of eternal life was in Jesus.
+<span class="pagenum">[Pg 202]</span>&#8216;Lord Jesus, receive my spirit,&#8217; was his dying prayer.
+He fled to him as the Almighty God at this most
+awful period. No other foundation can any man lay
+than that is laid, says St. Paul, which is Christ Jesus.
+It is to no purpose to quote Scripture on this important
+doctrine, I mean any particular passage, for
+Jesus is the sum and substance of them all. I am
+fully convinced that no man can have a well-grounded
+hope of salvation unless he believes in the Divinity of
+our Lord and only Saviour. I would ask you, why
+should you not have as firm a hope as any other man
+in the world of eternal life, if you do not believe in
+the Divinity of our Lord? Admitting that you have
+the same view as the author of the work you sent me
+to read, of God and religion, I may put the question
+to you, Can you depend on the foundation your hope
+stands upon? Does it now give you full satisfaction?
+Are you sure that you are right? I believe
+Jesus to be a Divine person, I believe him to be God
+over all; I have no doubt upon this point, and I believe
+that all will be saved by him who trust in him
+for salvation. This doctrine is as clear to me as the
+sun at noon-day, and while I believe this doctrine it
+administers comfort to my mind, and gives me hope
+of a better state. I envy none their views of religion.
+I am satisfied with my own, though I am not satisfied
+with the attainments I have made in it, because I
+have not made those advances in divine knowledge in
+all the fruits of the Spirit I might have done. This is
+matter of shame, and regret, and humiliation. Examine
+the Christian religion as it stands revealed, with
+prayer for Divine illumination, and that God who
+giveth wisdom to all who call upon him for it will impart
+it to you. I have never met with a Socinian who
+<span class="pagenum">[Pg 203]</span>wished me to embrace his faith, which has surprised
+me. I feel very differently. I wish all to believe in
+our Lord, because I believe this is necessary to salvation,
+as far as I understand the Scriptures; and I
+would wish all men to be saved, and to come to the
+knowledge of the truth. I would not change my
+views of religion for ten thousand worlds. But I
+must drop this subject, and reply to your last note.</p>
+
+<hr class="tb" />
+
+<p>&#8220;Our affectionate regards to Mrs. F.; accept the same from,</p>
+
+<p class="quotsig">&#8220;Dear sir, yours very sincerely,<br />
+&#8220;<span class="smcap">Samuel Marsden</span>.&#8221;</p></blockquote>
+
+<p>He remembered with gratitude his early friends,
+and was now in a condition to repay their kindness,
+and in his turn to repeat the Christian liberality
+which had once been extended to himself. From a
+private letter to the Rev. J. Pratt, we venture to
+make the following interesting quotation: &#8220;I believe
+in the year 1786 I first turned my attention to the
+ministry, and from the year 1787 to 1793 I received
+pecuniary assistance, more or less, from the Elland
+Society, but to what amount I never knew. First I
+studied under the Rev. S. Stores, near Leeds. In
+1788, I went to the late Rev. Joseph Milner, and
+remained two years with him. From Hull I went to
+Cambridge, and in 1793 I left Cambridge, was ordained,
+and came out to New South Wales. I shall
+be much obliged to you to learn, if you can, the
+amount of my expenses to the Elland Society. I have
+always considered <i>that</i> a just debt, which I ought to
+pay. If you can send me the amount I shall be much
+obliged to you. I purpose to pay the amount from
+time to time, in sums not less than 50<i>l.</i> per annum.<span class="pagenum">[Pg 204]</span>
+When I close the Society&#8217;s accounts on the 31st of
+December next, I will give your Society credit for
+50<i>l.</i>, and will thank you to pay the same to the Elland
+Society on my account. When I know the whole
+amount, I will then inform you how I purpose to
+liquidate it. Should the Elland Society not be in
+existence, I have to request that the Church Missionary
+Society will assist some pious young man
+with a loan, per annum, of not less than 50<i>l.</i>, to get
+into the church as a missionary. In the midst of all
+my difficulties God has always blessed my basket and
+my store, and prospered me in all that I have set my
+hand unto. The greatest part of my property is in
+the charge of common felons, more than a hundred
+miles from my house, in the woods, and much of it I
+never saw, yet it has been taken care of, and will be.
+A kind providence has watched over all that I have
+had, and I can truly say I feel no more concern about
+my sheep and cattle than if they were under my own
+eye. I have never once visited the place where many
+of them are, having no time to do this. We may
+trust God with all we have. I wish to be thankful to
+him who has poured out his benefits upon me and mine.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>The practical wisdom, the spirit of calm submission
+to the Divine will when danger appears, and the simple
+faith in Christ displayed in the following letter require
+no comment, nor will its affectionate and paternal tone
+pass unnoticed. It appears to have been written to a
+lady on the eve of a voyage to England. We could
+wish that a copy of it were placed in the hands of
+every lady who may be compelled to go to sea.</p>
+
+<blockquote><p class="quotdate">&#8220;Paramatta, May 27, 1826.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;<span class="smcap">My Dear Mrs.</span>&mdash;&mdash;,&mdash;Should you sail to-morrow
+it will not be in my power to see you again. I feel
+<span class="pagenum">[Pg 205]</span>much for your very trying situation; why and wherefore
+you are so severely exercised remains at present
+known to the only wise God. If time does not reveal
+the mystery, eternity will. Clouds and darkness are
+round about the paths of the Almighty, and his footsteps
+are not known. You must now cast yourself
+and your little ones upon the bosom of the great deep.
+Remember always that he who holdeth the waters in
+the hollow of his hand, will continually watch over
+you and yours; winds and seas are under his sovereign
+control. We are prone to imagine that we are in
+much more danger on the seas than on dry land, but
+this is not really the case; our times are all in his
+hands, and if we only reflected that the hairs of our
+heads are all numbered, we should often be relieved
+from unnecessary and anxious fears. As for myself,
+I am constrained to believe that I am as safe in a
+storm as in a calm from what I have seen and known.
+Should you meet with raging seas and stormy winds,
+let not these distress you; they can do no more to
+injure you than the breath of a fly, or the drop of a
+bucket, without Divine permission. The promise is,
+&#8216;When thou passest through the waters I will be with
+thee.&#8217; This is sufficient for the Christian to rest upon.
+You must live near to God in prayer. Labour to get
+right views of the Redeemer, who gave his life as a
+ransom for you. Humble faith in the Saviour will
+enable you to overcome every trial and bear every
+burden. No doubt but that you will have many
+painful exercises before you see the shores of old
+England. Tribulations will meet us, and follow us,
+and attend us all our journey through, and it is
+through much tribulation we must enter the kingdom
+of God. Could you and I meet on your arrival in
+<span class="pagenum">[Pg 206]</span>London, and could we put our trials in opposite sides,
+it is very probable that mine would overbalance yours
+during the period you were at sea. You are not to
+conclude when the storm blows hard, the waves roar,
+and seas run mountain high, that you are more tried
+and distressed than others.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I hope the captain will be kind to you and the
+children; if he should not you will have no remedy
+but patience. Should the servant woman behave ill,
+you must submit to this also, because you can do no
+good in complaining. Should the woman leave you ... this
+is no more than what has happened to my own
+family. I should recommend you to give the children
+their dinner in your own cabin; never bring them to
+table but at the particular request of the captain. This
+precaution may prevent unpleasant disputes. You will
+soon see what the feelings of the captain and his wife
+are, and regulate your conduct accordingly. When I
+returned to England, when I entered the ship I
+resolved that I would not have any difference with any
+one during my passage; whatever provocations I
+might meet with, I would not notice them; and that
+resolution I kept to the last.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;If you take no offence at anything, but go on
+quietly your own way, those who would wish to annoy
+you, will cease to do so, finding their labour in vain.
+Never appear to see or hear anything that you have
+not the power to remedy. If you should even know
+that the persons intended to vex you, never notice their
+conduct. There will be no occasions for these precautions
+if your companions on board be such as they
+ought to be.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Let your passage be pleasant or not, take your
+Bible for your constant companion. The comfort to
+<span class="pagenum">[Pg 207]</span>be derived from the Divine promises will always be
+sweet and seasonable. &#8216;They that love thy law,&#8217; says
+the Psalmist, &#8216;nothing shall offend them.&#8217; If Jesus be
+precious to your soul, you will be able to bear every
+trial with Divine submission. To believe that Jesus is
+your Saviour, and that he is God over all blessed for
+evermore, will make you happy in the midst of the
+sea, as well as on dry land. Wishing you a safe and
+pleasant passage, and a happy meeting of your friends
+in England, and praying that the God of all grace may
+preserve you and yours in his everlasting kingdom,
+I subscribe myself,</p>
+
+<p class="quotsig">&#8220;Yours respectfully,<br />
+&#8220;<span class="smcap">Samuel Marsden</span>.&#8221;</p></blockquote>
+
+<p>More than two years had now passed since Mr.
+Marsden&#8217;s last visit to New Zealand. The close of the
+year 1826 found him preparing for another, his fifth
+voyage, of twelve hundred miles, to the scene of those
+missions he had so long regarded with all a parent&#8217;s
+fondness. A great change had just taken place in the
+conduct of several chiefs towards the missionaries
+in consequence of their fierce intestine wars. At
+Wangaroa the whole of the Wesleyan missionary
+premises had been destroyed; the property of all the
+missionaries was frequently plundered, and their lives
+were exposed to the greatest danger. The worst
+consequences were apprehended, and the missionaries,
+warned of their danger by the friendly natives, were in
+daily expectation of being at least stripped of everything
+they possessed, according to the New Zealand
+custom. For a time the Wesleyan mission was suspended,
+and their pious and zealous missionary, Mr.
+Turner, took refuge at Sydney, and found a home at
+the parsonage of Paramatta. The clergy of the church<span class="pagenum">[Pg 208]</span>
+mission deeply sympathized with him. Mr. Henry
+Williams writes: &#8220;The return of Mr. Turner will be a
+convincing proof of our feelings on this point. In the
+present unsettled state of things we consider ourselves
+merely as tenants for the time being, who may receive
+our discharge at any hour.&#8221; His brother, the Rev.
+William Williams, in another communication says:
+&#8220;We are prepared to depart or stay according to the
+conduct of the natives; for it is, I believe, our united
+determination to remain until we are absolutely driven
+away. When the natives are in our houses, carrying
+away our property, it will then be time for us to take
+refuge in our boats.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>As soon as the painful intelligence reached New
+South Wales, Mr. Marsden determined to proceed to
+the Bay of Islands, and use his utmost exertions to
+prevent the abandonment of the mission. He was
+under no apprehension of suffering injury from the
+natives; and his long acquaintance with their character
+and habits led him to anticipate that the storm would
+soon pass away. Accordingly, he sailed for New Zealand
+in H.M.S. Rainbow, and arrived in the Bay of
+Islands on the 5th April, 1827. He had reached the
+period of life when even the most active crave for some
+repose, and feel themselves entitled to the luxury of rest;
+but his ardent zeal never seems to have wanted other
+refreshment than a change of duties and of scene. He
+found the state of things improved; peace had been
+restored; and the missionaries were once more out of
+danger. He conferred with them, and gave them
+spiritual counsel. As far as time would permit, he
+reasoned with the chiefs upon the baneful consequences
+of the late war, and, at the end of five days from his
+arrival, he was again upon the ocean, on his way back<span class="pagenum">[Pg 209]</span>
+to Sydney. &#8220;He was not wanted in New Zealand;&#8221;
+in Australia, besides domestic cares, many circumstances
+combined to make his presence desirable.
+Thus he was instant in season, out of season; disinterested,
+nay indifferent and utterly regardless of the
+honours and preferments which even good men covet;
+and ever finding in the work itself, and in Him for the
+love of whom it was undertaken, an abundant recompense.</p>
+
+<p>Brief as the visit was, it confirmed his faith, and
+reassured his confidence in the speedy conversion of
+New Zealand. He found the missionaries living in
+unity and godly love, and devoting themselves to the
+work. &#8220;I trust,&#8221; he says, &#8220;that the Great Head of
+the church will bless their labours.&#8221; In consequence of
+his co-operation with the missionaries, the beneficial
+labours of the press now for the first time reached the
+Maori tribes. During a visit to Sydney, Mr. Davis
+had carried through the press a translation of the first
+three chapters of Genesis, the twentieth of Exodus,
+part of the fifth of Matthew, the first of John, and
+some hymns. These were small beginnings, but not
+to be despised; they prepared the way for the translation
+of the New Testament into Maori, which was
+printed a few years afterwards at the expense of the
+British and Foreign Bible Society. The importance
+of this work can scarcely be estimated, and it affords
+a striking example of the way in which that noble
+institution becomes the silent handmaid, preparing the
+rich repast which our various missionary societies are
+ever more distributing abroad, with bounteous hand,
+to feed the starving myriads of the heathen world.</p>
+
+<p>Nor was the Polynesian mission forgotten by its
+old friend. The London Missionary Society now<span class="pagenum">[Pg 210]</span>
+conducted its affairs on so wide a basis, and to so great
+an extent, that Mr. Marsden&#8217;s direct assistance was no
+longer wanted. But how much he loved the work,
+how much he revered the missionaries, those who shall
+read the extract with which this chapter concludes
+will be at no loss to judge.</p>
+
+<blockquote><p class="quotdate">&#8220;Paramatta, February 4, 1826.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;<span class="smcap">My dear Sir</span>,&mdash;It is not long since I wrote to you,
+but as a friend of mine is returning, the Rev. Mr.
+Nott, who has been twenty-seven years a missionary
+in the Society Islands, I could not deny myself the
+pleasure of introducing him to you. Mr. Nott was
+one of the first missionaries who was sent out to the
+Islands. Like Caleb, he always said the missionaries
+were able to take the land. He remained a
+long time in Tahiti alone, labouring by himself when
+all his colleagues were gone, and lived with and as the
+natives, under the full persuasion that the mission
+would succeed. He remained breaking up the ground,
+sowing the gospel seed, until he saw it spring up, and
+waiting until part of the harvest was gathered in,
+until many of the poor heathen crossed the river
+Jordan, with the heavenly Canaan full in view. Such
+have been the fruits of his patient perseverance and
+faith. Should his life be spared, I shall expect to see
+him again in fourteen months returning to his labours,
+to die amongst his people, and to be buried with
+them.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I venerate the man more than you can conceive:
+in my estimation, he is a great man: his piety, his
+simplicity, his meekness, his apostolic appearance, all
+unite to make him great in my view, and more honourable
+than any of the famed heroes of ancient or
+modern times. I think Mrs. Good will like to see
+<span class="pagenum">[Pg 211]</span>such a character return from a savage nation, whom
+God has so honoured in his work. I shall leave Mr.
+Nott to tell his own story, while you listen to his
+report....</p>
+
+<p class="quotsig">&#8220;I remain, my dear sir,<br />
+&#8220;Your&#8217;s affectionately,<br />
+&#8220;<span class="smcap">Samuel Marsden</span>.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;To John Mason Good, <span class="smcap">M.D.</span>&#8221;</p></blockquote>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_212" name="Page_212"></a>[Pg 212]</span></p>
+
+<h2>CHAPTER XI.</h2>
+
+<blockquote><p>Death of Dr. Mason Good&mdash;Malicious Charges brought against Mr.
+Marsden and confuted&mdash;Sixth Voyage to New Zealand&mdash;Frightful
+state of the Island&mdash;Battle of the Maories&mdash;Their Cannibalism&mdash;Progress
+of the Mission&mdash;Mr. Marsden&#8217;s return&mdash;Death of Mrs.
+Marsden&mdash;Anticipation of his own decease.</p></blockquote>
+
+<p>The shadows of evening now began to fall on him
+whose life had hitherto been full of energy, and to
+whom sickness appears to have been a stranger. He
+had arrived at the period when early friendships are
+almost extinct, and the few who survive are dropping
+into the grave. The year 1827 witnessed the death of
+Dr. Mason Good. Nearly twenty years had elapsed
+since he and Mr. Marsden had taken leave of one
+another; but their friendship had not cooled during
+that long term of absence; it seems rather to have
+gained strength with distance and declining years.
+Dr. Mason Good felt, and gratefully acknowledged,
+that to the conversations, and yet more to the high
+example of Mr. Marsden, he owed it, under God, that
+he was led to seek, through faith in Jesus, that holiness
+and peace which he found at last, and which shed
+so bright a lustre on his closing years. He had seen
+in his friend a living instance of disinterestedness,
+zeal, and humility combined, all springing from the
+love of God, and directed for Christ&#8217;s sake towards
+the welfare of man; such as he had never seen before&mdash;such
+as, he confessed, his own Socinian principles
+were incapable of producing. Far his superior as a
+scholar and a man of genius, he perceived and felt his
+inferiority in all that relates to the highest destinies
+of man; he sat, as a little child, a learner, in his pre<span class="pagenum">[Pg 213]</span>sence;
+and God, who is rich in mercy, brought home
+the lessons to his soul.</p>
+
+<p>Nothing, on the other hand, could exceed the respect,
+almost amounting to reverence, mingled however with
+the warmest affection, with which Mr. Marsden viewed
+his absent friend. In every difficulty he had recourse
+to him for advice; more than once he intrusted the
+defence of his character and reputation entirely to his
+discretion. A correspondence of nearly twenty years,
+a few specimens of which are in the reader&#8217;s hand,
+show the depth of his esteem. Upon his death a fuller
+tide of affection gushed out; while he wrote thus to
+the mourning widow:&mdash;</p>
+
+<blockquote><p class="quotdate">&#8220;Paramatta, November 9, 1827.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;<span class="smcap">My dear Mrs. Good</span>,&mdash;A few days ago we received
+two letters from your daughter M&mdash;, informing us of
+the death of your much revered husband. I had seen
+his death noticed in one of the London papers, but
+had not received any other information. I feel for all
+your loss. He was a blessing to the Christian world,
+and to mankind at large. No one I esteemed more,
+and his memory will always be dear to me. When I
+was with you, he and I had many serious conversations
+on the subject of religion.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;His great talents, united with his child-like simplicity,
+interested me much. I always experienced
+the greatest pleasure in his company, as well as advantage;
+in knowledge I found myself an infant in his
+presence, but yet at perfect ease. His gentle manners,
+his mild address, often made me forget to whom I was
+speaking; and after retiring from his presence I, on
+reflecting, have been ashamed that I should presume
+to talk to him as I had done, as if he were my equal.
+I never could account for the ease and freedom I felt
+in his company, in giving my opinion upon the various
+<span class="pagenum">[Pg 214]</span>subjects we were wont to converse upon. He was a
+very learned man, and knew a thousand times more of
+men and things than I did, excepting on the subject
+of religion; here I always felt myself at home; and he
+would attend to what I said with the sweetest simplicity
+and the greatest openness of mind. In our various
+conversations on the most important doctrines of the
+gospel, he manifested a humble desire to know the truth,
+though he proceeded with great caution. I experienced
+no difficulty in my own mind in urging the truths of
+religion upon him, by every argument in my power.
+I always saw, or thought I saw, the Day-star from on
+high dawning upon his mind; and my own soul was
+animated and refreshed whenever the subjects of the
+gospel engaged our conversation. Perhaps our mutual
+friend, Dr. Gregory, may remember the observations I
+made to him, on what passed between your dear husband
+and myself, respecting religion, and what were
+my views of the state of his mind at that time; the
+period to which I allude was when he joined the
+Church Missionary Society, or intended to join it. I
+had the firmest conviction in my mind that he would
+embrace the gospel, and cordially believe to the salvation
+of his soul. I could never account for that love
+which I have continued to have for Dr. Good, even
+here at the ends of the earth, but from the <i>communion
+of saints</i>. Though the affliction of yourself and your
+dear daughters must be severe, having lost such a
+husband and father, yet you cannot sorrow as those
+without hope; you must be satisfied that the Lord
+has taken him away from the evil to come; and as he
+cannot now return to you, comfort one another with
+the hope that you shall go to him. He finished his
+course with joy, and the work that had been given
+<span class="pagenum">[Pg 215]</span>him to do; and came to the grave like a shock of corn
+that was fully ripe. This consideration should reconcile
+you to the Divine dispensation, and constrain
+you to say, &#8216;Not my will, but Thine be done.&#8217; You
+and your dear husband had travelled long together;
+few in this miserable world were so happy and blessed
+as you were for so long a period. Remember all the
+way the Lord hath led you in this wilderness; recall
+to mind his mercies of old, and bless his name. I have
+long wished to see you face to face; but that wish
+will never be gratified. The day may come when, in
+another and a better world, we may recount all our
+travels here below. We are sure that we are fast
+approaching to the end of our journey, and shall soon
+arrive at the banks of Jordan. Let us labour, my dear
+madam, to keep the promised land in view. You
+have the consolation of your two amiable daughters&#8217;
+company. I have never thought of Mrs. N. but with
+feelings of sympathy, and regret for her loss in the
+death of her excellent husband. How mysterious are
+the ways of God! We cannot account for them now,
+but we shall know hereafter. As a father pitieth his
+own children, so is the Lord merciful unto them that
+fear him. Mrs. Neale may derive comfort from the
+Divine promises. There are many made to the widow
+and the fatherless, and God is never unmindful of his
+promises. When we arrive in Mount Zion, we shall
+then be satisfied with all the Divine dispensations, and
+see cause to bless God for the severest. Give my love
+to Miss Good; tell her how much I am obliged to
+her, for the communication she has made to me respecting
+her dear father....</p>
+
+<p class="quotsig">&#8220;I am yours, very sincerely,&#8221;</p></blockquote>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum">[Pg 216]</span>He was still subject to the persecutions of &#8220;unreasonable
+and wicked men,&#8221; and was again compelled to
+vindicate his conduct in a pamphlet, which issued
+from the press at Sydney, in 1828. Transmitting a
+copy to his friend, the Rev. Josiah Pratt, he says: &#8220;I
+consider myself a proscribed person these last few
+years. All the charges against me are contained in
+this pamphlet. My public offences, my illegal acts,
+the charges against me for inflicting torture to extort
+confession, for which I have been condemned unheard,
+and suffered as guilty. What an ungodly world may
+think or say of me, is of little moment; but I do not
+wish to lose the good opinion of my Christian friends,
+and fall in their estimation.&#8221; He returns to the
+subject in his correspondence with other Christian
+friends; for the apprehension that in him the cause of
+religion might seem to have received a wound, lay heavy
+on his mind. &#8220;I should feel much,&#8221; he says, writing
+to Mr. D. Coates, &#8220;if the cause of religion should suffer
+in my personal conduct; but I hope it will not. I hope
+I have said enough to satisfy the Christian world that
+I am clear in this matter. To justify my public conduct,
+was an act due to my family and to all my
+Christian friends, as well as the general interests of
+religion.&#8221; Nor was it merely the breath of slander
+that assailed him: he mentions in a private letter to
+the Rev. Edward Bickersteth, an act of grievous wrong
+inflicted by the British government. &#8220;I and my
+family were all struck off the public victualling books
+in the latter part of Governor Macquarie&#8217;s administration,
+without any compensation. The Rev. R.
+Cartwright and the Rev. William Cooper, with their
+families, were also struck off from the public stores at
+the same time. They have both had their claims<span class="pagenum">[Pg 217]</span>
+settled since governor Darling arrived. One received
+700<i>l.</i>, and the other more than 800<i>l.</i>; but I have
+received nothing. My claim is equally just, had I
+only served the same period as my colleagues, though
+I have served nearly twenty years longer than either
+of them. I can only attribute this act of injustice to
+some hostile feeling in the colonial office. Governor
+Darling has always shown me every attention I could
+wish.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Yet he uttered no protest; he raised no clamour
+for redress. &#8220;I mention this circumstance to you,&#8221;
+he adds, &#8220;<i>confidentially</i>: when the truth of my case is
+laid before the public, perhaps my superiors may
+think differently of my conduct, and do me common
+justice.&#8221; Whether he obtained redress we are not
+informed. The occurrence shows the depth and bitterness
+of those hostile feelings, which we can trace to
+no other cause on his part than his boldness in rebuking
+vice, and his fidelity to the cause of his Lord
+and Master.</p>
+
+<p>The year 1830 found Mr. Marsden once more upon
+the ocean. For neither increasing years nor the
+vexations through which he had passed damped his
+ardour in the missionary cause. His mind was stedfastly
+fixed on the progress of the gospel in New
+Zealand, and there he was anxious once more in person
+to assist in carrying on the work. He felt that his
+time was growing short, and hastened, &#8220;before his
+decease,&#8221; to &#8220;set in order the things which were
+wanting.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>He perceived, too, with mingled feelings, that New
+Zealand was about to undergo a great change. His
+efforts to induce the chiefs to unite under one head or
+sovereign elected by themselves, had totally failed.<span class="pagenum">[Pg 218]</span>
+Shunghie had been slain in battle, and his ambitious
+projects of gaining a New Zealand throne by conquest
+were at an end. War was the natural condition of all
+the Maori tribes, and this, rendered more deadly,
+though possibly less ferocious, by the introduction of
+fire-arms, was fearfully thinning their numbers from
+year to year. They were subject, too, to periodical
+returns of a terrible scourge, a disease resembling the
+influenza, which cut off multitudes. On the whole,
+it was calculated, that not more than a hundred thousand
+Maories now survived; while twenty years before,
+when the island was first visited, the numbers were at
+least two hundred thousand. It was evident that they
+could not long maintain their independence as a
+nation. European ships began to crowd the Bay of
+Islands. English settlers were already making their
+way into their choice and fertile lands. To minds less
+sagacious than Mr. Marsden&#8217;s, the result could be no
+longer doubtful&mdash;New Zealand must become an
+English colony. He foresaw the necessity, and, though
+at first with reluctance, cordially acquiesced in it, even
+for the sake of the Maories themselves. His concern
+now was to prepare them for a measure which must
+sooner or later take place. Everything was in a lawless
+state; the progress of the missions was greatly
+interrupted, and his presence was once more highly
+necessary. His own anxiety was great, first on behalf
+of the missions which had so long been the especial
+objects of his care; and then for New Zealand at large
+that the policy of Great Britain should respect the
+rights of the native tribes and pledge itself to their
+protection.</p>
+
+<p>On his arrival in New Zealand, in March, 1830, he
+was greeted before the ship had cast anchor by the<span class="pagenum">[Pg 219]</span>
+Messrs. Williams and others of the missionary band,
+who hastened on board, and expressed their joy at his
+unexpected appearance among them. It was a critical
+moment, for they were in greater anxiety and difficulty
+than they had experienced at any former period of the
+mission. The natives were at open war, and but a
+day or two before a great battle had been fought on
+the opposite beach of the Bay of Islands, in which
+about fourteen hundred had been engaged. The
+alleged cause of the war was the misconduct of an
+English captain who had offered indignities to some
+native women on board his vessel. One tribe espoused
+his cause, while another came forward to avenge the
+insult. Six chiefs had fallen in the battle, and a hundred
+lives were lost; several whaling vessels were
+lying in the Bay, and their crews as well as the missionary
+stations, were in the utmost peril from the
+revenge of the victorious tribe, which now lay encamped
+at Keri-Keri.</p>
+
+<p>There was not an hour to be lost. Mr. Marsden
+crossed the bay with Mr. Henry Williams early the
+next morning, to visit the camp as a mediator. The
+chiefs, many of whom from different parts of the
+island, had formerly been acquainted with Mr.
+Marsden, all expressed their gratification at meeting
+him again. After conversing with them on different
+points connected with proposals of peace, the two
+friendly mediators crossed over to the camp of their
+opponents, and entered at once on the subject of their
+mission. They spoke to them of the evils of war, and
+more particularly of the civil war in which they were
+engaged. &#8220;They heard all we had to say with great
+attention, and several of them replied to the different
+arguments we had used. They contended<span class="pagenum">[Pg 220]</span>
+that we were answerable for the lives of those who
+had fallen in the battle, as the war had been occasioned
+by the misconduct of the captain of a vessel
+one of our own countrymen; they wished to know
+what satisfaction we would give them for the loss of
+their friends who had been slain. We replied that we
+could give them no satisfaction, that we condemned
+his conduct, and were sorry that any of our countrymen
+had behaved so badly, and that we would write to
+England and prevent his return.&#8221; This the savages
+requested that Mr. Marsden would not do; they
+longed for his return, that they might take their own
+revenge. Mr. Marsden then proceeded to inform them
+that he had had an interview with the chiefs on the
+other side, who were willing to come to terms of peace,
+and wished him to assist in settling their quarrel.
+This information was received in a friendly way by
+the greater part: one or two still wished to fight.
+The mediators now returned to the beach, which they
+found covered with war canoes and armed men. A
+war council was held, and the Rev. Henry Williams
+stated the business upon which they had come amongst
+them. The natives listened attentively. Many of
+the chiefs gave their opinion in turn, with much force
+and dignity of address. These orations continued
+from an early hour in the morning, till the shades of
+evening were closing. It was finally agreed that the
+mediating party should proceed the next morning to
+the opposite camp and repeat what had taken place.
+After a long discussion, it was concluded that two
+commissioners from each party should be appointed,
+along with Mr. Marsden and Mr. Williams, to conclude
+the terms of peace. Having now urged all that
+was in their power to bring about a reconciliation,<span class="pagenum">[Pg 221]</span>
+they walked over the ground where the battle had
+been fought; a dreadful scene under any circumstances,
+unutterably loathsome, where cannibals were
+the contending parties. &#8220;The remains of some of the
+bodies that had been slain were lying unconsumed on
+the fires; the air was extremely offensive, and the
+scene most disgusting. We could not but bitterly
+lament these baneful effects of sin, and the influence
+of the prince of darkness over the minds of the poor
+heathen.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>The next day was Sunday, it was spent by Mr.
+Williams at the camp, for it was not considered safe at
+present to leave the savage warriors, whose angry passions
+smouldered. Mr. Marsden proceeded to the station,
+and preached to the infant church. Never was the gospel
+of Christ placed in finer contrast with the kingdom of
+darkness, and the appalling tyranny of the god of
+this world. Mr. Marsden&#8217;s pen thus describes the
+scene as he sketched it upon the spot:</p>
+
+<blockquote><p>&#8220;The contrast between the state of the east and
+west side of the bay was very striking. Though only
+two miles distant, the east shore was crowded with
+different tribes of fighting men in a wild savage state,
+many of them nearly naked, and when exercising
+entirely naked; nothing was to be heard but the
+firing of muskets, the noise, din, and commotion of
+a savage military camp; some mourning the death of
+their friends, others suffering from their wounds, and
+not one but whose mind was involved in heathen
+darkness without one ray of Divine knowledge. On
+the other side was the pleasant sound of the church
+going bell; the natives assembling together for divine
+worship, clean, orderly and decently dressed, most of
+them in European clothing; they were carrying the<span class="pagenum">[Pg 222]</span>
+litany and the greatest part of the church service,
+written in their own language, in their hands with
+their hymns. The church service, as far as it has
+been translated, they can write and read. Their
+conduct and the general appearance of the whole
+settlement reminded me of a well-regulated English
+country parish. In the chapel, the natives behaved
+with the greatest propriety, and joined in the church
+service. Here might be viewed at one glance the
+blessings of the Christian religion, and the miseries of
+heathenism with respect to the present life; but when
+we extend one thought over the eternal world how
+infinite is the difference!&#8221;</p></blockquote>
+
+<p>These were trying times undoubtedly. The
+missions had existed fifteen years, and yet the powers
+of darkness raged in all the horrors of cannibal
+warfare, close to the doors of the missionary premises.
+On the following Tuesday morning, Mr. Marsden was
+aroused from his bed by a chief calling at his window
+to tell him that the army was in motion, and that a
+battle seemed to be at hand. He arose immediately
+and was informed that thirty-six canoes had been
+counted passing between the main and the island.
+He immediately launched the missionary boat and
+proceeded to meet them. &#8220;When we came up to
+them we found they had left their women and children
+on the island, and that they were all fighting men,
+well armed and ready for action in a moment&#8217;s notice. I
+counted more than forty men in one war canoe.&#8221;
+Yet amongst these infuriated savages the missionaries
+felt no alarm. &#8220;We were under no apprehension of
+danger; both parties placed the utmost confidence in
+us, and we were fully persuaded the commissioners
+would be cordially received.&#8221; If the event had turned<span class="pagenum">[Pg 223]</span>
+out otherwise Mr. Marsden and his friends had
+notice given them by the native commissioners, of
+whom we have spoken, that they would be seen alive no
+more. &#8220;The three native commissioners accompanied
+us in a small canoe which they paddled themselves.
+They brought their canoe between our two boats, and
+in that position we approached the beach. They
+told us if they were killed, we must be given up
+to their friends as a sacrifice for the loss of their
+lives.&#8221; The missionaries&#8217; confidence was not misplaced;
+&#8220;the whole day was spent in deliberation;
+at night, after a long oration, the great chief on one
+side clove a stick in two to signify that his anger was
+broken. The terms of peace were ratified, and both
+sides joined in a hideous war dance together; repeatedly
+firing their muskets. We then took our
+departure from these savage scenes with much satisfaction,
+as we had attained the object we were
+labouring for.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Such scenes did not for an instant disturb the firm
+faith and confidence of the great missionary leader.
+Coming from the midst of them he could sit down in
+the missionary hut and write as follows:</p>
+
+<blockquote><p>&#8220;The time will come when human sacrifices and
+cannibalism shall be annihilated in New Zealand, by
+the pure, mild and heavenly influence of the gospel
+of our blessed Lord and Saviour. The work is great,
+but Divine goodness will find both the means and the
+instruments to accomplish his own gracious purposes
+to fallen man. His word, which is the sword of the
+Spirit, is able to subdue these savage people to the
+obedience of faith. It is the duty of Christians to use
+the means, to sow the seed and patiently to wait for the
+heavenly dews to cause it to spring up, and afterwards<span class="pagenum">[Pg 224]</span>
+to look up to God in faith and prayer to send the
+early and latter rain.&#8221;</p></blockquote>
+
+<p>Even now the &#8220;Day-spring from on high&#8221; had visited
+this savage race. In no part of the world was the
+sabbath day more sacredly observed than by the
+converts in the missionary settlements; their lives
+gave evidence that their hearts were changed. Spiritual
+religion, deep and earnest, began to show its
+fruit in some of them; others were at least much
+impressed with the importance of eternal things.
+Mr. Marsden was waited upon one evening by several
+native young men and women who wished to converse
+on religious subjects; when they came in their
+anxious countenances explained the inward working
+of their minds; their object was to know what they
+must do to be saved. He endeavoured to set before
+them the love of Jesus in coming from heaven to die
+for a ruined world, and mentioned many instances of
+his love and mercy which he showed to sinners while
+on earth. &#8220;When I had addressed them at some
+length,&#8221; he adds, &#8220;a young native woman begun to
+pray.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I never heard any address offered up to heaven
+with such feelings of reverence, and piety, so much
+sweetness and freedom of expression, with such
+humility and heavenly mindedness. I could not doubt
+but that this young woman prayed with the Spirit, and
+with the understanding. She prayed fervently that
+God would pardon her sins and preserve her from
+evil; and for all the natives in the room, that they
+might all be preserved from falling into the temptations
+by which they were surrounded. Her very soul
+seemed to be swallowed up with the sense she had of
+the evil and danger of sin, and the love of Jesus, who<span class="pagenum">[Pg 225]</span>
+came to save sinners. Her voice was low, soft and
+harmonious; her sentences were short and expressed
+in the true spirit of prayer. I never expected to have
+seen, in my day, any of the natives of this barbarous
+nation offering up their supplications for pardon and
+grace, to the only true God, with such godly sorrow
+and true contrition.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Amongst the audience in the room were the aged
+widow and two daughters of the great Shunghie.
+When they rose from their knees the ex-queen exclaimed,
+&#8220;Astonishing, astonishing!&#8221; and then retired;
+&#8220;and I confess,&#8221; adds Mrs. Marsden, &#8220;I was not less
+astonished than she was.&#8221; The young woman he
+learned had for some time lived upon the mission premises,
+and conducted herself in all respects as a
+Christian, adorning the gospel she professed. A few
+days after we find Mr. Marsden &#8220;marrying an Englishman
+to a native Christian woman, who repeated the
+responses very correctly in English which she well
+understood; she conducted herself with the greatest
+propriety, and appeared neatly dressed in European
+clothing of her own making, for she was a good sempstress.&#8221;
+Mr. Marsden considered, he says, this marriage
+to be of the first importance; and the New Zealanders
+appear to have been of the same mind, and to have done
+due honour to the occasion: for &#8220;the company came
+in a war canoe and brought their provisions with
+them, a pig and plenty of potatoes.&#8221; Shortly afterwards,
+he united a young native man and woman in
+marriage, they were both Christians, domestic servants
+to Mr. Clarke, one of the missionaries, and seemed to
+have a great affection for each other. The young man
+was free and of a good family; the young woman was
+a slave, having become such by capture; for all their<span class="pagenum">[Pg 226]</span>
+prisoners of war if not massacred were reduced to
+slavery. Mr. Clarke therefore redeemed her from her
+master, for five blankets, an axe, and an iron-pot. A
+chief seldom allowed any of his female slaves to marry,
+always reserving a number of them as wives for himself.
+We must therefore suppose that the price was
+a very liberal one.</p>
+
+<p>The effects of Christianity were now apparent in
+some favoured spots, and Mr. Marsden returned home
+again full of hope and consolation. He had witnessed
+already changes far greater than he had ever hoped to
+see, sanguine as he was of ultimate success. So confident
+was he in the good feeling of the natives towards
+himself, that he had taken one of his daughters with
+him, and she accompanied him in his visits to the
+chiefs, one of whom, known by the title of King George,
+demanded her in marriage for his son; &#8220;an honour,&#8221;
+writes her father, &#8220;which I begged permission to decline.&#8221;
+Fearful indeed had been the condition of
+females hitherto amongst these savages, as the following
+extract, with which we conclude our notice of Mr.
+Marsden&#8217;s sixth visit to New Zealand, sufficiently
+attests. He is describing the great change which
+Christianity had effected among the New Zealanders.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;On one of my former visits to New Zealand, sitting
+in the room I am at present in, the natives killed
+and ate a poor young woman just behind the house.
+But what a wonderful change the gospel has wrought!
+In this little spot, where so late hellish songs were sung
+and heathen rites performed, I now hear the songs of
+Zion, and the voice of prayer offered up to the God of
+heaven. So wonderful is the power of God&#8217;s word.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>He returned home greatly cheered and well qualified
+&#8220;to comfort others with the comforts wherewith&#8221; he<span class="pagenum">[Pg 227]</span>
+himself &#8220;was comforted of God.&#8221; To Mrs. Good, the
+widow of his departed friend, he wrote as follows, soon
+afterwards:</p>
+
+<blockquote><p class="quotdate">&#8220;Paramatta, August 27, 1833.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;<span class="smcap">My dear Mrs. Good</span>,&mdash;We received Miss Good&#8217;s
+letter, which gave us much concern to learn that you
+had met with such severe trials.... How
+mysterious are the ways of God! We cannot comprehend
+them now, but we are assured, that what we
+know not at present we shall know hereafter. Our
+heavenly Father has promised that all things shall
+work together for good to them that love God, and
+the Scriptures cannot be broken. He willingly suffers
+none of his children to be afflicted. In the end we
+shall find that he hath done all things well. At
+present our trials may bear heavy upon us, but St.
+Paul tells us they are but for a moment, and eventually
+will work for us a far more exceeding weight of eternal
+glory. Job, when he had lost all his children and
+property exclaimed, &#8216;Naked came I out of my mother&#8217;s
+womb, and naked shall I return; the Lord gave and
+the Lord hath taken away; blessed be the name of
+the Lord.&#8217; We know Infinite Wisdom cannot err in
+any of his dispensations towards us, and he will never
+leave or forsake them that trust in him. I pray that
+the Father of mercies may support you under all your
+trials and afflictions. The very remembrance of the
+pleasure I experienced in the society of your ever-to-be-revered
+husband is very refreshing to my mind.
+We often speak of you all, and humbly pray that
+we may meet again in another and a better
+world. I am now almost seventy years old, and
+I cannot but be thankful, when I look back and
+consider how the Lord hath led me all my life long.
+<span class="pagenum">[Pg 228]</span>I have gone through many dangers by land, by water,
+amongst the heathen and amongst my own countrymen,
+robbers and murderers, by night and by day;
+but though I have been robbed, no personal injury
+have I ever received, not so much as a bone broken.
+I have also had to contend with many wicked and unreasonable
+men in power, but the Lord in his providence
+ordered all for good. Most of them are now
+in the silent grave, and I have much peace and comfort
+in the discharge of my public duty, and I bless
+God for it. I have visited New Zealand six times.
+The mission prospers very much; the Lord has blessed
+the missionaries in their labours, and made their
+work to prosper.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I am happy to say my family are all pretty well....
+Mrs. M. enjoys her health well at her
+age, so that we have everything to be thankful for.
+The colony increases very fast in population; 599
+women arrived from Europe a few days ago.
+Provisions are very cheap and in great plenty. Our
+number increases some thousands every year, so that
+there is a prospect of this country becoming great and
+populous. Your daughter mentions the sheep; she
+will be astonished to hear that one million eight
+hundred thousand pounds of wool, were exported last
+year from New South Wales to England, and we may
+expect a very great annual increase from the fineness
+of the climate, and the extent of pasturage....
+Wool will prove the natural wealth of these colonies
+and of vast importance to the mother country also.
+We are very much in want of pious ministers....
+None but pious men will be of any service in such a
+society as ours.... I should wish to go to England
+again to select some ministers, if I were not so
+<span class="pagenum">[Pg 229]</span>very old; but this I cannot do, and therefore I must
+pray to the great Head of the church, to provide
+for those sheep who are without a shepherd.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;May I request you to remember us affectionately
+to Mrs. Neale and Dr. Gregory&mdash;I pray that you
+and yours may be supported under every trial, and
+that they may be all sanctified to your eternal
+good. I remain, dear Mrs. Good,</p>
+
+<p class="quotsig">&#8220;Yours affectionately.<br />
+&#8220;<span class="smcap">Samuel Marsden</span>.&#8221;</p></blockquote>
+
+<p>In 1835, Mrs. Marsden died. She had long been
+patiently looking forward to her great change, and her
+last end was full of peace. Years had not abated his
+love for his &#8220;dear partner;&#8221; so he always called her
+when, after her decease, he had occasion to speak of
+her. He showed her grave, in sight of his study
+window, with touching emotion to his friends, and
+felt himself almost released from earth and its attractions
+when she had left it. His own increasing
+infirmities had led him to anticipate that he should
+be first removed, and the parsonage house being
+his only by a life tenure, he had built a comfortable
+residence for his widow, which however, she did
+not live to occupy. By this bereavement he was himself
+led to view the last conflict as near at hand;
+henceforward it constantly occupied his mind, and
+formed at times the chief subject of his conversation.
+He sometimes spoke of it amongst his friends with a
+degree of calmness, and at the same time with such a
+deep sense of its nearness and reality, as to excite their
+apprehensions as well as their astonishment. He stood
+on the verge of eternity and gazed into it with a
+tranquil eye, and spoke of what he saw with the
+composure of one who was &#8220;now ready to be offered,<span class="pagenum">[Pg 230]</span>
+and the time of whose departure was at hand;&#8221;&mdash;his last
+text before he had quitted New Zealand.</p>
+
+<p>Yet he was not at all times equally serene. Returning
+one day from a visit to a dying bed, he called
+at the residence of a brother minister, the Rev. R.
+Cartwright, in a state of some dejection. He entered
+on the subject of death with feeling, and expressed
+some fears with regard to his own salvation. Mr.
+Cartwright remarked upon the happiness of himself and
+his friend as being both so near to their eternal rest,
+to which Mr. Marsden seriously replied with emphasis,
+&#8220;But Mr. C&mdash;&mdash;, <i>if</i> I am there.&#8221; &#8220;If, Mr. Marsden?&#8221;
+rejoined his friend, surprised at the doubt implied.
+The aged disciple then brought forward several passages
+of Scripture bearing upon the deep responsibility of
+the ministerial office coupled with his own unworthiness;
+&#8220;lest I myself should be a castaway;&#8221; &#8220;if we
+hold the beginning of our confidence stedfast unto
+the end;&#8221; remarking on his own sinfulness,&mdash;every
+thing he had done being tainted with sin,&mdash;on his utter
+uselessness,&mdash;and contrasting all this with the holiness
+and purity of God. At another time, coming from
+the factory after a visit to a dying woman, and deeply
+impressed with the awfulness of a dying hour in the
+case of one who was unprepared to die, he repeated in
+a very solemn manner some lines from Blair&#8217;s once
+celebrated poem on the grave&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="poem" style="width: 28em;">
+<span class="i0">&#8220;In that dread moment how the frantic soul</span>
+<span class="i0">Raves round the walls of her clay tenement,</span>
+<span class="i0">Runs to each avenue and shrieks for help,</span>
+<span class="i0">But shrieks in vain. How wistfully she looks</span>
+<span class="i0">On all she is leaving; now no longer hers.</span>
+<span class="i0">A little longer, yet a little longer. Oh! might she stay</span>
+<span class="i0">To wash away her crimes, and fit her for her passage.&#8221;</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>He then spoke on the plan of salvation and the
+grace offered by the gospel with great feeling.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum">[Pg 231]</span>The holiness and purity of God appeared at times to
+overwhelm his soul; contrasting it, as he did, with his
+own sinfulness, and viewing it in connexion with the
+fact that he must soon stand before his awful presence.
+Yet he speedily recovered his habitual peace, recalling
+the blessed truth that &#8220;there is now no condemnation
+to them which are in Christ Jesus.&#8221; He was still on the
+whole a most cheerful Christian, joying and rejoicing
+in the hope of a blessed immortality. And as he drew
+near his journey&#8217;s end his prospects were still brighter
+and his peace increased.</p>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_232" name="Page_232"></a>[Pg 232]</span></p>
+
+<h2>CHAPTER XII.</h2>
+
+<blockquote><p>State of New South Wales&mdash;The Aborigines&mdash;Cruelties practised upon
+them&mdash;Attempts to civilize and convert them&mdash;They fail&mdash;Mr.
+Marsden&#8217;s Seventh Visit to New Zealand&mdash;His Daughter&#8217;s Journal&mdash;Affection
+of the Natives&mdash;Progress of the Mission&mdash;Danger from
+European vices&mdash;Returns in H.M.S Rattlesnake to Sydney.</p></blockquote>
+
+<p>History affords but few examples of a change such as
+New South Wales had undergone since Mr. Marsden
+landed from a convict ship in the penal settlement of
+Botany Bay in the year 1794. The gold fields
+had not yet disclosed their wealth, nor did he live
+to see the stupendous consequences which resulted
+from their discovery in 1851, the rush of European
+adventurers, and the sudden transformation of the
+dismal solitudes of Bendigo and Ballarat into the abode
+of thousands of restless, enterprising men, with all the
+attendant circumstances, both good and evil, of civilized
+life. But Australia was already a vast colony; in
+almost everything except the name, an empire, self-supporting,
+and with regard to its internal affairs, self
+governed, though still under the mild control, borne
+with loyalty and pride, of the English sovereign. The
+state of society was completely changed. For many
+years, the stream of emigration had carried to the
+fertile shores of Australia not the refuse of our jails,
+but some of the choicest of our population; the young,
+the intelligent, the enterprising, and the high principled,
+who sought for a wider field of action, or
+disdained to live at home, useless to society, and a
+burden to their relatives. Large towns such as<span class="pagenum">[Pg 235]</span>Sydney, Victoria, Geelong and Melbourne, with their
+spacious harbours crowded with shipping, were already
+in existence, and English settlers had covered with
+their flocks those inland plains which long after Mr.
+Marsden&#8217;s arrival still lay desolate and unexplored.</p>
+
+<p>The religious condition of Australia was no less
+changed. All denominations were now represented
+by a ministry, and accommodated in places of worship
+not at all inferior to those at home. The Church of
+England had erected Sydney into a bishopric, of which
+the pious and energetic archdeacon Broughton was
+the first incumbent, and the number of the colonial
+clergy had been greatly increased; under all these
+influences the tone of social morality was improved,
+and real spiritual religion won its triumphs in many
+hearts. Mr. Marsden was now released from those
+official cares and duties as senior chaplain which once
+so heavily pressed upon him. Beyond his own parish
+of Paramatta his ministerial labours did not necessarily
+extend, and in his parish duties he had the efficient aid
+of his son-in-law and other coadjutors.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 600px;">
+<a id="Fig_3" name="Fig_3"></a>
+<img src="images/paramatta.jpg" width="600" height="354" alt="PARAMATTA CHURCH" title="PARAMATTA CHURCH" />
+<span class="caption">PARAMATTA CHURCH</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>The one spot on which no cheering ray seemed to
+fall, the sterile field which after years of laborious
+cultivation yielded no return, was the native population,
+the aborigines of New South Wales.</p>
+
+<p>We have mentioned some of the many futile attempts
+made for their conversion; more might be added; for
+various missions were devised,&mdash;by the Society for the
+Propagation of the Gospel in Foreign Parts, aided by
+the colonial government; by the Wesleyan and the
+Church Missionary Societies; and by the London
+Missionary Society; but none of these met with much
+success, and we fear all have been in turn abandoned.
+The mission of Mr. Threlkeld, on the margin of lake<span class="pagenum">[Pg 236]</span>
+Macquarie deserves especial notice. It was continued
+for upwards of fourteen years; during the first six
+years at the charges of the London Missionary Society,
+but owing to the heavy expense, and the slow progress
+of the mission, they withdrew from it after an outlay
+of about three thousand pounds. Mr. Threlkeld was
+reluctant to give up the mission, and pursued it for
+some time from his own resources and those of his
+friends, with a small grant of a hundred and fifty pounds
+a-year from the British government, who also made
+over ten thousand acres of land to be held on trust on
+behalf of the natives. Mr. Threlkeld seems to have
+been admirably fitted for his work; he had been the
+fellow labourer of the martyr John Williams, of
+Erromanga, and left the Tahitian mission in consequence
+of heavy domestic afflictions. He had spent
+much time in acquiring a knowledge of the language
+of the &#8220;blacks&#8221; or aborigines, of which he drew
+up a grammar, besides translating some portions of
+Scripture, Watts&#8217;s hymns, and other suitable works.
+He had generally three or four tribes resident around
+him upon the land granted for their use. Occasionally
+he employed from twelve to sixty of them in burning
+off the timber and clearing the land, an employment
+which they liked best. At this they would continue
+for eight or ten days at a time, until some native
+custom, or the report of the hostile intention of some
+neighbouring tribe, called them off, perhaps never to
+return. Harmless as they seemed, their customs were
+ferocious; the tribes were constantly at war, and upon
+human life they set no value; they had no law against
+murder, and consequently no punishment for it. A
+man may murder his wife, or child, or any other
+relative with impunity; but if a person murder another<span class="pagenum">[Pg 237]</span>
+who is no way connected with him, the nearest of kin to
+the murdered person will sometimes avenge his death;
+though this seldom happens unless the delinquent and
+the sufferer are of different tribes. It is only as they
+become acquainted with the customs of Europeans
+that human life is regarded. In their native wilds
+they sport with the sufferings both of man and beast.</p>
+
+<p>At different periods, Mr. Threlkeld erected huts, but
+in these they could not be induced to live, alleging the
+accumulation of vermin and the fear of other natives
+coming in the night and spearing them without a possibility
+of escape. On urging them to plant corn on a
+piece of ground he had prepared for them, they replied
+it would be useless, as the tribes from the neighbouring
+Sugar Loaf Mountain, although on friendly terms,
+would come down and take it away when ripe. Mr.
+Threlkeld attributed the failure of his mission partly
+to the want of funds, but still more to the influx of
+European settlers. He deeply deplored the want of
+legal protectors, both to prevent the ferocious attacks
+of the blacks upon each other, and to protect them
+from the white man&#8217;s atrocities. &#8220;I am firmly of
+opinion,&#8221; adds Mr. Threlkeld, in the annual report of
+his mission for the year 1836, &#8220;that a Protector of
+Aborigines will be fully employed in investigating
+cases of the cruelty of European settlers, which are
+both numerous and shocking to humanity, and in
+maintaining their civil rights.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>He had but too much reason to express himself
+thus. The cases of oppression which he himself describes,
+are most revolting. In one instance, a stockman,
+or herdsman, boasted to his master of having
+killed six or seven black men with his own hands,
+when in pursuit of them with his companions; for<span class="pagenum">[Pg 238]</span>
+they were hunted down in mere wantonness and sport.
+He was merely dismissed from his employer&#8217;s service.
+In another, a party of stockmen went out, some depredation
+having been committed by the blacks in
+spearing their cattle, took a black prisoner, tied his
+arms, and then fastened him to the stirrup of a stockman
+on horseback to drag him along. When the
+party arrived near their respective stations they separated,
+leaving the stockman to conduct the prisoner to
+his own hut. The black, when he found they were alone,
+was reluctant to proceed, and struggled to get free,
+when the stockman took his knife from his pocket,
+coolly stuck the black in the throat, and left him for
+dead. The poor fellow crawled to the house of a gentleman
+dwelling on the plains, told his tale, and died.</p>
+
+<p>These are but specimens of cruelties, too numerous
+and too horrible to relate. The blacks, of course,
+retaliated, and military parties were sent out against
+them. On the 31st October, 1828, the executive
+council of the colony declared in their minutes, &#8220;that
+the outrages of the aboriginal natives amount to a
+complete declaration of hostilities against the settlers
+generally,&#8221; but they forgot to add that these hostilities
+had been provoked in every instance by the wanton
+aggression of the Europeans. Martial law was again
+proclaimed in October, 1830, against the natives, and
+the governor at length determined to call upon the
+inhabitants to take up arms, and join the troops in
+forming a military cordon, by means of which he proposed
+to drive the aborigines into Tasman&#8217;s Peninsula.
+The inhabitants responded to the call, and an armed
+force of between two and three thousand men were in
+the field from the 4th October till the 26th November;
+but the attempt entirely failed.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum">[Pg 239]</span>Mr. Marsden lived to see the beginnings of a better
+system, though from his advanced age he was now no
+longer able to take an active part in the formation of
+new institutions. Before his death, a society had been
+formed in the colony for the protection of the aborigines,
+and government had also appointed protectors
+to defend them against wanton outrage. This was a
+great advance in a colony where, Lieutenant Sadleir
+(who had the charge of the school at Paramatta for
+the aborigines) tells us, that on his first tour up the
+country he saw the skull of a celebrated native, in
+which was visible the hole where the ball had penetrated
+the forehead, placed over a gentleman&#8217;s bookcase
+in his sitting-room; &#8220;a trophy,&#8221; he says, &#8220;which
+he prized very much, of his success in one of those exterminating
+excursions then sometimes undertaken,
+when the natives were hunted down like beasts of
+prey to be destroyed.&#8221; But it was not till the year
+1839 that an act was passed by the legislative council
+giving extensive powers to certain &#8220;commissioners of
+lands,&#8221; who were also magistrates of the territory, to
+put a stop to the atrocities so extensively committed
+beyond the boundaries, both by the aborigines and the
+European settlers. The governor drew attention to
+this act in a proclamation worthy of his high office.
+&#8220;As human beings,&#8221; he remarks, &#8220;partaking of our
+common nature, as the aboriginal possessors of the
+soil from which the wealth of the country has been
+principally derived, and as subjects of the queen,
+whose authority extends over every part of New Holland,
+the natives of the colony have an equal right
+with the people of European origin to the protection
+and assistance of the law of England.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;His excellency thinks it right further to inform<span class="pagenum">[Pg 240]</span>
+the public that each succeeding despatch from the
+secretary of state marks in an increasing degree the
+importance which her Majesty&#8217;s government, and no
+less the parliament and the people of Great Britain,
+attach to the just and humane treatment of the aborigines
+of this country, and to declare most earnestly
+and solemnly his deep conviction that there is no subject
+or matter whatsoever in which the interests as
+well as the honour of the colonists are more essentially
+concerned.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>His excellency was soon called upon to bring his professions
+of impartial justice to the test. A few weeks
+only after the date of the proclamation, seven monsters
+in human shape, convicts who had been assigned
+as stockmen to some of the settlers in the interior,
+influenced, it would seem, by no other motive than a
+fiendish determination to exterminate the unhappy
+natives, set out on horseback in pursuit of their victims.
+One Charles Kilmaister was their leader. They
+were traced in their progress, inquiring after blacks,
+and at last it appeared they arrived at a hut near the
+Orawaldo, commonly called the Big River, beyond
+Liverpool Plains. Here they discovered a little tribe
+of about thirty natives, men, women, and children,
+including babes at their mothers&#8217; breasts, assembled
+in the bush, unsuspicious of danger, and unconscious
+of offence. It was on Sunday. They immediately
+approached their victims, who, terrified at their manner,
+ran into Kilmaister&#8217;s hut, crying for protection;
+but they appealed to hearts of stone. The
+bandits having caught them as it were in a trap, dismounted
+and followed them into the hut, and, despite
+of their entreaties, tied them together with a rope.
+When all were thus secured, one end of the rope was<span class="pagenum">[Pg 241]</span>
+tied round the body of the foremost of the murderers,
+who, having mounted his horse, led the way, dragging
+the terrified group after him, while his infamous companions
+guarded them on all sides. Onward they
+were dragged till a fitting place in the bush was
+reached, when the work of slaughter commenced, and
+unresisting, these hapless wretches, one after the
+other, were brutally butchered. Fathers, and mothers,
+and children, fell before the previously sharpened
+swords of their executioners, till all lay together a
+lifeless mass, clinging to each other even in death,
+as with the throes of natural affection. But one shot
+was fired, so that it was presumed one only perished
+by fire-arms. The precise number thus immolated has
+not been accurately ascertained, but it is computed
+not less than thirty lay stretched on their own native
+soil. The demon butchers then placed the bodies in
+a heap, kindled an immense fire over them, and so
+endeavoured to destroy the evidence of their unheard-of
+brutality. The eye of providence, however, was
+not to be thus blinded; and although for a time the
+miscreants imagined they had effectually disguised
+their horrible work, circumstances led to their apprehension.
+Birds of prey were seen hovering about the
+spot where the unconsumed remains yet rotted on the
+ground. Stockmen in search of their strayed cattle
+were attracted to the place, supposing they should
+find their carcasses. In this way it was that the ribs,
+jaw-bones, half-burned skulls, and other portions of
+human skeletons were found, while symptoms of the
+conflagration in the vicinity were likewise discovered.
+This led to inquiry, and ultimately to the discovery
+of the horrible truth. The place was fifty miles from
+the nearest police station. The whole of the villains<span class="pagenum">[Pg 242]</span>
+were apprehended, and their own admissions and conduct,
+both previous and subsequent to the atrocious
+deed, added to a chain of circumstantial evidence,
+left no doubt of their guilt. It chanced that the
+night previous to the murders a heavy rain had fallen,
+and traces were thus discovered of horses feet, as well
+as of the naked feet of the wretched natives, on the
+way to the field of death. The chief witness, a respectable
+man, scarce dared, however, to return to the
+district, so strong was the sympathy expressed towards
+these miscreants, even by persons of influence, some
+of whom were magistrates. All possible pains were
+taken to save them from condign punishment; subscriptions
+were made for their defence, and counsel
+retained, but in vain; their guilt was established beyond
+a doubt, and Sir George Gipps, the governor,
+suffered the law to take its righteous course.</p>
+
+<p>Yet the progress of humanity and righteousness
+was very slow, and Mr. Marsden did not live to see
+equal justice, not to speak of gospel truth or English
+liberty, carried to the aborigines. In the very year
+of his death, an effort was made by the attorney-general
+of the colony to pass a bill to enable the
+courts of justice to receive the evidence of the blacks,
+hitherto inadmissible. The chief justice of Australia
+gave his sanction to the measure. In laying this bill
+before the council, as the law officer of the crown, the
+attorney-general gave some painful instances of its
+necessity. There was then, he said, lying in his office
+a very remarkable case, in which there was no doubt
+a considerable number of blacks had been shot, but in
+consequence of not being able to take the evidence of
+the blacks who witnessed the transaction, it was impossible
+to prosecute, although there was proof that<span class="pagenum">[Pg 243]</span>
+certain parties went into the bush in a certain direction
+with fire-arms, and that shots were heard.
+The dead bodies of blacks were afterwards found there,
+the skulls of some of them being marked with bullets.
+On the other hand five blacks were convicted of a
+larceny, and could be convicted of no higher offence,
+although those who heard the case must have been
+convinced that they had murdered two white men;
+but, because the blacks, who knew how the murder
+was committed, could not be heard as witnesses, it was
+impossible to prosecute them for the murder. The
+bill only went so far as to allow the blacks to be
+heard,&mdash;&#8220;to allow them to tell their own story; the
+jury might believe them or not as their evidence was
+corroborated circumstantially, or by other witnesses.&#8221;
+Yet this simple instalment of justice was denied, and
+the bill was rejected by the legislative council. Such
+are some of the crimes through which even England,
+just and generous England, has ascended her dazzling
+throne of colonial empire. When we tear aside the
+veil of national pride, how gloomy are the recesses of
+our colonial history; how large the amends which
+Britain owes to every native population which God
+has intrusted to her care!</p>
+
+<p>Mr. Marsden was now seventy-two years of age.
+On every side the friends of his youth were falling,
+and he was bowed down with bodily infirmities, the
+natural consequence of a life of toil. He often
+pointed to an aged tree which grew in sight of his
+windows, as an emblem of himself. It had once stood
+in the middle of a thick wood, surrounded on all sides
+with fine timber; which the waste of years and the
+ruthless axe had levelled; now it stood alone, exposed
+to every blast, its branches broken off, its trunk<span class="pagenum">[Pg 244]</span>
+decayed and its days numbered. Yet he resolved to
+pay another, his seventh, and, as it proved, his last
+visit to New Zealand. It was thought by his friends,
+that he would never live to return. His age and
+infirmities seemed to unfit him for any great exertion
+of either mind or body; but having formed the resolution,
+nothing could now deter him, or divert him
+from it. He sailed on the 9th February, 1837, in the
+Pyramus, accompanied by his youngest daughter,
+and he seemed to be cheered by the reflection that if
+he should die upon his voyage he should die in his
+harness and upon the battle field on which God had
+chosen him to be a leader.</p>
+
+<p>And yet his sturdy spirit scarcely bowed itself to
+such misgivings. As on former visits, he had no
+sooner landed than his whole soul was invigorated by
+scenes from which most others would have shrunk.
+He landed on the southern side of the island, at the
+river Hokianga, and remained amongst the Wesleyan
+missionaries for about a fortnight; after which he
+crossed over to the Bay of Islands, carried all the way
+in a litter by the natives. In this way he visited the
+whole of the missionary stations in the neighbourhood
+of the Bay of Islands, as well as Kaitaia, a station at
+the North Cape. On the arrival of H. M. S. Rattlesnake,
+he accompanied Captain Hobson (afterwards
+governor of New Zealand), to the river Thames, and
+the East Cape, returning at length to Sydney in that
+ship, where he arrived on the 27th of July after an
+absence of five months. When entering the heads of
+Port Jackson, one of the officers of the ship observed,
+&#8220;I think Mr. M. you may look upon this as your last
+visit to New Zealand;&#8221; upon which he replied, &#8220;No
+I don&#8217;t, for I intend to be off again in about six<span class="pagenum">[Pg 245]</span>
+weeks, the people in the colony are becoming too fine
+for me now. I am too old to preach before them, but
+I can talk to the New Zealanders.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Of this, his last visit, we must give some account.
+Captain Livesay of the Pyramus, in a valuable
+letter to Mr. Nicholas, has given some interesting
+reminiscences of his passenger:&mdash;</p>
+
+<blockquote><p class="quotdate">&#8220;Devonport, November 29, 1837.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;<span class="smcap">My dear Sir</span>,&mdash; ... I looked forward to
+meeting you with inexpressible delight, to talk about
+our much esteemed friend Mr. Marsden, and compare
+notes about New Zealand; but we are born to disappointment,
+although I shall still look forward to
+have that pleasure on my return to England.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;From the last account I had of Mr. Marsden,
+previous to my quitting New Zealand, I was informed
+that the trip had done him much good. When he
+left the ship, and indeed when I last saw him, which
+was a month afterwards, he used to walk with a great
+stoop; he was then able to walk upright, and take
+considerable exercise. The dear old man! it used to
+do my heart good to see his pious zeal in his Master&#8217;s
+cause. Nothing ever seemed a trouble to him. He
+was always calm and cheerful, even under intense
+bodily suffering, which was the case sometimes from
+the gravel, which caused him great distress. His
+daughter Martha was a very great comfort to him; she
+was constantly with him, and very affectionate in her
+attentions. I did hope my next voyage would have
+been to New South Wales, that I might have the
+pleasure of seeing him once more, should God have
+spared him so long; but that thought must now be
+given up.&#8221; ...</p></blockquote>
+
+<p>The remainder of the letter has reference to the<span class="pagenum">[Pg 246]</span>
+state and prospects of New Zealand. The sentiments
+are honourable to a British sailor. How happy it
+would have been for the Maori race, had all English
+captains who visited the Bay of Islands, been such
+men as Captain Livesay!</p>
+
+<p>He says, &#8220;It affords me great satisfaction to
+find that a committee are forming for the colonization of
+New Zealand, on the scale you intimate. It is very
+much to be desired indeed; as the poor natives are
+becoming a prey and a sacrifice to a set of dissolute
+wretches who do all in their power to sink the savage
+into the perfect brute, or by design and craft to cheat
+them out of all their possessions. Even those who
+call themselves respectable, are amongst this number,
+and one or two, to my certain knowledge, have
+purchased an immense extent of land for a mere song,
+depriving the rising generation of all their claims.
+The New Zealanders are upon the whole, a fine and
+intelligent race, capable of much if well directed.
+They are accused of low cunning, and covetousness in
+their dealings with the Europeans. Let the question
+be asked, who taught them to be so? Why, the
+Europeans themselves. They are said to be ferocious.
+I maintain that they are not half so much so as our
+own ancestors in the barbarous times of Britain; and
+where Christianity has been properly introduced, they
+are quite a different race of beings. Let but the ill
+weeds that have taken root there be torn up, and the
+wholesome plant of industry and sobriety, with the
+spirit of the gospel, sown in its place, and all the
+savage will soon cease to be.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>The &#8220;ill weeds&#8221; were springing up apace, and, as a
+consequence, the missionary cause was once more in
+peril.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum">[Pg 247]</span>An English barque had lately been wrecked upon
+the coast, but fortunately Mr. Guard the captain, his
+wife, two children, and the crew, twenty-eight in all,
+escaped to land. At first, according to the statement
+of the captain, the natives treated them with kindness,
+which they soon exchanged, under what pretext, or in
+consequence of what provocations on either side, it
+would be useless to ask, for open hostilities. A
+quarrel was got up between two native tribes, and an
+engagement followed, in which twelve Europeans, and
+about forty Maories fell. Guard and his party were
+taken prisoners. It shows how great an improvement
+had taken place amongst the natives, that they were
+not massacred and devoured; but, on condition of
+returning with a cask of powder as a ransom for
+himself and the rest, Guard and five of his men were
+allowed to proceed, without further molestation, to
+Sydney; where he laid the matter before Sir Richard
+Bourke the governor. Relying on the accuracy of
+Guard&#8217;s narrative, the governor, with the advice of the
+executive council, requested Captain Lambert to
+proceed with H.M.S. Alligator, which happened to
+be lying in Port Jackson, to obtain the restoration of
+the British subjects, then in the hands of the New
+Zealanders. He was instructed to abstain from any
+act of retaliation, and to obtain the restoration of the
+captives by amicable means; and Guard and his five
+men returned in the same ship.</p>
+
+<p>Soon after the arrival of the party at New Zealand,
+Guard recognised the chief who was now the proprietor
+of the shipwrecked woman and children; and
+the unsuspicious native rubbed noses with him in
+token of amity, at the same time expressing his
+readiness to give up his prisoners on receiving the<span class="pagenum">[Pg 248]</span>
+&#8220;payment&#8221; guaranteed to him. This, however was
+not the way in which the affair was to be settled;
+Guard and his sailors seized him as a prisoner, and
+dragged him into the whale boat in which the party
+had gone ashore. The cruelty practised towards this
+unfortunate man, and the fearful havoc committed by
+the English, we gladly pass over. Such iniquitous
+transactions reflect but little credit on us as a Christian
+or a civilized people; and they were, moreover, in
+direct opposition to the benevolent instructions of
+Sir Richard Bourke. The British subjects were
+restored; as indeed they might have been without the
+loss of a single life, through the intervention of the
+missionaries, and of the British resident at the Bay
+of Islands, and the expedition having gained its object
+by force and stratagem, returned to Sydney with the
+troops and the liberated captives.</p>
+
+<p>This painful affair, as well as other acts of outrage,
+on the part of the natives, which were its natural consequence,
+made a deep impression at the time, and
+were a source of great uneasiness to Mr. Marsden.
+He saw at once the danger to which they exposed the
+missionaries and their cause, and felt, no doubt, a just
+reliance on himself. Unarmed and unprotected, had
+he been upon the spot, he would have accomplished more
+in his own person than all those warlike measures had
+effected, which anew embittered the Maori race against
+the Europeans.</p>
+
+<p>His record of his farewell visit was probably not
+kept with his former accuracy; but the chasm is well
+supplied by the interesting journal of his daughter,
+some extracts from which the reader will peruse with
+pleasure. We have the whole scene placed before us
+by her graceful pen, and we gain some glimpse into<span class="pagenum">[Pg 249]</span>
+her father&#8217;s character, which we should certainly not
+have gathered from his own modest, self-forgetting,
+memoranda.</p>
+
+<blockquote><p>&#8220;<i>February 12, Sunday.</i>&mdash;Had service on deck. The
+Rev. Mr. Wilkinson read prayers, and my father
+preached. The sailors were very attentive; the service
+was truly interesting from its novelty and the impressiveness
+of the scene; nothing around us but the wide
+waste of waters.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;<i>13th.</i>&mdash;At the suggestion of Captain L&mdash;&mdash;,
+reading in the evenings was introduced. We began
+the History of Columbus, by Washington Irving, and
+the arrangement is that we are to read by turns.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>The weather proved boisterous, and it was not
+before the 21st they made the land.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;<i>22nd.</i>&mdash;Up early on deck to view the land, which
+presented a very bold and romantic appearance.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Not being able to obtain a pilot, the captain determined,
+lest he should lose the tide, Hokianga being
+a bar harbour, to take the vessel in himself. The dead
+lights were put in, and every arrangement made as we
+approached the bar. Not a voice was heard but that of
+the captain and the two men in the chains, heaving
+the lead. Every sailor was at his station, and the anchors
+in readiness to let go at a moment&#8217;s warning.
+We sounded as shallow as &#8216;a quarter less four,&#8217; when
+the ladies became alarmed, though we were obliged to
+keep our fears to ourselves, as the gentlemen very
+politely left us. The wind being light, the fear was
+the breakers would have overtaken the ship, thrown
+her upon her beam ends, and rendered her unmanageable;
+but providence guided and preserved us.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I seldom remember a more beautiful scene; the
+moon is near its full, and the banks of the river are<span class="pagenum">[Pg 250]</span>
+very high, covered with the most luxuriant foliage.
+We were so delighted with the scenery that we would
+willingly have stayed up all night. As we proceeded
+up, the mountains appeared to lessen into hills.
+Several native hamlets, and two or three residences of
+Europeans, show that the busy hand of man has been
+engaged in the work of redeeming the wilderness from
+the wild dominion of nature. Anchored near the
+Wesleyan mission station, where we were kindly welcomed
+by Mr. and Mrs. Turner. The mission here
+has been established nearly nine years; they have a
+neat chapel and one or two comfortable houses, and
+are about to form an additional station. The missionaries
+related several instances of the melancholy
+death of various New Zealanders who have opposed
+the progress of the mission. One chief became so incensed
+against the &#8216;Atua,&#8217; for the death of his child,
+that he formed a circle of gunpowder, placed himself
+in the centre, and fired it. The explosion did not immediately
+destroy him; he lingered a few weeks in
+dreadful agony, and then died.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;<i>Saturday.</i>&mdash;The natives are coming in great numbers
+to attend divine worship. Mr. Turner preached,
+and afterwards my father addressed them. They
+listened with earnest attention, and were much pleased.
+Many of the old chiefs were delighted to see my father,
+and offered to build him a house, if he would remain.
+One said, &#8216;Stay with us and learn our language, and
+then you will become our father and our friend, and
+we will build you a house.&#8217; &#8216;No,&#8217; replied another, &#8216;we
+cannot build a house good enough, but we will hire
+Europeans to do it for us.&#8217;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;The whole congregation joined in the responses
+and singing, and though they have not the most<span class="pagenum">[Pg 251]</span>
+pleasing voices, yet it was delightful to hear them
+sing one of the hymns commencing &#8216;From Egypt
+lately come.&#8217;&#8221;</p></blockquote>
+
+<p>The journey across from Hokianga to the Waimaté,
+as described by Miss Martha Marsden, shows, in the
+absence of railroads and steam carriages, an agreeable
+if not expeditious mode of conveyance. &#8220;Took leave
+of Mrs. Turner; and, mounted in a chair on the
+shoulders of two New Zealanders, I headed the procession.
+My father, Mr. Wilkinson, and the two
+children, were carried in &#8216;kaw-shores,&#8217; or native biers,
+on which they carry their sick. We entered a forest
+of five miles, then stopped to dine. The natives soon
+cooked their potatoes, corn, etc., in their ovens, which
+they scoop in the sand, and after heating a number of
+stones, the potatoes are put in, covered with grass and
+leaves, and a quantity of water poured upon them;
+they were exquisitely steamed. As I approached one
+of the groups sitting at dinner, I was much affected
+by seeing one of them get up and ask a blessing over
+the basket of potatoes.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Five miles from Waimaté I left my chair, mounted
+on horseback, and reached Waimaté for breakfast.
+Old Nini accompanied us the whole way, and told my
+father if he attempted to ride he would leave him.
+The natives carried him the whole way with the
+greatest cheerfulness, and brought him through the
+most difficult places with the greatest ease. The
+distance they carried him was about twenty miles.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>The state of all the missions with regard to their
+spiritual work was now full of hope. Of the Wesleyan
+mission Mr. Marsden himself reports, &#8220;I found that
+many were inquiring after the Saviour, and that a
+large number attended public worship. The prospect<span class="pagenum">[Pg 252]</span>
+of success to the Church of England Mission is very
+great. Since my arrival at the missionary station I
+have not heard one oath spoken by European or
+native; the schools and church are well attended, and
+the greatest order is observed among all classes. I
+met with many wherever I went, who were anxious
+after the knowledge of God. Wherever I went I
+found some who could read and write. They are all
+fond of reading, and there are many who never had an
+opportunity of attending the schools who, nevertheless,
+can read. They teach one another in all parts of the
+country, from the North to the East Cape.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>The native tribes were still at war with each other,
+and with the European settlers&mdash;the miserable effect
+of Captain Guard&#8217;s rash conduct. From the missionary
+station at Pahia Mr. Marsden&#8217;s daughter counted
+one morning twenty-one canoes passing up the bay.
+A battle followed, which she witnessed at a distance,
+and the Europeans all around fled to the missionary
+station. In the engagement three chiefs fell; a
+second fight occurred soon afterwards. &#8220;We have
+heard firing all day,&#8221; she writes; &#8220;many have been
+killed; we saw the canoes pass down the river containing
+the bodies of the slain.&#8221; Mr. Marsden himself
+was absent on a visit to the southward, or his presence
+might possibly have prevented these scenes of blood.</p>
+
+<p>Wherever the venerable man appeared, he was
+received by the converted natives with Christian
+salutations and tears of joy; the heathen population
+welcomed him with the firing of muskets and their
+rude war dances. Wherever he went, he was greeted
+with acclamations as the friend and father of the New
+Zealanders. One chieftain sat down upon the ground
+before him gazing upon him in silence, without moving<span class="pagenum">[Pg 253]</span>
+a limb or uttering a single word for several hours.
+He was gently reproved by Mr. Williams for what
+seemed a rudeness. &#8220;Let me alone,&#8221; said he, &#8220;let
+me take a last look; I shall never see him again.&#8221;
+&#8220;One principal chief,&#8221; writes Mr. Marsden, &#8220;who
+had embraced the gospel and been baptized, accompanied
+us all the way. We had to travel about
+forty miles, by land and water. He told me he was so
+unhappy at Hokianga that he could not get to
+converse with me from the crowds that attended, and
+that he had come to Waimaté to speak with me. I
+found him to be a very intelligent man, and anxious
+to know the way to heaven.&#8221; While at Kaitai he
+held a constant levée, sitting in an arm-chair, in an
+open field, before the mission house; it was attended
+by upwards of a thousand Maories, who poured in
+from every quarter; many coming a distance of twenty
+or thirty miles, contented to sit down and gaze on his
+venerable features; and so they continued to come
+and go till his departure. With his characteristic
+kindness and good nature he presented each with a
+pipe and fig of tobacco; and when he was to embark
+at last, they carried him to the ship, a distance of six
+miles.</p>
+
+<p>Before leaving New Zealand, he wrote to the Church
+Missionary Society an account which glows with pious
+exultation, describing the success with which the Head
+of the church had at length been pleased to bless the
+labours of his faithful servants. Since his arrival, he
+says, he had visited many of the stations within the
+compass of a hundred miles. It was his intention to
+have visited all of them, from the North to the East
+Cape; but from the disturbed state of the country
+&#8220;it was not considered prudent for him to go to the<span class="pagenum">[Pg 254]</span>
+south,&#8221; where he still contemplated further efforts
+&#8220;when the country should be more settled in its
+political affairs.&#8221; He had &#8220;observed a wonderful
+change: those portions of the sacred Scriptures which
+had been printed have had a most astonishing effect;
+they are read by the natives in every place where I
+have been; the natives teach one another, and find
+great pleasure in the word of God, and carry that
+sacred treasure with them wherever they go. Great
+numbers have been baptized, both chiefs and their
+people.&#8221; He had met with some very pious chiefs,
+who had refused to share in the present war, and
+avowed their resolution to fight no more. One of
+them, at his own cost, had built a chapel, or place of
+public worship, which was visited by the missionaries;
+in this he himself taught a school, assisted by his son.
+&#8220;Waimaté, once the most warlike district in the
+island, is now,&#8221; he says, &#8220;the most orderly and
+moral place I was ever in. My own mind has been
+exceedingly gratified by what I have seen and heard.&#8221;
+Old age, it seems, is not always querulous; its
+retrospects are not always in favour of the past; the
+aged Christian walks with a more elastic step as he
+sees the fruit of his labour, and anticipates his own
+great reward. &#8220;Mine eyes,&#8221; he concludes, &#8220;are
+dim with age like Isaac&#8217;s; it is with some difficulty I
+can see to write.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Nor had the weakness and credulity of advancing
+years led him to take for granted, as in second childhood
+old age is wont to do, the truth of first impressions,
+or the accuracy of every man&#8217;s reports. He
+still gave to every subject connected with missions the
+closest attention, penetrated beneath the surface, and
+formed his own conclusions. While in New Zealand,<span class="pagenum">[Pg 255]</span>
+for instance, he addresses the following queries to Mr.
+Matthews, one of the missionaries, on the subject of
+education:&mdash;</p>
+
+<blockquote><p class="quotdate">&#8220;April, 1837.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;... I will thank you to return me what number
+of native young men there are employed from your
+station on the sabbath in visiting the natives, I mean
+the numbers who occasionally visit their countrymen
+and instruct them. What schools there are at the
+station, and who are the teachers? Have you an
+infant school, or a school for men and boys? a school
+for women? What do they learn? Do they learn to
+read and write? Do they understand figures? Have
+they renounced generally their former superstitions?
+At what period of the day do they attend school?
+Have they any meeting in the week-days for prayer
+and religious instruction? Do they appear to have
+any views of the Lord Jesus Christ as a Saviour? Any
+information you can give me, along with your brethren,
+will be very acceptable to the lovers of the gospel in
+New South Wales.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p class="quotsig">&#8220;<span class="smcap">Samuel Marsden</span>.&#8221;</p></blockquote>
+
+<p>On one point only he met with no success. He had
+not yet quite abandoned the pleasing dream of a
+Maori nation, united under one chief; a Christian
+people, governed by a code of native law. Tahiti
+naturally encouraged these bright visions, and seemed
+to show how easily they might be realized. There,
+for ten years past, under king Pomare, the wondrous
+spectacle had been presented to the world of a whole
+people, under the guidance of their king, rejecting
+idolatry, and with it all the base usages of savage life,
+and working out their own national regeneration;
+framing a Tahitian code of law on the sound principles
+of Christian jurisprudence, and cordially adopting it.
+Why should not a similar state of things be brought<span class="pagenum">[Pg 256]</span>
+about in New Zealand? The instrumental agency in
+both islands was the same; namely, that of Christian
+missionaries, chiefly, if not entirely, English Christians,
+who carried with them, it might be supposed, to both
+islands the same reverence for order, and with it the
+same love of liberty. Were the Maories an inferior
+race, compared with the aborigines of the Tahitian
+group? On the contrary, the difference was rather
+in favour of the Maori; he was the more athletic, and
+consequently the more vigorous in his mental development;
+indeed, upon the whole, he stands unapproached
+by any other tribe of man uncivilized and in a state of
+nature; unless we go back to the heroic ages and find
+his equal amongst ancient Greeks at the dawning of
+their somewhat fabulous history.</p>
+
+<p>Yet the project failed; and Mr. Marsden was now
+obliged mournfully to admit that New Zealand&#8217;s only
+hope lay in her annexation to the British crown. The
+two causes of the failure of these otherwise reasonable
+expectations are to be found, no doubt, first, in the
+circumstances of the Maori tribes, and secondly, in the
+pernicious effects produced by European traders and
+settlers.</p>
+
+<p>Tahiti was happy in possessing one sovereign. New
+Zealand was unfortunate in its multitude of petty
+chieftains. When the heart of king Pomare was
+gained, the confidence of a loyal and devoted people
+was at once won over. There was no rival to foment
+rebellion, or to seize the occasion of a religious festival,
+when he and his people were unarmed, to make inroads
+on his territory. With the assistance of his council,
+and under the advice of the faithful missonaries, a
+code of law was easily prepared, suited for all his subjects,
+and adapted to every part of his little kingdom.<span class="pagenum">[Pg 257]</span>
+In New Zealand, on the contrary, the chiefs, each of
+whom claimed to be perfectly independent of the rest,
+were constantly at enmity with each other. The
+violent passions of civil war never slept&mdash;hatred, revenge,
+and jealousy. The missionaries, if cherished by
+Shunghie, were hated or feared by Shunghie&#8217;s opponent.
+Their direct influence in the politics of the
+Maories was therefore, of necessity, slight. But the
+chief hindrance arose from the mutual animosities of the
+chiefs, and the want of confidence in each other which
+universally prevailed, both among chiefs and people.</p>
+
+<p>And it must be confessed with sorrow, that the evil
+example of the Europeans provoked the natives to
+fresh crimes, and indisposed them to all the restraints
+of civil government. The Polynesian Islands had, up
+to this period, known neither commerce nor colonization.
+Except a chance visit from a man-of-war, a
+European ship was scarcely ever seen; or the few
+which came and went were connected with the missions,
+and were manned by decent if not religious
+crews. The polluting influence of a debauched and
+drunken body of seamen, rolling in constant succession
+to its shores, had not yet tainted the moral atmosphere
+of Tahiti and its neighbouring group. And
+colonization had not even been attempted; the natives
+were left in full possession of their soil, no man making
+them afraid. In New Zealand all this was reversed.
+Wicked seamen infected even savages with new vices;
+and lawless settlers set an example of injustice, shocking
+even to New Zealanders. For these evils it was
+evident there was but one remedy, the strong hand of
+British rule. Take the following sketch from the pen
+of Mr. Marsden. After describing the happy state of
+the Christian settlement at Waimaté, he goes on to<span class="pagenum">[Pg 258]</span>
+say: &#8220;On the opposite side of the harbour, a number
+of Europeans have settled along with the natives.
+Several keep public-houses, and encourage every kind
+of crime. Here drunkenness, adultery, murder, etc.
+are committed. There are no laws, judges, nor magistrates;
+so that Satan maintains his dominion without
+molestation. Some civilized government must take
+New Zealand under its protection, or the most dreadful
+evils will be committed by runaway convicts, sailors
+and publicans. There are no laws here to punish
+crimes. When I return to New South Wales, I purpose
+to lay the state of New Zealand before the colonial
+government, to see if anything can be done to
+remedy these public evils.&#8221; &#8220;I hope in time,&#8221; he
+says again, in a letter, dated May 16th, 1837, from
+Pahaia, to the Rev. James Matthews, &#8220;the chiefs will
+get a governor. I shall inform the Europeans in
+authority how much they are distressed in New Zealand
+for want of a governor with power to punish
+crime. The Bay of Islands is now in a dreadful state.... It
+is my intention to return to New South
+Wales by the first opportunity.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>That opportunity soon appeared, and the venerable
+founder of its missions, the advocate of its native
+population, the friend of all that concerned its present
+or spiritual welfare, took his last leave of the shores of
+New Zealand. Preparations were made for his reception
+on board H. M. S. Rattlesnake. The signal
+gun was fired, and all the friends from Waimaté and
+Keri-Keri arrived to accompany their revered father
+to the beach, &#8220;Where,&#8221; says one of them who was
+present, &#8220;like Paul at Miletus, we parted with many
+benedictions: sorrowing most of all that we should
+see his face again no more. Many could not bid him
+adieu. The parting was with many tears.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum">[Pg 259]</span>His happy temperament always diffused pleasure
+and conciliated friendship. On board the Rattlesnake
+he was welcomed with warm, affectionate,
+respect. Captain Hobson, who was afterwards for a
+time governor of New Zealand, knew his worth, and
+felt honoured by his company; and Mr. Marsden fully
+appreciated the high character and courtesy of the
+commander, whose widow retains a handsome piece of
+plate presented to her husband by his grateful passenger,
+as a memorial of the happiness he enjoyed on
+this his last voyage homewards.</p>
+
+<p>The chaplain of the Rattlesnake noted down an
+affecting conversation with the aged minister upon his
+voyage, which we are permitted to insert:&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;We enjoyed a most lovely evening. I had a long
+conversation with Mr. Marsden on deck. He spoke of
+almost all his old friends having preceded him to the
+eternal world; Romaine, Newton, the Milners, Scott,
+Atkinson, Robinson, Buchanan, Mason Good, Thomason,
+Rowland Hill, Legh Richmond, Simeon, and
+others. He then alluded in a very touching manner
+to his late wife; they had passed, he observed, more
+than forty years of their pilgrimage through this
+wilderness in company, and he felt their separation
+the more severely as the months rolled on. I remarked
+that their separation would be but for a short period
+longer. &#8216;God grant it,&#8217; was his reply; then lifting
+his eyes towards the moon, which was peacefully
+shedding her beams on the sails of our gallant bark,
+he exclaimed with intense feeling.</p>
+
+<div class="poem" style="width: 20em;">
+<span class="i0">&#8216;Prepare me, Lord, for thy right hand,</span>
+<span class="i0">Then come the joyful day.&#8217;&#8221;</span>
+</div>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_260" name="Page_260"></a>[Pg 260]</span></p>
+
+<h2>CHAPTER XIII.</h2>
+
+<blockquote><p>Mr. Marsden&#8217;s ministerial pursuits and journeys&mdash;Love of the Country
+and of Patriarchal story&mdash;His Old Age&mdash;Its mental features&mdash;Anecdotes&mdash;Love
+of Children&mdash;Bishop Broughton&mdash;His reverence
+for Mr. Marsden&#8217;s character&mdash;Mr. Marsden&#8217;s views of Death, etc.&mdash;His
+Habits of Prayer&mdash;His Illness and Death.</p></blockquote>
+
+<p>Mr. Marsden had now passed the allotted span of
+human life, though his days were not yet &#8220;labour and
+sorrow.&#8221; Entering upon his seventy-second year with
+stooping gait and failing eyesight and a decaying
+memory, he had otherwise few of the mental infirmities
+of age. He was still a perfect stranger to fear, as well
+as to that nervous restlessness and susceptibility which
+wears the appearance of it, though often found, as
+may be daily observed, in connexion with the truest
+courage. After his return home from his last voyage
+he was attacked, when driving with his youngest
+daughter, upon one of his excursions in the bush, by
+two famous bush rangers Wormley and Webber, part
+of a gang who for a period of two years kept the whole
+country in a state of terror. One of the ruffians
+presented a loaded pistol at his breast and another at
+his daughter&#8217;s, threatening with horrid imprecations to
+shoot them both, if they said a word, and bidding his
+daughter to empty her father&#8217;s pockets into their
+hands. Perfectly undismayed, Mr. Marsden remonstrated
+with them on their wicked course of life, telling
+them at last that he should soon see them again,
+he had no doubt, on the gallows. At parting, though
+charged, with the usual threats, not to look behind him,<span class="pagenum">[Pg 261]</span>
+he turned round, and continued, while they were in
+sight, to warn them in the same strain of the certain
+consequences of a life of crime. His admonition was
+soon verified; the wretched men were apprehended for
+other outrages and sentenced to death, and he himself
+attended them from the condemned cell to the place
+of execution.</p>
+
+<p>These excursions into the country around Paramatta,
+where he had gone about for a period of nearly
+forty years doing the work of an evangelist or home
+missionary, were continued to the last. To wind
+through devious paths in the bush in his one horse
+chaise, where his good horse <i>Major</i> seemed as if trained
+to penetrate, gave him the highest pleasure. The way
+was often trackless, and he was obliged to ask his
+companion whether the trace of a cartwheel could be
+seen. Yet there was an instinctive feeling of safety
+in his company, and a refreshment in his conversation,
+which always made the vacant seat in the gig prized
+by those who knew and loved him. &#8220;As he drove
+along,&#8221; says a Christian lady, the wife of Captain B&mdash;&mdash;
+who was his companion on some of his last journeys,
+&#8220;wherever he went there was always to be found
+some testimony to that goodness and mercy which had
+followed him all the days of his life. Some Ebenezer
+he could raise where helped perhaps in an encounter
+with a bushranger, having only the sword of the Spirit
+with which to defend himself and disarm his foe, or
+some Bethel, it might be, where like Jacob he had
+been enabled to wrestle and prevail. With such a
+companion no one could be a loser. On these excursions,
+no matter to what distance, he seemed to
+think preparations needless, he would travel miles and
+miles without any previous consideration for his own<span class="pagenum">[Pg 262]</span>
+comfort or convenience. Even a carpet-bag was an
+encumbrance. He had been too long accustomed to
+make his toilet with the New Zealander, and take with
+him his meal of fern-root, to be particular, or to take
+thought, what he should eat, or wherewithal should he
+be clothed.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>His love of the country and of rural scenes gave a
+strong colouring, and great originality to his preaching
+as well as to his own religious character. He
+called his estate &#8220;The plains of Mamre.&#8221; This property
+we may remind the reader had been presented
+to Mr. Marsden in the early days of the colony, when
+land uncleared was absolutely worthless, to eke out his
+insufficient stipend. It had now become valuable, and
+he was exposed both in the colony and in England to
+many unjust remarks, even from those who should have
+known him better, on the score of his reputed wealth.
+His own justification of himself is more than sufficient.
+Being told that he was charged with avarice, &#8220;Why,&#8221;
+said he, &#8220;they might as well find fault with Abraham
+whose flocks and herds multiplied. Abraham never
+took any trouble about it, nor do I. I can&#8217;t help their
+increasing;&#8221; and he added, a remark so true and of
+such pregnant import that it ought for ever to have
+put to silence this miserable carping; &#8220;It was not
+for myself, but for the benefit of this colony and New
+Zealand, that I ever tried to promote agriculture or
+the improvement in sheep or cattle.&#8221; Had he done
+nothing else for Australia, his introduction of Merino
+sheep with a view to the growth of wool would have
+marked him down upon the roll of her greatest benefactors.</p>
+
+<p>Through life his choicest topics in the pulpit
+had been the patriarchs, their lives and characters<span class="pagenum">[Pg 263]</span>
+but as he grew old, he seemed unconsciously to rank
+amongst their number; to fall into and become one of
+their own body; himself a Christian patriarch. It
+was the frequent remark of his friends that he spoke
+of Abraham, Isaac and Jacob, just as if he had lived
+in their times, heard their conversations, and been well
+acquainted with them. It is much to be regretted
+that more full and accurate reports of his sermons
+and conversations should not have been kept. The
+truth and originality of his remarks would have made
+them invaluable. When seated in his chair upon the
+lawn before his house, surrounded by his family and
+friends, his conversations took the prevailing turn of
+his mind, and he used to dwell on the incidents of
+patriarchal life with a depth of feeling and a power of
+picturesque description of which one would be glad that
+the memorials should not have been allowed to perish.</p>
+
+<p>At an examination of the King&#8217;s School at Sydney,
+the headmaster having requested him to ask the boys
+some questions upon Scripture history, forgetting the
+business in hand, he broke out into a long and interesting
+address on patriarchal life and manners. The end
+contemplated by the headmaster was of course frustrated,
+&#8220;but we dare say,&#8221; says the colonial journalist
+who tells the story, &#8220;there are many young persons
+now growing up into manhood, who, to this day remember
+the pious and excellent observations of the
+venerable man.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>His old age exhibited some traits not always to be
+found, even in good men, after a long life passed
+among scenes of danger or amidst the hardening warfare
+of personal animosities. Though to the last bold
+in reproving sin his real character was that of gentleness
+and the warmest social affection. None but the<span class="pagenum">[Pg 264]</span>
+bad were ever afraid of him; on the contrary, his
+presence diffused a genial light and warmth in every
+company. Cruel savages and little children loved him
+alike; the wisest men gathered instruction from his
+lips, while they found pleasure in his simple courtesy
+and manly open heartedness. He brought home with
+him in the Rattlesnake from New Zealand, several
+Maori youths; &#8220;they seemed to love and respect their
+<i>Matua</i>, as they called him, more than any one, or anything,
+besides. They used to run after his gig like
+joyous children, and to attempt to catch his eye as if to
+bask in the sunshine of his benevolent countenance.&#8221;
+&#8220;They delighted;&#8221; says Mrs. B&mdash;&mdash;, to whose manuscript
+of Mr. Marsden&#8217;s last years of life we are again indebted,
+&#8220;to come to our barrack apartments with him,
+always making their way to the bookcase first, take
+out a book and point upwards, as if everybody who
+had anything to do with &#8216;Matua&#8217; must have all their
+books leading to heaven. Pictures pleased them next;
+when they would direct each others&#8217; attention to
+what they considered worthy of notice, with extraordinary
+intelligence; but when the boiled rice and
+sweets made their appearance, digging their elbows
+into each others&#8217; sides, with gesticulations of all sorts,
+and knowing looks, putting their fingers to their
+mouths, and laughing with greedy joy, Mr. Marsden all
+the time watching their movements, and expressive
+faces, as a kind nurse would the gambols and frolics of
+her playful charge, saying with restrained, but grateful
+emotion, &#8216;Yes, sir, nothing like bringing the gospel
+at once to the heathen. If &#8220;music charms the savage
+breast,&#8221; sir, why should not the sweetest sounds that
+ever met man&#8217;s ear do more? Why, sir, the gospel
+turns a worse than savage into a man, ay, and into a<span class="pagenum">[Pg 265]</span>
+woman too.&#8217; He then related to us the anecdote of
+a New Zealand woman who, for the last remaining
+years of her life preached the gospel among her own
+sex, having acknowledged to him, that before he had
+brought the word of God to New Zealand, and the
+Spirit applied it to her heart, she had killed and eaten
+nineteen children.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>His last communication to the Church Missionary
+Society, dated December 10th, 1837, and received after
+his death, is full of hope for his beloved New Zealanders.
+&#8220;I am happy to say the mission goes on well amidst
+every difficulty. I visited many places in my last
+voyage from the North Cape to Cloudy Bay. The
+gospel has made a deep impression upon many of the
+natives, who now lead godly lives.&#8221; The letter, which
+is written in a large and straggling hand, as though
+the pen were no longer under its usual firm control,
+concludes with these touching words: &#8220;I am now
+very feeble. My eyes are dim, and my memory fails
+me. I have done no duty on the sabbath for some
+weeks through weakness. When I review all the
+way the Lord has led me through this wilderness I am
+constrained to say, <i>Bless the Lord, O my soul, etc</i>,</p>
+
+<p class="quotsig">&#8220;Yours very affectionately,<br />
+&#8220;<span class="smcap">Samuel Marsden</span>.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>The innocent games of children pleased him to the
+last. When such meetings were more rare than they
+have now become, the children of the Paramatta school
+once a year assembled on his lawn, and then his happiness
+was almost equal to their own. In his own
+family, and amongst the children of his friends, he
+would even take his share in their youthful gambols,
+and join the merry party at blind man&#8217;s buff. Though,
+as he said of himself, he &#8220;never sang a song in his<span class="pagenum">[Pg 266]</span>
+life, for he learned to sing hymns when ten years old,
+and never sang anything else,&#8221; yet he was charmed
+with the sweet and hearty voices of children joining in
+some innocent little song, and it pleased him better
+still if it finished off with a noisy chorus. Yet all this
+was consistent with his character as a grave, wise old
+man. Though mirthful, he was never frivolous; in a
+moment, if occasion called for it, he was ready to
+discuss the most serious subjects, or to give his opinion
+upon matters of importance; and he had the enviable
+talent of mingling even pious conversation with the
+sports of children.</p>
+
+<p>It was observed that though always unembarrassed
+in the presence of strangers whatever their rank or
+importance might be, he never seemed completely
+happy but in the company of persons of true piety.
+He does not appear to have spoken very freely in
+ordinary society on the subject of personal religion,
+still less on the subject of his own experience; but his
+emotions were deep, and out of the fulness of the heart
+his lips would speak, in the midst of such a circle, of
+the loving-kindness of the Lord. The sense of his
+own unworthiness seems to have been always present.
+Of all God&#8217;s servants he might have been, as he verily
+thought himself to be, the most unprofitable; and
+when any circumstance occurred which led him to
+contrast the justice of God to others who were left to
+die impenitent, with the mercy shown to himself, he
+spoke with a humiliation deeply affecting. With
+scenes of vice and human depravity few living men
+were more conversant than he, yet to the last such
+was the delicacy of his conscience that the presence of
+vice shocked him as much as if the sight were new.
+&#8220;Riding down to the barracks one morning,&#8221; says the<span class="pagenum">[Pg 267]</span>
+lady whose narrative we have already quoted, &#8220;to
+invite Captain B&mdash;&mdash; and myself that day to dinner
+to meet the bishop, he had passed what, alas! used to
+be too frequent an object, a man lying insensible and
+intoxicated in the road. His usually cheerful countenance
+was saddened, and after telling us his errand,
+we could not but ask the cause of his distress. He
+gave us the unhappy cause, and turning his horse&#8217;s
+head round to leave us, he uttered with deep emotion&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="poem" style="width: 28em;">
+<span class="i0">&#8216;Why was I made to hear thy voice</span>
+<span class="i0">And enter while there&#8217;s room?&#8217;</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>Throughout the day the subject dwelt upon his mind;
+after dinner the conversation turned to it, and he was
+casually asked who was the author of the hymn he had
+quoted in the morning. He shook his head and said,
+&#8216;I cannot tell, perhaps it was Watts, or Wesley,&#8217;
+and several hymn books were produced in which the
+bishop and others instituted a fruitless search, the
+bishop at length saying, &#8216;I can&#8217;t find the hymn, Mr.
+Marsden.&#8217; &#8216;Can&#8217;t you, sir,&#8217; was the reply, &#8216;that is
+a pity, for it is a good hymn, sir&mdash;says what the Bible
+says, free sovereign grace for poor sinners. No self-righteous
+man can get into heaven, sir, he would rather
+starve than take the free gift.&#8217; In the course of the
+day the conversation turning upon New Zealand, the
+bishop expressed the opinion, once almost universal
+though now happily exploded, an opinion, too, which Mr.
+Marsden himself had regarded with some favour in his
+younger days, that civilization must precede the introduction
+of the gospel; and his lordship argued, as
+Mr. Marsden himself had argued thirty years before,
+in favour of expanding the mind of savages by the
+introduction of arts and sciences, being impressed with
+the idea that it was impossible to present the gospel<span class="pagenum">[Pg 268]</span>
+with success to minds wholly unenlightened. Mr.
+Marsden&#8217;s answer is thus recorded&mdash;&#8216;Civilization is
+not necessary before Christianity, sir; do both together
+if you will, but you will find civilization follow
+Christianity, easier than Christianity to follow civilization.
+Tell a poor heathen of his true God and
+Saviour, point him to the works he can see with his
+own eyes, for these heathen are no fools, sir&mdash;great
+mistake to send illiterate men to them&mdash;they don&#8217;t
+want men learned after the fashion of this world, but
+men taught in the spirit and letter of the Scripture.
+I shan&#8217;t live to see it, sir, but I may hear of it in
+heaven, that New Zealand with all its cannibalism and
+idolatry will yet set an example of Christianity to
+some of the nations now before her in civilization.&#8217;&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>It will not be out of place to offer a passing remark
+upon Mr. Marsden&#8217;s conduct to Dr. Broughton, the
+first bishop of Sydney. As an Episcopalian, sincerely
+attached to the church of England, he had long desired
+the introduction of the episcopate into the colonial
+church, of which, as senior chaplain, he himself had
+been the acknowledged leader for so many years.
+When the appointment was made it was a matter of
+just surprise to his friends that he was passed over
+in silence, while an English clergyman was placed
+over him to govern the clergy, amongst whom he had
+so long presided, and whose entire respect and confidence
+he had gained. There is no doubt that his
+integrity and fearless honesty had rendered him somewhat
+unacceptable to men in power, and that to this
+his exclusion is, in a great measure, to be ascribed.
+But this slight brought out some of the finest features
+in his truly noble character. He had never sought
+either honours, wealth, or preferment for himself. If<span class="pagenum">[Pg 269]</span>
+a disinterested man ever lived it was Samuel Marsden.
+The only remark which his family remember to have
+heard him make upon the subject was in answer to a
+friend, who had expressed surprise at the slight thus
+put upon him, in these words&mdash;&#8220;It is better as it is;
+I am an old man; my work is almost done.&#8221; And
+when Dr. Broughton, the new bishop, arrived in the
+colony, he was received by Mr. Marsden not with cold
+and formal respect but with Christian cordiality.
+When the new bishop was installed he assisted at the
+solemn service; the eloquent author of the &#8220;Prisoners
+of Australia,&#8221;<a name="FNanchor_K_11" id="FNanchor_K_11"></a><a href="#Footnote_K_11" class="fnanchor">[K]</a> who chanced to be present, thus
+describes the scene&mdash;&#8220;On a more touching sight mine
+eyes had never looked than when the aged man, tears
+streaming down his venerable cheek, poured forth,
+amidst a crowded and yet silent assemblage, the
+benediction upon him into whose hands he had thus,
+as it were, to use his own metaphor, &#8216;yielded up the
+keys of a most precious charge;&#8217; a charge which had
+been his own devoted care throughout the storms and
+the tempests of a long and difficult pilotage. And now
+like another Simeon, his work well nigh accomplished,
+the gospel spreading far and wide over the colony and
+its dependencies, and the prayer of his adopted people
+answered, he could say without another wish, &#8216;Lord,
+now lettest thou thy servant depart in peace, for mine
+eyes have seen thy salvation.&#8217;&#8221; Though differing from
+him, we may add, on some points, Mr. Marsden retained
+to the last sincere regard for bishop Broughton, who
+in return fully appreciated the high and lofty character
+of his senior chaplain. &#8220;Well!&#8221; said he one day when
+he heard of his last illness, breaking out after a thoughtful
+silence, &#8220;if there ever was a truly honest man,
+<span class="pagenum">[Pg 270]</span>Mr. Marsden certainly is one;&#8221; and after his death he
+publicly expressed his &#8220;deep sense of the loss he had
+experienced, and the painful void he felt in the absence
+of his aged and faithful companion who had so often
+stood by his side, whose genuine piety and natural
+force of understanding,&#8221; said he, &#8220;I held in the highest
+esteem while he lived, and still retain them in sincerely
+affectionate remembrance.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Conscious that in the course of nature his decease
+could not be far distant, death was now his frequent
+meditation. He viewed its approach without levity
+and without alarm. Familiar through life with death
+in every form, his feelings were not blunted; he still
+felt it was a solemn thing to die, but he had experienced
+the love of Him who had tasted death for
+every man, and was no longer &#8220;subject to bondage
+through fear of death.&#8221; He continued his pastoral
+visits to the sick and dying to the last, and some of those
+who were raised from a bed of languishing, and who
+survived their pastor, speak of the affectionate kindness,
+the delicacy and tenderness, as well as the deep-toned
+spirituality of mind he showed in the sick chamber,
+as something which those who had not witnessed it
+would be backward to credit. One of the last letters
+which he penned filled three sides of folio paper, addressed
+to a friend who had met with a severe accident
+in being thrown from a carriage; it contained the most
+consoling and Scriptural aids and admonitions; it was
+unfortunately lost by its possessor on a voyage to
+India, or it would have proved, we are assured, an
+acquisition to our memoir, of real interest and importance.</p>
+
+<p>As he stepped out of his gig, his family easily
+perceived from his manner if he had been visiting the<span class="pagenum">[Pg 271]</span>
+chamber of death, and never presumed to break a
+sacred silence that was sure to follow his deep-drawn
+sigh till he was pleased to do so himself. This he did
+in general by the solemn and subdued utterance of a
+text from Scripture, or some verse of a favourite
+hymn. The tears often fell down his aged cheeks while
+slowly articulating, in a suppressed voice, &#8220;Blessed
+are the dead which die in the Lord;&#8221; or from one of
+Watts&#8217;s hymns.</p>
+
+<div class="poem" style="width: 20em;">
+<span class="i0">&#8220;Oh could we die with those that die,&#8221; etc.</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>After this touching relief he seemed to feel more
+at liberty to speak on future events connected with
+his own decease, when he should be sitting down, as
+he frequently said, with Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob, in
+the kingdom of God. Indeed his happy, social spirit
+led him to connect the joys of heaven with the society
+of saints and patriarchs and his own departed friends.
+Sitting at dinner with the bishop and others as his
+guests, his mind abstracted itself from the surrounding
+scene, and he addressed the Christian friend to whose
+notices of his last days we have already had recourse:
+&#8220;You know, madam, you and I are to take an
+alphabetical list some day of all the names of the good
+men I expect soon to meet in heaven; there will be
+(counting them up upon his fingers) John Wesley,
+Isaac Watts, the two Milners, Joseph and Isaac, John
+Newton and Thomas Scott, Mr. Howels of Long
+Acre, and Matthew Henry&mdash;&mdash;&#8221; Here the conversation
+of the party broke off the solemn reverie.</p>
+
+<p>Yet all this tranquillity was consistent with that
+natural fear of death which for the wisest purposes
+God has implanted in man, and which Adam must have
+known in paradise, or else the Divine prohibition and
+the threatened penalty, &#8220;in the day that thou eatest<span class="pagenum">[Pg 272]</span>
+thereof thou shalt surely die,&#8221; could have had no
+force and appealed to no motive. &#8220;In the month of
+September, after his last voyage, he called at the
+house of his friend, the Rev. Mr. Cartwright, with a
+young lady from New Zealand, to introduce her to
+Mrs. Cartwright. The door was opened by his aged
+and now deeply afflicted friend and brother in the
+ministry, for Mrs. Cartwright had expired in the
+night, after a few hours&#8217; illness. Mr. Marsden, with
+his usual cheerfulness of manner, said, &#8216;Well! I
+have brought Miss W. to introduce her to Mrs.
+Cartwright.&#8217; &#8216;Stop! stop, my friend,&#8217; responded
+the mourner, in a solemn manner, &#8216;don&#8217;t you know
+that Mrs. Cartwright is dead?&#8217; &#8216;Dead? dead?&#8217;
+replied Mr. Marsden. &#8216;Oh no; oh no. You must
+be in joke; it is too serious a matter to make a joke
+of, Mr. Cartwright.&#8217; &#8216;Indeed,&#8217; responded Mr.
+Cartwright, &#8216;it is too true. Come, and I will
+convince you,&#8217; and then led him to the room where
+the remains of his departed wife lay. Mr. Marsden
+approached the body, saying, &#8216;Oh! she is not dead;
+no, no, she is not dead;&#8217; (the bright complexion
+remaining unchanged), &#8216;she is not dead;&#8217; and then,
+passing his hand over the face, the cold chill of death
+dissipated the delusion. &#8216;Yes, she is dead, she is
+dead,&#8217; and leaving the room, he hurried away to give
+vent to his feelings.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>As he contemplated his own near approach to the
+eternal state, a few chosen passages of Scripture fell
+often from his lips; and it was remarked they were
+almost the only repetitions he made use of; for his mind
+was richly stored with Scripture, which he seemed to
+bring forth with endless variety, and often in the
+happiest combination; but now he often repeated the<span class="pagenum">[Pg 273]</span>
+words of Job, &#8220;He cometh forth like a flower, and is
+cut down; he fleeth also as a shadow, and continueth
+not,&#8221; chap. xiv. 2. And those of Zechariah, &#8220;Your
+fathers, where are they? and the prophets, do they
+live for ever?&#8221; chap. i. 5.</p>
+
+<p>Like Cornelius, he had been a devout man, a man
+of prayer through life. He believed in the promises
+of effectual aid from God the Holy Spirit, to carry on
+the work of grace in his own soul. Nerved with this
+faith, he waged a ceaseless war against corruptions
+within, and temptations from without. And while he
+viewed the promises of assistance from the Holy
+Spirit, as given not to supersede our own exertions,
+but to animate them, he simply trusted to Him to
+become the author of his complete sanctification. And
+all the blessed fruits of faith were found richly
+clustering round his character. It was his constant
+habit, after his return from a journey, to spend some
+time in his room alone, engaged, no doubt, in holy
+communing with God. When he prayed in the
+family, or before his sermon in the pulpit, where he
+seldom used a form, the rich and fervid unction, the
+variety and copiousness of his supplications and
+thanksgivings, seemed to intimate how closely he had
+been wont to commune in secret with his heavenly
+Father. The fifty-first Psalm now often supplied the
+words for many a humble confession of sin, and many
+an earnest aspiration for larger supplies of the Holy
+Spirit&#8217;s sanctifying influences, both in the pulpit and
+elsewhere. He appears always to have held frequent
+communion with God in ejaculatory prayer throughout
+the day. To one whose engagements were so many,
+and whose interruptions were necessarily so frequent,
+the practice was no doubt most beneficial. Thus<span class="pagenum">[Pg 274]</span>
+the lamp of God in his soul was always trimmed, and
+the light went not out as age and infirmities drew on.
+His friends now remarked his frequent abstraction from
+the scenes around, while his moving lip and solemn
+gesture significantly intimated the direction of his mind,
+and the occupation of his thoughts. His mind became
+daily more spiritual, and even when in the midst of
+visitors he seemed often to be absorbed in silent prayer.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;An incident which seems to show that he had a
+presentiment of his approaching end occurred on the
+last Sunday on which the holy communion was administered
+before his death. Although in his usual health,
+he did not assist in the service, as he always had done
+for a long period of forty-five years in the same
+congregation; and when the officiating minister was
+ready to distribute the bread and wine, he remained
+in his pew, apparently overcome by his feelings. A
+pause ensued, when, as he still did not attempt to
+move, the Rev. Henry Bobart, his son-in-law, thought
+it advisable to take the elements to him. Many of
+his congregation were affected to tears, impressed
+with the belief that they might not again receive from
+his venerable hands those emblems of the Saviour&#8217;s love.
+He had never yet been present at the church without
+assisting at the solemn rite. Such fears were but too
+truly and sadly realized. On the Sunday evening, at the
+parsonage, it was the custom, at family worship, to
+read one of a course of sermons. The Sunday before
+his death, when he was still apparently as well as
+usual, he requested that the one in course for that
+evening might be laid aside and Bradley&#8217;s sermon
+the &#8216;Morrow unknown,&#8217; from the text &#8216;Boast not
+thyself of to-morrow,&#8217; substituted. Some slight
+objection was made; but on his again expressing his<span class="pagenum">[Pg 275]</span>
+wish, it was of course complied with. The remarks
+made by him upon the subject during the evening
+excited the apprehensions of his family that the coming
+week might be one of trial, but they little thought
+that ere the next sabbath one so loved and revered
+would be removed from them.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>On Tuesday the 8th of May, 1838, a few of his
+friends visited him at his own house; he wore his
+usual cheerfulness, and they wished him, as they
+thought, a short farewell as he stepped into his gig on
+a journey of about five and-twenty-miles. In passing
+through the low lands contiguous to Windsor, the
+cold suddenly affected him, and he complained of
+illness on his arrival at the house of his friend, the
+Rev. Mr. Styles, the chaplain of the parish. Erysipelas
+in the head broke out, and a general stupor followed,
+so that he became insensible. His mind wandered
+amongst the scenes to which his life had been devoted,
+and he uttered a few incoherent expressions about the
+factory, the orphan school, and the New Zealand
+mission. &#8220;Though he spoke but little,&#8221; says his
+friend, Mr. Styles, in his funeral sermon, &#8220;yet in his
+few conscious moments he said quite enough to show
+that the Saviour whom he served through life was
+with him in the time of trial. A single remark was
+made to him by a bystander on the value of a good
+hope in Christ in the hour of need. &#8216;Yes,&#8217; said he,
+&#8216;that hope is indeed precious to me now;&#8217; and on
+the following evening, his last on earth, he was heard
+repeating the words &#8216;precious, precious,&#8217; as if still
+in the same strain of thought which that remark had
+suggested. Soon after, inflammation having reached
+the brain, his spirit was released. On Saturday
+morning, the 12th of May, he entered&mdash;who can<span class="pagenum">[Pg 276]</span>
+doubt?&mdash;upon the enjoyment of his &#8216;eternal and
+exceeding great reward.&#8217;&#8221;</p>
+
+<hr class="tb" />
+
+<p>He was buried in his own churchyard at Paramatta.
+Upwards of sixty carriages formed the mourning train,
+and a numerous assemblage of mourners, including
+most of the public functionaries in the colony, followed
+him to the grave. Of these, some who had in years
+long past thwarted and opposed him came at last to
+offer an unfeigned tribute of deep respect. A few had
+been his early associates in the ministry, and in every
+good word and work. The majority were a youthful
+generation, to whom he was only known as a wise and
+venerable minister of God. His parishioners had been
+most of them brought up under his instructions, and
+had been taught from their infancy to look up to him
+with respect and love. The solemn burial service was
+read by the Rev. Dr. Cowper, who first came out to the
+colony at Mr. Marsden&#8217;s solicitation. He stood over
+the grave and addressed the mourners on the early
+devotedness of their departed friend and pastor to the
+great work of the ministry, told them how solemnly
+he had dedicated himself to God before he left England
+in his youth, and reminded them of the fidelity with
+which through evil and good report he had endured
+his Master&#8217;s cross, despising the shame.</p>
+
+<p>Australia seemed at length fully to appreciate his
+worth. It was quite fitting, and indeed an additional
+tribute to his integrity, that some mutterings of
+calumny should be uttered by ungodly men, even as the
+grave closed over him, and that a priest of the apostate
+church of Rome should catch them up, and gladly
+give expression to them. With this exception the
+colony was unanimous, as were the friends of religion<span class="pagenum">[Pg 277]</span>
+in England, and throughout the world, in mourning
+for him as for one who had been great as an evangelist
+in the church of Christ, and as a philanthropist
+second to none who have ever devoted their lives to
+the welfare of their fellow creatures. It was proposed
+to erect a monument to his memory by public subscription;
+the proposition was warmly approved on
+all sides, and subscriptions were offered to a considerable
+amount. Whole families became subscribers&mdash;parents,
+and children, and domestic servants, all ready
+thus to testify their reverence. On further consideration,
+it was thought better to erect a church to his
+memory on a piece of his own land, which he himself
+had devised for that purpose, to which the name of
+Marsfield should be given; and the design, we believe,
+has been carried into effect, at the cost of about six
+thousand pounds.</p>
+
+<p>The public press, not only in Australia but in
+England, published biographical sketches of his life
+and labours, with articles on his motives and character.
+The great missionary societies recorded his death with
+becoming feelings of reverential love. The notice of
+him in the minutes of the Church Missionary Society,
+the reader will not be displeased to find in these pages.
+It was read at their annual meeting at Exeter-hall, and
+published in their thirtieth report.</p>
+
+<blockquote><p>&#8220;The Committee of the Church Missionary Society
+record the death of the late Rev. Samuel Marsden with
+feelings of deep respect for his personal character and
+gratitude to the Great Head of the church, who raised
+up, and who so long preserved, this distinguished man,
+for the good of his own, and of future generations.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;In him the Committee recognise an individual
+whom Providence had endowed with a vigorous<span class="pagenum">[Pg 278]</span>
+constitution, both of body and mind, suited to meet the
+circumstances which ever attend a course of new and
+arduous labours. Entering upon the duties of his chaplaincy
+forty-five years ago, at a time when the colonists
+of New South Wales were, for the most part, of abandoned
+character and suffering the penalty of the law,
+he, with admirable foresight, anticipated the probable
+future destinies of that singular and important colony,
+and never ceased to call the attention of both the local
+and home governments to the great duty of providing
+for the interests, both temporal and spiritual, of the
+rapidly increasing population by a proportionate increase
+in the number of colonial chaplains.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;In the discharge of his diversified duties, the
+native energies of his mind were conspicuously exhibited
+in the undisturbed ardour, public spirit, and steady
+perseverance, with which his various plans of usefulness
+were prosecuted; while his high natural gifts
+were sanctified by those Christian principles, which
+from his youth up, he maintained and adorned, both
+by his teaching and by his life.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;But it is to his exertions in behalf of Christian
+missions that the Committee are bound especially to
+call the attention of the Society. While he omitted
+no duty of his proper ministerial calling, his comprehensive
+mind quickly embraced the vast spiritual interests,
+till then well nigh entirely unheeded, of the
+innumerable islands of the Pacific Ocean, whose &#8216;inhabitants
+were sitting in darkness, and in the shadow of
+death.&#8217;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Under the influence of these considerations, Mr.
+Marsden zealously promoted the labours of the different
+societies which have established missions in the South
+Seas. And it is to his visits to New Zealand, begun<span class="pagenum">[Pg 279]</span>
+twenty-five years ago, and often since repeated, and to
+his earnest appeals on behalf of that people, that the
+commencement and consolidation of the Society&#8217;s missions
+in the Northern Island are to be attributed.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;In calling to mind the long series of eminent services
+rendered to the Society by Mr. Marsden, the
+committee notice with peculiar satisfaction the last
+visit made by him, in the year 1836, to the Society&#8217;s
+missions in New Zealand&mdash;a visit justly termed by the
+Lord Bishop of Australia &#8216;Apostolical.&#8217; With paternal
+authority and affection, and with the solemnity of one
+who felt himself to be standing on the verge of
+eternity, he then gave his parting benediction to the
+missionaries and the native converts.&#8221;</p></blockquote>
+
+<p>And thus was the man honoured in his death, whose
+life had been one long conflict with obloquy and
+slander. With few exceptions his enemies had died
+away, or been gradually led to abandon their prejudices,
+and many of them now loved and revered the man
+whom they had once hated or despised. This, however,
+is but the usual recompense of a life of consistent
+holiness. God often allows his servants to live and
+even to die under a cloud of prejudice; but sooner or
+later, even the world does homage to their virtues and
+confesses its admiration of the Christian character,
+while the church of Christ glorifies God in the grace
+which made their departed brother to shine as a light
+in the world.</p>
+
+<div class="footnotes"><p class="title">FOOTNOTES:</p>
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_K_11" id="Footnote_K_11"></a><a href="#FNanchor_K_11"><span class="label">[K]</span></a> London: Hatchard, 1841.</p></div>
+</div>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_280" name="Page_280"></a>[Pg 280]</span></p>
+
+<h2>CHAPTER XIV.</h2>
+
+<blockquote><p>Character of Mr. Marsden&mdash;His Life and Labours.</p></blockquote>
+
+<p>The reader may naturally expect in conclusion a
+summary of Mr. Marsden&#8217;s character. In attempting
+this, we are by no means insensible to the difficulty of
+the undertaking. Indiscriminate eulogy, and the
+arrogance which affects to blame in order to establish its
+own claim to superior wisdom, are both alike impertinent
+and unbecoming. Yet it is not easy to speak of one
+whose motives were so high, whose labours so constant
+and self-denying, and whose triumphs so remarkable,
+without enthusiasm. While, on the other hand, those
+infirmities which may generally be detected even in
+the best men, and which truth requires to be impartially
+noted down, did not much affect his public
+life; and we have felt all along as we have written
+with the disadvantage of having known him only
+by the report of others. Still, however, something
+should be attempted. The character of Mr. Marsden
+is too instructive to be lost; perhaps few great men
+ever lived whose example was more calculated for
+general usefulness,&mdash;for the simple reason that he
+displayed no gigantic powers, no splendid genius;
+he had only a solid, well ordered, mind, with which
+to work,&mdash;no other endowments than those which
+thousands of his fellow men possess. It was in the <i>use
+of his materials</i> that his greatness lay.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. Marsden was a man of a masculine understanding,
+of great decision of character, and an energy
+which nothing could subdue. He naturally possessed<span class="pagenum">[Pg 281]</span>
+such directness and honesty of purpose, that his intentions
+could never be mistaken; and he seemed incapable
+of attempting to gain his purpose by those dexterous
+shifts and man&oelig;uvres which often pass current,
+even amongst professing Christians, as the proper, if
+not laudable, resources of a good diplomatist, or a
+thorough man of business. When he had an object in
+view, it was always worthy of his strenuous pursuit,
+and nothing stopped him in his efforts to obtain it,
+except the impossibility of proceeding further. Had
+his mind been less capacious such firmness would often
+have degenerated into mere obstinacy; had it been
+less benevolent and less under the influence of religion,
+it would have led him, as he pressed rudely onwards,
+to trample upon the feelings, perhaps upon the rights,
+of other men. But he seems, whenever he was not
+boldly confronting vice, to have been of the gentlest
+nature. In opposing sin, especially when it showed
+itself with effrontery in the persons of magistrates and
+men in power, he gave no quarter and asked for none.
+There was a quaintness and originality about him,
+which enabled him to say and do things which were
+impossible to other men. There was a firmness and
+inflexibility, combined with earnest zeal, which in the
+days of the reformers would have placed him in their
+foremost rank. None could be long in his society
+without observing that he was a man of another mould
+than those around him. There was an air of unconscious
+independence in all he did which, mixed with
+his other qualities, clearly showed to those who could
+read his character, that he was a peculiar instrument
+in the hands of God to carry out his own purposes.
+These traits are illustrated by many remarkable events
+in his life.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum">[Pg 282]</span>When he first arrived in New South Wales, while
+theft, blasphemy, and every other crime, prevailed to
+an alarming extent among the convicts, the higher
+classes of society, the civil and military officers, set a
+disgraceful example of social immorality. Such is the
+account given by a Sydney periodical a few weeks
+after Mr. Marsden&#8217;s decease, which goes on to say:
+&#8220;Many an individual of a more plastic nature might
+have been moulded by the prevailing fashion of the
+age in which he lived, and instead of endeavouring to
+struggle against the tide of popular opinion, would
+have yielded in all probability to its seducing influence.
+Such was not the case with Mr. Marsden. When he
+was opposed on all hands, and even by the civil and
+military authorities of the day, he faithfully performed
+his duty, and careless of the powerful coalitions combined
+for his destruction, &#8216;all the ends he aimed at
+were his country&#8217;s, his God&#8217;s, and truth&#8217;s.&#8217; Educated
+in the school of the Milners, the Simeons, and the
+Fletchers, he was not disposed to flatter the vices of
+any man; but with plainness and sincerity of speech,
+he discoursed &#8216;of righteousness, temperance and judgment
+to come.&#8217;&#8221; He has been known to rebuke sin
+at a dinner-table in such a manner as to electrify the
+whole company. Once, arriving late, he sat down
+in haste, and did not for a few minutes perceive the
+presence of one who should have been the wife of the
+host, but who stood in a very different relation to him.
+Mr. Marsden always turned a deaf ear to scandal, and
+in the excess of his charity was sometimes blind to facts
+which were evident enough to others. The truth now
+flashed upon him, and though such things were little
+thought of in the colony, he rose instantly from the
+table, calling to the servant in a decided tone to bring<span class="pagenum">[Pg 283]</span>
+his hat, and without further ceremony, or another
+word, retired. That such a man should raise up a
+host of bitter enemies is not to be wondered at.</p>
+
+<p>To these qualities his great successes in life, under
+God, were due. The young chaplain who single handed
+confronted and at length bore down the profligacy of
+New South Wales, and the shameless partiality of its
+courts of justice (the immediate result and consequence
+of the licentious lives and connexions of the magistrates)
+planned, and was himself the first to adventure
+upon the mission to New Zealand. Against the rashness
+of this attempt the timid expostulations of his
+friends, the hesitation of the captains who declined so
+perilous an adventure, and even the remonstrances of
+Governor Macquarie himself weighed not a feather in
+the scale. He saw his way clearly; it was the path
+of duty, and along it he must go. And when, ten
+years afterwards, scarcely a nominal convert had been
+won from among the cannibals, when tens of thousands
+of good money had been spent, when the church at
+home was almost weary of the project, and half disposed
+to give it up, he was still true as ever to the cause. He
+neither bolstered up his courage with noisy protestations,
+nor attempted to cheer the languid zeal of others
+by the slightest exaggerations, but quietly went forward
+calmly resting upon the two great pillars, the
+<i>commands</i> and the <i>promises</i> of God. So again with
+respect to the Polynesian missions; at first he showed
+little of that enthusiasm in which some of its promoters
+were caught as in a whirlwind, and carried off their
+feet. But high principle endures when enthusiasm
+has long worn out. And it was to the firm and yet
+cheering remonstrances of Samuel Marsden, and to the
+weight which his representations had with the churches<span class="pagenum">[Pg 284]</span>
+of Christ in England, that the directors were indebted
+for the ability to maintain their ground, and that this
+perhaps the most successful of Protestant missions,
+was not finally abandoned upon the very eve of its
+triumphs.</p>
+
+<p>While he embraced large and comprehensive projects,
+it was one of his striking peculiarities that he
+paid close attention to minute details. Some minds
+beginning with the vast and theoretical, work backwards
+into the necessary details; others setting out
+upon that which is minute and practical, from the
+necessities of the hour and the duties of the day before
+them seem to enlarge their circle and to build up new
+projects as they proceed. The former may be men of
+greater genius, but the latter are in general the more
+successful, and to these Mr. Marsden belonged. The
+cast of his mind was eminently practical. No crude
+visions of distant triumphs led him away from the
+duties which belonged to the scene and circumstances
+in which providence had placed him. Paramatta was
+for many years the model parish of New South Wales,
+although its pastor was the soul of the New Zealand
+mission, and of many a philanthropic enterprise besides.
+Commissioner Biggs, in his &#8220;Report of Inquiry,&#8221;
+which was published by order of the House of
+Commons, observes that &#8220;Mr. Marsden, though much
+occupied by the business of the missions which he
+conducted, and by the superintendence of the orphan
+school which he had himself called into existence, was
+remarkably attentive to the duties of his ministry.&#8221;
+&#8220;The congregation at Paramatta appeared to me to
+be more respectable than at the other places of worship,
+and the choral parts of the service were admirably
+performed by the singers, who have been taught under<span class="pagenum">[Pg 285]</span>
+the direction of the Rev. S. Marsden.&#8221; He was well
+known to all his parishioners, to whom he paid
+constant ministerial visits; his attention to the sick,
+whether at their own homes or the government hospital,
+was unremitting, and here his natural shrewdness,
+sharpened as it was by his spiritual penetration, showed
+itself in his insight into the true character of those he
+dealt with. Nothing disgusted him more than a want
+of reality. High professions from inconsistent lips
+were loathsome to him, and his rebukes were sometimes
+sharp. A gentleman, whose habits of life were
+not altogether consistent with Christian simplicity and
+deadness to the world, had been reading &#8220;Mammon,&#8221;
+when that volume had just made its appearance, and with
+that partial eye with which we are too apt to view our
+own failings, had come to the flattering conclusion that
+by contrast with the monster depicted in &#8220;Mammon,&#8221;
+the desires he felt to add field to field and house to
+house, were not covetousness, but that diligence in
+business which the Scriptures inculcate. In the happy
+excitement of the discovery, he exultingly exclaimed,
+&#8220;Well, thank God, I have no covetousness.&#8221; Mr.
+Marsden, who had read no more about covetousness
+than he found in the Bible, had sat silent; rising from
+his chair, and taking his hat, he merely said, &#8220;Well,
+I think it is time for me to go: and so, sir, you thank
+God that you are not as other men are. You have no
+covetousness? havn&#8217;t you? Why, sir, I suppose the
+next thing you&#8217;ll tell us is that you&#8217;ve no pride;&#8221; and
+left the room.</p>
+
+<p>But when he spoke to a modest inquirer, these
+roughnesses, which lay only on the surface, disappeared.
+To the sick, his manner was gentle and affectionate,
+and in his later years, when he began, from<span class="pagenum">[Pg 286]</span>
+failing memory and dimness of sight, to feel himself
+unequal to the pulpit, he spent much of his time in
+going from house to house and amongst the prison
+population, exhorting and expounding the Scriptures.
+Upon one of these occasions, a friend who accompanied
+him relates that he made a short journey to visit a
+dying young lady, whose parents on some account were
+strangely averse to his intrusion, pastoral though it
+was. But the kindness with which he addressed the
+sufferer, whom he found under deep spiritual anxieties,
+and the soothing manner in which he spoke and prayed
+with her, instantly changed the whole bias of their
+minds. &#8220;To think,&#8221; they exclaimed when he left the
+house, &#8220;of the aged man, with his silver locks, coming
+such a distance as seventeen miles, and speaking so
+affectionately to our feeble child!&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;At Paramatta, his Sunday-school,&#8221; his daughter
+writes, &#8220;was in a more efficient state than any I have
+since seen;&#8221; and the same remark might probably be applied
+to his other parochial institutions, for whatever
+he did was done with all his heart; and he was one of
+those who easily find coadjutors. Their example seems
+to shed an immediate influence. And his curates and
+the pious members of his flock were scarcely less
+zealous and energetic than himself.</p>
+
+<p>He found time to promote missionary meetings, and
+to encourage the formation of tract and Bible societies,
+as well as other benevolent institutions, at Sydney
+and other places. On many occasions he delivered
+interesting speeches, and not long before his death he
+presided at a Bible Society meeting at Paramatta,
+when, in the course of an affectionate address, he
+alluded to his beloved New Zealand. New Zealand
+was near his heart, and he now seldom spoke of it<span class="pagenum">[Pg 287]</span>
+without being sensibly affected. Relating an anecdote
+respecting Mowhee, a converted New Zealander,
+he was completely overcome, and burst into tears.</p>
+
+<p>His manner of preaching was simple, forcible, and
+persuasive, rather than powerful or eloquent. In his
+later years, when he was no longer able to read his
+sermons, he preached extempore. His memory, until
+the last year or two of his life, was remarkably tenacious:
+he used to repeat the whole of the burial
+service <i>memoriter</i>, and in the pulpit, whole chapters or
+a great variety of texts from all parts of Scripture, as
+they were required to prove or illustrate his subject.
+He was seldom controversial, nor did he attempt a
+critical exposition of the word of God. His ministry
+was pure and evangelical. &#8220;You can well remember
+him, my hearers,&#8221; says the preacher, in his funeral
+sermon, &#8220;as having faithfully preached to you the
+word of God; clearly did he lay before you the whole
+counsel of God. Man was represented by him as in
+a condemned and helpless state, lying in all the pollution
+and filthiness of his sin, totally unable to justify
+himself wholly or in part, by any works of righteousness
+which he can do; God, as too pure to look upon
+iniquity without abhorrence, and yet too merciful to
+leave sinners to their sad estate without providing a
+refuge for them; Christ, as All in all to the sinner;
+as wisdom to enlighten him, as righteousness to justify
+him, sanctification to make him holy in heart and life,
+as complete redemption from the bondage of sin and
+death into the glorious inheritance of heaven; the
+Holy Spirit of God as the only author of aught that
+is good in the renewed soul; faith as the only means
+of applying the salvation of the gospel to the case of
+the individual sinner; justification by faith; the<span class="pagenum">[Pg 288]</span>
+necessity of regeneration; holiness indispensable. All
+these were represented by your departed minister as
+the vital doctrines of the gospel, and the mutual bearing
+and connexion of each was clearly shown. And
+this he has been doing for nearly forty-five years.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Dwelling on the outskirts of civilization and of the
+Christian world, he was too deeply impressed with
+the grand line of distinction between Christianity and
+hideous ungodliness, whether exhibited in the vices of
+a penal settlement or the cannibalism of New Zealand,
+to be likely to attach too much importance to those
+minor shades of difference which are to be met with
+in the great family of Jesus Christ. As his heart was
+large, so too was his spirit catholic. He was sincerely
+and affectionately attached to the church of England.
+He revered her liturgy, and in her articles and homilies
+he found his creed, and he laboured much to promote
+her extension. Yet his heart was filled with
+love to all those who name the name of Christ in sincerity.
+Wherever he met with the evidences of real
+piety and soundness of doctrine, his house and his
+purse flew open; and orthodox Christians of every
+denomination from time to time either shared his hospitalities
+or were assisted in their benevolent projects
+with pecuniary aid. With what delicacy this was done
+may be gathered from such statements as the following,
+which is copied from the &#8220;Colonist&#8221; newspaper, September
+12th, 1838: &#8220;An attempt having been made to
+build a Scotch church in Sydney, the colonial government
+for a time opposed the scheme, and in consequence
+some of its friends fell away. Then it was that
+the late Samuel Marsden, unsolicited, very generously
+offered the loan of 750<i>l.</i> to the trustees of the Scotch
+church, on the security of the building and for its<span class="pagenum">[Pg 289]</span>
+completion. This loan was accordingly made; but as
+it was found impracticable to give an available security
+on the building, Mr. Marsden agreed to take the personal
+guarantee of the minister for the debt.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>In the same spirit he presented the Wesleyan
+Methodists with a valuable piece of land on which
+to erect a chapel, at Windsor. This act of Christian
+charity was acknowledged by their missionaries in a
+grateful letter. Mr. Marsden&#8217;s reply is full of warmth
+and feeling. &#8220;You express your acknowledgment
+for the ground at Windsor to build your chapel and
+house upon. I can only say I feel much pleasure in
+having it in my power to meet your wishes in this
+respect. To give you the right hand of fellowship is
+no more than my indispensable duty; and were I to
+throw the smallest difficulty in your way I should be
+highly criminal and unworthy the Christian name,
+more especially considering the present circumstances
+of these extensive settlements, &#8216;where the harvest is
+so great and the labourers are so few.&#8217; ...
+The importation of convicts from Europe is very great
+every year; hundreds have just landed on our shores
+from various parts of the British empire, hundreds are
+now in the harbour ready to be disembarked, and hundreds
+more on the bosom of the great deep are hourly
+expected. These exiles come to us laden with the
+chains of their sins, and reduced to the lowest state of
+human wretchedness and depravity. We must not
+expect that magistrates and politicians can find a
+remedy for the dreadful moral diseases with which the
+convicts are infected. The plague of sin, when it has
+been permitted to operate on the human mind with all
+its violence and poison, can never be cured, and seldom
+restrained by the wisest human laws and regulations.
+Heaven itself has provided the only remedy<span class="pagenum">[Pg 290]</span>
+for sin&mdash;the blessed balm in Gilead; to apply any
+other remedy is lost labour. In recommending this
+at all times and in all places, we shall prevail upon
+some to try its effect; and whoever do this we know
+they will be healed in the selfsame hour. I pray that
+the Divine blessing may attend all your labours for
+the good of immortal souls in these settlements.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>His private charities displayed the same catholic
+spirit. His disinterestedness was great, and his only
+desire seemed to be to assist the deserving or to retrieve
+the lost. He was not foolishly indifferent to the value
+of money, as those who had business transactions with
+him were well aware; but its chief value in his eyes
+consisted in the opportunities it gave him to promote
+the happiness of others. Hundreds of instances of
+his extraordinary liberality might be mentioned, and
+it is probable that many more are quite unknown.
+The following anecdotes, furnished by his personal
+friends, will show that his bounty was dealt out with
+no sparing hand.</p>
+
+<p>A gentleman, at whose house he was a visitor, happened
+to express a wish that he had three hundred
+pounds to pay off a debt. The next morning Mr.
+Marsden came down and presented him with the
+money, taking no acknowledgment. The circumstance
+would have remained unknown had not the obliged
+person, after Mr. Marsden&#8217;s decease, honourably sent
+an acknowledgment to his executors. All he assisted
+were not equally grateful. Travelling with a friend in
+his carriage, a vehicle passed by. &#8220;Paddy,&#8221; said he,
+calling to his servant, &#8220;who is that?&#8221; On being
+told, &#8220;Oh,&#8221; said he, &#8220;he borrowed from me two hundred
+pounds, and he never paid me.&#8221; This was his
+only remark.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum">[Pg 291]</span>Yet he was not tenacious for repayment, nor indeed
+exact in requiring it at all where he thought the persons
+needy and deserving. The same friend was with
+him when a man called to pay up the interest on a
+considerable sum which Mr. Marsden had lent to him.
+He took a cheque for the amount, but when the person
+retired, tore it up and threw it into the fire, remarking,
+&#8220;He is an honest man. I am satisfied if he
+returns me the principal; that is all I want.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>On another occasion, a friend who had been requested
+to make an advance of fifty pounds to a needy
+person, but was unable to do so, mentioned the case
+to Mr. Marsden, with, &#8220;Sir, can you lend me fifty
+pounds?&#8221; &#8220;To be sure I can,&#8221; was the answer, and
+the money was instantly produced. When he called,
+shortly afterwards, to repay the loan, Mr. Marsden
+had forgotten all about it. &#8220;Indeed I never looked
+to its being repaid.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>The Rev&mdash;&mdash;, being pressed for a hundred pounds,
+walking with Mr. Marsden, mentioned his difficulties.
+Mr. Marsden at once gave him a hundred pounds,
+simply remarking, &#8220;I dare say that will do for you.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>A lady had come to the colony at the solicitation of
+her family, with the view of establishing a school of a
+superior class for the daughters of the colonists. At
+first she met with little success. Mr. Marsden saw
+the importance of her scheme, and at once invited her
+to Paramatta, offering her a suitable house and all the
+pecuniary aid she might require, and this under the
+feeling of a recent disappointment in an undertaking
+of the same nature.</p>
+
+<p>Of the large sums he expended on the New Zealand
+mission from his own private resources it is impossible
+even to conjecture the amount, to say nothing of a<span class="pagenum">[Pg 292]</span>
+life in a great measure devoted to the service. He
+one day called upon a young man of enterprise and
+piety, whom he was anxious to induce to settle in
+New Zealand, and offered him fifty pounds per annum
+out of his own purse, as well as to raise a further
+sum for him from other sources. Nor should it be
+forgotten, in proof of this disinterestedness, that with
+all his opportunities and influence in New Zealand, he
+never possessed a single acre of land there, or sought
+the slightest advantage either for himself or for any
+member of his family.</p>
+
+<p>Another feature in his character was his unaffected
+humility. This was not in him the nervous weakness
+which disqualifies some men for vigorous action, rendering
+them either unconscious of their power, or
+incapable of maintaining and asserting their position,
+and consequently of discharging its obligations. This,
+though often called humility, is, in fact, disease, and
+ought to be resisted rather than indulged. Mr. Marsden&#8217;s
+mind was vigorous and healthy; he took a just
+measure of his powers and opportunities, as the use
+he put them to proves abundantly. There was nothing
+in him of the shyness which disqualifies for public
+life; he was bold without effrontery, courageous
+without rashness, firm without obstinacy; but withal
+he was a humble man. His private correspondence
+will have shown the reader how anxious he was to
+submit his own judgment, even on questions affecting
+his personal character, to what he considered the
+better judgment of his friends at home. To vanity or
+ostentation he seems to have been a perfect stranger.
+There is not a passage in his correspondence, nor can
+we learn that a word ever fell from his lips, which
+would lead us to suppose that he ever thought him<span class="pagenum">[Pg 293]</span>self
+in any way an extraordinary man. Flattery disgusted
+him, and even moderate praise was offensive to
+his feelings. When the life of his friend, Dr. Mason
+Good, appeared from the pen of Dr. Olinthus Gregory,
+it contained an appendix, giving an account of
+his own labours and triumphs at Paramatta and in
+New Zealand. This he cut out of the volume with
+his penknife, without any remark, before he permitted
+it to lie upon his table or to be read by his family.
+He was so far from thinking he had accomplished
+much, either in the colony or amongst the heathen,
+that he was rather disposed, in his later days, to
+lament that his life had been almost useless; and
+indeed he was heard more than once to express a
+doubt whether he had not mistaken his calling, and
+been no better than an intruder into the sacred ministry.
+Perhaps failing health and spirits were in
+part the cause of these misgivings, but his unfeigned
+humility had a deeper root. It originated in that
+evangelical piety upon which all his usefulness was
+built. He saw the holiness of God, he saw his Divine
+perfection reflected in his law, and though he had a
+clear, abiding sense of his adoption through the grace
+of our Lord Jesus Christ, this did not interfere with
+a clear conception too of his own unworthiness.
+When told one day, by a justly indignant friend, how
+basely he was misrepresented, &#8220;Sir,&#8221; he exclaimed,
+and the solemnity of his manner showed the depth of
+his meaning, &#8220;these men don&#8217;t know the worst. Why,
+sir, if I were to walk down the streets of Paramatta
+with my heart laid bare, the very boys would pelt me.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Such was Samuel Marsden, a man whose memory is
+to be revered and his example imitated. &#8220;Not merely
+a good man,&#8221; says the preacher of his funeral sermon,<span class="pagenum">[Pg 294]</span>
+&#8220;who filled up the place allotted to him on earth, and
+then sank into his grave; not merely a faithful minister
+of Christ, who loved and served his Saviour and
+turned many to repentance, but more than either of
+these. Rightly to estimate his character we must
+view him as a peculiar man, raised up for an especial
+purpose.&#8221; And he adds&mdash;</p>
+
+<blockquote><p>&#8220;As Luther in Germany, and John Knox in Scotland,
+and Cranmer in England, were sent by the Head
+of the church, and fitted with peculiar qualifications
+to make known his glorious gospel, hidden in Romish
+darkness, so too, no less truly, was <span class="smcap">Samuel Marsden</span>
+raised up in this southern hemisphere, and admirably
+fitted for the work, and made the instrument of diffusing
+the light of that same gospel, and of bringing
+it to bear on the darkness of New Zealand and the
+Isles of the Sea, and upon the darkness, too, no less
+real, of the depravity of society in early Australia.&#8221;</p></blockquote>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_295" name="Page_295"></a>[Pg 295]</span></p>
+
+<h2>APPENDIX I.</h2>
+
+<blockquote><p>Progress of the Gospel and of Civilization in New Zealand, since Mr.
+Marsden&#8217;s Decease.</p></blockquote>
+
+<p>The great work of Mr. Marsden&#8217;s life was undoubtedly
+the New Zealand mission; but he was also, as we
+have seen, the early friend, the wise adviser, and not
+unfrequently the generous host of that devoted band
+of men who first essayed the introduction of the
+gospel to the Society Islands. Each of these missions
+has been attended with astonishing success; each has
+produced what may be called magnificent results,&mdash;results
+which already far exceed, in some respects, the
+most sanguine hopes, extravagant as at the time they
+seemed to be, of Mr. Marsden and his early coadjutors
+some fifty years ago. Yet in other respects their
+disappointment would have been great had they lived
+to witness the present state of things, whether in New
+Zealand or Tahiti. Instead of native tribes growing
+up into Christian brotherhood, and asserting a national
+independence, these beautiful islands have bowed to a
+foreign yoke. Instead of native churches they have
+rather assumed the form of offshoots and dependencies
+of British churches. A great work has been accomplished,
+and its fruits will never cease to ripen. But
+events have occurred which only prophets could have
+foreseen; changes have taken place which neither
+political sagacity nor the saintly wisdom of those good
+men who first projected our foreign missions amidst
+storms of insult, or, what was worse to bear, the<span class="pagenum">[Pg 296]</span>
+withering influences of a contemptuous neglect, anticipated.
+It is often so in this world&#8217;s history. Our
+successes, our trials, the events which happen to us,
+our national history, and that of the church of Christ,
+scoop out for themselves fresh channels, and flow
+still onwards, but in the direction perhaps least of all
+expected.</p>
+
+<p>Our readers are, we trust, so far interested in the
+details already given as to desire some further acquaintance
+with the later history of these great missions
+since Mr. Marsden&#8217;s death. This we propose
+to give, briefly of course, for the subject would fill a
+volume; and such a volume, whenever it shall be
+written well and wisely, will be received with delight
+by every intelligent member of the whole catholic
+church of Christ.</p>
+
+<p>We shall direct our attention in the first place to
+<span class="smcap">New Zealand</span>.</p>
+
+<p>Attempts to colonize upon a large scale, attended
+with constant aggressions upon the native tribes, had
+occurred before Mr. Marsden&#8217;s death, and awakened
+his anxiety. A New Zealand Company was formed
+in 1839, with the avowed object of purchasing land
+from the Maories, and settling large tracts of the island
+with English emigrants. It made no provision for
+the spiritual welfare of the natives, nor indeed for
+that of the European settlers; and it was evident
+that, however well-intentioned, the project in the
+hands of a mercantile company would be effected, as
+such schemes always have been effected, only at the
+cost of injustice and oppression to the natives. Meanwhile
+danger was threatening from another quarter.
+Louis Philippe now sat upon the throne of France.
+Though not ambitious of military conquest, he was<span class="pagenum">[Pg 297]</span>
+cunning and unprincipled, and anxious to extend the
+power of France by force or fraud. Her colonial possessions
+she had lost during her long war with England,
+and now scarcely one of them remained. He
+saw and coveted the islands of the Southern Ocean,
+and resolved to repair his colonial empire by the addition
+of these splendid and inviting prizes. It was
+said, and we believe with truth, that a frigate was
+already equipped and on the very point of sailing for
+New Zealand with secret orders to annex that island
+to the crown of France, when the English government,
+tardily and with sincere reluctance, resolved to
+anticipate the project and claim New Zealand for the
+queen of England. This was done, and the island
+was formally annexed to the English crown, and in
+January, 1842, became an English colony.</p>
+
+<p>For once the story of colonial annexation is neither
+darkened with crime nor saddened with war and
+bloodshed. The measure was essential both to the
+security of the natives and to the work of the Protestant
+missions. Lawlessness and anarchy were universal:
+the Maori tribes were slaughtering one another;
+the white man was slaughtering the Maori
+tribes. For the native laws were obsolete, and the
+laws of England no man yet had the power to enforce.</p>
+
+<p>There was, too, on the part of England, and it was
+strongly expressed in the British parliament, a determination
+to secure, as far as possible, not only the
+safety but the independence of the natives under their
+old chiefs, and to leave them in possession of their
+ancient usages and forms of government. In fact, the
+authority of queen Victoria was to be that of a mild
+protectorate rather than an absolute sovereignty. The
+chiefs were to acknowledge the supremacy of the<span class="pagenum">[Pg 298]</span>
+crown as represented in the governor. To him, and
+not as heretofore to the field of battle, with its horrors
+and cannibalism, were their disputes to be referred;
+and in all doubtful questions English law, its maxims
+and analogies, were to be held supreme. Upon these
+easy terms the most fastidious will find little to blame
+in our annexation of New Zealand. The Maories did
+not exceed, it was computed, one hundred thousand
+souls. Suppose they had been twice that number, still
+they could scarcely be said to <i>occupy</i> the whole of an
+island of the size of Ireland, and quite as fruitful.
+There was still room for a vast influx of Europeans,
+leaving to the natives wide tracts of land far beyond
+their wants, either for tillage or the chase, or for a
+nomad wandering life, had this been the habit of the
+Maories. And when the threatened seizure by France
+is thrown into the scale, few Protestants, of whatever
+nation they may be, will hesitate to admit that the
+conduct of England in this instance was both wise and
+just.</p>
+
+<p>The Maories in general accepted this new state of
+things with satisfaction. Those of them who resided
+on the coast and in the neighbourhood of the Bay of
+Islands saw that the aggression of the colonists was
+restrained, and that their own safety was secured.
+Further in the interior, where the want of an English
+protectorate was less felt, heart-burnings occurred,
+fomented, as usual, by designing men, and aggravated
+by the occasional outrage of individuals. Some of the
+tribes resisted, and a war broke out, though happily
+neither bloody nor of long duration, in which the
+Maories maintained the reputation of their native
+valour, even against English regiments. Nor was it
+till the year 1849 that the peace of the island and the<span class="pagenum">[Pg 299]</span>
+supremacy of the English crown were perfectly restored
+and asserted.</p>
+
+<p>For a time the progress of the gospel was triumphant.
+For example, archdeacon William Williams
+could report that the number of communicants
+in the eastern district, beneath his care, had risen
+from twenty-nine in 1840, to two thousand eight
+hundred and ninety-three in 1850; and these were
+&#8220;members of the congregation who were supposed to
+walk in the narrow way. Here then,&#8221; he exclaims,
+&#8220;is abundant encouragement; the little one is become
+a thousand. In the course of ten years, there has been
+time for the novelty of Christianity to wear away;
+but, while some are gone back again to the beggarly
+elements of the world, hitherto the Lord has blessed
+his vineyards with increase.&#8221; In other districts the
+progress of the gospel was equally gratifying. At
+Tauranga, out of a population not exceeding two
+thousand four hundred, upwards of eight hundred partook
+of the Lord&#8217;s supper; and yet there were many
+native Christians who, from various causes, had been
+kept away from this ordinance. Other denominations
+of Protestant Christians had likewise their trophies to
+exhibit to the &#8220;praise of his grace,&#8221; who had crowned
+their labours with success. &#8220;The facilities,&#8221; reports
+one missionary, upon the eastern coast, &#8220;the facilities
+for usefulness are great; the coast might become one
+of the most interesting missionary gardens in the
+world. Crowds can be got together at any time for
+catechizing; the dear children are all anxious for
+schooling; the native teachers and monitors put themselves
+quite under your hands; and they are, I think,
+a very improving and improvable class.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Similar reports reached home from almost every<span class="pagenum">[Pg 300]</span>
+station in New Zealand. At the intervention of a
+missionary of the church of England, a Wesleyan
+missionary, and an English lay gentleman, (the surveyor-general,)
+the Waikato and Wangaroa tribes, bent
+on mutual slaughter, laid down their arms at the instant
+the battle should have joined. They had had their
+war-dance; some random shots had even been fired;
+their mediators had begun to despair; when at length,
+towards evening, they agreed to leave the subject in
+dispute between them (the right to a piece of land),
+to Sir George Grey, the governor, and Te Werowero,
+a native chieftain, for arbitration. The question was
+put to the whole army, &#8220;Do you agree to this?&#8221;
+Four hundred armed natives answered with one voice,
+assenting. The question was put a second time, and
+they again gave their consent. &#8220;The surveyor-general
+giving the signal, we all,&#8221; says the missionary, &#8220;gave
+three hearty cheers; after which the natives assembled
+for evening-prayers, and,&#8221; he adds, &#8220;I trust I felt
+thankful.&#8221; The accounts that reached England, filled
+men&#8217;s hearts with astonishment; even upon the spot,
+men long enured to the spiritual warfare with idolatry,
+were amazed at the greatness of their triumph. They
+wrote home in strains such as the following.</p>
+
+<blockquote><p>&#8220;Rotorua is endeared to us by every tie that should
+endear a place to a missionary&#8217;s heart. We came
+hither, to a people utterly debased by everything that
+was savage. Now, there is not a village or place
+around us, where the morning and evening bell does
+not call to prayer and praise, and where the sabbath
+is not observed. I am sometimes astonished when I
+look back upon the past, and remember what we have
+passed through. If I think only of those scenes which
+occurred to us during the southern war, the remem<span class="pagenum">[Pg 301]</span>brance
+seems appalling. Now peace reigns in every
+border; the native chapel stands conspicuous in almost
+every Pa; wars seem almost forgotten; and for New
+Zealand, the promise seems fulfilled, &#8216;I shall give thee
+the heathen for thine inheritance, and the uttermost
+parts of the earth for thy possession.&#8217;&#8221;</p></blockquote>
+
+<p>New Zealand was at length, outwardly at least, a
+Christian land. Bishop Selwyn had, in 1842, taken
+charge of the church of England and the oversight of
+her missions, and other denominations assumed a
+fixed and settled character. The missionary began to
+merge and disappear in the stated minister. The
+ancient warrior chieftain too, was fading fast from
+sight; and we cannot deny that, savage as he was, we
+part from him with some feelings of respect. Who
+that has a heart to feel, or any imagination capable of
+being warmed by strains of exquisite pathos, can read
+unmoved the last words of the dying Karepa? The
+scene is in the lonely village of Te Hawera, of which
+he was the chief. Mr. Colenzo, the missionary, arrived
+just as his people, with loud cries, sitting around his
+new-made tomb, bewailed his departure. At night
+they gathered around their spiritual father in his tent,
+and one of the natives thus related the last words of
+Karepa.</p>
+
+<blockquote><p>&#8220;He summoned us all,&#8221; said he, &#8220;to come close
+around him, and with much love exhorted us; talking
+energetically, as was his custom, a long while, he said:&mdash;&#8216;You
+well know that I have brought you, from time
+to time, much riches, muskets, powder, hatchets, knives,
+blankets. I afterwards heard of the new riches, called
+faith. I sought it. I went to Manawatu; in those
+days a long and perilous journey, for we were surrounded
+by enemies; no man travelled alone: I saw<span class="pagenum">[Pg 302]</span>
+the few natives who, it was said, had heard of it; but
+they could not satisfy me. I sought further, but in
+vain. I heard afterwards of a white man at Otaki,
+and that with him was the spring where I could fill
+my empty and dry calabash. I travelled to his place,
+to Otaki, but in vain; he was gone&mdash;gone away ill.
+I returned to you, my children, dark minded. Many
+days passed by; the snows fell, they melted, they
+disappeared; the buds expanded, and the tangled paths
+of our low forests were again passable to the foot of
+the native man. At last we heard of another white
+man who was going about over mountains and through
+forests and swamps, giving drink from his calabash to
+the secluded native&mdash;to the remnants of the tribes of
+the mighty, of the renowned of former days, now
+dwelling by twos and threes among the roots of the
+big trees of the ancient forests, and among the long
+reeds by the rills in the valleys. Yes, my grandchildren,
+my and your ancestors, once spread over the
+country as the Koitarekè (<i>quail</i>) and Krivi (<i>apteryx</i>)
+once did; but now their descendants are even as the
+descendants of these birds, scarce, gone, dead, fast
+hastening to utter extinction. Yes, we heard of that
+white man; we heard of his going over the high snowy
+range to Patea, all over the rocks to Turakiráe. I sent
+four of my children to meet him. They saw his face;
+yes you, you talked with him. You brought me a
+drop of water from his calabash. You told me he had
+said he would come to this far-off isle to see me. I
+rejoiced, I disbelieved his coming; but I said he may.
+I built the chapel, we waited expecting. You slept at
+nights; I did not. He came, he emerged from the
+long forest, he stood upon Te Hawera ground. I saw
+him. I shook hands with him; we rubbed noses<span class="pagenum">[Pg 303]</span>
+together. Yes, I saw a missionary&#8217;s face; I sat in his
+cloth house (<i>tent</i>); I tasted his new food; I heard him
+talk Maori; my heart bounded within me; I listened;
+I ate his words. You slept at nights; I did not. Yes,
+I listened, and he told me about God, and his Son
+Jesus Christ, and of peace and reconciliation, and of a
+loving Father&#8217;s home beyond the stars. And now I,
+too, drank from his calabash and was refreshed, he
+gave me a book, as well as words. I laid hold of the
+new riches for me, and for you, and we have it now.
+My children, I am old; my teeth are gone, my hair is
+white; the yellow leaf is falling from the Táwai (<i>beech
+tree</i>); I am departing; the sun is sinking behind the
+great western hills, it will soon be night. But, hear
+me; hold fast the new riches&mdash;the great riches&mdash;the
+true riches. We have had plenty of sin and pain
+and death; but now we have the true riches. Hold
+fast the true riches, which Karepa sought out for
+you.&#8217;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Here he became faint, and ceased talking. We
+all wept like little children around the bed of the dying
+old man&mdash;of our father. He suffered much pain, from
+which he had scarcely any cessation until death
+relieved him.&#8221;</p></blockquote>
+
+<p>But New Zealand was now passing through a
+dangerous crisis. The Maori ceased to exist in his
+savage state. Cannibalism was a mere tradition. Of
+the ancient superstitions scarcely a trace was left.
+European arts and manners were introduced in almost
+every part of the island, and New Zealand took her
+place amongst other civilized communities. Still, under
+new circumstances fresh dangers threatened her. The
+church of Rome saw from afar and coveted so glorious
+a possession; and in the course of a single year a<span class="pagenum">[Pg 304]</span>
+Romish bishop and sixteen priests landed at Wellington,
+and a second bishop with his troop of priests
+and nuns at Auckland. For a while the childish
+simplicity of the Maori character, fond of show and a
+stranger to suspicion, gave them great advantage; and
+the missionaries of evangelical churches viewed their
+progress with serious apprehension. But as the novelty
+wore off the Maori Christian discovered that
+Popery was but a hollow pretence, without heart, or
+life, or abiding consolation, and whole tribes which had
+been led astray returned with their chiefs to purer
+churches in search of better pasturage. Lately the translation
+of the whole of the Bible has been completed,
+and in this we have the best antidote, under God, to
+the progress of this baneful superstition. New Zealand,
+too, besides its several Protestant bishops of the
+church of England, its zealous missionaries, and
+stated ministers of every evangelical denomination, has
+now at length a native ministry of her own Maories,
+few as yet in number, but holy men, men of competent
+learning and gifts of utterance, who have evidently
+been called of God. One of these, the Rev. Riwai Te
+Ahu, who was ordained by Bishop Selwyn, is not only
+highly esteemed by all the natives of whatever tribe
+they may be, but by the English too; and he is entirely
+supported by internal resources, by regular
+contributions from the natives, and a private grant
+from the governor himself. We can understand something
+of the joy with which an honoured missionary,
+one of the oldest labourers in the field, sat and listened
+in the house of prayer while he officiated, assisted by
+the Rev. Rota Waitoa, the only two Maori ministers
+of the church of England in New Zealand, and his
+own early converts, &#8220;the one reading prayers, and<span class="pagenum">[Pg 305]</span>
+the other preaching an admirable sermon to his own
+native tribe.&#8221; Other churches have similar triumphs.
+The Wesleyans have three native assistant ministers,
+and probably these are not all, for it may be presumed
+that a great work is going forward in so large an
+island, of which our missionary societies have no
+official reports, and by agents who are no longer responsible
+to them. Thus it is often found that in the
+interior some village or hamlet has become Christian
+where no European missionary was ever seen. Native
+converts have done their own work.</p>
+
+<p>Still the church in New Zealand is in an infant
+state, surrounded by many dangers. The influx of
+Europeans, the sudden increase of wealth and luxury,
+the introduction of a new and foreign literature from
+England, bearing as it were upon its wings all that is
+bad as well as all that is lovely and of good report in
+theology, politics, and morals, may well cause, as
+indeed it does create, the deepest concern to those
+who have at heart the purity of the Maori faith, and
+the continued progress of the gospel. It is not for
+those who know that the gospel is the power of God
+unto salvation, to doubt for a moment of its ultimate
+success; but the firmest faith may, at the same time,
+be apprehensive and anxious, if not alarmed, for the
+fiery trial that awaits her,&mdash;not of persecution, but of
+wealth and luxury, and the sad example of every
+European vice. Let the reader help them with his
+prayers.</p>
+
+<p>We cannot close our sketch of the progress of
+Christianity in New Zealand, without some allusion
+to the Canterbury Association, one of the most remarkable
+attempts of modern times to colonize on Christian
+principles, or rather perhaps we should say, to<span class="pagenum">[Pg 306]</span>
+carry abroad the old institutions of England, and
+plant them as it were full blown in a new country.
+The design was not altogether original, for the New
+England puritans of the seventeenth century, had led
+the way, in their attempts to colonize at Boston and in
+New England, in the days of Charles <span class="smcap">I</span>. They would
+have carried out the principles, and worship of the
+Brownites to the exclusion of other sects, though
+happily for the freedom of religion, their design was
+soon found to be impracticable, and was only partially
+accomplished. The Canterbury Association was formed
+on high church of England principles, &#8220;avowedly for
+the purpose of founding a settlement, to be composed
+in the first instance of members of that church, or at
+least of those who did not object to its principles.&#8221;
+Its early friends now admit that their project was, in
+some of its parts, utopian and impracticable. The
+idea, if ever seriously entertained, of excluding by a
+test of church membership those whose profession
+differed from their own was abandoned by most of
+the colonists as soon as they had set foot on the shores
+of New Zealand. In 1848, Otakou or Otago, in the
+southern part of the Middle Island, was colonized by
+an association of members of the Free Church of Scotland;
+and in 1850, the first colonists were sent out to
+the church of England settlement, founded in the
+vicinity of Banks&#8217;s Peninsula, by the Canterbury
+Association. The site made choice of possessed a harbour
+of its own, an immense extent of land, which it
+was supposed might easily be brought under cultivation,
+and removed from danger of disturbance from
+the natives, of whom there were but few, an extent of
+grazing country unequalled in New Zealand, and a
+territory &#8220;every way available for being formed into<span class="pagenum">[Pg 307]</span>
+a province, with a separate legislature.&#8221; The plan
+was to sell the land at an additional price, and appropriate
+one third of the cost to ecclesiastical purposes.
+The sums thus realized by sales of land, were to be
+placed at the disposal of an ecclesiastical committee,
+who were empowered to make such arrangements as
+they might think fit to organize an endowed church
+in the colony. A bishopric was to be at once endowed,
+a college, if not a cathedral, was to be connected with
+it, a grammar-school of the highest class, was to be
+opened as well as commercial schools; and all the
+luxuries of English country life, including good roads,
+snug villas, well cultivated farms; and good society,
+were to be found by the future settler, after a very
+few years of probationary toil.</p>
+
+<p>The scheme was warmly taken up at home, and
+within a single twelvemonth from the 16th December,
+1850, when the first detachment arrived, nearly three
+thousand emigrants had seated themselves in the
+Canterbury Plains. The towns of Lyttelton and
+Christchurch were founded, and operations on a large
+scale were fairly begun. Of course bitter disappointment
+followed, as it too often does with the early
+colonists, whose expectations are unduly raised by the
+romantic stories told them in England. But we must
+quote a passage from &#8220;Archdeacon Paul&#8217;s Letters from
+Canterbury,&#8221; just published. It may be of use to
+other emigrants, into whatever region of the world
+they go. &#8220;Restless spirits, who had never yet been
+contented anywhere, expected to find tranquillity in
+this new Arcadia, where their chief occupation would be
+to recline under the shadow of some overhanging rock,
+soothing their fleecy charge with the shepherd&#8217;s pipe,
+remote from fogs and taxation and all the thousand<span class="pagenum">[Pg 308]</span>
+nameless evils which had made their lives a burthen to
+them at home.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Alas! the reality was soon found to be of a sterner
+type&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="poem" style="width: 28em;">
+<span class="i0">&#8216;These are not scenes for pastoral dance at even,</span>
+<span class="i0">For moonlight rovings in the fragrant glades:</span>
+<span class="i0">Soft slumbers in the open eye of heaven,</span>
+<span class="i0">And all the listless joys of summer shades.&#8217;</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>Long wearisome rides and walks in search of truant
+sheep and cattle; bivouacs night after night, on the
+damp cold ground; mutton, damper, (a kind of coarse
+biscuit,) and tea (and that colonial tea) at breakfast,
+dinner, and supper, day after day, and week after
+week, and month after month; wanderings in trackless
+deserts, with a choice of passing the night on
+some bleak mountain side or wading through an
+unexplored swamp; and, after all this labour, finding
+perhaps that his flock are infected, and that no small
+amount of money as well as toil must be expended
+before he can hope for any profit at all;&mdash;these are
+the real experiences of a settler&#8217;s early days in a young
+pastoral colony.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Yet, upon the whole, the founders of the settlement
+consider that it has answered all reasonable expectations.
+None of the early settlers have been driven
+home by the failure of their prospects, and few have
+been so even from qualified disappointment. The
+plains of Canterbury have a thoroughly English look,
+dotted in every direction with comfortable farm-houses,
+well-cultivated inclosures, and rickyards filled with
+the produce of the harvest: and the great seaport of
+the colony, Lyttelton, is well filled with shipping.
+Christchurch boasts at length its college, incorporated
+and endowed. It became an episcopal see, too, in
+1856, under the first bishop of Christchurch; it has<span class="pagenum">[Pg 309]</span>
+its grammar school and Sunday schools. Here, too,
+as well as at Lyttelton, the Wesleyans have taken
+root, and, besides chapels, have their day and Sunday
+schools. From the first, the Scotch Church was represented
+by some enterprising settlers. The decorum
+of religion is everywhere perceptible; &#8220;I believe,&#8221;
+writes a nobleman, whose name stands at the head of
+the Association, &#8220;that no English colony, certainly
+none of modern days, and I hardly except those of the
+seventeenth century has been better supplied with the
+substantial means of religious worship and education.
+No one doubts the great material prosperity and promise
+of the colony; and no one denies that it is the
+best and most English-like society in all our colonies....
+Sometimes a very vain notion has been
+entertained that we meant or hoped to exclude dissenters
+from our settlement. Of course, nothing
+could be more preposterous. What we meant was to
+impress the colony in its origin with a strong church
+of England character. This was done by the simple
+but effectual expedient of appropriating one third of
+the original land fund to church purposes, but this
+was of course a voluntary system.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Thus New Zealand stands at present. The lonely
+island of the Southern Ocean approached only fifty
+years ago with awe by the few adventurous whalers
+which dared its unknown coasts and harbours, now
+teems with English colonists. The dreaded New
+Zealander has forsaken his savage haunts and ferocious
+practices, and may be seen &#8220;clothed and in his right
+mind,&#8221; and sitting to learn at the feet of some teacher
+of &#8220;the truth as it is in Jesus.&#8221; The face of the country
+has undergone a corresponding change. And in many
+places, the scene is such as to force the tears from the<span class="pagenum">[Pg 310]</span>
+eye of the self-exiled settler; the village spire and the
+church-going bell reminding him of home. What the
+future may be, we shall not even hazard a conjecture.
+Let it be enough to say that a mighty change has
+already been accomplished, and that its foundations
+were laid, and the work itself effected more than by
+any other man, by Samuel Marsden.</p>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_311" name="Page_311"></a>[Pg 311]</span></p>
+
+<h2>APPENDIX II.</h2>
+
+<blockquote><p>State and Prospects of the Protestant Mission at Tahiti under the
+French Protectorate.</p></blockquote>
+
+<p>At the period of Mr. Marsden&#8217;s decease, the Tahitian
+mission, over which he had watched with parental
+solicitude from its infancy, presented an aspect even
+more cheering than that of New Zealand. Idolatry
+had fallen; its idols were utterly abolished; they had
+found their way to the most ignoble uses, or to the
+museums of the curious, or those of the various missionary
+societies in Great Britain. So complete was
+their destruction that natives of Tahiti have actually
+visited the museum of the London Missionary Society
+within the last few years, and there seen, for the first
+time in their lives, a Tahitian idol. But a dark cloud
+already skirted the horizon, and the infant church was
+soon to pass through the purifying furnace of a long,
+relentless, wearying, and even bitter persecution.</p>
+
+<p>The revolution of 1830 had placed Louis Philippe on
+the throne of France. During the earlier years of his
+reign, the church of Rome was deprived of much of
+that power and dignity which it had enjoyed under
+the elder Bourbons. As to any hold on the affections
+of the people of France, this it seldom boasted,&mdash;certainly
+not within the last hundred years. Yet the
+crafty king of the French was not unwilling to give to
+his restless priesthood the opportunities both of employment
+and renown in foreign parts; especially if in
+doing so he could extend his own power, and add a
+wreath to that national glory so dear to Frenchmen.<span class="pagenum">[Pg 312]</span>
+The priests were therefore instructed to direct their
+attention to the South Sea Islands. Animated partly
+by hatred to England, they succeeded in effecting a
+settlement in the Society Islands. The first of them,
+who arrived there, called Columban (though his original
+name was Murphy), came in rather strange
+guise. &#8220;He was clad like a man before the mast,
+smoked a short pipe, and at first was mistaken for
+what he appeared to be. He had an old English
+passport, and among other pious tricks, endeavoured
+to make use of the lion and the unicorn, to prove to the
+natives that he was sent by the king of Great Britain.&#8221;<a name="FNanchor_L_12" id="FNanchor_L_12"></a><a href="#Footnote_L_12" class="fnanchor">[L]</a>
+Two others, Caret and Laval, arrived soon
+afterwards. The law of the island forbade foreigners
+to reside without obtaining the sanction of the queen.
+The priests, accordingly, when their arrival became
+known, were ordered to depart. They refused; comparing
+the Protestant missionaries to Simon Magus,
+and claiming for themselves the exclusive right to
+instruct the Tahitian people. After some delay, however,
+they left, and went to the Grambier Islands.
+Captain Lord E. Russell, then with his ship of war at
+the island, publicly declared, that &#8220;if the priests had
+remained in the country, anarchy and confusion, disastrous
+to the island, would have inevitably ensued.&#8221;
+This was in December, 1836.</p>
+
+<p>In September, 1837, M. Montpellier, accompanied
+by Murphy-Columban, arrived at Tahiti. He was
+followed in 1838 by Captain Du Petit Thouars in the
+frigate Venus, who made no secret in avowing to
+our English officers that he was looking out for a suitable
+island on which to hoist the French flag for the
+purpose, he added, of forming a penal settlement.
+<span class="pagenum">[Pg 313]</span>Returning to Paris, Thouars was raised to the rank of
+rear-admiral, and sent back to the Pacific with his
+flag in La Reine Blanche on a secret expedition.
+He seized on two of the Marquesas Islands, built a
+fort on each, and garrisoned them with four hundred
+men. He now wrote home, demanding thrice that
+number of troops and four ships of war for the
+maintenance of his conquest; but he had further
+objects in view. False representations had probably
+been made to the French government with regard to
+the removal of Caret and Laval; and Captain Du Petit
+Thouars was instructed to demand satisfaction at
+Tahiti for injuries done to French subjects. A desire
+of conquest no doubt inflamed Guizot the French
+minister&mdash;alas! that a Protestant should thus have
+tarnished his fame&mdash;as well as his royal master; but
+hatred of Protestantism had its full share in these
+nefarious proceedings.</p>
+
+<p>One M. Henicy, who accompanied the Antoine
+French frigate to Tahiti, in the summer of 1839, thus
+writes of the English missionaries: &#8220;Ferocious
+oppressors, shameless monopolizers, trafficking in the
+word of God, they have procured for themselves a
+concert of curses. Their ministers are found to be
+vile impostors.&#8221; Caret, Murphy, and the other
+priests now returned to Tahiti. A French consul was
+appointed, a worthless, profligate man; he professed,
+however, to be a zealous friend of the true faith,
+anxious for missionary labourers to convert the
+deluded Tahitian Protestants. Very little progress,
+however, could be made in this spiritual work; the
+natives obstinately preferred sermons to masses, and
+possessed so little taste as to reject pictures and
+rosaries while they still read their Bibles. It was<span class="pagenum">[Pg 314]</span>
+evident that efforts of a more strenuous kind, though,
+such as the church of Rome is never unwilling to
+resort to when persuasion fails, must be tried. And
+now it was announced that the island was placed under
+the protection of France; to this arrangement, it was
+pretended, the chiefs of Tahiti and the queen herself
+had consented; nay, that they had solicited the protection
+of France. This unblushing falsehood was immediately
+exposed, and we now know, from queen
+Pomare herself, that all the proceedings in this disgraceful
+affair had their origin in fraud and treachery.
+They were chiefly carried out by the French consul, who
+is accused of having, under false pretences, prevailed on
+certain chiefs of the island to affix their signatures, in
+the name of the queen, to a document, the object of
+which was to induce the king of the French to take
+Tahiti under his protection, the pretence being grounded
+on a false statement, which accused some native chiefs,
+and the representatives of other nations, of bad conduct
+and various crimes. When the queen was apprised of
+this document, she called a council of her chiefs, with
+an assembled multitude of natives and foreigners; and,
+in the presence of the British, French, and American
+consuls, denied all knowledge of it, as also did the
+chiefs themselves who signed it. They declared
+that the French consul brought it to them in the
+night, and that they put their names to it without
+knowing what it contained. The governor, being one
+of the persons imposed upon, wrote to the British
+consul, Mr. Cunningham, declaring that the parties
+subscribing did not know what were the contents of
+the letter which the French consul brought them to
+sign, and that they affixed their names to it, as it were,
+in the dark. The translator also affirmed that it must<span class="pagenum">[Pg 315]</span>
+have been written by some person not a Tahitian; its
+idiom being foreign, its orthography bad, words misapplied,
+and the handwriting even foreign.</p>
+
+<p>But the most convincing evidence of the forgery
+was the declaration of two of the chiefs who signed the
+document, Tati and Ulami, to the following effect:
+&#8220;That all men may know, We, who have signed our
+names hereunto, clearly and solemnly make known and
+declare, as upon oath, that the French consul did
+wholly dictate and write the letter, said to be written
+by the queen Pomare and her governors, requesting
+protection of the king of the French. Through fear
+we signed it. It was in his own house, and in the
+night time, that the document was signed by us.
+And we signed it also because he said, If you will sign
+your names to this, I will give you one thousand
+dollars each when the French admiral&#8217;s ship returns
+to Tahiti.</p>
+
+<p class="quotsig">(Signed) &#8220;<span class="smcap">Tati</span>,<br />
+&#8220;<span class="smcap">Ulami</span>.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>This disgraceful plot was carried on in the absence
+of the queen. She was no sooner made acquainted
+with it, than she addressed a short and dignified
+protest and remonstrance to the queen of Great
+Britain, the president of the United States, and the
+king of the French. Few diplomatic notes are more
+worthy of a place in history than that which was
+addressed to Louis Philippe.</p>
+
+<blockquote><p>&#8220;Peace be to you. I make a communication to
+you, and this is its nature,&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;During my absence from my own country a few
+of my people, entirely without my knowledge or
+authority, wrote a letter to you, soliciting your
+assistance. I disavow any knowledge of that document.
+Health to you.</p>
+
+<p class="quotsig">(Signed) &#8220;<span class="smcap">Pomare</span>.&#8221;</p></blockquote>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum">[Pg 316]</span>But the French consul proceeded to form a provisional
+government of three persons, placing himself
+at the head of it as consul-commissary of the king.
+The triumvirate behaved with the greatest insolence,
+not only to the poor queen, but even to the British
+flag. Captain Sir T. Thompson, with the Talbot,
+lay in the harbour. The queen arrived and hoisted
+the Tahitian flag, which the Talbot saluted. A
+letter from the consul-commissary and the two French
+officials with whom he was associated was addressed
+as a protest to the gallant captain, &#8220;holding him
+responsible to the king of the French, his government
+and nation, for the consequences of such disrespect,
+and for a measure so hostile towards France.&#8221; Sir
+Thomas knew his duty too well to answer the affront,
+or in any way to notice it; but he could only look on
+with silent sorrow and disgust, he had no power to
+interfere. The queen also received an insolent letter
+from the consul; he even forced himself into her presence,
+and behaved in a rude and disrespectful manner.
+&#8220;He said to me,&#8221; she writes, in a letter to the captain
+of the Talbot, &#8220;shaking his head at me, throwing
+about his arms, and staring fiercely at me, &#8216;Order
+your men to hoist the new flags, and that the new
+government be respected.&#8217; I protested against this
+conduct, and told him I had nothing more to say to
+him.&#8221; Bereft of other hope, the insulted and greatly
+injured Pomare wrote a most touching and pathetic
+letter to queen Victoria. It was published in the
+newspapers, and went to the heart of every man and
+woman in Britain who had a heart to feel for dignity
+and virtue in distress, &#8220;Have compassion on me in
+my present trouble, in my affliction and great helplessness.
+Do not cast me away; assist me quickly,<span class="pagenum">[Pg 317]</span>
+my friend. I run to you for refuge, to be covered,
+under your great shadow, the same as afforded to my
+fathers by your fathers, who are now dead, and whose
+kingdoms have descended to us.&#8221; She explains how
+her signature was obtained. &#8220;Taraipa (governor of
+Tahiti) said to me, &#8216;Pomare, write your name under
+this document (the French deed of protection); if
+you don&#8217;t sign your name you must pay a fine of
+10,000 dollars, 5000 to-morrow and 5000 the following
+day; and should the first payment be delayed
+beyond two o&#8217;clock the first day, hostilities will be
+commenced, and your country taken from you. On
+account of this threat,&#8221; says the queen, &#8220;against my
+will I signed my name. I was compelled to sign it,
+and because I was afraid; for the British and American
+subjects residing in my country in case of hostilities
+would have been indiscriminately massacred.
+No regard would have been paid to parties.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>There was no exaggeration in this pathetic statement;
+it is confirmed by a letter&mdash;one of the last he
+ever wrote&mdash;from John Williams, the martyr missionary,
+who called at Tahiti, March 1839, on his last
+fatal voyage to the New Hebrides. &#8220;You will doubtless
+see by the papers the cruel and oppressive conduct
+of the French. A sixty-gun frigate has been
+sent here to chastise the queen and people of Tahiti
+for not receiving the Roman Catholic priests; and the
+captain demanded 2000 dollars (10,000?) to be paid
+in twenty-four hours, or threatened to carry devastation
+and death to every island in the queen&#8217;s dominion.
+Mr. Pritchard and some merchants here paid the
+money and saved the lives of the people. The French
+would only hear one side of the question, but demanded
+four things within twenty-four hours: 2000<span class="pagenum">[Pg 318]</span>
+dollars (10,000), a letter of apology to the French
+king, a salute of twenty-one guns, and the hoisting of
+the French flag.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>In short, the island became a French dependency,
+and the poor queen was left with the mere shadow of
+her former sovereignty. And so it remains to this
+day. A strong feeling of indignation was aroused in
+England. Missionary meetings, particularly a noble
+one at Leeds, were held, pledging themselves to do all
+in their power to induce our government to exert its
+legitimate influence with the government of France
+to restore to the queen of Tahiti her just independence,
+and to all classes of her subjects their civil
+rights and religious freedom. But the English government
+was either infatuated or afraid. Lord Aberdeen,
+secretary of state for colonial affairs, stated in
+the House of Lords that, &#8220;although he was not sufficiently
+informed of the precise grounds upon which
+the French government had acted, or of the complaints
+made against the authorities in those islands
+which had led to the convention; yet he had no apprehension
+as to the establishment of the French in
+those seas, nor that our commercial or political interests
+would be affected by it.&#8221; He stated that &#8220;he
+had received the most unqualified assurance that every
+degree of protection and encouragement would be
+afforded to the British missionaries residing in those
+islands; that in granting the protectorship to the
+French king, it had been stipulated that all the places
+of worship at present existing would receive protection,
+and that the fullest liberty would be given to
+the missionaries to exercise their functions.&#8221; And he
+concluded by saying, &#8220;that he reposed the fullest confidence,
+not only in the king of the French himself,<span class="pagenum">[Pg 319]</span>
+but in the minister, who at this moment was the principal
+adviser of that monarch.&#8221; But a righteous God
+looked on. This king was driven from his throne,
+and died an exile in England; while his minister, M.
+Guizot, who sacrificed his Protestantism to his ambition
+in this matter, after escaping with difficulty in
+1848, from a mob who would have torn him to pieces,
+saw himself compelled to give up for ever all hope of
+recovering power in France.</p>
+
+<p>From that time to the present all political power
+and influence has centred in the French governors,
+who have been sent out from Europe, and their subordinate
+officers. Pomare still lives, revered by her
+people, but without being able to exercise any one
+independent act of sovereignty; and the native chiefs
+and governors who formerly took a prominent part in
+all public affairs, and in their respective districts possessed
+great influence, are without a vestige of authority,
+except in those instances in which they have
+been induced to accept office under the French governor.
+In 1842, a treaty, so called, was framed,
+which did indeed provide for &#8220;the freedom of religious
+worship, and especially that the English missionaries
+shall continue in their labours without molestation.&#8221;
+&#8220;The same shall apply,&#8221; says its fifth article, &#8220;to
+every other form of worship: no one shall be molested
+or constrained in his belief.&#8221; But this treaty
+was probably intended only to cajole those whom it
+could not intimidate, and in practice it is a mere
+dead letter. The treaty itself is brief and informal,
+and evidently drawn up in haste, or perhaps with a
+view, from the absence of precision in its language,
+to provide for its more easy violation. Yet if the
+language in which it is couched conveys any meaning<span class="pagenum">[Pg 320]</span>
+the treaty provides that the people of the island, and
+the English missionaries in the prosecution of their
+labours amongst them, shall continue to enjoy unrestricted
+religious liberty. Now it might be urged,
+and with some plausibility, by the French authorities
+in Tahiti, that the people are still allowed, as heretofore,
+to attend their public worship, and to retain their
+Bibles and Christian books. They might even maintain,
+that although a number of Romish priests, with
+a bishop at their head, have been thrust upon the
+island, no Protestant missionary has been expelled by
+the act of the authorities. The substantial truth of
+these statements cannot be denied, and yet there is
+abundant evidence that the clauses of the treaty
+guaranteeing the religious liberty of the islanders and
+the missionaries have, for every practical purpose,
+been palpably and grossly violated. The places of
+worship have not indeed been closed, but the English
+missionaries have, from time to time, been placed
+under such severe restrictions that four of their number,
+finding themselves entirely debarred from the free
+exercise of their ministry, left the island in 1852.
+There are at present but two missionaries remaining.
+One of these is solely engaged in the operations of the
+press, but without permission to preach to the people;
+and the other&mdash;far advanced in age&mdash;is merely permitted,
+by a kind of sufferance, to remain at his post,
+and to minister to his own flock, though prohibited
+from extending his labours to other districts. So far
+as the churches and congregations scattered over the
+island are still supplied with the means of religious
+instruction, it is by the agency of natives, many of
+whom were formerly trained to the work by the missionaries.
+But these native preachers are subject to<span class="pagenum">[Pg 321]</span>
+the constant inspection and interference of the authorities,
+and they hold their offices solely by sufferance.
+It will thus be seen, that although the English
+missionaries have not been forcibly ejected from the
+island, the object aimed at by the French authorities
+has, through the artful policy they have adopted, been
+effectually attained. The missionaries have been
+silenced, disowned, and cast aside.</p>
+
+<p>In pursuance of the same cautious and subtle policy,
+the French rulers have not ventured to excite or
+irritate the people by sanctioning any hasty measures
+for enforcing conformity to the Roman Catholic faith;
+still they have encouraged the formation of elementary
+schools, in which the young people are taught by
+priests appointed by the government, and everything
+is done to give undue importance to these schools, so
+that the pupils taught in them may, at the periodical
+examinations, appear to more advantage than those
+under native masters.</p>
+
+<p>Notwithstanding the prevalence of a system so calculated
+to ensnare and mystify the minds of a simple
+unsuspicious people, it is a most remarkable and gratifying
+fact that instances of apostasy to Romanism
+have been exceedingly rare, and that the bulk of the
+people continue stedfast in their attachment to the
+pure Scriptural truths taught them by the missionaries.
+To account for this it should be borne in mind that
+the churches and congregations still assemble as heretofore
+for Divine worship under native pastors, some
+of whom are known to be pious, devoted, and well qualified
+men. Then again, through the active and efficient
+agency of the Rev. W. Howe, who, though prohibited
+from preaching, still remains in charge of the mission
+press at Papeete, the native pastors and people have<span class="pagenum">[Pg 322]</span>
+been well supplied with religious books. And it is further
+to be noted that the natives generally are amply
+provided with copies of the sacred Scriptures in their
+own language, which will no doubt, in the good providence
+of God, prove an effectual safeguard against
+popish error and superstition. In the year 1847, five
+thousand copies of the entire Tahitian Bible, revised
+by the Rev. Messrs Howe and Joseph, and generously
+provided by the British and Foreign Bible Society,
+were sent out in the missionary ship John Williams for
+circulation in Tahiti and the other islands of the
+Society group; and again, in 1852, three thousand
+copies of the New Testament were despatched to
+Tahiti, chiefly for the use of schools.</p>
+
+<p>In proof that the social and political troubles of the
+island have not had the effect of diminishing the number
+of its Christian population, the following most satisfactory
+statement, furnished by Mr. Howe, dated
+11th July, 1856, may be adduced.</p>
+
+<blockquote><p>&#8220;I have been comparing the number of persons in
+church fellowship at the present time with the numbers
+respectively before the establishment of the
+French protectorate, and at the period when it had
+become fully established. In 1842, there were about
+one thousand six hundred and eighty church members
+in Tahiti and Eimeo. In 1851, when the island of
+Tahiti was supplied by three foreign missionaries, and
+the students in the seminary, the report of the Society
+stated the number of church members to be upwards
+of one thousand six hundred, which is probably equal
+to that of 1842. Almost ever since that period the
+districts have been entirely supplied by native pastors
+only, with the exception of Bunaauia; and there are
+at the present time upwards of one thousand six hun<span class="pagenum">[Pg 323]</span>dred
+members on the two islands, and many are now
+seeking admission. It must also be borne in mind
+that during the interval between 1851 and the present
+time, the population of the two islands has been
+reduced by epidemic disease and removals at least
+one thousand, a large proportion of whom were
+church members from middle to old age, so that the
+present number in fellowship is comprised of the
+strength and pride of the nation, and the proportion
+of communicants to the population is greater than it
+has ever been.&#8221;</p></blockquote>
+
+<p>Of the kind of annoyance to which the missionaries
+are exposed, and of the influences which are brought
+to bear against them, the reader will be able to
+judge after perusing the account of a prosecution
+lately instituted by the Romish bishop against the
+Rev. Mr. Howe. In the autumn of 1855, the Roman
+Catholic bishop having issued a catechism in which
+the doctrines and superstitions of Popery were dogmatically
+stated, and Protestantism as grossly misrepresented,
+Mr. Howe felt constrained, by a sense of
+Christian fidelity, to publish in reply a firm but temperate
+refutation. For this publication a criminal
+action was commenced against him by the bishop; but
+so vexatious and unfounded were the charges that the
+legal officer of the government, on whom it devolved to
+prosecute, though urged by the governor, declined to
+bring the case into court, for which he was suspended
+from his office; and when at length the case was
+carried before the proper tribunal, the charges against
+our missionary were dismissed. But the bishop, notwithstanding
+his signal discomfiture, was not to be
+diverted from his object; he determined to renew the
+contest, in the hope that by a change of tactics his<span class="pagenum">[Pg 324]</span>
+ultimate object might be secured. The <i>criminal</i> prosecution
+already described was brought to a termination
+in December. On the following 15th of March,
+Mr. Howe received notice that his inveterate opponent
+had entered a <i>civil</i> action against him; and although
+the charges brought forward were essentially the
+same, they were put into such a shape, and contained
+statements so grossly exaggerated, that in order to
+meet them Mr. Howe was compelled to remodel his
+reply.</p>
+
+<p>After various delays, the trial at length commenced,
+in the court of First Instance, on the 28th April,
+1856, and in proof of the malevolence by which the
+bishop was actuated, it may be stated that he demanded
+30,000 francs damages, the suppression of the
+Tatara-taa,<a name="FNanchor_M_13" id="FNanchor_M_13"></a><a href="#Footnote_M_13" class="fnanchor">[M]</a> and that Mr. Howe should pay all the
+expenses of the courts, and also for 2000 copies of
+the judgment for distribution.</p>
+
+<p>The following is a summary of the proceedings,
+which excited the liveliest interest in the island, both
+among the natives and the foreign residents.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;My pleadings,&#8221; writes Mr. Howe, &#8220;were so successful
+that the court declared itself incompetent to
+judge the case, and fined his lordship 100 francs, and
+condemned him to all the expenses of that court and
+those of the preceding chambers.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;The judgment was read on the 3rd of May. On
+the 10th I received notice that the bishop had appealed
+to the Imperial Tribunal, and demanded that the previous
+judgment should be rescinded.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;This tribunal met on the 16th, when I objected
+to one of the judges, giving as my reasons that an
+<span class="pagenum">[Pg 325]</span>intimacy existed between him and the bishop, which
+rendered his sitting as a judge in the case illegal. My
+objection was sustained by the court.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;On the 17th, I objected to his lordship&#8217;s advocate,
+as being under the sentence of banishment for political
+offences, and by which he had forfeited his civil rights.
+This was also sustained by the court.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;On the 26th, the bishop himself appeared to plead
+his own cause, and he likewise objected to one of the
+judges, but his objection was overruled. Suffice it to
+say, that after having made several unsuccessful attempts
+to prove my defence unsound, the bishop beat
+a retreat, and said that if I would consent to submit
+my cause to arbitration he would withdraw the action.
+I demanded that his cause, to which this is an answer,
+should be submitted to the same test, and he consented.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;The court then retired, and on its return announced
+its judgment to be, that the decisions of the
+previous courts were sustained, and that the bishop
+should pay all the expenses of this appeal, as well as
+the expenses of the previous courts. By this step his
+lordship cannot appeal again, either to the administration
+here, or to the Court of Cassation in France.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>It is gratifying to learn, that through this long and
+painful affair, our missionary not only had the countenance
+of the British and American consuls, and the
+fervent prayers of the native converts, both in public
+and private, but that even the French officers, greatly
+to their honour, openly expressed their sympathy.</p>
+
+<p>In order more fully to appreciate the result of this
+protracted contest, it should be borne in mind that
+the real point at issue was, whether the cause of Protestant
+Christianity, as represented by Mr. Howe,<span class="pagenum">[Pg 326]</span>
+should be permitted to hold a footing in the island;
+that Mr. Howe stood alone, unsustained, excepting
+by a stedfast confidence in the justice of his cause,
+and the generous aid and sympathy of friends, French,
+English, and native, who rallied round him in the
+time of need; that his potent adversary could reasonably
+calculate on the countenance and encouragement
+of the authorities, who, as Frenchmen and Roman
+Catholics, would naturally be disposed to favour the
+interests of their own church, and to repress what
+they had been taught to regard as heresy. But in
+the providence of God, the presiding judges of the
+French tribunals before which the cause was heard
+magnanimously regardless of all prejudices on the
+score of nationality or religion, delivered a judgment
+which, while completely exculpating the accused, reflected
+the highest honour upon their own discernment,
+impartiality, and justice. While, therefore we
+devoutly recognise the hand of God so conspicuously
+manifest in overruling and directing this trial, or
+rather series of trials, to so merciful an issue, we
+would add the expression of our hope and belief that
+so long as the cause of Protestant Christianity is
+represented in Tahiti by men like-minded with Mr.
+Howe, and so long as the courts of justice on the
+island are presided over by men who, without fear or
+favour, dispense their judgments in accordance with
+the principles of truth and equity, the light of the
+gospel, which has for so many years made glad the
+hills and valleys of Tahiti, can never be extinguished.</p>
+
+<div class="footnotes"><p class="title">FOOTNOTES:</p>
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_L_12" id="Footnote_L_12"></a><a href="#FNanchor_L_12"><span class="label">[L]</span></a> Wilkes&#8217;s Tahiti, etc.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_M_13" id="Footnote_M_13"></a><a href="#FNanchor_M_13"><span class="label">[M]</span></a> The native name of the publication issued by Mr. Howe, in refutation of
+the bishop&#8217;s catechism; which the latter charged to be libellous.</p></div>
+</div>
+
+<p class="p4">LONDON: PRINTED BY W. CLOWES AND SONS, STAMFORD STREET.</p>
+
+<hr class="full" />
+
+<h2>PUBLICATIONS<br />
+OF THE<br />
+RELIGIOUS TRACT SOCIETY.</h2>
+
+<h3>BIOGRAPHICAL WORKS.</h3>
+
+<p><span class="big">THE LIFE OF FRANCIS, LORD BACON</span>,
+Lord Chancellor of England. By the Rev. <span class="smcap">Joseph Sortain</span>,
+<span class="smcap">A.B.</span> of Trinity College, Dublin. With a Portrait engraved on
+Steel. Foolscap 8vo. 3<i>s.</i> 6<i>d.</i> extra cloth boards.</p>
+
+<p><span class="big">LUTHER: HIS MENTAL AND SPIRITUAL
+HISTORY.</span> By <span class="smcap">Barnas Sears</span>, <span class="smcap">D.D.</span> 12mo. with Portrait of
+Luther. 3<i>s.</i> 6<i>d.</i> cloth boards.</p>
+
+<p><span class="big">THE LIFE OF AMELIA OPIE.</span> By <span class="smcap">Miss
+Brightwell</span>. With Portrait. Foolscap 8vo. 3<i>s.</i> cloth boards;
+3<i>s.</i> 6<i>d.</i> extra cloth boards, gilt edges.</p>
+
+<p><span class="big">MEMOIR OF OLD HUMPHREY</span>; with Gleanings
+from his Portfolio in Prose and Verse. With Steel-plate
+Portrait. The Twenty-ninth Thousand. 18mo. 2<i>s.</i> cloth boards;
+2<i>s.</i> 6<i>d.</i> cloth extra.</p>
+
+<p><span class="big">MEMOIR OF LADY WARWICK.</span> With her
+Diary, <span class="smcap">A.D.</span> 1666 to 1672. With a Portrait. 12mo. 3<i>s.</i> cloth
+boards.</p>
+
+<p><span class="big">THE HENRY FAMILY MEMORIALISED.</span>
+By Sir <span class="smcap">J. B. Williams</span>. 18mo. 1<i>s.</i> 6<i>d.</i> cloth boards; 2<i>s.</i> half-bound.</p>
+
+<p><span class="big">THE CHRISTIAN LADY OF THE SEVENTEENTH
+CENTURY.</span> By Sir <span class="smcap">J. B. Williams</span>, <span class="smcap">Knt.</span>, <span class="smcap">LL.D.</span>
+A new edition. 1<i>s.</i> 6<i>d.</i> cloth boards; 2<i>s.</i> 6<i>d.</i> half-bound.</p>
+
+<p><span class="big">MISSIONARY IN SYRIA</span>; or, the Life of Mrs.
+S. L. SMITH, late of the American Mission in Syria. 18mo. 1<i>s.</i>
+cloth boards; 1<i>s.</i> 6<i>d.</i> half-bound.</p>
+
+<p><span class="big">THE PRISON VISITOR</span>; or, the Life of Miss
+SARAH MARTIN, of Great Yarmouth; with Extracts from her
+Writings and Journals. 18mo. 1<i>s.</i> cloth boards.</p>
+
+<p><span class="big">MEMOIR OF JOHN LANG BICKERSTETH</span>,
+late of Rugby School. With a Preface by the Rev. <span class="smcap">J. Bickersteth</span>,
+<span class="smcap">M.A.</span> 18mo. 1<i>s.</i> cloth boards.</p>
+
+<p><span class="big">THE USEFUL CHRISTIAN</span>; or, Memoir of T.
+CRANFIELD. 18mo. 1<i>s.</i> 6<i>d.</i> cloth boards; 2<i>s.</i> half-bound.</p>
+
+<p><span class="big">THE LIFE OF HARLAN PAGE.</span> 18mo. 1<i>s.</i>
+cloth boards.</p>
+
+<p><span class="big">THE LIFE OF FELIX NEFF.</span> 18mo. 1<i>s.</i> 6<i>d.</i>
+cloth boards.</p>
+
+<p><span class="big">THE PASTOR IN AFFLICTION</span>; or, the Life
+of the Rev. H. MOWES. With Preface by the Rev. <span class="smcap">J. Davies</span>,
+<span class="smcap">B.D.</span> 18mo. 1<i>s.</i> cloth boards; 1<i>s.</i> 6<i>d.</i> half-bound.</p>
+
+<p><span class="big">THE SWISS REFORMER</span>; or, the Life of
+WILLIAM FAREL. 12mo. 2<i>s.</i> cloth boards.</p>
+
+<p><span class="big">THE SWISS PASTOR</span>; or, the Life of the Rev.
+F. GONTHIER. 18mo. 1<i>s.</i> cloth boards.</p>
+
+<p><span class="big">THE LIVES OF THE POPES.</span> Parts I., II.,
+III., and IV. 6<i>d.</i> each, fancy cover; 10<i>d.</i> cloth boards. Or may
+be had in Two Volumes, 1<i>s.</i> 6<i>d.</i> each; 2<i>s.</i> extra boards.</p>
+
+<p><span class="big">BIOGRAPHY OF EMINENT CHRISTIANS.</span>
+2<i>s.</i> cloth boards; 2<i>s.</i> 6<i>d.</i> cloth extra.</p>
+
+<p><span class="big">THE CHURCH IN THE ARMY</span>; or, Memoirs
+of Officers and Soldiers. 18mo. 1<i>s.</i> 6<i>d.</i> cloth boards; 2<i>s.</i> half-bound.</p>
+
+<h3>NEW EDUCATIONAL SERIES.</h3>
+
+<p class="center"><i>Recommended to the attention of Heads of Colleges, Members of
+Universities, and Principals of Public and Private Schools.</i></p>
+
+<p><span class="big">THE HISTORY OF ENGLAND</span>; from the Invasions
+of Julius Cæsar to the Year 1852. By <span class="smcap">Thomas Milner</span>,
+<span class="smcap">A.M.</span>, <span class="smcap">F.R.G.S.</span> 12mo. With Two Maps. 5<i>s.</i> cloth boards.</p>
+
+<p><span class="big">THE HISTORY OF GREECE</span>; from the Earliest
+Times to <span class="smcap">A.D.</span> 1833. By Professor <span class="smcap">Stowell</span>, <span class="smcap">D.D.</span> 12mo. With
+a Map. 2<i>s.</i> 6<i>d.</i> cloth boards.</p>
+
+<p><span class="big">THE HISTORY OF ROME</span>; from the Earliest
+Times to the Fall of the Empire. By <span class="smcap">Thomas Milner</span>, <span class="smcap">A.M.</span>,
+<span class="smcap">F.R.G.S.</span> 12mo. with three Maps. 3<i>s.</i> cloth boards. [Questions on
+ditto. 12mo. 6<i>d.</i>]</p>
+
+<p><span class="big">A UNIVERSAL GEOGRAPHY</span>: in Four Parts:
+Historical, Mathematical, Physical, and Political. By <span class="smcap">Thomas
+Milner</span>, <span class="smcap">A.M.</span>, <span class="smcap">F.R.G.S.</span> Illustrated by Ten Coloured Maps. 12mo.
+5<i>s.</i>, cloth boards.</p>
+
+<p><span class="big">LIVES OF ILLUSTRIOUS GREEKS.</span> By Professor
+<span class="smcap">Stowell</span>, <span class="smcap">D.D.</span> 12mo. 3<i>s.</i> cloth boards.</p>
+
+<p><span class="big">THE BIBLE HANDBOOK</span>; an Introduction to
+the Study of Sacred Scripture. By <span class="smcap">Joseph Angus</span>, <span class="smcap">D.D.</span>, Member
+of the Royal Asiatic Society. 12mo. With a Map. 5<i>s.</i> cloth
+boards; 6<i>s.</i> half-bound. [Questions on ditto. 12mo. 6<i>d.</i>]</p>
+
+<p><span class="big">PALEY&#8217;S HORÆ PAULINÆ.</span> With Notes and
+a Supplementary Treatise, entitled HORÆ APOSTOLICÆ. By the
+<span class="smcap">Rev. T. R. Birks</span>, <span class="smcap">A.M.</span>, late Fellow of Trinity College, Cambridge.
+With a Map. 12mo. 3<i>s.</i> cloth boards.</p>
+
+<p><span class="big">PALEY&#8217;S EVIDENCES OF CHRISTIANITY.</span>
+With Introduction, Notes, and Supplement. By the Rev. <span class="smcap">T. R.
+Birks</span>, <span class="smcap">A.M.</span> 12mo. 3<i>s.</i> cloth boards.</p>
+
+<p><span class="big">THE ANALOGY OF RELIGION</span> to the Constitution
+and Course of Nature. Also, <span class="smcap">Fifteen Sermons</span>. By
+<span class="smcap">Joseph Butler</span>, <span class="smcap">D.C.L.</span> With a Life of the Author, a copious
+<span class="smcap">Analysis</span>, Notes, and Indexes. By <span class="smcap">Joseph Angus</span>, <span class="smcap">D.D.</span> 3<i>s.</i> 6<i>d.</i>
+cloth boards.</p>
+
+<p><span class="big">THE ELEMENTS OF MORAL SCIENCE.</span> By
+<span class="smcap">Francis Wayland</span>, <span class="smcap">D.D.</span> With Notes and Analysis by <span class="smcap">Joseph
+Angus</span>, <span class="smcap">D.D.</span> 12mo. 3<i>s.</i> cloth boards; 4<i>s.</i> 6<i>d.</i> half-bound.</p>
+
+<h3>BIBLICAL AND THEOLOGICAL WORKS.</h3>
+
+<p><span class="big">A BIBLICAL CYCLOPÆDIA</span>; or, a Dictionary
+of Eastern Antiquities, Geography, Natural History, etc. Edited
+by <span class="smcap">John Eadie</span>, <span class="smcap">LL.D.</span> With Maps and Pictorial Illustrations. A
+new Edition, 8vo. 7<i>s.</i> 6<i>d.</i> cloth boards; 11<i>s.</i> 6<i>d.</i> calf.</p>
+
+<p><span class="big">CHRISTIAN ENCOURAGEMENT</span>; or, Attempts
+to Console and Aid the Distressed and Anxious. By <span class="smcap">John
+Sheppard</span>. Royal 18mo. 3<i>s.</i> boards; 4<i>s.</i> half-bound; 12mo.
+edition, 5<i>s.</i> boards; 8<i>s.</i> morocco.</p>
+
+<p><span class="big">CHRISTIAN PHILOSOPHY.</span> By <span class="smcap">Alexander
+Vinet</span>, <span class="smcap">D.D.</span> 18mo. 1<i>s.</i> 6<i>d.</i> boards; 2<i>s.</i> half-bound.</p>
+
+<p><span class="big">COMMENTARY ON THE ROMANS.</span> By Professor
+<span class="smcap">Hodge</span>. 12mo. 3<i>s.</i> 6<i>d.</i> cloth boards; 4<i>s.</i> 6<i>d.</i> half-bound.</p>
+
+<p><span class="big">ESSAYS ON THE EVIDENCES, DOCTRINES,
+AND PRACTICAL OPERATION OF CHRISTIANITY.</span> By
+<span class="smcap">Joseph John Gurney</span>. 12mo. 3<i>s.</i> cloth boards.</p>
+
+<p><span class="big">HARMONY OF THE FOUR GOSPELS</span>, in the
+Authorized Version. By <span class="smcap">Edward Robinson</span>, <span class="smcap">D.D.</span>, <span class="smcap">LL.D.</span>, Author
+of &#8220;Biblical Researches in Palestine.&#8221; With Explanatory Notes and
+Reference to Parallel and Illustrative Passages. Two Maps. Royal
+12mo. 3<i>s.</i> boards.</p>
+
+<p><span class="big">JACOB&#8217;S WELL.</span> By the Rev. <span class="smcap">G. A. Rogers</span>, <span class="smcap">M.A.</span>
+18mo. 1<i>s.</i> 6<i>d.</i> cloth boards.</p>
+
+<p><span class="big">LEIGHTON&#8217;S (Archp.) PRACTICAL COMMENTARY
+ON THE FIRST GENERAL EPISTLE OF ST.
+PETER.</span> 2 vols. 18mo. 4<i>s.</i> cloth; 6<i>s.</i> half-bound; royal 18mo.
+with Portrait, 6<i>s.</i> cloth boards; 11<i>s.</i> calf.</p>
+
+<p><span class="big">POCKET PARAGRAPH BIBLE</span>: According to
+the Authorized Version; with an entirely New Selection of Copious
+References, Prefaces, and Notes. With Maps. 3<i>s.</i> cloth boards; 4<i>s.</i>
+roan gilt; 5<i>s.</i> French morocco; 6<i>s.</i> Turkey morocco; flexible back, 7<i>s.</i></p>
+
+<p><span class="big">ROME</span>; Its Temper and its Teachings. By <span class="smcap">Geo.
+H. Davis</span>. Foolscap 8vo. 2<i>s.</i> 6<i>d.</i> cloth boards.</p>
+
+<p><span class="big">THE ANNOTATED PARAGRAPH BIBLE.</span>
+THE OLD TESTAMENT, according to the Authorized Version, arranged
+in Paragraphs and Parallelisms, with Explanatory Notes,
+Prefaces to the Several Books; and an entirely New Selection of
+References to Parallel and Illustrative Passages. With Maps and
+Engravings. Super-royal 8vo. 14<i>s.</i> cloth boards.</p>
+
+<p><span class="big">THE ATONEMENT</span>: being Four Discourses by
+the <span class="smcap">Lord Bishop of Gloucester</span>, <span class="smcap">Dr. Chalmers</span>, <span class="smcap">W. Archer
+Butler</span>, <span class="smcap">M.A.</span>, and <span class="smcap">Robert Hall</span>, <span class="smcap">M.A.</span> Foolscap 8vo. 1<i>s.</i> 6<i>d.</i>
+cloth boards.</p>
+
+<p><span class="big">THE ATTRACTION OF THE CROSS.</span>
+Designed to Illustrate the Leading Truths, Obligations, and Hopes of
+Christianity. By <span class="smcap">Gardiner Spring</span>, <span class="smcap">D.D.</span> 12mo. 3<i>s.</i> cloth
+boards; 4<i>s.</i> half-bound.</p>
+
+<p><span class="big">THE BENEFIT OF CHRIST&#8217;S DEATH.</span>
+Originally written in Italian by <span class="smcap">Aonio Paleario</span>. An Introduction
+by the Rev. <span class="smcap">John Ayre</span>, <span class="smcap">M.A.</span> 18mo. 1<i>s.</i> 6<i>d.</i> bound in
+cloth.</p>
+
+<p><span class="big">THE BOOK OF PSALMS</span>, According to the
+Authorized Version: arranged in Parallelisms. With a Preface and
+Explanatory Notes. 3<i>s.</i> extra cloth boards; 3<i>s.</i> 6<i>d.</i> with curtain-*flaps
+to cover edges.</p>
+
+<p><span class="big">THE DIVINE LIFE</span>: A Book of Facts and Histories.
+By the Rev. <span class="smcap">John Kennedy</span>, <span class="smcap">M.A.</span>, <span class="smcap">F.R.G.S.</span> Foolscap
+8vo. 3<i>s.</i> 6<i>d.</i> cloth boards.</p>
+
+<p><span class="big">THE ESSENTIALS OF CHRISTIANITY</span>,
+Theoretically and Practically considered. By the late Rev. <span class="smcap">Joseph
+Milner</span>, <span class="smcap">M.A.</span> Foolscap 8vo. 3<i>s.</i> cloth boards.</p>
+
+<p><span class="big">THE GREAT QUESTION</span>; Will you consider
+the Subject of Personal Religion? By <span class="smcap">Henry A. Boardman</span>, <span class="smcap">D.D.</span>,
+of Philadelphia. Royal 18mo. 1<i>s.</i> 6<i>d.</i> cloth boards.</p>
+
+<p><span class="big">THE GREAT USURPER.</span>  (2 Thess. ii. 4.)
+Royal 18mo. 1<i>s.</i> 6<i>d.</i> cloth boards.</p>
+
+<p><span class="big">THE JUSTIFIED BELIEVER</span>: his Security,
+Conflicts, and Triumph. By <span class="smcap">W. B. Mackenzie</span>, <span class="smcap">M.A.</span> 2<i>s.</i> boards.</p>
+
+<p><span class="big">THE LIGHTS OF THE WORLD</span>; or, Illustrations
+of Character, drawn from the Records of Christian life. By
+the Rev. <span class="smcap">John Stoughton</span>. Royal 18mo. 2<i>s.</i> 6<i>d.</i> boards; 3<i>s.</i>
+extra boards.</p>
+
+<p><span class="big">THE NEW BIBLICAL ATLAS, AND SCRIPTURE
+GAZETTEER.</span> Containing Twelve superior Maps and
+Plans, together with descriptive Letterpress. Super-royal 8vo.
+2<i>s.</i> 6<i>d.</i> plain; 4<i>s.</i> outlines coloured; 6<i>s.</i> 6<i>d.</i> on imperial drawing
+paper, full coloured, and bound in boards.</p>
+
+<p><span class="big">THE NEW TESTAMENT POCKET COMMENTARY.</span>
+18mo. 1<i>s.</i> 4<i>d.</i> cloth boards.</p>
+
+<p><span class="big">THE OLD TESTAMENT POCKET COMMENTARY.</span>
+With numerous Explanatory and Illustrative Notes.
+18mo. 2 vols., 1<i>s.</i> 4<i>d.</i> each, 2<i>s.</i> 6<i>d.</i> cloth boards; or in one
+volume, 2<i>s.</i> 6<i>d.</i></p>
+
+<p><span class="big">THE STARS OF THE EAST</span>: or, Prophets
+and Apostles. By the Rev. <span class="smcap">John Stoughton</span>. Royal 18mo. 3<i>s.</i> 6<i>d.</i>
+cloth boards; 4<i>s.</i> extra boards, gilt.</p>
+
+<p><span class="big">THOUGHTS CHIEFLY DESIGNED AS PREPARATIVE
+OR PERSUASIVE TO PRIVATE DEVOTION.</span> By
+<span class="smcap">John Sheppard</span>. Royal 18mo. 3<i>s.</i> boards; 4<i>s.</i> half-bound. 12mo.
+edition, 4<i>s.</i> 6<i>d.</i> boards.</p>
+
+<p><span class="big">WATER FROM THE WELL-SPRING</span>, for the
+Sabbath Hours of Afflicted Believers. By <span class="smcap">Edward Bickersteth</span>,
+<span class="smcap">M.A.</span> Royal 18mo. 2<i>s.</i> cloth boards.</p>
+
+<hr class="full" />
+
+<div class="transnote">
+<p class="title">TRANSCRIBER'S NOTES:</p>
+
+<p>Missing punctuation has been added and obvious punctuation errors have been corrected.</p>
+
+<p>Alternate spellings have been retained.</p>
+
+<p>Illustrations have been moved so as not interrupt the flow of the text. Page references have been removed in the Table
+of Contents. Appropriate links have been added to the illustrations.</p>
+
+<p>The following printer errors have been corrected:</p>
+
+<p>Page vi: "The Bay of Islands, New Zealand (_Engraving_)" added to the Table of Contents.</p>
+
+<p>Page 11: "aud" changed to "and" (Discovery and early History of).</p>
+
+<p>Page 25: "Shoolhouse" changed to "Schoolhouse" (breaking and entering Schoolhouse at Kissing Point).</p>
+
+<p>Page 84: "set set" changed to "set" (in fact set on foot).</p>
+
+<p>Page 256: "misssionaries" changed to "missionaries" (the advice of the faithful missionaries).</p>
+
+<p>Page 305: "asistant" changed to "assistant" (three native assistant ministers).</p>
+
+<p>Page 306: "Cantrebury" changed to "Canterbury" (The Canterbury Association).</p>
+
+<p>Page 330: "copions" changed to "copious" (a copious ANALYSIS, Notes, and Indexes.)</p>
+</div>
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+<pre>
+
+
+
+
+
+End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of The Life and Labours of the Rev.
+Samuel Marsden, by Samuel Marsden
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK LIFE, LABOURS, REV. SAMUEL MARSDEN ***
+
+***** This file should be named 41258-h.htm or 41258-h.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+        http://www.gutenberg.org/4/1/2/5/41258/
+
+Produced by Pat McCoy, Steven Gibbs and the Online
+Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.  Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission.  If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy.  You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research.  They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.  Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at
+  www.gutenberg.org/license.
+
+
+Section 1.  General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A.  By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement.  If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B.  "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark.  It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.  There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement.  See
+paragraph 1.C below.  There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.  See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C.  The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works.  Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States.  If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed.  Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work.  You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D.  The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work.  Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change.  If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work.  The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E.  Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1.  The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges.  If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder.  Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4.  Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5.  Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6.  You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form.  However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form.  Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7.  Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8.  You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+     the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+     you already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  The fee is
+     owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+     has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+     Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.  Royalty payments
+     must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+     prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+     returns.  Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+     sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+     address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+     the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+     you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+     does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+     License.  You must require such a user to return or
+     destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+     and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+     Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+     money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+     electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+     of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+     distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9.  If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark.  Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1.  Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection.  Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2.  LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees.  YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3.  YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3.  LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from.  If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation.  The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund.  If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund.  If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4.  Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5.  Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6.  INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section  2.  Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers.  It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come.  In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation information page at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Section 3.  Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service.  The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541.  Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations.  Its business office is located at 809
+North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887.  Email
+contact links and up to date contact information can be found at the
+Foundation's web site and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact
+
+For additional contact information:
+     Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+     Chief Executive and Director
+     gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+Section 4.  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment.  Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States.  Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements.  We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance.  To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States.  U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses.  Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
+To donate, please visit:  www.gutenberg.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5.  General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone.  For forty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+     www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
+
+
+</pre>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/41258-h/images/bay.jpg b/41258-h/images/bay.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..87d3db6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/41258-h/images/bay.jpg
diff --git a/41258-h/images/distant.jpg b/41258-h/images/distant.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d9b0c0b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/41258-h/images/distant.jpg
diff --git a/41258-h/images/frontis.jpg b/41258-h/images/frontis.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..aa5aa47
--- /dev/null
+++ b/41258-h/images/frontis.jpg
diff --git a/41258-h/images/paramatta.jpg b/41258-h/images/paramatta.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..577eac9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/41258-h/images/paramatta.jpg
diff --git a/41258.txt b/41258.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..af82e67
--- /dev/null
+++ b/41258.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,9562 @@
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of The Life and Labours of the Rev. Samuel
+Marsden, by Samuel Marsden
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: The Life and Labours of the Rev. Samuel Marsden
+
+Author: Samuel Marsden
+
+Editor: J. B. Marsden
+
+Release Date: November 2, 2012 [EBook #41258]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ASCII
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK LIFE, LABOURS, REV. SAMUEL MARSDEN ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Pat McCoy, Steven Gibbs and the Online
+Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+  MEMOIRS
+
+  OF
+
+  _The Life and Labours_
+
+  OF THE
+
+  REV. SAMUEL MARSDEN,
+
+  OF PARAMATTA,
+
+  SENIOR CHAPLAIN OF NEW SOUTH WALES;
+
+  AND OF HIS EARLY CONNEXION WITH THE MISSIONS
+  TO NEW ZEALAND AND TAHITI.
+
+  EDITED BY THE
+
+  REV. J. B. MARSDEN, M.A.,
+
+  AUTHOR OF "THE HISTORY OF THE EARLY AND LATER PURITANS," ETC. ETC.
+
+
+  LONDON:
+  THE RELIGIOUS TRACT SOCIETY;
+  56, PATERNOSTER ROW; 65, ST. PAUL'S CHURCHYARD;
+  AND 164, PICCADILLY:
+  AND SOLD BY THE BOOKSELLERS.
+
+
+
+
+INTRODUCTORY NOTE.
+
+
+The Editor would make his kind acknowledgments to the Church Missionary
+and London Missionary Societies for the free use of the hitherto
+unpublished correspondence of Mr. Samuel Marsden in their hands; and to
+J. S. Nicholas, Esq., who accompanied Mr. Marsden on his first visit to
+New Zealand, for the use of a valuable manuscript account of his
+residence in New South Wales, containing much information respecting Mr.
+Marsden. He has also had before him a manuscript life of Mr. Marsden by
+Lieut. Sadleir of Paramatta, from which several extracts are made. And
+lastly, he would acknowledge the courtesy of those surviving friends who
+have placed in his hands Mr. Marsden's autograph letters to themselves
+or deceased members of their families. From these several sources the
+work has been chiefly compiled.
+
+The Editor may be permitted to add, that the similarity of his name
+having led to the general conclusion (which however is incorrect) that
+he was related to Mr. Samuel Marsden, he has been repeatedly urged to
+publish his life. At length this request being renewed by the Religious
+Tract Society, into whose hands some valuable papers and documents had
+fallen, he was induced to comply with their wishes, under the conviction
+that the facts and incidents, as well as the moral grandeur, of Mr.
+Marsden's life, were too important to be suffered to lie any longer in
+comparative obscurity. There are ample materials for a much larger
+volume; but of course the Editor has been obliged to select what
+appeared to be most suitable for general usefulness.
+
+
+
+
+CONTENTS.
+                                                                  PAGE
+
+  Introductory Note                                                iii
+
+  CHAPTER I.
+      Early life of Mr. Samuel Marsden--His appointment to New
+      South Wales--Voyage, and arrival in the Colony                 1
+
+  CHAPTER II.
+      Discovery and early History of New South Wales--Becomes a
+      Penal Settlement--Its state, moral and religions, on Mr.
+      Marsden's arrival                                             11
+
+  CHAPTER III.
+      Mr. Marsden appointed to the Magistracy--Objections to
+      this considered--Cultivates Land--Charge of Secularity
+      considered--His connexion with the London Missionary
+      Society, and care of its Polynesian Mission--Revisits
+      England in 1807                                               26
+
+  Distant view of Sydney (_Engraving_)                              27
+
+  CHAPTER IV.
+      Various measures devised for the benefit of New South
+      Wales--The establishment of Missions in New
+      Zealand--Friendship with Dr. Mason Good                       47
+
+  CHAPTER V.
+      Return to the Colony--Duaterra--His strange Adventures--Mr.
+      Marsden's Labours in New South Wales--Aborigines--Their
+      Habits--Plans for their Civilization                          63
+
+  CHAPTER VI.
+      Mr. Marsden's Correspondence with the London Missionary
+      Society--Buys the brig Active--His First Voyage to New
+      Zealand--Journal of Events                                    85
+
+  CHAPTER VII.
+      Death of Duaterra--Trials of Mr. Marsden in the
+      Colony--Libel of Philo-free--Letter to the Rev. George
+      Burder--To Dr. Mason Good--Sympathy of his Friends in
+      England--Congratulations of the 46th Regiment, and Mr. M's
+      acknowledgment--Letters of Lord Gambier, Rev. C. Simeon,
+      and Mrs. Fry                                                 108
+
+  CHAPTER VIII.
+      Tooi and Teterree--Mr. Marsden's Second Voyage to New
+      Zealand--Progress of the Gospel there--Shunghie--His
+      ferocity--Mr. Marsden returns to New South Wales--Third
+      Voyage to New Zealand--Malicious charges brought against
+      him in his absence--A Commission of Inquiry--Its
+      result--Letters, etc.--Approbation of the Government         129
+
+  The Bay of Islands, New Zealand (_Engraving_)                    133
+
+  CHAPTER IX.
+      Fourth Visit to New Zealand--Trials and Successes of the
+      various Missions--Shipwreck and Danger of Mr. Marsden and
+      the Rev. S. Leigh--Returns home--Letter to Avison Terry,
+      Esq.                                                         167
+
+  CHAPTER X.
+      Aborigines--South Sea Mission--Fresh Slanders on Mr.
+      Marsden's character--His Pamphlet in self-defence--Letter
+      of Messrs. Bennett and Tyerman--Libels and Action at
+      Law--Verdict--Case of Ring--Pastoral Letters of Mr. Marsden:
+      To a Lady; On the Divinity of Christ--Fifth Voyage to New
+      Zealand--Letters, etc.                                       184
+
+  CHAPTER XI.
+      Death of Dr. Mason Good--Malicious charges brought against
+      Mr. Marsden and confuted--Sixth Voyage to New Zealand--
+      Frightful state of the Island--Battle of the Maories--Their
+      Cannibalism--Progress of the Mission--Mr. Marsden's
+      return--Death of Mrs. Marsden--Anticipation of his own
+      decease                                                      212
+
+  CHAPTER XII.
+      State of New South Wales--The Aborigines--Cruelties
+      practised upon them--Attempts to civilize and convert
+      them--They fail--Mr. Marsden's Seventh Visit to New
+      Zealand--His Daughter's Journal--Affection of the
+      Natives--Progress of the Mission--Danger from European
+      vices--Returns in H. M. S. Rattlesnake to Sydney             232
+
+  Paramatta Church (_Engraving_)                                   233
+
+  CHAPTER XIII.
+      Mr. Marsden's ministerial pursuits and journeys--Love
+      of the Country and of Patriarchal story--His Old Age--Its
+      mental features--Anecdotes--Love of Children--Bishop
+      Broughton--His reverence for Mr. Marsden's character--Mr.
+      Marsden's views of Death, etc.--His Habits of Prayer--His
+      Illness and Death                                            260
+
+  CHAPTER XIV.
+    Character of Mr. Marsden--His Life and Labours                 280
+
+  APPENDIX I.
+
+      Progress of the Gospel and of Civilization in New Zealand,
+      since Mr. Marsden's Decease                                  295
+
+  APPENDIX II.
+
+      State and Prospects of the Protestant Mission at Tahiti,
+      under the French Protectorate                                311
+
+
+
+
+LIFE
+
+OF
+
+THE REVEREND SAMUEL MARSDEN.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER I.
+
+    Early Life of Mr. Samuel Marsden--His appointment to New South
+    Wales--Voyage, and arrival in the Colony.
+
+
+Samuel Marsden, whose life is sketched in the following pages, was not
+ennobled by birth or rank, nor was he greatly distinguished by splendid
+talents. Yet he was, in the true sense, a great man; and he was an
+instance, one of the most striking of modern times, of the vast results
+which may be accomplished when an honest heart, a clear head, and a
+resolute mind and purpose, are directed, under the influence of the
+grace of God, to the attainment of a noble object. While he lived he
+shared the usual lot of those whose large philanthropy outruns the
+narrow policy of those around them. His motives were seldom understood,
+and in consequence he was thwarted and maligned. Nor was it till death
+had removed him from the scene that either the grandeur of his projects
+or the depth of his self-denying, unobtrusive piety was generally
+appreciated. At length, however, his character has begun to be revered.
+It is perceived that he was, at least, a far-sighted man; and that in
+his own labours he was laying the foundations for the successes of
+thousands; while in the church of Christ he is had in reverence as the
+Apostle of New Zealand--a title of high distinction, yet by no means
+misapplied to one who, in the simplicity of his faith as well as in zeal
+and self-denying labours, was truly an apostolic man.
+
+Of his early life the memorials are but scanty. His father was a
+tradesman at Horsforth, a village in the neighbourhood of Leeds; and
+both his parents are known in the traditions of his family as having
+been persons of integrity and piety, attached to the ministry of the
+Wesleyan Methodists. He was born on the 28th of July, 1764, and after
+receiving the elements of learning at a village school, was placed in
+the free grammar-school of Hull, of which the celebrated Dr. Joseph
+Milner, the ecclesiastical historian, and brother to the no less eminent
+Dr. Isaac Milner, dean of Carlisle, was then head master. Here he was on
+the same form with Dr. Dealtry, the late rector of Clapham and
+chancellor of Winchester. Of his early youth little more is known; for
+his modesty, rather than any sentiment of false shame, to which indeed
+his whole nature was opposed, seldom permitted him to speak of himself,
+or to dwell upon the adventures or incidents of his early life. He was
+removed from school to take his share in his father's business; but he
+now had higher thoughts, and longed to be a minister of Christ. That he
+was a young man of more than ordinary promise is at once evident from
+the fact, that he was adopted by the Elland Society and placed at St.
+John's college, Cambridge, to study for the ministry of the church of
+England.
+
+The Elland Society, so called from the parish in which its meetings are
+held, is an institution to which the cause of evangelical truth in the
+church of England has been much indebted for the last sixty or seventy
+years. It is simply an association of pious members of the church of
+England, who assist young men of enlightened zeal and suitable talents
+with the means of obtaining an education with a view to the Christian
+ministry. In its early days, the funds were supplied by Thornton,
+Simeon, Wilberforce, and others like minded with themselves; and the
+society was managed by a few devoted clergymen of Yorkshire and the
+neighbouring counties; amongst whom were Venn of Huddersfield and Joseph
+Milner. To this society Samuel Marsden was introduced by his friend the
+Reverend Mr. Whittaker, a neighbouring clergyman; and not without some
+apprehensions, it is said, on the part of the latter, lest his simple
+and unassuming manner should create a prejudice against him. Such
+anxieties were superfluous. The Milners themselves had fought their way
+to eminence from the weaver's loom, and well knew how to distinguish
+real worth, however unpretending. The piety, the manly sense, and the
+modest bearing of the candidate, at once won the confidence of the
+examiners; and he was sent to college at their expense.
+
+Of his college life we are not aware that any memorials have been
+preserved. He was, no doubt, a diligent student; and from the warm
+friendship which grew up between himself and Mr. Simeon in after life,
+we may infer that he profited from his ministry. He had not yet
+completed his studies or taken his degree, when, to his great surprise,
+an offer was made to him by the government, of a chaplaincy in what was
+then designated "His Majesty's territory of New South Wales." That a
+post of such importance should have been offered, unsolicited, to a
+student hitherto quite unknown, is supposed to have been owing to the
+influence of Mr. Wilberforce. He had already secured the appointment of
+more than one pious chaplain to the colony, and from its commencement
+had always been anxious to promote its moral and religious welfare. At
+first, Mr. Marsden declined the tempting offer; for such it undoubtedly
+was to a young man in his circumstances, although no human sagacity
+could then foresee its vast importance. He was naturally anxious to
+complete his studies, and he had a deep and unaffected sense of his own
+incompetence, while yet so young and inexperienced. The offer, however,
+was repeated and pressed upon him, when he modestly replied, that he was
+"sensible of the importance of the post--so sensible, indeed, that he
+hardly dared to accept it upon any terms, but if no more proper person
+could be found, he would consent to undertake it." The choice reflects,
+no doubt, great credit upon the sagacity and spiritual discernment of
+those who made it. "Young as he was," says one who knew him well in
+after life, Dr. Mason Good, "he was remarkable for a firmness of
+principle, an intrepidity of spirit, a suavity of manner, a strong
+judgment, and above all, a mind stored with knowledge and deeply
+impressed with religious truth, which promised the happiest results."
+
+He was accordingly appointed as second chaplain to the settlement in New
+South Wales, by a royal commission, bearing date 1st January, 1793. He
+was ordained shortly afterwards, and proceeded at once to Hull, from
+whence he was to take his passage in a convict transport, the only
+conveyance, at that period, for the far distant colony; a banishment of
+half a world. On the 21st of April, he was married to Miss Elizabeth
+Tristan, in whom, for upwards of thirty years, he found not only an
+affectionate and faithful wife, but a companion singularly qualified to
+share his labours and lighten his toils. Disinterested and generous as
+he was, even to a fault, it was to her admirable management that not
+only his domestic comfort, but even his means of assisting others so
+profusely, was owing in no small degree. While at Hull, an incident
+occurred which shows to what an extent, even thus early in life, he
+possessed the art of gaining the respect and warm affection of those who
+knew him however slightly. While waiting for the sailing of the ship, he
+was frequently asked to officiate in various churches. One Sunday
+morning, when he was just about to enter the pulpit, a signal-gun was
+heard; his ship was about to sail, and it was of course impossible for
+him to preach. Taking his bride under his arm, he immediately left the
+church and walked down to the beach; but he was attended by the whole
+congregation, who, as if by one movement, followed in a body. From the
+boat into which he stepped he gave his parting benedictions, which they
+returned with fervent prayers, and tender farewells. He now found
+himself in a new world. What contrast could indeed be greater, or more
+distressing? The calm, though vigorous pursuits of Cambridge, and the
+pious circle of warm Christian friends, were at once exchanged for the
+society of felons, and the doubly irksome confinement of a convict-ship.
+From his journal, which has been fortunately preserved, we make the
+following extracts, omitting much which our space does not permit us to
+insert.
+
+    "_Sunday, 28th August, 1793._--This morning we weighed anchor, with
+    a fair wind, and have sailed well all the day. How different this
+    sabbath to what I have been accustomed to! Once I could meet the
+    people of God, and assemble with them in the house of prayer; but
+    now am deprived of this valuable privilege; and instead of living
+    among those who love and serve the Lord Jesus, spending the
+    sabbath in prayer and praise, I hear nothing but oaths and
+    blasphemies. Lord, keep me in the midst of them, and grant that I
+    may neither in word or deed countenance their wicked practices."
+
+It was not till the 30th of September that the fleet in which his ship
+sailed finally left Cork. The war with France was then raging, and her
+fleets were still formidable; so that our merchantmen only ventured to
+put to sea in considerable numbers, and under the convoy of a ship of
+war.
+
+    "_Cork, 30th September._--This morning the signal was given by the
+    commodore for all the ships under his convoy to weigh anchor and
+    prepare for sea. About nine o'clock the whole fleet was under
+    sail, which consisted of about forty ships. The wind was very
+    fair, so that we were quickly in the main ocean. I was soon
+    affected by the motion of the vessel; this rendered me quite unfit
+    for any religious duties. Oh! how miserable must their state be
+    who have all their religion to seek when sickness and death come
+    upon them. Lord, grant that this may never be my case.
+
+    "_Monday, 23rd October._--I have this day been reading a portion
+    of Dr. Dodd's 'Prison Thoughts.' What an awful instance of human
+    infirmity is here! What need of humility in every situation, but
+    more especially in the ministerial office! How needful the
+    apostle's caution, 'Let him that thinketh he standeth take heed
+    lest he fall.'"
+
+The two following entries will be read with pain. The mercantile marine
+of England is still capable of great improvement in matters of religion,
+but we hope the instances are few in which the commander of a first rate
+merchant vessel would follow the examples they record.
+
+    "_Sunday, 29th September._--How different is this sabbath from
+    those I have formerly known, when I could meet with the great
+    congregation! I long for those means and privileges again. 'Oh,
+    when shall I come and appear before God?' Yet it is a great
+    consolation to me to believe that I am in the way of my duty. I
+    requested the captain to-day to give me permission to perform
+    divine service to the ship's company; he rather hesitated, _said
+    he had never seen a religious sailor_, but at length promised to
+    have service the following Sunday.
+
+    "_Sunday, 6th October._--The last sabbath the captain promised me
+    I should have liberty to perform divine service to-day, but to my
+    great mortification, he now declines. How unwilling are the
+    unconverted to hear anything of divine truth!"
+
+But Mr. Marsden was not one of those who are discouraged by a first
+repulse. The next Sunday relates his triumph, and, from this time,
+divine service, whenever the weather allowed, was statedly performed,
+though the captain was a grossly immoral man, and Mr. M. was constantly
+subject to annoyance.
+
+    "_Sunday, 13th._--I arose this morning with a great desire to
+    preach to the ship's company, yet did not know how I should be
+    able to accomplish my wish. We were now four ships in company. Our
+    captain had invited the captains belonging to the other three to
+    dine with us to-day. As soon as they came on board I mentioned my
+    design to one of them, who immediately complied with my wish, and
+    said he would mention it to our captain, which he did, and
+    preparations were made for me to preach. I read part of the church
+    prayers, and afterwards preached from the 3rd chapter of St John,
+    the 14th and 15th verses: 'As Moses lifted up the serpent in the
+    wilderness,' etc. The sailors stood on the main deck, I and the
+    four captains upon the quarter-deck; they were attentive, and the
+    good effects were apparent during the remainder of the day.
+
+    "_Thursday, 12th December._--I have been reading of the success of
+    Mr. Brainerd among the Indians. How the Lord owned and blessed his
+    labours to the conversion of the heathen! Nothing is too hard for
+    the Lord. This gives me encouragement under my present difficult
+    undertaking. The same power can also effect a change upon those
+    hardened ungodly sinners to whom I am about to carry the words of
+    eternal life.
+
+    "_January 1st, 1794._--A new year. I wish this day to renew my
+    covenant with God, and to give myself up to his service more than
+    ever I have done heretofore. May my little love be increased, my
+    weak faith strengthened, and hope confirmed."
+
+In this humble yet trustful spirit, Mr. Marsden entered his new field of
+labour. On board the ship there were a number of convicts, whose daring
+wickedness--in which, indeed, they were countenanced by the whole
+conduct of the captain and his crew--grieved his righteous soul from day
+to day; while at the same time it prepared him, in some measure, for
+scenes amidst which his life was to be spent. "I am surrounded," he
+says, "with evil-disposed persons, thieves, adulterers, and blasphemers.
+May God keep me from evil, that I may not be tainted by the evil
+practices of those amongst whom I live." His last sermon was preached,
+"notwithstanding the unwillingness there was in all on board to hear the
+word of God," from the vision of dry bones (Ezekiel xxvxii.) "I found
+some liberty, and afterwards more comfort in my own soul. I wish to be
+found faithful at last, and to give up my account with joy to God." To
+add to his anxieties, Mrs. Marsden was confined on shipboard, in stormy
+weather, and under circumstances peculiarly distressing, "though both
+the mother and daughter did well." But the same day the scene
+brightened; the perils and privations of the voyage were drawing to a
+close, and they were in sight of their future home--that magnificent
+Australia--destined hereafter to assume, perhaps, a foremost place among
+the nations of the earth, though scarcely known to Europe when Mr.
+Marsden first stepped upon its shores; and valued only by the British
+government as a settlement for the refuse of our jails. He thus gives
+utterance to the feelings of a grateful heart:--
+
+    "_March 2nd._--I shall ever retain a grateful sense of the mercies
+    received this day, and the deliverances wrought. The Lord is good,
+    and a stronghold in the day of trouble, and knows them that fear
+    him.... As soon as I had the opportunity to go upon deck, I had
+    the happiness again to behold the land: it was a very pleasing
+    sight, as we had not seen it since the 3rd of December. We came up
+    with the Cape about noon."
+
+In a few days, Mr. Marsden had taken up his abode in the "barracks" of
+Paramatta, a few miles from Port Jackson, and entered upon his arduous
+and toilsome duties as chaplain to the colony. His first Sunday in
+Australia is thus described:--"Saw several persons at work as I went
+along, to whom I spoke, and warned them of the evil of sabbath-breaking.
+My mind was deeply affected with the wickedness I beheld going on. I
+spoke from the 6th chapter of Revelation.--'Behold the great day of his
+wrath is come; and who shall be able to stand?' As I was returning home,
+a young man followed me into the wood, and told me how he was distressed
+for the salvation of his soul. He seemed to manifest the strongest marks
+of contrition, and to be truly awakened to a sense of his danger. I hope
+the Lord will have many souls in this place." He had, for a short time,
+a single associate, in the Rev. Mr. Johnson, the senior chaplain, a good
+and useful minister, but unequal to the difficulties peculiar to his
+situation. This gentleman soon relinquished his appointment, and
+returned to England. And thus Mr. Marsden was left alone with a charge
+which might have appalled the stoutest heart, and under which even his
+would have given way, had he not learned to cast himself for help on One
+who comforted the apostle, under circumstances of the keenest suffering,
+with the assurance, "My grace is sufficient for thee." On that grace our
+missionary chaplain trusted; and he found it all-sufficient.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER II.
+
+    Discovery and early History of New South Wales--Becomes a Penal
+    Settlement--Its state, moral and religious, on Mr. Marsden's
+    arrival.
+
+
+The colony in which Mr. Marsden was now entering on his labours, and on
+which he was to leave the impression both of his holy zeal, and his
+far-sighted practical wisdom, is one of whose history our readers may
+naturally wish to have some account. We shall therefore suspend our
+narrative for a few pages, and lay before them a brief sketch of the
+earlier days of the great Australian colony.
+
+Europeans are indebted for their first knowledge of the existence of the
+vast country which now bears the name of Australia, to the enterprise of
+Spain and Holland, when these nations were at the head of the world's
+commerce, two centuries and a half ago. In 1607, Luis de Torres, who was
+sent out by the Spanish government on a voyage of discovery, passed
+through the straits which still bear his name, and which separate New
+Guinea from the greater continent of Australia; but he was not aware of
+its vast extent, and merely concluded that the coasts along which he
+sailed were those of a group of islands. Just about the same time, the
+Dutch explored the eastern shores of what has since been termed the Gulf
+of Carpentaria; and their knowledge of Australia was extended by
+subsequent voyagers, of whom the chief was Abel Tasman. In 1642, he
+discovered Van Diemen's Land, which was long supposed to be a part of
+the great continent named by the Dutch New Holland--the Australia of
+modern times. Known as Tasmania, Van Diemen's Land now immortalizes the
+great sea-captain. But these discoveries led to no immediate results of
+importance; and for upwards of a century New Holland was laid down, in
+charts and maps, as a region whose coasts were not defined, and whose
+interior was utterly unknown. Early in the reign of George the Third a
+noble spirit of enterprise animated the British government. Voyages of
+discovery were undertaken in the Southern Seas, under Captains Wallace,
+Carteret, and others; and at length the celebrated Captain Cook may be
+said to have retrieved a new world from romance and fable, and to have
+made it over to England and to the best interests of mankind.
+
+On the evening of the 19th of April, 1770, unknown land was descried
+from the mast-head of the "Resolute," of which Cook was the commander.
+The rugged coast of a vast continent seemed to extend far beyond the
+sweep of the telescope; and as the sun went down, the vessel, after
+soundings, dropped her anchor within a spacious bay. The smoke of
+distant fires told that the land was not without inhabitants; and it was
+determined, if possible, to open a communication with them. In the
+morning, a boat was rowed on shore, and the first Englishman set his
+foot upon Australia. A forest extended to the beach, and dipped its
+branches into the sea; while an abundant variety of beautiful flowering
+shrubs delighted the eye; and from this circumstance "Botany Bay"
+received its European name. A dismal solitude prevailed; for the
+natives, one or two of whom had been observed crouching behind the
+rocks, fled in terror to the woods as the boat approached. After
+spending a few hours on shore in search of water and fresh vegetables,
+and in the vain attempt to communicate with the savages, the boat
+returned at night. The bay was found to abound with fish; and the
+sailors were glad to relieve the weary monotony of their many months at
+sea, as well as to provide an agreeable change from their diet of salt
+meat and mouldy biscuits, in fishing both with nets and lines. Fish too
+was a wholesome diet for the sick; and at this period, even in the navy,
+sickness, especially from the scurvy, almost invariably attended a long
+voyage.
+
+The natives, seeing the men thus employed, discovered in our sailors
+some tastes common to themselves, and at length ventured towards the
+fishermen in a couple of light canoes. After paddling about for some
+time in evident suspense, they ventured to approach the boat, then came
+still nearer and shouted, and having caught a few beads which were
+thrown out to them, immediately retired. Gaining courage from the
+peaceful conduct of our sailors, who were instructed to continue their
+fishing without any attempt to follow them, the natives soon returned
+with a canoe laden with fine fish, which they readily bartered for such
+trifles as the boat was provided with. They were invited, by signs, to
+come on board the ship lying in the offing, which they soon ventured to
+do in considerable numbers. At first, they seemed harmless, scarcely
+understanding the use of the various novelties on ship board, and not
+much surprised by them; and honest, until the sight of ten or twelve
+fine turtle crawling on the deck proved too great a temptation. First,
+by signs they begged for some of these, and then, not succeeding, made a
+childish attempt to carry them off by force. They set little value on
+the beads and baubles which generally have so great a charm for savages.
+Nothing tempted them to barter but turtle or iron tools and nails,
+neither of which could well be spared. On shore it was found almost
+impossible to approach them; such was the distrust and dismay with which
+they evidently regarded the intrusion of their strange visitors. On
+further acquaintance the savages were discovered to be a singularly
+helpless and timid race. Their country appeared to be very thinly
+peopled, and that chiefly along the coast, for fish were plentiful and
+wild animals were few. Of the latter, the largest was scarcely bigger
+than a greyhound, and the first sight of it caused great amazement to
+the sailors, one of whom rushed into the tent which had been pitched on
+the shore for the use of the sick, declaring, with horror depicted on
+his countenance, that he had seen an evil spirit. He described it as
+having assumed the colour of a mouse with two fore-paws, but that it sat
+upon its hind quarters "like a Christian." An animal answering this
+description was soon after shot, and the flesh, when roasted, proved
+excellent food; it was called by the natives the kangaroo, and had
+hitherto been quite unknown to Europeans. There were no beasts of prey;
+unless wild dogs deserved that title, but the long grass concealed vast
+numbers of snakes and scorpions. At night, the forests were disturbed by
+the hideous flight of huge bats; by day, they echoed to the whooping of
+cockatoos and the screaming of innumerable parrots. Crows and a few wild
+pigeons were occasionally seen, and the rocks abounded with wild fowl,
+while now and then an eagle might be seen soaring far above. Such were
+the first impressions which Englishmen received, from their great
+voyager, of that vast continent.
+
+On the return of Captain Cook, the accounts he brought home of New South
+Wales suggested to the government the idea of making it a vast
+prison-house for convicted felons, who had now become a sore burden, as
+well as a cause of grave uneasiness, to this country. Its distance and
+its solitude recommended it to their choice. It would effectually rid
+the mother country of a dangerous class--this was the argument of the
+selfish; and it would afford the lost the opportunity of starting afresh
+in life--this was the hope of the few benevolent and humane who cared
+for the welfare of convicted felons. No one thought of the future
+grandeur of Australia. None wrote or spoke at present of our duties to
+the aboriginal savages, or probably wasted a thought on the subject of
+their conversion.
+
+In 1778, Botany Bay was selected by Sir Joseph Banks, who had sailed
+with Captain Cook as a naturalist and scientific observer, as a most
+eligible site for a penal settlement. But the project was no sooner
+broached than it had to encounter the most determined opposition from
+the public, to most of whom it seemed no doubt utterly chimerical and
+absurd. The "Gentleman's Magazine," the great organ of literature and
+science at that time, led the van. At first the editors affected to
+treat the scheme as an extravagant hoax; afterwards they tell their
+readers "with what alarm they read in the public prints that so wild a
+project was actually to be carried into execution." However, "it could
+never be countenanced by any professional man after a moment's
+reflection. Not only the distance, but the utter impossibility of
+carrying a number of male and female felons across the line, without
+the ravages of putrid disorders sweeping them off by the score, must for
+ever render such a plan abortive. The rains, the heats, tempests,
+tornados, and mountainous seas to be encountered, were enough to deter
+the most reckless of human life from such a hazardous enterprise. If any
+such desperadoes could be found, they ventured to foretell that their
+fate would for ever be a warning to others not to repeat the attempt."
+The subject was not suffered to rest; a few months afterwards SYLVANUS
+URBAN--for under this name the editors of that able journal have for
+upwards of a century disguised themselves--returned to the charge. "The
+ostensible design of the projector," they say, "to prepare a settlement
+for the reception of felons on the most barren, least inhabited, and
+worst cultivated country in the southern hemisphere, was beyond belief."
+Moreover, "Botany Bay was beyond the reach of succour or assistance from
+any European settlement."
+
+Then again the lavish expense of such an establishment was another
+serious objection. "It was said that it was to consist of a
+post-captain, a governor, with a salary of 500_l._ a-year, a master, and
+commander. A lieutenant-governor, with 300_l._ a-year, four captains,
+twelve subalterns, twelve sergeants, and one hundred and sixty rank and
+file from the marines; a surgeon, chaplain, and quartermaster. The whole
+equipment, army, navy, and felons, were to be supplied with two years'
+provisions, and all sorts of implements for the culture of the earth,
+and hunting and fishing. Some slight buildings were to be run up until a
+proper fort and a town could be erected. If such a report could be true,
+the expense would equal that of an expedition to the South Seas against
+an enemy." If such extravagance were repeated with every freight of
+felons, "it would furthermore extinguish all hope of paying off the
+national debt."
+
+We leave the reader to smile while he muses on the short-sightedness
+even of wise men, and the strange fluctuations of human opinion. The
+government persevered in spite of these prophetic warnings; which
+probably represented the general state of feeling on the subject among
+educated men in England, with whom, in those days, _Sylvanus_ was no
+mean authority. Accordingly, in March 1787, eleven sail, consisting of
+the frigate Sirius, an armed tender, three store-ships, and six
+transports, assembled at Portsmouth, having on board five hundred and
+sixty-five male, and one hundred and ninety-two female convicts, under
+Captain Arthur Phillip, an experienced officer, who was appointed
+governor of the new colony. The fleet set sail from the Mother Bank, on
+the 13th of May, 1787, and after a tedious voyage of eight months, the
+whole convoy arrived safely in Botany Bay in the middle of January,
+1788. But Captain Cook's description of the country surrounding the Bay
+was found far too flattering--the harbour being exposed to tempestuous
+gales, which often rolled a heavy sea upon the beach, while the land was
+deformed with swamps and barren sand banks. On pressing forward to a
+neighbouring creek, marked by Captain Cook as a mere boat harbour,
+Governor Phillip had the satisfaction to find one of the finest havens
+in the world, in which a thousand sail of the line might ride in safety.
+It was then called Port Jackson. The different coves of this harbour
+were examined with all possible expedition, and the preference was given
+to one which had the finest spring of water, and in which ships might
+anchor so close to the shore that, at a very small expense, quays could
+be constructed where the largest vessels might unload. This cove is
+about half a mile in length, and about a quarter of a mile across at the
+entrance. In honour of Lord Sydney, the governor distinguished it by the
+name of Sydney Cove. On the twenty-sixth of February, 1788, the British
+colours were displayed on these shores; the plan of an encampment, the
+first rude outline of the metropolitan city of SYDNEY, was formed. The
+spot chosen was at the head of the cove, near a stream of fresh water,
+which stole silently along by a thick wood now the site of crowded
+streets, the stillness of which for the first time since the creation
+was then broken by the rude sound of the labourer's axe, and the hum of
+busy men. The anniversary of this great event has for some years been a
+festival in New South Wales. Governor Phillip landed with a thousand and
+thirty souls; his live stock consisted of six head of horned cattle and
+seven horses. The town and district of Sydney has now a population of
+three hundred thousand souls; every year the increase is enormous; and
+the ratio of each year's increase exceeds the last.
+
+These figures, however, make but a feeble impression upon us at a
+distance. The colonists feel a warmth of enthusiasm such as only the
+sight of the marvellous contrast can create. We copy the following
+extract from the Sydney Herald on one of these anniversaries--"the
+nativity of the city of Sydney and of the colony of New South Wales."
+
+"When we compare the town and the country as they are now with what they
+were then, we may well be proud of British enterprise, and of the local
+resources which it has so rapidly and triumphantly developed. How
+forcibly are we reminded of the miraculous transformation foretold by
+the inspired son of Amoz--'The wilderness and the solitary place shall
+be glad for them, and the desert shall rejoice and blossom as the rose.'
+Let the imagination attempt this day to realize the enchanting contrast.
+As we look upon the noble ships riding in our harbour, and the steamers,
+yachts, wherries, and boats innumerable, gliding to and fro amid the
+joyous excitements of the regatta, let us picture the three humble boats
+which, this day fifty-seven years,[A] were slowly creeping up the
+unknown waters of Port Jackson, in quest of a sure resting-place for our
+first predecessors. As we cast our eye over the elegant buildings which
+now skirt our shores on either side, and over the crowds of well-dressed
+men, women and children, who are keeping holiday on this our national
+festival, let us think of the dense woods which then frowned on Governor
+Phillip, of the profound silence that reigned around him, of the awful
+sense of solitude with which he and his little band must have been
+impressed, and of the exultation they would have felt could they have
+foreseen that, within so brief a term, the wilderness they were
+approaching would have become 'replenished' with a teeming population,
+and have been 'subdued' to the beauty and affluence of civilized life."
+
+    [A] This was published in 1845.
+
+But the dark side of this romantic picture must not be withheld. The
+infant colony was chiefly composed of the worst class of felons; they
+were the days of barbarous justice even in England, and it would often
+be difficult to say why some convicts were sentenced to transportation,
+while others for lighter causes were punished with death. There was, at
+that time, a fearful indifference to human life in our penal code.
+Punishment was its sole object; amendment was seldom if ever
+contemplated. Amongst the convicts there was every shade of crime, but
+scarcely any corresponding gradation of punishment. The truth is, true
+religion was at its lowest ebb, and pure philanthropy, in consequence,
+all but unknown; a formal, heartless religion prevailed; and, as one of
+its fruits, a stern and iron code of law. The convict-ship, which has
+now become a reformatory school, was rivalled in its horrors only by the
+slave-ship; indeed if the physical suffering was greater in the latter,
+in moral torture and mental defilement the hold of the convict-ship had,
+beyond all doubt, the bad pre-eminence.
+
+The prisoners consisted of the most abandoned persons of all nations;
+British, Dutch, and Portuguese sailors, the polite swindler, and the
+audacious highwayman, with their female accomplices. They were shipped
+off in chains; during the passage outward a detachment of soldiers was
+constantly on guard; and the voyage was seldom accomplished without
+bloodshed. The secret plots, in which the prisoners were continually
+engaged, broke out into open mutiny whenever circumstances offered a
+chance of success; for this purpose a storm, a leak, or a feigned
+sickness, was readily taken advantage of. When signs of such
+disturbances showed themselves, the ringleaders were seized and tried in
+a summary way by court martial; but the sailors often refused to enforce
+the sentence, so that it became necessary to compel obedience with
+loaded muskets.
+
+The hold of a convict-ship presented a melancholy picture of human
+depravity. In the course of the voyage most of the felons survived the
+sense of shame: the sounds of ribaldry and boisterous mirth, mingled
+with catches from the popular songs of the day, issued unceasingly from
+the prisoners' deck; this uproar was ever and anon increased by more
+riotous disturbances, blows and bloodshed followed; and occasionally the
+monotony of the voyage was broken by mock trials among the prisoners, to
+show that even in the most profligate and abandoned the principle of
+justice was not altogether destroyed. When a prisoner committed an
+offence against his fellows, a judge was appointed, advocates were
+assigned to the prosecutor and the accused, a jury was sworn to try
+according to the evidence, witnesses were examined, and the prisoner,
+being found guilty, was sentenced to an immediate and brutal punishment.
+
+From such elements the society of New South Wales was formed. Most of
+the convicts, after a short servitude, obtained tickets-of-leave, and
+settled upon the parcels of land allotted to them by government; and by
+the improvement of such opportunities they easily drew a subsistence
+from the soil; others devoted themselves to the care of cattle; while
+many more, as the colony increased, betook themselves to trade, by which
+means large fortunes were frequently acquired. Many of the convicts in
+the course of a few years contrived to amass great wealth, which was
+expended in the extension, or improvement of their property. The results
+of such industry were to be seen in the cleared inclosures, the neat
+orchard, and the trim garden that here and there surrounded a well-built
+brick-house. Even here honest labour seems to have been crowned with
+success.
+
+Free settlers were at present few in number, and the convict on his
+plot of land had many advantages over them. From acquaintance with the
+climate and the modes of cultivation best suited to the soil, as well as
+the easiest method of carrying on agricultural operations, he had
+learned to avoid many fruitless experiments. He understood the habits
+and character of the servants who assisted him, for the labourers were
+all of them felons; and he himself had probably shared the same cell,
+and worked in the same gang. He understood their principles of action;
+and they were infected with his prejudices. They lived together, ate at
+the same board and slept under the same roof. Thus a good understanding
+was maintained between them by his connivance with their follies or
+their vices. The men themselves always preferred a master who had been a
+prisoner to a free settler of stricter virtue, and a disposition less
+akin to their own; and for such an one they would make extraordinary
+exertions, of great importance at seed time and harvest, which a better
+master could not obtain at any cost.
+
+A brotherhood and close fellowship, the fruit of old associations,
+sprang up among the convict population. Many considered themselves as
+martyrs to the vengeance rather than the justice of the law; others,
+transported for political offences, regarded themselves in the light of
+patriots. In short a unity of interest cemented them; and each newly
+arrived convict ship was heartily welcomed. When it anchored in the
+harbour boats swarmed around it, the decks were crowded, the new comers
+were loaded with presents of fresh bread and other luxuries. They were
+pressed with eager inquiries after absent friends, the comrades they had
+left in English jails. They were greeted with the heartiness of old
+companions, and without reluctance exchanged the close confinement of
+the convict ship for the fellowship of their old acquaintance on shore.
+The colony at this time abounded with Irish who had shared in the
+rebellion of 1798, and who generally brought with them a fair knowledge
+of agriculture without very industrious habits. They attached little
+turpitude to their offences, considering themselves rather as sacrificed
+to the cause of freedom. Indeed it is well ascertained that some of them
+had been banished without even the formality of a trial, some without
+any specific sentence as to the term of their transportation, victims to
+the angry spirit of the times. They are described as, for the most part,
+conducting themselves with great propriety in the hope of one day
+regaining their freedom, and being restored to their long absent
+friends. Such men as these proved excellent colonists, and successful
+settlers.
+
+The criminal history of the colony in its first years discloses a
+dreadful list of both crimes and punishments. Small bodies of the
+convicts occasionally broke loose, fled to the woods, and there, setting
+all restraints at defiance, became reckless and ferocious. The dread of
+punishment did not restrain them from robbery, murder, and the most
+appalling crimes. The risks were well calculated, for the chances of
+conviction were few, and punishment was uncertain. If they were
+detected, a convict, being dead in law, could not be summoned as a
+witness. The jury would probably be composed of men who had been sharers
+in crimes of equal magnitude, perhaps old associates. The prisoners
+would be defended by convict attorneys, a nefarious class with which the
+colonial courts were filled. Ineffectual attempts were made to exclude
+these men, but the influence they had been suffered already to attain,
+made this impracticable. Amongst the most notorious of them was one who
+obtained a large practice by dint of his ingenuity, and managed the most
+important business in the colony. He had been some years previously
+sentenced to transportation for life, for forging a will. He had
+resorted to the ingenious device of putting a _fly_ into the mouth of a
+dead man, and then guiding his hand to trace his signature to the
+writing; and, upon the trial, he swore, with audacious assurance, that
+he saw the testator sign the will while _life_ was in him. In passing
+sentence, the late Lord Ellenborough took the opportunity of
+congratulating the profession on getting rid of such a pest.
+
+The records of the court are scarcely less painful than the history of
+the criminals themselves. The punishments adjudged were frightfully
+severe. If they did not reclaim the prisoner, they must have hardened
+him beyond recovery, if indeed they did not in many instances torture
+him to death. The men thus punished were already convicts it is true,
+and more than usual severity may have been justified. But no penal code
+emanating from a people professing the name of Christ may inflict savage
+and barbarous penalties. They recoil with disgrace upon the legislation
+which exacts them, and a whole nation is degraded in the person of its
+own malefactors; while God's displeasure is evident both in the increase
+and audacity of criminals on the one hand, and in the loss of humane and
+virtuous sentiments throughout the community on the other. We have taken
+three cases as a specimen of the method in which justice was dealt out
+to criminals in the early days of the colony in New South Wales.
+
+"John Allen, stealing in dwelling-house to the value of forty shillings.
+Publicly whipped, hundred lashes, confined in solitary cell at Paramatta
+on bread and water for six months, and hard labour at Newcastle three
+years."
+
+"Michael Hoare and James Gilchrist, feloniously and burglariously
+breaking and entering Schoolhouse at Kissing Point, and stealing from
+there divers articles of property. Twelve months solitary confinement at
+Paramatta, two years hard labour in jail gang, then transported for life
+to Newcastle."
+
+"John Hale, Robert Holton, and Peter Allen, killing a bullock with
+intent to steal the carcase. Solitary confinement on bread and water for
+three years in Paramatta jail, afterwards two years labour in jail gang
+there, and afterwards transportation for life to Newcastle."[B]
+
+    [B] See Wentworth's Colony of New South Wales, second edition, 1820.
+
+Such was the sphere of Mr. Marsden's labours, such the difficulties with
+which he had to contend, and the system, too, which, as a magistrate, he
+was even called upon to administer. A more hopeless task could scarcely
+have been undertaken; but he set himself vigorously to work, looking to
+the Strong One for strength, and the fruit was "seen after many days."
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER III.
+
+    Mr. Marsden appointed to the Magistracy--Objections to this
+    considered--Cultivates Land--Charge of Secularity considered--His
+    connexion with the London Missionary Society, and care of its
+    Polynesian Mission--Revisits England in 1807.
+
+
+The retirement of the senior chaplain left Mr. Marsden in sole charge of
+the spiritual concerns of the infant colony. He had now to officiate at
+the three settlements of Sydney, Paramatta, and Hawkesbury without
+assistance. The nature of the population, consisting as it did of a mass
+of criminals, rendered his ministerial labours peculiarly distressing.
+The state of morals was utterly depraved; oaths and ribaldry, and
+audacious lying were universal; marriage, and the sacred ties of
+domestic life, were almost unknown, and those who, from their station,
+should have set an example to the convicts and settlers, encouraged sin
+in others by the effrontery of their own transgressions. Under
+discouragement such as would have subdued the spirit of most men, did
+he, for the long period of fourteen years, continue at his post; cheered
+it is true with occasional gleams of success, but upon the whole rather
+a witness against abounding vice, than, at present, a successful
+evangelist. Nor were domestic trials wanting to complete that process of
+salutary discipline by which "the great Shepherd of the sheep" was
+preparing his servant for other and wider scenes of labour, and for
+triumphs greater than the church in these later days had known. His
+firstborn son, a lovely and promising child scarcely two years old,
+was thrown from its mother's arms by a sudden jerk of the gig in which
+they were seated, and killed upon the spot. It would be impossible to
+describe the agonized feelings of the mother under such a bereavement,
+nor were the sorrows of the father less profound. He received the
+tidings, together with the body of his lifeless boy, we are told, with
+"calm, and even dignified submission," for "he was a man who said little
+though he felt much." A second stroke, still more painful, was to
+follow. Mrs. Marsden, determined not to hazard the safety of another
+child, left her babe at home in charge of a domestic while she drove
+out. But her very precaution was the occasion of his death: the little
+creature strayed into the kitchen unobserved, fell backwards into a pan
+of boiling water, and its death followed soon after. Thus early in his
+ministerial career the iron entered his own soul, and taught him that
+sympathy for the wounded spirit which marked his character through life.
+
+[Illustration: DISTANT VIEW OF SYDNEY.]
+
+But from these scenes of private suffering we must turn aside. The
+public life and ministerial labours of Mr. Marsden require our
+attention; and as we enter upon the review of them we must notice two
+circumstances which from the very outset of his career exposed him to
+frequent suspicion and obloquy, both in the colony and at home, and
+formed in fact the chief materials, so to speak, out of which his
+opponents wove the calumnies with which they harassed the greater
+portion of his life.
+
+He had scarcely arrived at his post when he was appointed a colonial
+magistrate. Under ordinary circumstances, we should condemn in the
+strongest manner the union of functions so obviously incompatible as
+those of the Christian minister and the civil judge. To use the words of
+a great living authority on judicial questions, a late lord
+chancellor,[C] "it is the union of two noble offices to the detriment of
+both." Yet it seems in the case before us, that the office was forced
+upon Mr. Marsden, not as a complimentary distinction, but as one of the
+stern duties of his position as a colonial chaplain, who was bound to
+maintain the authority of the law amidst a population of lawless and
+dangerous men. Port Jackson, or Botany Bay as it was generally called,
+was then and long afterwards merely a penal settlement. The governor was
+absolute, and the discipline he enforced was, perhaps of necessity,
+harsh and rigid. Resistance to the law and its administrators was of
+daily occurrence; life and property were always insecure, and even armed
+rebellion sometimes broke out. If the government thought it necessary,
+for the safety of this extraordinary community, to select a minister of
+the gospel to fill the office of a magistrate, he had no alternative but
+to submit, or else to resign his chaplaincy and return home. Mr. Marsden
+chose to remain; moved by the hope of being able to infuse something of
+the spirit of the gospel into the administration of justice, and to
+introduce far higher principles than those which he saw prevailing
+amongst the magistrates themselves. In both of these objects he
+succeeded to an eminent extent, though not till after the lapse of
+years, and a remonstrance carried by himself in person to the government
+at home. Justice was dealt even to the greatest criminals more fairly,
+and the bench of magistrates grew at length ashamed, in the presence of
+the chaplain of Paramatta, of its own hitherto unabashed licentiousness.
+But the cost was great. He was involved in secular business from day to
+day, and that often of the most painful kind. His equal-handed justice
+made him a host of personal enemies in those whose vices he punished;
+and, still more, in those whose corrupt and partial administration of
+the law was rebuked by the example of his integrity. In the share he was
+obliged to take in the civil affairs of the colony differences of
+opinion would naturally arise, and angry feelings would, as usual
+follow. Of course he was not free from human infirmity, his own temper
+was sometimes disturbed. Thus for years, especially during his early
+residence in New South Wales, he was in frequent collision with the
+magistrates, and occasionally even with the governor. Again and again he
+would have resigned his commission, but was not allowed to do so;
+meanwhile his mind was often distracted and his character maligned. To
+these trials we shall be obliged to refer as we trace his steps through
+life; but we mean to do so as seldom as we can, for the subject is
+painful, and, since few men can ever be placed in his circumstances, to
+most of us unprofitable.
+
+    [C] Lord Brougham.
+
+Another point on which Mr. Marsden's conduct has been severely, and yet
+most unjustly blamed, is that he was engaged in the cultivation of a
+considerable tract of land. Avarice and secularity were roundly charged
+upon him in consequence; for it was his painful lot through life to be
+incessantly accused not only of failings of which he was quite
+guiltless, but of those which were the most opposite to his real
+character. A more purely disinterested and unselfish man perhaps never
+lived. One who under the constant disturbance of every kind of business
+and employment, still "walked" more "humbly with his God," is not often
+to be found. Yet the cry once raised against him was never hushed; until
+at length, having rung in his ears through life, as a warning to him, no
+doubt, even in his brightest moments of success, that he should "cease
+from man," it was suddenly put to shame at last and buried with him in
+his grave.
+
+The circumstances were these: When he arrived in the colony, in the
+beginning of 1794, it was yet but six years old. The cultivation of land
+had scarcely begun; it was therefore dependent on supplies of food from
+home, and was often reduced to the brink of famine. One cask of meat was
+all that the king's stores contained when Mr. Marsden first landed on
+those shores from which the produce of the most magnificent flocks and
+herds the world has ever pastured was afterwards to be shipped. Governor
+Phillip, as we have seen, had laid the foundation of the colony amid
+scenes of difficulty and trial which it is fearful to contemplate. In
+September, 1795, Captain Hunter arrived, and following in the steps of
+his predecessor, exerted himself in clearing land and bringing it under
+cultivation. To effect this he made a grant to every officer, civil and
+military, of one hundred acres, and allowed each thirteen convicts as
+servants to assist in bringing it into order. Mr. Marsden availed
+himself of the grant, and his farm soon exhibited those marks of
+superior management which might have been looked for by all who were
+acquainted with the energy of his character and his love of rural
+pursuits. Where land was to be had on such easy terms, it was not to be
+desired or expected that he should be limited to the original grant. He
+soon possessed an estate of several hundred acres--the model farm of
+New South Wales;--and, let it not be forgotten, the source from whence
+those supplies were drawn which fed the infant missions of the Southern
+Seas, while at the same time they helped their generous owner to support
+many a benevolent institution in his own parish and neighbourhood. Years
+afterwards he was induced to print a pamphlet in justification of his
+conduct in this as well as other particulars on which it was assailed;
+and as we copy an extract from it, our feeling is one of shame and
+sorrow that it should ever have been required. He says, "I did not
+consider myself in the same situation, in a temporal point of view, in
+this colony as a clergyman in England. My situation at that period would
+bear no such comparison. A clergyman in England lives in the very bosom
+of his friends; his comforts and conveniences are all within his reach,
+and he has nothing to do but to feed his flock. On the contrary, I
+entered a country which was in a state of nature, and was obliged to
+plant and sow or starve. It was not from inclination that my colleague
+and I took the axe, the spade, and the hoe: we could not, from our
+situation, help ourselves by any other means, and we thought it no
+disgrace to labour. St. Paul's own hands ministered to his necessities
+in a cultivated nation, and our hands ministered to our wants in an
+uncultivated one. If this be cast upon me as a shame and a reproach, I
+cheerfully bear it, for the remembrance never gives me any cause of
+reproach or remorse." Monsieur Perron, a commander sent out by the
+French government to search for the unfortunate La Perouse (who had
+recently perished in an exploratory voyage to the islands of the South
+Pacific), visited Mr. Marsden's farm in 1802, and records, with the
+generous admiration his countrymen have never withheld from English
+enterprise and industry, his astonishment and delight. "No longer," he
+exclaims, "than eight years ago, the whole of this spot was covered with
+immense and useless forests; what pains, what exertions must have been
+employed! These roads, these pastures, these fields, these harvests,
+these orchards, these flocks, the work of eight years!" And his
+admiration of the scene was not greater than his reverence for its
+owner, "who," he adds, "while he thus laboured in his various important
+avocations was not unmindful of the interests of others. He generously
+interfered in behalf of the poorer settlers in their distresses,
+established schools for their children, and often relieved their
+necessities; and to the unhappy culprits, whom the justice of their
+offended country had banished from their native soil, he administered
+alternately exhortation and comfort."
+
+Indeed, it would be no easy task to enumerate all the schemes of social,
+moral, and spiritual enterprise upon which Mr. Marsden was now employed,
+and into all of which he appears to have thrown a force and energy which
+is generally reserved, even by the zealous philanthropist, for some one
+favoured project. Thus the state of the female convicts, at a very early
+period, especially attracted his attention. Their forlorn condition,
+their frightful immoralities--the almost necessary consequence of the
+gross neglect which exposed them to temptation, or rather thrust them
+into sin--pressed heavily upon him, and formed the subject of many
+solemn remonstrances, first to the authorities abroad, and when these
+were unheeded, to the government at home. The wrongs of the aborigines,
+their heathenism, and their savage state, with all its attendant
+miseries and hopeless prospects in eternity, sank into his heart; and
+under his care a school arose at Paramatta for their children. The
+scheme, as we shall explain hereafter, was not successful; but at least
+it will be admitted "he did well that it was in" his "heart." He was
+often consulted by the successive governors on questions of difficulty
+and importance, and gave his advice with respect, but at the same time
+with honest courage. Amusing anecdotes are told of some of their
+interviews. A misunderstanding had occurred between Governor King and
+himself, which did not, however, prevent the governor from asking his
+advice. Mr. Marsden was allowed to make his own terms, which were that
+he should consider Governor King as a private individual, and as such
+address him. Much to his credit, the governor consented. Mr. Marsden
+then locked the door, and in plain and forcible terms explained to
+_Captain_ King the faults, as he conceived, of _Governor_ King's
+administration. They separated on the most friendly terms; and if we
+admire the courage of the chaplain, we must not overlook the
+self-command and forbearance of the governor. With a dash of
+eccentricity the affair was honourable to both parties.
+
+Another instance of Mr. Marsden's ready tact and self-possession may be
+mentioned. Governor King, who possessed, by virtue of his office, the
+most absolute power, was not only eccentric but somewhat choleric. On
+one occasion, when Mr. Marsden was present, a violent dispute arose
+between the governor and the commissary-general. Mr. Marsden not being
+at liberty to leave the room, retired to a window, determined not to be
+a witness of the coming storm. The governor, in his heat, pushed or
+collared the commissary, who in return, pushed or struck the governor.
+His excellency, indignant at the insult, called to the chaplain, "Do you
+see that, sir!" "Indeed, sir," replied Mr. M., "_I see_ nothing,"
+--dwelling with jocular emphasis on the word see. Thus good
+humour was immediately restored, and the grave and even treasonable
+offence of striking the representative of the sovereign was forgotten.
+These trifling circumstances are worth relating, not only in
+illustration of Mr. Marsden's character, but of the history of the
+earlier days of the colony.
+
+But graver duties had already devolved upon him. Amongst the unpublished
+manuscripts of the London Missionary Society, there is one document of
+singular interest, in connexion with the name of Samuel Marsden. It is a
+memorandum of seventeen folio pages on the state and prospects of their
+missions to Tahiti and the islands in the South Seas, dated "Paramatta,
+30th January, 1801," and "read before the committee" in London--such was
+the slow, uncertain communication fifty years ago with a colony now
+brought within sixty days' sail of England--"on the 19th of April,
+1802." Foremost in the literature of another generation will stand those
+treasures which slumber, for the most part unvalued and undisturbed, on
+the shelves of our missionary houses. For men will surely one day
+inquire, with an interest similar to that with which we read of the
+conversion of Britain in the dim light of Ingulphus and the Saxon
+Chronicle, or the venerable Bede, how distant islands were first
+evangelized, and through what sorrows, errors, and reverses, the first
+missionary fought his way to victory in continents and islands of the
+southern hemisphere. And of these, the document which now lies before
+us will be esteemed as inferior to none in calm and practical wisdom, in
+piety, or in ardent zeal tempered with discretion.
+
+The circumstances which called it forth were these. The Tahitian
+mission, the first great effort of the London Missionary Society, and
+indeed the first Protestant mission, with perhaps one exception,[D] to
+savage tribes, had hitherto disappointed the sanguine expectations of
+its promoters. We trust we shall not be thought to make a display of
+that cheap wisdom which consists in blaming the failures of which the
+causes were not seen until the catastrophe had occurred, if we say that,
+great and truly magnificent as the project was, it carried within itself
+the elements of its own humiliation. The faith and zeal of its founders
+were beyond all human praise; but in the wisdom which results from
+experience, they were of course deficient. "To attempt great things, and
+to expect great things," was their motto; but they did not appreciate
+the difficulties of the enterprise; nor did they duly estimate the depth
+of the depravity of the savage heart and mind. Dr. Haweis, a London
+clergyman of great piety and note in those days, preached before the
+Society when the first missionary ship, the Duff, was about to sail. He
+described to his delighted audience the romantic beauty and grandeur of
+the islands which lie like emeralds upon the calm bosom of the Southern
+Ocean, and anticipated their immediate conversion as soon as they should
+hear the first glad tidings of the gospel. The ship sailed from the
+Tower wharf, with flags flying and banners streaming, as if returning
+from a triumph, amidst the cheers of the spectators. Amongst the crowd
+there stood a venerable minister of Christ, leaning upon the arm of one
+who still survives--himself a veteran in the service of his Lord. As
+they turned slowly away from the exciting scene, the aged minister
+mournfully exclaimed, "I am afraid it will not succeed: there is too
+much of man in it." His words were prophetic; for nearly twenty years no
+success followed, but one sweeping tide of disappointment and
+disaster;[E] till, at length, when, humbled and dejected, about the year
+1814, the missionaries, as well as the Society at home, in despair had
+almost resolved to abandon the station, the work of God appeared in the
+conversion of the king of Tahiti; and with a rapidity to be compared
+only to the long, cheerless, period in which they had "laboured in vain,
+and spent their strength for nought," the missionaries beheld not only
+Tahiti, but the adjacent islands transformed into Christian lands.
+
+    [D] That of the Moravians to Labrador. The Wesleyans had a mission
+    in the West Indies, and the Society for the Propagation of the
+    Gospel had long had the care of the Danish missions at Malabar. But
+    none of these were missions, in the strict sense, among savages.
+
+    [E] This anecdote we relate on the authority of the younger
+    minister, from whom we received it. The elder one was the Rev.
+    Samuel Bradburn, the friend and associate of Wesley.--EDITOR.
+
+It was in the midst of these disasters that Mr. Marsden was consulted,
+and wrote the memorandum to which we have referred. If in some places he
+seems to lay too great stress upon what may appear to the reader
+prudential considerations of inferior importance, let us remind him that
+on these very points the missionaries had betrayed their weakness. Their
+own quarrels and even the gross misconduct of some few amongst them,
+were not less painful to the church at home than their want of success.
+
+We make a few extracts:
+
+    "... The first and principal object for the consideration of the
+    directors is to select men properly qualified for the mission;
+    unless persons equal to the task are sent out nothing can be done.
+    It may be asked, who are proper persons, and what are the
+    requisite qualifications? To the question I would reply in general
+    terms. A missionary should be a man of real sound piety, and well
+    acquainted with the depravity of the human heart, as well as
+    experimental religion; he should not be a novice; he should not
+    only be a good man in the strictest sense of the word, but also
+    well informed, not taken from the dregs of the common people, but
+    possessed of some education, and liberal sentiments. He should
+    rather be of a lively active turn of mind than gloomy and heavy. A
+    gloomy ignorant clown will be disgusting even to savages, and
+    excite their contempt. The more easy and affable a missionary is
+    in his address, the more easily will he obtain the confidence and
+    good opinion of the heathen.
+
+    "In my opinion a man of a melancholy habit is altogether
+    unqualified for a missionary; he will never be able to sustain the
+    hardships attending his situation, nay, he will magnify his
+    dangers and difficulties and make them greater than what in
+    reality they may be. A missionary, were I to define his character,
+    should be a pious good man, should be well acquainted with
+    mankind, should possess some education, should be easy in address,
+    and of an active turn. Some of the missionaries who have come to
+    this colony, are the opposite character to the above. They are
+    totally ignorant of mankind, they possess no education, they are
+    clowns in their manners. If the directors are determined to
+    establish a mission in these Islands there is another object to be
+    attended to; they must send out a sufficient body and furnish
+    them with the means of self-defence. Unless the missionaries are
+    able to protect themselves from the violence of the natives, they
+    will be in constant danger of being cut off by them. Their lives,
+    if unprotected by their own strength, will hang sometimes perhaps
+    upon the fate of a single battle between two contending chiefs.
+    Can any idea be more distressing than for the lives of a few
+    defenceless missionaries to depend upon the sudden whim or turn of
+    an enraged savage, without the means of self-defence? See them
+    driven, in order to escape the savage fury of the natives, into
+    holes and caverns of the rocks, suffering every hardship that
+    nature can bear from hunger, toil, and anxiety, without so much as
+    the prospect of relief in time of danger from Europe, or
+    accomplishing in the smallest degree the object of the mission.
+    Yet this must and will be the case, unless the missionaries are
+    furnished with the means of self-defence, and are able to convince
+    the natives of their superiority in point of skill and
+    protection."
+
+Many will condemn this counsel. Nor do we feel bound to justify it to
+the letter. A reasonable degree of caution in avoiding danger, and under
+great emergency in preparing measures for self-defence, may be allowed
+even to the missionary. Yet experience shows that his safety chiefly
+lies in cultivating and exhibiting the spirit of Him who "suffered the
+just for the unjust," and "when led as a lamb to the slaughter, yet
+opened not his mouth."
+
+Various prudential hints follow, on marriage and other delicate
+subjects. The reader will smile to learn that fifty years ago it was a
+question at missionary boards whether married men were not disqualified
+for missionary work. It was argued that their wives would be exposed to
+ill-usage from the natives, and that they themselves would be diverted
+by the anxieties or the comforts of home from their proper calling. Mr.
+Marsden combats both of these objections. "It appears to me that a
+married woman, coming along with her husband in the mission, would have
+no extraordinary dangers to apprehend from the natives, and would, if a
+prudent woman, prove the greatest comfort and protection to her husband,
+sweeten his toils and sustain his burdens." Beyond this even Mr.
+Marsden's views did not yet extend. The time had not yet come when
+experience should drive the friends of missions, in the failure of many
+a plausible theory, to fall back simply on the New Testament, not merely
+for their principles, for this they did, but for the best and safest
+precedents in missionary work. They forgot how large a share of the
+honours of the primitive church in its labours for Christ belong to the
+weaker sex. That a missionary's wife might be no less, nay in some
+instances far more, successful than her husband was a thought not yet
+entertained in missionary counsels. They did not foresee that the
+instruction of the native woman, and the Christian education of the
+heathen child, would soon become the special province of the
+missionary's wife. Mrs. Wilson had not yet arisen "a mother in Israel,"
+nor Mrs. Judson, nor others whose fame is only less in missionary
+annals, because their work has been carried on in places less
+interesting, or at least less open to the world's gaze, than Calcutta
+and Burmah. Nor can we give more than a hesitating and partial consent
+to some of the following observations:
+
+    "Civilization must pave the way for the conversion of the
+    heathen. As the natives in these islands are totally unconnected
+    with the commercial world, however friendly disposed they may be
+    towards strangers, they are, nevertheless, in a state of gross
+    ignorance and barbarity. They must, from their social situation,
+    their great distance from the civilized part of the world, be less
+    prepared to receive the gospel than the Esquimaux on the coast of
+    Labrador or the negroes in the West Indian Islands, and other
+    parts of the heathen world where the Moravians in general send
+    their missionaries. The heathens in these islands are, in the
+    strictest sense, in a state of nature. Hence it becomes the
+    indispensable duty of the missionaries to use every means for
+    their civilization, and not to imagine they are already prepared
+    to receive the blessings of Divine revelation."
+
+True, they were not prepared. But here we are at variance alike with Dr.
+Haweis on the one hand, and Mr. Marsden on the other. "The preparation
+of the heart," the wise man tells us, "is from the Lord;" and this is a
+kind of preparation which civilization will not supply. It is easy, as
+we have said, to find fault with men who, whatever their mistakes,
+deserve the veneration of the church. Let it be borne in mind that of
+savage life, its horrors, its ferocity, its cannibalism, England then
+knew but little. Had they been favoured with the experience we now
+possess, they would have felt more deeply how impotent a weapon is
+civilization to hew down the strongholds of Satan in a heathen land;
+their failures perhaps would have been fewer, and their successes more
+speedy if not more complete. A true Christian missionary, amongst
+savages, must be of necessity a civilizer. His own pure and quiet
+homestead, adorned with the arts of life, his cultivated garden, his
+neatly fenced paddock, the corn-field which soon follows, and then the
+mill--all these, and, we may say, all the habits and circumstances of
+his life, directly tend to civilize; and thus the process of outward
+reformation goes on amongst the surrounding tribes, while the spiritual
+seed is being sown in the native heart. And it will sometimes happen
+that native tribes are civilized before they are converted, simply
+because the carnal mind rejects the spiritual lesson, while selfishness,
+or the mere love of imitation, (equally powerful in the breast of
+children and of savages) induces them readily to adopt European habits.
+But after all we question whether the native heathen thus outwardly
+changed is one whit more likely to embrace the gospel than before.
+
+There is, however, much truth in the following remarks; they show a
+thoughtful mind, and they prove too, if we are not mistaken, that the
+gospel of Jesus Christ has lost nothing of its pristine force after the
+lapse of eighteen centuries; for the Christian missions of our own day
+have triumphed amidst some difficulties against which even the apostles
+had not to contend. "The conduct of the apostles cannot exactly apply as
+a guide to the missionaries in these islands; St. Paul was sent to
+preach a crucified Jesus, not to savage, but to civilized heathens; to
+Greece and Rome, to nations noted for their politeness of manners and
+human learning, the inhabitants both of Greece and Rome had obtained the
+highest degree of civilization, they were"--intellectually, of course,
+Mr. Marsden must be understood to mean--"prepared for the reception of
+the gospel; their philosophers had for ages been making diligent
+inquiries after the true God; they had erected altars and the most
+magnificent temples for the worship of some superior being whom they
+knew not. This is not the case with the natives of these islands.... It
+is unnecessary for me to contrast the situations of the primitive
+apostles and the present missionaries, and to point out their vast
+difference. Sacred and profane history will furnish the missionaries
+with this information, provided they will study their records."
+
+Mr. Marsden continued to be through life the confidential adviser of the
+London Missionary Society, and the warm friend and, as they passed to
+and fro upon their voyages, the kind host of their missionaries.
+
+His character was now established. The colony was rapidly increasing in
+importance; and yet no change had been made in its government, which was
+still committed to the absolute direction of a single mind, that of the
+colonial governor. He too was a military officer, and not always one of
+high position and large capacity, or even of the purest morals; for by
+such men the governorship of his Majesty's territory in New South Wales
+would have then been disdained. Mr. Marsden had done much, but much more
+remained to be accomplished. There were mischiefs that lay far beyond
+his reach, and spurned control. On the first establishment of the colony
+all the military officers were forbidden to take their wives with
+them--the governor and chaplains were the only exceptions--and there is
+one instance of a lady whose love to her husband led her to steal across
+the ocean in the disguise of a sailor, who was actually sent home again
+by Governor Phillip without being permitted to land. Our readers may
+anticipate the consequences which followed in an almost universal
+licentiousness. The most abandoned females often appeared fearlessly
+before the magistrates, well knowing that they would have impunity even
+for the greatest crimes; and male offenders used their influence to
+obtain a judgment in their favour. Expostulation, remonstrance, and
+entreaty Mr. Marsden had tried in vain. "Of all existing spots in New
+South Wales the court of judicature at Sydney," it was publicly
+affirmed, "was the most iniquitous and abandoned;" and at length a
+rebellious spirit broke out, and the authority of the governor, even in
+his military capacity, was at an end. The efforts of the faithful
+chaplain were now thwarted at the fountain head, and his life was not
+unfrequently in danger. Mr. Marsden's sagacity fastened the conviction
+on his mind that a crisis was at hand, which could only be averted by
+the interference of the government at home. He therefore asked for, and
+obtained, permission to revisit England. His fears were just; he had
+already assisted in quelling one rebellion, and another of a more
+serious nature broke out soon after he embarked, which drove the
+governor from the colony, and ended in his recall, and the establishment
+of a new order of things. The spiritual fruit of Mr. Marsden's labours
+had not yet been great, but already the foundations had been laid for
+extensive usefulness. On the eve of his departure, he was presented with
+a gratifying address, bearing the signatures of three hundred and two
+persons, "the holders of landed estates, public offices, and other
+principal inhabitants of the large and extensive settlements of
+Hawkesbury, Nepean, and Portland-Head, and adjacent parts of New South
+Wales," conveying "their grateful thanks for his pious, humane, and
+exemplary conduct throughout this whole colony, in the various and
+arduous situations held by him as a minister of the gospel,
+superintendent magistrate, inspector of public, orphan, and charity
+schools, and in other offices." They thank him too for "his attention
+and cares in the improvement of stock, agriculture, and in all other
+beneficial and useful arts, for the general good of the colony, and for
+his unremitting exertions for its prosperity," and conclude thus:--"Your
+sanctity, philanthropy, and disinterestedness of character, will ever
+remain an example to future ministers; and that God, whom we serve, may
+pour down his blessings upon you and yours to the latest posterity, is
+the sincere prayer of those who sign this address."
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IV.
+
+    Various measures devised for the benefit of New South Wales--The
+    establishment of Missions in New Zealand--Friendship with Dr.
+    Mason Good.
+
+
+Mr. Marsden returned home in His Majesty's ship Buffalo, after an
+absence of fourteen years. On the voyage he had one of those
+hair-breadth deliverances in which devout Christians recognise the hand
+of God. The Buffalo was leaky when she sailed, and a heavy gale
+threatening, it was proposed that the passengers should quit the ship
+and take refuge in a stauncher vessel which formed one of the fleet. Mr.
+Marsden objected, Mrs. Marsden being unwilling to leave Mrs. King, the
+wife of Governor King, who was returning in the same vessel, and who was
+at the time an invalid. In the night, the expected storm came on. In the
+morning, the eyes of all on board the crazy Buffalo were strained in
+vain to discover their companion. She was never heard of more, and no
+doubt had foundered in the hurricane.
+
+On his arrival in London he waited on the under secretary of state to
+report his return, and learned from him that his worst fears had been
+realized, and that the colony was already in a state of open
+insurrection, headed by the "New South Wales Corps," who were leagued
+with several of the wealthier traders. The insurrection was, however,
+suppressed, and Lieut.-colonel Macquarie was sent out with his regiment
+to assume the government. Lord Castlereagh, the colonial minister, was
+quick to perceive the value of such an adviser on the affairs of
+Australia as Mr. Marsden, and encouraged him to lay before the
+government a full statement of his views. Seldom has it happened to a
+private individual to be charged with weightier or more various affairs,
+never perhaps with schemes involving more magnificent results. As the
+obscure chaplain from Botany Bay paced the Strand, from the colonial
+office at Whitehall to the chambers in the city where a few pious men
+were laying plans for Christian missions in the southern hemisphere, he
+was in fact charged with projects upon which not only the civilization,
+but the eternal welfare, of future nations were suspended. Nor was he
+unconscious of the greatness of the task. With a total absence of
+romance or enthusiasm--for his mind was wanting in the imaginative
+faculty on which enthusiasm feeds--he was yet fully alive to the
+possible consequences of his visit to his native shores, and intensely
+interested in his work. He aimed at nothing less than to see Australia a
+great country; and, with a yet firmer faith, he expected the conversion
+of the cannibal tribes of New Zealand and the Society Islands; and this
+at a time when even statesmen had only learned to think of New South
+Wales as a national prison, and when the conversion of New Zealanders
+was regarded as a hopeless task, even by the majority of Christian men,
+and treated by the world with indifference or scorn. In fact, during
+this short visit he may be said to have planned, perhaps unconsciously,
+the labours of his whole life, and to have laid the foundation for all
+the good of which he was to be the instrument.
+
+Let us first turn to the efforts he made for the settlements in New
+South Wales. The improvement of the convict population was his primary
+object, and his more immediate duty. He had observed that by far the
+greater number of reformed criminals consisted of those who had
+intermarried, or whose wives had been able to purchase their passage
+over, and he suggested that those of the convicts' wives who chose to do
+so should be permitted to accompany their husbands even at the public
+expense. This was refused, and it was almost the only point upon which
+his representations failed; but, as a compromise, the wives of the
+officers and soldiers were permitted to accompany their husbands, and
+not less than three hundred immediately went with a single regiment. To
+encourage honesty and industry he recommended not only remission of the
+sentence to the well conducted convict, but a grant of land to a certain
+extent; with which the government complied. But he had no weak and
+foolish sympathy with crime, and long after the period at which we are
+now writing, he continued to incur the hatred of a certain class by
+protesting, as he never ceased to do, against the monstrous impropriety
+of placing men, however wealthy, who had themselves been convicts, on
+the magisterial bench. Amongst the convicts he had observed that the
+greater number were acquainted with some branch of mechanics or
+manufactures; at present, they were unemployed, or occupied in labour
+for which they were unfit, and which was therefore irksome to themselves
+and of no advantage to the colony. He therefore suggested that one or
+two practical mechanics with small salaries, and one or two general
+manufacturers, should be sent out to instruct the convicts. But here a
+serious obstacle presented itself; for this was the age of commercial
+prohibitions, and it was objected that the manufacturers of the mother
+country would be injured by such a step. Mr. Marsden met the objection
+at once. If the government would but accede to the proposal, "he would
+undertake that the enormous expense at which the country was for
+clothing the convicts should entirely cease within a certain period."
+The wool of the government flocks and the flesh of the wild cattle was
+already sufficient to provide both food and raiment for the convicts
+without any expense to the parent state, and all he prayed for was, the
+opportunity of turning those advantages to the best account. These
+requests were granted, and on the same night, and at his own cost, he
+set off by the mail for Warwickshire and Yorkshire in search of four
+artisans and manufacturers, who were soon upon their way to the scene of
+their future operations.
+
+The vast importance of Australia as the source on which the English
+manufacturer must at some future day depend for his supplies of wool,
+had already occupied his thoughts. He found that within three years his
+own stock without any care on his part, (for his farm was entirely
+managed in his absence by a trusty bailiff who had been a convict,) had
+upon an average been doubled in number and value. With the energy which
+was natural to him, he carried some of his own wool to Leeds, where he
+had it manufactured, and he had the satisfaction to learn that it was
+considered equal, if not superior, to that of Saxony or France. His
+private letters abound with intimations that ere long Australia must
+become the great wool-producing country to which the English
+manufacturer would look. He was introduced to king George the Third, and
+took the liberty, through Sir Joseph Banks, of praying for a couple of
+Merino sheep, His Majesty's property, to improve the breed; and his last
+letter from England, dated from the Cowes Roads, mentions their
+reception on board. We anticipate a little, but must quote the letter,
+were it only to let the reader see how possible it is to be at once
+diligent in business and fervent in spirit. "We are this moment getting
+under weigh, and soon expect to be upon the ocean. I have received a
+present of five Spanish sheep from the king's flock, which are all on
+board; if I am so fortunate as to get them out they will be a most
+valuable acquisition to the colony. I leave England with much
+satisfaction, having obtained so fully the object of my mission. It is
+the good hand of our God that hath done these things for us. I have the
+prospect of getting another pious minister. I am writing to him on the
+subject this morning, and I hope he will soon follow us.... On Sunday I
+stood on the long boat and preached from Ezekiel xviii. 27: 'When the
+wicked man turneth away,' etc. It was a solemn time, many of the
+convicts were affected. We sang the Hundredth Psalm in the midst of a
+large fleet. The number of souls on board is more than four hundred. God
+may be gracious to some of them; though exiled from their country and
+friends, they may cry unto him in a foreign land, when they come like
+the Jews of old to hang their harps upon the willows, and weep when they
+remember Zion, or rather when they remember England."[F]
+
+    [F] To Avison Terry, Esq., Hull.
+
+The spiritual wants of the colony were not forgotten. He induced the
+government to send out three additional clergymen and three
+schoolmasters; and happily the selection was intrusted to his own
+judgment. A disciple in the school of Venn and Milner, he knew that the
+ordinances of the church, though administered by a moral and virtuous
+man, or by a zealous philanthropist, were not enough. He sought for men
+who were "renewed in the spirit of their minds;" who uttered no mere
+words of course when they said at their ordination that they "believed
+themselves moved thereto by the Holy Ghost." But here again his task was
+difficult; clergymen of such a stamp were but few; the spirit of
+missionary enterprise was almost unfelt; and, to say the truth, there
+was a missionary field at home, dark and barbarous, and far too wide for
+the few such labourers of this class whom the Lord had yet "sent forth
+into his harvest." Mr. Marsden, however, nothing daunted, went from
+parish to parish till he met with two admirable men, the Rev. Mr. Cowper
+and the Rev. Robert Cartwright, who, with their families, accompanied
+him on his return. His choice was eminently successful. In a short
+account of Mr. Marsden, published in Australia in 1844, they are spoken
+of as still living, pious and exemplary clergymen, the fathers of
+families occupying some of the most important posts in the colony, and,
+"notwithstanding their advancing years and increasing infirmities," it
+is added, "there are few young men in the colony so zealous in preaching
+the gospel, and in promoting the interests of the church of England."
+The schoolmasters too, we believe, did honour to his choice. He had
+already established two public free-schools for children of both sexes,
+and he was now able to impart the elements of a pious education, and to
+train them in habits of industry and virtue. Into all these plans the
+archbishop of Canterbury cordially entered, and wisely and liberally
+left it to the able founder to select his agents and associates.
+
+Mr. Marsden likewise urged upon the home administration the necessity of
+a female Penitentiary; and obtained a promise that a building should be
+provided. That he was deeply alive to the importance of an institution
+of this kind, is manifest in his own description of the state of the
+female prisoners in the earlier years of the colony, and the deplorable
+picture he draws of their immorality and wretchedness. "When I returned
+to England in 1807," he says, "there were upwards of fourteen hundred
+women in the colony; more than one thousand were unmarried, and nearly
+all convicts: many of them were exposed to the most dangerous
+temptations, privations and sufferings; and no suitable asylum had been
+provided for the female convicts since the establishment of the colony.
+On my arrival in London in 1808, I drew up two memorials on their
+behalf, stating how much they suffered from want of a proper barrack--a
+building for their reception. One of these memorials I presented to the
+under secretary of state, and the other to his grace the archbishop of
+Canterbury. They both expressed their readiness to promote the object."
+Years, however, passed before the consent of the colonial governor could
+be gained; and Mr. Marsden's benevolent exertions on behalf of these
+outcast women were for some time frustrated.
+
+The variety of his engagements at this time was equal to their
+importance. He had returned home charged with an almost infinite
+multiplicity of business. He was the agent of almost every poor person
+in the colony who had, or thought he had, important business at home.
+Penny-postages lay in the same dim future with electric telegraphs and
+steam-frigates, and he was often burdened with letters from Ireland and
+other remote parts (so wrote a friend, who published at the time a
+sketch of his proceedings in the "Eclectic Review,") the postage of
+which, for a single day, has amounted to a guinea; which he cheerfully
+paid, from the feeling that, although many of these letters were of no
+use whatever, they were written with a good intention, and under a
+belief that they were of real value. He had already been saluted, like
+the Roman generals of old, with the title of common father of his
+adopted country; and one of his last acts before he quitted England, was
+to procure, by public contributions and donations of books, "what he
+called a lending library" (so writes the reviewer,[G] and the expression
+seems to have amused him from its novelty), "consisting of books on
+religion, morals, mechanics, agriculture, and general history, to be
+lent out under his own control and that of his colleagues, to soldiers,
+free settlers, convicts, and others who had time to read." In this, too,
+he succeeded, and took over with him a library of the value of between
+three and four hundred pounds.
+
+    [G] Eclectic Review, vol. v. pp. 988-995.
+
+It was during this two-years'-visit to his native land, that Mr. Marsden
+laid the foundation of the Church of England mission to New Zealand. In
+its consequences, civil and religious, this has already proved one of
+the most extraordinary and most successful of those achievements, which
+are the glory of the churches in these later times. This was the great
+enterprise of his life: he is known already, and will be remembered
+while the church on earth endures, as the apostle of New Zealand. Not
+that we claim for him the exclusive honour of being the only one
+although we believe he was, in point of time, the first who began, about
+this period, to project a mission to New Zealand. The Wesleyans were
+early in the same field. The Rev. Samuel Leigh, a man whose history and
+natural character bore a marked resemblance to those of Mr. Marsden, was
+the pioneer of Methodism, and proved himself a worthy herald of the
+cross amongst the New Zealanders. A warm friendship existed between the
+two. On his passage homewards he was a guest at Paramatta; and no tinge
+of jealousy ever appears to have shaded their intercourse, each
+rejoicing in the triumphs of the other. Still, Mr. Marsden's position
+afforded him peculiar facilities, and having once undertaken it, the
+superintendence of the New Zealand mission became, without design on his
+part, the great business of his life.
+
+He had formed a high, we do not think an exaggerated, estimate of the
+Maori or New Zealand tribes. "They are a noble race," he writes to his
+friend John Terry, Esq., of Hull, "vastly superior in understanding to
+anything you can imagine in a savage nation." This was before the
+mission was begun. But he did not speak merely from hearsay: several of
+their chieftains and enterprising warriors had visited Australia, and
+they ever found a welcome at the hospitable parsonage at Paramatta.
+Sometimes, it is true, they were but awkward guests, as the following
+anecdote will show; which we present to the reader, as it has been
+kindly furnished to us, in the words of one of Mr. Marsden's daughters.
+"My father had sometimes as many as thirty New Zealanders staying at the
+parsonage. He possessed extraordinary influence over them. On one
+occasion, a young lad, the nephew of a chief, died, and his uncle
+immediately made preparations to sacrifice a slave to attend his spirit
+into the other world. Mr. M. was from home at the moment, and his family
+were only able to preserve the life of the young New Zealander by
+hiding him in one of the rooms. Mr. M. no sooner returned and reasoned
+with the chief, than he consented to spare his life. No further attempt
+was made upon it, though the uncle frequently deplored that his nephew
+had no attendant in the next world, and seemed afraid to return to New
+Zealand, lest the father of the young man should reproach him for having
+given up this, to them, important point."
+
+The Church Missionary Society, which had now been established about
+seven years, seemed fully disposed to co-operate with him; and at their
+request he drew up a memorial on the subject of a New Zealand mission,
+not less important than that we have already mentioned, to the London
+Missionary Society, on the subject of their Polynesian missions. He
+still lays great stress upon the necessity of civilization going first
+as the pioneer of the gospel; "commerce and the arts having a natural
+tendency to inculcate industrious and moral habits, open a way for the
+introduction of the gospel, and lay the foundation for its continuance
+when once received" "... Nothing, in my opinion, can pave the way for
+the introduction of the gospel but civilization." ... "The
+missionaries," he thought, "might employ a certain portion of their time
+in manual labour, and that this neither would nor ought to prevent them
+from constantly endeavouring to instruct the natives in the great
+doctrines of the gospel." ... "The arts and religion should go together.
+I do not mean a native should learn to build a hut or make an axe before
+he should be told anything of man's fall and redemption, but that these
+grand subjects should be introduced at every favourable opportunity,
+while the natives are learning any of the simple arts." He adds that
+"four qualifications are absolutely necessary for a missionary--piety,
+industry, prudence, and patience. Without sound piety, nothing can be
+expected. A man must feel a lively interest in the eternal welfare of
+the heathen to spur him on to the discharge of his duty." On the three
+other qualifications, he enlarges with great wisdom and practical good
+sense; but the paper has been frequently printed, and we must not
+transfer it to these pages.
+
+It is no dishonour done to Mr. Marsden if we say that, in mature
+spiritual wisdom, the venerable men who had founded the Church
+Missionary Society, and still managed its affairs, were at this time his
+superiors. Strange indeed it would have been had the case been
+otherwise. They listened gratefully and with deep respect to the opinion
+of one so well entitled to advise; they determined on the mission, and
+they gave a high proof of their confidence, both in the practical wisdom
+and sterling piety of their friend, in consulting him in the choice of
+their first agents. But they did not adopt his views with regard to the
+importance of civilization as the necessary pioneer to the gospel. So
+long ago as the year 1815, they thought it necessary to publish a
+statement of the principles upon which their mission was established.
+"It has been stated," they say, "that the mission was originally
+established, and for a long time systematically conducted, on the
+principle of first civilizing and then christianizing the natives. This
+is wholly a mistake. The agents employed in establishing the mission
+were laymen, because clergymen could not be had; and the instructions
+given to them necessarily correspond with their lay character. The
+foremost object of the mission has, from the first, been to bring the
+natives, by the use of all suitable means, under the saving influences
+of the grace of the gospel, adding indeed the communication to them of
+such useful arts and knowledge as might improve their social condition."
+The committee's instructions to their first agents in the mission
+abundantly sustain these assertions. Mr. William Hall and Mr. John King
+were the two single-hearted laymen to whom, in the providence of God,
+the distinguished honour was committed of first making known the gospel
+in New Zealand. They bore with them these instructions, ere they
+embarked in the same vessel in which their friend and guide Mr. Marsden
+himself returned to Australia:--"Ever bear in mind that the only object
+of the Society, in sending you to New Zealand, is to introduce the
+knowledge of Christ among the natives, and in order to this, the arts of
+civilized life."
+
+Then after directing Messrs. Hall and King "to respect the sabbath day,"
+to "establish family worship," at any favourable opportunity to
+"converse with the natives on the great subject of religion," and to
+"instruct their children in the knowledge of Christianity," the
+instructions add--"Thus in your religious conduct you must observe the
+sabbath and keep it holy, attend regularly to family worship, talk to
+the natives about religion when you walk by the way, when you labour in
+the field, and on all occasions when you can gain their attention, and
+lay yourselves out for the education of the young."
+
+Mr. Thomas Kendall followed; a third layman, for no ordained clergyman
+of the church of England could yet be found. The same instructions were
+repeated, and in December, 1815, when the Rev. John Butler, their first
+clerical missionary, entered on his labours in New Zealand, he and his
+companions were exhorted thus--"The committee would observe that they
+wish, in all the missions of the Society, that the missionaries should
+give their time as much as possible, and wholly if practicable, first to
+the acquisition of the native language, and then to the constant and
+faithful preaching to the natives." It is subsequently added--"Do not
+mistake civilization for conversion. Do not imagine when heathens are
+raised in intellect, in the knowledge of the arts and outward decencies,
+above their fellow-countrymen, that they are Christians, and therefore
+rest content as if your proper work were accomplished. Our great aim is
+far higher; it is to make them children of God and heirs of his glory.
+Let this be your desire, and prayer, and labour among them. And while
+you rejoice in communicating every other good, think little or nothing
+done till you see those who were dead in trespasses and sins, quickened
+together with Christ." These passages fully exhibit the views of the
+committee of this evangelical Society with regard, not only to the New
+Zealand, but to all their other missions. Nor do they stand alone; every
+missionary association, taught in many instances by bitter
+disappointment, has long since discovered that the arts and sciences do
+not prepare the way of the Lord amongst the heathen abroad; just as they
+leave unsanctified our civilized heathendom at home.
+
+But we must return from our digression, which its great importance must
+excuse.
+
+Before he left England, Mr. Marsden formed or renewed an acquaintance
+with many great and good men, Mr. Wilberforce, Sir George Grey, the Rev.
+Daniel Wilson, late Bishop of Calcutta, the Rev. Charles Simeon, the
+Rev. Josiah Pratt, Dr. Olinthus Gregory, and others whose names are dear
+to the church of Christ. But we must particularly notice the friendship
+which he formed with Dr. Mason Good as productive of the highest
+blessings to his friend, and of much advantage to himself.
+
+The life of this excellent and accomplished person was published by Dr.
+Olinthus Gregory, soon after his death, in 1828. He tells us that Dr.
+Mason Good, when he became acquainted with Mr. Marsden, had long
+professed Socinian principles, but of these had recently begun to doubt,
+while he had not yet embraced the gospel of Christ so as to derive
+either comfort or strength from it. He was anxious and inquiring; his
+father had been an orthodox dissenting minister, and he himself a
+constant student and indeed a critical expositor of the Bible. He had
+published a translation of the book of Job, with notes, and also a
+translation of Solomon's Song of Songs. He saw in the latter a sublime
+and mystic allegory, and in the former a poem, than which nothing can be
+purer in its morality, nothing sublimer in its philosophy, nothing more
+majestic in its creed. He had given beautiful translations of many of
+the Psalms; but with all this he had not yet perceived that Christ is
+the great theme of the Old Testament, nor did he understand the
+salvation of which "David in the Psalms, and all the prophets," as well
+as Job the patriarch "did speak." His introduction to Mr. Marsden, in
+such a state of mind, was surely providential. He saw, and wondered at,
+his self-denial; he admired the true sublimity of his humble,
+unassuming, but unquestionable and active piety. "The first time I saw
+Mr. Marsden," says his biographer, "was in January, 1808; he had just
+returned from Hull, and had travelled nearly the whole journey on the
+outside of a coach in a heavy fall of snow, being unable to secure an
+inside place. He seemed scarcely conscious of the inclemency of the
+season, and declared that he felt no inconvenience from the journey. He
+had accomplished his object, and that was enough. And what was that
+object, which could raise him above the exhaustion of fatigue and the
+sense of severe cold? He had engaged a rope-maker who was willing, at
+his (Mr. Marsden's) own expense, to go and teach his art to the New
+Zealanders." So writes Dr. Olinthus Gregory.
+
+As a philosopher who loved to trace phenomena to their causes, Dr. Mason
+Good endeavoured to ascertain the principles from which these
+unremitting exertions sprang; and, as he often assured his friend, Dr.
+Gregory, he could trace them only to the elevating influence of Divine
+grace. He could find no other clue; and he often repeated the wish that
+his own motives were as pure, and his own conduct as exemplary as those
+of Mr. Marsden. Thus light broke in, and at length he received the
+gospel "as a little child," and began to adorn it by his conduct. For
+several years he was an efficient member of the committee of the Bible
+Society, and of that of the Church Missionary Society. To the latter
+especially he devoted himself with the utmost activity and ardour, and
+at his death, which occurred in 1827, the committee transmitted to Mrs.
+Good a resolution expressive of the very high value they set on his
+services, and of the heavy loss they were conscious they sustained by
+that event. The resolution was accompanied by a letter of cordial
+sympathy from the pen of the Rev. Edward Bickersteth, the secretary.
+When dying he was, heard, without any suggestion or leading remark from
+those around him, to repeat with quivering lips the text, "All the
+promises of God in him (Christ Jesus) are Yea, and in him Amen." "What
+words," said he, "for a dying man to rest upon!"[H]
+
+    [H] See Life of Dr. Mason Good, by Dr. Olinthus Gregory.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER V.
+
+    Return to the Colony--Duaterra--His strange adventures--Mr.
+    Marsden's Labours in New South Wales--Aborigines--Their
+    Habits--Plans for their Civilization.
+
+
+Mr. Marsden took what proved to be his last leave of his native land in
+August 1809. Resolute as he was, and nerved for danger, a shade of
+depression passed across him. "The ship, I understand," he writes to
+Mrs. Mason Good, "is nearly ready. This land in which we live is
+polluted, and cannot, on account of sin, give rest to any of its
+inhabitants. Those who have (sought) and still do seek their happiness
+in anything it can give, will meet nothing but disappointment, vexation,
+and sorrow. If we have only a common share of human happiness, we cannot
+have or hope for more." A few weeks afterwards he addresses the same
+Christian lady thus:--
+
+                                           "Cambridge, August 1, 1809.
+
+    "Yesterday I assisted my much esteemed friend, Mr. Simeon, but
+    here I shall have no continuing city. The signal will soon be
+    given, the anchor weighed, and the sails spread, and the ship
+    compelled to enter the mighty ocean to seek for distant lands. I
+    was determined to take another peep at Cambridge, though conscious
+    I could but enjoy those beautiful scenes for a moment. In a few
+    days we shall set off for Portsmouth. All this turning and
+    wheeling about from place, to place, and from nation to nation, I
+    trust is our right way to the heavenly Canaan. I am happy in the
+    conclusion, to inform you that I have got all my business settled
+    in London much to my satisfaction, both with government and in
+    other respects. The object of my mission has been answered, far
+    beyond my expectations. I believe that God has gracious designs
+    towards New South Wales, and that his gospel will take root there,
+    and spread amongst the heathen nations to the glory of his grace.
+
+      "I have the honour to be, dear madam,
+        "Yours, in every Christian bond,
+          "SAMUEL MARSDEN."
+
+His prayers and devout aspirations for New Zealand had been heard on
+high, and "the way of the Lord" was "preparing" in a manner far beyond
+his expectations, ardent as they seem. The ship Ann, in which he sailed,
+by order of the government, for New South Wales, carried with her one
+whom Providence had raised up to act a part, only less important than
+his own, in the conversion of that benighted land.
+
+The ship had been some time at sea before Mr. Marsden observed on the
+forecastle, amongst the common sailors, a man whose darker skin and
+wretched appearance awakened his sympathy. He was wrapped in an old
+great coat, very sick and weak, had a violent cough, accompanied with
+profuse bleeding. He was much dejected, and appeared as though a few
+days would close his life. This was Duaterra, a New Zealand chieftain,
+whose story, as related by Mr. Marsden himself, is almost too strange
+for fiction. And as "this young chief became," as he tells us, "one of
+the principal instruments in preparing the way for the introduction of
+the arts of civilization and the knowledge of Christianity into his
+native country," a brief sketch of his marvellous adventures will not be
+out of place.
+
+When the existence of New Zealand was yet scarcely known to Europeans,
+it was occasionally visited by a South Sea whaler distressed for
+provisions, or in want of water. One of these, the Argo, put into the
+Bay of Islands in 1805, and Duaterra, fired with the spirit of
+adventure, embarked on board with two of his companions. The Argo
+remained on the New Zealand coast for above five months, and then sailed
+for Port Jackson, the modern Sydney of Australia, Duaterra sailing with
+her. She then went to fish on the coast of New Holland for six months,
+again returning to Port Jackson. Duaterra had been six months on board,
+working in general as a common sailor, and passionately fond of this
+roving life. He then experienced that unkindness and foul play of which
+the New Zealander has always had sad reason to complain. He was left on
+shore without a friend and without the slightest remuneration.
+
+He now shipped himself on board the Albion whaler, Captain Richardson,
+whose name deserves honourable mention; he behaved very kindly to
+Duaterra, repaid him for his services in various European articles, and
+after six months cruising on the fisheries, put him on shore in the Bay
+of Islands, where his tribe dwelt. Here he remained six months, when the
+Santa Anna anchored in the bay, on her way to Norfolk Island and other
+islets of the South Sea in quest of seal skins. The restless Duaterra
+again embarked; he was put on shore on Norfolk Island at the head of a
+party of fourteen sailors, provided with a very scanty supply of water,
+bread, and salt provisions, to kill seals, while the ship sailed,
+intending to be absent but a short time, to procure potatoes and pork in
+New Zealand. On her return she was blown off the coast in a storm, and
+did not make the land for a month. The sealing party were now in the
+greatest distress, and accustomed as he was to hardship, Duaterra often
+spoke of the extreme suffering which he and his party had endured,
+while, for upwards of three months, they existed on a desert island with
+no other food than seals and sea fowls, and no water except when a
+shower of rain happened to fall. Three of his companions, two Europeans
+and one Tahitian, died under these distresses.
+
+At length the Santa Anna returned, having procured a valuable cargo of
+seal skins, and prepared to take her departure homewards. Duaterra had
+now an opportunity of gratifying an ardent desire he had for some time
+entertained of visiting that remote country from which so many vast
+ships were sent, and to see with his own eyes the great chief of so
+wonderful a people. He willingly risked the voyage, as a common sailor,
+to visit England and see king George. The Santa Anna arrived in the
+river Thames about July 1809, and Duaterra now requested that the
+captain would make good his promise, and indulge him with at least a
+sight of the king. Again he had a sad proof of the perfidiousness of
+Europeans. Sometimes he was told that no one was allowed to see king
+George; sometimes that his house could not be found. This distressed him
+exceedingly; he saw little of London, was ill-used, and seldom permitted
+to go on shore. In about fifteen days, the vessel had discharged her
+cargo, when the captain told him that he should put him on board the
+Ann, which had been taken up by government to convey convicts to New
+South Wales. The Ann had already dropped down to Gravesend, and Duaterra
+asked the master of the Santa Anna for some wages and clothing. He
+refused to give him any, telling him that the owners at Port Jackson
+would pay him in two muskets for his services on his arrival there; but
+even these he never received.
+
+Mr. Marsden was at this time in London, quite ignorant of the fact that
+the son of a New Zealand chief, in circumstances so pitiable, lay on
+board a South Sea whaler near London bridge. Their first meeting was on
+board the Ann, as we have stated, when she had been some days at sea.
+His sympathies were at once roused, and his indignation too; for it was
+always ill for the oppressor when he fell within the power of his stern
+rebuke. "I inquired," he says, "of the master where he met with him, and
+also of Duaterra what had brought him to England, and how he came to be
+so wretched and miserable. He told me that the hardships and wrongs
+which he had endured on board the Santa Anna were exceedingly great, and
+that the English sailors had beaten him very much, which was the cause
+of his spitting blood, and that the master had defrauded him of all his
+wages, and prevented his seeing the king. I should have been very happy,
+if there had been time, to call the master of the Santa Anna to account
+for his conduct, but it was too late. I endeavoured to soothe his
+afflictions, and assured him that he should be protected from insults,
+and that his wants should be supplied."
+
+By the kindness of those on board, Duaterra recovered, and was ever
+after truly grateful for the attention shown him. On their arrival at
+Sydney, Mr. Marsden took him into his house for six months, during which
+time he applied himself to agriculture; he then wished to return home,
+and embarked for New Zealand; but further perils and adventures were in
+prospect, and we shall have occasion to advert to them hereafter. For
+the present we leave him on his voyage to his island home.
+
+The Ann touched on her passage out at Rio Janeiro, and Mr. Marsden spent
+a short time on shore, where his active mind, already, one would
+suppose, burthened with cares and projects, discovered a new field of
+labour. The ignorance and superstition of a popish city stirred his
+spirit, like that of Paul at Athens. He wrote home to entreat the Church
+Missionary Society, if possible, to send them teachers; but this lay not
+within their province. From a letter of Sir George Grey's, addressed to
+himself, it appears that he had interested some members of the English
+government upon the subject, and that while at Rio he had been active in
+distributing the Scriptures.
+
+But he was now to resume his labours in Australia, where he arrived in
+safety, fondly calculating upon a long season of peaceful toil in his
+heavenly Master's service. His mind was occupied with various projects,
+both for the good of the colony and of the heathen round about. His own
+letters, simply and hastily thrown off in all the confidence of
+friendship, will show how eagerly he plunged, and with what a total
+absence of selfish considerations, into the work before him:
+
+    "To John Terry, Esq.                 "Paramatta, October 26, 1810.
+
+    "DEAR SIR.--I received your kind and affectionate letter, also a
+    bottle of wheat, with the Hull papers, from your brother; for all
+    of which I feel much indebted. We had a very fine passage, and I
+    found my affairs much better than I had any reason to expect. The
+    revolution had caused much distress to many families, and the
+    settlement has been thrown much back by this event. My wishes for
+    the general welfare of the colony have been more successful than I
+    expected they would be. The rising generation are now under
+    education in almost all parts of the country. The Catholic priests
+    have all left us, so that we have now the whole field to
+    ourselves. I trust much good will be done; some amongst us are
+    turning to the Lord. Our churches are well attended, which is
+    promising and encouraging to us. My colleagues are men of piety
+    and four of the schoolmasters. This will become a great country in
+    time, it is much favoured in its soil and climate. I am very
+    anxious for the instruction of the New Zealanders; they are a
+    noble race, vastly superior in understanding to anything you can
+    imagine a savage nation could attain. Mr. Hall, who was in Hull,
+    and came out with us with an intention to proceed to New Zealand
+    as a missionary, has not yet proceeded, in consequence of a
+    melancholy difference between the natives of that island and the
+    crew of a ship called the 'Boyd.' The ship was burnt, and all the
+    crew murdered; our people, it appears, were the first aggressors,
+    and dearly paid for their conduct towards the natives by the loss
+    of their lives and ship. I do not think that this awful event will
+    prevent the establishment of a mission at New Zealand. Time must
+    be allowed for the difference to be made up, and for confidence to
+    be restored. I wrote a letter to Mr. Hardcastle, and another to
+    Rev. J. Pratt, Secretary to the Society for Missions to Africa and
+    the East, and have pointed out to them the necessity of having a
+    ship constantly employed in visiting the islands in the South
+    Seas, for the convenience, safety, and protection of the
+    missionaries, either at Otaheite and New Zealand, or at any other
+    island upon which they may reside....
+
+      "Your's respectfully,
+        "(Signed) SAMUEL MARSDEN."
+
+Great projects are not to be accomplished without many disappointments.
+The first attempt is seldom the successful one. In spiritual things,
+this may be regarded as the established rule, or law, in accordance to
+which the Head of the church controls while he purifies his servants'
+zeal. They are made to feel their weakness. Where they expect honour
+they meet with opposition, perhaps with scorn. Their favourite plans are
+those which bring, for a time, the least success and the greatest
+anxiety. Thus they are taught the great lesson of their own weakness,
+and the only less important one of the insignificance of others in whom
+they trusted. And thus, too, in the painful but salutary school of
+adversity, they learn that the highest wisdom is, after all, simply to
+accept the cross of Christ, and to cast themselves on the unerring
+guidance of the Holy Spirit; and, in a word, "to cease from man."
+
+The new governor, General Macquarie, had arrived out a few months before
+Mr. Marsden. He was an able commander, and had the good of the colony
+much at heart; and he had a task of no little difficulty to perform, in
+reducing what was still a penal colony, just recovering from a state of
+insurrection, into order and obedience. His powers were great; he
+considered them absolute. Mr. Marsden, too, was justly tenacious of
+public morality and virtue, and still more so of the spiritual
+independence of the ministerial character. It seems that the rights of
+the governor on the one side, and those of the ministers of religion on
+the other, had not been accurately defined by the government at home,
+and thus a collision between two minds so firm and so resolute as those
+of the governor and Mr. Marsden, was inevitable. Occasions of difference
+soon arose; the governor anxious, we doubt not, to raise their character
+and elevate their position, with a view to the future welfare of the
+colony, placed several of the convicts on the magisterial bench, treated
+them with respect, and even invited them to his table. With these men,
+Mr. Marsden refused, as a magistrate, to act, or to meet them in society
+on equal terms. Some of them were notoriously persons of a bad and
+vicious life; while none of them, he thought, could, without gross
+impropriety, punish others judicially for the infraction of that law
+which they themselves had broken. He would gladly have resigned his
+magisterial office, but the governor knew the worth of his services, and
+refused to accept his resignation, which was repeatedly tendered. The
+new magistrates were of course offended, and became his bitter foes; and
+some of them harassed him for twenty years with slanders and libellous
+insults, until at length an appeal to the laws of his country vindicated
+his reputation and silenced his opponents. Differences of opinion may
+exist as to the wisdom of Governor Macquarie's conduct in these civil
+affairs, and many will perhaps justify his proceedings; but every
+right-minded man will condemn without hesitation the attempts which he
+made to lord it over the consciences of the established clergy and other
+Christian ministers in the colony, in the discharge of their purely
+ministerial work. He wished to dictate even to the pulpit. Mr. Marsden
+relates that he once sent for him to the Government-house, and commanded
+him to produce the manuscript of a sermon which he had preached nearly a
+year before: he did so; when the governor severely commented upon it,
+and returned it with the remark that one sentence, which it is more than
+probable he did not understand, was "almost downright blasphemy." The
+junior clergy were of course still more exposed to the same despotic
+interference. The governor wished to prescribe the hymns they should
+sing, as well as the doctrines they should teach; and he repeatedly
+insisted on their giving out, during divine service, secular notices of
+so improper a character, that the military officers in attendance
+expressed their disgust. Happy it was for the colony of New South Wales
+that he met with an opponent firm and fearless, and at the same time
+sound in the faith, such as the senior chaplain. On him menaces and
+flattery were lost. The governor, at one time, even threatened him with
+a court-martial; nor was the threat altogether an empty one, for he
+actually brought one of the junior chaplains, Mr. Vale, before a
+court-martial, and had him dismissed the colony. These are painful
+facts, and such as, at this distance of time, we should gladly pass over
+in silence; but, in that case, what could the reader know of the trials
+through which Mr. Marsden passed?
+
+Yet amidst all these distractions his letters testify that he possessed
+his soul in peace, and that "no root of bitterness, troubled" him. He
+speaks with respect of the governor, gives him credit for good
+intentions, and acknowledges the many benefits he conferred upon the
+colony; and when at length he was on the eve of returning home,
+Governor Macquarie himself bore testimony to the piety, integrity, and
+invaluable services of the only man who had dared patiently yet firmly
+to contend with him during a long course of years.
+
+The records of ministerial life offer little variety, but to pious minds
+they are not without interest. Mr. Marsden rose early, generally at four
+o'clock during the summer; and the morning hours were spent in his
+study. To a Christian minister a few hours of retirement in the morning
+are indispensable, or the mind is distracted and the day is lost. Very
+early rising is a question of health and constitution as well as of
+conscience, and we lay no burden upon those who cannot practise it. To
+those who can, the habit is invaluable. Three friends of Mr. Marsden
+present us with different examples in this matter. Simeon's twenty
+volumes of Horae Homilicae, or outlines of sermons, were all written
+between five and eight o'clock in the morning. Thomas Scott, the
+commentator, seldom had more than three hours a-day in his study and
+those three were early ones. Wilberforce on the other hand laments that
+he could do nothing till he had had his "full dose of sleep." Those who
+cannot rise early may still make the day long by turning to account the
+fragments of time and vacant half-hours which are so recklessly
+permitted by most men, especially strong men, to run to waste.
+
+In the early days of the colony, Mr. Marsden used to officiate in the
+morning at St. Philip's, Sydney. Roads were bad and conveyances scarce,
+and he often walked a distance of fifteen miles to Paramatta, where he
+conducted another service and preached again. His preaching is described
+as very plain, full of good sense and manly thought, and treating
+chiefly of the great foundation truths of the gospel. Man a lost sinner
+and needing conversion, Christ an Almighty Saviour pardoning sin, the
+Holy Ghost an all-sufficient sanctifier, guide, and comforter, carrying
+on the work of grace within the soul. Those who came to hear a great
+preacher went away disappointed; those who came to pass a listless hour
+were sometimes grievously disturbed. The authenticity of the following
+anecdote has been assured to us by Mr. Marsden's surviving friends.
+
+He was one day walking by the banks of the river, when a convict as he
+passed plunged into the water. Mr. Marsden threw off his coat, and in an
+instant plunged in after him and endeavoured to bring the man to land.
+He contrived however to get Mr. Marsden's head under the water, and a
+desperate struggle for life ensued between them; till Mr. Marsden, being
+the stronger of the two, not only succeeded in getting safe to shore but
+in dragging the man with him. The poor fellow, struck with remorse,
+confessed his intention. He had resolved to have his revenge on the
+senior chaplain, whose offence was that he had preached a sermon which
+had stung him to the quick; and he believed, as a sinner exasperated by
+the reflection of his own vices does frequently believe, that the
+preacher had meant to hold him up to the scorn of the congregation. He
+knew too that the sight of a drowning fellow-creature would draw out the
+instant help of one who never knew what fear was in the discharge of
+duty; and he threw himself into the stream confident of drowning Mr.
+Marsden, and then of making good his own escape. He became very
+penitent, was a useful member of society, and greatly attached to his
+deliverer, who afterwards took him into his own service, where he
+remained for some years. We cannot give a more painful illustration of
+the malignity with which he was pursued, than to state that the current
+version of this story in the colony was, that the convict had been
+unjustly punished by Mr. Marsden as a magistrate, and took this method
+of revenge.
+
+He made the most, too, of his opportunities. At a time when there were
+very few churches or clergymen, and the settlers were widely scattered
+over large tracts, he frequently made an itinerating ministerial visit
+amongst them. He was everywhere received with the greatest cordiality
+and respect. On arriving at a farm, a man on horseback was immediately
+dispatched to all the neighbours within ten or twelve miles to collect
+them for public worship. The settlers gladly availed themselves of these
+opportunities, and assembled, in numbers varying from sixty to eighty,
+when Divine service was conducted in a vacant barn or under the shade of
+a verandah. The next day, he proceeded twenty or twenty-five miles
+further on in the wilds, and again collected a congregation. These tours
+would often extend over ten days or a fortnight, and were repeated as
+his more settled duties permitted. Thus his name became a household
+word, pronounced with love and gratitude far beyond the limits of his
+parish, or even of the colony; and probably he found some of his most
+willing hearers amongst those to whom he thus carried in their solitude
+the glad tidings of a salvation which when offered to them week by week
+at home they had neglected or despised.
+
+Yet his duties as principal chaplain were not neglected. From a general
+government order, dated September, 1810, it appears that amongst them
+were those of an overseer, or chief pastor of the church. "The assistant
+chaplains are directed to consider themselves at all times under the
+immediate control and superintendence of the principal chaplain, and are
+to make such occasional reports to him respecting their clerical duties
+as he may think proper to require or call for." A high tribute to his
+worth under the circumstances in which he was placed by his opposition
+to the governor. The chaplains frequently sought his protection against
+arbitrary power, and he willingly fought their battles and his own in
+defence of liberty of conscience and the right of conducting God's
+worship undisturbed. His connexion with his clerical brethren seems to
+have been uniformly happy, and the same remark is true of the
+missionaries of various denominations, not a few in number, who, during
+a period of twenty years, were virtually under his control. He had
+undoubtedly the rare power of governing others in a very high degree,
+and it was done noiselessly and with a gentle hand; for the men who
+govern well seldom obtrude their authority in an offensive manner, or
+worry those they should control with a petty interference. He had the
+same kind of influence, and probably from the same cause, over the very
+horses in his carriage. He used, in driving from Sydney to Paramatta, to
+throw the reins behind the dash-board, take up his book, and leave them
+to themselves, his maxim being "that the horse that could not keep
+itself up was not worth driving." One of the pair was almost
+unmanageable in other hands, but it was remarked that "Captain" always
+conducted himself well when his master drove, and never had an
+accident.
+
+Amongst his strictly pastoral cares, two schools for orphans had a
+foremost place. A female orphan school was first proposed, and Mr.
+Marsden undertook the direction of the work, and became treasurer to the
+institution. From its formation in 1800 to the year 1821, two hundred
+children were admitted. It may be a question whether the children of
+living parents, however ignorant or even dissolute they may be, should
+be totally withdrawn from parental sympathies. The presence of a child
+may restrain, and its artless remonstrances are often known to touch, a
+vicious father or mother whom no other influence can reach; and Dr.
+Guthrie's recent experiment in Edinburgh seems to show us that the best
+method of Christianizing both child and parent is to instruct the former
+well by day, and to send him home at night a little missionary to his
+parents, where other teaching would be scorned. But in the case of
+orphans no such questions occur, and we must look upon an orphan school
+with unmixed satisfaction. A male orphan school followed in due course,
+in which the boys were instructed in some trade and then apprenticed. In
+both schools the moral and religious training was the chief
+consideration; yet Mr. Marsden's connexion with them was attributed by
+his enemies to a sordid motive, and even those in power, who should have
+known him better, gave public currency to these injurious reports.
+
+The fact was that when the institutions were founded the treasurer was
+allowed a small per centage upon the receipts, as a clerical fee or
+stipend; this he allowed to accumulate until he resigned the office,
+when he presented the whole sum to the institution. The committee
+absolutely refusing to accept it, he purchased cattle from the
+government to the full amount, and made a present of them to the orphan
+schools. Soon after his return from England it became necessary to erect
+new schools. The work was long and tedious, and owing to the want of
+labour in the colony, and the idle and drunken habits of the labourers,
+nearly ten years elapsed before they were completed, and the work too
+was often at a stand for want of funds. These, however, Mr.
+Marsden--whom no pecuniary obstacles could daunt--supplied, in a great
+measure, out of his own purse, till his advances amounted to nearly
+900_l._; and his disinterested conduct in the end occasioned him very
+considerable loss. To the latest period he never ceased to take the
+warmest interest in the prosperity of these institutions.
+
+"I am sure," says his daughter, "my father's parish was not neglected.
+He was well known to all his parishioners, as he was in the habit of
+constantly calling upon them. He was very attentive to the sick, whether
+at their own homes or at the government hospital. He also took great
+interest in the education of the young. It was through his
+instrumentality that many schools were established. His Sunday school,
+at the time of which I speak, was in a more efficient state than any I
+have since seen; but this my brother-in-law, the Rev. T. Hassell, had a
+great deal to do with, as he was then acting as my father's curate. The
+factory for the reception of female convicts was built entirely by his
+suggestion, and to their religious and moral improvement he devoted a
+good deal of his time. It was principally owing to his endeavours to get
+this and other institutions in good order that much of his discomfort
+with his fellow-magistrates and government officers arose."
+
+The aborigines of Australia were, even when the colony was first
+settled, comparatively few in number; and in painful conformity with
+universal experience, they have wasted away before the white man, and
+will probably disappear in time from the face of the earth. If the New
+Zealander stands highest in the scale of savage nature, the native
+Australian occupies perhaps the lowest place. So low, indeed, was their
+intellect rated, that when the phrenological system of Drs. Gall and
+Spurzheim began to occupy attention, some forty years ago, the skulls of
+several of them were sent over to England to be submitted to the
+manipulations of its professors, with a view of ascertaining whether the
+Creator had not thrust into existence a whole race of idiots--men who
+had neither reason to guide them on the one hand, nor well-developed
+instinct on the other. They are supposed to be a mixture of the Malay
+and negro races, but they have nothing of the muscular strength of the
+negro, nor of his mental pliancy, and both in body and mind are far
+below the pure Malay. In the infancy of the colony they rambled into the
+town of Port Jackson in a state of nudity, and when blankets were
+presented to them they were thrown aside as an incumbrance. They seemed
+to have no wants beyond those which the dart or spear--never out of
+their hands--could instantly supply. Their food was the opossum, but
+when this was not to be found they were by no means delicate; grubs,
+snakes, putrid whales, and even vermin were eagerly devoured, though
+fish and oysters were preferred. They are a nomad or wandering people,
+always moving from place to place in search of food, or from the mere
+love of change. During the winter, they erect a hut, resembling a
+beehive, of rude wicker-work besmeared with clay; but in general a mere
+hurdle, such as we use in England for penning sheep, placed to windward
+in the ground, is all their shelter; under this they lie with a fire
+kindled in the front of it. Our English stragglers have made themselves
+well acquainted with their habits, frequently living amongst them for
+weeks together in the bush. These all agree in admiration of the skill
+with which they throw the dart, which seldom misses, even from a child's
+hand, to strike its prey. They are peaceable and inoffensive to
+strangers, and kind to their "gins," or wives, and to their children,
+unless their savage natures are aroused, when they become horribly
+brutal and vindictive. Few savage tribes have been found whose ideas on
+religion are less distinct. They believe in a good spirit, _Royan_, and
+a bad one, _Potoyan_; but like all savages--like all men, we may say,
+either savage or civilized, who know not God--they dread the evil spirit
+far more than they love the good one. They offer no prayer, and have no
+worship or sacrifices. Civil government is unknown; authority in the
+tribe depends on personal strength or cunning. A wandering life with
+abundance of provisions, amongst their native woods, shores, and
+mountains, is the sum of all the little happiness they know or seek.
+
+Some efforts were made in the early period of the colony on their
+behalf. A district near Port Jackson was assigned them, and they were
+encouraged to reside in it; but it was very soon deserted. The roving
+habits of the aborigines made any settled residence irksome; and their
+wants were so few that they would neither engage in trade, nor submit to
+labour for the sake of wages. It retained the name of the Black Town for
+many years; but the black men have long since deserted it. Governor
+Macquarie, after consulting with Mr. Marsden, then attempted a farm,
+and, in connexion with it, a kind of reformatory school at Paramatta,
+where they were to be civilized and cured of their migratory habits, and
+instructed in the Christian religion. Mr. Marsden took a warm interest
+in the scheme, as he did in everything that concerned the welfare of the
+aborigines. Still it failed; for it was founded, as experience has
+shown, upon wrong principles. Mr. Marsden, however, is not to be blamed
+for this; since Governor Macquarie, having now conceived a violent
+prejudice against him, omitted his name from the committee of
+management, although the institution was placed in his own parish,
+introducing those of two junior chaplains; and it was not till the
+governor's retirement that he took an active part in its affairs. But
+the character of the institution was then fixed, and its approaching
+failure was evident.
+
+Two faults were interwoven with it, either of which must have proved
+fatal. In the first place, the attempt to confine a nomad, wandering
+tribe within the precincts of a farm, or to bring them to endure, except
+it had been by force, the discipline of lads in an English workhouse,
+was upon the very face of it absurd. These, we must remember, were the
+early days of English philanthropy amongst wild black men. She had yet
+to make her blunders and learn her first lessons. Why should a nomad
+race be settled upon the workhouse plan, or even confined to an English
+farm? Why should they not rather be encouraged to dwell in tents, carry
+civilization with them into their own woods and mountains, and, roam,
+free and fearless, over those vast regions which God had given them to
+possess, until at last they themselves shall wish to adopt the settled
+habits of European Christians? A roving life in the wilderness is not
+of necessity an idle or a barbarous one. Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob were
+highly civilized, and eminently devout. "Arabians" and "dwellers in
+Mesopotamia," wanderers of the desert, heard the word with gladness, and
+received the Holy Ghost upon the day of Pentecost. But we do not read
+that they were required to live in cities, and abandon the
+long-cherished wilderness, with all its solemn associations and grand
+delights. And we have not so mean an opinion of Christianity as to
+believe that it can thrive only in towns well paved and lighted, or in
+farms neatly fenced and artificially cultivated. The true missionary
+must track the wandering savage into the desert, and there make himself
+his guide and friend; and teach him that the gospel of Jesus Christ is
+indeed of God, inasmuch as it is fitted, as no human contrivance can be
+fitted, for man, whatever his outward circumstances or his mode of life;
+that it knows no difference between the dweller in the tent, and in
+"cities, tall and fenced up to heaven." "Barbarian, Scythian, bond or
+free," are all alike welcome to its blessings; and we can see no good
+reason why there should not be Christian tribes in the wilderness, as
+there were patriarchal churches in the plains of the Euphrates, long
+before the law was given on Mount Sinai.
+
+The other mistake was the same which has tainted other missions in their
+infancy, and to which we have made some allusion. It was thought
+necessary to prepare the savage mind for Christianity, by the
+preliminary discipline of a civilizing process. This is inverting the
+order in which God proceeds: "The entrance of thy word giveth light."
+When the voice of God speaks within, and not before, the demoniac quits
+"his dwelling amongst the tombs;" no longer "tears off his raiment" like
+a brute beast, unconscious of shame; ceases to be "exceeding fierce,"
+and is now found "sitting at the feet of Jesus, clothed, and in his
+right mind." A few efforts upon this, the right evangelical principle as
+we conceive, have been made from time to time amongst these degraded
+aborigines; but the success has not been great. A wide field still
+remains, thinly peopled and spiritually uncultivated. If these lines
+should be read by our Christian friends in Australia, to them we would
+venture to commend the glorious enterprise. Let there be one colony at
+least in which the aborigines shall share the intruder's prosperity. Let
+the vast centre of the Australian continent one day rejoice in its
+thronging tribes of Christian aborigines.
+
+Mr. Marsden's view of the native character may be gathered from the
+following statement, which he published in self-defence when charged
+with indifference as to their conversion. "More than twenty years ago, a
+native lived with me at Paramatta, and for a while I thought I could
+make something of him; but at length he got tired, and no inducement
+could prevail upon him to continue in my house; he took to the bush
+again, where he has continued ever since. One of my colleagues, the Rev.
+R. Johnstone, took two native girls into his house, for the express
+purpose of educating them; they were fed and clothed like Europeans; but
+in a short time they went into the woods again. Another native, named
+Daniel, was taken when a boy into the family of Mrs. C.; he was taken to
+England; mixed there with the best society, and could speak English
+well; but on his return from England he reverted to his former wild
+pursuits." In reply to the inquiries made by Mr. Marsden, who once met
+Daniel after he returned to his savage state, he said; "The natives
+universally prefer a free and independent life, with all its privations,
+to the least restraint." Without multiplying instances quoted by Mr.
+Marsden, the trial he made with an infant shows that his heart was not
+unfriendly towards these people. "One of my boys, whom I attempted to
+civilize, was taken from its mother's breast, and brought up with my own
+children for twelve years; but he retained his instinctive taste for
+native food; and he wanted that attachment to me and my family that we
+had just reason to look for; and always seemed deficient in those
+feelings of affection which are the very bonds of social life." This boy
+ran away at Rio from Mr. Marsden, when returning from England in 1810,
+but was brought back to the colony by Captain Piper; and died in the
+Sydney hospital, exhibiting Christian faith and penitence. "I mentioned
+to the governor," he adds, "some of these circumstances, but not with
+any view to create difficulties; so far from it, that I informed him
+that I was authorized by the Church Missionary Society to assist any
+plan with pecuniary aid, that was likely to benefit the natives of the
+colony." A mission was in fact set on foot by this Society; but from
+various causes, it failed, and was abandoned.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VI.
+
+    Mr. Marsden's correspondence with the London Missionary
+    Society--Buys the brig Active--His first Voyage to New
+    Zealand--Journal of Events.
+
+
+Richard Baxter, after describing his ministerial labours at
+Kidderminster in preaching and visiting from house to house, has these
+remarkable words: "But all these, my labours, even preaching and
+preparing for it, were but my recreations, and, as it were, the work of
+my spare hours; for my writings were my chiefest daily labour." Mr.
+Marsden had his recreations, too. Amidst the anxieties of his colonial
+chaplaincy he found or made opportunities to conduct a work which of
+itself would have been sufficient to exhaust the energies and to
+immortalize the memory of any other man. We devote this chapter to a
+short, and, of necessity, imperfect sketch of these his _recreations_ in
+the missionary field.
+
+On his return from England in 1810, he found disastrous tidings of the
+Tahitian mission awaiting his arrival. Disheartened by their utter want
+of success, divided amongst themselves, distracted with fears of danger
+from the natives, several of the missionaries had fled from their posts,
+and taken refuge in New South Wales. The work appeared to be on the eve
+of ruin, and it was owing in no small measure to the firmness and wise
+conduct of Mr. Marsden that it was not, for a time at least, abandoned.
+"Sooner," he exclaims, in one of his letters to the Society at home,
+"than _that_ shall be the case, I will give up my chaplaincy, and go
+myself and live at Otaheite." Yet it was no easy task to inspire others
+with his own courage, or to impart his hopeful spirit to a desponding
+band of men. He felt the difficulty, and acted towards them in the most
+considerate manner. Instead of at once insisting on their return, he
+received them into his family, where it is scarcely necessary to say
+they were treated with that patriarchal hospitality for which the
+parsonage of Paramatta was famed. When a few months had passed, and
+their spirits were cheered and their health restored, the question of
+their return to Tahiti was introduced and quietly discussed. Their kind
+and pious host had never for an instant doubted of their ultimate
+success. We have perused numerous letters addressed by him to the London
+Missionary Society, and to various friends in England; but in not one of
+them is the shadow of a doubt expressed as to the triumph of the gospel
+in Tahiti and the Society Islands; and we may extend the remark to the
+New Zealand mission, as shown by his correspondence with the Church
+Missionary Society a few years later. About this period a reaction had
+taken place in England amongst religious people. The fond hopes they had
+unwisely entertained of seeing vast results wherever the gospel was
+introduced among the heathen and upon the first proclamation of it, had
+been grievously disturbed; and now the tide ran in the opposite
+direction. Nothing appears to have given Mr. Marsden more uneasiness
+than the general lukewarmness of the church of Christ at home, and their
+despondency as to the success of missions. He speaks of his "anxious
+days and sleepless nights." But his own courage never failed; and this
+high undoubting faith, it is beautiful to observe, rests always on the
+same foundation. It was not, much as he respected them, his confidence
+either in the Societies at home, or in their missionaries abroad, but
+simply in the promises of God, in the power of the gospel, and in the
+unchanging love of Christ for his "inheritance" among the heathen. Thus
+the missionaries were induced to return to their deserted posts; and not
+only so, but to resume their work in a higher spirit of faith and
+cheerfulness. It was not long before hopeful signs broke out, and within
+ten years Pomare the sovereign became a Christian king, and the island
+of Tahiti a Christian land.
+
+The distance of these missions from Australia, and the difficulty of
+communicating with them, suggested to Mr. Marsden the advantage of
+employing a vessel entirely on missionary service. When his mind was
+once made up he lost no time; the consent of the Societies in England
+could not all at once be gained; so he resolved, at his own cost, to
+purchase a missionary ship, the first probably that ever floated on the
+deep, and bought the Active, a brig of a hundred tons burden, for the
+service of the two great missions on which his heart was fixed. The
+following letter, addressed to the Rev. George Burder, though written
+two years later, is introduced here to complete our summary of the
+re-establishment of the Tahitian mission:
+
+                                             "Paramatta, June 9, 1815.
+
+    "REV. AND DEAR SIR,--I received a short letter from you by the
+    late arrivals, and found you had not got any very interesting
+    accounts from the brethren at Otaheite. The last account I had
+    from them, they were going on exceedingly well, and the Lord was
+    owning and blessing their labours. You will hear I lately visited
+    New Zealand, and also my views of that island. Finding that the
+    Societies in London could not make up their minds, neither as a
+    body nor as individuals, to send out a vessel, I at last
+    determined to purchase one for the purpose on my own account. The
+    various expenses attending it have created me some little
+    pecuniary difficulties; but they are only known to myself, and not
+    such as will be attended with any serious consequence. I hope in a
+    little time I shall be able to surmount them; whether I shall keep
+    the vessel in my own hands or not, I am not certain as yet. I
+    cannot do it without some assistance at the first; if I could, I
+    certainly would not trouble any of my friends. The vessel has been
+    twice at New Zealand, and is gone a third time. When she returns I
+    intend her to visit the brethren at Otaheite. It is my intention
+    that she should sail in August next to Otaheite. The brethren
+    there have been labouring hard to build a vessel for themselves,
+    which is almost completed. I have agreed to take a share with them
+    in her. During the time the brethren have been building their
+    vessel, the work of the Lord appears to have prospered very much,
+    far beyond all expectation."
+
+He adds, "I estimate the expenses of the vessel at 1500_l._ per annum,
+and I think, if I am not mistaken in my views, that her returns will not
+be less than 1000_l._ per annum, and perhaps more. I may venture to say
+I should not call on the two Societies for more than the sum I have
+stated, namely, 500_l._ per annum from this time. I will not demand
+anything if the returns cover the expenses for the use of the vessel."
+These returns were to be obtained by "freighting the Active with the
+produce of the industry of the natives, and trading with them in
+return." This would "stimulate their exertions, correct their vagrant
+minds, and enrich them with the comforts and conveniences of civil
+life." The letter closes with suggesting yet another mission; for the
+large heart of the writer saw in the approaching triumph of the gospel
+in his favourite missions only a call to fresh exertions. Even as Paul,
+when he had "fully preached from Jerusalem round about unto Illyricum,"
+sighed after fresh labours, and still remoter conquests for his Lord. "I
+wish to mention to you that it would be a great object if the Society
+would turn their thoughts a little to the Friendly Islands. New Zealand
+being on one side, and the Society Islands on the other, with labourers
+now upon them, the Friendly Islands ought not to be left destitute.
+These islands are very populous, and as the London Missionary Society
+first began the work there, I think they should renew their attempt. I
+cannot recommend any establishment upon any of the islands in the South
+Seas, unless commerce is more or less attended to, in order to call
+forth the industry of the natives. Provided the Society as a body will
+not consent to have anything to do with commerce, I see no reason why a
+few pious friends might not, who wish to aid the missionary cause. You
+cannot form a nation without commerce and the civil arts. A person of
+information who is well acquainted with the Friendly Islands informed me
+that the labour of a hundred thousand men might be brought into action
+upon these islands in producing sugar, cordage, cotton, etc.... A
+hundred thousand men will never form themselves into any regular
+society, and enjoy the productions of their country without commerce.
+Should the Society have any doubts upon the point, let them authorize an
+inquiry into the state of these islands, when there is an opportunity
+to examine them, and a report of their inhabitants and their productions
+laid out before them." Mr. Marsden then describes the openings at New
+Zealand, and concludes a long letter thus: "I have stated my sentiments
+with great haste. You will excuse the hasty scrawl. I can assure you my
+sincere wish and prayer to the great Head of the church is that all may
+prosper that love him. I am, dear sir, yours affectionately,
+S. MARSDEN."
+
+A postscript adds:--
+
+    "Since writing this letter, I have determined to keep the Active
+    in my own hands."
+
+Let us now turn to the New Zealand mission, which occupied, from this
+time, so large a portion of Mr. Marsden's public life.
+
+We have mentioned the designation of two laymen, Messrs. Hall and King,
+for this mission by the Church Missionary Society in 1808. They sailed
+from England, with Mr. Marsden, in 1810, and were soon after followed by
+Mr. Kendall, and the three assembled at New South Wales, intending to
+sail thence without delay for the scene of their future work. But here
+fresh difficulties arose. Mr. Marsden's intention was to accompany them,
+and in person to meet the first dangers, and lay, as it were, the first
+stone. But this the new governor absolutely forbade. To him, and in fact
+to most men in his circumstances, the whole scheme seemed utterly
+preposterous. The idea of converting the savages of New Zealand was the
+chimera of a pious enthusiast--a good and useful man in his way, but one
+who was not to be allowed thus idly to squander the lives of others, to
+say nothing of his own. Nor in truth were the governor's objections
+altogether without foundation. The last news from New Zealand was that
+an English ship, the Boyd, had been seized and burned by the cannibals
+in the Bay of Islands, and every soul on board, seventy in all, killed
+and eaten. The report was true, save only that, out of the whole of the
+ship's company, two women and a boy had been spared to live in slavery
+with the savages. A New Zealand chief had sailed on board, as it
+afterwards appeared, and had been treated with brutal indignities
+similar to those which Duaterra suffered from the captain of the Santa
+Anna. He smothered his resentment, and, waiting the return of the Boyd
+to the Bay of Islands, summoned his tribe, who, on various pretences,
+crowded the deck of the ship, and at a given signal rushed upon the
+crew, dispatched them with their clubs and hatchets, and then gorged
+themselves and their followers on the horrible repast. All then that Mr.
+Marsden could obtain at present was permission to charter a vessel, if a
+captain could be found sufficiently courageous to risk his life and ship
+in such an enterprise, and to send out the three missionaries as
+pioneers; with a reluctant promise from the governor that if on the
+ship's return, all had turned out well, he should not be hindered from
+following. For some time no such adventurous captain could be found. At
+length, for the sum of 600_l._ for a single voyage, an offer was made,
+but Mr. Marsden looked upon the sum as far too much; and this, with
+other considerations, induced him to purchase his own missionary brig,
+the Active, in which Messrs. Hall and Kendall finally set sail for the
+Bay of Islands. They carried a message to Duaterra, entreating him to
+receive them kindly, and inviting him, too, to return with them to
+Paramatta, bringing along with him two or three friendly chiefs.
+
+Duaterra, after his visit to Mr. Marsden, on his way from England, had
+again suffered great hardships from the perfidy of the master of the
+Frederick, with whom he had embarked from New South Wales under an
+express engagement to be set on shore at the Bay of Islands, where his
+tribe dwelt. He was carried to Norfolk Island, and there left; and, to
+aggravate his wrongs and sorrows, the vessel passed within two miles of
+his own shores and in sight of his long lost home. He was defrauded too
+of his share of the oil he had procured with his companions, worth
+100_l_. A whaler found him on Norfolk Island, almost naked and in the
+last stage of want, and brought him once more to Australia and to his
+friend and patron Mr. Marsden. A short stay sufficed; he sailed again
+from Sydney, and soon found himself, to his great joy, amongst his
+friends in New Zealand. On the arrival of the Active with its
+missionaries--the first messengers of Christ who landed on its
+shores--he was there to greet them, and to repay, a thousandfold, the
+kindness of his friend the minister of Paramatta, in the welcome he
+secured for these defenceless strangers. They carried with them too a
+present which, trifling as it may seem, was not without its share of
+influence in the great work; the story is suggestive, and may serve a
+higher purpose than merely to amuse the reader.
+
+Duaterra had been provided by Mr. Marsden with a supply of wheat for
+sowing on his return to New Zealand. No such thing as a field of grain
+of any kind had yet waved its golden ears on that fertile soil. To this
+accomplished savage the honour belongs of first introducing agriculture
+into an island destined, within forty years, to rival the best farms of
+England both in the value of its crops and the variety of its produce.
+The neighbouring chiefs and their tribes viewed with wonder first the
+green ears and then the growing corn. The wild potato, the fern, and a
+few other roots were the only produce of the earth they were yet
+acquainted with, and when Duaterra assured them that his field of wheat
+was to yield the flour out of which the bread and biscuits they had
+tasted on English ships were made, they tore up several plants,
+expecting to find something resembling their own potato at the root.
+That the ears themselves should furnish the materials for a loaf was not
+to be believed. Duaterra meant to impose upon them, or else he had been
+duped himself, but they were not to be cajoled with the tales of a
+traveller. The field was reaped and the corn threshed out, when Duaterra
+was mortified with the discovery that he was not provided with a mill.
+He made several attempts to grind his corn with the help of a
+coffee-mill borrowed from a trading-ship, but without success; and now,
+like the inventor of steam navigation, and other benefactors of their
+species nearer home, he was laughed at for his simplicity. It is strange
+that the ancient Roman _quern_, a hollow stone in which the grain was
+pounded, the rudest form in fact of the pestle and mortar, should not
+have occurred to him; but the total want of invention is an invariable
+characteristic of savage nature. At length the Active brought the
+important present of a hand-mill for grinding corn. Duaterra's friends
+assembled to watch the experiment, still incredulous of the promised
+result; but when the meal began to stream out beneath the machine their
+astonishment was unbounded; and when a cake was produced, hastily baked
+in a frying-pan, they shouted and danced for joy, Duaterra was now to
+be trusted when he told them that the missionaries were good men. And
+thus the first favourable impression was made upon the savage Maories,
+whose race was in the next generation to become a civilized and
+Christian people.
+
+Messrs Hall and Kendall, having introduced themselves and their mission
+in New Zealand, now, in obedience to their instructions, returned to
+Sydney accompanied by Duaterra and six other chiefs, amongst whom was
+Duaterra's uncle the famous Shunghie, or Hongi, the most powerful of New
+Zealand chieftains; such was the confidence which Mr. Marsden's name,
+together with the good conduct of the missionaries, had now inspired.
+The Active reached New South Wales on the 22nd of August, 1814. Nothing
+could exceed the joy which Mr. Marsden experienced on the successful
+termination of the voyage, and being filled with an earnest desire to
+promote the dissemination of the gospel amongst the New Zealanders, and
+having obtained the governor's permission, he determined to accompany
+the missionaries on their return to the Bay of Islands. To his friend,
+Avison Terry, Esq., he wrote just before he sailed, Oct. 7, 1814--"It is
+my intention to visit New Zealand and see what can be done to promote
+the eternal welfare of the inhabitants of that island. I have now
+several of the chiefs living with me at Paramatta. They are as noble a
+race of men as are to be met with in any part of the world. I trust I
+shall be able, in some measure, to put a stop to those dreadful murders
+which have been committed upon the island for some years past, both by
+the Europeans and the natives. They are a much injured people,
+notwithstanding all that has been advanced against them. The time is
+now come, in my opinion, for them to be favoured with the everlasting
+gospel; and I trust to hear the joyful sound in those dark and dreary
+regions of sin and spiritual bondage. I have long had the most ardent
+wish to visit these poor heathen, but have never till the present time
+obtained permission. I have submitted my views to the Church Missionary
+Society, and solicited their aid. The expense of establishing a mission
+here will at first be very considerable." ... [Here he mentions his
+purchase of the Active, etc.] "Should the Society approve of my views,
+no doubt they will give their support, but if they cannot enter into
+them in the manner I do, I cannot expect that assistance from them which
+may be required. My own means will enable me to set the mission on foot
+in the first instance, and I have little doubt but it will succeed."
+Zeal such as this, tempered with discretion and guided by the "wisdom
+which cometh from above," in answer to many believing prayers, could
+scarcely fail of its sure reward.
+
+On the 19th of November, 1814, he embarked on his great mission, with a
+motley crew, such as (except perhaps on some other missionary ship) has
+seldom sailed in one small vessel--savages and Christian teachers and
+enterprising mechanics, their wives and children, besides cattle and
+horses. Of this strangely assorted company he gives the following
+description: "The number of persons on board the Active, including women
+and children, was thirty-five; the master, his wife and son, Messrs.
+Kendall, Hall, and King, with their wives and children, eight New
+Zealanders, (including Duaterra and his uncle the great warrior Shunghie
+or Hongi) two Otaheitans, and four Europeans belonging to the vessel,
+besides Mr. John Lydiard Nicholas and myself; there were also two
+sawyers, one smith, and a runaway convict whom we afterwards found on
+board, a horse and two mares, one bull and two cows, with a few sheep
+and poultry. The bull and cows have been presented by Governor Macquarie
+from his Majesty's herd." On the 15th December, they were in sight of
+land; the next day, the chiefs were sent on shore, and a friendly
+communication was at once opened with the natives. But even before they
+had landed "a canoe came alongside the Active, with plenty of fish, and
+shortly afterwards a chief followed from the shore, who immediately came
+on board." Mr. Marsden's fame, as the friend of the New Zealanders, had
+arrived before him. "I told them my name, with which they were all well
+acquainted.... We were now quite free from all fear, as the natives
+seemed desirous to show us attention by every possible means in their
+power." The Active dropped her anchor a few days after at Wangaroa, near
+the Bay of Islands, the scene of the massacre of the Boyd's crew, and
+there amongst the very cannibals by whose hands their countrymen had
+fallen so recently the first Christian mission to New Zealand was
+opened. A fierce and unholy revenge had been taken, in the murder of
+Tippahee, a native chieftain, and all his family, by an English crew who
+had visited Wangaroa after the Boyd's destruction, and Tippahee, as Mr.
+Marsden always maintained, suffered unjustly, having had no share in the
+dreadful massacre. But thus it was; and amongst a people so exasperated
+did these servants of the most high God venture forth as the heralds of
+the gospel. Seldom since the words of the prophet were first uttered
+have they had, in reference to missionaries, a more significant, or a
+more correct appropriation than they now received. "How beautiful upon
+the mountains are the feet of him that bringeth good tidings, that
+publisheth peace; that bringeth good tidings of good, that publisheth
+salvation."
+
+Mr. Marsden's journal of this his first visit to New Zealand is a
+document of singular interest, and when published at the time in
+England, it made a deep impression. It is written in plain and forcible
+language, and is characterized by that vein of good sense and practical
+wisdom which so distinguished him. There is no display of his own
+sufferings, trials and privations, no affectation of laboured and
+studied expression, no highly coloured and partial representation of the
+savage condition of the natives. All his aim is to lay the truth before
+the Society and the friends of missions, and in doing so he has written
+with a degree of accuracy and honest feeling, which while they inform
+the understanding at once reach the heart. From this unpretending
+record, a few selections will be laid before the reader. And here, too,
+we would, once for all, acknowledge our obligations to his "companion in
+travel," J. L. Nicholas, Esq., to whose manuscript journal of the visit
+to New Zealand, as well indeed as for other communications of great
+interest on the subject of Mr. Marsden's life and labours, we shall be
+much indebted through the future pages of our work.
+
+Duaterra and Shunghie had often told of the bloody war, arising out of
+the affair of the Boyd, that was raging, while they were at Paramatta,
+between the people of Wangaroa (the tribe of Tippahee) and the
+inhabitants of the Bay of Islands, who were their own friends and
+followers; the Wangaroans accusing the people of the Bay of Islands of
+having conspired with the English in the murder of Tippahee. When the
+Active arrived, several desperate battles had been fought, and the war
+was likely to continue.
+
+Mr. Marsden was determined to establish peace amongst these contending
+tribes. He was known already as the friend of Duaterra and Shunghie; he
+now felt that he must convince the other party of his good intentions.
+He did not come amongst them as an ally of either, but as the friend of
+both; he resolved therefore to pass some time with the Wangaroans; and
+with a degree of intrepidity truly astonishing even in him, not only
+ventured on shore, but actually passed the night, accompanied by his
+friend Mr. Nicholas alone, with the very savages who had killed and
+eaten his countrymen. After a supper of fish and potatoes in the camp of
+Shunghie, they walked over to the hostile camp distant about a mile.
+They received the two white strangers very cordially. "We sat down
+amongst them, and the chiefs surrounded us." Mr. Marsden then introduced
+the subject of his embassy, explained the object of the missionaries in
+coming to live amongst them, and showed how much peace would conduce in
+every way to the welfare of all parties. A chief, to whom the Europeans
+gave the name of George, acted as interpreter; he had sailed on board an
+English ship, and spoke English well. Mr. Marsden tells us how the first
+night was passed: "As the evening advanced the people began to retire to
+rest in different groups. About eleven o'clock Mr. Nicholas and I
+wrapped ourselves in our great coats, and prepared for rest. George
+directed me to lie by his side. His wife and child lay on the right
+hand, and Mr. Nicholas close by. The night was clear; the stars shone
+bright, and the sea in our front was smooth; around us were innumerable
+spears stuck upright in the ground, and groups of natives lying in all
+directions, like a flock of sheep upon the grass, as there were neither
+tents nor huts to cover them. I viewed our present situation with
+sensations and feelings that I cannot express, surrounded by cannibals
+who had massacred and devoured our countrymen. I wondered much at the
+mysteries of providence, and how these things could be. Never did I
+behold the blessed advantage of civilization in a more grateful light
+than now. I did not sleep much during the night. My mind was too
+seriously occupied by the present scene, and the new and strange ideas
+it naturally excited. About three in the morning I rose and walked about
+the camp, surveying the different groups of natives. When the morning
+light returned we beheld men, women, and children, asleep in all
+directions like the beasts of the field. I had ordered the boat to come
+on shore for us at daylight; and soon after Duaterra arrived in the
+camp."
+
+In the morning he gave an invitation to the chiefs to breakfast on board
+the Active, which they readily accepted. "At first I entertained doubts
+whether the chiefs would trust themselves with us or not, on account of
+the Boyd, lest we should detain them when we had them in our power; but
+they showed no signs of fear, and went on board with apparent
+confidence. The axes, billhooks, prints, etc., I intended to give them
+were all got ready after breakfast; the chiefs were seated in the cabin
+in great form to receive the presents, I sat on the one side, and they
+on the other side of the table; Duaterra stood and handed me each
+article separately that I was to give them. Messrs. Kendall, Hall, and
+King, with the master of the Active and his son, were all one after the
+other introduced to the chiefs. The chiefs were at the same time
+informed what duty each of the three persons were appointed to do. Mr.
+Kendall to instruct their children, Mr. Hall to build houses, boats,
+etc., Mr. King to make fishing lines, and Mr. Hanson to command the
+Active, which would be employed in bringing axes and such things as were
+wanted from Sydney, to enable them to cultivate their lands and improve
+their country. When these ceremonies were over, I expressed my hope that
+they would have no more wars, but from that time would be reconciled to
+each other. Duaterra, Shunghie, and Koro Koro shook hands with the
+chiefs of Wangaroa, and saluted each other as a token of reconciliation
+by joining their noses together. I was much gratified to see these men
+at amity once more."
+
+The chieftains now took their leave, much pleased with the attention of
+Mr. Marsden, and still more so with his presents; and they promised for
+the future to protect the missionaries and never to injure the European
+traders. Some of the presents excited no little wonder; no New
+Zealander, except the few who like Duaterra had been on foreign travel,
+had ever seen either cows or horses, for the largest quadruped yet
+naturalized in the island was the pig, and even that had been introduced
+but recently. Duaterra had often told his wondering countrymen of the
+horse and its rider, and in return was always laughed at; but when the
+horses were now landed and Mr. Marsden actually mounted one of them,
+they stood in crowds and gazed in mute astonishment. These traits of
+infant civilization are not without their use to those who may hereafter
+be cast among barbarous tribes, or may attempt their improvement.
+
+The first Sunday on which the one true God was worshipped in New Zealand
+since the creation, will be for ever memorable in her annals. It was
+also Christmas-day, the 25th of December, 1815, "a day much to be
+remembered." Mr. Marsden thus describes it: "Duaterra passed the
+remaining part of the previous day in preparing for the sabbath. He
+inclosed about half an acre of land with a fence, erected a pulpit and
+reading desk in the centre, and covered the whole either with black
+native cloth or some duck which he had brought with him from Port
+Jackson. He also procured some bottoms of old canoes, and fixed them up
+as seats on each side of the pulpit, for the Europeans to sit upon;
+intending to have divine service performed there the next day. These
+preparations he made of his own accord; and in the evening informed me
+that everything was ready for divine service. I was much pleased with
+this singular mark of his attention. The reading-desk was about three
+feet from the ground, and the pulpit about six feet. The black cloth
+covered the top of the pulpit, and hung over the sides; the bottom of
+the pulpit, as well as the reading-desk, was part of a canoe. The whole
+was becoming, and had a solemn appearance. He had also erected a
+flagstaff on the highest hill in the village, which had a very
+commanding view.
+
+"On Sunday morning, when I was upon deck, I saw the English flag flying,
+which was a pleasing sight in New Zealand. I considered it as the signal
+and the dawn of civilization, liberty and religion, in that dark and
+benighted land. I never viewed the British colours with more
+gratification; and flattered myself they would never be removed, till
+the natives of that island enjoyed all the happiness of British
+subjects.
+
+"About ten o'clock we prepared to go ashore, to publish for the first
+time the glad tidings of the gospel. I was under no apprehension for the
+safety of the vessel; and, therefore, ordered all on board to go on
+shore to attend divine service, except the master and one man. When we
+landed, we found Koro Koro, Duaterra, and Shunghie, dressed in
+regimentals, which Governor Macquarie had given them, with their men
+drawn up, ready to be marched into the inclosure to attend divine
+service. They had their swords by their sides, and switches in their
+hands. We entered the inclosure, and were placed on the seats on each
+side of the pulpit. Koro Koro marched his men, and placed them on my
+right hand, in the rear of the Europeans: and Duaterra placed his men on
+the left. The inhabitants of the town, with the women and children, and
+a number of other chiefs, formed a circle round the whole. A very solemn
+silence prevailed--the sight was truly impressive. I rose up and began
+the service with singing the Old Hundredth Psalm; and felt my very soul
+melt within me when I viewed my congregation, and considered the state
+they were in. After reading the service, during which the natives stood
+up and sat down at the signals given by Koro Koro's switch, which was
+regulated by the movements of the Europeans, it being Christmas day, I
+preached from the second chapter of St. Luke's gospel and tenth verse,
+'Behold, I bring you glad tidings of great joy," etc. The natives told
+Duaterra that they could not understand what I meant. He replied, that
+they were not to mind that now, for they would understand by-and-by; and
+that he would explain my meaning as far as he could. When I had done
+preaching, he informed them what I had been talking about. Duaterra was
+very much pleased that he had been able to make all the necessary
+preparations for the performance of divine worship in so short a time,
+and we felt much obliged to him for his attention. He was extremely
+anxious to convince us that he would do everything in his power, and
+that the good of his country was his principal consideration.
+
+"In this manner, the gospel has been introduced into New Zealand; and I
+fervently pray that the glory of it may never depart from its
+inhabitants till time shall be no more."
+
+The confidence of the natives in Mr. Marsden was now unbounded, and
+scarcely less was the confidence he reposed in them; and he resolved
+upon a short coasting voyage, with the view of exploring their different
+harbours, and making arrangements for the future extension of the
+mission. Many of the chiefs and warriors, led by Duaterra, wished to
+sail with him, and without the slightest misgiving, twenty-eight
+savages, fully armed after the fashion of their country, were invited on
+board the Active, manned as she was by only seven Europeans. "I do not
+believe," Mr. Nicholas observes, "that a similar instance can be shown
+of such unlimited confidence placed in a race of savages known to be
+cannibals. We are wholly in their power, and what is there to hinder
+them from abusing it? Next to the overruling providence of God, there is
+nothing but the character of the ship, which seems to have something
+almost sacred in their eyes, and the influence of Mr. Marsden's name,
+which acts as a talisman amongst them. They feel convinced that he is
+sacrificing his own ease and comfort to promote their welfare."
+
+Their leave of absence having nearly expired, Mr. Marsden and his
+companions were now obliged to prepare for their voyage homeward. They
+had laid the foundations of a great work--how great, none of them could
+tell. But they were full of faith in God, while, as patriots, they
+exulted in the prospect of extending the renown of dear old England. Mr.
+Marsden, in his conversations with the natives, explained to them the
+nature of our government, and the form of trial by jury; he discoursed
+with them upon the evils of polygamy, and showed his marked abhorrence
+of their darling vices--theft and lying. A chisel being lost from the
+Active a boat was sent on shore, manned by Duaterra and other
+chieftains, to demand restitution; the culprit was not found, nor the
+implement restored; but a whole village was aroused from its slumbers at
+midnight, and the inhabitants literally trembled with fear of the
+consequences when they saw the angry chieftains, though no harm was
+permitted to ensue. An example of high integrity was always set. Mr.
+Marsden might, for instance, have obtained land, or timber, or, in
+short, whatever he required in exchange for ammunition and muskets; but
+he sternly interdicted the sale or barter of these articles upon any
+terms whatever, and to this resolution he always adhered. Again and
+again does he express his determination, as well in this its earliest
+stage as in later periods of the mission, rather to abandon the whole
+work, which was far dearer to him than life itself, than to suffer it to
+be tainted by what he considered so nefarious a barter. "I further told
+them," he says, "that the smith should make axes or hoes, or any other
+tools they wanted; but that he was on no account to repair any pistols
+or muskets, or make any warlike instruments, no not even for the
+greatest chiefs upon the island." And he "took an opportunity, upon all
+occasions, to impress upon their minds the horrors their cannibalism
+excited; how much their nation was disgraced by it, and dreaded on this
+account."
+
+One thing still remained to be done. The missionaries possessed no land,
+and were liable, after his departure, to be removed or driven out at the
+mere caprice of the tribes amongst whom they settled. He therefore
+determined, if possible, to purchase for them a small estate. It
+consisted of about two hundred acres; and the first plot of ground to
+which England can lay claim in New Zealand was formally made over in a
+deed, of which Mr. Nicholas has fortunately preserved a transcript. It
+was executed in the presence of a number of chiefs, who were assembled
+to take leave of the Active on the day before she sailed, and ran as
+follows:--
+
+    "Know all men to whom these presents shall come, that I, Anodee O
+    Gunna, king of Rangheehoo, in the island of New Zealand, have, in
+    consideration of twelve axes to me in hand now paid and delivered
+    by the Reverend Samuel Marsden of Paramatta, in the territory of
+    New South Wales, given, granted, bargained, and sold; and by this
+    present instrument do give, grant, bargain, and sell unto the
+    committee of the Church Missionary Society for Africa and the
+    East, instituted in London, in the kingdom of Great Britain, and
+    to their heirs and successors, all that piece and parcel of land
+    situate in the district of Hoshee, in the island of New Zealand,
+    bounded on the south side by the bay of Lippouna and the town of
+    Rangheehoo, on the north side by a creek of fresh water, and on
+    the west by a public road into the interior, together with all
+    the rights, members, privileges, and appurtenances thereto
+    belonging; to have and to hold to the aforesaid committee of the
+    Church Missionary Society for Africa and the East, instituted in
+    London, in the kingdom of Great Britain, their heirs, successors,
+    and assigns, for ever, clear and freed from all taxes, charges,
+    impositions, and contributions whatsoever, as and for their own
+    absolute and proper estate for ever.
+
+    "In testimony whereof I have to these presents, thus done and
+    given, set my hand at Hoshee, in the island of New Zealand, this
+    twenty-fourth day of February, in the year of Christ, one thousand
+    eight hundred and fifteen.
+
+    (Signatures to the grant.) "THOMAS KENDALL.
+                               "J. L. NICHOLAS."
+
+To this was affixed a complete drawing of the "amoco," or tattooing of
+Gunna's face, done by Shunghie, on one side of which he set his mark.
+
+We need scarcely remind the reader how closely this transaction
+resembles the famous contract of William Penn with the native Indians,
+by which he became possessed of Pennsylvania. Much and justly as Penn
+has been admired, Mr. Marsden's conduct is even more worthy of respect.
+Penn sought to found a colony, to place himself at its head, and to
+associate his own name with it through generations to come. The chaplain
+of Paramatta had not even these motives of honest and laudable ambition;
+he sought nothing for himself, nothing for his country, nothing even for
+the church of which he was a member, and which he warmly loved. His one
+aim was to evangelize New Zealand; to bring a nation of cannibals from
+darkness into the marvellous light of the gospel, and from the power of
+Satan unto God. His own name appears on the instrument only as the agent
+or representative of a missionary society in whom the property was
+vested; and yet at the time the purchase was made he was uncertain
+whether the bare expenses of his voyage, or even the cost and charges of
+his vessel, would ever be repaid to him. He sought neither wealth, nor
+honour, nor preferment, but acted with a simple aim to the glory of God.
+The memorial of such a name can never perish amongst men; and should it
+be forgotten, still his record is on high.
+
+Mr. Marsden returned from his first voyage to New Zealand accompanied by
+no less than ten chiefs, and landed at Sydney on the 23rd of March,
+1815. He and Mr. Nicholas immediately presented themselves to the
+governor, who "congratulated them on their safe return," from what, in
+common with all the colony, he regarded as a most perilous and rash
+adventure.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VII.
+
+    Death of Duaterra--Trials of Mr. Marsden in the Colony--Libel of
+    Philo-free--Letter to Rev. George Burder--To Dr. Mason
+    Good--Sympathy of his Friends in England--Congratulations of the
+    46th Regiment, and Mr. Marsden's acknowledgment--Letters of Lord
+    Gambier, Rev. C. Simeon, and Mrs. Fry.
+
+
+It was not to be expected that a career of unbroken success and easy
+triumph should crown the infant mission in New Zealand. Reverses and
+delays were to be looked for; they were in the nature of the work
+itself; and for such trials Mr. Marsden was prepared. But he had
+scarcely arrived at Paramatta before he was involved in sharper
+conflicts. No doubt they were a part of God's discipline of love: for if
+Paul required "a thorn in the flesh" lest he "should be exalted above
+measure," meaner disciples may surely expect to meet with stern rebuffs,
+in their career of usefulness and honour; and they will even learn to
+accept them with a thankful and a joyous heart.
+
+The first discouragement was the death of Duaterra. Mr. Marsden had left
+him sick; and four days after his departure he expired, surrounded by
+his heathen countrymen, from whose superstitions, even to the last, he
+was by no means free. "He appeared at this awful moment," Mr. Marsden
+writes, describing his last interview, "not to know what to do. He
+wished me to pray with him, which I did; but the superstitions of his
+country had evidently a strong hold upon his mind; the priest was always
+with him, night and day. Duaterra seemed at a loss where to repose his
+afflicted mind; his views of the gospel were not sufficiently clear to
+remove his superstitions; and at the same time he was happy to hear what
+I had to say to him. What horrors do these poor people suffer when they
+come to die!" His favourite wife, Dahoo, was inconsolable; and while
+Shunghie and his near relatives cut themselves with knives till the
+blood gushed out, she sought and found an opportunity to put a period to
+her own life by hanging herself, at a short distance from the body of
+her husband. None of the natives, not even her relatives, appeared
+shocked or surprised. "Her mother," Mr. Kendall wrote, "wept while she
+was composing the limbs of her daughter; but she applauded her
+resolution, and the sacrifice which she had made for the man she so
+tenderly loved. Her father observed her corpse without any apparent
+concern. I could not discover a tear at the time it was brought before
+him. Two of her brothers smiled on the occasion, and said, 'it was a
+good thing at New Zealand.' It is common for women to act thus when
+their husbands die; they think that they then go to them." Mr. Marsden,
+for a time, was almost overwhelmed. "I could not but view Duaterra, as
+he lay dying, with wonder and astonishment; and could scarcely bring
+myself to believe that the Divine Goodness would remove from the earth a
+man whose life appeared of such infinite importance to his country,
+which was just emerging from barbarism and superstition. No doubt but he
+had done his work and finished his appointed course, though I fondly
+imagined he had only just begun his race. He was in the prime and vigour
+of manhood: I judge his age to be about twenty-eight years. In
+reflecting on this awful and mysterious event, I am led to exclaim, with
+the apostle of the Gentiles, 'Oh the depth of the riches both of the
+wisdom and knowledge of God! how unsearchable are his judgments, and his
+ways past finding out!'"
+
+He was indeed a noble specimen of human nature in its savage state. His
+character was cast in the mould of heroes: at the very period of his
+death, after ten years of as much privation, danger, and hardship as
+nature could well bear, his courage was unsubdued, and his patriotism
+and enterprise unabated. He told Mr. Marsden with an air of triumph, "I
+have now introduced the cultivation of wheat into New Zealand; New
+Zealand will become a great country; in two years more I shall be able
+to export wheat to Port Jackson, in exchange for hoes, axes, spades, tea
+and sugar." He had made arrangements for farming on a large scale, and
+had formed his plan for building a new town, with regular streets, after
+the European mode, on a beautiful situation which commanded a view of
+the harbour and the adjacent country. "I accompanied him to the spot,"
+says Mr. M.; "we examined the ground fixed on for the town, and the
+situation where the church was to stand." Had he lived he would have
+been the Ulysses of his Ithaca--perhaps its Alfred; and nothing in his
+whole life gives us a juster idea of Mr. Marsden's sagacity and keen
+perception than the fact of his singling out Duaterra, a sick and
+apparently dying common sailor on shipboard, and training him to be a
+powerful instrument, in God's hands, for the civilization of New
+Zealand.
+
+Other trials followed the death of Duaterra. Fresh wars broke out. One
+hostile tribe encamped in sight of the mission premises, and, no longer
+restrained by Mr. Marsden's presence, threatened, not indeed to expel
+the missionaries, but to kill and eat them. For months together the
+affrighted band kept watch night and day; their children were laid to
+sleep in their cots dressed, to be ready for instant flight, and the
+boat was always kept afloat, with its oars and sail in readiness. The
+storm blew over, and they remained stedfast at their posts. Soon
+afterwards, the Wesleyan Methodists established their important and
+successful mission in the island, and the missionaries gained strength
+from each other in society and mutual counsel. The first Wesleyan
+missionary, the Rev. Samuel Leigh, was well known at Paramatta, and Mr.
+Marsden viewed his labours with thankfulness and hope; but the reports
+which reached him from time to time of the difficulties to which the
+missions were exposed still added much to his anxieties.
+
+And now a series of persecutions began, which, while they never cowed
+his brave spirit, harassed and disturbed him more than those who were
+acquainted only with the outward features of his strong, dauntless
+character would have readily believed. It is greatly to his honour that
+all the sufferings to which he was exposed--newspaper libels, official
+misrepresentations, and personal abuse--arose immediately out of his
+endeavours to raise the morals of the colony, and to protect the unhappy
+women who came out as convicts, and were at that time exposed by most
+iniquitous neglect to still further degradation.
+
+Just before his departure for New Zealand, he had addressed an official
+letter to the governor, calling his attention to the present state of
+Paramatta and its neighbourhood, as far as it related to its public
+morals and police, and especially with regard to the female convicts, of
+whom upwards of one hundred and fifty, besides seventy children, were
+employed in a government factory there, and whose condition, as far as
+we can venture to describe it, may be gathered from the following
+passage. The scene is painful; it is the dark side of our colonial
+history; but those who will not listen to these recitals can know but
+little of the obligations which society is under to such men as Howard
+and Samuel Marsden, or to heroic women, such as Mrs. Fry. In his letter
+to the governor he says:
+
+    "The number of women employed at the factory is one hundred and
+    fifty; they have seventy children. There is not any room in the
+    factory that can be called a bed-room for these women and children.
+    There are only two rooms, and these are both occupied as
+    workshops; they are over the jail, and are about eighty feet long
+    and twenty wide. In these rooms there are forty-six women daily
+    employed, twenty spinning wool upon the common wheel, and
+    twenty-six carding. There are also in them the warping-machine,
+    etc., belonging to the factory. These rooms are crowded all the
+    day, and at night such women sleep in them as are confined for
+    recent offences, amongst the wheels, wool, and cards, and a few
+    others, who have no means whatever of procuring a better abode.
+    The average number of women who sleep in the factory is about
+    thirty in the whole. Many of these women have little, and some no
+    bedding; they all sleep on the floor. There is not a candle or
+    bedstead belonging to the factory. I do not deem it either safe or
+    prudent that even thirty women should sleep in the factory, which
+    has been crowded all day with working people; the air must be bad
+    and contagious. Were the magistrate to compel even half the number
+    of women, with their children, to sleep in the factory which
+    belong to it, they could not exist. Not less than one hundred and
+    twenty women are at large in the night to sleep where they can."
+
+He urges upon the governor the necessity of at least providing lodgings
+in barracks for these poor creatures. "When I am called upon," he adds,
+"in the hour of sickness and want to visit them in the general hospital,
+or in the wretched hovels where they lodge, my mind is often oppressed
+beyond measure at the sight of their sufferings.... And if their dreary
+prospect beyond the grave be viewed in a religious light it far exceeds
+in horror the utmost bounds of human imagination. As their minister I
+must answer ere long at the bar of Divine justice for my duty to these
+objects of vice and woe, and often feel inexpressible anguish of spirit,
+in the moment of their approaching dissolution, on my own and their
+account, and follow them to the grave with awful forebodings lest I
+should be found at last to have neglected any part of my public duty as
+their minister and magistrate, and by so doing contributed to their
+eternal ruin. So powerful are these reflections at times that I envy the
+situation of the most menial servant who is freed from this sacred and
+solemn responsibility, namely, the care of immortal souls.... I am of
+opinion that no clergyman was ever placed in so painful and trying a
+situation as far as relates to the moral and religious state of the
+people committed to his care. I see them devoted to vice, and infamy,
+and extreme wretchedness while living, and when they come to die
+suffering all the horror of mind and anguish of spirit that guilt can
+possibly inspire, without the means of applying any remedy in either
+case.... I humbly conceive it is incompatible with the character and
+wish of the British nation that her own exiles should be exposed to
+such privations and dangerous temptations, when she is daily feeding the
+hungry, and clothing the naked, and receiving into her friendly, I may
+add pious bosom, strangers whether savage or civilized of every nation
+under heaven."
+
+The governor courteously replied, acknowledging the receipt of his
+letter; but no further steps were taken; and after waiting eighteen
+months "without the most distant prospect of obtaining relief for the
+female convicts from the colonial government," he sent a copy of his own
+letter, with the governor's answer, to the British government at home.
+By them it was submitted to a select committee of the House of Commons,
+when, in 1819, the state of our jails came under the consideration of
+parliament, and was afterwards printed in their report; Lord Bathurst,
+the colonial secretary, having previously submitted it to Governor
+Macquarie, requesting his opinion on the several matters it contained.
+Great exasperation followed; it seemed for a time as if the whole
+colony, with scarcely an exception, had risen as one man to crush the
+principal chaplain, who alone had dared to expose its profligacy and to
+check its abuses. The storm indeed had begun to mutter around his head
+before Lord Bathurst's communication was received. The "Sydney Gazette,"
+which was under the immediate control of the governor, was allowed to
+publish from week to week the most scandalous libels upon his character.
+At length, a letter appeared signed Philo-free, which Mr. Marsden
+suspected, and at length discovered, to have been written by the
+governor's secretary; it was aimed not merely against himself--this he
+could have borne in silence--but against the conduct and the moral
+character of the missionaries in the South Sea Islands, whose
+reputation he felt it his duty at every hazard to protect. He therefore
+appealed to the laws for shelter and redress, and two successive
+verdicts justified the course he took. There were at the time many, even
+of his warm friends, in England, who were almost disposed to blame him
+for a too sensitive and litigious spirit. But when the whole case lay
+before them, the wisest and the mildest men absolved him from the
+charge, and heartily approved his conduct. In the place of any comments
+of our own we will lay before the reader, in his own words, some of Mr.
+Marsden's views upon the subject. They will see the principles by which
+he was actuated, and they will learn with amazement how great the
+difficulties with which the friends of missions have had to contend from
+their own countrymen. The first letter is addressed to the Rev. George
+Burder, and was read, as appears from the endorsement it bears, in the
+committee of the London Missionary Society, July 10th, 1818, having been
+received on the 25th of June.
+
+                                             "Paramatta, Dec. 9, 1817.
+
+    "REV. SIR,--I wrote to you very fully by Mr. Hassall, and informed
+    you what state I was in at that time. Since that period I have had
+    many hard struggles to maintain my ground. A very shameful attack
+    was made upon me and the missionaries in the South Sea Islands by
+    the governor's secretary, in an anonymous letter which he
+    published in the Sydney Gazette, and of which you are already
+    informed. Since my last I have brought the secretary to the
+    criminal bar for the libel. Every means were used to pervert
+    judgment that the cunning and art of certain persons could exert.
+    After three days' contest, I obtained a verdict against the
+    secretary. This was a matter of much joy to all who loved the
+    cause of religion, and also to the colony in general. The trouble,
+    anxiety, and expense of the trial were very great, as I had only
+    truth on my side. When I had got a verdict I hoped to enjoy a
+    little quiet, but the next Gazette in the report made of the
+    trial, being so false and scandalous, and casting such reflections
+    on me and my friends, I was compelled to appeal to Caesar once
+    more; and last Tuesday the cause was heard before the supreme
+    court, when I obtained a verdict again. The supreme judge, Justice
+    Field, is a very upright man, and acted with great independence in
+    the cause. A verdict was given in my favour to the amount of
+    200_l._, with costs. The expense to the secretary will not be much
+    less than 500_l._ None can tell what I have suffered in my mind
+    for the last five years, on account of the missions, from the
+    opposition of those in power.
+
+    "I must request the Society to use their interest with the British
+    government to check those in authority here from exposing the
+    missionaries, and those connected with them, to the contempt of
+    the whole world by such scandalous anonymous publications as that
+    of which I complain. I have been very anxious to leave the colony
+    altogether, from the continual anxiety I have suffered, and the
+    opposition thrown in the way of every measure I have wished to
+    promote, for the advancement of the kingdom of Christ among the
+    heathen."
+
+Yet he had, in truth, no ground for this despondency. St. Paul laid the
+foundations of flourishing churches amidst "a great fight of
+afflictions;" what wonder if one of the greatest of Protestant missions
+in a later age should share in trials from which "the churches in
+Macedonia and Achaia" were not exempt? The letter proceeds thus:
+
+"I am very happy to inform you that all goes on well at the Islands,
+notwithstanding the contests here. I have forwarded to you, by this
+conveyance, all the letters; from them you will learn the affairs of the
+missionaries: I hope all the brethren have joined them. Four thousand of
+the natives can now read. I send you one of Pomare's letters to me. Mr.
+John Eyre has translated it. You will see what the views of the king
+are. He is now writing a dictionary of his own language, and one of the
+chiefs is employed at the press. I am very sorry they did not meet the
+king's wishes with regard to the printing press, and set it up at
+Tahiti, where he lives; taking it away from him was unwise.... The main
+work is done now, as far as respects the planting of the gospel. Their
+native idols are burned in the fire, and many have 'tasted that the Lord
+is gracious' amongst the inhabitants. They sing, and read, and pray, and
+teach one another, so that there can be no fear that religion will be
+lost in the Islands again. The work has evidently been of God, and he
+will carry it on for his own glory. They will now also have their
+vessel, by which means they can visit the different islands and Port
+Jackson. I should wish much to see them turning their attention to
+agriculture, etc., so as to induce habits of industry among the natives,
+so that the natives of the Society Islands may rank with civilized
+nations." The letter closes, after a minute detail of the affairs of
+their missions, with an appeal, which, even at this distance of time,
+must be read with pain, and which nothing short of mental agony would
+have wrung from such a pen. "I rely with confidence on the Society for
+their support and protection. Unless his Majesty's ministers will
+interfere, I may expect similar attacks from the same quarter. If this
+should be the case, it cannot be expected I should remain in the colony
+to be ruined in my character, circumstances, and peace of mind. The last
+seven years have been very dreadful. A solitary individual cannot
+withstand the influence of those in power, armed with such a deadly
+weapon as the public papers, and every other means of annoyance at their
+command. I have written on the subject to Lord Bathurst....
+
+      "I remain, rev. Sir, yours affectionately,
+        "SAMUEL MARSDEN.
+  "To Rev. George Burder."
+
+In the same strain he writes to his friend Dr. Mason Good, inclosing the
+letter of Philo-free, and other documents. Amongst other threats,
+representations to the archbishop and the bishop of London had been
+muttered in the colony, with a view no doubt of inducing them to
+withdraw him from his post. "Should you learn," he says, "that any
+representations are made to the bishops, and you should deem it
+necessary, I will thank you to send them the documents I have
+transmitted, or any part of them, for their information. I should also
+wish Mr. Wilberforce to be acquainted with them, if you will at any time
+take the trouble to lay them before him." Then turning to brighter
+objects, he has the following remarkable passage:
+
+    "With regard to New Zealand, I must refer you to the Rev. Josiah
+    Pratt, (secretary to the Church Missionary Society). Great
+    difficulties have opposed the establishment upon that island; but
+    I hope they will all be overcome in time. We have sent two young
+    men to England, as we think this will greatly tend to enlarge
+    their ideas, and prepare them for greater usefulness in their own
+    country. I have no doubt, but that New Zealand will soon become a
+    civilized nation. If I were inclined to become a prophet I should
+    say, that all the islands in the South Seas will afford an asylum
+    for thousands of Europeans hereafter, and New South Wales will
+    give laws to, and regulate, all their governments in the course of
+    time. The gospel, humanly speaking, could not be planted in the
+    South Sea Islands, unless our government had established a colony
+    in New South Wales. The British government had no view of this
+    kind when they first formed the colony. How mysterious are all the
+    ways of Divine Providence! yet may the Divine footsteps be traced,
+    if we mark attentively what is passing in the world. God, the
+    Governor of this world, orders all things according to his
+    infinite mind, and all things well."
+
+He soon had reason to adopt a happier strain. The trial was severe, the
+more so perhaps from the ardour of his own temperament, which, no doubt,
+required the chastisement, which became in the highest sense a blessing
+both to himself and others. Writing to the same friend, 3rd October,
+1818, he says: "When I take a retrospect of all that has passed in this
+colony since my return, I see, with wonder and gratitude, the Divine
+goodness overruling the wills and affections of sinful men, and making
+all things unite in promoting his glory. 'Philo-free' will not be
+without its benefit to the great cause. Had this libel never appeared,
+the character, constitution and object of the Church, and London
+Missionary Societies would not have been known in this settlement for
+many years to come; nor would they have gained the friends which they
+will eventually do here."
+
+Letters of congratulation flowed in rapidly, both on account of his
+missionary exploits in New Zealand, and of his personal triumph in New
+South Wales. We can afford only to give a specimen of each; the one to
+show how the successes of the gospel thrilled English Christians with
+joy in the infancy of missions; and the other to exhibit the warm
+affection with which the great missionary leader of the southern seas
+was regarded by his friends at home.
+
+    "From William Terry, Esq.,                   "Hull, 7th May, 1817.
+
+     ..."The account, you gave in your letter, as well as those sent
+     to the Church Missionary Society, which appeared in the
+     Missionary Register, were very gratifying to all who have at
+     heart the prosperity of Zion. I have felt peculiarly interested
+     in the journal of your voyage to New Zealand, and when at our
+     (St. John's) church the Old Hundredth Psalm was sung, I felt much
+     elevated in praise to our Almighty Saviour, that at the same
+     period of the year, and exactly two years before, you had been
+     enabled to proclaim the glad tidings of his salvation, and to
+     commence with the same divine song upon the heathen shores of New
+     Zealand. God grant that it may be the dawn of a brighter day:
+     that the Lord of all may be adored by all the uncivilized world;
+     that the Sun of righteousness may arise and go on to shine with
+     increasing and transforming light and influence upon them, and
+     upon all others who are yet sitting in darkness and in the shadow
+     of death! May he bless all human attempts to promote so glorious
+     a cause, and particularly your own zealous efforts; and may he,
+     for the sake of the same, continue, if it please him, your
+     valuable life for many years to come. I know, from the arduous
+     post which you occupy, that your time must be entirely filled up,
+     and that you can find very little leisure for a correspondent
+     like me, who can render you little or no service.... Our esteemed
+     friends, the Rev. Messrs. Dykes, Scott, Clarke, and Foster, are
+     all very well, being in mercy continued yet to this highly
+     favoured town. Mr. Scott has obtained the living of St.
+     Margaret's since the death of Mr. Barker, and has engaged an
+     excellent curate, a young man of high birth of the name of
+     Sibthorpe, who seems very faithful, and will, I hope, be
+     abundantly useful. May the Lord bless you and your young family
+     with all temporal and spiritual blessings! And may he bless and
+     direct all your zealous endeavours to promote his cause among the
+     heathen, and to spread the knowledge and saving influence of his
+     truth to all within your influence!"
+
+     Dr. Mason Good, writing on the subject of the libel, under the
+     date of April, 1818, says: "The triumph you have gained is indeed
+     complete ... persevere, then, my dear friend, in the same good
+     and great and magnanimous course. The eyes of the world are upon
+     you, and what is more, the eye of Him who governs the world, and
+     will never fail to give efficacy to his own instruments, and
+     ultimate success to his designs. To this time, however,
+     notwithstanding all the terrible threats that have been thrown
+     out against you, not a single syllable of complaint has arrived
+     from any one; do not therefore let your spirits fail. Depend upon
+     esteem and support at home, for your perseverance and manly
+     conduct have produced a very deep and popular sensation in every
+     quarter in which you would wish to stand well."
+
+In addition to these gratifying testimonies from home, Mr. Marsden
+received a public mark of approbation from the officers of the 46th
+regiment, then stationed in the colony, who with a high and chivalrous
+sense of what was due to one who single handed had so long maintained
+the cause of truth and righteousness, stepped forward to offer their
+tribute of respect. He replied as follows:--
+
+    "To Col. Molle and the officers of the 46th regiment.
+
+                                           "Paramatta, 16th Oct. 1818.
+
+    "GENTLEMEN,--I had the honour to receive your public letter under
+    date 14th May, 1818, and nothing could have given me more real
+    gratification than the very handsome manner in which you have
+    communicated your kind and friendly sentiments to me on the issue
+    of the trials I instituted against the author of the libel,
+    'Philo-free.' I beg, gentlemen, to return you my most grateful
+    acknowledgments for the honour you have done me, and to assure you
+    that this mark of your good will to me, in bearing your testimony
+    to my conduct, will ever be held in the highest estimation by me;
+    and I trust I shall retain to the latest moment of my life a
+    grateful sense of your favour to me as an individual, and at the
+    same time never forget the public service you rendered to this
+    colony from the time you landed to the day of your departure, by
+    your firmness and gentlemanly conduct, as British officers, and by
+    your good and prudent example as members of the community." After
+    these expressions of gratitude he turns aside to remark upon the
+    former condition of the colony, and the services which the 46th
+    regiment had rendered in the cause of virtue. Proud as this
+    regiment may justly be of honours won in far different scenes, it
+    will not, we are assured, nor will its countrymen, regard with
+    other feelings than those of high satisfaction, the following
+    tribute to its moral worth and character. May every regiment in
+    the British army deserve a similar eulogy from men who, like Job
+    of old, and we may add, like the chaplain of New South Wales,
+    'know not to give flattering titles.'
+
+    "When you first arrived in New South Wales every barrier against
+    licentiousness was broken down, every fence swept away. There were
+    a few, and but a few, who resolved to stand their ground, and
+    preserve that line of conduct which the wisest and best men
+    consider essential as marking the distinction between the good and
+    the evil."
+
+And again: "Had you not arrived in New South Wales and acted the
+honourable part you did, the few who were marked for future conquest
+would not have been able to have stood out longer, but must have either
+yielded to superior force, or have withdrawn from the colony. Some would
+not have had strength of mind sufficient to have carried on a perpetual
+warfare against such an unequal force, and thus would not have been able
+to meet the expense of continued resistance. You just arrived in time to
+turn the wavering balance, and to inspire the desponding with hopes."
+
+A vote of thanks, in the most cordial terms, was also presented to him
+at the anniversary meeting of the Church Missionary Society, at the
+Freemasons' Tavern, in 1819. It would have been presented to the annual
+meeting of the previous year, but it was a mark of respect which had
+never yet been paid to any individual by the Society. "The
+circumstances, however, which have lately transpired," so writes his
+friend, Dr. Mason Good, who was a member of the committee, "the severe
+and important battle you have fought, and the triumph you have so
+gloriously achieved, have induced the Society to step out of their usual
+routine on this occasion, and to show, not only to yourself, but to the
+world at large, the full sense they entertain of the honourable and
+upright part you have taken, and their unanimous determination to give
+you all their support. I agree with you most fully that your contest has
+not been a personal one, but that the important objects of the Society
+have been at stake, and that the victory you have obtained is of more
+importance to the cause of virtue, honour, and true religion, and more
+especially to the cause of Christian missions in Australasia, than to
+yourself."
+
+We shall conclude our notice of these painful conflicts with two
+letters, the one from Lord Gambier, the other from the venerable Simeon.
+The former breathes the warm heart of a sailor and the mature wisdom of
+an experienced Christian. And thus while British soldiers were ready to
+acknowledge the integrity of Mr. Marsden, the navy, as represented by
+one of her great heroes, stood forward likewise in his behalf.
+
+    "DEAR SIR,--I was happy to hear of your health and welfare by your
+    letters to me of the 22nd January and the 5th March, 1817, which
+    came to my hands in due time, though they were rather longer, I
+    believe, in their passage than is usual. I deeply lament with you
+    that your very zealous and arduous exertions to extend the kingdom
+    of our gracious Lord, and to diffuse the knowledge of the glorious
+    gospel of salvation among the inhabitants of the dark regions
+    around you, should meet with the spirit of opposition from the
+    persons in the colony whom you naturally would look to for
+    support and assistance. And very grievous indeed it is that you
+    should stand almost alone and single in a work of charity that
+    exceeds the praises of human language to express its excellence
+    and blessed effects upon the race of mankind. Mr. Pratt will have
+    informed you that a special meeting of the committee of the Church
+    Missionary Society was held last month for the sole purpose of
+    deliberating upon the communication you have made to him of the
+    state of the affairs of the Society, and the disgraceful letter
+    that appeared in the 'Sydney Gazette,' signed 'Philo-free.' The
+    result of the committee's consultation was, that your letters on
+    this subject should be referred to the consideration of the
+    vice-presidents of the Society, requesting them to take such
+    measures as they deemed most advisable to relieve you from the
+    distressing and painful situation in which you were placed. I had
+    the satisfaction of being present at the meeting of the
+    vice-presidents; the bishop of Gloucester and Mr. Wilberforce were
+    of the number. Mr. Pratt was also present, and as he will
+    communicate to you the judgment that we passed upon the occasion
+    it is unnecessary for me to add anything thereto; but I cannot
+    forbear to express to you the admiration I entertain of your
+    conduct, your zeal, perseverance, and unremitted exertions in the
+    blessed and glorious cause in which you are engaged. May our
+    gracious Lord be your shield; may his powerful arm protect you
+    against all your adversaries, and enable you to overcome them all
+    with the weapons of a Christian warfare, meekness, patience,
+    faith, and charity; and may he lay them all at your feet.! May his
+    grace be sufficient for you, and give you strength to go on as you
+    have done in his service, to the glory of his name and to the
+    salvation of the heathen nations around! You have achieved great
+    things in New Zealand. May the seed you have sown there be like
+    the grain of mustard, and grow to a large tree; and may you
+    finally receive the bright reward of your labours, and have that
+    blessing pronounced upon you, 'Well done, good and faithful
+    servant, enter thou into the joy of thy Lord.' There is a fine
+    field for missionary labours in New Zealand, and I anticipate the
+    happiest consequences to the race of men in that country from the
+    establishment you have made among them, and I think it very
+    probable that they will make more rapid progress in the knowledge
+    and practice of Christianity and civilization than any heathen
+    nation to whom the gospel has been preached. May you live to see
+    this verified!
+
+    "With cordial and earnest wishes for your health and prosperity, I
+    remain, dear Sir, with sincere regard,
+
+    "Your faithful and humble friend and servant,
+
+                                                            "GAMBIER."
+
+Mr. Simeon, of Cambridge, wrote to him in the same strain of
+encouragement:--
+
+                                                       "Dec. 15, 1819.
+
+    "Last summer I was at Hull, and saw Mr. Scott and other of your
+    friends and relatives. It was a joy to me to see how ardent was
+    their love towards you. I commissioned Mrs. Scott to tell you, in
+    general terms, that your character and cause were duly appreciated
+    by the government and by the House of Commons. I take for granted
+    that Mr. Wilberforce has given you particulars. It was from him
+    that I was enabled to declare the general result.
+
+    "I am overwhelmed almost with work. Eleven volumes will be out in
+    the spring. The first six will make their appearance in less than
+    a month; it is of the same nature as my former work, though
+    distinct from it. It is on all the finest passages from Genesis to
+    Revelation. It is entitled 'Horae Homileticae,' as being homilies
+    for the assistance both of clergy and laity."
+
+In this age of "reformatories," when the treatment of our prisoners has
+become a popular question, it is impossible to read without deep
+interest such letters as the following. Mr. Marsden had taken up the
+cause of the degraded female prisoners in New South Wales. Mrs. Fry in
+England hears of his benevolent exertions, and hastens to express her
+joy; and thus she writes to the prison-philanthropist of the southern
+world:--
+
+                           "Mildred's Court, second month, 11th, 1820.
+
+    "RESPECTED FRIEND,--I have received thy letters, one sent by
+    Deputy-commissary-general Allan, and the other written some time
+    before, but only arrived within a day or two of each other. I am
+    sorry that I happened to be out when Deputy-commissary-general
+    Allan called, but I hope soon to see him, and to consult with him
+    as to the steps best to be taken to improve the condition of the
+    female convicts in New South Wales. Much influence has already
+    been used here, and the subject has been brought before the House
+    of Commons. I some time ago obtained a copy of thy letter to the
+    governor of New South Wales, and the information contained in it
+    has been much spread in this country, and it is quite my opinion
+    that some beneficial alterations will in time take place; but the
+    present parliament being so soon to be dissolved, owing to the
+    death of the king, I fear will retard their progress; but much is
+    doing in this country, and I trust that much is likely to be
+    done. Many of us are deeply interested in the welfare of the poor
+    convicts as to their situation here, and their voyage, and when
+    they arrive in Botany Bay. And if life and ability be granted us,
+    I trust that much will in time be accomplished; but all these
+    things require patience and perseverance, which I hope we shall be
+    endowed with, both here and on your side of the water. I am sorry
+    thou hast had so many trials and discouragements in filling thy
+    very important station, and I cannot help hoping and believing
+    that thy labours will prove not to be in vain; and even if thou
+    shouldst not fully see the fruit of thy labours, others, I trust,
+    will reap the advantage of them, so that the words of Scripture
+    may be verified, 'That both he that soweth and he that reapeth may
+    rejoice together.' I consider myself greatly obliged by thy
+    valuable communications, and I think it would be very desirable
+    that thou shouldst let us know exactly what sort of place is
+    wanted for the women, and what would be its probable expense, as
+    it would enable us more clearly to state what we wish for. And I
+    should think our government would give the necessary directions to
+    have the work done. I remain, etc., thy friend, ELIZABETH FRY."
+
+Through such toils and conflicts our predecessors of the last generation
+passed, before they could lay effectually the foundations of those great
+principles of humanity and justice in the public mind, which are now
+yielding their abundant fruit.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VIII.
+
+    Tooi and Teterree--Mr. Marsden's Second Voyage to New
+    Zealand--Progress of the Gospel there--Shunghie--His ferocity--Mr.
+    Marsden returns to New South Wales--Third Voyage to New
+    Zealand--Malicious charges brought against him in his absence--A
+    Commission of Inquiry--Its result--Letters, etc.--Approbation of
+    the Government.
+
+
+The New Zealand mission still continued to occupy Mr. Marsden's
+thoughts. He seems to have been always alert, turning every hint to
+account, seizing every occasion and employing every likely instrument to
+promote the grand design. The excellent quality of the New Zealand flax
+had not escaped him. He induced two young New Zealanders, whom he had
+brought with him to Paramatta, to visit England, which they did in H. M.
+ship Kangaroo, and were placed under the care of his friends in London.
+"I wish on no account," he writes to Mr. Pratt, "that they should be
+idle; if they cannot be useful in forming a vocabulary, (of the Maori
+language of which he was now anxious that a grammar should be prepared)
+let them be _put into a rope walk_, and be kept close to labour while
+they remain in England." They were both chieftains, Tooi and Teterree;
+still the reader must not suppose the rope walk was to them a degrading
+employment. Mr. Marsden had another object in view besides their
+improvement, and he wished to impart to his friends in London something
+of his own enthusiasm in behalf of the Maorie race. "The Society will
+see," he says in his letter to the secretary, Mr. Pratt, "from these
+two young men what the natives of New Zealand are. They are prepared to
+receive any instruction that we can give them; they are fine young men,
+and in temper and natural parts very like their countrymen in general."
+They seem to have deserved the character here given them. We insert a
+letter from each, written while they were in England. The first is
+addressed to Mr. Pratt while Tooi was on a visit amongst the
+manufactories of Staffordshire and Shropshire.
+
+                                             "Madeley, Sept. 17, 1818.
+
+    "DEAR SIR,--I am much obliged and thank you, Mr. Pratt, for the
+    letter you sent me. I so pleased when Mr. Pratt finds a ship. I
+    want a ship to go home. I have been to Coalport. I made four cups.
+    Mr. Rose tell me, 'You soon learn.' 'Yes,' I say, 'very soon learn
+    with fingers, but book very hard,' etc.
+
+    "To Mr. Pratt.                                       THOMAS TOOI."
+
+The other letter is in a graver strain from Teterree to Mr. Marsden.
+
+                           "Church Missionary House, October 12, 1818.
+
+    "MY DEAR FRIEND,--I like Englishman much; he love New Zealand man.
+    I very sick in missionary house, and very near die; nothing but
+    bone. Kind friend missionary pray for me every night.
+
+    "I kneel down in my bed-room every night, and pray to Jesus Christ
+    our Saviour to learn me to read the book.
+
+    "Very nice country England. I never see the king of England; he
+    very poorly, and Queen Charlotte very poorly too.
+
+    "I see the iron make, and bottle blow. Tooi blow a bottle, and I
+    blow a bottle. I make four cups at China work, etc. Farewell, good
+    friend.
+
+                                                            "TETEREE."
+
+Their English education being completed, the young chieftains returned
+to Paramatta, and Mr. Marsden embarked a second time for New Zealand,
+taking Tooi and Teterree with him, with several missionaries, three
+mechanics and their families. They landed at Rangheehoa, in the Bay of
+Islands, on the 12th August. The rival chiefs Shunghie and Koro-Koro now
+contended for the site of the new missionary settlement which Mr.
+Marsden contemplated, each being anxious that his own domain should be
+preferred, and offering a grant of land. The spot was selected at Kiddee
+Kiddee (or Keri-Keri) a district in the territory of Shunghie, at the
+head of a fine harbour; but such was the distress of the disappointed
+chieftain, whose part was taken by young Tooi, that Mr. Marsden almost
+relented: "He made strong appeals to our feelings, and urged his request
+by every argument that he could advance, so that we were obliged to
+promise to accompany him on the next day to Parroa, and that we would
+build him and Tooi a house if the situation pleased us, and send one or
+two Europeans to reside amongst them." The stores were now landed, and
+all the beach exhibited a scene of happiness and busy civilization;
+fourteen natives sawing timber, others cutting knees, etc.; "a sight
+more grateful to a benevolent mind could not possibly have been seen;
+our hearts overflowed with gratitude. We viewed the various operations
+with delight, and considered them the dawn of civil and religious
+liberty to this land of darkness, superstition, and cruelty." Such were
+the comments which the missionary leader noted down at the time, and in
+reading them we are made to feel how much Christian benevolence excels
+the mere selfishness of the most enterprising colonist. Simply for the
+good of others, without the hope or wish of reaping any other advantage
+than that of extending the kingdom of God amongst a savage race, the
+little missionary band, self exiled, and consecrated to a life of
+unknown toil and hardship, exult in laying the foundations of their
+settlement, as the Jews of old exulted when they began to build their
+temple to the living God. On the next sabbath day, the work was
+consecrated with prayer and praise. Mr. Marsden's simple language best
+describes the scene:--
+
+    "_August 22._--We assembled on the beach for public worship, as
+    there was no place sufficiently spacious to hold the people. We
+    were surrounded with natives and a number of chiefs from different
+    districts.
+
+    "It was gratifying to be able to perform worship to the true God
+    in the open air, without fear or danger, when surrounded by
+    cannibals with their spears stuck in the ground, and their
+    pattoo-pattoos and daggers concealed under their mats. We could
+    not doubt but that the time was at hand for gathering in this
+    noble people into the fold of Christ. Their misery is extreme, the
+    prince of darkness has full dominion over their souls and bodies;
+    under the influence of ignorance and superstition many devote
+    themselves to death, and the chiefs sacrifice their slaves as a
+    satisfaction for the death of any of their friends. This is a
+    tyranny from which nothing but the gospel can set them free."
+
+[Illustration: THE BAY OF ISLANDS, NEW ZEALAND.]
+
+During this three months' sojourn, besides the attention which Mr.
+Marsden gave to the missions in the Bay of Islands, he made a circuitous
+journey of seven hundred miles, exploring the country with a view to
+more extensive operations. His arrival over land and in health, at the
+Bay of Islands, on his return, relieved the minds of his anxious
+friends the missionaries, and "gave them additional cause," they say,
+"to bless and thank God for his protecting care, and that he had again
+heard and answered our supplications." "There is not one in ten
+thousand, I think," writes Mr. Hall, "who could or would have borne the
+privations, difficulties, and dangers, which he has undergone. I pray
+that he may reap the fruits of his labour by the New Zealanders turning
+from their degraded state to serve the only living and true God." Mr.
+Marsden's journal of this second visit will be valuable in time to come,
+as perhaps the best record in existence of the character and habits of a
+wonderful people, on whom civilization had not yet dawned, and whose
+spiritual darkness was profound. He landed, during a coasting voyage,
+with young Tooi, on the small island of Motooroa. "The first object that
+struck my eye was a man's head stuck on a pole near the hut where we
+were to sleep; the face appeared beautifully tattooed; it was the head
+of a chief who was killed by Shunghie's people. The sight," he says,
+"naturally excited feelings of horror in my breast." Most men would have
+felt something of alarm. But Mr. Marsden seems to have been a perfect
+stranger to fear; and if courage, whether physical or moral, makes a
+hero, he must be ranked high in the heroic class. He merely adds, "This
+caused me to value more and more the blessing of Divine revelation, and
+the blessing of civil government."
+
+In his journal on a tour to the River Shukeangha, he writes thus:
+
+    "_September 28, 1819._--After we had passed the swamp, we came
+    into a very open country, for many miles round covered with fern.
+    The part through which we walked was gravelly, and not very good
+    in general.
+
+    "The wind increased toward evening, and blew strong from the rainy
+    quarter, so that we had the prospect of a very wet night, without
+    a single tree to shelter us from the storm for about eight miles
+    from the swamp we had passed. At this distance was a wood, through
+    which our road lay, which we were anxious to reach, if possible,
+    in order to shelter ourselves from the wind and rain. With this
+    hope we pushed forward, and arrived at the edge of the wood about
+    nine o'clock. The rain now began to fall heavily. The natives cut
+    branches of fern and boughs of trees, and made us a little shed
+    under the trees, to afford us some shelter. The blackness of the
+    heavens, the gloomy darkness of the wood, the roaring of the wind
+    among the trees, the sound of the falling rain on the thick
+    foliage, united with the idea that we were literally at the ends
+    of the earth, with relation to our native land, surrounded with
+    cannibals whom we knew to have fed on human flesh, and wholly in
+    their power, and yet our minds free from fear of danger--all this
+    excited in my breast such new, pleasing, and, at the same time,
+    opposite sensations, as I cannot describe.
+
+    "While I sat musing under the shelter of a lofty pine, my thoughts
+    were lost in wonder and surprise, in taking a view of the wisdom
+    and goodness of God's providential care, which had attended all my
+    steps to that very hour. If busy imagination inquired what I did
+    there, I had no answer to seek in wild conjecture: I felt with
+    gratitude that I had not come by chance; but had been sent to
+    labour in preparing the way of the Lord in this dreary wilderness,
+    where the voice of joy and gladness had never been heard: and I
+    could not but anticipate with joyful hope the period when the
+    Day-star from on high would dawn and shine on this dark and heathen
+    land, and cause the very earth on which we then reposed to bring
+    forth its increase, when God himself would give the poor
+    inhabitants his blessing. After reflecting on the different ideas
+    which crowded themselves upon my mind, I wrapped myself up in my
+    great coat, and lay down to sleep."
+
+He visited an island where he met with a singular spectacle. A number of
+natives were at work, breaking up the ground with a sort of spatula, or
+wooden spade, to plant their sweet potato. Amongst these was Koro-Koro's
+head wife, or queen. "Her Majesty was working hard with a wooden spade,
+digging the ground for potatoes, with several of the women and some
+men." The royal infant lay on the ground sprawling and kicking by her
+side; "the old queen earnestly requested that I would give her a hoe,
+showing me the difficulty she had in digging with a stick; a request
+with which I promised to comply." We leave the reader to admire at
+leisure the Homeric simplicity of the scene, or to indulge in those
+sentiments of contemptuous pity to which Englishmen are possibly more
+prone.
+
+In another place, he found the head wife of Shunghie, though perfectly
+blind, digging in the same manner, surrounded by her women, and
+apparently with as much ease as the rest. The offer of a hoe in exchange
+for her spatula was accepted with joy. The scene drew forth these
+reflections: "When we viewed the wife of one of the most military
+chiefs, possessing large territories, digging with a spatula for her
+subsistence, this sight kindled within us the best feelings of the human
+heart. If a woman of this character, and blind, can thus labour with
+her servants, what will not this people rise to, if they can procure the
+means of improving their country, and of bettering their condition?
+Their temporal state must be improved by agriculture and the simple
+arts, in connexion with the introduction of Christianity, in order to
+give permanence and full influence to the gospel among them. Our God and
+Saviour, who is loving to every man, and whose tender mercies are over
+all his works, is now, blessed be his name, moving the hearts of his
+servants to send relief to the poor heathen, even to the very ends of
+the earth."
+
+The journal affords us repeated evidences of a phenomenon, which recent
+occurrences in India have at this moment deeply impressed on the heart
+of England,--one with which both divines and legislators ought to have
+been acquainted (for it is not obscurely referred to in the word of
+God), but which a foolish and spurious benevolence has led many to
+deny--namely, that the most Satanic ferocity frequently lurks under
+gentle manners, and is even to be found in connexion with the warmest
+natural affection. Nothing, for instance, can be more affecting than the
+meeting of Tooi and his sister, after the absence of the former in
+England. Tooi himself anticipated _a scene_, and half ashamed, when he
+saw his sister at a distance, tried to avoid the interview in public,
+and requested Mr. Marsden to order off the canoe in which they were
+approaching. But her love could not be restrained; in an instant she
+sprang into the boat, fell on her knees, and clung to Tooi. He saluted
+her in return; when she gave vent to her feelings in tears and loud
+lamentations, which she continued for about an hour. "Tooi conducted
+himself with great propriety, suppressing all his wild feelings, and at
+the same time treating his sister with all the soft and tender feelings
+of nature. I could not but view his conduct with admiration." When Tooi
+was in England, he had been taught to read and write, and instructed in
+the doctrines of Christianity; and he and his companion Teterree were
+general favourites, from their gentle manners and quick intelligence.
+They were one day taken to St. Paul's by Mr. Nicholas, who naturally
+supposed they would be lost in astonishment at the grandeur of the
+building, but they expressed neither surprise nor pleasure; on which
+that gentleman makes this just remark; "It is only things of common
+occurrence, I suspect, that strike the mind of a savage. The faculties
+must be cultivated to fit them for the enjoyment of the beautiful or the
+sublime." One thing, however, did strike them, and caused no small
+excitement. In walking up Fleet-street, they suddenly stopped before a
+hair-dresser's shop, in the window of which were some female busts. They
+screamed out "Wyenee! Wyenee!" (Women! Women!) taking them for dried
+heads of the human subject. "I took some pains," adds their kind
+conductor, "to beat this notion out of them, lest they should tell their
+countrymen on their return that Europeans preserved human heads as well
+as New Zealanders."
+
+These bursts of feeling were, it seems, quite natural; intense sorrow or
+savage exultation, the extremes of tenderness and of brutality, were
+indulged by turns, without any suspicion on their part of insincerity in
+either. Immediately after, Mr. Marsden mentions that he passed a canoe
+in which he recognised an old acquaintance, Hooratookie, the first New
+Zealander introduced into civil society--Governor King having once
+entertained him with great kindness. Hooratookie was grateful; spoke of
+the governor's daughter, then a child, with unfeigned regard, calling
+her by her Christian name, Maria. But looking into his large war-canoe,
+capable of holding from sixty to eighty men, with provisions, Mr.
+Marsden observed on the stern the dried head of a chief. "The face was
+as natural as life, the hair was long, and every lock combed straight,
+and the whole brought up to the crown, tied in a knot, and ornamented
+with feathers, according to the custom of the chiefs when in full dress.
+It was placed there as an incentive to revenge. It is possible the death
+of this chief may be revenged by his children's children; hence the
+foundation is laid for new acts of cruelty and blood from generation to
+generation."
+
+Mr. Marsden's fame now preceded him, and wherever he went, he was
+received not with rude hospitality, but with courteous respect. One
+chieftain offered up an ovation and prayer on their arrival. "He invoked
+the heavens above and the earth beneath to render our visit advantageous
+to his people, and agreeable to us, and that no harm may happen to us,
+whom he esteemed as the gods of another country. We heard the profane
+adulations with silent grief, and could not but wish most ardently for
+the light of Divine truth to shine on such a dark and superstitious
+mind." Yet this man was a ferocious cannibal; and when Mr. Marsden
+expressed his anxiety for the safety of the missionaries after he should
+have left them, he was calmed by the assurance that, as we had done them
+no harm, they had no satisfaction to demand, "and that as for eating us,
+the flesh of a New Zealander was sweeter than that of an European, in
+consequence of the white people eating so much salt." From this the
+conversation turned to that of eating human flesh, which they defended
+with arguments which to them appeared, no doubt, perfectly conclusive.
+They alleged that fishes, animals, and birds, preyed upon each other;
+and that one god would devour another god, therefore there was in nature
+sufficient warrant for the practice. Shunghie explained how it was the
+gods preyed on each other, "and that when he was to the southward, and
+had killed a number of people and was afraid of their god, he caught
+their god, being a reptile, and ate part of it, and reserved the
+remainder for his friends."
+
+Shunghie, the greatest of New Zealand warriors, was at the same time a
+striking instance of that union of gentleness and ferocity which
+characterized this people. To the missionaries his kindness was always
+great, and his respect for Mr. Marsden knew no bounds. An instance of
+his good feeling may here be noticed. In the beginning of 1817, a naval
+expedition, under his command, sailed from the Bay of Islands. It
+consisted of thirty canoes, and about eight hundred men. Its object was
+to obtain peace with his enemies at the North Cape. The chief took an
+affectionate leave of the settlers, and told them that if he fell they
+must be kind to his children; and if he survived, he would take care of
+their families when they should die. The expedition returned, however,
+in about a fortnight, his people having quarrelled with those of
+Wangaroa, into which place they had put for refreshment; and being
+afraid, he said, that the Wangaroa people would attack the settlers in
+his absence, he, for the present, abandoned the expedition.
+
+Shunghie was again preparing for war when Mr. Marsden paid his second
+visit to New Zealand; his army, to the number of several thousand men,
+were already assembled; his war-canoes were ready, and all his
+preparations complete; yet in deference to the remonstrances of Mr.
+Marsden, he again abandoned his scheme of conquest or revenge, and
+dismissed his followers.
+
+Shunghie paid a visit to England about the year 1820. His majestic
+person, graceful manners, and gentle yet manly disposition were much
+admired. He was one of Nature's nobles; what might not be expected from
+such a man when he returned home again? George the Fourth invited him to
+Carlton Palace, and received him with marked attention, presenting him
+with some military accoutrements and costly fire-arms. Yet the heart of
+a savage never ceased to beat beneath this polished exterior, while his
+pride was fanned to madness by the consideration he received in England.
+"There is," he exclaimed, "but one king in England; there shall be only
+one king in New Zealand." Returning by way of Sydney he there happened
+to meet with Inacki, another chief, with whom he had an ancient feud. He
+told him that when they got back to New Zealand he would fight him.
+Inacki accepted the challenge, and Shunghie accordingly assembled, on
+his return to New Zealand, no fewer than two thousand men to attack
+Inacki. The latter was prepared to receive him, and for some time the
+event of the battle that ensued was doubtful. At length Shunghie, who
+had the greatest number of muskets, and who had arranged his men in the
+form called, in Roman tactics, the cuneus, or wedge, placing himself at
+the apex and directing those behind him to wheel round the enemy, from
+the right and left, or to fall back into their original position as
+opportunity offered, shot Inacki. The savage Shunghie immediately sprang
+forward, scooped out the eye of the dying man with his knife, and
+swallowed it; and then, holding his hands to his throat, into which he
+had plunged his knife, and from which the blood flowed copiously, drank
+as much of the horrid beverage as the two hands could hold. Amongst the
+horrible superstitions of the Maories, one was that the eye of a victim
+thus devoured became a star in the firmament, and thus the ferocious
+Shunghie sought for honour and immortality. With the sword which he had
+received as a present from King George in England, he immediately cut
+off the heads of sixteen of his captives in cold blood; this was done to
+appease the spirit of his son-in-law, who had fallen in battle. In this
+battle, Shunghie and his tribe were armed with muskets, his opponents
+only with the native weapons, the club and spear. His victory,
+therefore, was an easy one, but his revenge was cruel. A New Zealand
+traveller, who visited the spot in 1844, says: "The bones of two
+thousand men still lie whitening on the plain, and the ovens remain in
+which the flesh of the slaughtered was cooked for the horrible repasts
+of the victorious party, and yet so numerous were the slaves taken
+prisoners that the Nga-Puis (the tribe of which Shunghie was the head)
+killed many of them on their way to the Bay of Islands merely to get rid
+of them."[I] Such was the gentle Shunghie when his viler nature was let
+loose--a frightful specimen of human nature, varnished by education, but
+unvisited by the grace of God. We turn aside for a moment to describe a
+scene in bright contrast with these revolting details. Amongst the few
+who escaped the general slaughter was Koromona, a chief who became blind
+soon afterwards, but hearing archdeacon W. Williams preach at Matamata,
+was converted. "For the last four years," says the traveller above
+mentioned, "Koromona has been a native teacher, and may be seen every
+sabbath day with his class instructing them in the truths of the
+Scripture with an earnestness which is truly admirable; he is now about
+to start to preach Christianity to a tribe which has not yet received
+it. His memory is wonderful; he knows the whole of the church service by
+heart, and repeats hymns and many long chapters verbatim." Thus the
+gospel won its victorious way, and proved itself triumphant over hearts
+no less depraved and passions no less degraded than those of Shunghie
+himself. No earthly power could have effected such a change; it was
+wrought by that "gospel" which is truly "the power of God unto salvation
+to every one that believeth."
+
+    [I] Savage Life and Scenes in Australia and New Zealand. By George
+    French Angas, London, 1847.
+
+Amidst such scenes the missionaries dwelt in peace. War, and its
+inseparable and more hideous companion, cannibalism, showed themselves
+at their gates, but were not allowed to hurt them. Under the good
+providence of God, their security was owing, in a great measure, to the
+prudence and courage with which Mr. Marsden planned and carried out his
+projects. Himself a stranger to fear, he infused courage into those
+around him, and both he and they felt secure under the shield and
+buckler of the Almighty. No doubt the fearlessness of Mr. Marsden won
+the admiration of these savages and contributed not a little to his
+safety. His journal abounds in instances such as that which follows.
+The scene is in a Maori village, and the writer is surrounded with
+cannibals. "After conversing on several subjects, we had supper, sung a
+hymn, and then committed ourselves to the Angel of the everlasting
+covenant, and so lay down to rest; a number of the natives lay around
+the hut and some within. I slept well until daybreak, being weary with
+walking."
+
+He appears to have arrived at home, after this second visit to New
+Zealand, towards the close of November, 1819. In February, 1820, he was
+once more on his way back to New Zealand. His letters bear ample
+testimony to a fact which all who were acquainted with him in private
+life observed, that his heart was full of affection, and that his home
+was the scene of his greatest happiness. He had not returned, it is
+true, to be greeted with public honours; on the contrary, he was still a
+marked man. The governor and many of the leading men in the colony were
+prejudiced against him. We believe it is to this period of his life that
+an anecdote which we give on the best possible authority belongs. The
+governor had consented to his recent visit to New Zealand with
+reluctance, and had limited the period of his absence with military
+precision, threatening at the same time to deprive him of his chaplaincy
+unless he returned within the given time. The last day arrived, and the
+expected vessel was not in sight. The governor repeated his
+determination to those around him, and Mr. Marsden's friends were filled
+with anxiety, and his wife and family at length gave up all hope.
+Towards evening the long-wished-for sail appeared in the offing, and at
+eight o'clock in the evening Mr. Marsden quietly walked into the
+governor's drawing-room with the laconic and yet respectful address,
+"Sir, I am here to report myself." But within the bosom of his family
+all was peace, and his presence shed light and joy on everything around
+him. His circumstances were prosperous--for his farm, which was almost
+entirely committed to Mrs. Marsden's care, was now a source of
+considerable income; his children were growing up to manhood under their
+parents' roof; his circle of friends and visitors was large, for there
+were no bounds to his simple hospitality; and the clergy of the colony,
+men like minded with himself, had now begun to regard him not only with
+affection, but with the reverence which belongs to years and wisdom and
+wide experience.
+
+Yet at the call of duty this veteran was ready, on the shortest notice,
+to resume a life of such toil and hardship as nothing could have
+rendered welcome, its novelty once over, but motives the most solemn and
+commanding. H.M.S. Dromedary, Captain Skinner, was directed by
+government to proceed from Sydney to the Bay of Islands to receive a
+cargo of New Zealand timber for trial in the dockyards of England; and
+Sir Byam Martin, controller of the navy, knowing something of the energy
+of Mr. Marsden's character, and his great acquaintance with New Zealand,
+requested that he would accompany the Dromedary, which was joined by the
+Coromandel, in order to facilitate the object of their visit. With this
+request he felt it his duty to comply. He arrived in New Zealand on the
+20th of February, and embarked on board the Dromedary to return on the
+25th of November. Thus nearly the whole year was given to the service of
+New Zealand.
+
+The time was not lost. On his arrival, a difficulty occurred which he
+only could have set at rest. The natives had come to the determination
+to exchange nothing, nor to do any kind of work, except for muskets and
+powder. His first business was to assemble the few European settlers,
+the advanced guard of that mighty band of European colonists which was
+soon to follow, and to persuade them not on any account to supply the
+natives with these weapons of war, in their hands so sure a source of
+mischief. With regard to the duty of the missionaries there could be no
+doubt; and this he explained to all the powerful chiefs. They had come
+among them to preach the gospel of peace, how then could they be
+expected to furnish the means and implements of destruction? In writing
+to the Missionary Society at home he says, and he must have written such
+a sentence with an aching heart, "I think it much more to the honour of
+religion and the good of New Zealand even to give up the mission for the
+present, than to trade with the natives in those articles."
+
+After a short time spent in the Bay of Islands, at the mission, he
+proceeded, sometimes in company with Europeans, but for the most part
+alone, upon a tour of many hundred miles through regions yet untrodden
+by the foot of civilized men, mingling with the native tribes,
+accompanying them in their wanderings from place to place, teaching the
+first lessons of civilization and gospel truth, and receiving everywhere
+from these savages the kindest attention and the most hospitable welcome
+in return.
+
+On their way to Tourangha, he writes, under the date of June 20: "The
+day was far spent when we reached the plain. We walked on till the sun
+was nearly set, when we stopped and prepared for the night. The
+servants, who had the provisions to carry, were very tired. There were
+no huts on the plain, nor any inhabitants, and we were therefore
+compelled to take up our lodging in the open air. I was very weary,
+having had no rest the preceding night; and having come a long day's
+journey, so that I felt that rest would be very acceptable, even on a
+heap of fern or anything else.
+
+"The peculiar scene that surrounded me, furnished the mind with new
+matter for contemplation on the works and ways of God. The mystery of
+his providence, and the still greater mystery of his grace, were all
+unsearchable to me. I had come from a distant country, and was then at
+the ends of the earth, a solitary individual, resting on an extensive
+wild, upon which no civilized foot had ever before trodden. My
+companions were poor savages, who nevertheless vied with each other in
+their attentions to me. I could not but feel attached to them. What
+would I have given to have had the book of life opened, which was yet a
+sealed book to them,--to have shown them that God who made them, and to
+have led them to Calvary's mount, that they may see the Redeemer who had
+shed his precious blood for the redemption of the world, and was there
+set up as an ensign for the nations. But it was not in my power to take
+the veil from their hearts, I could only pray for them, and entreat the
+Father of mercies to visit them with his salvation. I felt very grateful
+that a Divine revelation had been granted to me; that I knew the Son of
+God had come, and believed that he had made a full and sufficient
+sacrifice or atonement for the sins of a guilty world. With
+compassionate feelings for my companions, under a grateful sense of my
+own mercies, I lay down to rest, free from all fear of danger."
+
+It was during this tour that the following letter was addressed to the
+lady of his excellent friend Dr. Mason Good. It is long, but the reader
+will scarcely wish that it had been shorter. Let it stand on record as
+an evidence of the power of true religion in maintaining amidst the
+rudest scenes, and the rough warfare of an adventurous life, all the
+gentleness and affection of the most refined and polished society of a
+Christian land.
+
+                                         "New Zealand, Sept. 22, 1820.
+
+    "DEAR MADAM,--Your kind favour arrived in the Bay of Islands
+    September 7, the evening I returned from a long journey. I had no
+    sooner cast my eye over your letter, than busy imagination
+    transported me from the solitary woods, dreary wastes, and savage
+    society of New Zealand, into 'the polished corner' of
+    Guilford-street, and surrounded me with every cordial that could
+    refresh the weary traveller, revive the fainting spirits, and blow
+    the languishing spark of Christian love with a heavenly flame. I
+    had literally been living for weeks a savage life, as far as
+    outward circumstances went. I ate, I slept in the thick wood, in a
+    cave, or on the banks of a river, or sea, with my native
+    companions, wherever the shadows of the evening, or gathering
+    storm compelled us to seek for shelter. Every day as I advanced
+    from tribe to tribe, I was introduced to new acquaintances; my
+    object was to gain from observation and experience that knowledge
+    of savage life which I could not learn from books, and to make
+    myself well acquainted with the wants, wishes, and character of
+    the native inhabitants, to enable me, if my life should be spared,
+    to aid to the utmost of my power in their deliverance from their
+    present temporal miseries, which are great upon them, and from
+    their much sorer bondage to the prince of darkness. I am happy in
+    having obtained this object to a certain extent, at the expense of
+    a few temporal privations, and a little bodily evil. When I have
+    lain down upon the ground after a weary day's journey, wrapped up
+    in my great coat, surrounded only by cannibals, I often thought
+    how many thousands are there in civil life, languishing upon beds
+    of down, and saying, with Job, 'in the evening would God it were
+    morning,' while I could sleep free from fear or pain, far remote
+    from civil society under the guardian care of him who keepeth
+    Israel. Though I everywhere met with the greatest kindness from
+    the natives, as well as hospitality, for they always gave me the
+    best fern-root, potato, or fish in their possession, yet I could
+    never have duly estimated the sweets of civil life, and the still
+    greater mental gratification of Christian communion, if I had not
+    passed through these dark regions of Satan's dominions, on which
+    the dayspring from on high hath never cast a single ray. You
+    cannot conceive how great a feast your letter was, after so long a
+    fast. I was instantly present with every person you mentioned, and
+    lived over again some of those happy moments I once spent under
+    your hospitable roof. A sacred warmth flowed round my soul, my
+    heart was sweetly melted under the influence of that pure and
+    undefiled religion which dropped from your pen, like the heavenly
+    dew, as it ran through every line. What shall we call those pure
+    sensations that thus warm and captivate the soul? Do they flow
+    from the communion of saints, or at these delightful moments does
+    some invisible seraph touch our lips with a live coal from God's
+    altar? If you have ever experienced similar feelings, their
+    recollection will explain more fully my meaning than my words can
+    express. When these lines meet your eye, may they find your soul
+    rapt up to the third heaven! But to where am I now wandering? the
+    veil of the flesh is not now rent, we have not yet entered into
+    the holy of holies. Though God has given you and your seed the
+    land of Goshen, and you have light continually in your dwelling,
+    yet you are still in Egypt, while I am constrained to dwell in
+    Mesech, and to dwell in these remote and dark tents of Kedar. But,
+    my dear madam, seas and continents will not long separate the
+    people of God. I humbly hope the day is at no great distance, when
+    we shall join the spirits of just men made perfect. At present you
+    abound with blessings.... Jacob often thought of Bethel, and when
+    in his afflictions he seemed to have forgotten that sacred spot,
+    God said unto him, 'Arise and go to Bethel, and dwell there.' It
+    will always be safest for us to dwell also at Bethel. I must now
+    close, as my paper is nearly full, and your patience must also be
+    tired when it comes to your turn to read what I have written.
+
+    "Remember me to your sister, Mrs. Skinner. Tell Mr. Good I
+    received his last letter, and will answer it at a more convenient
+    season. I was on my passage to Port Jackson in a small schooner,
+    but adverse winds drove me back almost dead with sea-sickness. I
+    have been here since February last, and when I shall get home I am
+    uncertain; I venture no more in the schooner. Mrs. M. wants me
+    back, as she has much upon her hands. It gave me great
+    satisfaction to hear my son had arrived safe. I knew your
+    kindness would far exceed my wishes. I will endeavour, as far as
+    able, to pay all my debts when I see Mr. Good and you face to
+    face; till then you must give me credit, and if I do not pay you,
+    you will be sure to receive both principal and interest in the
+    resurrection of the just.
+
+        "I remain, dear madam,
+      "Yours, in the bonds of Christian love,
+          "SAMUEL MARSDEN."
+
+The immediate object of his visit being accomplished, he returned to
+Sydney, where a strange reception awaited him. Governor Macquarie had
+sent to Lord Bathurst a despatch in answer to the statements of the
+senior chaplain, already noticed, in which he brought heavy charges
+against the latter, which deeply affected his character, not only as a
+magistrate, but as a Christian man and a minister. The office of a
+magistrate he had been compelled to undertake in common with the other
+clergy of the colony, who were all included in the commission of the
+peace. For this there was no justification except hard necessity. Mr.
+Marsden, however, had long been weary of the irksome task, and had once
+and again requested the governor to accept his resignation. This the
+governor had expressly declined to do, on the ground that "his services
+as a magistrate were too beneficial to the public;" but in fact, it
+would seem, only that he might have the opportunity of inflicting upon
+him the annoyance of a formal dismissal, which was shortly afterwards
+notified in the "Sydney Gazette."
+
+Lord Bathurst, in consequence of the governor's despatch, determined
+upon a step which gave great satisfaction to Mr. Marsden's friends at
+home, and sent out a commissioner to investigate upon the spot the
+truth of these and various other matters affecting the state of the
+colony, which had now obtained public notoriety, and had already engaged
+the attention of the British parliament; and Commissioner Bigge arrived
+during Mr. Marsden's absence to manage the inquiry. On his return we
+find him seeking a public and searching examination of his whole
+conduct. Addressing a letter to the commissioner, he says: "I am happy
+to meet every charge that can be brought against me. I have no wish to
+do more than set my character right in the opinion of his Majesty's
+government and in that of the Christian world; and I am unfeignedly
+thankful to you for the fair opportunity you afford me to justify my
+public and private conduct."
+
+Among the many charges brought before the commission of inquiry was that
+already preferred against Mr. Marsden by the governor in his despatch to
+Lord Bathurst, namely, that he had been guilty of extraordinary severity
+as a magistrate. Another, scarcely consistent with the first, was, that
+more profligacy and depravity were to be found amongst the convicts of
+Paramatta than in any other district, and that this was owing to the
+neglect of the senior chaplain. Perhaps it would have been impossible to
+have brought forward any two charges of a more painful nature. Happily
+the first was easily disproved, or rather it fell at once to the ground
+for want of proof. The second was the more cruel, because, while the
+facts bore out the statement, Mr. Marsden was the only public man in the
+colony who was not guilty, by his silence at least, to some extent of
+the iniquities which the governor affected to deplore. Paramatta was, in
+fact, the receptacle of the most hardened and depraved of the convict
+class; it received the sweepings of the jails in every district. There
+were nearly two hundred women and seven hundred male convicts there,
+while the factory was so small as not to be able to contain more than
+sixty women, and the remainder were obliged to find lodging for
+themselves or to sleep in the open fields. This was Mr. Marsden's answer
+to the commissioner; it was a repetition of the remonstrance which he
+alone had had the courage, two years before, to present to the governor,
+and then to remit home to England. Thus he found himself arraigned as
+the cause of those very evils--evils, too, lying at his own door--which
+he had obtained so much obloquy for attempting to remove. The reflection
+is a trite one, but it will bear to be repeated, that the Christian
+philanthropist must look for his recompense in heaven, and not from man.
+"If when ye do well and suffer for it, ye take it patiently, this is
+acceptable with God, for even hereunto were ye called." A third charge
+was that he had squandered public money in building the female orphan
+house. He showed, however, on his defence, that the lieutenant-governor,
+judge-advocate, and others, who formed the committee, had examined the
+accounts and passed them every quarter, and that the governor had
+himself afterwards approved of them, and published them in the "Sydney
+Gazette" three years before the charge was made. It now appeared further
+that Mr. Marsden had advanced largely to the institution; to the amount
+indeed of more than eight hundred pounds, for the mere cost of the
+building; "and this," he says, "must have been known to the governor, as
+I was obliged to apply to him for repayment for some of these sums, and
+received an answer that he could not assist me."
+
+Such are some of the trials which they must learn to encounter who would
+be brave and fearless soldiers of the cross. They must expect to have
+their motives censured, their tempers blamed, their actions
+misconstrued, sometimes by men as good, or, at least, as honest as
+themselves. Governor Macquarie left the impression of his genius upon
+the youthful institutions of Australia, where his memory is still
+honoured as that of a great man; yet his conduct to Mr. Marsden was
+oppressive and unjust. It is consoling to know that there had been
+nothing in the personal conduct of the latter unworthy of his sacred
+calling. The commissioner, in the conclusion of the investigation,
+inserts, for Mr. Marsden's information, the governor's testimonial of
+his character, which, considering the charges brought against him,
+certainly does go far to prove that misapprehension and exasperated
+feelings had betrayed his excellency into a warmth and precipitancy of
+which, in moments of less irritation, he felt ashamed. "The governor
+admits that Mr. Marsden's manner to him has been constantly civil and
+accommodating, and that nothing in his manner could provoke the
+governor's warmth. The governor admits his qualifications, his activity,
+and his unremitting vigilance as a magistrate, and in society his
+cheerful disposition and readiness to please."
+
+While this inquiry was pending at Sydney, the governor addressed a
+letter to Lord Sidmouth, and published it in England. It was a defence
+of his own line of policy against various attacks which had been made
+against it in the House of Commons by the Hon. H. Grey Bennett and
+others. In the course of his defence, the governor not only ridiculed
+Mr. Marsden's letter on the necessity of a female factory, and his
+account of the melancholy condition of the convict women, but charges
+him with being himself accustomed to traffic in spirituous liquors, and
+in consequence of being displeased at having so many public-houses in
+his neighbourhood.
+
+Malicious, and absurd as the accusation was, carrying with it its own
+refutation, it found some who were weak or wicked enough to believe, or
+however to repeat it. It was revived in the colony, and republished in
+one of the Sydney newspapers after Mr. Marsden's death. Such is the
+tenacity of slander. "Only throw mud enough," says the eloquent Mr.
+Burke, "and some of it will be sure to stick." Mr. Marsden felt his
+character so seriously compromised that he wrote home to the minister in
+self-defence, and also addressed a statement of the case to the new
+governor, Sir Thomas Brisbane. After showing the absurdity, and indeed
+the impossibility, of the charge, since, in the first place, the
+governor himself had granted a monopoly to certain contractors to
+purchase and land all spirits brought to the colony, and that in the
+second he had no licence, he adds: "Such is the watchful eye that was
+kept upon my whole conduct by night and by day, if I had been guilty of
+that or any other impropriety, it would have been impossible for me to
+have escaped detection." So far as any pretence of truth could have been
+urged in support of this foul slander, namely that "he kept a
+public-house for the sale of ardent spirits, selling them in any
+quantity from a pint to a puncheon," it may be stated in his own words:
+"In the infancy of the colony, previously to my arrival, barter was
+established among all classes from the governor downwards. As there was
+neither beer nor milk, tea nor sugar, to be purchased at any price,
+wine and spirits became the medium of exchange. As the colony
+progressively advanced in agriculture, commerce, and wealth, barter
+gradually decreased, and money transactions became more general. I can
+affirm that for the last eighteen years I have not had in my possession
+as much spirits as would allow my servants half a pint a head per week.
+And at no period of my residence did I ever purchase spirits for
+sale."[J]
+
+    [J] Rations of spirits, as in the navy, would seem at this time to
+    have been regularly served out to the servants and labourers in the
+    colony.
+
+These were not the only troubles through which he was called to pass.
+But enough has been said both to explain the difficulties in which Mr.
+Marsden was placed and to clear his character from the vile aspersions
+cast upon it. It is with pleasure that we turn from these false and
+disgraceful charges to follow him in those Christian and philanthropic
+pursuits which have given splendour to his name.
+
+On the arrival of Sir Thomas Brisbane, in 1821, to assume the government
+of New South Wales, Mr. Marsden immediately waited upon him, when he
+received the assurance of his countenance and support, not only as a
+colonial chaplain, but as the representative of the great missionary
+work going forward in New Zealand. Such encouragement was opportune; he
+thanked God and took courage; for the difficulties were great, and from
+time to time grievous disappointments and vexations had occurred. It was
+about this time that the seminary at Paramatta, for the education of New
+Zealanders, was abandoned. It had its origin with Mr. Marsden, and was
+conducted for some time in his own house. It was indeed one of his most
+favourite plans, and its failure was a severe disappointment. It was
+found, however, that the change of habits and of climate was injurious
+to the health of the New Zealanders, while the results were not always
+such as might have been desired. But nothing could damp his ardent zeal,
+or quench his spirit of enterprise. "I see," he says, writing to his
+friends at home, "the way preparing for the spread of the gospel. I feel
+the fullest conviction that the South Sea Islands will now receive the
+blessing of civilization and the gospel. The work is great, and many
+difficulties may oppose it. The foundation is now firmly laid, and no
+power on earth can overturn it. To impart these blessings to the New
+Zealanders is an object worthy of the British nation: a more noble
+undertaking could not be suggested to the Christian world." This at
+least was not the mere declamation of the platform, but the deliberate
+expression of the views of one who had toiled and suffered in the cause
+for twenty years, and had scarcely been cheered, at present, with the
+sight of a single New Zealand convert. "Here," at least, "is the
+patience of the saints."
+
+His home duties were not neglected; nor was his the easy philanthropy
+which overlooks the humble claims of the rustic flock or obscure parish,
+while it stalks abroad on some heroic enterprise which may feed the
+vanity, while it satisfies the conscience, of the actor. Through his
+exertions Paramatta had now its association in behalf of the Bible
+Society, which already collected funds for the Parent Society in
+England. An early report from this institution contains a remarkable
+account of his visits to the sick bed of a young woman, whose experience
+beautifully illustrates the text, that the Scripture "is able to make us
+wise unto salvation through faith which is in Christ Jesus." It brings
+the writer also before us incidentally as a spiritual pastor and an
+enlightened minister of Christ.
+
+"Some time ago," says Mr. Marsden, "I was called on to visit a young
+woman, about twenty years of age, in one of our districts, who was
+extremely ill, and who wished very much to see me before she died. On my
+arrival at her father's house, I found her heavily afflicted, and death
+appeared to be at no great distance. I sat by her bedside with the Bible
+in my hand; expecting to find her, as I have but too often found others
+in similar circumstances, ignorant of the first principles of religion.
+
+"I read a portion of this sacred book to her, and was most agreeably
+surprised to find that she not only understood the letter but the spirit
+of the Scriptures.
+
+"I asked her father how she became so well acquainted with the
+Scriptures: he said he did not know--she was always reading her Bible at
+every opportunity, and sometimes sat up whole nights for that purpose.
+He observed, she was a very dutiful daughter: he had a large family, and
+she, being the eldest, and very industrious, was of great service to her
+mother and the younger branches of the family; the only indulgence which
+she desired was to be allowed to read the Bible when her work was done;
+but he could not account for her attachment to it; and it seemed very
+strange to him that she should attend to it so much. I asked him if she
+was in the habit of going to church, as I did not personally know her.
+He said she went sometimes, but was generally prevented, from the
+distance and the large family which she had to attend to.
+
+"This young woman may be said to have obtained her religion wholly from
+the Bible. None of the family knew anything of the Bible but herself. I
+visited her during the whole of her sickness, from the time she sent for
+me, until she fell asleep in Jesus. Her faith was simple, her views of
+the way of salvation clear. She gave me many proofs of this, in the
+various conversations which I had with her during her sickness. The
+Bible was more precious to her than gold; she had found it, under the
+influence of the Divine Spirit, her counsellor and her guide, and by it
+she had been brought to a knowledge of the only true God, and Jesus
+Christ whom he had sent; and hereby she was filled with a hope full of
+immortality. Previously to her last sickness, she had enjoyed good
+health: it was in the prime of youth and vigour that she had read her
+Bible, and loved it, so that she had not to seek God, for the first
+time, in this trying moment; but found him a present help in sickness
+and in the approach of death. The Bible had testified of Christ to her:
+she had found eternal life revealed therein; and the Divine promises
+were both great and precious to her soul."
+
+Such instances of faith, and of the happy effects of a simple reliance
+upon the atonement, were at that time of rare occurrence in the colony.
+Instances of conversion simply from the reading of the Scriptures are
+not perhaps so rare as we generally suppose. Lieutenant Sadleir, who
+himself resided at Paramatta, has remarked upon this occurrence: "It is
+gratifying to the reflecting mind to observe such glimmerings of light
+in the midst of so much darkness. Although found in obscurity and in the
+cottage of the peasant, it proved that there were some who had not bowed
+the knee to the Baal of universal licentiousness."
+
+Mr. Marsden's anxiety for the female convicts was not to be abated by
+ridicule or opposition. We find him, in August, 1822, addressing a
+letter to Dr. Douglas, the police magistrate of Paramatta, on their
+behalf. Some of the sentiments are beautifully touching. The substance
+of the plea on their behalf is "that these poor creatures, who are
+confined in the penitentiary, and who have committed no offence in these
+settlements, be allowed the privilege of attending at least once on the
+sabbath day on public worship." The request was surely reasonable, and
+in urging it he rises to a pathetic eloquence: "There is no nation under
+the heavens in whose bosom the wretched and unfortunate finds so warm a
+reception as in our own. The unhappy situation of the female convicts
+during their confinement in the different jails in the empire interests
+the best feelings of the human heart. They are instructed by the
+counsels of the wise, consoled by the prayers of the pious, softened by
+the tears of the compassionate, and relieved by the alms of the
+benevolent. The noble senator does not pass over their crimes and their
+punishments unnoticed; he is anxious for the prevention of the former,
+and the mitigation of the latter; nor does the wise politician consider
+them beneath his care." He then speaks with natural exultation of "the
+watchful eye with which the British government provides for their wants
+and conveniences during their voyage to New South Wales, even more
+liberally than for the brave soldiers and sailors who have fought the
+battles of their country, and never violated its laws;" and then follows
+a sentence which leaves us uncertain whether more to admire his
+patriotism or the gentleness of his nature and the warmth of his heart:
+
+"This apparently singular conduct may seem as if the British government
+wished to encourage crime and afterwards reward it; but upon a nearer
+view this principle of action will be found to spring spontaneously from
+virtue, from that inherent, laudable, Christian compassion and anxiety,
+which the father of the prodigal felt for his lost son, which kept alive
+the spark of hope that he might one day return to his father's house and
+be happy. This parable of our blessed Saviour's most beautifully
+exhibits the character of the British nation towards her prodigal sons
+and daughters, and is more honourable to her than all the victories she
+has achieved by sea and land."
+
+The welfare of the female convict population lay near to Mr. Marsden's
+heart; scarcely his beloved New Zealanders and their missions engaged
+more of his affection. His plans for the improvement of their temporal
+condition, and his incessant labours for their spiritual welfare,
+occupied no small portion of his time and thoughts; and there is good
+reason to believe that his labours amongst these outcasts were not "in
+vain in the Lord." Standing, as we should have thought, himself in need
+of encouragement, he stimulated the languid zeal of others. Mrs. Fry and
+other philanthropists were now engaged in their great work of amending
+our prison discipline at home. We have inserted a letter from that
+excellent lady to Mr. Marsden. His answer to it must have cheered her
+spirits amidst the many disheartening toils to which she was exposed.
+
+"The Wellington had just arrived when," he says, "I went on board, and
+was highly gratified with the order which appears to have been
+maintained in that vessel. I could not have conceived that any ship
+could have been fitted up to have afforded such accommodation to the
+unfortunate female exiles as the Wellington was. All the women looked
+clean, healthy, and well. They had not that low, vicious, squalid, dirty
+look which the women at former periods have had when they first arrived.
+I believe there has been very great attention paid by the master and
+surgeon to their morals and comfort, in every possible way. The very
+sight of the arrangements of the vessel showed that the humane and
+benevolent wishes of the Christian world had been carried into effect,
+and proved beyond all contradiction that order and morality can be
+maintained upon so long a voyage in a female convict ship.... The
+present inquiry into the state of this colony, before the committee of
+the House of Commons, will greatly benefit this country. I can speak
+from painful experience that for the last twenty-six years, it has been
+the most immoral, wretched society in all the Christian world. Those who
+are intimate with the miseries and vices of large jails alone can form
+any idea of the colony of New South Wales. I know what Newgate was when
+I was in London, in the years 1808 and 1809. I was then in the habit of
+seeing that miserable abode of vice and woe. What has since been done in
+Newgate may be done elsewhere, if suitable means are adopted by those in
+authority, seconded by individual exertions; much might be done in these
+colonies towards restoring the poor exiles to society, with the
+countenance and support of the government. Great evils are not removed
+without great difficulties. When I visited the Wellington, I saw much
+had been done in England, and more than I could have credited, had I not
+been an eye witness of the situation of the females."
+
+Sir Thomas Brisbane, the new governor, was not slow to perceive the
+worth of services such as those which Mr. Marsden had rendered to the
+colony, and pressed him to accept once more the office of a magistrate.
+In reference to this, "I wish," says Mr. Marsden, in a letter to Dr.
+Mason Good, "to avoid the office if I can; but I fear it will not be in
+my power, without giving offence. The judges as well as the public and
+the magistrates have urged me to take the bench at the present time." In
+the same letter, he adds: "I feel happy that I have stood firm against
+all calumnies and reproaches, and have been the instrument of bringing
+to light the abominations that have been committed here: and some of the
+evils are already remedied." The friends of religion and virtue in
+England could not fail to sympathize with him, being well assured that
+substantially he was fighting the cause of true piety and equal justice,
+against profligacy and oppression. Mr. Wilberforce wrote to him in the
+year 1823, with his usual warm affection:--
+
+    "Though I may be a somewhat doubtful and unfrequent correspondent,
+    I am not an uncertain friend; and where good will, as in your
+    instance, is grounded on early esteem, and cemented by the
+    consciousness of having many mutual friends, I should be ashamed
+    if that should suffer any decay from the impression not being
+    often renewed. It was with no small concern that I heard that
+    anything unpleasant had occurred. I had meant to endeavour to
+    obtain a sight of any letters or papers to our common friends, and
+    to have consulted with them whether any, and if any, what
+    measures, could be taken for the benefit of your colony, or in
+    your own support, which, without a compliment, I hold to be in a
+    degree coincident.... And now, my dear sir, farewell: but I ought
+    not to conclude without congratulating you on the progressive
+    advancement, as I trust, of the religious and moral interests of
+    your Australian world, and begging that you will always inform me
+    unreservedly whenever you conceive I can be of use publicly, or to
+    yourself personally.
+
+      "I remain, with much esteem and regard,
+        "My dear sir,
+          "Your sincere friend,
+            "W. WILBERFORCE."
+
+The report of Commissioner Bigge was made public soon afterwards; and
+with it the clouds which had gathered so long around the chaplain of
+Paramatta were at last dispersed. He was too prominent a mark not to be
+again assailed. Always in the front of the battle when the oppressed
+required protection, or evil doers in high positions his bold assaults,
+it was not in the nature of things that he should lead a very quiet
+life. His calling was peculiar; so were his talents; and the latter were
+admirably fitted for the former. But for the present his triumph was
+complete, and the government at home appreciated his faithful service.
+The document which follows requires no further comment. It was not
+received till some time had elapsed, but we insert it here as a fitting
+conclusion to the chapter:--
+
+                 "Private Secretary's Office, Sydney, 9th April, 1825.
+
+    "REVEREND SIR,--I have the honour to acquaint you, by command of
+    his excellency the governor, that Earl Bathurst, having taken into
+    consideration your long and useful services in the colony of New
+    South Wales, has determined upon increasing your stipend to the
+    sum of four hundred pounds sterling, per annum.
+
+    "I have further the pleasing satisfaction of coupling with it his
+    lordship's instructions to the governor, to acquaint you that it
+    has been done in consideration of your long, laborious, and
+    praiseworthy exertions in behalf of religion and morality.
+
+      "I have the honour to be, reverend Sir,
+        "Your obedient servant,
+          "JOHN OVENS,
+            _Private Secretary._
+
+    "To the Rev. Samuel Marsden,
+    Principal Chaplain."
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IX.
+
+    Fourth Visit to New Zealand--Trials and Successes of the various
+    Missions--Shipwreck and Danger of Mr. Marsden and the Rev. S.
+    Leigh--Returns home--Letter to Avison Terry, Esq.
+
+
+In July, 1823, we find Mr. Marsden again taking ship and embarking for
+New Zealand; his intention being to visit the stations of the Church
+Missionary Society, and to arrange its affairs. Since his last visit
+fresh causes for anxiety had appeared. In consequence of Shunghie's
+misconduct, the natives were now alienated from the missionaries; they
+had become indifferent to education and agricultural improvements; and
+the gospel, it was too evident, had made little progress hitherto.
+Shunghie declared that as to himself, "he wanted his children to learn
+to fight and not to read." The Maories about the settlement insisted
+upon being paid for their services in fire-arms and ammunition. "Since
+Shunghie's return," writes one of the missionaries, "the natives, one
+and all, have treated us with contempt. They are almost past bearing;
+coming into our houses when they please, demanding food, thieving
+whatever they can lay their hands on, breaking down our garden fences,
+stripping the ship's boats of everything they can. They seem, in fact,
+ripe for any mischief; had Mr. Marsden himself been amongst us, much as
+he deserves their esteem, I believe he would not escape without insult;
+but the Lord is a very present help in time of trouble." Amongst the
+missionaries themselves certain evils had appeared, the growth of a
+secular and commercial spirit, which had injured their cause, and
+threatened to frustrate the great end for which the mission was
+projected. Mr. Marsden heard of these untoward events, and hastened his
+departure, full of anxiety, but not abating one jot of his confidence in
+the final triumph of God's cause. What his feelings were his own journal
+testifies:--
+
+    "I am still confident that this land of darkness and superstition
+    will be visited by the day-star from on high. The glory of the
+    Lord shall be revealed, and all flesh shall see it together, for
+    the mouth of the Lord has spoken it. O Lord, let thy kingdom come;
+    thy will be done on earth as it is done in heaven. I have suffered
+    so much annoyance and persecution for some time past, from
+    unreasonable and wicked men, that I am happy in leaving the colony
+    for a little time, in which I have experienced so much annoyance.
+    In reflecting upon the state of New Zealand there are many things
+    which give me both pleasure and pain. I am happy the Church
+    Missionary Society has not relinquished the cause, but have sent
+    out more strength to carry on the work. Many have been the
+    discouragements from the misconduct of some of the servants of the
+    Society; but I am confident that the sword of the Spirit, which is
+    the word of God, will in time subdue the hearts of these poor
+    people to the obedience of faith."
+
+He was accompanied on his voyage by the Reverend Henry Williams and his
+family, who now went out to strengthen the New Zealand mission, of which
+he soon became one of the most effective leaders. One of Bishop Selwyn's
+first steps when he was appointed bishop of New Zealand, was to make Mr.
+Henry Williams one of his archdeacons, and since then he has been
+designated to a New Zealand bishopric in a district inhabited
+exclusively by Christianized Maories. Could Mr. Marsden have foreseen
+the course which awaited his companion, how would his soul have been
+cheered! but it was for him to sow in tears, and for others to reap in
+joy. The field was not yet ripe for the harvest; other men laboured, who
+now sleep in the dust, and we of this generation have entered into their
+labours. Mr. Marsden was not mistaken in his estimate of his new
+companion. Indeed he appears to have been very seldom mistaken in the
+judgments he formed about other men. "I think," he notes, "that Mr.
+Williams and his family will prove a great blessing to the Society. I
+hope he will be able to correct and remedy, in time, many evils that
+have existed, and also to set an example to the rest what they as
+missionaries should do."
+
+This was his fourth visit to New Zealand, and though in some respects it
+was painful, yet in others there was ground for joy. The cloud which the
+prophet saw from Carmel, though no greater than a man's hand, foretold
+abundance of rain; and so now too, at length, after nine years' toil, a
+few hopeful symptoms appeared amongst the Maories. Their anxious visitor
+observed with much pleasure, he says, that since his last visit, the
+natives in general were much improved in their appearance and manners;
+and now for the first time he heard them, with strange delight, sing
+some hymns and repeat some prayers in their own language. This convinced
+him that, notwithstanding the misconduct of a few of the Europeans, the
+work was gradually going on, and the way preparing for the blessings of
+the gospel. "I have no doubt that the greatest difficulties are now
+over, and that God will either incline the hearts of those who are now
+in New Zealand, to devote themselves to their work, or he will find
+other instruments to do his work."
+
+Yet he had a painful duty to discharge. Firm as he was and lion-hearted
+when danger was to be met, his nature was very gentle, and his
+affections both deep and warm; and he had now to rebuke some of the
+missionaries whom he loved as his own soul, and even to dismiss one of
+them. Of those whom he had been obliged to censure, he writes
+thus:--"They expressed their regret for the past, and a determination to
+act in a different way for the future. Some, I have no doubt, will
+retrace their steps, and will be more cautious and circumspect, but I
+have not the same confidence in all. Some express sorrow, but I fear not
+that which worketh repentance." Again he remarks: "Missionary work is
+very hard work, unless the heart is fully engaged in it. No
+consideration can induce a man to do habitually what he has a habitual
+aversion to. The sooner such a one leaves the work, the better it will
+be for himself and the mission." But though compelled to blame, he did
+not forget to sympathize. "The present missionaries, though some of them
+have erred greatly from the right way, yet have all had their trials and
+troubles. Some allowance must be made for their peculiar situation, and
+their want of Christian society, and of the public ordinances of
+religion."
+
+Several chiefs, among whom was Tooi, warmly took up the cause of the
+missionary who had been dismissed. The conversation which followed is a
+beautiful illustration of the too much forgotten Scripture which tells
+us that "a soft answer turneth away wrath," while at the same time it
+presents an interesting view of the Maori mind and character at this
+critical period of their national history.
+
+    "Tooi addressing me, said a missionary had informed him that day
+    that he was going to leave New Zealand, and the chiefs wished to
+    know whether this person had been dismissed for selling muskets
+    and powder to the natives. To this I replied that Mr. ---- was
+    directed by the gentlemen in England who had sent him out as a
+    missionary, not to sell muskets and powder; that it was not the
+    custom in England for clergymen to sell muskets and powder; and
+    that no missionary could be allowed to sell them in New Zealand.
+    As several of the chiefs present had been at Port Jackson, I
+    observed that they knew that the clergymen there did not sell
+    muskets and powder. They knew that I had not one musket in my
+    house, and that they had never seen any when they were with me.
+    They replied, they knew what I said was true. I further added we
+    did not interfere with the government of New Zealand; they did
+    what they pleased, and the missionaries should be allowed to do
+    what they pleased. Tooi said that this was but just, and observed,
+    'We are at present in the same state as the Otaheitans were some
+    time back. The Otaheitans wanted only muskets and powder, and
+    would have nothing else, and now, as they knew better, they wanted
+    none; and the New Zealanders would care nothing about muskets when
+    they knew better, which they would in time.' All the chiefs
+    acquiesced in the observations Tooi made. I was happy to find
+    their minds were so enlarged, and that they had begun to take such
+    proper views of the subject. I said, Tooi's remarks upon the
+    conduct of the Otaheitans were very just, and told them that the
+    Queen Charlotte brig, which had sailed from the bay the preceding
+    day, belonged to the young king Pomare; that the Otaheitans had
+    sent oil and various other articles to Port Jackson, and that they
+    had received in return, tea, sugar, and flour, and clothing, as
+    they wanted these articles, and that the New Zealanders might in
+    time have a ship of their own to procure sperm oil, spars, etc.,
+    which they might sell at Port Jackson, and many of them were able
+    to kill the whales, having been employed on board the whalers.
+    When they got a vessel of their own, they would soon be equal to
+    the Otaheitans, and give over their cruel wars. They expressed
+    much pleasure at having a vessel of their own. After some further
+    explanation the chiefs were satisfied that Mr. ---- had violated
+    our laws and had brought all his distress upon himself."
+
+The conduct of the natives confirmed the impression which Mr. Marsden
+had previously formed, and which their subsequent history down to the
+present day entirely sustains, that they are a noble race of men, of
+considerable mental capacity, of great perseverance and enterprise, who
+never lose sight of an object upon which they have once set their minds;
+powerful reasoners upon any subject that has come within their
+knowledge; possessed of a quick perception and a natural sagacity, which
+enables them to form a just acquaintance with human nature as it
+presents itself before them. Who would not wish that they too may form a
+happy exception to the rule which seems in every land to condemn the
+native population to waste away before the advances of European
+enterprise? Who would not desire that the Maorie tribes may long be a
+great and powerful nation, protected, but not oppressed by English rule?
+
+Mr. Marsden now paid a visit at Wangaroa, to the Wesleyan missionary
+station there. Over the Wesleyan missions he had of course no control or
+oversight, such as that with which he was intrusted towards the missions
+of the London Missionary Society in the South Sea Islands. This,
+however, did not prevent his taking an affectionate interest in their
+affairs. He found Mr. Leigh, the founder of their mission, very ill, and
+invited him to return with him on a voyage of health and recreation to
+Port Jackson; and having taken leave of the Church Missionary brethren
+with solemn and affectionate counsels he embarked on the 6th of
+September, 1823, with feelings which he thus describes.
+
+    "I now felt much pleasure in the prospect of a speedy return to my
+    family and people, and being very weary with various toils and
+    anxieties both of body and mind, I longed for a little rest, and
+    retired to my cabin with much thankfulness and comfort. I had
+    cause to be thankful for continual good health during the period I
+    had been in New Zealand, as I had not lost one day. I felt great
+    confidence in the Rev. Mr. Williams, and I doubt not that God will
+    prosper the work, and raise up a seed in this benighted land to
+    serve him; for many shall come from the south as well as the
+    north, and shall sit down with Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob in the
+    kingdom of God."
+
+But his bright visions were overcast. Like the first and greatest of
+Christian missionaries, it was ordained that he, too, "should suffer
+shipwreck and be cast upon a desert island." His own journal gives us
+the story of his danger and deliverance.
+
+    "_Sunday 7th._--This morning we weighed anchor. I spent some time
+    this day reading the Scriptures with the Rev. S. Leigh, our
+    subject for contemplation was the 1st chapter of St. Paul to the
+    Romans. The weather was very threatening and stormy; the wind from
+    the eastward and strong, blowing directly into the mouth of the
+    harbour. We lay in Korororika Bay, on the south side of the
+    harbour, and had to sail along a lee rocky shore. In working out
+    with the wind dead on the land, the ship being light and high out
+    of the water she would not answer her helm, and twice missed
+    stays. The lead was kept continually sounding, and we soon found
+    ourselves in little more than three fathoms water, with a rocky
+    bottom and a shoal of rocks on our lee, and it was then high
+    water. When the captain found the situation we were in, he
+    immediately ordered to let go the anchor, which was done. When the
+    tide turned the ship struck, the gale increased, and the sea with
+    it; a shipwreck was now more than probable; there appeared no
+    possible way to prevent it. The Rev. Mr. Leigh was very ill, and
+    felt the disturbance much, Mrs. Leigh also being very ill. I
+    requested the captain to lend me the boat to take Mr. and Mrs.
+    Leigh to the nearest island, where we arrived very safely, the
+    island being but two miles distant. The natives expressed much
+    concern for us, made a fire, prepared the best hut they could,
+    which was made of bulrushes, for our reception. I requested them
+    to send a canoe to Rungheehe, to inform Mr. and Mrs. Hall of the
+    loss of the ship, and to bring their boat to assist in bringing
+    the people to land. At the same time, I desired they would tell
+    the natives to bring a large war canoe. The natives for some time
+    alleged that their canoe would be dashed to pieces by the waves,
+    but at length I prevailed upon them. They had between five and
+    six miles to go, through a very rough sea. About three o'clock,
+    Messrs. Hall, King, and Hanson, arrived in Mr. Hall's boat, and a
+    large war canoe with natives; they immediately proceeded to the
+    ship, and we had the satisfaction to see them arrive safe, and
+    waited until dark with the greatest anxiety for their return. The
+    rain fell in torrents, the gale increased, and they had not
+    returned; we lay down in our little hut full of fear for the
+    safety of all on board. The night appeared very long, dark, and
+    dreary. As we could not rest, we most anxiously wished for the
+    morning light, to learn some account of them.
+
+    "_September 8th._--When the day arrived we had the happiness to
+    see the vessel still upright, but driven nearer the shore. No boat
+    or canoe from her; the gale still increased; about mid-day we saw
+    the mainmast go overboard. The natives on the island screamed
+    aloud when the mast fell. I concluded they had cut away the mast
+    to relieve the vessel. We spent the rest of this day in great
+    suspense, as we could not conjecture why all the passengers should
+    remain on board in the state the ship was in. At dark in the
+    evening Mr. Hall returned, and informed us that the bottom of the
+    vessel was beaten out, and that both her chain and best bower
+    cable were parted; and that she beat with such violence upon the
+    rocks when the tide was in that it was impossible to stand upon
+    the deck; at the same time, he said, there was no danger of any
+    lives being lost, as he did not think the vessel would go to
+    pieces, as she stood firm upon the rock, when the tide was out. He
+    said, the passengers on board had not determined what they would
+    do, or where they would land as yet; they wished to wait till the
+    gale was abated. Mr. Hall's information relieved us much; as it
+    was now dark, the wind high, and the sea rough, we could not leave
+    the island, and therefore took up our lodgings in our little hut.
+
+    "The natives supplied us with a few potatoes and some fish. My
+    pleasing prospect of returning to Port Jackson was at an end, for
+    some time at least. I was exceedingly concerned for the loss of so
+    fine a vessel on many accounts, as individuals who are interested
+    in her must suffer as well as the passengers on board, and spent
+    the night in reflections on the difficulties with which I was
+    surrounded; while the raging of the storm continued without
+    intermission.
+
+    "_Tuesday 9th._--At the return of day we discovered the ship still
+    upright, but she appeared to be higher on the reef. I now
+    determined to return to Kiddee-Kiddee in Mr. Hall's boat with Mr.
+    and Mrs. Leigh. We left the island for the missionary settlement,
+    where we arrived about nine o'clock. Our friends had not heard of
+    the loss of the ship until our arrival, as there had not been any
+    communication between the different settlements in consequence of
+    the severe weather. We were very kindly received by the brethren;
+    I informed them in what situation we had left the ship, and
+    requested that every assistance might be given to land the
+    passengers and luggage. The wreck was about twelve or fourteen
+    miles from the settlement. Four boats were immediately sent off;
+    Mr. Hall's boat took the women and children to Rungheehe, and two
+    of the boats returned with part of our luggage, and we went to the
+    station of the Rev. Henry Williams. All the brethren rendered
+    every aid in their power. The boats on their return brought the
+    welcome news that all was well on board, and Mr. Leigh did not
+    appear to have suffered much injury from the wet and cold he
+    endured on the island, though in so weak a state. Divine wisdom
+    has no doubt some wise ends to answer in all that has befallen us.
+    The word of God expressly says all things shall work together for
+    the good of them that love God, and the Scripture cannot be
+    broken.
+
+    "We cannot see through this dark and mysterious dispensation at
+    the present time; the why and wherefore we must leave to him who
+    ordereth all things according to the counsel of his own will. As
+    the gale continued with unremitting violence, if we had gone out
+    to sea we might have been cast on shore under more dangerous and
+    distressing circumstances. Our shipwreck has been a most merciful
+    one, as no lives have been lost, nor anything but the ship."
+
+The shipwreck of the Brampton--for that was the vessel's name--occurred
+on the 7th of September, and in consequence Mr. Marsden was detained in
+New Zealand until the 14th of November, when he returned home in the
+Dragon, and arrived at Sydney in the beginning of December, 1823. The
+interval was not lost; for he seems to have been one of those who gather
+up the fragments of time, and turn to the best account the idle hours
+and spare moments of life. He drew up some excellent rules for the
+guidance of the missionaries and Christian settlers in their intercourse
+with the shipping which now began to visit the Bay of Islands. He
+encouraged the erection of a school-house for the natives. "The
+foundation," he says, "must be laid in the education of the rising
+generation. The children possess strong minds, are well-behaved and
+teachable. They are capable of learning anything we wish to teach them."
+During his detention he also addressed a circular letter to the
+missionaries respecting a grammar in the Maori or New Zealand language,
+pointing out the necessity of adopting some more systematic method both
+for its arrangement and pronunciation. This led to a new vocabulary of
+the native language, and in a short time to a new method of spelling. We
+have, of course, retained Mr. Marsden's orthography of New Zealand
+names, but we may remark, by the way, it is very different from that
+which has been since introduced. Shunghie became E'Hongi; Kiddee Kiddee,
+Keri Keri; and so in other instances. But even Mr. Marsden, with all his
+sagacity, did not penetrate New Zealand's future, nor foresee in how
+short a time the well-known and familiar sounds of English towns and
+villages would be transferred to that still savage island, superseding
+even in Maori lips their native designations. It seems probable that the
+New Zealand language may, in the course of another generation, come to
+be known only by the grammar which the missionaries compiled and the
+Scriptures which they have since translated. But whatever be its fate,
+it is in a high degree sonorous and expressive, and had it but an
+antique literature, a Tallessin or an Ossian, it could never perish.
+Without a literature of its own no spoken language can long endure
+against the assaults of that which is evidently destined to be the
+universal speech of trade and commerce, the English tongue. On the other
+hand the literature of a language, or even of a dialect, embalms it
+after it has ceased to be a spoken tongue even to the end of time.
+
+And lastly, a political object occupied some of Mr. Marsden's time and
+thoughts. The incessant and desolating wars which the native tribes
+waged against each other were, he saw, the great obstacle to the
+progress of New Zealand. The missions were always insecure, for the
+country was always more or less disturbed. Civil war is, under all
+circumstances, the bane, and, if persisted in, the ruin of a country;
+add the ferocity of New Zealand warfare, its cannibalism and its undying
+spirit of revenge, and nothing more was wanted to degrade the finest
+country under heaven into a very pit of darkness. All this Mr. Marsden
+felt; he conceived that if he could succeed in establishing some one
+chief as supreme, a plan of government might be drawn up securing life
+and property throughout the island. He consulted Shunghie, Wyatto Riva,
+and other powerful chieftains. Shunghie's ambitious spirit would have
+embraced the proposal, the condition being, of course, that he should be
+the sovereign; but the jealousy of the rest prevented anything like
+unanimity. Riva justly remarked that to have any superior would degrade
+them; yet all the chiefs appeared tired of war and the unsettled state
+consequent upon it. So the project failed.
+
+At length he returned home, accompanied by six New Zealand youths, whose
+eagerness was such that they gladly promised to sleep upon the deck
+rather than miss the opportunity. Mr. Leigh, the Wesleyan missionary,
+was also his fellow voyager. Mr. Leigh's opinion of Mr. Marsden and his
+labours is highly gratifying, and not the less so as coming from one who
+belonged to another Society. "The shipwreck," he says, "which we have
+experienced will, I have no doubt, prove favourable to the reputation of
+the New Zealanders. For several days we were in their power, and they
+might have taken all that we had with the greatest ease; but instead of
+oppressing and robbing us, they actually sympathized with us in our
+trials and afflictions. Mr. Marsden, myself, and Mrs. Leigh, were at a
+native village for several days and nights, without any food but what
+the natives brought us; what they had they gave us willingly, and
+said--'Poor creatures! you have nothing to eat, and you are not
+accustomed to our kind of food.' I shall never forget the sympathy and
+kindness of these poor heathens.
+
+    "I do hope that the Rev. S. Marsden will be successful in his
+    endeavours to put an end to the frequent wars in New Zealand. I
+    have heard many natives and chiefs say, 'It is no good to go to
+    fight and eat men; we wish to cease from war, and retire to some
+    peaceful place.' I pray God that this object may be soon effected
+    among this people. The Christian world, and especially the Church
+    Missionary Society, will never be able fully to appreciate the
+    valuable labours of the Rev. Samuel Marsden. His fervent zeal, his
+    abundant toil, and extensive charity in the cause of missions, are
+    beyond estimation. May he live long as a burning and shining light
+    in the missionary world!"
+
+Within a few days of his return home, Mr. Marsden, the impression of his
+visit still fresh upon his mind, wrote the following interesting
+letter:--
+
+                                        "Paramatta, December 20, 1823.
+
+    "MY VERY DEAR SIR,--I now sit down to thank you for your very
+    valuable presents, which you were so kind as to send me for the
+    natives of New Zealand. They arrived a little before I sailed for
+    that island. I was at Van Diemen's Land when the vessel which
+    brought them arrived at Port Jackson. On my return from the
+    southern settlements I prepared for New Zealand. Your spades,
+    axes, etc., made the hearts of many rejoice; and they are now
+    dispersed over the country, from the North Cape to the Thames.
+    When I arrived at the Bay of Islands there were several chiefs
+    there, who had fled for safety in the late wars, but returned when
+    peace was restored, and took with them some of your presents. I
+    have just returned from New Zealand, having been absent about
+    twenty weeks; was shipwrecked, but no lives were lost. The natives
+    have made considerable advances in civilization, and I have no
+    doubt they will become a great nation in due time. Much has been
+    done already to better their situation. I believe their
+    agriculture has increased more than twenty-fold since they have
+    got hoes, but it will be many years before every man in the island
+    will be able to procure a hoe. The Church Missionary Society has
+    done much for them, and their labour has not been in vain. All
+    that is wanted now is faithful missionaries to labour amongst
+    them; it will be very difficult to find such men. There are even
+    very few pious men who are qualified to be missionaries; it
+    requires much self-denial, much patience, and much perseverance,
+    united with the wisdom of the serpent and the innocence of the
+    dove. Men, also, of education and knowledge are wanted; ignorant
+    men, though possessed of piety, will be found ill-qualified for a
+    mission in New Zealand. The natives are a wise and understanding
+    people, and will pry into the very secrets of every man who
+    resides amongst them. Their study is human nature in all its
+    bearings; they talk more of the heart of man than we do, and of
+    the evil that is lodged there. They will soon find out a man's
+    real character, whether he is ignorant or wise, prudent or
+    foolish, and will estimate the benefits which they are likely to
+    derive from his knowledge, his good temper, his charity, and will
+    esteem him or despise him accordingly. A wise and prudent man
+    will have great influence over them, while they would laugh at an
+    ignorant man. A good farmer or mechanic would be much esteemed,
+    because they would be benefited by him. I have gained considerable
+    knowledge of their customs and manners in my last visit.
+    Cannibalism is interwoven through the whole of their religious
+    system. They offer up human sacrifices as sin offerings. Whenever
+    the gospel shall be revealed to them they will very easily
+    understand the doctrine of the atonement. They demand a sacrifice
+    or an atonement for almost everything which they consider as an
+    injury. Human sacrifices are offered for the death of their
+    friends, whether they are slain in battle or die a natural death.
+    Their eating human flesh has its origin in superstition. They pay
+    great attention to all the ceremonies of their religion, and are
+    very much afraid of offending their god. As for their wars, these
+    will not be prevented until an object can be found that will
+    employ their active minds. Agriculture and commerce are the only
+    means that promise to remedy their civil wars; when these can be
+    brought into operation they will have a beneficial effect. It is
+    only the sword of the Spirit, which is the word of God, that can
+    subdue their hearts to the obedience of faith. I am of opinion
+    that civilization and Christianity will go hand in hand, if means
+    are used at the same time to introduce both, and one will aid and
+    assist the other. To bring this noble race of human beings to the
+    knowledge of the only true God and Jesus Christ is an attempt
+    worthy of the Christian world. I believe as God has stirred up the
+    hearts of his people to pray for them, and to open both their
+    hearts and their purses he will prosper the work, and raise up a
+    people from amongst these savages to call him blessed. In time
+    the voice of joy and gladness will be heard in the present abodes
+    of cruelty, darkness, and superstition. I consider every axe,
+    every hoe, every spade, in New Zealand as an instrument to prepare
+    the way of the Lord. They are silent but sure missionaries in the
+    hands of the natives of that country. I was very happy to learn
+    that your dear mother was still alive, and all your family were
+    well at present. Remember us kindly to your mother, if still
+    alive, and to Mrs. Terry and our other friends.
+
+      "I am, yours affectionately,
+        "SAMUEL MARSDEN.
+    "To Avison Terry, Esq."
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER X.
+
+    Aborigines--South Sea Mission--Fresh Slanders on Mr. Marsden's
+    character--His Pamphlet in self-defence--Letter of Messrs. Bennett
+    and Tyerman--Libels and Action at Law--Verdict--Case of
+    Ring--Pastoral Letters of Mr. Marsden: To a Lady; On the Divinity
+    of Christ--Fifth Voyage to New Zealand--Letters, etc.
+
+
+Scarcely had Mr. Marsden returned to Paramatta when we find him in
+correspondence with the new governor on the subject of the aborigines of
+Australia. They were already wasting away in the presence of the
+European colonists like snow before the sun. Their restless and
+wandering habits seemed to present insuperable difficulties, whether the
+object were to convert or merely to protect them. His memorandum to the
+governor, and subsequent correspondence with the Church Missionary
+Society, show his anxiety for their welfare and the largeness of his
+heart. Each new project, as it came before him, was welcomed with
+serious attention, while at the same time there was no fickleness, no
+relaxation of his efforts in his old engagements and pursuits. But he
+was not allowed to connect his name with the evangelization of these
+poor heathen. Various attempts have been made by different denominations
+to bring them into the fold of Christ, but hitherto with very small
+success. It seems, at length, as if Christians had acquiesced in the
+conclusion that their conversion is hopeless, that we can do nothing
+more than to throw over them the shield of the British government, and
+prevent their wholesale destruction by lawless "squatters" and
+"bush-rangers." We shall return, however, to the subject hereafter.
+
+His interest in the mission to the South Sea Islands continued unabated.
+The London Missionary Society had deputed the Rev. Daniel Tyerman and
+George Bennett, Esq., to visit these missions, and bring home in person
+a report of all they might see upon the spot. On their voyage, they
+stayed awhile at Sydney, and Mr. Marsden addressed a letter to them,
+which shows his own zeal in the cause, and the painful apathy or profane
+contempt of others. Such memorials, in this day of comparative fervour,
+ought not to be forgotten. When a Livingstone returns home to receive a
+shower of honours from a grateful country let us not forget the
+venerable pioneers in the same missionary work, and the different
+treatment they experienced. The contrast will call forth emotions both
+of gratitude and of shame.
+
+                                            "Sydney, November 4, 1824.
+
+    "GENTLEMEN,--I know of no circumstance that has given me more
+    satisfaction than your mission to the South Sea Islands. The
+    attempt to introduce the arts of civilization and the knowledge of
+    Christianity amongst the inhabitants of those islands was
+    confessedly great. An undertaking of such a new and important
+    nature could not be accomplished without much labour, expense,
+    anxiety, and risk, to all who were concerned in the work. The
+    missionaries, for the first ten years, suffered every privation in
+    the islands, from causes which I need not state. They called for
+    every support and encouragement to induce them to remain in the
+    islands, and to return to their stations, after they had been
+    compelled to take refuge in New South Wales. During these ten
+    years, I used every means in my power to assist the missionaries,
+    and to serve the Society Islands. During the next ten years, the
+    ruling powers in this colony manifested a very hostile spirit to
+    the mission. As I felt it my pleasure as well as my duty to
+    support the cause, I fell under the marked displeasure of those in
+    authority, and had a painful warfare to maintain for so long a
+    period, and many sacrifices I had to make. The ungodly world
+    always treated the attempt to introduce the gospel among the
+    natives of the Islands as wild and visionary, and the Christian
+    world despaired of success.
+
+    "In those periods of doubt and uncertainty in the public mind, I
+    suffered much anxiety, as very great responsibility was placed on
+    me. Sometimes, from one cause and another, my sleep departed from
+    me; though I was persuaded God would bless the work. The work is
+    now done; this your eyes have seen, and your ears heard; in this I
+    do rejoice and will rejoice. I wish you, as representatives of the
+    Society, to satisfy yourselves, from friends and foes, relative to
+    my conduct towards the mission for the last twenty-five years. You
+    must be aware that many calumnies have been heaped upon me, and
+    many things laid to my charge which I know not. My connexion with
+    the missionaries and the concerns of the mission has been purely
+    of a religious nature, without any secular views or temporal
+    interests; and my services, whether they be great or small, were
+    gratuitous. The missionaries, as a body, are very valuable men,
+    and as such I love them; but some of them, to whom I had been
+    kind, have wounded me severely, both here and elsewhere. I have
+    always found it difficult to manage religious men; what they
+    state, though in a bad spirit, is generally believed by the
+    Christian world. I need not enter into the circumstances which
+    urged me to purchase the Queen Charlotte, as you are in full
+    possession of them; you are also acquainted with the reason why
+    her expenses became so heavy, the fall of colonial produce more
+    than twenty per cent. in so short a period, which no one could
+    have anticipated at that time, and the increased duty of one
+    hundred per cent. upon tobacco. If these two circumstances had not
+    occurred, there would have been no loss to any individuals or the
+    mission. I inclose the statement of the accounts of the Queen
+    Charlotte, and shall leave the matter in your hands, to act as you
+    think proper. I shall also leave the Society to make their own
+    account of the interest upon the 600l. I borrowed. I have no doubt
+    but the Society will be satisfied that I had no motive but the
+    good of the mission, and that, as Christian men who fear God, they
+    will do what is just and right. I shall therefore leave the matter
+    in your hands.
+
+      "I have the honour to be, gentlemen,
+        "Your most obedient, humble servant,
+           "SAMUEL MARSDEN."
+
+While thus engaged, he was still a faithful minister of the gospel in
+its richest consolations, and a bold opponent of vice. His position as a
+magistrate not only obliged him to reprove but to punish sin. The task
+was difficult, when the real offender, in too many cases, was not the
+wretched culprit at the bar of justice, but some rich and insolent
+delinquent, beyond the reach of the limited powers of a colonial
+magistrate. In consequence of Mr. Marsden's fearless conduct in a case
+we shall not describe, he was at length formally dismissed from the
+magistracy. All that is necessary to be known, in order to vindicate his
+character, is contained in an extract of a letter written by himself to
+Mr. Nicholson, dated Paramatta, 12th August, 1824:
+
+    "My very dear sir," he says, "I have still to strive against sin
+    and immorality, which brings upon me the hatred of some men in
+    power; this I must expect from those who live on in sin and
+    wickedness.... You would hear of the whole bench of magistrates at
+    Paramatta being dismissed at one stroke, five in number--Messrs.
+    ... and your humble servant. We fell in the cause of truth and
+    virtue. If certain individuals could have knocked me down, and
+    spared my colleagues, I should have fallen alone; but there was no
+    alternative but to sacrifice all at once. I glory in my disgrace.
+    As long as I live I hope to raise a standard against vice and
+    wickedness. We have some Herods here who would take off the head
+    of the man who dared to tell them that adultery was a crime."
+
+He was still subject to the most annoying insults. Imputations,
+ludicrous from their absurdity and violence, were heaped upon him. In
+reading the libels which were published in the colony, and in England
+too, about this time, we should suppose that the man against whom they
+were aimed was some delinquent, notorious even in a penal settlement. He
+was openly accused of being "a man of the most vindictive spirit,"--"a
+turbulent and ambitious priest,"--a "cruel magistrate"--an "avaricious
+man." These charges, amongst many more, were contained in a work in two
+volumes octavo, professing to give an account of Australasia, which
+reached a third edition, and to which the author's name was attached. As
+if these were not sufficient to grind his reputation to the dust,
+further charges of hypocrisy and bigotry were thrown in. These last were
+easily repelled; to refute the others was more difficult, inasmuch as
+facts were involved which it was necessary to clear up and place in a
+just light before the public. It might have seemed magnanimous to
+despise such assailants, and meet them with silent pity. And yet we
+doubt whether such magnanimity would have been wise, for with a
+blemished reputation his usefulness would have been at an end; since his
+accusers were not anonymous hirelings, but magistrates and men of high
+position in the colony.
+
+He referred the matter to his friends at home, placing his character in
+their hands. He was willing to institute an action for libel, if this
+step were thought advisable; or else to lay a statement of his wrongs
+before the House of Commons; and he transmitted the manuscript of a
+pamphlet, in self-justification, to his friend Dr. Mason Good. It was
+accompanied with a letter, remarkable for the modest estimate of his own
+abilities, as well as for true Christian meekness: "I have requested our
+mutual friend, Baron Field, Esq., to show the documents to you, and to
+consult with you on the propriety of publishing them. I have much more
+confidence in your superior judgment than in my own.... Many hard
+contests," he says, "I have had in this colony. But God has hitherto
+overruled all for good, and he will continue to do so. As a Christian I
+rejoice in having all manner of evil spoken of me by wicked men. As a
+member of society, it is my duty to support, by every lawful means, an
+upright character. The good of society calls upon me to do this, from
+the public situation I hold, as well as that gospel which I believe; on
+this principle I think it right to notice Mr. W.'s work. I leave it," he
+adds, "to you and my other friends to publish what I have written or
+not, as you may think proper, and with what alterations and arrangements
+you may think necessary. I do not know how to make a book, any more than
+a watch, but you have learned the trade completely; I therefore beg your
+assistance, for which I shall feel very grateful." But even these
+anxieties could not engross his confidential correspondence. In the same
+letter we have pleasant mention of New Zealand and its missionaries:--"I
+have no doubt about New Zealand; we must pray much for them, and labour
+hard, and God will bless the labour of our hands." Nor is science quite
+forgotten:--"I have sent you a small box of fossils and minerals, by
+Captain Dixon, of the Phoenix, from Point Dalrymple principally; the
+whole of them came from Van Diemen's Land."
+
+Mr. Wilberforce and other friends of religion were consulted; and under
+their advice his pamphlet was published in London, though not till the
+year 1826. It is entitled, "An Answer to certain Calumnies, etc., by the
+Rev. Samuel Marsden, principal Chaplain to the colony of New South
+Wales." It contains a temperate, and at the same time a conclusive
+answer, to all the charges made against him. To some of these we have
+already had occasion to refer; others have lost their interest. The
+charge of hypocrisy was chiefly grounded on the fact that a windmill, on
+Mr. Marsden's property, had been seen at work on Sunday. But "the mill,"
+he says, "was not in my possession at that time, nor was I in New South
+Wales. I never heard of the circumstance taking place but once; and the
+commissioner of inquiry was the person who told me of it after my return
+from New Zealand. I expressed my regret to the commissioner that
+anything should have taken place, in my absence, which had the
+appearance that I sanctioned the violation of the sabbath-day. As I was
+twelve hundred miles off at the time, it was out of my power to prevent
+what had happened; but I assured him it should not happen again, _for
+the mill should be taken down_, which was done." How few, it is to be
+feared, would make such a sacrifice, simply to avoid the possibility of
+a return of the appearance of evil! The charge of bigotry arose out of
+his interference with Mr. Crook, a person in the colony who had formerly
+been intended for the South Sea mission. It was at the request of the
+missionaries themselves, that Mr. Marsden, as agent of their Society,
+had been led to interfere; but he was represented, in consequence, as "a
+persecutor of dissenters." Messrs. Bennett and Tyerman were then in
+Australia; and in answer to Mr. Marsden's request that "they would do
+him the favour to communicate to him their impartial opinion, how far he
+had in any way merited such an accusation, either as it respects Mr. C.
+or any other missionary belonging to the London Missionary Society," he
+received a grateful acknowledgment of his services, which we are happy
+to insert:--
+
+                                                "Sydney, May 11, 1825.
+
+    "REV. AND DEAR SIR,--We have to acknowledge the receipt of your
+    letter of the 5th inst., requesting our opinion, as the
+    representatives of the London Missionary Society, on one of the
+    malicious charges against you in the outrageous publication lately
+    come to the colony. It is with the utmost satisfaction we state,
+    as our decided opinion, that the charge of intolerance or
+    persecution towards Mr. Crook, or any other missionary connected
+    with the London Society, or, indeed, connected with any other
+    missionary society, is utterly untrue. We believe it to have
+    originated in malice or culpable ignorance, and to be a gross
+    libel.
+
+    "We rejoice, sir, to take the opportunity to say that the South
+    Sea mission, and all its missionaries, have been, and continue, to
+    be, exceedingly indebted to your singular kindness and persevering
+    zeal in their behalf. No temporal reward, we are persuaded, would
+    have been equivalent to the most valuable services which you have
+    so long and so faithfully rendered to this mission and its
+    missionaries. After all your upright and perfectly disinterested
+    kindness towards the missionaries, when they have been residing on
+    the Islands,--when they have been residing in the colony, on their
+    way from England to the Islands,--when they have voluntarily
+    returned from the Islands to the colony,--and when, from dire
+    necessity and cruel persecution, compelled to flee from the scenes
+    of their missionary labours, and take up their residence here;
+    that you have met with so much calumny, and so few returns of
+    grateful acknowledgment, for all you have done and borne on their
+    behalf, is to us a matter of surprise and regret.
+
+    "Allow us, dear sir, to conclude by expressing our hope, that the
+    other envenomed shafts aimed at you in this infamous publication,
+    will prove as impotent as that aimed at you through that Society,
+    in whose name, and as whose representatives, we beg to renew its
+    cordial thanks and unqualified acknowledgments. And desiring to
+    present our own thanks in the amplest and most respectful manner,
+
+      "We remain, rev. and dear sir, most faithfully,
+        "Your obliged and obedient servants,
+           "GEORGE BENNETT.
+           "DANIEL TYERMAN."
+
+The case of James Ring, we cannot pass unnoticed. It shows the cruelty
+with which Mr. Marsden's reputation was assailed on the one hand, and
+his own firm and resolute bearing on the other. Ring was a convict, who
+for his general good conduct had been assigned as a domestic servant to
+Mr. Marsden. He was permitted by the latter, in accordance with the
+usual custom, to work occasionally at his own trade--that of a painter
+and glazier, on his own account, and as a reward for his good conduct.
+He was frequently employed in this way by the residents at Paramatta;
+amongst others by the chief magistrate himself. This man having been
+ill-treated and severely beaten by another servant, applied, with Mrs.
+Marsden's approbation, to the magistrates of Paramatta for redress;
+instead of receiving which, he was charged by them with being illegally
+at large, and committed to the common jail.
+
+Mr. Marsden was then absent on duty in the country: on appearing before
+the bench of magistrates upon his return home, he at once stated that he
+had given permission to Ring to work occasionally for himself, and that
+therefore if there was any blame it lay with him, and not the prisoner.
+The magistrates not only ordered Mr. Marsden to be fined two shillings
+and sixpence per day for each day his servant had been thus at large,
+under the assumed plea of his transgressing a general government order,
+but also ordered Ring to be remanded to jail and ironed; and he was
+subsequently worked in irons in a penal gang. "At this conviction there
+was no informer, nor evidence," (we are now quoting Mr. Marsden's words,
+from a statement which he made before a court of inquiry instituted by
+Lord Bathurst, the colonial minister at home, to investigate the
+subject at Mr. Marsden's request,) "but the bench convicted me on my own
+admission that I had granted indulgence to my servant to do jobs in the
+town. There were two convictions, the first was on the 17th of May,
+1823. On the 23rd of the same month, without a hearing, or being
+present, without informer, evidence, or notice, on the same charge I was
+convicted in the penal sum of ten pounds. On the 7th of June, a convict
+constable entered my house with a warrant of execution, and levied the
+fine by distress and sale of my property."
+
+These convictions took place under an obsolete colonial regulation of
+1802, made in the first instance by Governor King, to meet a temporary
+emergency; but virtually set aside by a general order of Governor
+Macquarie's, of a much later date, granting the indulgence under certain
+regulations, with which Mr. Marsden had complied. Mr. Marsden says, in
+his official defence, that he "was the only person in the colony who was
+ever fined under such circumstances, since the first establishment of
+the colony, to the present time." And he adds a statement which, had it
+not come down to us thus accredited under his own hand, would have
+seemed incredible, namely that "the two magistrates by whom the fines
+were inflicted, Dr. ---- and Lieut. ----, were doing, on that very day,
+the same thing for which they fined me and punished my servant, and I
+pointed that out to them at the time they were sitting on the bench, and
+which they could not deny." Denial indeed was out of the question,
+since, says Mr. Marsden, "one of Dr. ----'s convict servants, Henry
+Buckingham, by trade a tailor, was working for me, and had been so for
+months. Lieut. ---- at that very time also had two convict servants
+belonging to Dr. Harris, working for him at his own house."
+
+In vain did Mr. Marsden appeal to the governor; even he was afraid to
+breast the torrent, which for a time bore all before it. "He found no
+reason to interfere with the colonial law." Mr. Marsden prayed him at
+least to bring the matter before a full bench of magistrates, in whose
+hands he would leave his character; this, too, the governor declined,
+whereupon as a last step, he laid the affair before the supreme court
+for its decision; prosecuting the magistrates, and obtaining a verdict
+for the amount of the fine so unjustly levied. They now affected to
+triumph in the small amount of the damages in which they were cast,
+"wishing," he says, "to make the world believe that the injury I had
+sustained was proportionally small." And thus even his forbearance and
+his Christian spirit in rendering good for evil, were turned against
+him; for he had instructed his solicitor expressly, not to insert in the
+indictment the count or charge of malice, but merely to sue for the
+recovery of the amount of the fine. He states the case thus in simple
+and forcible language. "I may here observe, the only error it appears I
+committed originally was in not prosecuting the magistrates for
+vindictive damages before the supreme court. Had I alleged malice, I
+must have obtained a verdict accordingly; but I sought for no vindictive
+damages; I sought redress no further than to set my character right with
+the public. To have done more than this would not have become me,
+according to my judgment, as a minister of the gospel, and I instructed
+my solicitor, Mr. Norton, merely to sue for the amount of the award
+which had been levied on my property by warrant and distress of sale.
+The court gave me the amount I prosecuted for, with costs of suit, and
+with this I was perfectly satisfied."
+
+For two whole years this miserable affair lingered on. The unfortunate
+man Ring at length gave way to despondency, made his escape from the
+colony, and found his way to New Zealand, but was never heard of more.
+Mr. Marsden was much concerned for Ring's misfortunes, and deplored his
+rashness in making his escape when all his sufferings were unmerited. "I
+knew," he says, "if he should return to England and be apprehended as a
+returned felon, his life would be forfeited." Such even to a recent
+period was the severity of our penal code, an escaped felon was
+consigned to the gallows. With a view of preventing this additional
+calamity, he wrote to the Right Honourable Mr. Robert Peel, his
+Majesty's secretary of state for the home department, under date of July
+1824; and having stated the case, he says: "I feel exceedingly for Ring;
+should he return to England and fall a sacrifice to the law, I should
+never forgive myself unless I used every means in my power to save him.
+The above statement of facts might have some influence with the
+executive in saving his life, if the circumstances of the case could
+reach the throne of mercy." The contents of this letter were transmitted
+by Mr. Peel to Lord Bathurst the colonial secretary, and his lordship
+ordered the governor of New South Wales to establish a formal inquiry
+into the case. A court was accordingly summoned at Sydney, consisting of
+the governor assisted by two assessors, the chief justice and the
+newly-appointed archdeacon Scott, before which Mr. Marsden was cited to
+appear. He did so, the whole affair was investigated, and the result
+was, as the reader will have anticipated, not only Mr. Marsden's entire
+acquittal of the charges which wantonness and malice had preferred, but
+the establishment of his reputation as a man of high courage and pure
+integrity, and a Christian minister of spotless character.
+
+The Christian reader will probably ask what were the effects of these
+various trials upon Mr. Marsden's mind and temper? Did he become selfish
+and morose? were his spiritual affections quickened? As a minister of
+Christ, did his light shine with a more resplendent ray, or was it
+disturbed and overcast with gloom? To suggest and answer such inquiries
+are the proper uses of biography, especially the biography of religious
+men. With regard, then, to his habitual temper and tone of mind nothing
+can be more cheering than a letter, which we now insert, written to a
+lady in solitude, when the storm of insult and misrepresentation was at
+its highest pitch.
+
+                                        "Paramatta, December 26, 1824.
+
+    "DEAR MRS. F.,--I received your kind letter by Mr. Franklane, and
+    was happy to learn that you and your little boy were well. The
+    circumstance to which you allude is not worthy to be had in
+    recollection for a single moment, and I hope you will blot it out
+    of your remembrance for ever; we are so weak and foolish, and I
+    may add sinful, that we allow real or imaginary trifles to vex and
+    tease our minds, while subjects of eternal moment make little
+    impression upon us. It is a matter of no moment to our great
+    adversary, if he can only divert our minds from attending to the
+    best things. He wishes at all times 'a root of bitterness' should
+    'spring up' in our minds, as this will eat like a canker every
+    pious feeling, every Christian disposition. 'Learn of me,' says
+    our blessed Lord, 'for I am meek and lowly in heart, and ye shall
+    find rest unto your souls.' 'The meek will he guide in judgment,
+    and the meek will he teach his way.' It is for want of this
+    meekness, this humility of mind, that we are soon angry. The
+    apostle exhorts us 'to be kindly affectioned one towards another,'
+    and live in unity and godly love, and 'bear ye one another's
+    burdens, and so fulfil the law of Christ.' Situated as you are,
+    remote from all Christian society, and from the public ordinances
+    of religion, you will want, in a very especial manner, the
+    consolations which can only be derived from the Holy Scriptures.
+    You are in a barren and thirsty land where no water is; you have
+    none to give you to drink of the waters of Bethlehem, and you must
+    not be surprised if you grow weary and faint in your mind. Though
+    God is everywhere, and his presence fills heaven and earth, yet
+    all places are not equally favourable for the growth of religion
+    in our souls. We want Christian society; we want the public
+    ordinances; we want social worship. All these are needful to keep
+    up the life of God in our souls. Without communion and fellowship
+    with God, without our souls are going forth after him, we cannot
+    be easy, we cannot be happy; we are dissatisfied with ourselves,
+    and with all around us. A little matter puts us out of humour,
+    Satan easily gains an advantage over us, we become a prey to
+    discontent, to murmuring, and are prone to overlook all the great
+    things the Lord hath done for us. Under your peculiar
+    circumstances you will require much prayer, and much watchfulness;
+    religion is a very tender plant, it is soon injured, it requires
+    much nourishing in the most favourable situations, but it calls
+    for more attention, where it is more exposed to blights and
+    storms. A plant removed from a rich cultivated soil, into a barren
+    uncultivated spot soon droops and pines away. I hope this will not
+    be the case with you, though you must expect to feel some change
+    in your feelings of a religious nature. Without much care the
+    sabbaths will be a weariness; instead of your soul being nourished
+    and fed upon this day, it will sicken, languish, and pine. I most
+    sincerely wish you had the gospel preached unto you; this would be
+    the greatest blessing, but it cannot be at present. There is no
+    man to care for your souls, you have no shepherd to watch over
+    you, and must consider yourselves as sheep without a shepherd. You
+    know how easily sheep are scattered, how they wander when left to
+    themselves, how soon the wolves destroy them. It is impossible to
+    calculate the loss you must suffer, for want of the public
+    ordinances of religion. My people, says God, perish for lack of
+    knowledge. You know it is true that there is a Saviour, you have
+    your Bible to instruct you, and you have gained much knowledge of
+    Divine things, but still you will want feeding on the bread of
+    life, you will want Jesus to be set before your eyes continually
+    as crucified. You will want eternal things to be impressed upon
+    your minds from time to time. Though you know these things, yet
+    you will require to have your minds stirred up, by being put in
+    remembrance of these things. As you cannot enjoy the public
+    ordinances, I would have you to have stated times for reading the
+    Scriptures and private prayer; these means God may bless to your
+    soul. Isaac lived in a retired situation, he had no public
+    ordinances to attend, but we are told he planted a grove, and
+    built an altar, and called upon the name of the Lord. This you
+    have within your power to do. Imitate his example, labour to
+    possess his precious faith, and then it will be a matter of little
+    importance where you dwell. With the Saviour you will be happy,
+    without him you never can be. When you once believe on him, when
+    he becomes precious to your soul, then you will seek all your
+    happiness in him. May the Father of mercies give you a right
+    judgment in all things, lead you to build your hopes of a blessed
+    immortality upon that chief corner stone, which he hath laid in
+    Zion; then you will never be ashamed through the countless ages of
+    eternity.
+
+    "Mrs. M. and my family unite in kind regards to you, wishing you
+    every blessing that the upper and nether springs can afford.
+
+      "In great haste. I remain, dear Mrs. F----,
+        "Yours very faithfully,
+          "SAMUEL MARSDEN."
+
+Systematic theology, or indeed deep learning in any of its branches,
+sacred or profane, Mr. Marsden had never cultivated. His life had not
+been given to abstraction and close study, but to the most active
+pursuits. Activity, however, is not inconsistent with deep
+thoughtfulness, and it affords some aids to reflection and observation,
+which often lay the foundation for a breadth of mind and a solid wisdom
+to which the mere student or man of letters seldom attains. Mr. Marsden,
+too, was well acquainted with his Bible, and, above most men, with
+himself. Thus, without being in any sense a learned divine, he was an
+instructive minister, and often an original thinker. His early
+acquaintance with Dr. Mason Good had led him deeply to consider the
+question of the deity of Christ and the following letter upon this
+all-important doctrine proves how capable he was of standing forward in
+its defence, and how deeply alive he was to its importance. It was
+addressed to one who had begun to doubt upon the subject of our Lord's
+Divine nature.
+
+                                            "Paramatta, June 13, 1825.
+
+    "MY DEAR SIR,--I ought to have answered your letter long ago, but
+    was prevented from one thing and another, which called away my
+    attention when I was determined to write. I received the books you
+    sent me. That respecting our Lord's Divinity I read with care and
+    attention. I found nothing in it that would satisfy me; there was
+    no food to the soul, no bread, no water of life. I found nothing
+    that suited my ruined state. I know I have destroyed myself by my
+    iniquities, that I am hopeless and helpless, and must be eternally
+    undone unless I can find a Divine Saviour who is able and willing
+    to answer all the demands of law and justice. If I were alone in
+    the world, and no individual but myself believed that Jesus was
+    God over all blessed for evermore, and that he had died for my
+    sins, that the penalty due to them was laid upon him, I know and
+    am persuaded unless I believed this I could not be saved. I find
+    no difficulty in my mind in praying to him, because I believe he
+    is able to save. The dying thief did this in the very face of
+    death: 'Lord, remember me when thou comest into thy kingdom.'
+    Jesus promised that he should be with him that very day in
+    paradise. Stephen, we are told, was a man full of faith and the
+    Holy Ghost; he was mighty in the Scriptures, so that none of the
+    Jewish priests were able to withstand his arguments which he
+    advanced in support of the doctrine that Jesus was the Son of God.
+    When he was brought to the place of execution his only hope of
+    eternal life was in Jesus. 'Lord Jesus, receive my spirit,' was
+    his dying prayer. He fled to him as the Almighty God at this most
+    awful period. No other foundation can any man lay than that is
+    laid, says St. Paul, which is Christ Jesus. It is to no purpose to
+    quote Scripture on this important doctrine, I mean any particular
+    passage, for Jesus is the sum and substance of them all. I am
+    fully convinced that no man can have a well-grounded hope of
+    salvation unless he believes in the Divinity of our Lord and only
+    Saviour. I would ask you, why should you not have as firm a hope
+    as any other man in the world of eternal life, if you do not
+    believe in the Divinity of our Lord? Admitting that you have the
+    same view as the author of the work you sent me to read, of God
+    and religion, I may put the question to you, Can you depend on the
+    foundation your hope stands upon? Does it now give you full
+    satisfaction? Are you sure that you are right? I believe Jesus to
+    be a Divine person, I believe him to be God over all; I have no
+    doubt upon this point, and I believe that all will be saved by him
+    who trust in him for salvation. This doctrine is as clear to me as
+    the sun at noon-day, and while I believe this doctrine it
+    administers comfort to my mind, and gives me hope of a better
+    state. I envy none their views of religion. I am satisfied with my
+    own, though I am not satisfied with the attainments I have made in
+    it, because I have not made those advances in divine knowledge in
+    all the fruits of the Spirit I might have done. This is matter of
+    shame, and regret, and humiliation. Examine the Christian religion
+    as it stands revealed, with prayer for Divine illumination, and
+    that God who giveth wisdom to all who call upon him for it will
+    impart it to you. I have never met with a Socinian who wished me
+    to embrace his faith, which has surprised me. I feel very
+    differently. I wish all to believe in our Lord, because I believe
+    this is necessary to salvation, as far as I understand the
+    Scriptures; and I would wish all men to be saved, and to come to
+    the knowledge of the truth. I would not change my views of
+    religion for ten thousand worlds. But I must drop this subject,
+    and reply to your last note.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+      "Our affectionate regards to Mrs. F.; accept the same from,
+
+        "Dear sir, yours very sincerely,
+          "SAMUEL MARSDEN."
+
+He remembered with gratitude his early friends, and was now in a
+condition to repay their kindness, and in his turn to repeat the
+Christian liberality which had once been extended to himself. From a
+private letter to the Rev. J. Pratt, we venture to make the following
+interesting quotation: "I believe in the year 1786 I first turned my
+attention to the ministry, and from the year 1787 to 1793 I received
+pecuniary assistance, more or less, from the Elland Society, but to what
+amount I never knew. First I studied under the Rev. S. Stores, near
+Leeds. In 1788, I went to the late Rev. Joseph Milner, and remained two
+years with him. From Hull I went to Cambridge, and in 1793 I left
+Cambridge, was ordained, and came out to New South Wales. I shall be
+much obliged to you to learn, if you can, the amount of my expenses to
+the Elland Society. I have always considered _that_ a just debt, which I
+ought to pay. If you can send me the amount I shall be much obliged to
+you. I purpose to pay the amount from time to time, in sums not less
+than 50_l._ per annum. When I close the Society's accounts on the 31st
+of December next, I will give your Society credit for 50_l._, and will
+thank you to pay the same to the Elland Society on my account. When I
+know the whole amount, I will then inform you how I purpose to liquidate
+it. Should the Elland Society not be in existence, I have to request
+that the Church Missionary Society will assist some pious young man with
+a loan, per annum, of not less than 50_l._, to get into the church as a
+missionary. In the midst of all my difficulties God has always blessed
+my basket and my store, and prospered me in all that I have set my hand
+unto. The greatest part of my property is in the charge of common
+felons, more than a hundred miles from my house, in the woods, and much
+of it I never saw, yet it has been taken care of, and will be. A kind
+providence has watched over all that I have had, and I can truly say I
+feel no more concern about my sheep and cattle than if they were under
+my own eye. I have never once visited the place where many of them are,
+having no time to do this. We may trust God with all we have. I wish to
+be thankful to him who has poured out his benefits upon me and mine."
+
+The practical wisdom, the spirit of calm submission to the Divine will
+when danger appears, and the simple faith in Christ displayed in the
+following letter require no comment, nor will its affectionate and
+paternal tone pass unnoticed. It appears to have been written to a lady
+on the eve of a voyage to England. We could wish that a copy of it were
+placed in the hands of every lady who may be compelled to go to sea.
+
+                                             "Paramatta, May 27, 1826.
+
+    "MY DEAR MRS.----,--Should you sail to-morrow it will not be in my
+    power to see you again. I feel much for your very trying
+    situation; why and wherefore you are so severely exercised remains
+    at present known to the only wise God. If time does not reveal the
+    mystery, eternity will. Clouds and darkness are round about the
+    paths of the Almighty, and his footsteps are not known. You must
+    now cast yourself and your little ones upon the bosom of the great
+    deep. Remember always that he who holdeth the waters in the hollow
+    of his hand, will continually watch over you and yours; winds and
+    seas are under his sovereign control. We are prone to imagine that
+    we are in much more danger on the seas than on dry land, but this
+    is not really the case; our times are all in his hands, and if we
+    only reflected that the hairs of our heads are all numbered, we
+    should often be relieved from unnecessary and anxious fears. As
+    for myself, I am constrained to believe that I am as safe in a
+    storm as in a calm from what I have seen and known. Should you
+    meet with raging seas and stormy winds, let not these distress
+    you; they can do no more to injure you than the breath of a fly,
+    or the drop of a bucket, without Divine permission. The promise
+    is, 'When thou passest through the waters I will be with thee.'
+    This is sufficient for the Christian to rest upon. You must live
+    near to God in prayer. Labour to get right views of the Redeemer,
+    who gave his life as a ransom for you. Humble faith in the Saviour
+    will enable you to overcome every trial and bear every burden. No
+    doubt but that you will have many painful exercises before you see
+    the shores of old England. Tribulations will meet us, and follow
+    us, and attend us all our journey through, and it is through much
+    tribulation we must enter the kingdom of God. Could you and I meet
+    on your arrival in London, and could we put our trials in
+    opposite sides, it is very probable that mine would overbalance
+    yours during the period you were at sea. You are not to conclude
+    when the storm blows hard, the waves roar, and seas run mountain
+    high, that you are more tried and distressed than others.
+
+    "I hope the captain will be kind to you and the children; if he
+    should not you will have no remedy but patience. Should the
+    servant woman behave ill, you must submit to this also, because
+    you can do no good in complaining. Should the woman leave you ...
+    this is no more than what has happened to my own family. I should
+    recommend you to give the children their dinner in your own cabin;
+    never bring them to table but at the particular request of the
+    captain. This precaution may prevent unpleasant disputes. You will
+    soon see what the feelings of the captain and his wife are, and
+    regulate your conduct accordingly. When I returned to England,
+    when I entered the ship I resolved that I would not have any
+    difference with any one during my passage; whatever provocations I
+    might meet with, I would not notice them; and that resolution I
+    kept to the last.
+
+    "If you take no offence at anything, but go on quietly your own
+    way, those who would wish to annoy you, will cease to do so,
+    finding their labour in vain. Never appear to see or hear anything
+    that you have not the power to remedy. If you should even know
+    that the persons intended to vex you, never notice their conduct.
+    There will be no occasions for these precautions if your
+    companions on board be such as they ought to be.
+
+    "Let your passage be pleasant or not, take your Bible for your
+    constant companion. The comfort to be derived from the Divine
+    promises will always be sweet and seasonable. 'They that love thy
+    law,' says the Psalmist, 'nothing shall offend them.' If Jesus be
+    precious to your soul, you will be able to bear every trial with
+    Divine submission. To believe that Jesus is your Saviour, and that
+    he is God over all blessed for evermore, will make you happy in
+    the midst of the sea, as well as on dry land. Wishing you a safe
+    and pleasant passage, and a happy meeting of your friends in
+    England, and praying that the God of all grace may preserve you
+    and yours in his everlasting kingdom, I subscribe myself,
+
+      "Yours respectfully,
+        "SAMUEL MARSDEN."
+
+More than two years had now passed since Mr. Marsden's last visit to New
+Zealand. The close of the year 1826 found him preparing for another, his
+fifth voyage, of twelve hundred miles, to the scene of those missions he
+had so long regarded with all a parent's fondness. A great change had
+just taken place in the conduct of several chiefs towards the
+missionaries in consequence of their fierce intestine wars. At Wangaroa
+the whole of the Wesleyan missionary premises had been destroyed; the
+property of all the missionaries was frequently plundered, and their
+lives were exposed to the greatest danger. The worst consequences were
+apprehended, and the missionaries, warned of their danger by the
+friendly natives, were in daily expectation of being at least stripped
+of everything they possessed, according to the New Zealand custom. For a
+time the Wesleyan mission was suspended, and their pious and zealous
+missionary, Mr. Turner, took refuge at Sydney, and found a home at the
+parsonage of Paramatta. The clergy of the church mission deeply
+sympathized with him. Mr. Henry Williams writes: "The return of Mr.
+Turner will be a convincing proof of our feelings on this point. In the
+present unsettled state of things we consider ourselves merely as
+tenants for the time being, who may receive our discharge at any hour."
+His brother, the Rev. William Williams, in another communication says:
+"We are prepared to depart or stay according to the conduct of the
+natives; for it is, I believe, our united determination to remain until
+we are absolutely driven away. When the natives are in our houses,
+carrying away our property, it will then be time for us to take refuge
+in our boats."
+
+As soon as the painful intelligence reached New South Wales, Mr. Marsden
+determined to proceed to the Bay of Islands, and use his utmost
+exertions to prevent the abandonment of the mission. He was under no
+apprehension of suffering injury from the natives; and his long
+acquaintance with their character and habits led him to anticipate that
+the storm would soon pass away. Accordingly, he sailed for New Zealand
+in H.M.S. Rainbow, and arrived in the Bay of Islands on the 5th April,
+1827. He had reached the period of life when even the most active crave
+for some repose, and feel themselves entitled to the luxury of rest; but
+his ardent zeal never seems to have wanted other refreshment than a
+change of duties and of scene. He found the state of things improved;
+peace had been restored; and the missionaries were once more out of
+danger. He conferred with them, and gave them spiritual counsel. As far
+as time would permit, he reasoned with the chiefs upon the baneful
+consequences of the late war, and, at the end of five days from his
+arrival, he was again upon the ocean, on his way back to Sydney. "He
+was not wanted in New Zealand;" in Australia, besides domestic cares,
+many circumstances combined to make his presence desirable. Thus he was
+instant in season, out of season; disinterested, nay indifferent and
+utterly regardless of the honours and preferments which even good men
+covet; and ever finding in the work itself, and in Him for the love of
+whom it was undertaken, an abundant recompense.
+
+Brief as the visit was, it confirmed his faith, and reassured his
+confidence in the speedy conversion of New Zealand. He found the
+missionaries living in unity and godly love, and devoting themselves to
+the work. "I trust," he says, "that the Great Head of the church will
+bless their labours." In consequence of his co-operation with the
+missionaries, the beneficial labours of the press now for the first time
+reached the Maori tribes. During a visit to Sydney, Mr. Davis had
+carried through the press a translation of the first three chapters of
+Genesis, the twentieth of Exodus, part of the fifth of Matthew, the
+first of John, and some hymns. These were small beginnings, but not to
+be despised; they prepared the way for the translation of the New
+Testament into Maori, which was printed a few years afterwards at the
+expense of the British and Foreign Bible Society. The importance of this
+work can scarcely be estimated, and it affords a striking example of the
+way in which that noble institution becomes the silent handmaid,
+preparing the rich repast which our various missionary societies are
+ever more distributing abroad, with bounteous hand, to feed the starving
+myriads of the heathen world.
+
+Nor was the Polynesian mission forgotten by its old friend. The London
+Missionary Society now conducted its affairs on so wide a basis, and to
+so great an extent, that Mr. Marsden's direct assistance was no longer
+wanted. But how much he loved the work, how much he revered the
+missionaries, those who shall read the extract with which this chapter
+concludes will be at no loss to judge.
+
+                                         "Paramatta, February 4, 1826.
+
+    "MY DEAR SIR,--It is not long since I wrote to you, but as a
+    friend of mine is returning, the Rev. Mr. Nott, who has been
+    twenty-seven years a missionary in the Society Islands, I could
+    not deny myself the pleasure of introducing him to you. Mr. Nott
+    was one of the first missionaries who was sent out to the Islands.
+    Like Caleb, he always said the missionaries were able to take the
+    land. He remained a long time in Tahiti alone, labouring by
+    himself when all his colleagues were gone, and lived with and as
+    the natives, under the full persuasion that the mission would
+    succeed. He remained breaking up the ground, sowing the gospel
+    seed, until he saw it spring up, and waiting until part of the
+    harvest was gathered in, until many of the poor heathen crossed
+    the river Jordan, with the heavenly Canaan full in view. Such have
+    been the fruits of his patient perseverance and faith. Should his
+    life be spared, I shall expect to see him again in fourteen months
+    returning to his labours, to die amongst his people, and to be
+    buried with them.
+
+    "I venerate the man more than you can conceive: in my estimation,
+    he is a great man: his piety, his simplicity, his meekness, his
+    apostolic appearance, all unite to make him great in my view, and
+    more honourable than any of the famed heroes of ancient or modern
+    times. I think Mrs. Good will like to see such a character return
+    from a savage nation, whom God has so honoured in his work. I
+    shall leave Mr. Nott to tell his own story, while you listen to
+    his report....
+
+      "I remain, my dear sir,
+        "Your's affectionately,
+          "SAMUEL MARSDEN."
+    "To John Mason Good, M.D."
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XI.
+
+    Death of Dr. Mason Good--Malicious Charges brought against Mr.
+    Marsden and confuted--Sixth Voyage to New Zealand--Frightful state
+    of the Island--Battle of the Maories--Their Cannibalism--Progress
+    of the Mission--Mr. Marsden's return--Death of Mrs.
+    Marsden--Anticipation of his own decease.
+
+
+The shadows of evening now began to fall on him whose life had hitherto
+been full of energy, and to whom sickness appears to have been a
+stranger. He had arrived at the period when early friendships are almost
+extinct, and the few who survive are dropping into the grave. The year
+1827 witnessed the death of Dr. Mason Good. Nearly twenty years had
+elapsed since he and Mr. Marsden had taken leave of one another; but
+their friendship had not cooled during that long term of absence; it
+seems rather to have gained strength with distance and declining years.
+Dr. Mason Good felt, and gratefully acknowledged, that to the
+conversations, and yet more to the high example of Mr. Marsden, he owed
+it, under God, that he was led to seek, through faith in Jesus, that
+holiness and peace which he found at last, and which shed so bright a
+lustre on his closing years. He had seen in his friend a living instance
+of disinterestedness, zeal, and humility combined, all springing from
+the love of God, and directed for Christ's sake towards the welfare of
+man; such as he had never seen before--such as, he confessed, his own
+Socinian principles were incapable of producing. Far his superior as a
+scholar and a man of genius, he perceived and felt his inferiority in
+all that relates to the highest destinies of man; he sat, as a little
+child, a learner, in his presence; and God, who is rich in mercy,
+brought home the lessons to his soul.
+
+Nothing, on the other hand, could exceed the respect, almost amounting
+to reverence, mingled however with the warmest affection, with which Mr.
+Marsden viewed his absent friend. In every difficulty he had recourse to
+him for advice; more than once he intrusted the defence of his character
+and reputation entirely to his discretion. A correspondence of nearly
+twenty years, a few specimens of which are in the reader's hand, show
+the depth of his esteem. Upon his death a fuller tide of affection
+gushed out; while he wrote thus to the mourning widow:--
+
+                                         "Paramatta, November 9, 1827.
+
+    "MY DEAR MRS. GOOD,--A few days ago we received two letters from
+    your daughter M--, informing us of the death of your much revered
+    husband. I had seen his death noticed in one of the London papers,
+    but had not received any other information. I feel for all your
+    loss. He was a blessing to the Christian world, and to mankind at
+    large. No one I esteemed more, and his memory will always be dear
+    to me. When I was with you, he and I had many serious
+    conversations on the subject of religion.
+
+    "His great talents, united with his child-like simplicity,
+    interested me much. I always experienced the greatest pleasure in
+    his company, as well as advantage; in knowledge I found myself an
+    infant in his presence, but yet at perfect ease. His gentle
+    manners, his mild address, often made me forget to whom I was
+    speaking; and after retiring from his presence I, on reflecting,
+    have been ashamed that I should presume to talk to him as I had
+    done, as if he were my equal. I never could account for the ease
+    and freedom I felt in his company, in giving my opinion upon the
+    various subjects we were wont to converse upon. He was a very
+    learned man, and knew a thousand times more of men and things than
+    I did, excepting on the subject of religion; here I always felt
+    myself at home; and he would attend to what I said with the
+    sweetest simplicity and the greatest openness of mind. In our
+    various conversations on the most important doctrines of the
+    gospel, he manifested a humble desire to know the truth, though he
+    proceeded with great caution. I experienced no difficulty in my
+    own mind in urging the truths of religion upon him, by every
+    argument in my power. I always saw, or thought I saw, the Day-star
+    from on high dawning upon his mind; and my own soul was animated
+    and refreshed whenever the subjects of the gospel engaged our
+    conversation. Perhaps our mutual friend, Dr. Gregory, may remember
+    the observations I made to him, on what passed between your dear
+    husband and myself, respecting religion, and what were my views of
+    the state of his mind at that time; the period to which I allude
+    was when he joined the Church Missionary Society, or intended to
+    join it. I had the firmest conviction in my mind that he would
+    embrace the gospel, and cordially believe to the salvation of his
+    soul. I could never account for that love which I have continued
+    to have for Dr. Good, even here at the ends of the earth, but from
+    the _communion of saints_. Though the affliction of yourself and
+    your dear daughters must be severe, having lost such a husband and
+    father, yet you cannot sorrow as those without hope; you must be
+    satisfied that the Lord has taken him away from the evil to come;
+    and as he cannot now return to you, comfort one another with the
+    hope that you shall go to him. He finished his course with joy,
+    and the work that had been given him to do; and came to the grave
+    like a shock of corn that was fully ripe. This consideration
+    should reconcile you to the Divine dispensation, and constrain you
+    to say, 'Not my will, but Thine be done.' You and your dear
+    husband had travelled long together; few in this miserable world
+    were so happy and blessed as you were for so long a period.
+    Remember all the way the Lord hath led you in this wilderness;
+    recall to mind his mercies of old, and bless his name. I have long
+    wished to see you face to face; but that wish will never be
+    gratified. The day may come when, in another and a better world,
+    we may recount all our travels here below. We are sure that we are
+    fast approaching to the end of our journey, and shall soon arrive
+    at the banks of Jordan. Let us labour, my dear madam, to keep the
+    promised land in view. You have the consolation of your two
+    amiable daughters' company. I have never thought of Mrs. N. but
+    with feelings of sympathy, and regret for her loss in the death of
+    her excellent husband. How mysterious are the ways of God! We
+    cannot account for them now, but we shall know hereafter. As a
+    father pitieth his own children, so is the Lord merciful unto them
+    that fear him. Mrs. Neale may derive comfort from the Divine
+    promises. There are many made to the widow and the fatherless, and
+    God is never unmindful of his promises. When we arrive in Mount
+    Zion, we shall then be satisfied with all the Divine
+    dispensations, and see cause to bless God for the severest. Give
+    my love to Miss Good; tell her how much I am obliged to her, for
+    the communication she has made to me respecting her dear
+    father....
+
+      "I am yours, very sincerely,"
+
+
+He was still subject to the persecutions of "unreasonable and wicked
+men," and was again compelled to vindicate his conduct in a pamphlet,
+which issued from the press at Sydney, in 1828. Transmitting a copy to
+his friend, the Rev. Josiah Pratt, he says: "I consider myself a
+proscribed person these last few years. All the charges against me are
+contained in this pamphlet. My public offences, my illegal acts, the
+charges against me for inflicting torture to extort confession, for
+which I have been condemned unheard, and suffered as guilty. What an
+ungodly world may think or say of me, is of little moment; but I do not
+wish to lose the good opinion of my Christian friends, and fall in their
+estimation." He returns to the subject in his correspondence with other
+Christian friends; for the apprehension that in him the cause of
+religion might seem to have received a wound, lay heavy on his mind. "I
+should feel much," he says, writing to Mr. D. Coates, "if the cause of
+religion should suffer in my personal conduct; but I hope it will not. I
+hope I have said enough to satisfy the Christian world that I am clear
+in this matter. To justify my public conduct, was an act due to my
+family and to all my Christian friends, as well as the general interests
+of religion." Nor was it merely the breath of slander that assailed him:
+he mentions in a private letter to the Rev. Edward Bickersteth, an act
+of grievous wrong inflicted by the British government. "I and my family
+were all struck off the public victualling books in the latter part of
+Governor Macquarie's administration, without any compensation. The Rev.
+R. Cartwright and the Rev. William Cooper, with their families, were
+also struck off from the public stores at the same time. They have both
+had their claims settled since governor Darling arrived. One received
+700_l._, and the other more than 800_l._; but I have received nothing.
+My claim is equally just, had I only served the same period as my
+colleagues, though I have served nearly twenty years longer than either
+of them. I can only attribute this act of injustice to some hostile
+feeling in the colonial office. Governor Darling has always shown me
+every attention I could wish."
+
+Yet he uttered no protest; he raised no clamour for redress. "I mention
+this circumstance to you," he adds, "_confidentially_: when the truth of
+my case is laid before the public, perhaps my superiors may think
+differently of my conduct, and do me common justice." Whether he
+obtained redress we are not informed. The occurrence shows the depth and
+bitterness of those hostile feelings, which we can trace to no other
+cause on his part than his boldness in rebuking vice, and his fidelity
+to the cause of his Lord and Master.
+
+The year 1830 found Mr. Marsden once more upon the ocean. For neither
+increasing years nor the vexations through which he had passed damped
+his ardour in the missionary cause. His mind was stedfastly fixed on the
+progress of the gospel in New Zealand, and there he was anxious once
+more in person to assist in carrying on the work. He felt that his time
+was growing short, and hastened, "before his decease," to "set in order
+the things which were wanting."
+
+He perceived, too, with mingled feelings, that New Zealand was about to
+undergo a great change. His efforts to induce the chiefs to unite under
+one head or sovereign elected by themselves, had totally failed.
+Shunghie had been slain in battle, and his ambitious projects of gaining
+a New Zealand throne by conquest were at an end. War was the natural
+condition of all the Maori tribes, and this, rendered more deadly,
+though possibly less ferocious, by the introduction of fire-arms, was
+fearfully thinning their numbers from year to year. They were subject,
+too, to periodical returns of a terrible scourge, a disease resembling
+the influenza, which cut off multitudes. On the whole, it was
+calculated, that not more than a hundred thousand Maories now survived;
+while twenty years before, when the island was first visited, the
+numbers were at least two hundred thousand. It was evident that they
+could not long maintain their independence as a nation. European ships
+began to crowd the Bay of Islands. English settlers were already making
+their way into their choice and fertile lands. To minds less sagacious
+than Mr. Marsden's, the result could be no longer doubtful--New Zealand
+must become an English colony. He foresaw the necessity, and, though at
+first with reluctance, cordially acquiesced in it, even for the sake of
+the Maories themselves. His concern now was to prepare them for a
+measure which must sooner or later take place. Everything was in a
+lawless state; the progress of the missions was greatly interrupted, and
+his presence was once more highly necessary. His own anxiety was great,
+first on behalf of the missions which had so long been the especial
+objects of his care; and then for New Zealand at large that the policy
+of Great Britain should respect the rights of the native tribes and
+pledge itself to their protection.
+
+On his arrival in New Zealand, in March, 1830, he was greeted before the
+ship had cast anchor by the Messrs. Williams and others of the
+missionary band, who hastened on board, and expressed their joy at his
+unexpected appearance among them. It was a critical moment, for they
+were in greater anxiety and difficulty than they had experienced at any
+former period of the mission. The natives were at open war, and but a
+day or two before a great battle had been fought on the opposite beach
+of the Bay of Islands, in which about fourteen hundred had been engaged.
+The alleged cause of the war was the misconduct of an English captain
+who had offered indignities to some native women on board his vessel.
+One tribe espoused his cause, while another came forward to avenge the
+insult. Six chiefs had fallen in the battle, and a hundred lives were
+lost; several whaling vessels were lying in the Bay, and their crews as
+well as the missionary stations, were in the utmost peril from the
+revenge of the victorious tribe, which now lay encamped at Keri-Keri.
+
+There was not an hour to be lost. Mr. Marsden crossed the bay with Mr.
+Henry Williams early the next morning, to visit the camp as a mediator.
+The chiefs, many of whom from different parts of the island, had
+formerly been acquainted with Mr. Marsden, all expressed their
+gratification at meeting him again. After conversing with them on
+different points connected with proposals of peace, the two friendly
+mediators crossed over to the camp of their opponents, and entered at
+once on the subject of their mission. They spoke to them of the evils of
+war, and more particularly of the civil war in which they were engaged.
+"They heard all we had to say with great attention, and several of them
+replied to the different arguments we had used. They contended that we
+were answerable for the lives of those who had fallen in the battle, as
+the war had been occasioned by the misconduct of the captain of a vessel
+one of our own countrymen; they wished to know what satisfaction we
+would give them for the loss of their friends who had been slain. We
+replied that we could give them no satisfaction, that we condemned his
+conduct, and were sorry that any of our countrymen had behaved so badly,
+and that we would write to England and prevent his return." This the
+savages requested that Mr. Marsden would not do; they longed for his
+return, that they might take their own revenge. Mr. Marsden then
+proceeded to inform them that he had had an interview with the chiefs on
+the other side, who were willing to come to terms of peace, and wished
+him to assist in settling their quarrel. This information was received
+in a friendly way by the greater part: one or two still wished to fight.
+The mediators now returned to the beach, which they found covered with
+war canoes and armed men. A war council was held, and the Rev. Henry
+Williams stated the business upon which they had come amongst them. The
+natives listened attentively. Many of the chiefs gave their opinion in
+turn, with much force and dignity of address. These orations continued
+from an early hour in the morning, till the shades of evening were
+closing. It was finally agreed that the mediating party should proceed
+the next morning to the opposite camp and repeat what had taken place.
+After a long discussion, it was concluded that two commissioners from
+each party should be appointed, along with Mr. Marsden and Mr. Williams,
+to conclude the terms of peace. Having now urged all that was in their
+power to bring about a reconciliation, they walked over the ground
+where the battle had been fought; a dreadful scene under any
+circumstances, unutterably loathsome, where cannibals were the
+contending parties. "The remains of some of the bodies that had been
+slain were lying unconsumed on the fires; the air was extremely
+offensive, and the scene most disgusting. We could not but bitterly
+lament these baneful effects of sin, and the influence of the prince of
+darkness over the minds of the poor heathen."
+
+The next day was Sunday, it was spent by Mr. Williams at the camp, for
+it was not considered safe at present to leave the savage warriors,
+whose angry passions smouldered. Mr. Marsden proceeded to the station,
+and preached to the infant church. Never was the gospel of Christ placed
+in finer contrast with the kingdom of darkness, and the appalling
+tyranny of the god of this world. Mr. Marsden's pen thus describes the
+scene as he sketched it upon the spot:
+
+    "The contrast between the state of the east and west side of the
+    bay was very striking. Though only two miles distant, the east
+    shore was crowded with different tribes of fighting men in a wild
+    savage state, many of them nearly naked, and when exercising
+    entirely naked; nothing was to be heard but the firing of muskets,
+    the noise, din, and commotion of a savage military camp; some
+    mourning the death of their friends, others suffering from their
+    wounds, and not one but whose mind was involved in heathen
+    darkness without one ray of Divine knowledge. On the other side
+    was the pleasant sound of the church going bell; the natives
+    assembling together for divine worship, clean, orderly and
+    decently dressed, most of them in European clothing; they were
+    carrying the litany and the greatest part of the church service,
+    written in their own language, in their hands with their hymns.
+    The church service, as far as it has been translated, they can
+    write and read. Their conduct and the general appearance of the
+    whole settlement reminded me of a well-regulated English country
+    parish. In the chapel, the natives behaved with the greatest
+    propriety, and joined in the church service. Here might be viewed
+    at one glance the blessings of the Christian religion, and the
+    miseries of heathenism with respect to the present life; but when
+    we extend one thought over the eternal world how infinite is the
+    difference!"
+
+These were trying times undoubtedly. The missions had existed fifteen
+years, and yet the powers of darkness raged in all the horrors of
+cannibal warfare, close to the doors of the missionary premises. On the
+following Tuesday morning, Mr. Marsden was aroused from his bed by a
+chief calling at his window to tell him that the army was in motion, and
+that a battle seemed to be at hand. He arose immediately and was
+informed that thirty-six canoes had been counted passing between the
+main and the island. He immediately launched the missionary boat and
+proceeded to meet them. "When we came up to them we found they had left
+their women and children on the island, and that they were all fighting
+men, well armed and ready for action in a moment's notice. I counted
+more than forty men in one war canoe." Yet amongst these infuriated
+savages the missionaries felt no alarm. "We were under no apprehension
+of danger; both parties placed the utmost confidence in us, and we were
+fully persuaded the commissioners would be cordially received." If the
+event had turned out otherwise Mr. Marsden and his friends had notice
+given them by the native commissioners, of whom we have spoken, that
+they would be seen alive no more. "The three native commissioners
+accompanied us in a small canoe which they paddled themselves. They
+brought their canoe between our two boats, and in that position we
+approached the beach. They told us if they were killed, we must be given
+up to their friends as a sacrifice for the loss of their lives." The
+missionaries' confidence was not misplaced; "the whole day was spent in
+deliberation; at night, after a long oration, the great chief on one
+side clove a stick in two to signify that his anger was broken. The
+terms of peace were ratified, and both sides joined in a hideous war
+dance together; repeatedly firing their muskets. We then took our
+departure from these savage scenes with much satisfaction, as we had
+attained the object we were labouring for."
+
+Such scenes did not for an instant disturb the firm faith and confidence
+of the great missionary leader. Coming from the midst of them he could
+sit down in the missionary hut and write as follows:
+
+    "The time will come when human sacrifices and cannibalism shall be
+    annihilated in New Zealand, by the pure, mild and heavenly
+    influence of the gospel of our blessed Lord and Saviour. The work
+    is great, but Divine goodness will find both the means and the
+    instruments to accomplish his own gracious purposes to fallen man.
+    His word, which is the sword of the Spirit, is able to subdue
+    these savage people to the obedience of faith. It is the duty of
+    Christians to use the means, to sow the seed and patiently to wait
+    for the heavenly dews to cause it to spring up, and afterwards to
+    look up to God in faith and prayer to send the early and latter
+    rain."
+
+Even now the "Day-spring from on high" had visited this savage race. In
+no part of the world was the sabbath day more sacredly observed than by
+the converts in the missionary settlements; their lives gave evidence
+that their hearts were changed. Spiritual religion, deep and earnest,
+began to show its fruit in some of them; others were at least much
+impressed with the importance of eternal things. Mr. Marsden was waited
+upon one evening by several native young men and women who wished to
+converse on religious subjects; when they came in their anxious
+countenances explained the inward working of their minds; their object
+was to know what they must do to be saved. He endeavoured to set before
+them the love of Jesus in coming from heaven to die for a ruined world,
+and mentioned many instances of his love and mercy which he showed to
+sinners while on earth. "When I had addressed them at some length," he
+adds, "a young native woman begun to pray."
+
+"I never heard any address offered up to heaven with such feelings of
+reverence, and piety, so much sweetness and freedom of expression, with
+such humility and heavenly mindedness. I could not doubt but that this
+young woman prayed with the Spirit, and with the understanding. She
+prayed fervently that God would pardon her sins and preserve her from
+evil; and for all the natives in the room, that they might all be
+preserved from falling into the temptations by which they were
+surrounded. Her very soul seemed to be swallowed up with the sense she
+had of the evil and danger of sin, and the love of Jesus, who came to
+save sinners. Her voice was low, soft and harmonious; her sentences were
+short and expressed in the true spirit of prayer. I never expected to
+have seen, in my day, any of the natives of this barbarous nation
+offering up their supplications for pardon and grace, to the only true
+God, with such godly sorrow and true contrition."
+
+Amongst the audience in the room were the aged widow and two daughters
+of the great Shunghie. When they rose from their knees the ex-queen
+exclaimed, "Astonishing, astonishing!" and then retired; "and I
+confess," adds Mrs. Marsden, "I was not less astonished than she was."
+The young woman he learned had for some time lived upon the mission
+premises, and conducted herself in all respects as a Christian, adorning
+the gospel she professed. A few days after we find Mr. Marsden "marrying
+an Englishman to a native Christian woman, who repeated the responses
+very correctly in English which she well understood; she conducted
+herself with the greatest propriety, and appeared neatly dressed in
+European clothing of her own making, for she was a good sempstress." Mr.
+Marsden considered, he says, this marriage to be of the first
+importance; and the New Zealanders appear to have been of the same mind,
+and to have done due honour to the occasion: for "the company came in a
+war canoe and brought their provisions with them, a pig and plenty of
+potatoes." Shortly afterwards, he united a young native man and woman in
+marriage, they were both Christians, domestic servants to Mr. Clarke,
+one of the missionaries, and seemed to have a great affection for each
+other. The young man was free and of a good family; the young woman was
+a slave, having become such by capture; for all their prisoners of war
+if not massacred were reduced to slavery. Mr. Clarke therefore redeemed
+her from her master, for five blankets, an axe, and an iron-pot. A chief
+seldom allowed any of his female slaves to marry, always reserving a
+number of them as wives for himself. We must therefore suppose that the
+price was a very liberal one.
+
+The effects of Christianity were now apparent in some favoured spots,
+and Mr. Marsden returned home again full of hope and consolation. He had
+witnessed already changes far greater than he had ever hoped to see,
+sanguine as he was of ultimate success. So confident was he in the good
+feeling of the natives towards himself, that he had taken one of his
+daughters with him, and she accompanied him in his visits to the chiefs,
+one of whom, known by the title of King George, demanded her in marriage
+for his son; "an honour," writes her father, "which I begged permission
+to decline." Fearful indeed had been the condition of females hitherto
+amongst these savages, as the following extract, with which we conclude
+our notice of Mr. Marsden's sixth visit to New Zealand, sufficiently
+attests. He is describing the great change which Christianity had
+effected among the New Zealanders.
+
+"On one of my former visits to New Zealand, sitting in the room I am at
+present in, the natives killed and ate a poor young woman just behind
+the house. But what a wonderful change the gospel has wrought! In this
+little spot, where so late hellish songs were sung and heathen rites
+performed, I now hear the songs of Zion, and the voice of prayer offered
+up to the God of heaven. So wonderful is the power of God's word."
+
+He returned home greatly cheered and well qualified "to comfort others
+with the comforts wherewith" he himself "was comforted of God." To Mrs.
+Good, the widow of his departed friend, he wrote as follows, soon
+afterwards:
+
+                                          "Paramatta, August 27, 1833.
+
+    "MY DEAR MRS. GOOD,--We received Miss Good's letter, which gave us
+    much concern to learn that you had met with such severe trials....
+    How mysterious are the ways of God! We cannot comprehend them now,
+    but we are assured, that what we know not at present we shall know
+    hereafter. Our heavenly Father has promised that all things shall
+    work together for good to them that love God, and the Scriptures
+    cannot be broken. He willingly suffers none of his children to be
+    afflicted. In the end we shall find that he hath done all things
+    well. At present our trials may bear heavy upon us, but St. Paul
+    tells us they are but for a moment, and eventually will work for
+    us a far more exceeding weight of eternal glory. Job, when he had
+    lost all his children and property exclaimed, 'Naked came I out of
+    my mother's womb, and naked shall I return; the Lord gave and the
+    Lord hath taken away; blessed be the name of the Lord.' We know
+    Infinite Wisdom cannot err in any of his dispensations towards us,
+    and he will never leave or forsake them that trust in him. I pray
+    that the Father of mercies may support you under all your trials
+    and afflictions. The very remembrance of the pleasure I
+    experienced in the society of your ever-to-be-revered husband is
+    very refreshing to my mind. We often speak of you all, and humbly
+    pray that we may meet again in another and a better world. I am
+    now almost seventy years old, and I cannot but be thankful, when I
+    look back and consider how the Lord hath led me all my life long.
+    I have gone through many dangers by land, by water, amongst the
+    heathen and amongst my own countrymen, robbers and murderers, by
+    night and by day; but though I have been robbed, no personal
+    injury have I ever received, not so much as a bone broken. I have
+    also had to contend with many wicked and unreasonable men in
+    power, but the Lord in his providence ordered all for good. Most
+    of them are now in the silent grave, and I have much peace and
+    comfort in the discharge of my public duty, and I bless God for
+    it. I have visited New Zealand six times. The mission prospers
+    very much; the Lord has blessed the missionaries in their labours,
+    and made their work to prosper.
+
+    "I am happy to say my family are all pretty well.... Mrs. M.
+    enjoys her health well at her age, so that we have everything to
+    be thankful for. The colony increases very fast in population; 599
+    women arrived from Europe a few days ago. Provisions are very
+    cheap and in great plenty. Our number increases some thousands
+    every year, so that there is a prospect of this country becoming
+    great and populous. Your daughter mentions the sheep; she will be
+    astonished to hear that one million eight hundred thousand pounds
+    of wool, were exported last year from New South Wales to England,
+    and we may expect a very great annual increase from the fineness
+    of the climate, and the extent of pasturage.... Wool will prove
+    the natural wealth of these colonies and of vast importance to the
+    mother country also. We are very much in want of pious
+    ministers.... None but pious men will be of any service in such a
+    society as ours.... I should wish to go to England again to select
+    some ministers, if I were not so very old; but this I cannot do,
+    and therefore I must pray to the great Head of the church, to
+    provide for those sheep who are without a shepherd.
+
+    "May I request you to remember us affectionately to Mrs. Neale and
+    Dr. Gregory--I pray that you and yours may be supported under
+    every trial, and that they may be all sanctified to your eternal
+    good. I remain, dear Mrs. Good,
+
+      "Yours affectionately.
+        "SAMUEL MARSDEN."
+
+In 1835, Mrs. Marsden died. She had long been patiently looking forward
+to her great change, and her last end was full of peace. Years had not
+abated his love for his "dear partner;" so he always called her when,
+after her decease, he had occasion to speak of her. He showed her grave,
+in sight of his study window, with touching emotion to his friends, and
+felt himself almost released from earth and its attractions when she had
+left it. His own increasing infirmities had led him to anticipate that
+he should be first removed, and the parsonage house being his only by a
+life tenure, he had built a comfortable residence for his widow, which
+however, she did not live to occupy. By this bereavement he was himself
+led to view the last conflict as near at hand; henceforward it
+constantly occupied his mind, and formed at times the chief subject of
+his conversation. He sometimes spoke of it amongst his friends with a
+degree of calmness, and at the same time with such a deep sense of its
+nearness and reality, as to excite their apprehensions as well as their
+astonishment. He stood on the verge of eternity and gazed into it with a
+tranquil eye, and spoke of what he saw with the composure of one who was
+"now ready to be offered, and the time of whose departure was at
+hand;"--his last text before he had quitted New Zealand.
+
+Yet he was not at all times equally serene. Returning one day from a
+visit to a dying bed, he called at the residence of a brother minister,
+the Rev. R. Cartwright, in a state of some dejection. He entered on the
+subject of death with feeling, and expressed some fears with regard to
+his own salvation. Mr. Cartwright remarked upon the happiness of himself
+and his friend as being both so near to their eternal rest, to which Mr.
+Marsden seriously replied with emphasis, "But Mr. C----, _if_ I am
+there." "If, Mr. Marsden?" rejoined his friend, surprised at the doubt
+implied. The aged disciple then brought forward several passages of
+Scripture bearing upon the deep responsibility of the ministerial office
+coupled with his own unworthiness; "lest I myself should be a castaway;"
+"if we hold the beginning of our confidence stedfast unto the end;"
+remarking on his own sinfulness,--every thing he had done being tainted
+with sin,--on his utter uselessness,--and contrasting all this with the
+holiness and purity of God. At another time, coming from the factory
+after a visit to a dying woman, and deeply impressed with the awfulness
+of a dying hour in the case of one who was unprepared to die, he
+repeated in a very solemn manner some lines from Blair's once celebrated
+poem on the grave--
+
+  "In that dread moment how the frantic soul
+  Raves round the walls of her clay tenement,
+  Runs to each avenue and shrieks for help,
+  But shrieks in vain. How wistfully she looks
+  On all she is leaving; now no longer hers.
+  A little longer, yet a little longer. Oh! might she stay
+  To wash away her crimes, and fit her for her passage."
+
+He then spoke on the plan of salvation and the grace offered by the
+gospel with great feeling.
+
+The holiness and purity of God appeared at times to overwhelm his soul;
+contrasting it, as he did, with his own sinfulness, and viewing it in
+connexion with the fact that he must soon stand before his awful
+presence. Yet he speedily recovered his habitual peace, recalling the
+blessed truth that "there is now no condemnation to them which are in
+Christ Jesus." He was still on the whole a most cheerful Christian,
+joying and rejoicing in the hope of a blessed immortality. And as he
+drew near his journey's end his prospects were still brighter and his
+peace increased.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XII.
+
+    State of New South Wales--The Aborigines--Cruelties practised upon
+    them--Attempts to civilize and convert them--They fail--Mr.
+    Marsden's Seventh Visit to New Zealand--His Daughter's
+    Journal--Affection of the Natives--Progress of the Mission--Danger
+    from European vices--Returns in H.M.S Rattlesnake to Sydney.
+
+
+History affords but few examples of a change such as New South Wales had
+undergone since Mr. Marsden landed from a convict ship in the penal
+settlement of Botany Bay in the year 1794. The gold fields had not yet
+disclosed their wealth, nor did he live to see the stupendous
+consequences which resulted from their discovery in 1851, the rush of
+European adventurers, and the sudden transformation of the dismal
+solitudes of Bendigo and Ballarat into the abode of thousands of
+restless, enterprising men, with all the attendant circumstances, both
+good and evil, of civilized life. But Australia was already a vast
+colony; in almost everything except the name, an empire, self-supporting,
+and with regard to its internal affairs, self governed, though still
+under the mild control, borne with loyalty and pride, of the English
+sovereign. The state of society was completely changed. For many years,
+the stream of emigration had carried to the fertile shores of Australia
+not the refuse of our jails, but some of the choicest of our population;
+the young, the intelligent, the enterprising, and the high principled,
+who sought for a wider field of action, or disdained to live at home,
+useless to society, and a burden to their relatives. Large towns such
+as Sydney, Victoria, Geelong and Melbourne, with their spacious
+harbours crowded with shipping, were already in existence, and English
+settlers had covered with their flocks those inland plains which long
+after Mr. Marsden's arrival still lay desolate and unexplored.
+
+The religious condition of Australia was no less changed. All
+denominations were now represented by a ministry, and accommodated in
+places of worship not at all inferior to those at home. The Church of
+England had erected Sydney into a bishopric, of which the pious and
+energetic archdeacon Broughton was the first incumbent, and the number
+of the colonial clergy had been greatly increased; under all these
+influences the tone of social morality was improved, and real spiritual
+religion won its triumphs in many hearts. Mr. Marsden was now released
+from those official cares and duties as senior chaplain which once so
+heavily pressed upon him. Beyond his own parish of Paramatta his
+ministerial labours did not necessarily extend, and in his parish duties
+he had the efficient aid of his son-in-law and other coadjutors.
+
+[Illustration: PARAMATTA CHURCH.]
+
+The one spot on which no cheering ray seemed to fall, the sterile field
+which after years of laborious cultivation yielded no return, was the
+native population, the aborigines of New South Wales.
+
+We have mentioned some of the many futile attempts made for their
+conversion; more might be added; for various missions were devised,--by
+the Society for the Propagation of the Gospel in Foreign Parts, aided by
+the colonial government; by the Wesleyan and the Church Missionary
+Societies; and by the London Missionary Society; but none of these met
+with much success, and we fear all have been in turn abandoned. The
+mission of Mr. Threlkeld, on the margin of lake Macquarie deserves
+especial notice. It was continued for upwards of fourteen years; during
+the first six years at the charges of the London Missionary Society, but
+owing to the heavy expense, and the slow progress of the mission, they
+withdrew from it after an outlay of about three thousand pounds. Mr.
+Threlkeld was reluctant to give up the mission, and pursued it for some
+time from his own resources and those of his friends, with a small grant
+of a hundred and fifty pounds a-year from the British government, who
+also made over ten thousand acres of land to be held on trust on behalf
+of the natives. Mr. Threlkeld seems to have been admirably fitted for
+his work; he had been the fellow labourer of the martyr John Williams,
+of Erromanga, and left the Tahitian mission in consequence of heavy
+domestic afflictions. He had spent much time in acquiring a knowledge of
+the language of the "blacks" or aborigines, of which he drew up a
+grammar, besides translating some portions of Scripture, Watts's hymns,
+and other suitable works. He had generally three or four tribes resident
+around him upon the land granted for their use. Occasionally he employed
+from twelve to sixty of them in burning off the timber and clearing the
+land, an employment which they liked best. At this they would continue
+for eight or ten days at a time, until some native custom, or the report
+of the hostile intention of some neighbouring tribe, called them off,
+perhaps never to return. Harmless as they seemed, their customs were
+ferocious; the tribes were constantly at war, and upon human life they
+set no value; they had no law against murder, and consequently no
+punishment for it. A man may murder his wife, or child, or any other
+relative with impunity; but if a person murder another who is no way
+connected with him, the nearest of kin to the murdered person will
+sometimes avenge his death; though this seldom happens unless the
+delinquent and the sufferer are of different tribes. It is only as they
+become acquainted with the customs of Europeans that human life is
+regarded. In their native wilds they sport with the sufferings both of
+man and beast.
+
+At different periods, Mr. Threlkeld erected huts, but in these they
+could not be induced to live, alleging the accumulation of vermin and
+the fear of other natives coming in the night and spearing them without
+a possibility of escape. On urging them to plant corn on a piece of
+ground he had prepared for them, they replied it would be useless, as
+the tribes from the neighbouring Sugar Loaf Mountain, although on
+friendly terms, would come down and take it away when ripe. Mr.
+Threlkeld attributed the failure of his mission partly to the want of
+funds, but still more to the influx of European settlers. He deeply
+deplored the want of legal protectors, both to prevent the ferocious
+attacks of the blacks upon each other, and to protect them from the
+white man's atrocities. "I am firmly of opinion," adds Mr. Threlkeld, in
+the annual report of his mission for the year 1836, "that a Protector of
+Aborigines will be fully employed in investigating cases of the cruelty
+of European settlers, which are both numerous and shocking to humanity,
+and in maintaining their civil rights."
+
+He had but too much reason to express himself thus. The cases of
+oppression which he himself describes, are most revolting. In one
+instance, a stockman, or herdsman, boasted to his master of having
+killed six or seven black men with his own hands, when in pursuit of
+them with his companions; for they were hunted down in mere wantonness
+and sport. He was merely dismissed from his employer's service. In
+another, a party of stockmen went out, some depredation having been
+committed by the blacks in spearing their cattle, took a black prisoner,
+tied his arms, and then fastened him to the stirrup of a stockman on
+horseback to drag him along. When the party arrived near their
+respective stations they separated, leaving the stockman to conduct the
+prisoner to his own hut. The black, when he found they were alone, was
+reluctant to proceed, and struggled to get free, when the stockman took
+his knife from his pocket, coolly stuck the black in the throat, and
+left him for dead. The poor fellow crawled to the house of a gentleman
+dwelling on the plains, told his tale, and died.
+
+These are but specimens of cruelties, too numerous and too horrible to
+relate. The blacks, of course, retaliated, and military parties were
+sent out against them. On the 31st October, 1828, the executive council
+of the colony declared in their minutes, "that the outrages of the
+aboriginal natives amount to a complete declaration of hostilities
+against the settlers generally," but they forgot to add that these
+hostilities had been provoked in every instance by the wanton aggression
+of the Europeans. Martial law was again proclaimed in October, 1830,
+against the natives, and the governor at length determined to call upon
+the inhabitants to take up arms, and join the troops in forming a
+military cordon, by means of which he proposed to drive the aborigines
+into Tasman's Peninsula. The inhabitants responded to the call, and an
+armed force of between two and three thousand men were in the field from
+the 4th October till the 26th November; but the attempt entirely
+failed.
+
+Mr. Marsden lived to see the beginnings of a better system, though from
+his advanced age he was now no longer able to take an active part in the
+formation of new institutions. Before his death, a society had been
+formed in the colony for the protection of the aborigines, and
+government had also appointed protectors to defend them against wanton
+outrage. This was a great advance in a colony where, Lieutenant Sadleir
+(who had the charge of the school at Paramatta for the aborigines) tells
+us, that on his first tour up the country he saw the skull of a
+celebrated native, in which was visible the hole where the ball had
+penetrated the forehead, placed over a gentleman's bookcase in his
+sitting-room; "a trophy," he says, "which he prized very much, of his
+success in one of those exterminating excursions then sometimes
+undertaken, when the natives were hunted down like beasts of prey to be
+destroyed." But it was not till the year 1839 that an act was passed by
+the legislative council giving extensive powers to certain
+"commissioners of lands," who were also magistrates of the territory, to
+put a stop to the atrocities so extensively committed beyond the
+boundaries, both by the aborigines and the European settlers. The
+governor drew attention to this act in a proclamation worthy of his high
+office. "As human beings," he remarks, "partaking of our common nature,
+as the aboriginal possessors of the soil from which the wealth of the
+country has been principally derived, and as subjects of the queen,
+whose authority extends over every part of New Holland, the natives of
+the colony have an equal right with the people of European origin to the
+protection and assistance of the law of England.
+
+"His excellency thinks it right further to inform the public that each
+succeeding despatch from the secretary of state marks in an increasing
+degree the importance which her Majesty's government, and no less the
+parliament and the people of Great Britain, attach to the just and
+humane treatment of the aborigines of this country, and to declare most
+earnestly and solemnly his deep conviction that there is no subject or
+matter whatsoever in which the interests as well as the honour of the
+colonists are more essentially concerned."
+
+His excellency was soon called upon to bring his professions of
+impartial justice to the test. A few weeks only after the date of the
+proclamation, seven monsters in human shape, convicts who had been
+assigned as stockmen to some of the settlers in the interior,
+influenced, it would seem, by no other motive than a fiendish
+determination to exterminate the unhappy natives, set out on horseback
+in pursuit of their victims. One Charles Kilmaister was their leader.
+They were traced in their progress, inquiring after blacks, and at last
+it appeared they arrived at a hut near the Orawaldo, commonly called the
+Big River, beyond Liverpool Plains. Here they discovered a little tribe
+of about thirty natives, men, women, and children, including babes at
+their mothers' breasts, assembled in the bush, unsuspicious of danger,
+and unconscious of offence. It was on Sunday. They immediately
+approached their victims, who, terrified at their manner, ran into
+Kilmaister's hut, crying for protection; but they appealed to hearts of
+stone. The bandits having caught them as it were in a trap, dismounted
+and followed them into the hut, and, despite of their entreaties, tied
+them together with a rope. When all were thus secured, one end of the
+rope was tied round the body of the foremost of the murderers, who,
+having mounted his horse, led the way, dragging the terrified group
+after him, while his infamous companions guarded them on all sides.
+Onward they were dragged till a fitting place in the bush was reached,
+when the work of slaughter commenced, and unresisting, these hapless
+wretches, one after the other, were brutally butchered. Fathers, and
+mothers, and children, fell before the previously sharpened swords of
+their executioners, till all lay together a lifeless mass, clinging to
+each other even in death, as with the throes of natural affection. But
+one shot was fired, so that it was presumed one only perished by
+fire-arms. The precise number thus immolated has not been accurately
+ascertained, but it is computed not less than thirty lay stretched on
+their own native soil. The demon butchers then placed the bodies in a
+heap, kindled an immense fire over them, and so endeavoured to destroy
+the evidence of their unheard-of brutality. The eye of providence,
+however, was not to be thus blinded; and although for a time the
+miscreants imagined they had effectually disguised their horrible work,
+circumstances led to their apprehension. Birds of prey were seen
+hovering about the spot where the unconsumed remains yet rotted on the
+ground. Stockmen in search of their strayed cattle were attracted to the
+place, supposing they should find their carcasses. In this way it was
+that the ribs, jaw-bones, half-burned skulls, and other portions of
+human skeletons were found, while symptoms of the conflagration in the
+vicinity were likewise discovered. This led to inquiry, and ultimately
+to the discovery of the horrible truth. The place was fifty miles from
+the nearest police station. The whole of the villains were apprehended,
+and their own admissions and conduct, both previous and subsequent to
+the atrocious deed, added to a chain of circumstantial evidence, left no
+doubt of their guilt. It chanced that the night previous to the murders
+a heavy rain had fallen, and traces were thus discovered of horses feet,
+as well as of the naked feet of the wretched natives, on the way to the
+field of death. The chief witness, a respectable man, scarce dared,
+however, to return to the district, so strong was the sympathy expressed
+towards these miscreants, even by persons of influence, some of whom
+were magistrates. All possible pains were taken to save them from
+condign punishment; subscriptions were made for their defence, and
+counsel retained, but in vain; their guilt was established beyond a
+doubt, and Sir George Gipps, the governor, suffered the law to take its
+righteous course.
+
+Yet the progress of humanity and righteousness was very slow, and Mr.
+Marsden did not live to see equal justice, not to speak of gospel truth
+or English liberty, carried to the aborigines. In the very year of his
+death, an effort was made by the attorney-general of the colony to pass
+a bill to enable the courts of justice to receive the evidence of the
+blacks, hitherto inadmissible. The chief justice of Australia gave his
+sanction to the measure. In laying this bill before the council, as the
+law officer of the crown, the attorney-general gave some painful
+instances of its necessity. There was then, he said, lying in his office
+a very remarkable case, in which there was no doubt a considerable
+number of blacks had been shot, but in consequence of not being able to
+take the evidence of the blacks who witnessed the transaction, it was
+impossible to prosecute, although there was proof that certain parties
+went into the bush in a certain direction with fire-arms, and that shots
+were heard. The dead bodies of blacks were afterwards found there, the
+skulls of some of them being marked with bullets. On the other hand five
+blacks were convicted of a larceny, and could be convicted of no higher
+offence, although those who heard the case must have been convinced that
+they had murdered two white men; but, because the blacks, who knew how
+the murder was committed, could not be heard as witnesses, it was
+impossible to prosecute them for the murder. The bill only went so far
+as to allow the blacks to be heard,--"to allow them to tell their own
+story; the jury might believe them or not as their evidence was
+corroborated circumstantially, or by other witnesses." Yet this simple
+instalment of justice was denied, and the bill was rejected by the
+legislative council. Such are some of the crimes through which even
+England, just and generous England, has ascended her dazzling throne of
+colonial empire. When we tear aside the veil of national pride, how
+gloomy are the recesses of our colonial history; how large the amends
+which Britain owes to every native population which God has intrusted to
+her care!
+
+Mr. Marsden was now seventy-two years of age. On every side the friends
+of his youth were falling, and he was bowed down with bodily
+infirmities, the natural consequence of a life of toil. He often pointed
+to an aged tree which grew in sight of his windows, as an emblem of
+himself. It had once stood in the middle of a thick wood, surrounded on
+all sides with fine timber; which the waste of years and the ruthless
+axe had levelled; now it stood alone, exposed to every blast, its
+branches broken off, its trunk decayed and its days numbered. Yet he
+resolved to pay another, his seventh, and, as it proved, his last visit
+to New Zealand. It was thought by his friends, that he would never live
+to return. His age and infirmities seemed to unfit him for any great
+exertion of either mind or body; but having formed the resolution,
+nothing could now deter him, or divert him from it. He sailed on the 9th
+February, 1837, in the Pyramus, accompanied by his youngest daughter,
+and he seemed to be cheered by the reflection that if he should die upon
+his voyage he should die in his harness and upon the battle field on
+which God had chosen him to be a leader.
+
+And yet his sturdy spirit scarcely bowed itself to such misgivings. As
+on former visits, he had no sooner landed than his whole soul was
+invigorated by scenes from which most others would have shrunk. He
+landed on the southern side of the island, at the river Hokianga, and
+remained amongst the Wesleyan missionaries for about a fortnight; after
+which he crossed over to the Bay of Islands, carried all the way in a
+litter by the natives. In this way he visited the whole of the
+missionary stations in the neighbourhood of the Bay of Islands, as well
+as Kaitaia, a station at the North Cape. On the arrival of H. M. S.
+Rattlesnake, he accompanied Captain Hobson (afterwards governor of New
+Zealand), to the river Thames, and the East Cape, returning at length to
+Sydney in that ship, where he arrived on the 27th of July after an
+absence of five months. When entering the heads of Port Jackson, one of
+the officers of the ship observed, "I think Mr. M. you may look upon
+this as your last visit to New Zealand;" upon which he replied, "No I
+don't, for I intend to be off again in about six weeks, the people in
+the colony are becoming too fine for me now. I am too old to preach
+before them, but I can talk to the New Zealanders."
+
+Of this, his last visit, we must give some account. Captain Livesay of
+the Pyramus, in a valuable letter to Mr. Nicholas, has given some
+interesting reminiscences of his passenger:--
+
+                                        "Devonport, November 29, 1837.
+
+    "MY DEAR SIR,-- ... I looked forward to meeting you with
+    inexpressible delight, to talk about our much esteemed friend Mr.
+    Marsden, and compare notes about New Zealand; but we are born to
+    disappointment, although I shall still look forward to have that
+    pleasure on my return to England.
+
+    "From the last account I had of Mr. Marsden, previous to my
+    quitting New Zealand, I was informed that the trip had done him
+    much good. When he left the ship, and indeed when I last saw him,
+    which was a month afterwards, he used to walk with a great stoop;
+    he was then able to walk upright, and take considerable exercise.
+    The dear old man! it used to do my heart good to see his pious
+    zeal in his Master's cause. Nothing ever seemed a trouble to him.
+    He was always calm and cheerful, even under intense bodily
+    suffering, which was the case sometimes from the gravel, which
+    caused him great distress. His daughter Martha was a very great
+    comfort to him; she was constantly with him, and very affectionate
+    in her attentions. I did hope my next voyage would have been to
+    New South Wales, that I might have the pleasure of seeing him once
+    more, should God have spared him so long; but that thought must
+    now be given up." ...
+
+The remainder of the letter has reference to the state and prospects of
+New Zealand. The sentiments are honourable to a British sailor. How
+happy it would have been for the Maori race, had all English captains
+who visited the Bay of Islands, been such men as Captain Livesay!
+
+He says, "It affords me great satisfaction to find that a committee are
+forming for the colonization of New Zealand, on the scale you intimate.
+It is very much to be desired indeed; as the poor natives are becoming a
+prey and a sacrifice to a set of dissolute wretches who do all in their
+power to sink the savage into the perfect brute, or by design and craft
+to cheat them out of all their possessions. Even those who call
+themselves respectable, are amongst this number, and one or two, to my
+certain knowledge, have purchased an immense extent of land for a mere
+song, depriving the rising generation of all their claims. The New
+Zealanders are upon the whole, a fine and intelligent race, capable of
+much if well directed. They are accused of low cunning, and covetousness
+in their dealings with the Europeans. Let the question be asked, who
+taught them to be so? Why, the Europeans themselves. They are said to be
+ferocious. I maintain that they are not half so much so as our own
+ancestors in the barbarous times of Britain; and where Christianity has
+been properly introduced, they are quite a different race of beings. Let
+but the ill weeds that have taken root there be torn up, and the
+wholesome plant of industry and sobriety, with the spirit of the gospel,
+sown in its place, and all the savage will soon cease to be."
+
+The "ill weeds" were springing up apace, and, as a consequence, the
+missionary cause was once more in peril.
+
+An English barque had lately been wrecked upon the coast, but
+fortunately Mr. Guard the captain, his wife, two children, and the crew,
+twenty-eight in all, escaped to land. At first, according to the
+statement of the captain, the natives treated them with kindness, which
+they soon exchanged, under what pretext, or in consequence of what
+provocations on either side, it would be useless to ask, for open
+hostilities. A quarrel was got up between two native tribes, and an
+engagement followed, in which twelve Europeans, and about forty Maories
+fell. Guard and his party were taken prisoners. It shows how great an
+improvement had taken place amongst the natives, that they were not
+massacred and devoured; but, on condition of returning with a cask of
+powder as a ransom for himself and the rest, Guard and five of his men
+were allowed to proceed, without further molestation, to Sydney; where
+he laid the matter before Sir Richard Bourke the governor. Relying on
+the accuracy of Guard's narrative, the governor, with the advice of the
+executive council, requested Captain Lambert to proceed with H.M.S.
+Alligator, which happened to be lying in Port Jackson, to obtain the
+restoration of the British subjects, then in the hands of the New
+Zealanders. He was instructed to abstain from any act of retaliation,
+and to obtain the restoration of the captives by amicable means; and
+Guard and his five men returned in the same ship.
+
+Soon after the arrival of the party at New Zealand, Guard recognised the
+chief who was now the proprietor of the shipwrecked woman and children;
+and the unsuspicious native rubbed noses with him in token of amity, at
+the same time expressing his readiness to give up his prisoners on
+receiving the "payment" guaranteed to him. This, however was not the
+way in which the affair was to be settled; Guard and his sailors seized
+him as a prisoner, and dragged him into the whale boat in which the
+party had gone ashore. The cruelty practised towards this unfortunate
+man, and the fearful havoc committed by the English, we gladly pass
+over. Such iniquitous transactions reflect but little credit on us as a
+Christian or a civilized people; and they were, moreover, in direct
+opposition to the benevolent instructions of Sir Richard Bourke. The
+British subjects were restored; as indeed they might have been without
+the loss of a single life, through the intervention of the missionaries,
+and of the British resident at the Bay of Islands, and the expedition
+having gained its object by force and stratagem, returned to Sydney with
+the troops and the liberated captives.
+
+This painful affair, as well as other acts of outrage, on the part of
+the natives, which were its natural consequence, made a deep impression
+at the time, and were a source of great uneasiness to Mr. Marsden. He
+saw at once the danger to which they exposed the missionaries and their
+cause, and felt, no doubt, a just reliance on himself. Unarmed and
+unprotected, had he been upon the spot, he would have accomplished more
+in his own person than all those warlike measures had effected, which
+anew embittered the Maori race against the Europeans.
+
+His record of his farewell visit was probably not kept with his former
+accuracy; but the chasm is well supplied by the interesting journal of
+his daughter, some extracts from which the reader will peruse with
+pleasure. We have the whole scene placed before us by her graceful pen,
+and we gain some glimpse into her father's character, which we should
+certainly not have gathered from his own modest, self-forgetting,
+memoranda.
+
+    "_February 12, Sunday._--Had service on deck. The Rev. Mr.
+    Wilkinson read prayers, and my father preached. The sailors were
+    very attentive; the service was truly interesting from its novelty
+    and the impressiveness of the scene; nothing around us but the
+    wide waste of waters.
+
+    "_13th._--At the suggestion of Captain L----, reading in the
+    evenings was introduced. We began the History of Columbus, by
+    Washington Irving, and the arrangement is that we are to read by
+    turns."
+
+    The weather proved boisterous, and it was not before the 21st they
+    made the land.
+
+    "_22nd._--Up early on deck to view the land, which presented a
+    very bold and romantic appearance.
+
+    "Not being able to obtain a pilot, the captain determined, lest he
+    should lose the tide, Hokianga being a bar harbour, to take the
+    vessel in himself. The dead lights were put in, and every
+    arrangement made as we approached the bar. Not a voice was heard
+    but that of the captain and the two men in the chains, heaving the
+    lead. Every sailor was at his station, and the anchors in
+    readiness to let go at a moment's warning. We sounded as shallow
+    as 'a quarter less four,' when the ladies became alarmed, though
+    we were obliged to keep our fears to ourselves, as the gentlemen
+    very politely left us. The wind being light, the fear was the
+    breakers would have overtaken the ship, thrown her upon her beam
+    ends, and rendered her unmanageable; but providence guided and
+    preserved us.
+
+    "I seldom remember a more beautiful scene; the moon is near its
+    full, and the banks of the river are very high, covered with the
+    most luxuriant foliage. We were so delighted with the scenery that
+    we would willingly have stayed up all night. As we proceeded up,
+    the mountains appeared to lessen into hills. Several native
+    hamlets, and two or three residences of Europeans, show that the
+    busy hand of man has been engaged in the work of redeeming the
+    wilderness from the wild dominion of nature. Anchored near the
+    Wesleyan mission station, where we were kindly welcomed by Mr. and
+    Mrs. Turner. The mission here has been established nearly nine
+    years; they have a neat chapel and one or two comfortable houses,
+    and are about to form an additional station. The missionaries
+    related several instances of the melancholy death of various New
+    Zealanders who have opposed the progress of the mission. One chief
+    became so incensed against the 'Atua,' for the death of his child,
+    that he formed a circle of gunpowder, placed himself in the
+    centre, and fired it. The explosion did not immediately destroy
+    him; he lingered a few weeks in dreadful agony, and then died.
+
+    "_Saturday._--The natives are coming in great numbers to attend
+    divine worship. Mr. Turner preached, and afterwards my father
+    addressed them. They listened with earnest attention, and were
+    much pleased. Many of the old chiefs were delighted to see my
+    father, and offered to build him a house, if he would remain. One
+    said, 'Stay with us and learn our language, and then you will
+    become our father and our friend, and we will build you a house.'
+    'No,' replied another, 'we cannot build a house good enough, but
+    we will hire Europeans to do it for us.'
+
+    "The whole congregation joined in the responses and singing, and
+    though they have not the most pleasing voices, yet it was
+    delightful to hear them sing one of the hymns commencing 'From
+    Egypt lately come.'"
+
+The journey across from Hokianga to the Waimate, as described by Miss
+Martha Marsden, shows, in the absence of railroads and steam carriages,
+an agreeable if not expeditious mode of conveyance. "Took leave of Mrs.
+Turner; and, mounted in a chair on the shoulders of two New Zealanders,
+I headed the procession. My father, Mr. Wilkinson, and the two children,
+were carried in 'kaw-shores,' or native biers, on which they carry their
+sick. We entered a forest of five miles, then stopped to dine. The
+natives soon cooked their potatoes, corn, etc., in their ovens, which
+they scoop in the sand, and after heating a number of stones, the
+potatoes are put in, covered with grass and leaves, and a quantity of
+water poured upon them; they were exquisitely steamed. As I approached
+one of the groups sitting at dinner, I was much affected by seeing one
+of them get up and ask a blessing over the basket of potatoes.
+
+"Five miles from Waimate I left my chair, mounted on horseback, and
+reached Waimate for breakfast. Old Nini accompanied us the whole way,
+and told my father if he attempted to ride he would leave him. The
+natives carried him the whole way with the greatest cheerfulness, and
+brought him through the most difficult places with the greatest ease.
+The distance they carried him was about twenty miles."
+
+The state of all the missions with regard to their spiritual work was
+now full of hope. Of the Wesleyan mission Mr. Marsden himself reports,
+"I found that many were inquiring after the Saviour, and that a large
+number attended public worship. The prospect of success to the Church
+of England Mission is very great. Since my arrival at the missionary
+station I have not heard one oath spoken by European or native; the
+schools and church are well attended, and the greatest order is observed
+among all classes. I met with many wherever I went, who were anxious
+after the knowledge of God. Wherever I went I found some who could read
+and write. They are all fond of reading, and there are many who never
+had an opportunity of attending the schools who, nevertheless, can read.
+They teach one another in all parts of the country, from the North to
+the East Cape."
+
+The native tribes were still at war with each other, and with the
+European settlers--the miserable effect of Captain Guard's rash conduct.
+From the missionary station at Pahia Mr. Marsden's daughter counted one
+morning twenty-one canoes passing up the bay. A battle followed, which
+she witnessed at a distance, and the Europeans all around fled to the
+missionary station. In the engagement three chiefs fell; a second fight
+occurred soon afterwards. "We have heard firing all day," she writes;
+"many have been killed; we saw the canoes pass down the river containing
+the bodies of the slain." Mr. Marsden himself was absent on a visit to
+the southward, or his presence might possibly have prevented these
+scenes of blood.
+
+Wherever the venerable man appeared, he was received by the converted
+natives with Christian salutations and tears of joy; the heathen
+population welcomed him with the firing of muskets and their rude war
+dances. Wherever he went, he was greeted with acclamations as the friend
+and father of the New Zealanders. One chieftain sat down upon the ground
+before him gazing upon him in silence, without moving a limb or
+uttering a single word for several hours. He was gently reproved by Mr.
+Williams for what seemed a rudeness. "Let me alone," said he, "let me
+take a last look; I shall never see him again." "One principal chief,"
+writes Mr. Marsden, "who had embraced the gospel and been baptized,
+accompanied us all the way. We had to travel about forty miles, by land
+and water. He told me he was so unhappy at Hokianga that he could not
+get to converse with me from the crowds that attended, and that he had
+come to Waimate to speak with me. I found him to be a very intelligent
+man, and anxious to know the way to heaven." While at Kaitai he held a
+constant levee, sitting in an arm-chair, in an open field, before the
+mission house; it was attended by upwards of a thousand Maories, who
+poured in from every quarter; many coming a distance of twenty or thirty
+miles, contented to sit down and gaze on his venerable features; and so
+they continued to come and go till his departure. With his
+characteristic kindness and good nature he presented each with a pipe
+and fig of tobacco; and when he was to embark at last, they carried him
+to the ship, a distance of six miles.
+
+Before leaving New Zealand, he wrote to the Church Missionary Society an
+account which glows with pious exultation, describing the success with
+which the Head of the church had at length been pleased to bless the
+labours of his faithful servants. Since his arrival, he says, he had
+visited many of the stations within the compass of a hundred miles. It
+was his intention to have visited all of them, from the North to the
+East Cape; but from the disturbed state of the country "it was not
+considered prudent for him to go to the south," where he still
+contemplated further efforts "when the country should be more settled in
+its political affairs." He had "observed a wonderful change: those
+portions of the sacred Scriptures which had been printed have had a most
+astonishing effect; they are read by the natives in every place where I
+have been; the natives teach one another, and find great pleasure in the
+word of God, and carry that sacred treasure with them wherever they go.
+Great numbers have been baptized, both chiefs and their people." He had
+met with some very pious chiefs, who had refused to share in the present
+war, and avowed their resolution to fight no more. One of them, at his
+own cost, had built a chapel, or place of public worship, which was
+visited by the missionaries; in this he himself taught a school,
+assisted by his son. "Waimate, once the most warlike district in the
+island, is now," he says, "the most orderly and moral place I was ever
+in. My own mind has been exceedingly gratified by what I have seen and
+heard." Old age, it seems, is not always querulous; its retrospects are
+not always in favour of the past; the aged Christian walks with a more
+elastic step as he sees the fruit of his labour, and anticipates his own
+great reward. "Mine eyes," he concludes, "are dim with age like Isaac's;
+it is with some difficulty I can see to write."
+
+Nor had the weakness and credulity of advancing years led him to take
+for granted, as in second childhood old age is wont to do, the truth of
+first impressions, or the accuracy of every man's reports. He still gave
+to every subject connected with missions the closest attention,
+penetrated beneath the surface, and formed his own conclusions. While in
+New Zealand, for instance, he addresses the following queries to Mr.
+Matthews, one of the missionaries, on the subject of education:--
+
+                                                         "April, 1837.
+
+    "... I will thank you to return me what number of native young
+    men there are employed from your station on the sabbath in
+    visiting the natives, I mean the numbers who occasionally visit
+    their countrymen and instruct them. What schools there are at the
+    station, and who are the teachers? Have you an infant school, or a
+    school for men and boys? a school for women? What do they learn?
+    Do they learn to read and write? Do they understand figures? Have
+    they renounced generally their former superstitions? At what
+    period of the day do they attend school? Have they any meeting in
+    the week-days for prayer and religious instruction? Do they appear
+    to have any views of the Lord Jesus Christ as a Saviour? Any
+    information you can give me, along with your brethren, will be
+    very acceptable to the lovers of the gospel in New South Wales."
+
+        "SAMUEL MARSDEN."
+
+On one point only he met with no success. He had not yet quite abandoned
+the pleasing dream of a Maori nation, united under one chief; a
+Christian people, governed by a code of native law. Tahiti naturally
+encouraged these bright visions, and seemed to show how easily they
+might be realized. There, for ten years past, under king Pomare, the
+wondrous spectacle had been presented to the world of a whole people,
+under the guidance of their king, rejecting idolatry, and with it all
+the base usages of savage life, and working out their own national
+regeneration; framing a Tahitian code of law on the sound principles of
+Christian jurisprudence, and cordially adopting it. Why should not a
+similar state of things be brought about in New Zealand? The
+instrumental agency in both islands was the same; namely, that of
+Christian missionaries, chiefly, if not entirely, English Christians,
+who carried with them, it might be supposed, to both islands the same
+reverence for order, and with it the same love of liberty. Were the
+Maories an inferior race, compared with the aborigines of the Tahitian
+group? On the contrary, the difference was rather in favour of the
+Maori; he was the more athletic, and consequently the more vigorous in
+his mental development; indeed, upon the whole, he stands unapproached
+by any other tribe of man uncivilized and in a state of nature; unless
+we go back to the heroic ages and find his equal amongst ancient Greeks
+at the dawning of their somewhat fabulous history.
+
+Yet the project failed; and Mr. Marsden was now obliged mournfully to
+admit that New Zealand's only hope lay in her annexation to the British
+crown. The two causes of the failure of these otherwise reasonable
+expectations are to be found, no doubt, first, in the circumstances of
+the Maori tribes, and secondly, in the pernicious effects produced by
+European traders and settlers.
+
+Tahiti was happy in possessing one sovereign. New Zealand was
+unfortunate in its multitude of petty chieftains. When the heart of king
+Pomare was gained, the confidence of a loyal and devoted people was at
+once won over. There was no rival to foment rebellion, or to seize the
+occasion of a religious festival, when he and his people were unarmed,
+to make inroads on his territory. With the assistance of his council,
+and under the advice of the faithful missonaries, a code of law was
+easily prepared, suited for all his subjects, and adapted to every part
+of his little kingdom. In New Zealand, on the contrary, the chiefs,
+each of whom claimed to be perfectly independent of the rest, were
+constantly at enmity with each other. The violent passions of civil war
+never slept--hatred, revenge, and jealousy. The missionaries, if
+cherished by Shunghie, were hated or feared by Shunghie's opponent.
+Their direct influence in the politics of the Maories was therefore, of
+necessity, slight. But the chief hindrance arose from the mutual
+animosities of the chiefs, and the want of confidence in each other
+which universally prevailed, both among chiefs and people.
+
+And it must be confessed with sorrow, that the evil example of the
+Europeans provoked the natives to fresh crimes, and indisposed them to
+all the restraints of civil government. The Polynesian Islands had, up
+to this period, known neither commerce nor colonization. Except a chance
+visit from a man-of-war, a European ship was scarcely ever seen; or the
+few which came and went were connected with the missions, and were
+manned by decent if not religious crews. The polluting influence of a
+debauched and drunken body of seamen, rolling in constant succession to
+its shores, had not yet tainted the moral atmosphere of Tahiti and its
+neighbouring group. And colonization had not even been attempted; the
+natives were left in full possession of their soil, no man making them
+afraid. In New Zealand all this was reversed. Wicked seamen infected
+even savages with new vices; and lawless settlers set an example of
+injustice, shocking even to New Zealanders. For these evils it was
+evident there was but one remedy, the strong hand of British rule. Take
+the following sketch from the pen of Mr. Marsden. After describing the
+happy state of the Christian settlement at Waimate, he goes on to say:
+"On the opposite side of the harbour, a number of Europeans have settled
+along with the natives. Several keep public-houses, and encourage every
+kind of crime. Here drunkenness, adultery, murder, etc. are committed.
+There are no laws, judges, nor magistrates; so that Satan maintains his
+dominion without molestation. Some civilized government must take New
+Zealand under its protection, or the most dreadful evils will be
+committed by runaway convicts, sailors and publicans. There are no laws
+here to punish crimes. When I return to New South Wales, I purpose to
+lay the state of New Zealand before the colonial government, to see if
+anything can be done to remedy these public evils." "I hope in time," he
+says again, in a letter, dated May 16th, 1837, from Pahaia, to the Rev.
+James Matthews, "the chiefs will get a governor. I shall inform the
+Europeans in authority how much they are distressed in New Zealand for
+want of a governor with power to punish crime. The Bay of Islands is now
+in a dreadful state.... It is my intention to return to New South Wales
+by the first opportunity."
+
+That opportunity soon appeared, and the venerable founder of its
+missions, the advocate of its native population, the friend of all that
+concerned its present or spiritual welfare, took his last leave of the
+shores of New Zealand. Preparations were made for his reception on board
+H. M. S. Rattlesnake. The signal gun was fired, and all the friends from
+Waimate and Keri-Keri arrived to accompany their revered father to the
+beach, "Where," says one of them who was present, "like Paul at Miletus,
+we parted with many benedictions: sorrowing most of all that we should
+see his face again no more. Many could not bid him adieu. The parting
+was with many tears."
+
+His happy temperament always diffused pleasure and conciliated
+friendship. On board the Rattlesnake he was welcomed with warm,
+affectionate, respect. Captain Hobson, who was afterwards for a time
+governor of New Zealand, knew his worth, and felt honoured by his
+company; and Mr. Marsden fully appreciated the high character and
+courtesy of the commander, whose widow retains a handsome piece of plate
+presented to her husband by his grateful passenger, as a memorial of the
+happiness he enjoyed on this his last voyage homewards.
+
+The chaplain of the Rattlesnake noted down an affecting conversation
+with the aged minister upon his voyage, which we are permitted to
+insert:--
+
+"We enjoyed a most lovely evening. I had a long conversation with Mr.
+Marsden on deck. He spoke of almost all his old friends having preceded
+him to the eternal world; Romaine, Newton, the Milners, Scott, Atkinson,
+Robinson, Buchanan, Mason Good, Thomason, Rowland Hill, Legh Richmond,
+Simeon, and others. He then alluded in a very touching manner to his
+late wife; they had passed, he observed, more than forty years of their
+pilgrimage through this wilderness in company, and he felt their
+separation the more severely as the months rolled on. I remarked that
+their separation would be but for a short period longer. 'God grant it,'
+was his reply; then lifting his eyes towards the moon, which was
+peacefully shedding her beams on the sails of our gallant bark, he
+exclaimed with intense feeling.
+
+  'Prepare me, Lord, for thy right hand,
+  Then come the joyful day.'"
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIII.
+
+    Mr. Marsden's ministerial pursuits and journeys--Love of the
+    Country and of Patriarchal story--His Old Age--Its mental
+    features--Anecdotes--Love of Children--Bishop Broughton--His
+    reverence for Mr. Marsden's character--Mr. Marsden's views of
+    Death, etc.--His Habits of Prayer--His Illness and Death.
+
+
+Mr. Marsden had now passed the allotted span of human life, though his
+days were not yet "labour and sorrow." Entering upon his seventy-second
+year with stooping gait and failing eyesight and a decaying memory, he
+had otherwise few of the mental infirmities of age. He was still a
+perfect stranger to fear, as well as to that nervous restlessness and
+susceptibility which wears the appearance of it, though often found, as
+may be daily observed, in connexion with the truest courage. After his
+return home from his last voyage he was attacked, when driving with his
+youngest daughter, upon one of his excursions in the bush, by two famous
+bush rangers Wormley and Webber, part of a gang who for a period of two
+years kept the whole country in a state of terror. One of the ruffians
+presented a loaded pistol at his breast and another at his daughter's,
+threatening with horrid imprecations to shoot them both, if they said a
+word, and bidding his daughter to empty her father's pockets into their
+hands. Perfectly undismayed, Mr. Marsden remonstrated with them on their
+wicked course of life, telling them at last that he should soon see them
+again, he had no doubt, on the gallows. At parting, though charged, with
+the usual threats, not to look behind him, he turned round, and
+continued, while they were in sight, to warn them in the same strain of
+the certain consequences of a life of crime. His admonition was soon
+verified; the wretched men were apprehended for other outrages and
+sentenced to death, and he himself attended them from the condemned cell
+to the place of execution.
+
+These excursions into the country around Paramatta, where he had gone
+about for a period of nearly forty years doing the work of an evangelist
+or home missionary, were continued to the last. To wind through devious
+paths in the bush in his one horse chaise, where his good horse _Major_
+seemed as if trained to penetrate, gave him the highest pleasure. The
+way was often trackless, and he was obliged to ask his companion whether
+the trace of a cartwheel could be seen. Yet there was an instinctive
+feeling of safety in his company, and a refreshment in his conversation,
+which always made the vacant seat in the gig prized by those who knew
+and loved him. "As he drove along," says a Christian lady, the wife of
+Captain B---- who was his companion on some of his last journeys,
+"wherever he went there was always to be found some testimony to that
+goodness and mercy which had followed him all the days of his life. Some
+Ebenezer he could raise where helped perhaps in an encounter with a
+bushranger, having only the sword of the Spirit with which to defend
+himself and disarm his foe, or some Bethel, it might be, where like
+Jacob he had been enabled to wrestle and prevail. With such a companion
+no one could be a loser. On these excursions, no matter to what
+distance, he seemed to think preparations needless, he would travel
+miles and miles without any previous consideration for his own comfort
+or convenience. Even a carpet-bag was an encumbrance. He had been too
+long accustomed to make his toilet with the New Zealander, and take with
+him his meal of fern-root, to be particular, or to take thought, what he
+should eat, or wherewithal should he be clothed."
+
+His love of the country and of rural scenes gave a strong colouring, and
+great originality to his preaching as well as to his own religious
+character. He called his estate "The plains of Mamre." This property we
+may remind the reader had been presented to Mr. Marsden in the early
+days of the colony, when land uncleared was absolutely worthless, to eke
+out his insufficient stipend. It had now become valuable, and he was
+exposed both in the colony and in England to many unjust remarks, even
+from those who should have known him better, on the score of his reputed
+wealth. His own justification of himself is more than sufficient. Being
+told that he was charged with avarice, "Why," said he, "they might as
+well find fault with Abraham whose flocks and herds multiplied. Abraham
+never took any trouble about it, nor do I. I can't help their
+increasing;" and he added, a remark so true and of such pregnant import
+that it ought for ever to have put to silence this miserable carping;
+"It was not for myself, but for the benefit of this colony and New
+Zealand, that I ever tried to promote agriculture or the improvement in
+sheep or cattle." Had he done nothing else for Australia, his
+introduction of Merino sheep with a view to the growth of wool would
+have marked him down upon the roll of her greatest benefactors.
+
+Through life his choicest topics in the pulpit had been the patriarchs,
+their lives and characters but as he grew old, he seemed unconsciously
+to rank amongst their number; to fall into and become one of their own
+body; himself a Christian patriarch. It was the frequent remark of his
+friends that he spoke of Abraham, Isaac and Jacob, just as if he had
+lived in their times, heard their conversations, and been well
+acquainted with them. It is much to be regretted that more full and
+accurate reports of his sermons and conversations should not have been
+kept. The truth and originality of his remarks would have made them
+invaluable. When seated in his chair upon the lawn before his house,
+surrounded by his family and friends, his conversations took the
+prevailing turn of his mind, and he used to dwell on the incidents of
+patriarchal life with a depth of feeling and a power of picturesque
+description of which one would be glad that the memorials should not
+have been allowed to perish.
+
+At an examination of the King's School at Sydney, the headmaster having
+requested him to ask the boys some questions upon Scripture history,
+forgetting the business in hand, he broke out into a long and
+interesting address on patriarchal life and manners. The end
+contemplated by the headmaster was of course frustrated, "but we dare
+say," says the colonial journalist who tells the story, "there are many
+young persons now growing up into manhood, who, to this day remember the
+pious and excellent observations of the venerable man."
+
+His old age exhibited some traits not always to be found, even in good
+men, after a long life passed among scenes of danger or amidst the
+hardening warfare of personal animosities. Though to the last bold in
+reproving sin his real character was that of gentleness and the warmest
+social affection. None but the bad were ever afraid of him; on the
+contrary, his presence diffused a genial light and warmth in every
+company. Cruel savages and little children loved him alike; the wisest
+men gathered instruction from his lips, while they found pleasure in his
+simple courtesy and manly open heartedness. He brought home with him in
+the Rattlesnake from New Zealand, several Maori youths; "they seemed to
+love and respect their _Matua_, as they called him, more than any one,
+or anything, besides. They used to run after his gig like joyous
+children, and to attempt to catch his eye as if to bask in the sunshine
+of his benevolent countenance." "They delighted;" says Mrs. B----, to
+whose manuscript of Mr. Marsden's last years of life we are again
+indebted, "to come to our barrack apartments with him, always making
+their way to the bookcase first, take out a book and point upwards, as
+if everybody who had anything to do with 'Matua' must have all their
+books leading to heaven. Pictures pleased them next; when they would
+direct each others' attention to what they considered worthy of notice,
+with extraordinary intelligence; but when the boiled rice and sweets
+made their appearance, digging their elbows into each others' sides,
+with gesticulations of all sorts, and knowing looks, putting their
+fingers to their mouths, and laughing with greedy joy, Mr. Marsden all
+the time watching their movements, and expressive faces, as a kind nurse
+would the gambols and frolics of her playful charge, saying with
+restrained, but grateful emotion, 'Yes, sir, nothing like bringing the
+gospel at once to the heathen. If "music charms the savage breast," sir,
+why should not the sweetest sounds that ever met man's ear do more? Why,
+sir, the gospel turns a worse than savage into a man, ay, and into a
+woman too.' He then related to us the anecdote of a New Zealand woman
+who, for the last remaining years of her life preached the gospel among
+her own sex, having acknowledged to him, that before he had brought the
+word of God to New Zealand, and the Spirit applied it to her heart, she
+had killed and eaten nineteen children."
+
+His last communication to the Church Missionary Society, dated December
+10th, 1837, and received after his death, is full of hope for his
+beloved New Zealanders. "I am happy to say the mission goes on well
+amidst every difficulty. I visited many places in my last voyage from
+the North Cape to Cloudy Bay. The gospel has made a deep impression upon
+many of the natives, who now lead godly lives." The letter, which is
+written in a large and straggling hand, as though the pen were no longer
+under its usual firm control, concludes with these touching words: "I am
+now very feeble. My eyes are dim, and my memory fails me. I have done no
+duty on the sabbath for some weeks through weakness. When I review all
+the way the Lord has led me through this wilderness I am constrained to
+say, _Bless the Lord, O my soul, etc_,
+
+    "Yours very affectionately,
+      "SAMUEL MARSDEN."
+
+The innocent games of children pleased him to the last. When such
+meetings were more rare than they have now become, the children of the
+Paramatta school once a year assembled on his lawn, and then his
+happiness was almost equal to their own. In his own family, and amongst
+the children of his friends, he would even take his share in their
+youthful gambols, and join the merry party at blind man's buff. Though,
+as he said of himself, he "never sang a song in his life, for he
+learned to sing hymns when ten years old, and never sang anything else,"
+yet he was charmed with the sweet and hearty voices of children joining
+in some innocent little song, and it pleased him better still if it
+finished off with a noisy chorus. Yet all this was consistent with his
+character as a grave, wise old man. Though mirthful, he was never
+frivolous; in a moment, if occasion called for it, he was ready to
+discuss the most serious subjects, or to give his opinion upon matters
+of importance; and he had the enviable talent of mingling even pious
+conversation with the sports of children.
+
+It was observed that though always unembarrassed in the presence of
+strangers whatever their rank or importance might be, he never seemed
+completely happy but in the company of persons of true piety. He does
+not appear to have spoken very freely in ordinary society on the subject
+of personal religion, still less on the subject of his own experience;
+but his emotions were deep, and out of the fulness of the heart his lips
+would speak, in the midst of such a circle, of the loving-kindness of
+the Lord. The sense of his own unworthiness seems to have been always
+present. Of all God's servants he might have been, as he verily thought
+himself to be, the most unprofitable; and when any circumstance occurred
+which led him to contrast the justice of God to others who were left to
+die impenitent, with the mercy shown to himself, he spoke with a
+humiliation deeply affecting. With scenes of vice and human depravity
+few living men were more conversant than he, yet to the last such was
+the delicacy of his conscience that the presence of vice shocked him as
+much as if the sight were new. "Riding down to the barracks one
+morning," says the lady whose narrative we have already quoted, "to
+invite Captain B---- and myself that day to dinner to meet the bishop,
+he had passed what, alas! used to be too frequent an object, a man lying
+insensible and intoxicated in the road. His usually cheerful countenance
+was saddened, and after telling us his errand, we could not but ask the
+cause of his distress. He gave us the unhappy cause, and turning his
+horse's head round to leave us, he uttered with deep emotion--
+
+  'Why was I made to hear thy voice
+  And enter while there's room?'
+
+Throughout the day the subject dwelt upon his mind; after dinner the
+conversation turned to it, and he was casually asked who was the author
+of the hymn he had quoted in the morning. He shook his head and said, 'I
+cannot tell, perhaps it was Watts, or Wesley,' and several hymn books
+were produced in which the bishop and others instituted a fruitless
+search, the bishop at length saying, 'I can't find the hymn, Mr.
+Marsden.' 'Can't you, sir,' was the reply, 'that is a pity, for it is a
+good hymn, sir--says what the Bible says, free sovereign grace for poor
+sinners. No self-righteous man can get into heaven, sir, he would rather
+starve than take the free gift.' In the course of the day the
+conversation turning upon New Zealand, the bishop expressed the opinion,
+once almost universal though now happily exploded, an opinion, too,
+which Mr. Marsden himself had regarded with some favour in his younger
+days, that civilization must precede the introduction of the gospel; and
+his lordship argued, as Mr. Marsden himself had argued thirty years
+before, in favour of expanding the mind of savages by the introduction
+of arts and sciences, being impressed with the idea that it was
+impossible to present the gospel with success to minds wholly
+unenlightened. Mr. Marsden's answer is thus recorded--'Civilization is
+not necessary before Christianity, sir; do both together if you will,
+but you will find civilization follow Christianity, easier than
+Christianity to follow civilization. Tell a poor heathen of his true God
+and Saviour, point him to the works he can see with his own eyes, for
+these heathen are no fools, sir--great mistake to send illiterate men to
+them--they don't want men learned after the fashion of this world, but
+men taught in the spirit and letter of the Scripture. I shan't live to
+see it, sir, but I may hear of it in heaven, that New Zealand with all
+its cannibalism and idolatry will yet set an example of Christianity to
+some of the nations now before her in civilization.'"
+
+It will not be out of place to offer a passing remark upon Mr. Marsden's
+conduct to Dr. Broughton, the first bishop of Sydney. As an
+Episcopalian, sincerely attached to the church of England, he had long
+desired the introduction of the episcopate into the colonial church, of
+which, as senior chaplain, he himself had been the acknowledged leader
+for so many years. When the appointment was made it was a matter of just
+surprise to his friends that he was passed over in silence, while an
+English clergyman was placed over him to govern the clergy, amongst whom
+he had so long presided, and whose entire respect and confidence he had
+gained. There is no doubt that his integrity and fearless honesty had
+rendered him somewhat unacceptable to men in power, and that to this his
+exclusion is, in a great measure, to be ascribed. But this slight
+brought out some of the finest features in his truly noble character. He
+had never sought either honours, wealth, or preferment for himself. If
+a disinterested man ever lived it was Samuel Marsden. The only remark
+which his family remember to have heard him make upon the subject was in
+answer to a friend, who had expressed surprise at the slight thus put
+upon him, in these words--"It is better as it is; I am an old man; my
+work is almost done." And when Dr. Broughton, the new bishop, arrived in
+the colony, he was received by Mr. Marsden not with cold and formal
+respect but with Christian cordiality. When the new bishop was installed
+he assisted at the solemn service; the eloquent author of the "Prisoners
+of Australia,"[K] who chanced to be present, thus describes the
+scene--"On a more touching sight mine eyes had never looked than when
+the aged man, tears streaming down his venerable cheek, poured forth,
+amidst a crowded and yet silent assemblage, the benediction upon him
+into whose hands he had thus, as it were, to use his own metaphor,
+'yielded up the keys of a most precious charge;' a charge which had been
+his own devoted care throughout the storms and the tempests of a long
+and difficult pilotage. And now like another Simeon, his work well nigh
+accomplished, the gospel spreading far and wide over the colony and its
+dependencies, and the prayer of his adopted people answered, he could
+say without another wish, 'Lord, now lettest thou thy servant depart in
+peace, for mine eyes have seen thy salvation.'" Though differing from
+him, we may add, on some points, Mr. Marsden retained to the last
+sincere regard for bishop Broughton, who in return fully appreciated the
+high and lofty character of his senior chaplain. "Well!" said he one day
+when he heard of his last illness, breaking out after a thoughtful
+silence, "if there ever was a truly honest man, Mr. Marsden certainly
+is one;" and after his death he publicly expressed his "deep sense of
+the loss he had experienced, and the painful void he felt in the absence
+of his aged and faithful companion who had so often stood by his side,
+whose genuine piety and natural force of understanding," said he, "I
+held in the highest esteem while he lived, and still retain them in
+sincerely affectionate remembrance."
+
+    [K] London: Hatchard, 1841.
+
+Conscious that in the course of nature his decease could not be far
+distant, death was now his frequent meditation. He viewed its approach
+without levity and without alarm. Familiar through life with death in
+every form, his feelings were not blunted; he still felt it was a solemn
+thing to die, but he had experienced the love of Him who had tasted
+death for every man, and was no longer "subject to bondage through fear
+of death." He continued his pastoral visits to the sick and dying to the
+last, and some of those who were raised from a bed of languishing, and
+who survived their pastor, speak of the affectionate kindness, the
+delicacy and tenderness, as well as the deep-toned spirituality of mind
+he showed in the sick chamber, as something which those who had not
+witnessed it would be backward to credit. One of the last letters which
+he penned filled three sides of folio paper, addressed to a friend who
+had met with a severe accident in being thrown from a carriage; it
+contained the most consoling and Scriptural aids and admonitions; it was
+unfortunately lost by its possessor on a voyage to India, or it would
+have proved, we are assured, an acquisition to our memoir, of real
+interest and importance.
+
+As he stepped out of his gig, his family easily perceived from his
+manner if he had been visiting the chamber of death, and never presumed
+to break a sacred silence that was sure to follow his deep-drawn sigh
+till he was pleased to do so himself. This he did in general by the
+solemn and subdued utterance of a text from Scripture, or some verse of
+a favourite hymn. The tears often fell down his aged cheeks while slowly
+articulating, in a suppressed voice, "Blessed are the dead which die in
+the Lord;" or from one of Watts's hymns.
+
+  "Oh could we die with those that die," etc.
+
+After this touching relief he seemed to feel more at liberty to speak on
+future events connected with his own decease, when he should be sitting
+down, as he frequently said, with Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob, in the
+kingdom of God. Indeed his happy, social spirit led him to connect the
+joys of heaven with the society of saints and patriarchs and his own
+departed friends. Sitting at dinner with the bishop and others as his
+guests, his mind abstracted itself from the surrounding scene, and he
+addressed the Christian friend to whose notices of his last days we have
+already had recourse: "You know, madam, you and I are to take an
+alphabetical list some day of all the names of the good men I expect
+soon to meet in heaven; there will be (counting them up upon his
+fingers) John Wesley, Isaac Watts, the two Milners, Joseph and Isaac,
+John Newton and Thomas Scott, Mr. Howels of Long Acre, and Matthew
+Henry----" Here the conversation of the party broke off the solemn
+reverie.
+
+Yet all this tranquillity was consistent with that natural fear of death
+which for the wisest purposes God has implanted in man, and which Adam
+must have known in paradise, or else the Divine prohibition and the
+threatened penalty, "in the day that thou eatest thereof thou shalt
+surely die," could have had no force and appealed to no motive. "In the
+month of September, after his last voyage, he called at the house of his
+friend, the Rev. Mr. Cartwright, with a young lady from New Zealand, to
+introduce her to Mrs. Cartwright. The door was opened by his aged and
+now deeply afflicted friend and brother in the ministry, for Mrs.
+Cartwright had expired in the night, after a few hours' illness. Mr.
+Marsden, with his usual cheerfulness of manner, said, 'Well! I have
+brought Miss W. to introduce her to Mrs. Cartwright.' 'Stop! stop, my
+friend,' responded the mourner, in a solemn manner, 'don't you know that
+Mrs. Cartwright is dead?' 'Dead? dead?' replied Mr. Marsden. 'Oh no; oh
+no. You must be in joke; it is too serious a matter to make a joke of,
+Mr. Cartwright.' 'Indeed,' responded Mr. Cartwright, 'it is too true.
+Come, and I will convince you,' and then led him to the room where the
+remains of his departed wife lay. Mr. Marsden approached the body,
+saying, 'Oh! she is not dead; no, no, she is not dead;' (the bright
+complexion remaining unchanged), 'she is not dead;' and then, passing
+his hand over the face, the cold chill of death dissipated the delusion.
+'Yes, she is dead, she is dead,' and leaving the room, he hurried away
+to give vent to his feelings."
+
+As he contemplated his own near approach to the eternal state, a few
+chosen passages of Scripture fell often from his lips; and it was
+remarked they were almost the only repetitions he made use of; for his
+mind was richly stored with Scripture, which he seemed to bring forth
+with endless variety, and often in the happiest combination; but now he
+often repeated the words of Job, "He cometh forth like a flower, and is
+cut down; he fleeth also as a shadow, and continueth not," chap. xiv. 2.
+And those of Zechariah, "Your fathers, where are they? and the prophets,
+do they live for ever?" chap. i. 5.
+
+Like Cornelius, he had been a devout man, a man of prayer through life.
+He believed in the promises of effectual aid from God the Holy Spirit,
+to carry on the work of grace in his own soul. Nerved with this faith,
+he waged a ceaseless war against corruptions within, and temptations
+from without. And while he viewed the promises of assistance from the
+Holy Spirit, as given not to supersede our own exertions, but to animate
+them, he simply trusted to Him to become the author of his complete
+sanctification. And all the blessed fruits of faith were found richly
+clustering round his character. It was his constant habit, after his
+return from a journey, to spend some time in his room alone, engaged, no
+doubt, in holy communing with God. When he prayed in the family, or
+before his sermon in the pulpit, where he seldom used a form, the rich
+and fervid unction, the variety and copiousness of his supplications and
+thanksgivings, seemed to intimate how closely he had been wont to
+commune in secret with his heavenly Father. The fifty-first Psalm now
+often supplied the words for many a humble confession of sin, and many
+an earnest aspiration for larger supplies of the Holy Spirit's
+sanctifying influences, both in the pulpit and elsewhere. He appears
+always to have held frequent communion with God in ejaculatory prayer
+throughout the day. To one whose engagements were so many, and whose
+interruptions were necessarily so frequent, the practice was no doubt
+most beneficial. Thus the lamp of God in his soul was always trimmed,
+and the light went not out as age and infirmities drew on. His friends
+now remarked his frequent abstraction from the scenes around, while his
+moving lip and solemn gesture significantly intimated the direction of
+his mind, and the occupation of his thoughts. His mind became daily more
+spiritual, and even when in the midst of visitors he seemed often to be
+absorbed in silent prayer.
+
+"An incident which seems to show that he had a presentiment of his
+approaching end occurred on the last Sunday on which the holy communion
+was administered before his death. Although in his usual health, he did
+not assist in the service, as he always had done for a long period of
+forty-five years in the same congregation; and when the officiating
+minister was ready to distribute the bread and wine, he remained in his
+pew, apparently overcome by his feelings. A pause ensued, when, as he
+still did not attempt to move, the Rev. Henry Bobart, his son-in-law,
+thought it advisable to take the elements to him. Many of his
+congregation were affected to tears, impressed with the belief that they
+might not again receive from his venerable hands those emblems of the
+Saviour's love. He had never yet been present at the church without
+assisting at the solemn rite. Such fears were but too truly and sadly
+realized. On the Sunday evening, at the parsonage, it was the custom, at
+family worship, to read one of a course of sermons. The Sunday before
+his death, when he was still apparently as well as usual, he requested
+that the one in course for that evening might be laid aside and
+Bradley's sermon the 'Morrow unknown,' from the text 'Boast not thyself
+of to-morrow,' substituted. Some slight objection was made; but on his
+again expressing his wish, it was of course complied with. The remarks
+made by him upon the subject during the evening excited the
+apprehensions of his family that the coming week might be one of trial,
+but they little thought that ere the next sabbath one so loved and
+revered would be removed from them."
+
+On Tuesday the 8th of May, 1838, a few of his friends visited him at his
+own house; he wore his usual cheerfulness, and they wished him, as they
+thought, a short farewell as he stepped into his gig on a journey of
+about five and-twenty-miles. In passing through the low lands contiguous
+to Windsor, the cold suddenly affected him, and he complained of illness
+on his arrival at the house of his friend, the Rev. Mr. Styles, the
+chaplain of the parish. Erysipelas in the head broke out, and a general
+stupor followed, so that he became insensible. His mind wandered amongst
+the scenes to which his life had been devoted, and he uttered a few
+incoherent expressions about the factory, the orphan school, and the New
+Zealand mission. "Though he spoke but little," says his friend, Mr.
+Styles, in his funeral sermon, "yet in his few conscious moments he said
+quite enough to show that the Saviour whom he served through life was
+with him in the time of trial. A single remark was made to him by a
+bystander on the value of a good hope in Christ in the hour of need.
+'Yes,' said he, 'that hope is indeed precious to me now;' and on the
+following evening, his last on earth, he was heard repeating the words
+'precious, precious,' as if still in the same strain of thought which
+that remark had suggested. Soon after, inflammation having reached the
+brain, his spirit was released. On Saturday morning, the 12th of May, he
+entered--who can doubt?--upon the enjoyment of his 'eternal and
+exceeding great reward.'"
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+He was buried in his own churchyard at Paramatta. Upwards of sixty
+carriages formed the mourning train, and a numerous assemblage of
+mourners, including most of the public functionaries in the colony,
+followed him to the grave. Of these, some who had in years long past
+thwarted and opposed him came at last to offer an unfeigned tribute of
+deep respect. A few had been his early associates in the ministry, and
+in every good word and work. The majority were a youthful generation, to
+whom he was only known as a wise and venerable minister of God. His
+parishioners had been most of them brought up under his instructions,
+and had been taught from their infancy to look up to him with respect
+and love. The solemn burial service was read by the Rev. Dr. Cowper, who
+first came out to the colony at Mr. Marsden's solicitation. He stood
+over the grave and addressed the mourners on the early devotedness of
+their departed friend and pastor to the great work of the ministry, told
+them how solemnly he had dedicated himself to God before he left England
+in his youth, and reminded them of the fidelity with which through evil
+and good report he had endured his Master's cross, despising the shame.
+
+Australia seemed at length fully to appreciate his worth. It was quite
+fitting, and indeed an additional tribute to his integrity, that some
+mutterings of calumny should be uttered by ungodly men, even as the
+grave closed over him, and that a priest of the apostate church of Rome
+should catch them up, and gladly give expression to them. With this
+exception the colony was unanimous, as were the friends of religion in
+England, and throughout the world, in mourning for him as for one who
+had been great as an evangelist in the church of Christ, and as a
+philanthropist second to none who have ever devoted their lives to the
+welfare of their fellow creatures. It was proposed to erect a monument
+to his memory by public subscription; the proposition was warmly
+approved on all sides, and subscriptions were offered to a considerable
+amount. Whole families became subscribers--parents, and children, and
+domestic servants, all ready thus to testify their reverence. On further
+consideration, it was thought better to erect a church to his memory on
+a piece of his own land, which he himself had devised for that purpose,
+to which the name of Marsfield should be given; and the design, we
+believe, has been carried into effect, at the cost of about six thousand
+pounds.
+
+The public press, not only in Australia but in England, published
+biographical sketches of his life and labours, with articles on his
+motives and character. The great missionary societies recorded his death
+with becoming feelings of reverential love. The notice of him in the
+minutes of the Church Missionary Society, the reader will not be
+displeased to find in these pages. It was read at their annual meeting
+at Exeter-hall, and published in their thirtieth report.
+
+    "The Committee of the Church Missionary Society record the death
+    of the late Rev. Samuel Marsden with feelings of deep respect for
+    his personal character and gratitude to the Great Head of the
+    church, who raised up, and who so long preserved, this
+    distinguished man, for the good of his own, and of future
+    generations.
+
+    "In him the Committee recognise an individual whom Providence had
+    endowed with a vigorous constitution, both of body and mind,
+    suited to meet the circumstances which ever attend a course of new
+    and arduous labours. Entering upon the duties of his chaplaincy
+    forty-five years ago, at a time when the colonists of New South
+    Wales were, for the most part, of abandoned character and
+    suffering the penalty of the law, he, with admirable foresight,
+    anticipated the probable future destinies of that singular and
+    important colony, and never ceased to call the attention of both
+    the local and home governments to the great duty of providing for
+    the interests, both temporal and spiritual, of the rapidly
+    increasing population by a proportionate increase in the number of
+    colonial chaplains.
+
+    "In the discharge of his diversified duties, the native energies
+    of his mind were conspicuously exhibited in the undisturbed
+    ardour, public spirit, and steady perseverance, with which his
+    various plans of usefulness were prosecuted; while his high
+    natural gifts were sanctified by those Christian principles, which
+    from his youth up, he maintained and adorned, both by his teaching
+    and by his life.
+
+    "But it is to his exertions in behalf of Christian missions that
+    the Committee are bound especially to call the attention of the
+    Society. While he omitted no duty of his proper ministerial
+    calling, his comprehensive mind quickly embraced the vast
+    spiritual interests, till then well nigh entirely unheeded, of the
+    innumerable islands of the Pacific Ocean, whose 'inhabitants were
+    sitting in darkness, and in the shadow of death.'
+
+    "Under the influence of these considerations, Mr. Marsden
+    zealously promoted the labours of the different societies which
+    have established missions in the South Seas. And it is to his
+    visits to New Zealand, begun twenty-five years ago, and often
+    since repeated, and to his earnest appeals on behalf of that
+    people, that the commencement and consolidation of the Society's
+    missions in the Northern Island are to be attributed.
+
+    "In calling to mind the long series of eminent services rendered
+    to the Society by Mr. Marsden, the committee notice with peculiar
+    satisfaction the last visit made by him, in the year 1836, to the
+    Society's missions in New Zealand--a visit justly termed by the
+    Lord Bishop of Australia 'Apostolical.' With paternal authority
+    and affection, and with the solemnity of one who felt himself to
+    be standing on the verge of eternity, he then gave his parting
+    benediction to the missionaries and the native converts."
+
+And thus was the man honoured in his death, whose life had been one long
+conflict with obloquy and slander. With few exceptions his enemies had
+died away, or been gradually led to abandon their prejudices, and many
+of them now loved and revered the man whom they had once hated or
+despised. This, however, is but the usual recompense of a life of
+consistent holiness. God often allows his servants to live and even to
+die under a cloud of prejudice; but sooner or later, even the world does
+homage to their virtues and confesses its admiration of the Christian
+character, while the church of Christ glorifies God in the grace which
+made their departed brother to shine as a light in the world.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIV.
+
+    Character of Mr. Marsden--His Life and Labours.
+
+
+The reader may naturally expect in conclusion a summary of Mr. Marsden's
+character. In attempting this, we are by no means insensible to the
+difficulty of the undertaking. Indiscriminate eulogy, and the arrogance
+which affects to blame in order to establish its own claim to superior
+wisdom, are both alike impertinent and unbecoming. Yet it is not easy to
+speak of one whose motives were so high, whose labours so constant and
+self-denying, and whose triumphs so remarkable, without enthusiasm.
+While, on the other hand, those infirmities which may generally be
+detected even in the best men, and which truth requires to be
+impartially noted down, did not much affect his public life; and we have
+felt all along as we have written with the disadvantage of having known
+him only by the report of others. Still, however, something should be
+attempted. The character of Mr. Marsden is too instructive to be lost;
+perhaps few great men ever lived whose example was more calculated for
+general usefulness,--for the simple reason that he displayed no gigantic
+powers, no splendid genius; he had only a solid, well ordered, mind,
+with which to work,--no other endowments than those which thousands of
+his fellow men possess. It was in the _use of his materials_ that his
+greatness lay.
+
+Mr. Marsden was a man of a masculine understanding, of great decision of
+character, and an energy which nothing could subdue. He naturally
+possessed such directness and honesty of purpose, that his intentions
+could never be mistaken; and he seemed incapable of attempting to gain
+his purpose by those dexterous shifts and manoeuvres which often pass
+current, even amongst professing Christians, as the proper, if not
+laudable, resources of a good diplomatist, or a thorough man of
+business. When he had an object in view, it was always worthy of his
+strenuous pursuit, and nothing stopped him in his efforts to obtain it,
+except the impossibility of proceeding further. Had his mind been less
+capacious such firmness would often have degenerated into mere
+obstinacy; had it been less benevolent and less under the influence of
+religion, it would have led him, as he pressed rudely onwards, to
+trample upon the feelings, perhaps upon the rights, of other men. But he
+seems, whenever he was not boldly confronting vice, to have been of the
+gentlest nature. In opposing sin, especially when it showed itself with
+effrontery in the persons of magistrates and men in power, he gave no
+quarter and asked for none. There was a quaintness and originality about
+him, which enabled him to say and do things which were impossible to
+other men. There was a firmness and inflexibility, combined with earnest
+zeal, which in the days of the reformers would have placed him in their
+foremost rank. None could be long in his society without observing that
+he was a man of another mould than those around him. There was an air of
+unconscious independence in all he did which, mixed with his other
+qualities, clearly showed to those who could read his character, that he
+was a peculiar instrument in the hands of God to carry out his own
+purposes. These traits are illustrated by many remarkable events in his
+life.
+
+When he first arrived in New South Wales, while theft, blasphemy, and
+every other crime, prevailed to an alarming extent among the convicts,
+the higher classes of society, the civil and military officers, set a
+disgraceful example of social immorality. Such is the account given by a
+Sydney periodical a few weeks after Mr. Marsden's decease, which goes on
+to say: "Many an individual of a more plastic nature might have been
+moulded by the prevailing fashion of the age in which he lived, and
+instead of endeavouring to struggle against the tide of popular opinion,
+would have yielded in all probability to its seducing influence. Such
+was not the case with Mr. Marsden. When he was opposed on all hands, and
+even by the civil and military authorities of the day, he faithfully
+performed his duty, and careless of the powerful coalitions combined for
+his destruction, 'all the ends he aimed at were his country's, his
+God's, and truth's.' Educated in the school of the Milners, the Simeons,
+and the Fletchers, he was not disposed to flatter the vices of any man;
+but with plainness and sincerity of speech, he discoursed 'of
+righteousness, temperance and judgment to come.'" He has been known to
+rebuke sin at a dinner-table in such a manner as to electrify the whole
+company. Once, arriving late, he sat down in haste, and did not for a
+few minutes perceive the presence of one who should have been the wife
+of the host, but who stood in a very different relation to him. Mr.
+Marsden always turned a deaf ear to scandal, and in the excess of his
+charity was sometimes blind to facts which were evident enough to
+others. The truth now flashed upon him, and though such things were
+little thought of in the colony, he rose instantly from the table,
+calling to the servant in a decided tone to bring his hat, and without
+further ceremony, or another word, retired. That such a man should raise
+up a host of bitter enemies is not to be wondered at.
+
+To these qualities his great successes in life, under God, were due. The
+young chaplain who single handed confronted and at length bore down the
+profligacy of New South Wales, and the shameless partiality of its
+courts of justice (the immediate result and consequence of the
+licentious lives and connexions of the magistrates) planned, and was
+himself the first to adventure upon the mission to New Zealand. Against
+the rashness of this attempt the timid expostulations of his friends,
+the hesitation of the captains who declined so perilous an adventure,
+and even the remonstrances of Governor Macquarie himself weighed not a
+feather in the scale. He saw his way clearly; it was the path of duty,
+and along it he must go. And when, ten years afterwards, scarcely a
+nominal convert had been won from among the cannibals, when tens of
+thousands of good money had been spent, when the church at home was
+almost weary of the project, and half disposed to give it up, he was
+still true as ever to the cause. He neither bolstered up his courage
+with noisy protestations, nor attempted to cheer the languid zeal of
+others by the slightest exaggerations, but quietly went forward calmly
+resting upon the two great pillars, the _commands_ and the _promises_ of
+God. So again with respect to the Polynesian missions; at first he
+showed little of that enthusiasm in which some of its promoters were
+caught as in a whirlwind, and carried off their feet. But high principle
+endures when enthusiasm has long worn out. And it was to the firm and
+yet cheering remonstrances of Samuel Marsden, and to the weight which
+his representations had with the churches of Christ in England, that
+the directors were indebted for the ability to maintain their ground,
+and that this perhaps the most successful of Protestant missions, was
+not finally abandoned upon the very eve of its triumphs.
+
+While he embraced large and comprehensive projects, it was one of his
+striking peculiarities that he paid close attention to minute details.
+Some minds beginning with the vast and theoretical, work backwards into
+the necessary details; others setting out upon that which is minute and
+practical, from the necessities of the hour and the duties of the day
+before them seem to enlarge their circle and to build up new projects as
+they proceed. The former may be men of greater genius, but the latter
+are in general the more successful, and to these Mr. Marsden belonged.
+The cast of his mind was eminently practical. No crude visions of
+distant triumphs led him away from the duties which belonged to the
+scene and circumstances in which providence had placed him. Paramatta
+was for many years the model parish of New South Wales, although its
+pastor was the soul of the New Zealand mission, and of many a
+philanthropic enterprise besides. Commissioner Biggs, in his "Report of
+Inquiry," which was published by order of the House of Commons, observes
+that "Mr. Marsden, though much occupied by the business of the missions
+which he conducted, and by the superintendence of the orphan school
+which he had himself called into existence, was remarkably attentive to
+the duties of his ministry." "The congregation at Paramatta appeared to
+me to be more respectable than at the other places of worship, and the
+choral parts of the service were admirably performed by the singers, who
+have been taught under the direction of the Rev. S. Marsden." He was
+well known to all his parishioners, to whom he paid constant ministerial
+visits; his attention to the sick, whether at their own homes or the
+government hospital, was unremitting, and here his natural shrewdness,
+sharpened as it was by his spiritual penetration, showed itself in his
+insight into the true character of those he dealt with. Nothing
+disgusted him more than a want of reality. High professions from
+inconsistent lips were loathsome to him, and his rebukes were sometimes
+sharp. A gentleman, whose habits of life were not altogether consistent
+with Christian simplicity and deadness to the world, had been reading
+"Mammon," when that volume had just made its appearance, and with that
+partial eye with which we are too apt to view our own failings, had come
+to the flattering conclusion that by contrast with the monster depicted
+in "Mammon," the desires he felt to add field to field and house to
+house, were not covetousness, but that diligence in business which the
+Scriptures inculcate. In the happy excitement of the discovery, he
+exultingly exclaimed, "Well, thank God, I have no covetousness." Mr.
+Marsden, who had read no more about covetousness than he found in the
+Bible, had sat silent; rising from his chair, and taking his hat, he
+merely said, "Well, I think it is time for me to go: and so, sir, you
+thank God that you are not as other men are. You have no covetousness?
+havn't you? Why, sir, I suppose the next thing you'll tell us is that
+you've no pride;" and left the room.
+
+But when he spoke to a modest inquirer, these roughnesses, which lay
+only on the surface, disappeared. To the sick, his manner was gentle and
+affectionate, and in his later years, when he began, from failing
+memory and dimness of sight, to feel himself unequal to the pulpit, he
+spent much of his time in going from house to house and amongst the
+prison population, exhorting and expounding the Scriptures. Upon one of
+these occasions, a friend who accompanied him relates that he made a
+short journey to visit a dying young lady, whose parents on some account
+were strangely averse to his intrusion, pastoral though it was. But the
+kindness with which he addressed the sufferer, whom he found under deep
+spiritual anxieties, and the soothing manner in which he spoke and
+prayed with her, instantly changed the whole bias of their minds. "To
+think," they exclaimed when he left the house, "of the aged man, with
+his silver locks, coming such a distance as seventeen miles, and
+speaking so affectionately to our feeble child!"
+
+"At Paramatta, his Sunday-school," his daughter writes, "was in a more
+efficient state than any I have since seen;" and the same remark might
+probably be applied to his other parochial institutions, for whatever he
+did was done with all his heart; and he was one of those who easily find
+coadjutors. Their example seems to shed an immediate influence. And his
+curates and the pious members of his flock were scarcely less zealous
+and energetic than himself.
+
+He found time to promote missionary meetings, and to encourage the
+formation of tract and Bible societies, as well as other benevolent
+institutions, at Sydney and other places. On many occasions he delivered
+interesting speeches, and not long before his death he presided at a
+Bible Society meeting at Paramatta, when, in the course of an
+affectionate address, he alluded to his beloved New Zealand. New Zealand
+was near his heart, and he now seldom spoke of it without being
+sensibly affected. Relating an anecdote respecting Mowhee, a converted
+New Zealander, he was completely overcome, and burst into tears.
+
+His manner of preaching was simple, forcible, and persuasive, rather
+than powerful or eloquent. In his later years, when he was no longer
+able to read his sermons, he preached extempore. His memory, until the
+last year or two of his life, was remarkably tenacious: he used to
+repeat the whole of the burial service _memoriter_, and in the pulpit,
+whole chapters or a great variety of texts from all parts of Scripture,
+as they were required to prove or illustrate his subject. He was seldom
+controversial, nor did he attempt a critical exposition of the word of
+God. His ministry was pure and evangelical. "You can well remember him,
+my hearers," says the preacher, in his funeral sermon, "as having
+faithfully preached to you the word of God; clearly did he lay before
+you the whole counsel of God. Man was represented by him as in a
+condemned and helpless state, lying in all the pollution and filthiness
+of his sin, totally unable to justify himself wholly or in part, by any
+works of righteousness which he can do; God, as too pure to look upon
+iniquity without abhorrence, and yet too merciful to leave sinners to
+their sad estate without providing a refuge for them; Christ, as All in
+all to the sinner; as wisdom to enlighten him, as righteousness to
+justify him, sanctification to make him holy in heart and life, as
+complete redemption from the bondage of sin and death into the glorious
+inheritance of heaven; the Holy Spirit of God as the only author of
+aught that is good in the renewed soul; faith as the only means of
+applying the salvation of the gospel to the case of the individual
+sinner; justification by faith; the necessity of regeneration; holiness
+indispensable. All these were represented by your departed minister as
+the vital doctrines of the gospel, and the mutual bearing and connexion
+of each was clearly shown. And this he has been doing for nearly
+forty-five years."
+
+Dwelling on the outskirts of civilization and of the Christian world, he
+was too deeply impressed with the grand line of distinction between
+Christianity and hideous ungodliness, whether exhibited in the vices of
+a penal settlement or the cannibalism of New Zealand, to be likely to
+attach too much importance to those minor shades of difference which are
+to be met with in the great family of Jesus Christ. As his heart was
+large, so too was his spirit catholic. He was sincerely and
+affectionately attached to the church of England. He revered her
+liturgy, and in her articles and homilies he found his creed, and he
+laboured much to promote her extension. Yet his heart was filled with
+love to all those who name the name of Christ in sincerity. Wherever he
+met with the evidences of real piety and soundness of doctrine, his
+house and his purse flew open; and orthodox Christians of every
+denomination from time to time either shared his hospitalities or were
+assisted in their benevolent projects with pecuniary aid. With what
+delicacy this was done may be gathered from such statements as the
+following, which is copied from the "Colonist" newspaper, September
+12th, 1838: "An attempt having been made to build a Scotch church in
+Sydney, the colonial government for a time opposed the scheme, and in
+consequence some of its friends fell away. Then it was that the late
+Samuel Marsden, unsolicited, very generously offered the loan of 750_l._
+to the trustees of the Scotch church, on the security of the building
+and for its completion. This loan was accordingly made; but as it was
+found impracticable to give an available security on the building, Mr.
+Marsden agreed to take the personal guarantee of the minister for the
+debt."
+
+In the same spirit he presented the Wesleyan Methodists with a valuable
+piece of land on which to erect a chapel, at Windsor. This act of
+Christian charity was acknowledged by their missionaries in a grateful
+letter. Mr. Marsden's reply is full of warmth and feeling. "You express
+your acknowledgment for the ground at Windsor to build your chapel and
+house upon. I can only say I feel much pleasure in having it in my power
+to meet your wishes in this respect. To give you the right hand of
+fellowship is no more than my indispensable duty; and were I to throw
+the smallest difficulty in your way I should be highly criminal and
+unworthy the Christian name, more especially considering the present
+circumstances of these extensive settlements, 'where the harvest is so
+great and the labourers are so few.' ... The importation of convicts
+from Europe is very great every year; hundreds have just landed on our
+shores from various parts of the British empire, hundreds are now in the
+harbour ready to be disembarked, and hundreds more on the bosom of the
+great deep are hourly expected. These exiles come to us laden with the
+chains of their sins, and reduced to the lowest state of human
+wretchedness and depravity. We must not expect that magistrates and
+politicians can find a remedy for the dreadful moral diseases with which
+the convicts are infected. The plague of sin, when it has been permitted
+to operate on the human mind with all its violence and poison, can never
+be cured, and seldom restrained by the wisest human laws and
+regulations. Heaven itself has provided the only remedy for sin--the
+blessed balm in Gilead; to apply any other remedy is lost labour. In
+recommending this at all times and in all places, we shall prevail upon
+some to try its effect; and whoever do this we know they will be healed
+in the selfsame hour. I pray that the Divine blessing may attend all
+your labours for the good of immortal souls in these settlements."
+
+His private charities displayed the same catholic spirit. His
+disinterestedness was great, and his only desire seemed to be to assist
+the deserving or to retrieve the lost. He was not foolishly indifferent
+to the value of money, as those who had business transactions with him
+were well aware; but its chief value in his eyes consisted in the
+opportunities it gave him to promote the happiness of others. Hundreds
+of instances of his extraordinary liberality might be mentioned, and it
+is probable that many more are quite unknown. The following anecdotes,
+furnished by his personal friends, will show that his bounty was dealt
+out with no sparing hand.
+
+A gentleman, at whose house he was a visitor, happened to express a wish
+that he had three hundred pounds to pay off a debt. The next morning Mr.
+Marsden came down and presented him with the money, taking no
+acknowledgment. The circumstance would have remained unknown had not the
+obliged person, after Mr. Marsden's decease, honourably sent an
+acknowledgment to his executors. All he assisted were not equally
+grateful. Travelling with a friend in his carriage, a vehicle passed by.
+"Paddy," said he, calling to his servant, "who is that?" On being told,
+"Oh," said he, "he borrowed from me two hundred pounds, and he never
+paid me." This was his only remark.
+
+Yet he was not tenacious for repayment, nor indeed exact in requiring it
+at all where he thought the persons needy and deserving. The same friend
+was with him when a man called to pay up the interest on a considerable
+sum which Mr. Marsden had lent to him. He took a cheque for the amount,
+but when the person retired, tore it up and threw it into the fire,
+remarking, "He is an honest man. I am satisfied if he returns me the
+principal; that is all I want."
+
+On another occasion, a friend who had been requested to make an advance
+of fifty pounds to a needy person, but was unable to do so, mentioned
+the case to Mr. Marsden, with, "Sir, can you lend me fifty pounds?" "To
+be sure I can," was the answer, and the money was instantly produced.
+When he called, shortly afterwards, to repay the loan, Mr. Marsden had
+forgotten all about it. "Indeed I never looked to its being repaid."
+
+The Rev----, being pressed for a hundred pounds, walking with Mr.
+Marsden, mentioned his difficulties. Mr. Marsden at once gave him a
+hundred pounds, simply remarking, "I dare say that will do for you."
+
+A lady had come to the colony at the solicitation of her family, with
+the view of establishing a school of a superior class for the daughters
+of the colonists. At first she met with little success. Mr. Marsden saw
+the importance of her scheme, and at once invited her to Paramatta,
+offering her a suitable house and all the pecuniary aid she might
+require, and this under the feeling of a recent disappointment in an
+undertaking of the same nature.
+
+Of the large sums he expended on the New Zealand mission from his own
+private resources it is impossible even to conjecture the amount, to say
+nothing of a life in a great measure devoted to the service. He one day
+called upon a young man of enterprise and piety, whom he was anxious to
+induce to settle in New Zealand, and offered him fifty pounds per annum
+out of his own purse, as well as to raise a further sum for him from
+other sources. Nor should it be forgotten, in proof of this
+disinterestedness, that with all his opportunities and influence in New
+Zealand, he never possessed a single acre of land there, or sought the
+slightest advantage either for himself or for any member of his family.
+
+Another feature in his character was his unaffected humility. This was
+not in him the nervous weakness which disqualifies some men for vigorous
+action, rendering them either unconscious of their power, or incapable
+of maintaining and asserting their position, and consequently of
+discharging its obligations. This, though often called humility, is, in
+fact, disease, and ought to be resisted rather than indulged. Mr.
+Marsden's mind was vigorous and healthy; he took a just measure of his
+powers and opportunities, as the use he put them to proves abundantly.
+There was nothing in him of the shyness which disqualifies for public
+life; he was bold without effrontery, courageous without rashness, firm
+without obstinacy; but withal he was a humble man. His private
+correspondence will have shown the reader how anxious he was to submit
+his own judgment, even on questions affecting his personal character, to
+what he considered the better judgment of his friends at home. To vanity
+or ostentation he seems to have been a perfect stranger. There is not a
+passage in his correspondence, nor can we learn that a word ever fell
+from his lips, which would lead us to suppose that he ever thought
+himself in any way an extraordinary man. Flattery disgusted him, and
+even moderate praise was offensive to his feelings. When the life of his
+friend, Dr. Mason Good, appeared from the pen of Dr. Olinthus Gregory,
+it contained an appendix, giving an account of his own labours and
+triumphs at Paramatta and in New Zealand. This he cut out of the volume
+with his penknife, without any remark, before he permitted it to lie
+upon his table or to be read by his family. He was so far from thinking
+he had accomplished much, either in the colony or amongst the heathen,
+that he was rather disposed, in his later days, to lament that his life
+had been almost useless; and indeed he was heard more than once to
+express a doubt whether he had not mistaken his calling, and been no
+better than an intruder into the sacred ministry. Perhaps failing health
+and spirits were in part the cause of these misgivings, but his
+unfeigned humility had a deeper root. It originated in that evangelical
+piety upon which all his usefulness was built. He saw the holiness of
+God, he saw his Divine perfection reflected in his law, and though he
+had a clear, abiding sense of his adoption through the grace of our Lord
+Jesus Christ, this did not interfere with a clear conception too of his
+own unworthiness. When told one day, by a justly indignant friend, how
+basely he was misrepresented, "Sir," he exclaimed, and the solemnity of
+his manner showed the depth of his meaning, "these men don't know the
+worst. Why, sir, if I were to walk down the streets of Paramatta with my
+heart laid bare, the very boys would pelt me."
+
+Such was Samuel Marsden, a man whose memory is to be revered and his
+example imitated. "Not merely a good man," says the preacher of his
+funeral sermon, "who filled up the place allotted to him on earth, and
+then sank into his grave; not merely a faithful minister of Christ, who
+loved and served his Saviour and turned many to repentance, but more
+than either of these. Rightly to estimate his character we must view him
+as a peculiar man, raised up for an especial purpose." And he adds--
+
+    "As Luther in Germany, and John Knox in Scotland, and Cranmer in
+    England, were sent by the Head of the church, and fitted with
+    peculiar qualifications to make known his glorious gospel, hidden
+    in Romish darkness, so too, no less truly, was SAMUEL MARSDEN
+    raised up in this southern hemisphere, and admirably fitted for
+    the work, and made the instrument of diffusing the light of that
+    same gospel, and of bringing it to bear on the darkness of New
+    Zealand and the Isles of the Sea, and upon the darkness, too, no
+    less real, of the depravity of society in early Australia."
+
+
+
+
+APPENDIX I.
+
+    Progress of the Gospel and of Civilization in New Zealand, since
+    Mr. Marsden's Decease.
+
+
+The great work of Mr. Marsden's life was undoubtedly the New Zealand
+mission; but he was also, as we have seen, the early friend, the wise
+adviser, and not unfrequently the generous host of that devoted band of
+men who first essayed the introduction of the gospel to the Society
+Islands. Each of these missions has been attended with astonishing
+success; each has produced what may be called magnificent
+results,--results which already far exceed, in some respects, the most
+sanguine hopes, extravagant as at the time they seemed to be, of Mr.
+Marsden and his early coadjutors some fifty years ago. Yet in other
+respects their disappointment would have been great had they lived to
+witness the present state of things, whether in New Zealand or Tahiti.
+Instead of native tribes growing up into Christian brotherhood, and
+asserting a national independence, these beautiful islands have bowed to
+a foreign yoke. Instead of native churches they have rather assumed the
+form of offshoots and dependencies of British churches. A great work has
+been accomplished, and its fruits will never cease to ripen. But events
+have occurred which only prophets could have foreseen; changes have
+taken place which neither political sagacity nor the saintly wisdom of
+those good men who first projected our foreign missions amidst storms of
+insult, or, what was worse to bear, the withering influences of a
+contemptuous neglect, anticipated. It is often so in this world's
+history. Our successes, our trials, the events which happen to us, our
+national history, and that of the church of Christ, scoop out for
+themselves fresh channels, and flow still onwards, but in the direction
+perhaps least of all expected.
+
+Our readers are, we trust, so far interested in the details already
+given as to desire some further acquaintance with the later history of
+these great missions since Mr. Marsden's death. This we propose to give,
+briefly of course, for the subject would fill a volume; and such a
+volume, whenever it shall be written well and wisely, will be received
+with delight by every intelligent member of the whole catholic church of
+Christ.
+
+We shall direct our attention in the first place to NEW ZEALAND.
+
+Attempts to colonize upon a large scale, attended with constant
+aggressions upon the native tribes, had occurred before Mr. Marsden's
+death, and awakened his anxiety. A New Zealand Company was formed in
+1839, with the avowed object of purchasing land from the Maories, and
+settling large tracts of the island with English emigrants. It made no
+provision for the spiritual welfare of the natives, nor indeed for that
+of the European settlers; and it was evident that, however
+well-intentioned, the project in the hands of a mercantile company would
+be effected, as such schemes always have been effected, only at the cost
+of injustice and oppression to the natives. Meanwhile danger was
+threatening from another quarter. Louis Philippe now sat upon the throne
+of France. Though not ambitious of military conquest, he was cunning
+and unprincipled, and anxious to extend the power of France by force or
+fraud. Her colonial possessions she had lost during her long war with
+England, and now scarcely one of them remained. He saw and coveted the
+islands of the Southern Ocean, and resolved to repair his colonial
+empire by the addition of these splendid and inviting prizes. It was
+said, and we believe with truth, that a frigate was already equipped and
+on the very point of sailing for New Zealand with secret orders to annex
+that island to the crown of France, when the English government, tardily
+and with sincere reluctance, resolved to anticipate the project and
+claim New Zealand for the queen of England. This was done, and the
+island was formally annexed to the English crown, and in January, 1842,
+became an English colony.
+
+For once the story of colonial annexation is neither darkened with crime
+nor saddened with war and bloodshed. The measure was essential both to
+the security of the natives and to the work of the Protestant missions.
+Lawlessness and anarchy were universal: the Maori tribes were
+slaughtering one another; the white man was slaughtering the Maori
+tribes. For the native laws were obsolete, and the laws of England no
+man yet had the power to enforce.
+
+There was, too, on the part of England, and it was strongly expressed in
+the British parliament, a determination to secure, as far as possible,
+not only the safety but the independence of the natives under their old
+chiefs, and to leave them in possession of their ancient usages and
+forms of government. In fact, the authority of queen Victoria was to be
+that of a mild protectorate rather than an absolute sovereignty. The
+chiefs were to acknowledge the supremacy of the crown as represented in
+the governor. To him, and not as heretofore to the field of battle, with
+its horrors and cannibalism, were their disputes to be referred; and in
+all doubtful questions English law, its maxims and analogies, were to be
+held supreme. Upon these easy terms the most fastidious will find little
+to blame in our annexation of New Zealand. The Maories did not exceed,
+it was computed, one hundred thousand souls. Suppose they had been twice
+that number, still they could scarcely be said to _occupy_ the whole of
+an island of the size of Ireland, and quite as fruitful. There was still
+room for a vast influx of Europeans, leaving to the natives wide tracts
+of land far beyond their wants, either for tillage or the chase, or for
+a nomad wandering life, had this been the habit of the Maories. And when
+the threatened seizure by France is thrown into the scale, few
+Protestants, of whatever nation they may be, will hesitate to admit that
+the conduct of England in this instance was both wise and just.
+
+The Maories in general accepted this new state of things with
+satisfaction. Those of them who resided on the coast and in the
+neighbourhood of the Bay of Islands saw that the aggression of the
+colonists was restrained, and that their own safety was secured. Further
+in the interior, where the want of an English protectorate was less
+felt, heart-burnings occurred, fomented, as usual, by designing men, and
+aggravated by the occasional outrage of individuals. Some of the tribes
+resisted, and a war broke out, though happily neither bloody nor of long
+duration, in which the Maories maintained the reputation of their native
+valour, even against English regiments. Nor was it till the year 1849
+that the peace of the island and the supremacy of the English crown
+were perfectly restored and asserted.
+
+For a time the progress of the gospel was triumphant. For example,
+archdeacon William Williams could report that the number of communicants
+in the eastern district, beneath his care, had risen from twenty-nine in
+1840, to two thousand eight hundred and ninety-three in 1850; and these
+were "members of the congregation who were supposed to walk in the
+narrow way. Here then," he exclaims, "is abundant encouragement; the
+little one is become a thousand. In the course of ten years, there has
+been time for the novelty of Christianity to wear away; but, while some
+are gone back again to the beggarly elements of the world, hitherto the
+Lord has blessed his vineyards with increase." In other districts the
+progress of the gospel was equally gratifying. At Tauranga, out of a
+population not exceeding two thousand four hundred, upwards of eight
+hundred partook of the Lord's supper; and yet there were many native
+Christians who, from various causes, had been kept away from this
+ordinance. Other denominations of Protestant Christians had likewise
+their trophies to exhibit to the "praise of his grace," who had crowned
+their labours with success. "The facilities," reports one missionary,
+upon the eastern coast, "the facilities for usefulness are great; the
+coast might become one of the most interesting missionary gardens in the
+world. Crowds can be got together at any time for catechizing; the dear
+children are all anxious for schooling; the native teachers and monitors
+put themselves quite under your hands; and they are, I think, a very
+improving and improvable class."
+
+Similar reports reached home from almost every station in New Zealand.
+At the intervention of a missionary of the church of England, a Wesleyan
+missionary, and an English lay gentleman, (the surveyor-general,) the
+Waikato and Wangaroa tribes, bent on mutual slaughter, laid down their
+arms at the instant the battle should have joined. They had had their
+war-dance; some random shots had even been fired; their mediators had
+begun to despair; when at length, towards evening, they agreed to leave
+the subject in dispute between them (the right to a piece of land), to
+Sir George Grey, the governor, and Te Werowero, a native chieftain, for
+arbitration. The question was put to the whole army, "Do you agree to
+this?" Four hundred armed natives answered with one voice, assenting.
+The question was put a second time, and they again gave their consent.
+"The surveyor-general giving the signal, we all," says the missionary,
+"gave three hearty cheers; after which the natives assembled for
+evening-prayers, and," he adds, "I trust I felt thankful." The accounts
+that reached England, filled men's hearts with astonishment; even upon
+the spot, men long enured to the spiritual warfare with idolatry, were
+amazed at the greatness of their triumph. They wrote home in strains
+such as the following.
+
+    "Rotorua is endeared to us by every tie that should endear a place
+    to a missionary's heart. We came hither, to a people utterly
+    debased by everything that was savage. Now, there is not a village
+    or place around us, where the morning and evening bell does not
+    call to prayer and praise, and where the sabbath is not observed.
+    I am sometimes astonished when I look back upon the past, and
+    remember what we have passed through. If I think only of those
+    scenes which occurred to us during the southern war, the
+    remembrance seems appalling. Now peace reigns in every border;
+    the native chapel stands conspicuous in almost every Pa; wars seem
+    almost forgotten; and for New Zealand, the promise seems
+    fulfilled, 'I shall give thee the heathen for thine inheritance,
+    and the uttermost parts of the earth for thy possession.'"
+
+New Zealand was at length, outwardly at least, a Christian land. Bishop
+Selwyn had, in 1842, taken charge of the church of England and the
+oversight of her missions, and other denominations assumed a fixed and
+settled character. The missionary began to merge and disappear in the
+stated minister. The ancient warrior chieftain too, was fading fast from
+sight; and we cannot deny that, savage as he was, we part from him with
+some feelings of respect. Who that has a heart to feel, or any
+imagination capable of being warmed by strains of exquisite pathos, can
+read unmoved the last words of the dying Karepa? The scene is in the
+lonely village of Te Hawera, of which he was the chief. Mr. Colenzo, the
+missionary, arrived just as his people, with loud cries, sitting around
+his new-made tomb, bewailed his departure. At night they gathered around
+their spiritual father in his tent, and one of the natives thus related
+the last words of Karepa.
+
+    "He summoned us all," said he, "to come close around him, and with
+    much love exhorted us; talking energetically, as was his custom, a
+    long while, he said:--'You well know that I have brought you, from
+    time to time, much riches, muskets, powder, hatchets, knives,
+    blankets. I afterwards heard of the new riches, called faith. I
+    sought it. I went to Manawatu; in those days a long and perilous
+    journey, for we were surrounded by enemies; no man travelled
+    alone: I saw the few natives who, it was said, had heard of it;
+    but they could not satisfy me. I sought further, but in vain. I
+    heard afterwards of a white man at Otaki, and that with him was
+    the spring where I could fill my empty and dry calabash. I
+    travelled to his place, to Otaki, but in vain; he was gone--gone
+    away ill. I returned to you, my children, dark minded. Many days
+    passed by; the snows fell, they melted, they disappeared; the buds
+    expanded, and the tangled paths of our low forests were again
+    passable to the foot of the native man. At last we heard of
+    another white man who was going about over mountains and through
+    forests and swamps, giving drink from his calabash to the secluded
+    native--to the remnants of the tribes of the mighty, of the
+    renowned of former days, now dwelling by twos and threes among the
+    roots of the big trees of the ancient forests, and among the long
+    reeds by the rills in the valleys. Yes, my grandchildren, my and
+    your ancestors, once spread over the country as the Koitareke
+    (_quail_) and Krivi (_apteryx_) once did; but now their
+    descendants are even as the descendants of these birds, scarce,
+    gone, dead, fast hastening to utter extinction. Yes, we heard of
+    that white man; we heard of his going over the high snowy range to
+    Patea, all over the rocks to Turakirae. I sent four of my children
+    to meet him. They saw his face; yes you, you talked with him. You
+    brought me a drop of water from his calabash. You told me he had
+    said he would come to this far-off isle to see me. I rejoiced, I
+    disbelieved his coming; but I said he may. I built the chapel, we
+    waited expecting. You slept at nights; I did not. He came, he
+    emerged from the long forest, he stood upon Te Hawera ground. I
+    saw him. I shook hands with him; we rubbed noses together. Yes, I
+    saw a missionary's face; I sat in his cloth house (_tent_); I
+    tasted his new food; I heard him talk Maori; my heart bounded
+    within me; I listened; I ate his words. You slept at nights; I did
+    not. Yes, I listened, and he told me about God, and his Son Jesus
+    Christ, and of peace and reconciliation, and of a loving Father's
+    home beyond the stars. And now I, too, drank from his calabash and
+    was refreshed, he gave me a book, as well as words. I laid hold of
+    the new riches for me, and for you, and we have it now. My
+    children, I am old; my teeth are gone, my hair is white; the
+    yellow leaf is falling from the Tawai (_beech tree_); I am
+    departing; the sun is sinking behind the great western hills, it
+    will soon be night. But, hear me; hold fast the new riches--the
+    great riches--the true riches. We have had plenty of sin and pain
+    and death; but now we have the true riches. Hold fast the true
+    riches, which Karepa sought out for you.'
+
+    "Here he became faint, and ceased talking. We all wept like little
+    children around the bed of the dying old man--of our father. He
+    suffered much pain, from which he had scarcely any cessation until
+    death relieved him."
+
+But New Zealand was now passing through a dangerous crisis. The Maori
+ceased to exist in his savage state. Cannibalism was a mere tradition.
+Of the ancient superstitions scarcely a trace was left. European arts
+and manners were introduced in almost every part of the island, and New
+Zealand took her place amongst other civilized communities. Still, under
+new circumstances fresh dangers threatened her. The church of Rome saw
+from afar and coveted so glorious a possession; and in the course of a
+single year a Romish bishop and sixteen priests landed at Wellington,
+and a second bishop with his troop of priests and nuns at Auckland. For
+a while the childish simplicity of the Maori character, fond of show and
+a stranger to suspicion, gave them great advantage; and the missionaries
+of evangelical churches viewed their progress with serious apprehension.
+But as the novelty wore off the Maori Christian discovered that Popery
+was but a hollow pretence, without heart, or life, or abiding
+consolation, and whole tribes which had been led astray returned with
+their chiefs to purer churches in search of better pasturage. Lately the
+translation of the whole of the Bible has been completed, and in this we
+have the best antidote, under God, to the progress of this baneful
+superstition. New Zealand, too, besides its several Protestant bishops
+of the church of England, its zealous missionaries, and stated ministers
+of every evangelical denomination, has now at length a native ministry
+of her own Maories, few as yet in number, but holy men, men of competent
+learning and gifts of utterance, who have evidently been called of God.
+One of these, the Rev. Riwai Te Ahu, who was ordained by Bishop Selwyn,
+is not only highly esteemed by all the natives of whatever tribe they
+may be, but by the English too; and he is entirely supported by internal
+resources, by regular contributions from the natives, and a private
+grant from the governor himself. We can understand something of the joy
+with which an honoured missionary, one of the oldest labourers in the
+field, sat and listened in the house of prayer while he officiated,
+assisted by the Rev. Rota Waitoa, the only two Maori ministers of the
+church of England in New Zealand, and his own early converts, "the one
+reading prayers, and the other preaching an admirable sermon to his own
+native tribe." Other churches have similar triumphs. The Wesleyans have
+three native assistant ministers, and probably these are not all, for it
+may be presumed that a great work is going forward in so large an
+island, of which our missionary societies have no official reports, and
+by agents who are no longer responsible to them. Thus it is often found
+that in the interior some village or hamlet has become Christian where
+no European missionary was ever seen. Native converts have done their
+own work.
+
+Still the church in New Zealand is in an infant state, surrounded by
+many dangers. The influx of Europeans, the sudden increase of wealth and
+luxury, the introduction of a new and foreign literature from England,
+bearing as it were upon its wings all that is bad as well as all that is
+lovely and of good report in theology, politics, and morals, may well
+cause, as indeed it does create, the deepest concern to those who have
+at heart the purity of the Maori faith, and the continued progress of
+the gospel. It is not for those who know that the gospel is the power of
+God unto salvation, to doubt for a moment of its ultimate success; but
+the firmest faith may, at the same time, be apprehensive and anxious, if
+not alarmed, for the fiery trial that awaits her,--not of persecution,
+but of wealth and luxury, and the sad example of every European vice.
+Let the reader help them with his prayers.
+
+We cannot close our sketch of the progress of Christianity in New
+Zealand, without some allusion to the Canterbury Association, one of the
+most remarkable attempts of modern times to colonize on Christian
+principles, or rather perhaps we should say, to carry abroad the old
+institutions of England, and plant them as it were full blown in a new
+country. The design was not altogether original, for the New England
+puritans of the seventeenth century, had led the way, in their attempts
+to colonize at Boston and in New England, in the days of Charles I. They
+would have carried out the principles, and worship of the Brownites to
+the exclusion of other sects, though happily for the freedom of
+religion, their design was soon found to be impracticable, and was only
+partially accomplished. The Canterbury Association was formed on high
+church of England principles, "avowedly for the purpose of founding a
+settlement, to be composed in the first instance of members of that
+church, or at least of those who did not object to its principles." Its
+early friends now admit that their project was, in some of its parts,
+utopian and impracticable. The idea, if ever seriously entertained, of
+excluding by a test of church membership those whose profession differed
+from their own was abandoned by most of the colonists as soon as they
+had set foot on the shores of New Zealand. In 1848, Otakou or Otago, in
+the southern part of the Middle Island, was colonized by an association
+of members of the Free Church of Scotland; and in 1850, the first
+colonists were sent out to the church of England settlement, founded in
+the vicinity of Banks's Peninsula, by the Canterbury Association. The
+site made choice of possessed a harbour of its own, an immense extent of
+land, which it was supposed might easily be brought under cultivation,
+and removed from danger of disturbance from the natives, of whom there
+were but few, an extent of grazing country unequalled in New Zealand,
+and a territory "every way available for being formed into a province,
+with a separate legislature." The plan was to sell the land at an
+additional price, and appropriate one third of the cost to
+ecclesiastical purposes. The sums thus realized by sales of land, were
+to be placed at the disposal of an ecclesiastical committee, who were
+empowered to make such arrangements as they might think fit to organize
+an endowed church in the colony. A bishopric was to be at once endowed,
+a college, if not a cathedral, was to be connected with it, a
+grammar-school of the highest class, was to be opened as well as
+commercial schools; and all the luxuries of English country life,
+including good roads, snug villas, well cultivated farms; and good
+society, were to be found by the future settler, after a very few years
+of probationary toil.
+
+The scheme was warmly taken up at home, and within a single twelvemonth
+from the 16th December, 1850, when the first detachment arrived, nearly
+three thousand emigrants had seated themselves in the Canterbury Plains.
+The towns of Lyttelton and Christchurch were founded, and operations on
+a large scale were fairly begun. Of course bitter disappointment
+followed, as it too often does with the early colonists, whose
+expectations are unduly raised by the romantic stories told them in
+England. But we must quote a passage from "Archdeacon Paul's Letters
+from Canterbury," just published. It may be of use to other emigrants,
+into whatever region of the world they go. "Restless spirits, who had
+never yet been contented anywhere, expected to find tranquillity in this
+new Arcadia, where their chief occupation would be to recline under the
+shadow of some overhanging rock, soothing their fleecy charge with the
+shepherd's pipe, remote from fogs and taxation and all the thousand
+nameless evils which had made their lives a burthen to them at home.
+
+"Alas! the reality was soon found to be of a sterner type--
+
+  'These are not scenes for pastoral dance at even,
+  For moonlight rovings in the fragrant glades:
+  Soft slumbers in the open eye of heaven,
+  And all the listless joys of summer shades.'
+
+Long wearisome rides and walks in search of truant sheep and cattle;
+bivouacs night after night, on the damp cold ground; mutton, damper, (a
+kind of coarse biscuit,) and tea (and that colonial tea) at breakfast,
+dinner, and supper, day after day, and week after week, and month after
+month; wanderings in trackless deserts, with a choice of passing the
+night on some bleak mountain side or wading through an unexplored swamp;
+and, after all this labour, finding perhaps that his flock are infected,
+and that no small amount of money as well as toil must be expended
+before he can hope for any profit at all;--these are the real
+experiences of a settler's early days in a young pastoral colony."
+
+Yet, upon the whole, the founders of the settlement consider that it has
+answered all reasonable expectations. None of the early settlers have
+been driven home by the failure of their prospects, and few have been so
+even from qualified disappointment. The plains of Canterbury have a
+thoroughly English look, dotted in every direction with comfortable
+farm-houses, well-cultivated inclosures, and rickyards filled with the
+produce of the harvest: and the great seaport of the colony, Lyttelton,
+is well filled with shipping. Christchurch boasts at length its college,
+incorporated and endowed. It became an episcopal see, too, in 1856,
+under the first bishop of Christchurch; it has its grammar school and
+Sunday schools. Here, too, as well as at Lyttelton, the Wesleyans have
+taken root, and, besides chapels, have their day and Sunday schools.
+From the first, the Scotch Church was represented by some enterprising
+settlers. The decorum of religion is everywhere perceptible; "I
+believe," writes a nobleman, whose name stands at the head of the
+Association, "that no English colony, certainly none of modern days, and
+I hardly except those of the seventeenth century has been better
+supplied with the substantial means of religious worship and education.
+No one doubts the great material prosperity and promise of the colony;
+and no one denies that it is the best and most English-like society in
+all our colonies.... Sometimes a very vain notion has been entertained
+that we meant or hoped to exclude dissenters from our settlement. Of
+course, nothing could be more preposterous. What we meant was to impress
+the colony in its origin with a strong church of England character. This
+was done by the simple but effectual expedient of appropriating one
+third of the original land fund to church purposes, but this was of
+course a voluntary system."
+
+Thus New Zealand stands at present. The lonely island of the Southern
+Ocean approached only fifty years ago with awe by the few adventurous
+whalers which dared its unknown coasts and harbours, now teems with
+English colonists. The dreaded New Zealander has forsaken his savage
+haunts and ferocious practices, and may be seen "clothed and in his
+right mind," and sitting to learn at the feet of some teacher of "the
+truth as it is in Jesus." The face of the country has undergone a
+corresponding change. And in many places, the scene is such as to force
+the tears from the eye of the self-exiled settler; the village spire
+and the church-going bell reminding him of home. What the future may be,
+we shall not even hazard a conjecture. Let it be enough to say that a
+mighty change has already been accomplished, and that its foundations
+were laid, and the work itself effected more than by any other man, by
+Samuel Marsden.
+
+
+
+
+APPENDIX II.
+
+    State and Prospects of the Protestant Mission at Tahiti under the
+    French Protectorate.
+
+
+At the period of Mr. Marsden's decease, the Tahitian mission, over which
+he had watched with parental solicitude from its infancy, presented an
+aspect even more cheering than that of New Zealand. Idolatry had fallen;
+its idols were utterly abolished; they had found their way to the most
+ignoble uses, or to the museums of the curious, or those of the various
+missionary societies in Great Britain. So complete was their destruction
+that natives of Tahiti have actually visited the museum of the London
+Missionary Society within the last few years, and there seen, for the
+first time in their lives, a Tahitian idol. But a dark cloud already
+skirted the horizon, and the infant church was soon to pass through the
+purifying furnace of a long, relentless, wearying, and even bitter
+persecution.
+
+The revolution of 1830 had placed Louis Philippe on the throne of
+France. During the earlier years of his reign, the church of Rome was
+deprived of much of that power and dignity which it had enjoyed under
+the elder Bourbons. As to any hold on the affections of the people of
+France, this it seldom boasted,--certainly not within the last hundred
+years. Yet the crafty king of the French was not unwilling to give to
+his restless priesthood the opportunities both of employment and renown
+in foreign parts; especially if in doing so he could extend his own
+power, and add a wreath to that national glory so dear to Frenchmen.
+The priests were therefore instructed to direct their attention to the
+South Sea Islands. Animated partly by hatred to England, they succeeded
+in effecting a settlement in the Society Islands. The first of them, who
+arrived there, called Columban (though his original name was Murphy),
+came in rather strange guise. "He was clad like a man before the mast,
+smoked a short pipe, and at first was mistaken for what he appeared to
+be. He had an old English passport, and among other pious tricks,
+endeavoured to make use of the lion and the unicorn, to prove to the
+natives that he was sent by the king of Great Britain."[L] Two others,
+Caret and Laval, arrived soon afterwards. The law of the island forbade
+foreigners to reside without obtaining the sanction of the queen. The
+priests, accordingly, when their arrival became known, were ordered to
+depart. They refused; comparing the Protestant missionaries to Simon
+Magus, and claiming for themselves the exclusive right to instruct the
+Tahitian people. After some delay, however, they left, and went to the
+Grambier Islands. Captain Lord E. Russell, then with his ship of war at
+the island, publicly declared, that "if the priests had remained in the
+country, anarchy and confusion, disastrous to the island, would have
+inevitably ensued." This was in December, 1836.
+
+    [L] Wilkes's Tahiti, etc.
+
+In September, 1837, M. Montpellier, accompanied by Murphy-Columban,
+arrived at Tahiti. He was followed in 1838 by Captain Du Petit Thouars
+in the frigate Venus, who made no secret in avowing to our English
+officers that he was looking out for a suitable island on which to hoist
+the French flag for the purpose, he added, of forming a penal
+settlement. Returning to Paris, Thouars was raised to the rank of
+rear-admiral, and sent back to the Pacific with his flag in La Reine
+Blanche on a secret expedition. He seized on two of the Marquesas
+Islands, built a fort on each, and garrisoned them with four hundred
+men. He now wrote home, demanding thrice that number of troops and four
+ships of war for the maintenance of his conquest; but he had further
+objects in view. False representations had probably been made to the
+French government with regard to the removal of Caret and Laval; and
+Captain Du Petit Thouars was instructed to demand satisfaction at Tahiti
+for injuries done to French subjects. A desire of conquest no doubt
+inflamed Guizot the French minister--alas! that a Protestant should thus
+have tarnished his fame--as well as his royal master; but hatred of
+Protestantism had its full share in these nefarious proceedings.
+
+One M. Henicy, who accompanied the Antoine French frigate to Tahiti, in
+the summer of 1839, thus writes of the English missionaries: "Ferocious
+oppressors, shameless monopolizers, trafficking in the word of God, they
+have procured for themselves a concert of curses. Their ministers are
+found to be vile impostors." Caret, Murphy, and the other priests now
+returned to Tahiti. A French consul was appointed, a worthless,
+profligate man; he professed, however, to be a zealous friend of the
+true faith, anxious for missionary labourers to convert the deluded
+Tahitian Protestants. Very little progress, however, could be made in
+this spiritual work; the natives obstinately preferred sermons to
+masses, and possessed so little taste as to reject pictures and rosaries
+while they still read their Bibles. It was evident that efforts of a
+more strenuous kind, though, such as the church of Rome is never
+unwilling to resort to when persuasion fails, must be tried. And now it
+was announced that the island was placed under the protection of France;
+to this arrangement, it was pretended, the chiefs of Tahiti and the
+queen herself had consented; nay, that they had solicited the protection
+of France. This unblushing falsehood was immediately exposed, and we now
+know, from queen Pomare herself, that all the proceedings in this
+disgraceful affair had their origin in fraud and treachery. They were
+chiefly carried out by the French consul, who is accused of having,
+under false pretences, prevailed on certain chiefs of the island to
+affix their signatures, in the name of the queen, to a document, the
+object of which was to induce the king of the French to take Tahiti
+under his protection, the pretence being grounded on a false statement,
+which accused some native chiefs, and the representatives of other
+nations, of bad conduct and various crimes. When the queen was apprised
+of this document, she called a council of her chiefs, with an assembled
+multitude of natives and foreigners; and, in the presence of the
+British, French, and American consuls, denied all knowledge of it, as
+also did the chiefs themselves who signed it. They declared that the
+French consul brought it to them in the night, and that they put their
+names to it without knowing what it contained. The governor, being one
+of the persons imposed upon, wrote to the British consul, Mr.
+Cunningham, declaring that the parties subscribing did not know what
+were the contents of the letter which the French consul brought them to
+sign, and that they affixed their names to it, as it were, in the dark.
+The translator also affirmed that it must have been written by some
+person not a Tahitian; its idiom being foreign, its orthography bad,
+words misapplied, and the handwriting even foreign.
+
+But the most convincing evidence of the forgery was the declaration of
+two of the chiefs who signed the document, Tati and Ulami, to the
+following effect: "That all men may know, We, who have signed our names
+hereunto, clearly and solemnly make known and declare, as upon oath,
+that the French consul did wholly dictate and write the letter, said to
+be written by the queen Pomare and her governors, requesting protection
+of the king of the French. Through fear we signed it. It was in his own
+house, and in the night time, that the document was signed by us. And we
+signed it also because he said, If you will sign your names to this, I
+will give you one thousand dollars each when the French admiral's ship
+returns to Tahiti.
+
+  (Signed) "TATI,
+           "ULAMI."
+
+This disgraceful plot was carried on in the absence of the queen. She
+was no sooner made acquainted with it, than she addressed a short and
+dignified protest and remonstrance to the queen of Great Britain, the
+president of the United States, and the king of the French. Few
+diplomatic notes are more worthy of a place in history than that which
+was addressed to Louis Philippe.
+
+    "Peace be to you. I make a communication to you, and this is its
+    nature,--
+
+    "During my absence from my own country a few of my people,
+    entirely without my knowledge or authority, wrote a letter to you,
+    soliciting your assistance. I disavow any knowledge of that
+    document. Health to you.
+
+    (Signed) "POMARE."
+
+But the French consul proceeded to form a provisional government of
+three persons, placing himself at the head of it as consul-commissary of
+the king. The triumvirate behaved with the greatest insolence, not only
+to the poor queen, but even to the British flag. Captain Sir T.
+Thompson, with the Talbot, lay in the harbour. The queen arrived and
+hoisted the Tahitian flag, which the Talbot saluted. A letter from the
+consul-commissary and the two French officials with whom he was
+associated was addressed as a protest to the gallant captain, "holding
+him responsible to the king of the French, his government and nation,
+for the consequences of such disrespect, and for a measure so hostile
+towards France." Sir Thomas knew his duty too well to answer the
+affront, or in any way to notice it; but he could only look on with
+silent sorrow and disgust, he had no power to interfere. The queen also
+received an insolent letter from the consul; he even forced himself into
+her presence, and behaved in a rude and disrespectful manner. "He said
+to me," she writes, in a letter to the captain of the Talbot, "shaking
+his head at me, throwing about his arms, and staring fiercely at me,
+'Order your men to hoist the new flags, and that the new government be
+respected.' I protested against this conduct, and told him I had nothing
+more to say to him." Bereft of other hope, the insulted and greatly
+injured Pomare wrote a most touching and pathetic letter to queen
+Victoria. It was published in the newspapers, and went to the heart of
+every man and woman in Britain who had a heart to feel for dignity and
+virtue in distress, "Have compassion on me in my present trouble, in my
+affliction and great helplessness. Do not cast me away; assist me
+quickly, my friend. I run to you for refuge, to be covered, under your
+great shadow, the same as afforded to my fathers by your fathers, who
+are now dead, and whose kingdoms have descended to us." She explains how
+her signature was obtained. "Taraipa (governor of Tahiti) said to me,
+'Pomare, write your name under this document (the French deed of
+protection); if you don't sign your name you must pay a fine of 10,000
+dollars, 5000 to-morrow and 5000 the following day; and should the first
+payment be delayed beyond two o'clock the first day, hostilities will be
+commenced, and your country taken from you. On account of this threat,"
+says the queen, "against my will I signed my name. I was compelled to
+sign it, and because I was afraid; for the British and American subjects
+residing in my country in case of hostilities would have been
+indiscriminately massacred. No regard would have been paid to parties."
+
+There was no exaggeration in this pathetic statement; it is confirmed by
+a letter--one of the last he ever wrote--from John Williams, the martyr
+missionary, who called at Tahiti, March 1839, on his last fatal voyage
+to the New Hebrides. "You will doubtless see by the papers the cruel and
+oppressive conduct of the French. A sixty-gun frigate has been sent here
+to chastise the queen and people of Tahiti for not receiving the Roman
+Catholic priests; and the captain demanded 2000 dollars (10,000?) to be
+paid in twenty-four hours, or threatened to carry devastation and death
+to every island in the queen's dominion. Mr. Pritchard and some
+merchants here paid the money and saved the lives of the people. The
+French would only hear one side of the question, but demanded four
+things within twenty-four hours: 2000 dollars (10,000), a letter of
+apology to the French king, a salute of twenty-one guns, and the
+hoisting of the French flag."
+
+In short, the island became a French dependency, and the poor queen was
+left with the mere shadow of her former sovereignty. And so it remains
+to this day. A strong feeling of indignation was aroused in England.
+Missionary meetings, particularly a noble one at Leeds, were held,
+pledging themselves to do all in their power to induce our government to
+exert its legitimate influence with the government of France to restore
+to the queen of Tahiti her just independence, and to all classes of her
+subjects their civil rights and religious freedom. But the English
+government was either infatuated or afraid. Lord Aberdeen, secretary of
+state for colonial affairs, stated in the House of Lords that, "although
+he was not sufficiently informed of the precise grounds upon which the
+French government had acted, or of the complaints made against the
+authorities in those islands which had led to the convention; yet he had
+no apprehension as to the establishment of the French in those seas, nor
+that our commercial or political interests would be affected by it." He
+stated that "he had received the most unqualified assurance that every
+degree of protection and encouragement would be afforded to the British
+missionaries residing in those islands; that in granting the
+protectorship to the French king, it had been stipulated that all the
+places of worship at present existing would receive protection, and that
+the fullest liberty would be given to the missionaries to exercise their
+functions." And he concluded by saying, "that he reposed the fullest
+confidence, not only in the king of the French himself, but in the
+minister, who at this moment was the principal adviser of that monarch."
+But a righteous God looked on. This king was driven from his throne, and
+died an exile in England; while his minister, M. Guizot, who sacrificed
+his Protestantism to his ambition in this matter, after escaping with
+difficulty in 1848, from a mob who would have torn him to pieces, saw
+himself compelled to give up for ever all hope of recovering power in
+France.
+
+From that time to the present all political power and influence has
+centred in the French governors, who have been sent out from Europe, and
+their subordinate officers. Pomare still lives, revered by her people,
+but without being able to exercise any one independent act of
+sovereignty; and the native chiefs and governors who formerly took a
+prominent part in all public affairs, and in their respective districts
+possessed great influence, are without a vestige of authority, except in
+those instances in which they have been induced to accept office under
+the French governor. In 1842, a treaty, so called, was framed, which did
+indeed provide for "the freedom of religious worship, and especially
+that the English missionaries shall continue in their labours without
+molestation." "The same shall apply," says its fifth article, "to every
+other form of worship: no one shall be molested or constrained in his
+belief." But this treaty was probably intended only to cajole those whom
+it could not intimidate, and in practice it is a mere dead letter. The
+treaty itself is brief and informal, and evidently drawn up in haste, or
+perhaps with a view, from the absence of precision in its language, to
+provide for its more easy violation. Yet if the language in which it is
+couched conveys any meaning the treaty provides that the people of the
+island, and the English missionaries in the prosecution of their labours
+amongst them, shall continue to enjoy unrestricted religious liberty.
+Now it might be urged, and with some plausibility, by the French
+authorities in Tahiti, that the people are still allowed, as heretofore,
+to attend their public worship, and to retain their Bibles and Christian
+books. They might even maintain, that although a number of Romish
+priests, with a bishop at their head, have been thrust upon the island,
+no Protestant missionary has been expelled by the act of the
+authorities. The substantial truth of these statements cannot be denied,
+and yet there is abundant evidence that the clauses of the treaty
+guaranteeing the religious liberty of the islanders and the missionaries
+have, for every practical purpose, been palpably and grossly violated.
+The places of worship have not indeed been closed, but the English
+missionaries have, from time to time, been placed under such severe
+restrictions that four of their number, finding themselves entirely
+debarred from the free exercise of their ministry, left the island in
+1852. There are at present but two missionaries remaining. One of these
+is solely engaged in the operations of the press, but without permission
+to preach to the people; and the other--far advanced in age--is merely
+permitted, by a kind of sufferance, to remain at his post, and to
+minister to his own flock, though prohibited from extending his labours
+to other districts. So far as the churches and congregations scattered
+over the island are still supplied with the means of religious
+instruction, it is by the agency of natives, many of whom were formerly
+trained to the work by the missionaries. But these native preachers are
+subject to the constant inspection and interference of the authorities,
+and they hold their offices solely by sufferance. It will thus be seen,
+that although the English missionaries have not been forcibly ejected
+from the island, the object aimed at by the French authorities has,
+through the artful policy they have adopted, been effectually attained.
+The missionaries have been silenced, disowned, and cast aside.
+
+In pursuance of the same cautious and subtle policy, the French rulers
+have not ventured to excite or irritate the people by sanctioning any
+hasty measures for enforcing conformity to the Roman Catholic faith;
+still they have encouraged the formation of elementary schools, in which
+the young people are taught by priests appointed by the government, and
+everything is done to give undue importance to these schools, so that
+the pupils taught in them may, at the periodical examinations, appear to
+more advantage than those under native masters.
+
+Notwithstanding the prevalence of a system so calculated to ensnare and
+mystify the minds of a simple unsuspicious people, it is a most
+remarkable and gratifying fact that instances of apostasy to Romanism
+have been exceedingly rare, and that the bulk of the people continue
+stedfast in their attachment to the pure Scriptural truths taught them
+by the missionaries. To account for this it should be borne in mind that
+the churches and congregations still assemble as heretofore for Divine
+worship under native pastors, some of whom are known to be pious,
+devoted, and well qualified men. Then again, through the active and
+efficient agency of the Rev. W. Howe, who, though prohibited from
+preaching, still remains in charge of the mission press at Papeete, the
+native pastors and people have been well supplied with religious books.
+And it is further to be noted that the natives generally are amply
+provided with copies of the sacred Scriptures in their own language,
+which will no doubt, in the good providence of God, prove an effectual
+safeguard against popish error and superstition. In the year 1847, five
+thousand copies of the entire Tahitian Bible, revised by the Rev. Messrs
+Howe and Joseph, and generously provided by the British and Foreign
+Bible Society, were sent out in the missionary ship John Williams for
+circulation in Tahiti and the other islands of the Society group; and
+again, in 1852, three thousand copies of the New Testament were
+despatched to Tahiti, chiefly for the use of schools.
+
+In proof that the social and political troubles of the island have not
+had the effect of diminishing the number of its Christian population,
+the following most satisfactory statement, furnished by Mr. Howe, dated
+11th July, 1856, may be adduced.
+
+    "I have been comparing the number of persons in church fellowship
+    at the present time with the numbers respectively before the
+    establishment of the French protectorate, and at the period when
+    it had become fully established. In 1842, there were about one
+    thousand six hundred and eighty church members in Tahiti and
+    Eimeo. In 1851, when the island of Tahiti was supplied by three
+    foreign missionaries, and the students in the seminary, the report
+    of the Society stated the number of church members to be upwards
+    of one thousand six hundred, which is probably equal to that of
+    1842. Almost ever since that period the districts have been
+    entirely supplied by native pastors only, with the exception of
+    Bunaauia; and there are at the present time upwards of one
+    thousand six hundred members on the two islands, and many are now
+    seeking admission. It must also be borne in mind that during the
+    interval between 1851 and the present time, the population of the
+    two islands has been reduced by epidemic disease and removals at
+    least one thousand, a large proportion of whom were church members
+    from middle to old age, so that the present number in fellowship
+    is comprised of the strength and pride of the nation, and the
+    proportion of communicants to the population is greater than it
+    has ever been."
+
+Of the kind of annoyance to which the missionaries are exposed, and of
+the influences which are brought to bear against them, the reader will
+be able to judge after perusing the account of a prosecution lately
+instituted by the Romish bishop against the Rev. Mr. Howe. In the autumn
+of 1855, the Roman Catholic bishop having issued a catechism in which
+the doctrines and superstitions of Popery were dogmatically stated, and
+Protestantism as grossly misrepresented, Mr. Howe felt constrained, by a
+sense of Christian fidelity, to publish in reply a firm but temperate
+refutation. For this publication a criminal action was commenced against
+him by the bishop; but so vexatious and unfounded were the charges that
+the legal officer of the government, on whom it devolved to prosecute,
+though urged by the governor, declined to bring the case into court, for
+which he was suspended from his office; and when at length the case was
+carried before the proper tribunal, the charges against our missionary
+were dismissed. But the bishop, notwithstanding his signal discomfiture,
+was not to be diverted from his object; he determined to renew the
+contest, in the hope that by a change of tactics his ultimate object
+might be secured. The _criminal_ prosecution already described was
+brought to a termination in December. On the following 15th of March,
+Mr. Howe received notice that his inveterate opponent had entered a
+_civil_ action against him; and although the charges brought forward
+were essentially the same, they were put into such a shape, and
+contained statements so grossly exaggerated, that in order to meet them
+Mr. Howe was compelled to remodel his reply.
+
+After various delays, the trial at length commenced, in the court of
+First Instance, on the 28th April, 1856, and in proof of the malevolence
+by which the bishop was actuated, it may be stated that he demanded
+30,000 francs damages, the suppression of the Tatara-taa,[M] and that
+Mr. Howe should pay all the expenses of the courts, and also for 2000
+copies of the judgment for distribution.
+
+    [M] The native name of the publication issued by Mr. Howe, in
+    refutation of the bishop's catechism; which the latter charged to be
+    libellous.
+
+The following is a summary of the proceedings, which excited the
+liveliest interest in the island, both among the natives and the foreign
+residents.
+
+"My pleadings," writes Mr. Howe, "were so successful that the court
+declared itself incompetent to judge the case, and fined his lordship
+100 francs, and condemned him to all the expenses of that court and
+those of the preceding chambers.
+
+"The judgment was read on the 3rd of May. On the 10th I received notice
+that the bishop had appealed to the Imperial Tribunal, and demanded that
+the previous judgment should be rescinded.
+
+"This tribunal met on the 16th, when I objected to one of the judges,
+giving as my reasons that an intimacy existed between him and the
+bishop, which rendered his sitting as a judge in the case illegal. My
+objection was sustained by the court.
+
+"On the 17th, I objected to his lordship's advocate, as being under the
+sentence of banishment for political offences, and by which he had
+forfeited his civil rights. This was also sustained by the court.
+
+"On the 26th, the bishop himself appeared to plead his own cause, and he
+likewise objected to one of the judges, but his objection was overruled.
+Suffice it to say, that after having made several unsuccessful attempts
+to prove my defence unsound, the bishop beat a retreat, and said that if
+I would consent to submit my cause to arbitration he would withdraw the
+action. I demanded that his cause, to which this is an answer, should be
+submitted to the same test, and he consented.
+
+"The court then retired, and on its return announced its judgment to be,
+that the decisions of the previous courts were sustained, and that the
+bishop should pay all the expenses of this appeal, as well as the
+expenses of the previous courts. By this step his lordship cannot appeal
+again, either to the administration here, or to the Court of Cassation
+in France."
+
+It is gratifying to learn, that through this long and painful affair,
+our missionary not only had the countenance of the British and American
+consuls, and the fervent prayers of the native converts, both in public
+and private, but that even the French officers, greatly to their honour,
+openly expressed their sympathy.
+
+In order more fully to appreciate the result of this protracted contest,
+it should be borne in mind that the real point at issue was, whether the
+cause of Protestant Christianity, as represented by Mr. Howe, should be
+permitted to hold a footing in the island; that Mr. Howe stood alone,
+unsustained, excepting by a stedfast confidence in the justice of his
+cause, and the generous aid and sympathy of friends, French, English,
+and native, who rallied round him in the time of need; that his potent
+adversary could reasonably calculate on the countenance and
+encouragement of the authorities, who, as Frenchmen and Roman Catholics,
+would naturally be disposed to favour the interests of their own church,
+and to repress what they had been taught to regard as heresy. But in the
+providence of God, the presiding judges of the French tribunals before
+which the cause was heard magnanimously regardless of all prejudices on
+the score of nationality or religion, delivered a judgment which, while
+completely exculpating the accused, reflected the highest honour upon
+their own discernment, impartiality, and justice. While, therefore we
+devoutly recognise the hand of God so conspicuously manifest in
+overruling and directing this trial, or rather series of trials, to so
+merciful an issue, we would add the expression of our hope and belief
+that so long as the cause of Protestant Christianity is represented in
+Tahiti by men like-minded with Mr. Howe, and so long as the courts of
+justice on the island are presided over by men who, without fear or
+favour, dispense their judgments in accordance with the principles of
+truth and equity, the light of the gospel, which has for so many years
+made glad the hills and valleys of Tahiti, can never be extinguished.
+
+
+
+
+  LONDON: PRINTED BY W. CLOWES AND SONS, STAMFORD STREET.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+
+
+
+PUBLICATIONS
+
+OF THE
+
+RELIGIOUS TRACT SOCIETY.
+
+
+BIOGRAPHICAL WORKS.
+
+     THE LIFE OF FRANCIS, LORD BACON, Lord Chancellor of England. By the
+     Rev. JOSEPH SORTAIN, A.B. of Trinity College, Dublin. With a
+     Portrait engraved on Steel. Foolscap 8vo. 3_s._ 6_d._ extra cloth
+     boards.
+
+     LUTHER: HIS MENTAL AND SPIRITUAL HISTORY. By BARNAS SEARS, D.D.
+     12mo. with Portrait of Luther. 3_s._ 6_d._ cloth boards.
+
+     THE LIFE OF AMELIA OPIE. By MISS BRIGHTWELL. With Portrait.
+     Foolscap 8vo. 3_s._ cloth boards; 3_s._ 6_d._ extra cloth boards,
+     gilt edges.
+
+     MEMOIR OF OLD HUMPHREY; with Gleanings from his Portfolio in Prose
+     and Verse. With Steel-plate Portrait. The Twenty-ninth Thousand.
+     18mo. 2_s._ cloth boards; 2_s._ 6_d._ cloth extra.
+
+     MEMOIR OF LADY WARWICK. With her Diary, A.D. 1666 to 1672. With a
+     Portrait. 12mo. 3_s._ cloth boards.
+
+     THE HENRY FAMILY MEMORIALISED. By Sir J. B. WILLIAMS. 18mo. 1_s._
+     6_d._ cloth boards; 2_s._ half-bound.
+
+     THE CHRISTIAN LADY OF THE SEVENTEENTH CENTURY. By Sir J. B.
+     WILLIAMS, KNT., LL.D. A new edition. 1_s._ 6_d._ cloth boards;
+     2_s._ 6_d._ half-bound.
+
+     MISSIONARY IN SYRIA; or, the Life of Mrs. S. L. SMITH, late of the
+     American Mission in Syria. 18mo. 1_s._ cloth boards; 1_s._ 6_d._
+     half-bound.
+
+     THE PRISON VISITOR; or, the Life of Miss SARAH MARTIN, of Great
+     Yarmouth; with Extracts from her Writings and Journals. 18mo. 1_s._
+     cloth boards.
+
+     MEMOIR OF JOHN LANG BICKERSTETH, late of Rugby School. With a
+     Preface by the Rev. J. BICKERSTETH, M.A. 18mo. 1_s._ cloth boards.
+
+     THE USEFUL CHRISTIAN; or, Memoir of T. CRANFIELD. 18mo. 1_s._ 6_d._
+     cloth boards; 2_s._ half-bound.
+
+     THE LIFE OF HARLAN PAGE. 18mo. 1_s._ cloth boards.
+
+     THE LIFE OF FELIX NEFF. 18mo. 1_s._ 6_d._ cloth boards.
+
+     THE PASTOR IN AFFLICTION; or, the Life of the Rev. H. MOWES. With
+     Preface by the Rev. J. DAVIES, B.D. 18mo. 1_s._ cloth boards; 1_s._
+     6_d._ half-bound.
+
+     THE SWISS REFORMER; or, the Life of WILLIAM FAREL. 12mo. 2_s._
+     cloth boards.
+
+     THE SWISS PASTOR; or, the Life of the Rev. F. GONTHIER. 18mo. 1_s._
+     cloth boards.
+
+     THE LIVES OF THE POPES. Parts I., II., III., and IV. 6_d._ each,
+     fancy cover; 10_d._ cloth boards. Or may be had in Two Volumes,
+     1_s._ 6_d._ each; 2_s._ extra boards.
+
+     BIOGRAPHY OF EMINENT CHRISTIANS. 2_s._ cloth boards; 2_s._ 6_d._
+     cloth extra.
+
+     THE CHURCH IN THE ARMY; or, Memoirs of Officers and Soldiers. 18mo.
+     1_s._ 6_d._ cloth boards; 2_s._ half-bound.
+
+
+NEW EDUCATIONAL SERIES.
+
+_Recommended to the attention of Heads of Colleges, Members of
+Universities, and Principals of Public and Private Schools._
+
+     THE HISTORY OF ENGLAND; from the Invasions of Julius Caesar to the
+     Year 1852. By THOMAS MILNER, A.M., F.R.G.S. 12mo. With Two Maps.
+     5_s._ cloth boards.
+
+     THE HISTORY OF GREECE; from the Earliest Times to A.D. 1833. By
+     Professor STOWELL, D.D. 12mo. With a Map. 2_s._ 6_d._ cloth boards.
+
+     THE HISTORY OF ROME; from the Earliest Times to the Fall of the
+     Empire. By THOMAS MILNER, A.M., F.R.G.S. 12mo. with three Maps.
+     3_s._ cloth boards. [Questions on ditto. 12mo. 6_d._]
+
+     A UNIVERSAL GEOGRAPHY: in Four Parts: Historical, Mathematical,
+     Physical, and Political. By THOMAS MILNER, A.M., F.R.G.S.
+     Illustrated by Ten Coloured Maps. 12mo. 5_s._, cloth boards.
+
+     LIVES OF ILLUSTRIOUS GREEKS. By Professor STOWELL, D.D. 12mo. 3_s._
+     cloth boards.
+
+     THE BIBLE HANDBOOK; an Introduction to the Study of Sacred
+     Scripture. By JOSEPH ANGUS, D.D., Member of the Royal Asiatic
+     Society. 12mo. With a Map. 5_s._ cloth boards; 6_s._ half-bound.
+     [Questions on ditto. 12mo. 6_d._]
+
+     PALEY'S HORAE PAULINAE. With Notes and a Supplementary Treatise,
+     entitled HORAE APOSTOLICAE. By the REV. T. R. BIRKS, A.M., late
+     Fellow of Trinity College, Cambridge. With a Map. 12mo. 3_s._ cloth
+     boards.
+
+     PALEY'S EVIDENCES OF CHRISTIANITY. With Introduction, Notes, and
+     Supplement. By the Rev. T. R. BIRKS, A.M. 12mo. 3_s._ cloth boards.
+
+     THE ANALOGY OF RELIGION to the Constitution and Course of Nature.
+     Also, FIFTEEN SERMONS. By JOSEPH BUTLER, D.C.L. With a Life of the
+     Author, a copious ANALYSIS, Notes, and Indexes. By JOSEPH ANGUS,
+     D.D. 3_s._ 6_d._ cloth boards.
+
+     THE ELEMENTS OF MORAL SCIENCE. By FRANCIS WAYLAND, D.D. With Notes
+     and Analysis by JOSEPH ANGUS, D.D. 12mo. 3_s._ cloth boards; 4_s._
+     6_d._ half-bound.
+
+
+BIBLICAL AND THEOLOGICAL WORKS.
+
+     A BIBLICAL CYCLOPAEDIA; or, a Dictionary of Eastern Antiquities,
+     Geography, Natural History, etc. Edited by JOHN EADIE, LL.D. With
+     Maps and Pictorial Illustrations. A new Edition, 8vo. 7_s._ 6_d._
+     cloth boards; 11_s._ 6_d._ calf.
+
+     CHRISTIAN ENCOURAGEMENT; or, Attempts to Console and Aid the
+     Distressed and Anxious. By JOHN SHEPPARD. Royal 18mo. 3_s._ boards;
+     4_s._ half-bound; 12mo. edition, 5_s._ boards; 8_s._ morocco.
+
+     CHRISTIAN PHILOSOPHY. By ALEXANDER VINET, D.D. 18mo. 1_s._ 6_d._
+     boards; 2_s._ half-bound.
+
+     COMMENTARY ON THE ROMANS. By Professor HODGE. 12mo. 3_s._ 6_d._
+     cloth boards; 4_s._ 6_d._ half-bound.
+
+     ESSAYS ON THE EVIDENCES, DOCTRINES, AND PRACTICAL OPERATION OF
+     CHRISTIANITY. By JOSEPH JOHN GURNEY. 12mo. 3_s._ cloth boards.
+
+     HARMONY OF THE FOUR GOSPELS, in the Authorized Version. By EDWARD
+     ROBINSON, D.D., LL.D., Author of "Biblical Researches in
+     Palestine." With Explanatory Notes and Reference to Parallel and
+     Illustrative Passages. Two Maps. Royal 12mo. 3_s._ boards.
+
+     JACOB'S WELL. By the Rev. G. A. ROGERS, M.A. 18mo. 1_s._ 6_d._
+     cloth boards.
+
+     LEIGHTON'S (Archp.) PRACTICAL COMMENTARY ON THE FIRST GENERAL
+     EPISTLE OF ST. PETER. 2 vols. 18mo. 4_s._ cloth; 6_s._ half-bound;
+     royal 18mo. with Portrait, 6_s._ cloth boards; 11_s._ calf.
+
+     POCKET PARAGRAPH BIBLE: According to the Authorized Version; with
+     an entirely New Selection of Copious References, Prefaces, and
+     Notes. With Maps. 3_s._ cloth boards; 4_s._ roan gilt; 5_s._ French
+     morocco; 6_s._ Turkey morocco; flexible back, 7_s._
+
+     ROME; Its Temper and its Teachings. By GEO. H. DAVIS. Foolscap 8vo.
+     2_s._ 6_d._ cloth boards.
+
+     THE ANNOTATED PARAGRAPH BIBLE. THE OLD TESTAMENT, according to the
+     Authorized Version, arranged in Paragraphs and Parallelisms, with
+     Explanatory Notes, Prefaces to the Several Books; and an entirely
+     New Selection of References to Parallel and Illustrative Passages.
+     With Maps and Engravings. Super-royal 8vo. 14_s._ cloth boards.
+
+     THE ATONEMENT: being Four Discourses by the LORD BISHOP OF
+     GLOUCESTER, DR. CHALMERS, W. ARCHER BUTLER, M.A., and ROBERT HALL,
+     M.A. Foolscap 8vo. 1_s._ 6_d._ cloth boards.
+
+     THE ATTRACTION OF THE CROSS. Designed to Illustrate the Leading
+     Truths, Obligations, and Hopes of Christianity. By GARDINER SPRING,
+     D.D. 12mo. 3_s._ cloth boards; 4_s._ half-bound.
+
+     THE BENEFIT OF CHRIST'S DEATH. Originally written in Italian by
+     AONIO PALEARIO. An Introduction by the Rev. JOHN AYRE, M.A. 18mo.
+     1_s._ 6_d._ bound in cloth.
+
+     THE BOOK OF PSALMS, According to the Authorized Version: arranged
+     in Parallelisms. With a Preface and Explanatory Notes. 3_s._ extra
+     cloth boards; 3_s._ 6_d._ with curtain-flaps to cover edges.
+
+     THE DIVINE LIFE: A Book of Facts and Histories. By the Rev. JOHN
+     KENNEDY, M.A., F.R.G.S. Foolscap 8vo. 3_s._ 6_d._ cloth boards.
+
+     THE ESSENTIALS OF CHRISTIANITY, Theoretically and Practically
+     considered. By the late Rev. JOSEPH MILNER, M.A. Foolscap 8vo.
+     3_s._ cloth boards.
+
+     THE GREAT QUESTION; Will you consider the Subject of Personal
+     Religion? By HENRY A. BOARDMAN, D.D., of Philadelphia. Royal 18mo.
+     1_s._ 6_d._ cloth boards.
+
+     THE GREAT USURPER. (2 Thess. ii. 4.) Royal 18mo. 1_s._ 6_d._ cloth
+     boards.
+
+     THE JUSTIFIED BELIEVER: his Security, Conflicts, and Triumph. By W.
+     B. MACKENZIE, M.A. 2_s._ boards.
+
+     THE LIGHTS OF THE WORLD; or, Illustrations of Character, drawn from
+     the Records of Christian life. By the Rev. JOHN STOUGHTON. Royal
+     18mo. 2_s._ 6_d._ boards; 3_s._ extra boards.
+
+     THE NEW BIBLICAL ATLAS, AND SCRIPTURE GAZETTEER. Containing Twelve
+     superior Maps and Plans, together with descriptive Letterpress.
+     Super-royal 8vo. 2_s._ 6_d._ plain; 4_s._ outlines coloured; 6_s._
+     6_d._ on imperial drawing paper, full coloured, and bound in
+     boards.
+
+     THE NEW TESTAMENT POCKET COMMENTARY. 18mo. 1_s._ 4_d._ cloth
+     boards.
+
+     THE OLD TESTAMENT POCKET COMMENTARY. With numerous Explanatory and
+     Illustrative Notes. 18mo. 2 vols., 1_s._ 4_d._ each, 2_s._ 6_d._
+     cloth boards; or in one volume, 2_s._ 6_d._
+
+     THE STARS OF THE EAST: or, Prophets and Apostles. By the Rev. JOHN
+     STOUGHTON. Royal 18mo. 3_s._ 6_d._ cloth boards; 4_s._ extra
+     boards, gilt.
+
+     THOUGHTS CHIEFLY DESIGNED AS PREPARATIVE OR PERSUASIVE TO PRIVATE
+     DEVOTION. By JOHN SHEPPARD. Royal 18mo. 3_s._ boards; 4_s._
+     half-bound. 12mo. edition, 4_s._ 6_d._ boards.
+
+     WATER FROM THE WELL-SPRING, for the Sabbath Hours of Afflicted
+     Believers. By EDWARD BICKERSTETH, M.A. Royal 18mo. 2_s._ cloth
+     boards.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+TRANSCRIBER'S NOTES:
+
+    Missing punctuation has been added and obvious punctuation errors
+    have been corrected.
+
+    Alternate spellings have been retained.
+
+    Footnotes have been moved closer to their reference points as an
+    aid to the reader.
+
+    The following printer errors have been corrected:
+
+    Page vi: "The Bay of Islands, New Zealand (_Engraving_)"
+    added to the Table of Contents.
+
+    Page 11: "aud" changed to "and" (Discovery and early History of).
+
+    Page 25: "Shoolhouse" changed to "Schoolhouse" (breaking and
+    entering Schoolhouse at Kissing Point).
+
+    Page 84: "set set" changed to "set" (in fact set on foot)
+
+    Page 256: "misssionaries" changed to "missionaries" (the advice of
+    the faithful missionaries).
+
+    Page 305: "asistant" changed to "assistant" (three native assistant
+    ministers).
+
+    Page 306: "Cantrebury" changed to "Canterbury" (The Canterbury
+    Association).
+
+    Page 330: "copions" changed to "copious" (a copious ANALYSIS, Notes,
+    and Indexes.)
+
+
+
+
+
+End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of The Life and Labours of the Rev.
+Samuel Marsden, by Samuel Marsden
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK LIFE, LABOURS, REV. SAMUEL MARSDEN ***
+
+***** This file should be named 41258.txt or 41258.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+        http://www.gutenberg.org/4/1/2/5/41258/
+
+Produced by Pat McCoy, Steven Gibbs and the Online
+Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.  Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission.  If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy.  You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research.  They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.  Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at
+  www.gutenberg.org/license.
+
+
+Section 1.  General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A.  By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement.  If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B.  "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark.  It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.  There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement.  See
+paragraph 1.C below.  There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.  See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C.  The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works.  Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States.  If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed.  Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work.  You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D.  The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work.  Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change.  If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work.  The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E.  Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1.  The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges.  If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder.  Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4.  Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5.  Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6.  You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form.  However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form.  Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7.  Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8.  You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+     the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+     you already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  The fee is
+     owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+     has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+     Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.  Royalty payments
+     must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+     prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+     returns.  Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+     sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+     address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+     the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+     you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+     does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+     License.  You must require such a user to return or
+     destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+     and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+     Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+     money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+     electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+     of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+     distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9.  If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark.  Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1.  Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection.  Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2.  LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees.  YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3.  YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3.  LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from.  If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation.  The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund.  If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund.  If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4.  Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5.  Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6.  INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section  2.  Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers.  It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come.  In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation information page at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Section 3.  Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service.  The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541.  Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations.  Its business office is located at 809
+North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887.  Email
+contact links and up to date contact information can be found at the
+Foundation's web site and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact
+
+For additional contact information:
+     Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+     Chief Executive and Director
+     gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+Section 4.  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment.  Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States.  Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements.  We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance.  To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States.  U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses.  Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
+To donate, please visit:  www.gutenberg.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5.  General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone.  For forty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+     www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
diff --git a/41258.zip b/41258.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..28e53f8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/41258.zip